Lead Agencies:

     U.S.D.A.
   Forest Service
   Washington State
 Department of Ecology
      TON STM E

    E'C'O'L b"c V
JANUARY 1997
                                             300R05900A
FINAL
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT   STATEMENT
                          CROWN  JEWEL  MINE
                           Okanogan  County, Washington
  VOLUME I
                             Assembled By:

                             Terra Matrix
                              Engineering & Environmental Services

-------
U.S.D.A.  Forest Service                                        Department of Ecology
Tonasket Ranger District                                       Washington State
1  West Winesap                                                 P.O.  Box 47703
Tonasket, Washington 98855                                  Olympia, Washington 98504
                           FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT
                                         CROWN JEWEL MINE
                                              January  1997


Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

Enclosed for your review is the Final Environmental Impact Statement (E1S) for the Crown Jewel Mine Project (Crown
Jewel Project) proposed by Battle Mountain Gold Company and Crown Resources Corporation (jointly referred to as the
"Proponent").  This document describes the environmental effects of the Proponent's plan to construct and operate a
gold and silver mine and mill project near Chesaw, in Okanogan County, Washington and alternatives to that plan

The United States Department of Agriculture, Forest Service (Forest Service) and the Washington Department of
Ecology (WADOE) appreciate all the comments, suggestions, and ideas received throughout the E1S development
process To aid in the preparation of the E1S, we held a series of public meetings in 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995. We
want to thank you for your participation in this Project and hope that you find the analysis responsive to your concerns.

Besides the No-Action Alternative (Alternative A) and the Proponent's Plan (Alternative B), we examined five other
alternatives (Alternatives C through G) in the completion of the final E1S. In these other alternatives, we analyzed
underground mining, a combination of underground and surface mining, partial and complete backfilling of the mine pit,
differing locations for waste rock and tailings, a decreased production and operating schedule, and a non-cyanide milling
process known as flotation. This wide array of alternatives was designed to respond to comments received during the
scoping process.

As a result of the discussion in the draft E1S and the comments received on the draft EIS, the Proponent revised their
Plan of Operations and Reclamation Plan. These revisions are reflected in the Alternative B presented in this final EIS.
Some of the Proponent's modifications include the plans for a double synthetic liner system with a leak detection system
for the tailings facility, downstream construction of the tailings embankment in Manas Creek, shifting the placement of
the north and south waste rock disposal areas (as well as reducing post-mining reclaimed slopes), augmentation of
natural pit filling with water from Myers Creek, and revisions to their reclamation plan that includes increased  tree
plantings and additional re-vegetation activities in the mine pit area

Some of the key issues for this proposal include: The potential for cyanide and other harmful chemicals to enter the
environment; the potential effects on water availability and quality; changes in land use which effect wildlife, timber
production, grazing and recreation; changes to the local social and economic structure; and assessing the short-term
losses of existing uses of the land and the ability to reclaim the land in the long-term to approximate pre-Project uses.

Copies of the final EIS are available for review in local libraries in Omak, Tonasket, Oroville, Brewster, Seattle (main
branch), Chelan, Colville, Grand Coulee, Wenatchee, Republic, Twisp, Spokane and Winthrop, Washington. Further
locations where copies of the final EIS would also be available for review include BLM offices in Spokane and
Wenatchee, Washington; Forest Service offices in Okanogan and Tonasket, Washington; Department of Ecology offices
in Olympia and Yakima, Washington; the British Columbia Ministry of Environment, Lands and Parks office in Victoria,
British Columbia; Environment Canada in North Vancouver, British Columbia; and the Village Office in Midway,
British Columbia.

-------
Also enclosed is the Record of Decision which documents the decision by the Responsible Officials for the
Okanogan National Forest and Spokane District for the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) to select Alternative B as
presented in the final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) for the Crown Jewel Mine including the reclamation,
mitigation, monitoring and performance guarantee measures described in the FEIS, Sections 2 11 through 214.
Alternative B, as modified by the Record of Decision, would allow the Proponent to develop, construct, operate, close
and reclaim a surface mining and milling operation for gold and silver recovery and production on Buckhorn Mountain
Because authority for approval of this project lies not only with the Forest Service and BLM, but also with other Federal,
State and Local agencies, other decision documents and permits would be issued by the appropriate agency to cover that
agency's decisions.  The Record of Decision only covers decisions under the authority of the Okanogan National Forest
Supervisor for the United  States Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, and the Spokane District Manager for the
United States Department of Interior, Bureau of Land Management.

The decision to allow the development of the mine  is subject to appeal pursuant to Forest Service 36 CFR 215
Regulations for those actions on lands administered by the Forest Service. Appeal of this decision must be fully
consistent with 36 CFR 215.14 (Content of an appeal), and must provide sufficient evidence and rationale to show why
the Responsible Official's decision should be remanded or reversed.  Appeals must be in writing and must be
postmarked and sent to the Appeal Deciding Officer within 45 days of the date of publication of the notice of decision
for this project in the Wenatchee World.  The Appeals Deciding  Officer for this project is

                                 Regional Forester
                                 ATTN: 1570 APPEALS
                                 Pacific Northwest Region
                                 P O Box 3623
                                 Portland, OR 97208-3623

Only those actions pertaining to the public lands administered by the BLM and subject to BLM jurisdiction may be
appealed under BLM administrative appeal rights  Parties, other than Battle Mountain Gold Company and Crown
Resources Corporation, may appeal this decision directly to the Interior Board of Land Appeals, Office of the Secretary,
in accordance with the regulations contained in 43 CFR, Part 4, and Form 1842-1. If an appeal is taken, the notice of
appeal must be filed within 30 days of publication of this decision in the Federal Register with the BLM officer listed
below, with the IBLA at the address below, and with the office of the Regional Solicitor at the address below.
District Manager
Spokane District Office
Bureau of Land Management
I103N. Fancher
Spokane, WA 99212
Interior Board of Land Appeals
Office of Hearings and Appeals
4015 Wilson Blvd
Arlington, VA 22203
Office of the Regional Solicitor
Department of Interior
500 NE Multnomah Street, Suite 607
Portland, OR 97232
The Forest Service 36 CFR 215 appeal regulations require that the implementation of this project be automatically
stayed until 5 days after the close of the appeal period, if no appeal is filed. Also based on those regulations, if an appeal
is filed, the decision would not be implemented until 15 days following the date of appeal disposition  The Forest
Service Plan of Operations, Special Use Authorizations and Road Use Permits would not be approved until the Forest
Service's internal administrative review process has been completed  The Forest Service considers approval of the Plan
of Operations, Special Use Authorizations and Road Use Permits for the project to be implementation of the project, and
these approvals are not  subject to appeal under 36 CFR 215 8(b)

The decision affecting BLM administered lands would be in full force and effect as of the date of signing of this Record
of Decision and would remain in effect during any appeal unless a written request for a stay is granted pursuant to 43
CFR 4.21  The full force and effect provisions only apply to the approval of the Selected Alternative, as modified by
The Record of Decision, and do not pertain to initiating actions under a Plan of Operations  The Proponent is required
to prepare a revised Plan of Operations and financial guarantee estimate, that fully incorporates all of the requirements of
the Record of Decision, obtain BLM approval of those documents, and post acceptable financial guarantees prior to
commencing operations. BLM approval of the Plan of Operations and financial guarantees would be addressed in a
separate appealable decision.

-------
WADOE has not chosen a preferred alternative in the final E1S.  In accordance with WAC 197-11 -655, WADOE would
consider the alternatives in relevant environmental documents as part of WADOE permit decisions

There is no administrative appeal process under the Washington State Environmental Policy Act available with issuance
of the final E1S by WADOE.  Permit decisions by WADOE may be appealed to the Pollution Control Hearings Board
(PCHB).  Part of this appeal can include appeal of the final EIS.

Further information on the Crown Jewel Project can be obtained by contacting the agency Project leaders:  Phil Christy,
at the Forest Service Tonasket Ranger District Office, 1 West Winesap, Tonasket, Washington 98855, phone (509) 486-
5137; Patricia Belts, at the Olympia office of WADOE, P.O. Box 47703, Olympia, Washington, 98504, phone (360)
407-6925; or Brent Cunderla at the Wenatchee Resource Area office of the BLM, 915 N. Walla Walla Street,
Wenatchee, Washington, 98801, phone (509) 665-2100.  Please leave a message if these individuals are not available.

Respectfully submitted,
SAMGEHR  '
Forest Supervisor
Okanogan National Forest
U.S D.A. Forest Service
              PURGQ
Rfegkmal
Central Region
Wasnmgton Department of Ecolo^

-------
                            Final Environmental Impact Statement
                                        Crown Jewel  Mine
                                Okanogan County, Washington
                                            January 1997
Lead Agencies:
U.S.D.A. Forest Service - Okanogan National Forest
Washington State Department of Ecology
Cooperating
Agencies:
Responsible Officials:
For Further Information
Contact:
U.S.D.I. Bureau of Land Management
U.S. Army Corps  of Engineers
Washington  State Department  of Natural Resources
Mr. Sam Gehr, Forest Supervisor
Okanogan National Forest
1240 South Second Avenue
Okanogan, Washington  98840

Phil Christy, NEPA Coordinator
1 West Winesap
Tonasket, Washington  98855
Telephone: (509)486-5137
Mr. Pat Spurgin, Regional Director
Central Regional Office
106 South 6th Avenue
Yakima, Washington 98902

Patricia Betts, SEPA Coordinator
P.O. Box 47703
Olympia, Washington  98504
Telephone: (360)407-6925
Abstract:  The Crown Jewel Mine Final Environmental Impact Statement (final EIS) describes the physical,
biological, social, and economic resources that would potentially be affected by the proposed Project.  The
primary state and federal action consists  of the approval of all necessary permits to construct and  operate the
Crown Jewel Project mine and mill. Some of the key issues for this proposal include: the potential for cyanide
and other harmful chemicals to enter the  environment; potential effects on water availability; water quality;
changes in land  use which could affect wildlife, timber production, grazing and recreation; changes to the
local social and economic structure; and assessing  the short-term loss of existing uses of the land  and the
ability to reclaim the land in the long-term to approximate pre-Project  uses.  The Project, as proposed  by the
Proponent, would consist of a surface mine (open pit), a mill to  process the ore using tank cyanidation, two
waste rock disposal areas, miscellaneous  surface support facilities, a  tailings retention impoundment in Marias
Creek, access roads, new power transmission lines, water pipelines,  and a water supply  reservoir in the
Starrem Creek drainage  basin.  Alternatives have been developed in this final EIS to alter, eliminate, or
mitigate environmental impacts resulting  from the proposed Project.   These alternatives include: a  no-action
alternative (Alternative A); the Proponent's proposed action (Alternative B) as modified from the draft EIS; an
underground  mining alternative with above ground  crushing and tailings disposal in Marias Creek (Alternative
C); an alternative that proposes to  use both underground  mining  techniques and a surface mine with tailings
disposal in Marias Creek (Alternative D); an alternative with a surface mine, Marias Creek tailings
impoundment, two waste rock disposal areas and partial back-fill of the pit  (Alternative  E); an alternative  with
a surface  mine, Nicholson Creek tailings impoundment,  a temporary north waste rock disposal area, complete
backfill of the pit and 12 hour  per day mining operations (Alternative  F); and an alternative consisting of a
surface mine, Nicholson Creek tailings facility and on-site flotation milling  with  ore concentrate haulage to
Oroville for rail transport (Alternative G).  Project components that vary between alternatives include tailings
impoundment locations, waste rock disposal area locations, underground and surface mining, different milling
processes, and reclamation options, including complete or partial backfilling of  the mine pit.

The Responsible Officials for the Okanogan National Forest and for the Spokane District of the Bureau of  Land
Management (BLM) select Alternative B as presented in the final  EIS for the Crown Jewel Mine including  the
reclamation, mitigation,  monitoring  and performance guarantee measures described in the final EIS, Sections
2.11 through 2.14. Alternative B,  as modified by the Record of Decision, will allow the  Proponent to develop,
construct, operate, close and reclaim a surface mining and milling operation for gold and silver recovery and
production on Buckhorn Mountain.  Because authority for approval of this Project lies not only with the Forest
Service and BLM, but also with other Federal, State and  Local agencies, other decisions and permits will be
issued  by  the appropriate agency to cover that agency's decisions.  The Record of Decision  only covers
decisions  under the authority of the Okanogan National Forest Supervisor for the United  States Department of
Agriculture,  Forest Service,  and the Spokane District Manager for the  United States Department of Interior,
Bureau of Land Management.
WADOE has chosen not to identify a preferred alternative in the final EIS. WADOE selection of an alternative
will be made as part of WADOE permit decisions.

-------
January  1997                      CROWN JEWEL MINE                             Page 1
                                         FACT SHEET

Project Title:       Crown Jewel Mine

Name and Address of Proponent (With Proposed Date for Implementation):

     Battle Mountain Gold Company                  Crown Resources Corporation
     P.O. Box 1243                                1225 17th Street, Suite 1500
     624 Central Avenue                           Denver, CO 80202
     Oroville, Washington 98844

The Proponent proposes to begin construction in late spring of 1997 with mill start-up in 1998.

Name and Address of Lead Agency Responsible Officials:

     Mr. Pat  Spurgin, Regional Director               Mr. Sam Gehr, Forest Supervisor
     Washington Department of Ecology              U.S.D.A. Forest Service
     Central Regional Office                         Okanogan  National Forest
     106 South 6th Avenue                         1240 South Second Ave.
     Yakima, Washington 98902                     Okanogan, Washington 98840

Contact Persons for Lead Agencies:

     Ms. Patricia Betts, SEPA Coordinator             Mr. Phillip  Christy, NEPA Coordinator
     Washington Department of Ecology              Tonasket Ranger District
     P.O. Box 47703                               1 West Winesap
     Olympia, Washington 98504-7703              Tonasket,  Washington  98855
     Telephone: (360)407-6925                     Telephone: (509)486-5137

List of Tentative and Potential Permits and Approvals:

Forest Service

  1.  Plan of Operations
  2.  Special Use Permits  (Right-of-Ways, etc.)

Bureau of Land Management (BLM)

  1.  Plan of Operations
  2.  Special Use Permits  (Right-of-Ways, etc.)

Army Corps of Engineers

  1.  Section  404 Permit - Federal Clean Water Act (Dredge and Fill)

Environmental Protection Agency

  1.  Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan
  2.  Review of Section 404 Permit
  3.  Notification of Hazardous Waste Activity

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service

  1.  Threatened and  Endangered Species Consultation (Section 7)

Federal Communications Commission

  1.  Radio Authorizations
                Crown Jewel Mine *  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2                      	FACT SHEET	 January 1997



Treasury Department (Department of Alcohol. Tobacco & Firearms)

  1.  Explosives  User Permit

Mine Safety and  Health Administration

  1.  Mine  Identification Number
  2.  Legal Identity Report
  3.  Miner Training Plan Approval

Washington Department of Ecology IWADOE)

  1.  National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDESl/Construction Activities Stormwater General
     Permit
  2.  State Waste Discharge Permit
  3.  Water Quality Standards Modification
  4  Water Quality Certification (Section 401 - Federal Clean Water Act)
  5.  Dam Safety Permits
  6.  Reservoir Permit
  7.  Permit to Appropriate  Public Waters
  8.  Authorization to Change Existing Water Rights
  9.  Notice of Construction Approval (Air Quality)
 10.  Air Contaminant Source  Operating  Permit
 11.  Prevention  of Significant Deterioration (PSD) - (Air Quality)
 12.  Dangerous  Waste Permit
 13.  Changes to Existing Water Rights

Washington Department of Natural Resources (WADNR)

  1.  Surface Mine Reclamation Permit
  2.  Forest Practices Application (Private and State lands)
  3.  Burning  Permit  (Fire Protection and Slash Disposal)

Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WADFW)

  1.  Hydraulic Project Approval

Washington Department of Community Development, Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation

  1.  Historic and Archaeological Review (Section 106 National Historic Preservation Act of 1966)

Washington Department of Health

  1.  Sewage Disposal  Permit
  2.  Public Water Supply Approval

Washington Department of Labor and Industries

  1.  Explosive License
  2.  Safety Regulation Compliance

Okanogan County

  1.  Shoreline Substantial Development Permit
  2.  Conditional Use Permit/Zoning Requirements
  3.  Building Permits
  4.  Maximum Environmental Noise Levels
  5.  Road  Construction and/or Realignment
  6.  Socioeconomic  Impact Analysis Approval
  7.  Growth Management Critical Areas Regulations
                 Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997                      CROWN JEWEL MINE                              Page 3
Okanogan County Health District

  1.   Solid Waste Handling
  2.   Sewage Disposal Permit

Okanogan Public Utility District (PUD)

  1.   Power Service Contact

Authors and Principal Contributors:

The following are Agency individuals who were either reviewers or principal contributors to the preparation of
the Crown Jewel Project EIS:

Forest Service

Mel Bennett - Forest Hydrologist
Craig  Bobzien - District Ranger
William Butler - Engineer
Jessica Childs Dole - Landscape Architect, Recreation
Phil Christy - Federal  Project Manager
Dick Coppock - Mineral Field Inspector
Mark  Deleon - Cultural Resources
Oren B. Erickson - Forest Landscape Architect
Jan Flatten - Forest NEPA Coordinator
George Halekas - Wildlife Biologist
Jean A. Lavell - Wildlife Biologist
Rod Lentz - Area Mining Geologist
Larry  Loftis - Botanist
Don Lyon - Planning/Minerals Staff  Okanogan National Forest
Kenneth J. Radek - Forest Soil  Scientist
William Randall  - Supervisory Forestry Technician
John  Ridlington - Mineral Coordinator
Don Rees - Range Management Specialist
Don Rose - District Silviculturist, Acting District Ranger
Joe Sanchez - Resources Staff Officer
Pete Soderquist - Acting District Ranger
James V.  Spotts - Fisheries Biologist
Kent Woodruff - Wildlife Biologist
Elaine Zieroth - District Ranger

Washington Department of Ecology (WADOE)

Bob Barwin - Water Quality Section Manager
Patricia Betts - State  SEPA Coordinator
Phil Crane - Water Resources
Jerald LaVassar - Geotechnical Engineer
Tom Luster - Water Quality
Tom Mackie - Hydrogeology
Katherine  March - Wetlands Specialist
Andy  McMillan - Wetlands Specialist
Robert L. Raforth - Hydrogeologist
Robert D. Swackhamer - Air Quality
Al Wald - Wetlands Hydrologist
Polly Zehm - Hazardous Waste Reduction and Management

Bureau of Land Management (BLM)

Rich Baily - Archaeologist
George Brown - District Geologist
                 Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 4                                  FACT SHEET                           January 1997
Ralph Cornwall - District Forester
Kelly Courtright - District Mining Engineer
Brent Cunderla - Geologist  (Team Leader BLM)
Al Gardner - Silviculturist
Neal Hedges - Wildlife Biologist
Joel "Jake" Jakabosky - Environmental Protection Specialist
Tom Olsen - Geological Engineer (Hydrology)
Dana Peterson - Range Conservationist
Judy Thompson - Archaeologist
Bob Troiano - Hydrologist
Gary Yeager - Planning and Environmental  Coordinator

Washington Department of Natural Resources (WADNR)

Ray Lasmanis - Manager of Mining, Geology & Reclamation
David Norman  - Reclamation  Geologist

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

Tim Erkel - NEPA Compliance & Permitting
Tom Mueller - Chief, Regulatory Branch

The following are Contract individuals who were either reviewers or principal contributors to the preparation
of the Crown Jewel Project EIS:

TerraMatrix Inc.

Rich Burtell - Geochemistry/Hydrology
Karen Conrath - Graphics
Susan Corser - Visuals, Recreation and Land Use
Alan Czarnowsky - Project Manager
Rita Edinger - Document Coordination/Word  Processing
Jay James  - Assistant Project Manger
Dan Keuscher - Comment Coordination
Alan Krause - Principal-in-Charge, Geotechnical
Suzanne Maddux - Document Coordination/Word Processing
Joe Nagengast - Graphics
Tim Smith - Graphics/Maps

Archaeological and Historical Services

Keo Boreson - Historical and  Cultural
Dr. Jerry Galm - Archeology, Historical and Cultural
Charles Luttrell - Archaeology,  Historical and Cultural

A.G. Crook Company

George Berscheid - Vegetation and Wetlands, Streams and Fisheries
Philip Lee - Wildlife
Thomas Melville Sr. - Fisheries Programs Director
Rita Mroczek - Wetlands Program Manager

Beak Consultants Incorporated

Bill Baber - Wildlife  Biologist
Susan Barnes - Wildlife Biologist
Randy Floyd - Wildlife Biologist
Chuck Howe - Biologist/Forester
Paul Whitney - Terrestrial Ecologist
                 Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997                       CROWN JEWEL MINE                              Page 5
Cascade Environmental Services

John Blum - Fisheries Biologist
Jean Caldwell - Fisheries Biologist

Cedar Creek Associates

Steve Long - Soils
Mike Phelan  - Wildlife Biologist

E.D. Hovee and Company

Eric Hovee - Socioeconomics
John Koleda - Socioeconomics

ENSR Environmental

James Wilder - Air Quality/Meteorology and Noise

Hydro-Geo Consultants

Joe Frank - Surface Water Hydrology
Randy Hertzman - Hydrogeology
Mike McDermid - Surface Water Hydrology
Janet Shangraw - Water Quality/Water Rights
Vladimir Straskraba - Hydrogeology

Schafer and  Associates

William Schafer - Principal, Soil Scientist
Ed Spotts - Senior Soil Chemist/Geochemist

Snow and Associates

David Snow  - Hydrogeology

A listing of these individuals pertinent experience is set forth in Chapter 5.0, List of Preparers.

Date of Issue of Draft EIS: June 30, 1995

Public Meetings:

After the release of the draft EIS, three public information meetings were held to explain the draft EIS, two
formal public hearings  were held to  receive comments  on the draft EIS, and two public field trips to the Crown
Jewel Project site were made.   The  public information  meetings were held on July 20, 1995 in Midway,
British Columbia, July  26, 1995 in Oroville, Washington, and July 27, 1995 in Riverside, Washington. The
formal public hearings  were held on August 15, 1995  in Ellensburg, Washington  and August  17, 1995 in
Oroville, Washington.  The field trips to the Project site were made on July 29, 1995  and August 5, 1995.

Date of Issue of Final EIS:         February 7, 1997

Agency Action:

The primary  state and  federal actions consists of the approval of necessary plans and permits to construct and
operate the Crown Jewel Project mine and mill.  Permit application processing is proceeding concurrently with
preparation of this final EIS. No state permits may be  issued prior to seven days after the final EIS is
published.

Approval  of  the selected alternative, as modified by the Record of Decision, or the proposal is considered by
the Forest Service to be implementation of the Crown  Jewel Project. The Forest Service 36 CFR 215 appeal



                 Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 6                                   FACT SHEET                           January 1997
regulations require that this Project is automatically stayed until five days after the close of the appeal period
if no appeal is filed.  Also based on those regulations, if an appeal is filed, the decision will not be
implemented  until 15 days following the date of appeal disposition.

The decision  affecting BLM administered lands will be in full force and effect as of the date of signing of the
Record of Decision and will remain in effect during any appeal unless  a written request for a stay is granted
pursuant to 43 CFR 4.21.  The full force and effect provisions  only apply to the approval of the Selected
Alternative, and do not pertain to initiating actions under a Plan of Operations.

WADOE has chosen not to identify a preferred alternative in the final  EiS.  WADOE selection of an  alternative
will be made  as part of WADOE permit decisions.

There is no administrative appeal process under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) available with
issuance of the final EIS by WADOE.  Permit decisions by WADOE may be appealed to the Pollution Control
Hearings  Board (PCHB). Part of this appeal can include appeal of the final EIS.

Environmental Review:

To avoid unnecessary  duplication, this final EIS was prepared under requirements  of both SEPA and the
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA).  Lead agencies (WADOE and Forest Service) in  coordination with
cooperating agencies (WADNR, BLM, and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers) have worked together in order
that this document would contain the information they need to evaluate and address environmental effects
during  decision making and meet their statutory  requirements.

EIS Availability:

Single  copies of this final EIS are available from the WADOE offices in Olympia and Yakima, Washington and
the Forest Service offices in Tonasket and Okanogan, Washington.

If you have special accommodation needs or require this document in alternative format, please contact
Patricia Betts at (360)407-6925 (voice) or (360)407-6006 (TDD).
                 Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
                         Prepared for:

U.S.D.A. Forest Service                       Department of Ecology
Tonasket Ranger District                       Washington State
1 West Winesap                             P.O. Box 47703
Tonasket, Washington  98855                   Olympia, Washington 98504
                   CROWN JEWEL MINE

    FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT

                         January 1997
                        Assembled by:

                        TerraMatrix Inc.
                  343 West Drake Road, Suite 108
                     Fort Collins, CO  80526

-------
January 1997                 CROWN JEWEL MINE                       Page i
TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 .0 PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACTION 	
1 . 1 INTRODUCTION 	
1 .2 BACKGROUND 	
1 .3 PURPOSE AND NEED 	
1 .4 PROPOSED ACTION 	
1 .5 DECISIONS TO BE MADE 	
1 .6 OKANOGAN FOREST PLAN CONSISTENCY 	
1 .7 SPOKANE DISTRICT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PLAN CONSISTENCY . .
1 .8 PERMITS AND APPROVALS NEEDED 	
1 .8.1 Performance Standards 	
1 .9 SCOPING, PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT, AND CONSULTATION WITH THE
CONFEDERATED TRIBES OF THE COLVILLE INDIAN RESERVATION ....
1 .9.1 Agency Meetings and Scoping 	
1 .9.2 Public Scoping 	
1.9.3 Consultation with the Confederated Tribes of the Colville
Indian Reservation Government to Government Relations ....
1 .9.4 Interdisciplinary Team 	
1.10 ISSUES AND CONCERNS 	
1.10.1 Air Quality 	
1 .10.2 Heritage Resources and Native American Issues 	
1 .10.3 Geology and Geotechnical (Key Issue) 	
1 .10.4 Geochemistry (Key Issue) 	
1.10.5 Energy 	
1 .10.6 Noise 	
1 .10.7 Soils (Key Issue) 	
1 .10.8 Surface Water and Ground Water (Key Issue) 	
1 .10.9 Wetlands (Key Issue) 	
1 .10.10 Use of Hazardous Chemicals (Key Issue) 	
1 .10.1 1 Vegetation (Key Issue) 	
1.10.12 Reclamation (Key Issue) 	
1.10.13 Wildlife (Key Issue) 	
1 .10.14 Fish Habitat and Populations 	
1.10.15 Recreation 	
1.10.16 Land Use 	
1 .10.17 Socioeconomics (Key Issue) 	 ,
1.10.18 Scenic Resources 	
1.10.19 Health/Safety 	
1 .10.20 Transportation 	 ,
1.11 ISSUES OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF THIS EIS/NO VARIATION BETWEEN
ALTERNATIVES 	
1.11.1 Wild and Scenic Rivers 	 ,
1.11.2 Trails 	
2.0 ALTERNATIVES INCLUDING THE PROPOSED ACTION 	
2.1 FORMULATION OF ALTERNATIVES 	
2.1 .1 Identification of Project Components 	
2.1 .2 Development of Options 	
2.1 .3 Selection of Options 	
2.1.4 Management, Mitigation, and Monitoring 	
2.1.5 Project Alternative Comparison 	

Page No.
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-6
1-6
1-8

1-8
1-8
1-9

1-10
1-11
1-11
1-12
1-12
1-13
1-13
1-13
1-13
1-14
1-14
1-14
1-14
1-15
1-15
1-15
1-16
1-16
1-16
1-16
1-16
1-17
1-17

1-17
1-17
1-17
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-4
            Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page ii                      TABLE OF CONTENTS                January 1997
2.2


























2.3


2.4
2.5










2.6













PROJECT COMPONENTS AND OPTIONS 	
2.2.1 Project Location 	
2.2.2 Mining Methods 	
2.2.3 Operating Schedule 	
2.2.4 Production Schedule 	
2.2.5 Waste Rock Disposal 	
2.2.6 Ore Processing - Crushing 	
2.2.7 Ore Processing - Grinding 	
2.2.8 Ore Processing Methods 	
2.2.9 Off-Site Processing 	
, 2.2.10 Gold Recovery 	
2.2.1 1 Cyanide Destruction 	
2.2.12 Tailings Disposal 	
2.2.13 Tailings Disposal Locations 	
2.2.14 Tailings Embankment Design and Construction 	
2.2.1 5 Tailings Liner System Design 	
2.2.16 Employee Transportation 	
2.2.17 Supply Transportation 	
2.2.18 Water Use 	
2.2.19 Water Supply 	
2.2.20 Water Storage 	
2.2.21 Water Balance 	
2.2.22 Power Supply 	
2.2.23 Fuel Storage 	
2.2.24 Sanitary Waste Disposal 	
2.2.25 Solid Waste Disposal 	
2.2.26 Reclamation 	
PROJECT ALTERNATIVES 	
2.3.1 Project Alternatives Considered for Detailed Study 	
2.3.2 Alternatives Considered but Eliminated From Detailed Study . . .
ALTERNATIVE A - NO ACTION ALTERNATIVE 	
ALTERNATIVE B - PROPOSED ACTION 	
2.5.1 Mining Techniques 	
2.5.2 Waste Rock Disposal 	
2.5.3 Ore Processing 	
2.5.4 Tailings Disposal 	
2.5.5 Area of Disturbance 	
2.5.6 Project Life 	
2.5.7 Employment 	
2.5.8 Supply Transportation 	
2.5.9 Reclamation 	
2.5.10 Ore Recovery 	 	
ALTERNATIVE C 	
2.6.1 Underground Mining Techniques 	
2.6.2 Underground Development Exploration 	
2.6.3 General Mine Development 	
2.6.4 Underground Development Rock Disposal 	
2.6.5 Surface Quarries 	
2.6.6 Mine Ventilation 	
2.6.7 Ore Processing 	
2.6.8 Tailings Disposal 	
2.6.9 Area of Disturbance 	
2.6.10 Project Life 	
2.6.1 1 Employment 	
2.6.12 Supply Transportation 	
2.6.13 Reclamation 	
2-9
2-10
2-10
2-12
2-13
2-15
2-18
2-19
2-19
2-24
2-25
2-27
2-33
2-36
2-52
2-53
2-54
2-55
2-58
2-60
2-66
2-69
2-70
2-71
2-72
2-72
2-73
2-76
2-76
2-76
2-78
2-78
2-79
2-79
2-79
2-79
2-79
2-81
2-81
2-81
2-81
2-81
2-82
2-82
2-84
2-84
2-85
2-85
2-85
2-85
2-85
2-85
2-85
2-86
2-86
2-86
             Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page Hi

2.7











2.8










2.9










2.10











2.11






2.12

2.6.14 Ore Recovery 	
ALTERNATIVE D 	
2.7.1 Mining Techniques 	
2.7.2 Waste Rock Disposal 	
2.7.3 Mine Ventilation 	
2.7.4 Ore Processing 	
2.7.5 Tailings Disposal 	
2.7.6 Area of Disturbance 	
2.7.7 Project Life 	
2.7.8 Employment 	
2.7.9 Supply Transportation 	
2.7.10 Reclamation 	
2.7.1 1 Ore Recovery 	
ALTERNATIVE E 	
2.8.1 Mining Techniques 	
2.8.2 Waste Rock Disposal 	
2.8.3 Ore Processing 	
2.8.4 Tailings Disposal 	
2.8.5 Area of Disturbance 	
2.8.6 Project Life 	
2.8.7 Employment 	
2.8.8 Supply Transportation 	
2.8.9 Reclamation 	
2.8.10 Ore Recovery 	
ALTERNATIVE F 	
2.9.1 Mining Techniques 	
2.9.2 Waste Rock Disposal 	
2.9.3 Ore Processing 	
2.9.4 Tailings Disposal 	
2.9.5 Area of Disturbance 	
2.9.6 Project Life 	
2.9.7 Employment 	
2.9.8 Supply Transportation 	
2.9.9 Reclamation 	
2.9.10 Ore Recovery 	
ALTERNATIVE G 	
2.10.1 Mining Techniques 	
2.10.2 Waste Rock Disposal 	
2.10.3 Ore Processing 	
2.10.4 Off-Site Shipment of Flotation Concentrates 	
2.10.5 Tailings Disposal 	
2.10.6 Area of Disturbance 	
2.10.7 Project Life 	
2.10.8 Employment 	
2.10.9 Supply Transportation 	
2.10.10 Reclamation 	
2.10.1 1 Ore Recovery 	
RECLAMATION MEASURES 	
2.11.1 Introduction 	
2.1 1 .2 Reclamation Goals and Objectives 	
2.1 1 .3 Reclamation Schedule 	
2.1 1.4 General Reclamation Procedures 	
2.11.5 Reclamation and Environmental Protection Performance
Securities 	
MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION 	
2.12.1 Air Quality 	
	 2-86
	 2-87
	 2-87
	 2-87
	 2-87
	 2-87
	 2-87
	 2-88
	 2-89
	 2-89
	 2-89
	 2-89
	 2-89
	 2-90
	 2-90
	 2-90
	 2-90
	 2-91
	 2-92
	 2-92
	 2-92
	 2-92
	 2-92
	 2-93
	 2-93
	 2-93
	 2-93
	 2-93
	 2-93
	 2-94
	 2-95
	 2-95
	 2-95
	 2-95
	 2-95
	 2-96
	 2-96
	 2-96
	 2-96
	 2-96
.... 2-97
.... 2-98
.... 2-98
.... 2-98
.... 2-98
.... 2-99
.... 2-99
	 2-99
	 2-99
.... 2-100
.... 2-100
.... 2-101

	 2-107
.... 2-107
	 2-109
            Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page iv                         TABLE OF CONTENTS                   January 1997

            2.12.2    Heritage Resources  	    2-110
            2.12.3    Cyanide and Other Chemicals  	    2-111
            2.12.4    Spill Prevention, Hazardous Materials, Fire
                      Prevention, and First Aid	    2-111
            2.12.5    Geochemistry - Acid or Toxic Forming Capability	    2-114
            2.12.6    Geology and Geotechnical	    2-115
            2.12.7    Land Use  	    2-116
            2,12.8    Noise	    2-118
            2.12.9    Permitting and Financial Assurances
                      (Performance Securities)	    2-118
            2.12.10   Recreation  	    2-119
            2.12.11   Socioeconomics	    2-119
            2.12.12   Soils  	    2-120
            2.12.13   Surface Water and Ground Water - Quality
                      and Quantity	    2-120
            2.12.14   Transportation	    2-125
            2.12.15   Vegetation  	    2-126
            2.12.16   Wetlands  	    2-127
            2.12.17   Scenic Resources	    2-132
            2.12.18   Wildlife and Fish - Public Land Enhancement 	    2-132
            2.12.19   Wildlife and Fish - Private Land Enhancement	    2-136
            2.12.20   Employee Training	    2-140
            2.12.21   Solid Waste (Garbage) Management	    2-141
            2.12.22   Showcase Agreement	    2-141
       2.13  MONITORING MEASURES	    2-141
            2.13.1    Water Resources Monitoring	    2-142
            2.13.2    Air Quality Monitoring  	    2-144
            2.13.3    Geotechnical Monitoring	    2-145
            2.13.4    Geochemical Monitoring	    2-146
            2.13.5    Wildlife and Fish Monitoring 	    2-146
            2.13.6    Timber Monitoring	    2-147
            2.13.7    Noxious Weed Monitoring	    2-147
            2.13.8    Transportation Monitoring	    2-147
            2.13.9    Reclamation Monitoring  	    2-148
            2.13.10   Revegetation Monitoring	    2-148
            2.13.11   Molybdenum Uptake in Tailings Reclamation
                      Vegetation Cover Monitoring	   2-148
            2.13.12   Soil Replacement Monitoring	   2-148
            2.13.13   Soil Storage Monitoring  	   2-149
            2.13.14   Wetlands Monitoring  	   2-149
            2.13.15   Reporting	   2-149
       2.14  PERFORMANCE  SECURITIES  	   2-150
             2.14.1    Reclamation Performance Security	   2-150
             2.14.2   Environmental Protection Performance Security	   2-154
       2.15  COMPARISON OF ALTERNATIVES 	   2-155

 3.0 AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT	      3-1
       3.1    AIR QUALITY/CLIMATE	      3-1
             3.1.1     Introduction   	      3-1
             3.1.2    Air Quality  	      3-1
             3.1.3    Climate	      3-3
       3.2   TOPOGRAPHY/PHYSIOGRAPHY	      3-5
       3.3   GEOLOGY/GEOCHEMISTRY	      3-6
             3.3.1     Introduction  	      3-6
             3.3.2    Site Geology	      3-6
             3.3.3    Geochemistry  	      3-7
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997	CROWN JEWEL MINE	Page v

      3.4   GEOTECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS  	    3-28
      3.5   SOILS	    3-28
            3.5.1     Introduction  	    3-28
            3.5.2     General Soil Properties	    3-28
            3.5.3     Reclamation Suitability of Soils of the Study Area	    3-31
            3.5.4     Erosion Hazard of Soils of the Study Area	    3-31
      3.6   SURFACE WATER	    3-32
            3.6.1     Introduction  	    3-32
            3.6.2     Regional Surface Water Hydrology	    3-33
            3.6.3     Regional Surface Water Quality	    3-35
            3.6.4     Project Area Surface Water Hydrology 	    3-36
            3.6.5     Site Surface Water Quality  	    3-44
      3.7   SPRINGS AND SEEPS	    3-52
            3.7.1     Introduction  	    3-52
            3.7.2     Location and Description	    3-52
            3.7.3     Water Quantity 	    3-53
            3.7.4     Water Quality  	    3-57
            3.7.5     Origin	    3.59
      3.8   GROUND WATER	    3.59
            3.8.1     Introduction  	    3.59
            3.8.2     Regional Hydrogeology	    3-59
            3.8.3     Mine Site Hydrogeology	    3-60
            3.8.4     Ground Water Quality	    3-62
            3.8.5     Seasonal Trends In Ground Water Quality	    3-65
            3.8.6     Influence of Past Mining on Ground Water	    3-65
            3.8.7     Relation of Ground Water and Surface Water Systems  	    3-68
      3.9   WATER SUPPLY RESOURCES	    3-69
            3.9.1     Introduction  	    3-69
            3.9.2     Ground  Water	    3-70
            3.9.3     Surface Water	            3-70
      3.10  VEGETATION	    3-71
            3.10.1     Introduction  	    3-71
            3.10.2    Upland Plant Communities  	    3-71
            3.10.3    Forest Resource	    3-72
            3.10.4    Noxious Weeds	    3-73
            3.10.5    Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Plant Species	    3-73
            3.10.6    Plant Species of Concern  	    3.74
            3.10.7    Range Resource	           3.74
      3.11   WETLANDS	'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.    3-75
            3.11.1    Introduction 	    3.75
            3.11.2    Wetlands Delineation  	           3.75
      3.12  AQUATIC RESOURCES 	'.'.'.'.'.    3-75
            3.12.1    Introduction 	    3.75
            3.12.2    Survey Methodology  	       3.73
            3.12.3    Myers Creek	'_]    3.79
            3.12.4    Gold Creek	    3.80
            3.12.5    Marias Creek	    3.30
            3.12.6    Nicholson Creek	 .    3.31
            3.12.7    North Fork of Nicholson Creek	    3-81
            3.12.8    Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Fish Species	    3-82
            3.12.9    Benthic Macroinvertebrates	    3-82
            3.12.10   Instream Flow Incremental Methodology ....                     3-86
      3.13   WILDLIFE                                              	    3.37
            3.13.1    Introduction  	    3.37
            3.13.2    Habitat Overview	    3-88
            3.13.3    Land Use Patterns and Human Activities Influencing Wildlife .  . .    3-91
              Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page vi     	TABLE OF CONTENTS	January 1997

            3.13.4    Additional Aspects of the Biological Environment	    3-93
            3.13.5    Wildlife Species Overview	    3-95
            3.13.6    Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species	   3-109
            3.13.7    HEP Analysis	   3-120
      3.14  NOISE	   3-122
            3.14.1    Introduction  	   3-122
            3.14.2    Health Effects of Community Noise  	   3-122
            3.14.3    Baseline Noise Levels	   3-123
            3.14.4    Temperature Inversion Study	   3-125
            3.14.5    Noise Regulations  	   3-125
      3.15  RECREATION	   3-127
            3.15.1    Introduction  	   3-127
            3.15.2    Current Management Direction  	   3-128
            3.15.3    Recreation Resources	   3-128
            3.15.4    Recreation Activities	   3-129
      3.16  SCENIC RESOURCES	   3-132
            3.16.1    Introduction  	   3-132
            3.16.2    Scenic Management System  	   3-132
            3.16.3    Project Area Description	   3-133
            3.16.4    Roads and Viewpoints  	   3-134
            3.16.5    Summary	   3-136
      3.17  HERITAGE RESOURCES	   3-137
            3.17.1    Introduction  	   3-137
            3.17.2    Prehistory	   3-137
            3.17.3    History	   3-138
            3.17.4    Known Heritage Resources in Crown Jewel
                      Project Area 	   3-139
      3.18  TRANSPORTATION	   3-139
            3.18.1    Introduction  	   3-139
            3.18.2    Major Transportation Routes	 . .   3-139
            3.18.3    Project Access Routes  	   3-145
            3.18.4    On-Site Roads	   3-148
      3.19  LAND USE	   3-148
            3.19.1    Introduction  	   3-148
            3.19.2    Crown Jewel Project Exploration Activities 	   3-148
            3.19.3    Historic and Present Timber Operations	   3-149
            3.19.4    Proposed Timber Operations	   3-154
            3.19.5    Agricultural Activities	   3-154
            3.19.6    Residential Activities  	   3-154
            3.19.7    Recreation 	   3-155
            3.19.8    Patenting of Crown Jewel Project Mining Claims  	   3-155
      3.20  SOCIOECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 	   3-156
            3.20.1    Introduction 	   3-156
            3.20.2    Population and Demographics 	   3-156
            3.20.3    Housing	   3-158
            3.20.4    Employment 	   3-162
            3.20.5    Income	   3-165
             3.20.6    Community and Public  Services	   3-168
             3.20.7    Fiscal Conditions	   3-174
             3.20.8    Social Values  	   3-176
             3.20.9    Land Ownership and Values 	   3-180

 4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES  	      4-1
       4.1    AIR QUALITY	      4-2
             4.1.1    Summary	      4-2
             4.1.2    Air Quality Regulations Applicable to All Alternatives  	      4-4
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997                 CROWN JEWEL MINE                     Page vii









4.2









4.3



4.4









4.5









4.6









4.7


4.1 .3 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.1 .4 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.1 .5 Effects of Alternatives B and E 	
4.1 .6 Effects of Alternative C 	
4.1 .7 Effects of Alternative D 	
4.1 .8 Effects of Alternative F 	
4.1 .9 Effects of Alternative G 	
4.1 .10 Cumulative Effects 	
4.1.11 Climate 	
TOPOGRAPHY/PHYSIOGRAPHY 	
4.2.1 Summary 	
4.2.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.2.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.2.4 Effects of Alternative B 	
4.2.5 Effects of Alternative C 	
4.2.6 Effects of Alternative D 	
4.2.7 Effects of Alternative E 	
4.2.8 Effects of Alternative F 	
4.2.9 Effects of Alternative G 	
GEOLOGY
4.3.1 Summary 	
4.3.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.3.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
GEOTECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS 	
4.4.1 Summary 	
4.4.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.4.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.4.4 Effects of Alternative B 	
4.4.5 Effects of Alternative C 	
4.4.6 Effects of Alternative D 	
4.4.7 Effects of Alternative E 	
4.4.8 Effects of Alternative F 	
4.4.9 Effects of Alternative G 	
SOILS 	
4.5.1 Summary 	
4.5.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.5.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.5.4 Effects of Alternative B 	
4.5.5 Effects of Alternative C 	
4.5.6 Effects of Alternative D 	
4.5.7 Effects of Alternative E 	
4.5.8 Effects of Alternative F 	
4.5.9 Effects of Alternative G 	
GROUND WATER, SPRINGS AND SEEPS 	
4.6.1 Summary 	
4.6.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.6.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.6.4 Effects of Alternative B 	
4.6.5 Effects of Alternative C 	
4.6.6 Effects of Alternative D 	
4.6.7 Effects of Alternative E 	
4.6.8 Effects of Alternative F 	
4.6.9 Effects of Alternative G 	
SURFACE WATER 	
4.7.1 Summary 	
4.7.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) ....
	 4-5
	 4-6
	 4-11
	 4-20
	 4-20
	 4-20
	 4-20
	 4-20
	 4-21
	 4-21
	 4-21
	 4-22
	 4-22
	 4-23
	 4-23
	 4-23
	 4-24
	 4-24
	 4-24
4-24
	 4-24
	 4-24
	 4-25
	 4-25
	 4-25
	 4-26
	 4-26
	 4-31
	 4-31
	 4-32
	 4-32
	 4-32
	 4-32
	 4-33
	 4-33
	 4-34
	 4-34
	 4-37
	 4-38
	 4-39
	 4-39
	 4-40
	 4-40
	 4-41
	 4-41
	 4-42
	 4-42
	 4-53
	 4-56
	 4-58
	 4-58
	 4-59
	 4-60
	 4-60
	 4-60
	 4-62
            Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page viii	TABLE OF CONTENTS	 January 1997

             4.7.3     Effects Common to All Action Alternatives  	     4-63
             4.7.4     Effects of Alternative B	     4-71
             4.7.5     Effects of Alternative C  	     4-75
             4.7.6     Effects of Alternative D  	     4-76
             4.7.7     Effects of Alternative E	     4-77
             4.7.8     Effects of Alternative F	     4-78
             4.7.9     Effects of Alternative G  	     4-79
      4.8    WATER SUPPLY RESOURCES AND WATER RIGHTS	     4-80
             4.8.1     Summary 	     4-80
             4.8.2     Effects of Alternative A (No Action)	     4-81
             4.8.3     Effects Common to All Action Alternatives  	     4-82
             4.8.4     Effects of Alternative B	     4-83
             4.8.5     Effects of Alternative C  	     4-83
             4.8.6     Effects of Alternative D  	     4-83
             4.8.7     Effects of Alternative E	     4-83
             4.8.8     Effects of Alternative F	     4-83
             4.8.9     Effects of Alternative G  	     4-83
      4.9    VEGETATION	     4-84
             4.9.1     Summary 	     4-84
             4.9.2     Effects of Alternative A (No Action)	     4-84
             4.9.3     Effects Common to All Action Alternatives  	     4-84
             4.9.4     Effects of Alternative B	     4-89
             4.9.5     Effects of Alternative C  	     4-89
             4.9.6     Effects of Alternative D  	     4-89
             4.9.7     Effects of Alternative E	     4-90
             4.9.8     Effects of Alternative F	     4-90
             4.9.9     Effects of Alternative G  	     4-90
      4.10  WETLANDS	     4-90
             4.10.1    Summary	     4-90
             4.10.2    Regulations	  . .     4-98
             4.10.3    Effects of Alternative A (No Action)	     4-98
             4.10.4    Effects Common to All Action Alternatives  	    4-100
             4.10.5    Effects of Alternative B	    4-102
             4.10.6    Effects of Alternative C  	    4-103
             4.10.7    Effects of Alternative D  	    4-103
             4.10.8    Effects of Alternative E	    4-103
             4.10.9    Effects of Alternative F	    4-103
             4.10.10   Effects of Alternative G  	    4-104
             4.10.11   Waters of the United States  	    4-104
             4.10.12   Location  and Description of Project Components Affecting
                       Waters of the United States  	    4-104
             4.10.13   Mitigation	    4-106
      4.11  AQUATIC HABITATS AND POPULATIONS	    4-107
             4.11.1    Summary 	    4-107
             4.11.2    Effects of Alternative A (No Action)	    4-108
             4.11.3    Effects Common to All Action Alternatives  	    4-108
             4.11.4    Effects of Alternatives B, C, D, and E	    4-114
             4.11.5    Effects of Alternative F  	    4-114
             4.11.6    Effects of Alternative G  	    4-114
             4.11.7    Instream  Flow Incremental Methodology (IFIM)  	    4-114
             4.11.8    Forest Service Inland Native Fish Strategy	    4-115
      4.12  WILDLIFE                                                                4-116
             4.12.1    Summary	    4-117
             4.12.2    Effects of Alternative A (No Action)	    4-119
             4.12.3    Effects Common to All Action Alternatives  	    4-119
             4.12.4    Toxics 	    4-134
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997                CROWN JEWEL MINE                      Page ix




4.13









4.14









4.15









4.16





4.17









4.18





4.12.5 Cumulative Effects 	
4.12.6 Forest Plan Consistency 	
4.12.7 Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species 	
4.12.8 HEP Consequences 	
NOISE 	
4.13.1 Summary 	
4.13.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.13.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.13.4 Effects of Alternative B 	
4.13.5 Effects of Alternative C 	
4.13.6 Effects of Alternative D 	
4.13.7 Effects of Alternative E 	
4.13.8 Effects of Alternative F 	
4.13.9 Effects of Alternative G 	
RECREATION 	
4.14.1 Summary 	
4.14.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.14.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.14.4 Effects of Alternative B 	
4.14.5 Effects of Alternative C 	
4.14.6 Effects of Alternative D 	
4.14.7 Effects of Alternative E 	
4.14.8 Effects of Alternative F 	
4.14.9 Effects of Alternative G 	
SCENIC RESOURCES 	
4.15.1 Summary 	
4.1 5.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.15.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.1 5.4 Effects of Alternative B 	
4.1 5.5 Effects of Alternative C 	
4.1 5.6 Effects of Alternative D 	
4.1 5.7 Effects of Alternative E 	
4.1 5.8 Effects of Alternative F 	
4.1 5.9 Effects of Alternative G 	
HERITAGE RESOURCES 	
4.16.1 Summary 	
4.16.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.16.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.16.4 Effects of Alternatives B, C, and D 	
4.16.5 Effects of Alternative E, F, and G 	
TRANSPORTATION 	
4.17.1 Summary 	
4.17.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.17.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.17.4 Effects of Alternative B 	
4.17.5 Effects of Alternative C 	
4.17.6 Effects of Alternative D 	
4.17.7 Effects of Alternative E 	
4.17.8 Effects of Alternative F 	
4.17.9 Effects of Alternative G 	
LAND USE/RECLAMATION 	
4.18.1 Summary 	
4.18.2 Effects of Alternative A (No Action) 	
4.18.3 Effects Common to All Action Alternatives 	
4.1 8.4 Effects of Alternative B 	
4.18.5 Effects of Alternative C 	
	 4-139
	 4-141
	 4-148
	 4-151
	 4-152
	 4-152
	 4-155
	 4-155
	 4-1 59
	 4-166
	 4-168
	 4-168
	 4-168
	 4-169
	 4-169
	 4-169
	 4-170
	 4-170
	 4-172
	 4-173
	 4-174
	 4-174
	 4-174
	 4-175
	 4-175
	 4-176
	 4-176
	 4-176
	 4-179
	 4-181
	 4-182
	 4-182
	 4-183
	 4-183
	 4-184
	 4-184
	 4-184
	 4-184
	 4-185
	 4-185
	 4-185
	 4-185
	 4-190
	 4-190
	 4-195
	 4-196
	 4-197
	 4-198
	 4-198
	 4-199
	 4-200
	 4-200
	 4-200
	 4-201
	 4-203
	 4-203
             Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page x                         TABLE OF CONTENTS                  January 1997

            4.18.6    Effects of Alternative D  	   4-203
            4.18.7    Effects of Alternative E	   4-203
            4.18.8    Effects of Alternative F	   4-204
            4.18.9    Effects of Alternative G  	   4-204
      4.19  SOCIOECONOMIC  ENVIRONMENT  	   4-204
            4.19.1    Summary	   4-204
            4.19.2    Effects of Alternative A (No Action)	   4-206
            4.19.3    Comparative Effects Common to All Action Alternatives
            4.19.4    Sensitivity Analysis 	   4-227
            4.19.5    Alternative Crown Jewel Project Economic and Fiscal Impact
                     Analysis	   4-229
            4.19.6    Potential Additional Mitigation	   4-231
      4.20  ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND CONSERVATION	   4-233
      4.21  MINING ECONOMICS  	   4-233
            4.21.1    Introduction  	   4-233
            4.21.2    Potential Mine Expansion  	   4-235
            4.21.3    Economic Analysis of the Alternatives  	   4-236
      4.22  ACCIDENTS AND SPILLS	   4-237
            4.22.1    Water Reservoir Rupture	   4-238
            4.22.2    Tailings Dam Failure	   4-238
            4.22.3    Transportation Spill 	   4-240
            4.22.4    Other Types of Accidents	   4-243
      4.23  IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES  ....   4-246
            4.23.1    Irreversible Resource Commitment	   4-246
            4.23.2    Irretrievable Resource Commitments	   4-246
      4.24  UNAVOIDABLE ADVERSE EFFECTS  	   4-247
      4.25  SHORT-TERM USE VERSUS LONG-TERM PRODUCTIVITY  	   4-248
      4.26  RESERVATION OF PROJECT FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT  	   4-249
      4.27  SPECIALLY REQUIRED DISCLOSURES	   4-250
            4.27.1    Floodplains and Wetlands	   4-250
            4.27.2    Social Groups	   4-250
            4.27.3    Threatened and Endangered Species	   4-250
            4.27.4    Prime Range Land, Farm Land, and Forest Land	   4-250
            4.27.5    Energy  Requirements and Conservation Potential of
                     Alternatives 	   4-251
            4.27.6    Heritage Resources  	   4-251
            4.27.7    Conflicts Between  Proposed Action and Other Federal,
                     State, and Local Plans, Policies, Controls and Laws  	   4-251

 5.0 LIST OF PREPARERS 	      5-1
      5.1   INTRODUCTION	      5-1
      5.2   U.S.D.A. FOREST  SERVICE  	      5-1
      5.3   WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY 	      5-3
      5.4   BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT	      5-4
      5.5   WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES  	      5-5
      5.6   U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS	      5-5
      5.7   TERRAMATRIX INC	      5-5
      5.8   ARCHEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL SERVICES	      5-6
      5.9   A.G. CROOK COMPANY  	      5-6
      5.10  CEDAR CREEK ASSOCIATES	      5-7
      5.11  ENSR CONSULTING AND ENGINEERING  	      5-7
      5.12  HYDRO-GEO  CONSULTANTS	      5-7
      5.13  SCHAFER AND ASSOCIATES	      5-7
      5.14  E.D. HOVEE & COMPANY  	      5-8
      5.15  BEAK CONSULTANTS	      5-8
      5.16  CASCADES ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES   	      5-8
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997	CPOWN JEWEL MINE	Page xi

     5.17  SNOW & ASSOCIATES	     5-8
     5.18  HERTZMAN & ASSOCIATES  	     5-9

6.0   REFERENCES                                                          6-1

7.0   GLOSSARY, ACRONYMS, AND ABBREVIATIONS	     7-1

8.0   LIST OF AGENCIES, ORGANIZATIONS & INDIVIDUALS TO WHOM COPIES
     OF THE FINAL EIS WERE SENT  	     8-1
     8.1    FEDERAL AGENCIES	     8-2
     8.2   STATE GOVERNMENT	     8-3
     8.3   COUNTY & LOCAL GOVERNMENT	 .     8-3
     8.4   TRIBAL OFFICIALS		     8-3
     8.5   CANADIAN GOVERNMENT  	     8-4
     8.6   ELECTED OFFICIALS	     8-4
     8.7   BUSINESS, ORGANIZATIONS, AND INDIVIDUALS  	     8-4

9.0   INDEX	     9-1
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page xli            	TABLE OF CONTENTS	      January 1997

                                   LIST OF TABLES

Number      Title                                                                 Page No.

1.1          List of Tentative and Potential Permits and Approvals	      1-7

2.1          Alternative Comparison Summary	      2-5
2.2          Summary of Cyanide Treatment Processes	     2-32
2.3          Results of Treatability Testing	     2-34
2.4          Materials and Supplies	     2-56
2.5          Consumables Estimate - Underground Mining  	     2-57
2.6          Estimated Water Use Requirements	     2-59
2.7          Summary of Alternative  B   	     2-80
2.8          Summary of Alternative  C   	     2-83
2.9          Summary of Alternative  D   	     2-88
2.10        Summary of Alternative  E	     2-91
2.11         Summary of Alternative  F	     2-94
2.12        Summary of Alternative  G   	     2-97
2.13        Flotation Reagents  	     2-98
2.14        Potential Environmental  Protection and Reclamation Activity
             and Calculation Methods 	    2-108
2.15        Summary of Impacts by Alternative for Each Issue  	    2-156

3.1.1        Weather Data	      3-4
3.1.2        Predicted Rainfall Intensities	      3-5
3.3.1        Waste Rock Percentages for the EIS Alternatives	      3-9
3.3.2        Average and Range of ABA Values for Waste Rock	     3-12
3.3.3        Average Total Waste Rock ABA Values for the Crown Jewel
             Project	     3-14
3.3.4        Summary of Additional HCT Leachate Analyses	     3-18
3.3.5        ABA Results for Ore Samples	     3-20
3.3.6        ABA Results for Tailings Solids	     3-22
3.3.7        Analysis of Tailings Liquid  	     3-24
 3.5.1        Soil Characteristics Summary	     3-29
 3.5.2        Soil Salvage Depth Summary 	     3-32
 3.6.1        Regional Surface Water Discharge Summary	    3-34
 3.6.2        Stream  Classification Summary	    3-38
 3.6.3        Flow  Monitoring History	    3-41
 3.6.4        Summary of Crown Jewel Project Site Hydrologic Water Balance	    3-45
 3.6.5        Water Quality Monitoring History   	    3-46
 3.6.6        Water Quality Analytical Methods and Standards	    3-47
 3.7.1        Spring and Seep Investigation Summary	    3-54
 3.8.1        Summary of Historic Mine Workings  	    3-66
 3.10.1      Plant Associations in Crown Jewel Project Vegetation Study Area	    3-72
 3.10.2      Estimated Timber Volume	    3-73
 3.11.1      Summary of Wetland Areas  	    3-76
 3.12.1      Stream Habitat Units and Description	    3-78
 3.12.2      Benthic Macroinvertebrate  Biological Integrity Assessment Parameters  ....    3-83
 3.12.3      Benthic Macroinvertebrate  Sampling Comparison	    3-84
 3.12.4      IFIM Transects and Habitat Description  	    3-87
 3.13.1      Acreages of Cover Types and Land Types in the Crown Jewel
             Project Core and Analysis Areas	    3-89
 3.13.2      Wildlife Species List  	    3-96
 3.13.3      Bat Detections in or Near the Analysis Area  	    3-101
 3.14.1      Measured Background Noise Levels	    3-124
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997	CROWN JEWEL MINE	Page xiii

3.14.2       Allowable Noise Levels at Residential and Non-Residential
             Receiving Property for Industrial Noise Source	   3-127
3.14.3       Recommended Maximum Noise Impacts to Recreational Areas  	   3-127
3.1 5.1       Recreation Use - Forest Service Facilities 	   3-131
3.17.1       Buckhorn Mountain Mining Properties Identified by Survey and
             Historic Research  	   3-140
3.17.2       Buckhorn Mountain Mining Properties Identified by Historic Research	   3-143
3.17.3       Heritage Resources Identified by Survey of Powerline Route
             and Related Construction Features	   3-144
3.19.1       Crown Jewel Project Exploration  Summary	   3-150
3.19.2       Past Timber Sales in the Crown Jewel Project Area	   3-153
3.20.1       Population Trends (1970-1995)  	   3-157
3.20.2       1990 Housing Characteristics	   3-159
3.20.3       1990 Labor Force and Employment Data 	   3-163
3.20.4       1994 Covered Employment and Wages Paid by Sector (Okanogan
             and Ferry Counties)	   3-164
3.20.5       1989 Household Income Data	   3-165
3.20.6       1979 and 1989 Sources of Household Income 	   3-166
3.20.7       1994 Comparative Travel Impacts	   3-167
3.20.8       1995 School Enrollments by Grade	   3-169
3.20.9       Okanogan and Ferry County  Electric Utility Data  	   3-174
3.20.10      1994 County Government Revenues and Expenditures	   3-176

4.1.1         Summary of Emissions by Alternative  	     4-3
4.1.2        Peak-Year Emissions for the  Operations Phase (Alternative B) 	     4-7
4.1.3        Dust Suppression Methods	    4-10
4.1.4        Comparison of Peak Year PM-10  Emissions for Project Alternatives	    4-12
4.1.5        Alternative B Emission Rates of Toxic Air Pollutants	    4-13
4.1.6        Alternative B,  Modeled Ambient Air Quality Impacts  -
             Criteria Pollutants	    4-14
4.1.7        Alternative B,  Modeled Ambient Air Quality Impacts  - Toxic
             Air Pollutants	    4-15
4.1.8        Alternative B,  Calculated Visibility Impacts at Pasayten
             Wilderness	    4-18
4.1.9        Alternative B,  Calculated Worst-Case Nitrate and  Sulfate
             Deposition at Pasayten Wilderness  	    4-19
4.2.1         Acreage Impacts of Major Facilities	    4-22
4.4.1         Waste Rock Disposal Areas - Calculated Factors of Safety  	    4-27
4.4.2        Flow Failure Consequences - Waste Rock Disposal Areas	    4-28
4.4.3        Slope Angle Versus Erosion Potential	    4-29
4.5.1         Summary of Resoiling Considerations	    4-34
4.5.2        Summary of Mine Component Potential Erosion Rates by
             Alternative	    4-35
4.6.1         Springs and Seeps Impacted  by Mining Operations   	    4-45
4.6.2        Comparison of Predicted Water Quality Conditions in the
             Proposed Open Pit to Washington Ground Water  Quality Criteria	    4-48
4.6.3        Predicted Ground Water Contaminant Concentrations
             Downgradient of a Release From the Tailings Impoundment,
             Assuming Worst-Case Conditions  	    4-55
4.7.1         Summary of Total and Watershed Disturbance for Action
             Alternatives	    4-64
4.7.2        Summary of Average Precipitation Year (20.0 Inches)
             Impacts on Buckhorn Mountain Drainages  	    4-66
4.7.3        Impacts of Mining on Buckhorn Mountain Drainages   	    4-68
4.7.4        Comparison of Predicted Water Quality Conditions in the
             Proposed Open Pit to Washington Aquatic Life Quality Criteria  	    4-73
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Pagexiv	TABLE OF CONTENTS	January 1997

4.8.1         Water Right Applications for the Crown Jewel Project 	    4-81
4.9.1         Sensitive Plants Impacted by Alternative  	    4-85
4.10.1       Wetlands, Springs, and Seeps Narrative Description and  Impact
             Classification  	    4-91
4.10.2       Wetland Direct Impact Acreage . .	    4-97
4.10.3       Wetlands Impacted by Mining  Operations	    4-99
4.11.1       Proposed Water Diversion Schedule for New Myers Creek
             Water Right	   4-116
4.12.1       Status of Reclamation Within the Alternative Footprints	   4-121
4.12.2       Loss of Cover Types (Acres) in the Core Area  by Alternative	   4-122
4.12.3       Comparison of Forest Succession on Buckhorn Mountain Under
             Reclaimed and Natural Scenarios	   4-124
4.12.4       Impacts to Habitat Within the  Core Area by Selected Wildlife
             Species and Alternative	   4-127
4.12.5       Risk or  Probability of Toxic Impact at the Tailings Pond  	   4-136
4.12.6       Summary of Forest Plan Consistency by Alternative	   4-143
4.12.7       Crown Jewel Project HU and AAHU Net Impact Summary   	   4-1 53
4.13.1       Comparison of Noise Impacts  for All Alternatives   	   4-1 54
4.13.2       Assumed Traffic Volumes Used for Noise Modeling	 .   4-157
4.13.3       Maximum 1-Hour Traffic Noise Impact Summary	   4-158
4.13.4       Noise Sources Used for Modeling  	   4-160
4.13.5       Weather Conditions Used for Noise Modeling  	   4-163
4.13.6       Alternative B: Modeled Noise Levels at Residential Areas
             and Comparison With Nighttime Background Leq	   4-164
4.13.7       Alternative B: Modeled Noise at Nearest Private Land and
             Comparison With Nighttime L-25 EDNA Limits 	   4-165
4.13.8       Alternative B: Modeled Blasting Noise and Comparison With
             Daytime L-02 Levels  	   4-165
4.13.9       Comparison of Modeled Nighttime  Noise Levels for Alternatives
             B, C, and E  	   4-167
4.14.1       Recreation Impacts Comparison of Alternatives	   4-169
4.15.1       Summary of Short-Term and Long-Term Scenic Impacts	   4-177
4.16.1       Summary of Effects to Cultural Resources  	   4-186
4.17.1       Average Daily Traffic by Alternative	   4-187
4.17.2       Traffic  Summary  by Road	   4-189
4.17.3       Annual Hazardous Material Transport	   4-190
4.18.1       Land Status Disturbance  	   4-201
4.19.1       Socioeconomic Assumptions for the Action Alternatives	   4-205
4.19.2       Anticipated Population Increase	   4-206
4.19.3       Forecast Annual Employment  and Payroll	   4-211
4.19.4       Multi-Year Employment and Payroll 	   4-212
4.19.5       Anticipated School Enrollment Effects  	   4-215
4.19.6       Anticipated Permanent Housing Demand   	   4-220
4.19.7       Anticipated Multi-Year Fiscal Effects 	   4-222
4.19.8       Sensitivity Analysis	   4-228
4.19.9       Comparison of ElS/Proponent Economic Effects (Alternative B)  	   4-232
4.20.1       Energy Consumption	   4-233
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997	CROWN JEWEL MINE	          Page xv

                                   LIST OF FIGURES

Number      Title

1.1          General Location Map  	     1-18
1.2          Land Status Map	     1-19

2.1          Management Prescription 27  	   2-166
2.2          Waste Rock Disposal Area Options 	   2-167
2.3          Below Ground Crushing	   2-168
2.4          Gold Recovery Through Carbon Adsorption  	   2-169
2.5          Gold Recovery Through Zinc Precipitation	   2-170
2.6          Tailings Disposal Facility Options	   2-171
2.7          Slope Study Area  	   2-172
2.8          Tailings Dam Construction Design	   2-174
2.9          Proposed Conceptual Liner System Configuration  	   2-175
2.10         Employee Transport Routes  	   2-176
2.11         Water Supply Plan	   2-177
2.12         Water Storage Reservoir Locations 	   2-178
2.13         Operational Water Balance Schematic - Average Year	   2-179
2.14         Operational Water Balance Schematic - Dry Year	   2-180
2.15         Operation Water Balance Schematic - Wet Year	   2-181
2.16         Alternative B - Operation Site Plan	   2-182
2.17         Alternative B - Proponent's Proposed  Postmining Plan  	   2-183
2.18         Alternative C - Operational Site Plan   	   2-184
2.19         Alternative D - Operational Site Plan   	   2-185
2.20         Alternative E - Operational Site Plan	   2-186
2.21         Alternative F - Operational Site Plan	   2-187
2.22         Alternative G - Operation Site Plan  	   2-188
2.23         Forest Road Closures	   2-189
2.24         Proposed Power Pole Design  	   2-190

3.1.1         Location of On-Site Weather Station   	   3-182
3.1.2        Wind Roses From On-Site Weather Station	   3-183
3.3.1         Geologic Map of the Proposed Crown Jewel Project Site  	   3-184
3.3.2        Location of Drill Holes Used for Geochemical Testing	   3-185
3.3.3        Waste Rock Types Exposed in Final Pit Walls
             (Alternatives B & G)  	   3-186
3.4.1         Earthquake Epicenters	   3-187
3.4.2        Seismic Risk Zone  Map of the United States	   3-188
3.5.1         Soil Map Units - Mine Area	   3-189
3.5.2        Soil Map Units - Starrem Reservoir Site  	   3-190
3.6.1         Regional Stream Network	   3-191
3.6.2        Estimated Monthly Hydrograph of Myers Creek
             (International Boundary)	   3-1 92
3.6.3        Surface Water Monitoring Stations  	   3-193
3.6.4        Site Stream Network	   3-194
3.7.1         Spring and Seep Locations	   3-195
3.8.1         Regional Geologic Map  of Northeastern Okanogan County 	   3-196
3.8.2        Hydrogeologic Investigation Map	   3-197
3.8.3        Potentiometric Surface  Map,  General Project Area, Annual
             Low Level (February 1993)	   3-198
3.8.4        Potentiometric Surface  Map,  General Project Area, Annual
             High Level (May 1993)  	   3-199
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page xvi    	TABLE OF CONTENTS	        January 1997

3.8.5        Potentiometric Surface Map, Proposed Tailings Disposal Area
             (October/November 1995)	   3-200
3.8.6        Hydrologic Cross-Section A-A'  	   3-201
3.8.7        Hydrologic Cross-Section B-B'  	   3-202
3.8.8        Hydrologic Cross-Section C-C'  	   3-203
3.8.9        Location of Regional Ground Water Monitoring Sites  	   3-204
3.8.10       Comparison of Ground Water Levels and Surface Water Flows in
             the Proposed Mine Area	   3-205
3.8.11       Comparison of Ground Water Levels and Surface Water Flows
             Near Nicholson Creek Headwaters	   3-206
3.8.12       Trilinear Diagram for Crown Jewel  Project Site Waters	   3-207
3.10.1       Plant Association  Map	   3-208
3.11.1       Project Associated Wetland Locations 	   3-209
3.12.1       Regional Drainages  	   3-210
3.12.2       Myers Creek Stream Survey Locations	   3-211
3.12.3       Marias and Nicholson Stream and Fisheries Survey Locations  	   3-212
3.12.4       Benthic Macroinvertebrate Monitoring Station Location  Map	   3-213
3.12.5       IFIM Study Sites	   3-214
3.12.6       IFIM Final Weighted Usable Area Versus Flow	   3-215
3.12.7       Myers Creek Winter Trout Habitat - Weighted Useable Area
             Versus Flow	   3-216
3.13.1       Project Area Map  	   3-217
3.13.2       Land Type Map	   3-218
3.13.3       Cover Type Map	   3-220
3.13.4       National Forest Management Areas in the Core and
             Analysis Areas	   3-222
3.13.5       Riparian, Deciduous and  Ridgetop Habitat	   3-223
3.13.6       Successional Stage Diversity  	   3-225
3.13.7       Successional Stage Map  	   3-227
3.14.1       Typical Range of Common Sounds  	   3-229
3.14.2       Noise  Monitoring  Station Locations	   3-230
3.14.3       Noise  Source Locations and Baseline Monitoring Locations	   3-231
3.15.1       Recreation Opportunity Spectrum Inventory  	   3-232
3.15.2       Dispersed Recreation Sites - Primary Study Area	   3-233
3.15.3       Existing Developed Recreation Facilities	   3-234
3.16.1       Scenic Viewsheds and Key Viewpoints  	   3-235
3.16.2       Oroville - Toroda Creek Viewpoint	   3-236
3.16.3       Nealey Road Viewpoint  	   3-237
3.16.4       Toroda Creek Road Viewpoint	   3-238
3.16.5       Highway 3 Viewpoint 	   3-239
3.16.6       Forest Road 3575-125 Viewpoint	   3-240
3.16.7       Mt. Bonaparte Viewpoint	   3-241
3.16.8       Existing Conditions Within the Project Site	   3-242
3.17.1       Locations of Sites and Features Along Powerline Corridor	   3-243
3.17.2       Project Area Sites and Features	   3-244
3.18.1       Traffic Counts and Road Systems	   3-245
3.18.2       Forest Roads  	   3-246
3.19.1       Historic Mining Sites	   3-247
3.19.2       Consolidated Ramrod Exploration Site  	   3-248
3.19.3       Historic Timber Sales	   3-249
3.19.4       Claim  Patent Application Location Map	   3-250
3.20.1       Socioeconomic Study Area Location 	   3-251
3.20.2       Employment Distribution for Ferry  County  	   3-252
3.20.3       Employment Distribution for Okanogan County	   3-253
3.20.4       Travel Expenditures by Type of Business 	   3-254
3.20.5       Travel Expenditures by Type of Accommodation	   3-255
               Crown Jewel Mine  4 Final Environmental impact Statement

-------
January 1997	 	CROWN JEWEL MINE      	           Page xvii

3.20.6       County General Fund Revenues by Source  	    3-256
3.20.7       County General Fund Expenditures by Type  	    3-257
3.20.8       1994 Total Expenditures for Study Area Cities 	    3-258
3.20.9       1994 Expenditures per Capita for Study Area Cities	    3-259

4.1.1        Maximum Peak-Year Annual Average TSP and PM-10
             Concentrations (Not Including Background)	    4-252
4.1.2        Maximum Peak-Year 24-Hour TSP and PM-10
             Concentrations (Not Including Background)	    4-253
4.6.1        Zone of Influence Due to Pit Dewatering and the  Pit
             Recharge Catchment Area  	    4-254
4.6.2        Schematic Hydrogeologic Cross-Section at Conclusion of Mining	    4-255
4.6.3        Post Mining Hydrogeologic Cross-Section D-D' 	    4-256
4.7.1        Watersheds and Monitoring Sites  	    4-257
4.7.2        Zone of Influence Due to Pit Dewatering   	    4-258
4.7.3        Schematic - Average During and Post Mining Stream Depletions	    4-259
4.10.1       Location of Features Related to Wetland Impact
             Classification - Alternative B	    4-260
4.10.2       Location of Features Related to Wetland Impact
             Classification - Alternative C	    4-261
4.10.3       Location of Features Related to Wetland Impact
             Classification - Alternative D	    4-262
4.10.4       Location of Features Related to Wetland Impact
             Classification - Alternative E	    4-263
4.10.5       Location of Features Related to Wetland Impact
             Classification - Alternative F	    4-264
4.10.6       Location of Features Related to Wetland Impact
             Classification - Alternative G	    4-265
4.13.1       Noise Source Locations and Baseline Monitoring Locations	    4-266
4.13.2       Modeled Noise Results: Continuous Operation, Summer,
             Prevailing West Wind	    4-267
4.13.3       Modeled Noise Results: Continuous Operation, Summer,
             Uncommon East Wind	    4-268
4.13.4       Modeled Noise Results: Continuous Operation, Winter,
             Prevailing East Wind  	    4-269
4.13.5       Modeled Noise Results: Blasting, Winter, East Wind	    4-270
4.13.6       Modeled Noise Results: Blasting, Summer, West Wind	    4-271
4.15.1       Toroda Creek, Viewpoint Alternative B	    4-272
4.15.2       Highway 3 Viewpoint, Alternative B   	    4-273
4.15.3       Mt.  Bonaparte Viewpoint, Alternative B	    4-274
4.15.4       Toroda Creek Viewpoint, Alternative D	    4-275
4.1 5.5       Highway 3 Viewpoint, Alternative E	    4-276
4.15.6       Toroda Creek Viewpoint, Alternative F	    4-277
4.15.7       Highway 3 Viewpoint, Alternative F	    4-278
4.15.8       Highway 3 Viewpoint, Alternative G   	    4-279
4.19.1       Population Effects of Action Alternatives 	    4-280
4.19.2       Maximum Population Effect Versus Baseline Forecast Growth	    4-281
4.21.1       Generalized Interactive  Procedure for Mine Evaluation  	    4-282
4.21.2       Comparison of NPV (15%) of Crown Jewel Project Alternatives to
             Alternative B  	    4-283
               Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page xviii	TABLE OF CONTENTS	January 1997

                                LIST OF APPENDICES
 A          List of Unpublished Reports
 B          Agency Responsibilities (Permits and Approvals)
 C          Hydrologic Summary Statistics
 D          Soil Erosion Rates
 E          Geochemistry
 F          Dangerous Waste Characterization Results for Detoxified Tailings
 G          Traffic Assumptions
 H          Wildlife Biological Assessment and Biological Evaluation
 I            Fisheries and Aquatic Habitat Biological Evaluation
 J          Biological Evaluation for Proposed, Endangered Threatened, and Sensitive Plants
 K          Tailings Site Selection  Report
 L          Public Involvement for the Draft EIS
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
	Chapter 1
Purpose Of And Need For Action

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 1-1
                      1.0  PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACTION
 1.1    INTRODUCTION

 This environmental impact statement (EIS)
 documents the environmental analysis of the
 Proposed Action and alternatives in
 accordance with the National Environmental
 Policy Act (NEPA) and the Washington State
 Environmental Policy Act (SEPA).  This
 document will provide the decision makers
 with information needed to make a decision
 on the Crown Jewel Mine Project (Crown
 Jewel Project) that is fully informed and
 relevant to the specifics of the Crown Jewel
 Project proposal.  The EIS documents the
 process used to analyze the Proposed Action
 and alternatives to the Proposed Action, the
 environmental impacts, and mitigation
 measures associated with the alternatives.
 The EIS process also provides a  forum for
 public review and comment on the Crown
 Jewel Project, the associated relevant issues,
 and the environmental analysis.

 1.2    BACKGROUND

 Renewed interest in the Myers Creek Mining
 District surfaced  in the late 1970's with
 exploration to the north of the proposed
 Crown Jewel Project.  In  early August of
 1988, Crown Resources Corporation
 submitted a Notice of Operations to conduct
 exploration work to the Bureau of Land
 Management  (BLM).  The notice  outlined a
 proposal to drill five exploration holes in the
 vicinity of the abandoned Magnetic Mine near
 Buckhorn Mountain.  Crown Resources
 Corporation continued with exploration
 activities in this area through 1989.

 In early 1990, Battle Mountain Gold Company
 (BMGC) acquired an option from  Crown
 Resources Corporation to become a joint
 venturer in exploration, development, and
 mining in a defined area on and around
 Buckhorn Mountain. This option agreement
 required BMGC to engage in certain
 exploration activities prior to January 4,
 1991.  BMGC exercised the option, and  a
joint venture was formed  in early 1991.
 BMGC has the right to earn a 54% interest in
the venture by funding all expenditures for
              exploration, evaluation, permitting, and
              development through commencement of
              commercial production.  BMGC is the
              manager of the joint venture and is hereafter
              referred to as the "Proponent."

              In April of 1990, representatives of the
              Proponent met with officials of the U.S.D.A.
              Forest Service, Okanogan National Forest
              (Forest Service) to outline plans for continued
              exploration activities, in particular additional
              drilling, in the area.  Based on this meeting
              and subsequent discussions, an
              environmental assessment (EA) was
              prepared, and a Decision Notice was signed
              by the Okanogan Forest Supervisor in June of
              1990 approving continued exploration
              activities.  The  EA resulted in a "finding of no
              significant impact" by Forest Service officials
              and exploration activities continued.

              In January of 1992, the Proponent submitted
              a plan of operations to the Forest Service,
              BLM, Washington Department of Ecology
              (WADOE) and Washington Department of
              Natural Resources (WADNR); this plan
              involved a proposal to develop, construct,
              operate, close,  and reclaim a surface mining
              and milling operation for gold recovery and
              production. In the plan of operations, the
              Crown Jewel Project was identified as the
              Crown Jewel Joint Venture Project.
              Supplemental clarifications or updates to the
              original plan of  operations were submitted to
              the involved agencies by the Proponent in
              February, April, and September of 1992. In
              March of 1993, the Proponent submitted a
              document that integrated all of the previous
              changes, as well as several additional
              updates, into one comprehensive plan.  As
              part of the Proponent's August 29, 1995
              comments on the Crown Jewel Project draft
              EIS, a number of comments were submitted
              which revised and clarified their proposal
              (BMGC, 1995b).  In December of 1995, and
              in March and July of 1996, the Proponent
              submitted additional revisions and information
              to further refine and improve their proposal
              (BMGC, 1995c,  1996f and 1996i); these
              revisions expanded and supplemented the
              information contained in the Proponent's
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 1-2
CHAPTER 1 - PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACTION     January 1997
August 29, 1995 comments. The
supplemental plans further defined, clarified
or refined the original January 1992
submittal.  Alternative B (the Proposed
Action) as outlined in the June 1995 draft
EIS has been revised in this final EIS to
conform to the revisions and information
submitted  by the Proponent.

1.3  PURPOSE AND NEED

The purpose and need for the EIS is to
respond to the plan of operations and other
permit applications submitted by the
Proponent for the development of the specific
ore body at Buckhorn Mountain for the
proposed Crown Jewel Project while
protecting surface resources. An EIS is
prepared to inform  the federal, state and local
agency decision makers of the probable
environmental impacts of the proposal,
present a range of  reasonable alternatives,
and reasonable mitigation measures.

Because the purpose and need is to respond
to the Proponent's proposal for a specific ore
body, there are no  feasible location
alternatives for the proposed mine area. The
location of the defined deposit necessarily
controls the location of the mine. The
geology and mineral deposits associated with
the Crown Jewel Project have been
extensively explored and studied since 1988.

United States Mining Laws establish the
statutory right of mining claim holders to
explore and/or develop mineral resources and
encourage such activity consistent with the
Mining and Mineral Policy Act and the Federal
Land  Policy and Management Act. These
regulations require responsible federal
agencies to review the Proponent's plan of
operations to ensure that:

1.  Adequate provisions are included to
    minimize, to the extent practical, adverse
    environmental  impacts on public land
    surface resources;

2.  Measures are included to provide for
    reclamation, where practicable; and,
                             3.  The proposed operation will comply with
                                 other applicable federal and state laws
                                 and regulations.

                             Under Washington State Mining Laws, metal
                             mining/milling as an industry is allowable, if it
                             can be accomplished in an environmentally
                             sensitive manner.  It is the intent of
                             Washington State laws to insure a high
                             degree of environmental protection while
                             allowing the proper development and use of
                             the state's  natural resources, including its
                             mineral resources. The 1993 Washington
                             Surface Mining Reclamation Act (RCW
                             78.44) and the Washington Metal Mining and
                             Milling Operations Act (RCW 78.56)
                             specifically address mining activities in the
                             State of Washington.  In addition, many other
                             state laws address particular components (i.e.
                             water, air, fish, transportation) of the
                             environment and regulate mining as it affects
                             such components.

                             This EIS is  tiered to the Okanogan National
                             Forest, Land and Resource Management Plan,
                             as amended, (Forest  Plan) and  the final EIS
                             for Managing Competing and Unwanted
                             Vegetation and its mediated Agreement. The
                             Crown Jewel Project would require a Forest
                             Plan Amendment to be consistent with the
                             Forest Plan  (Forest Service, 1989). This EIS
                             is also tiered to the BLM, Spokane Resource
                             Management Plan (RMP), as amended.  The
                             proposed Crown Jewel Project is consistent
                             with this plan  (BLM,  1985).

                              1.4   PROPOSED ACTION

                             The Proponent has submitted an Integrated
                              Plan of Operations (BMGC, 1993a) and a
                             Reclamation Plan (BMGC, 1993b), with
                              updates and revisions (BMGC, 1995b,
                              1995c, 1996f). The Proponent's proposal is
                             to develop, construct, operate, close, and
                              reclaim a surface mining and milling operation
                              with associated facilities known as the
                              Crown Jewel Project.

                              The Proponent's purpose and objectives for
                              the  Crown Jewel Project are to recover as
                              much of the Project's mineral deposit as is
                              technically and economically possible, at a
                              maximum rate of return for its investors,
                              consistent with applicable company, state.
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 1-3
federal, and local environmental permitting
and operation requirements.

The Crown Jewel Project site is located on
and near the summit of Buckhorn Mountain,
approximately 3.5 air miles east of the
community of Chesaw in northeastern
Okanogan County, Washington in Township
39 and 40 North, Range 30 and 31 East, as
shown on Figure 1.1, General Location Map.

As proposed by the Proponent, the mine
would process about 3,000 tons of ore and
handle an average of 34,000 tons of waste
rock per day for approximately eight years.
Expected gold production is about 180,000
ounces per year with the use of tank
cyanidation for gold recovery.

The work force would consist of about  144
people during full production. The Crown
Jewel Project would directly disturb 787
acres during the life of the Crown Jewel
Project.  An estimated 59% (469 acres)  of
that disturbance would be on lands
administered by the Forest  Service, 24%
(189 acres) would be on lands administered
by the BLM, 2%  (13 acres) would be on
lands administered by WADNR, and 1 5%
(116 acres) would be on private lands
controlled by the Proponent. Figure 1.2, Land
Status Map, shows the property ownership in
the general area.

On National Forest land, a new temporary
management area prescription, designated as
MA 27,  with associated standards and
guidelines, has been developed for the area
within the proposed fenced area of the
Crown Jewel Project, if the Crown Jewel
Project is approved.  This EIS will consider
the environmental effects of that action.

1.5   DECISIONS TO BE MADE

The Forest Service and the WADOE are the
co-lead agencies  responsible for completion
of the Crown Jewel Project EIS.  These
agencies are following specific procedures
that began with scoping and data collection
and continued with analysis of data and
evaluation of alternatives.  In accordance
with regulations implementing NEPA (40 CFR
1500) and SEPA (Chapter 197-11 WAC), the
              results of this analysis are documented in this
              EIS and will form the basis for decisions  on
              the various permits and approvals for the
              Crown Jewel Project.

              After the close of the draft EIS review and
              comment period, the Forest Service and
              WADOE considered comments submitted by
              the public, interested organizations, and
              government agencies and responded to those
              substantive comments in the final EIS.
              Cooperating agencies (BLM, Army Corps of
              Engineers, and WADNR) assisted with
              responses to comments pertinent to their
              areas of jurisdiction and expertise as
              requested by the Forest Service and the
              WADOE.  In accordance with 40 CFR
              1503.4, WAC 197-11-440, and WAC
              197-11-560, the lead agencies considered
              substantive comments and responded to
              these comments by making changes to
              Alternative B, as submitted by the Proponent,
              modifying the analysis, making corrections, or
              explaining why comments did not warrant
              further agency response. A discussion on
              public involvement  and a summary of
              comments received on the draft EIS are set
              forth in Appendix L, Public Involvement for
              the Draft EIS.  A stand alone "Individual
              Comment Response Document" addresses all
              substantive comments received.

              Upon issuance of the final EIS by the lead
              and cooperating agencies, the Forest Service
              and BLM will jointly identify a selected
              alternative and issue a Record of Decision.
              The Army Corps of Engineers will also issue a
              Record of Decision  based on the EIS.  SEPA
              does not require the WADOE to issue a
              Record of Decision.

              The Forest Supervisor for the Okanogan
              National Forest is the NEPA responsible
              official for the Forest Service.  The District
              Manager for the Spokane District of the BLM
              is the NEPA responsible official for the BLM.
              The Central Regional Director of the WADOE
              is the SEPA responsible official for  the State
              of Washington.

              In  the Record of Decision, the responsible
              officials may decide to:

              •   Adopt the no action alternative;
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 1-4
CHAPTER 1 • PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACTION     January 1997
•   Adopt one of the action alternatives;

•   Adopt an alternative that combines
    features of more than one alternative; or,

•   Adopt one of the action alternatives with
    additional mitigation measures.

Once the Record of Decision is signed and
issued, the Proponent would be required to
develop and submit a revised "Plan  of
Operations" and performance security
estimate that fully incorporates all of the
requirements of the Record of Decision. The
"Plan of Operations" would require  approval
by both the Forest Service and BLM.

Under the United States Mining Law of 1872
et. seq., qualified prospectors may search for
mineral deposits on public domain lands open
to mineral entry. Upon discovering a valuable
mineral deposit, a prospector may locate a
mining claim.  A mining claimant  is  entitled to
reasonable access to the claim for further
prospecting, mining, or necessary related
activities,  subject to other laws and
applicable regulations.  Selection  of the no
action alternative is therefore subject to
statutory limitations on the agencies in
relation to the statutory rights of a  mine
claimant to develop their claims.

If the Proponent's proposal changes
substantially beyond that which is analyzed in
this EIS, additional environmental analysis
may be required.

1.6  OKANOGAN FOREST PLAN
      CONSISTENCY

In excess of 50% (between 273  and 582
acres) of the proposed Crown Jewel
operations will be located on public lands in
the Okanogan National Forest. This acreage
is managed by the Forest  Service under
direction described in the  1989 Forest Plan as
amended  by the Inland Native Fish  Strategy
(INFISH) (Forest Service, 1995a) and under
the National Forest Management Act.  Forest
Plan standards and guidelines provide general
direction and guidance on how Okanogan
National Forest lands should be administered.
Two types of Standards and Guidelines are
provided:  (1) Forest-Wide and (2)
                              Management-Area-Specific.  The former
                              applies forest wide and addresses, among
                              other things, mineral rights,  mineral access,
                              and mineral activities. The latter lists
                              additional Standards and Guidelines providing
                              special emphasis for certain  geographic zones
                              called "Management Areas." The Crown
                              Jewel Project site  is presently located within
                              Management Areas 14,  25 and 26, as shown
                              on Figure 1.2, Land Status Map.  INFISH
                              overlayed additional direction for Riparian
                              Habitat Conservation Areas  (RHCAs) along
                              streams and other riparian areas.

                              Each Management Area has  its own set of
                              goals and objectives, standards and
                              guidelines, and desired future conditions.
                              Detailed information on  Management Areas
                              14, 25 and 26 can be found in Chapter 4,
                              Management Area Prescriptions, of the Forest
                              Plan.  The prescription goal  statements and
                              desired future conditions for the Forest
                              Service management areas that would be
                              affected by the proposed Crown Jewel
                              Project are as follows:

                              •   Management Area 14:  Goal - "Provide a
                                  diversity of wildlife habitat, including deer
                                  winter range,  while  growing and
                                  producing merchantable wood fiber."
                                  Desired Future Condition - "Deer winter
                                  ranges will provide habitat conditions
                                  including proper juxta-position of forage
                                  and cover areas, to  sustain desired deer
                                  population levels. Dead tree habitat will
                                  be provided at a moderate level to
                                  support cavity dependent species.
                                  Even-age stands, and stands representing
                                  different age classes, species mix, and
                                  with variable structure will be found
                                  across the Forest" (Forest Service,
                                  1989).

                              •   Management Area 25:   Goal -
                                  "Intensively manage the timber and range
                                  resources using both even-aged and
                                  uneven-aged silvicultural practices.
                                  Manage to achieve  a high present net
                                  value and a high level of timber and range
                                  outputs while protecting basic
                                  productivity of the land  and providing for
                                  the production of wildlife, recreation
                                  opportunities, and other resources."
                                  Desired Future Condition - "On suitable
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 1-5
    lands in the Moist Productive and Dry
    Productive Working Groups that are
    capable of producing  20 cubic feet  per
    acre CMAI (cumulation of mean annual
    increment), stands will be well stocked
    and thrifty. Even-aged stands, and
    stands  representing different age classes,
    species mix, and with variable structure
    will be  found across the  Forest.  Suitable,
    non-transitory range will be in good
    condition.  Transitory range will be
    managed in a manner compatible with
    silvicultural objectives" (Forest Service,
    1989).

    Management Area 26: Goal - "Manage
    deer winter range and fawning habitats to
    provide conditions which can sustain
    optimal numbers of deer indefinitely,
    without degrading habitat characteristics
    such as forage,  cover, and soil."  Desired
    Future Condition - "Deer winter range will
    be managed to provide optimum habitat
    conditions  for deer by maintaining well
    distributed winter thermal and
    snow/intercept thermal cover and
    foraging areas.  Wood product outputs
    will be provided at a reduced level.
    Winter  recreation activities will be
    encouraged outside of deer winter range.
    Access to these areas will be provided on
    designated through-routes to reduce
    disturbance to wintering  deer. Motorized
    access  will be restricted to maintain
    wildlife  habitat effectiveness at higher
    levels.  Even-aged stands and stands
    representing different  age classes,
    species mix, and with variable structure
    will be found across the Forest.  The
    spatial distribution of cover and forage
    areas on the winter ranges are very
    important to reduce the distances deer
    are required to move between habitat
    components" (Forest Service, 1989).

    Inland Native Fish Management Direction
   for Minerals Operations:  Goal - "Minimize
   adverse effects to inland  native fish
   species  from mineral operations. If  a
   mineral  operation would be located in a
   Riparian Habitat  Conservation Area,
   consider the effects of the activity on
   inland native fish in the determination of
   significant surface disturbance pursuant
                  to 36 CFR 228.4.  For operations in a
                  Riparian Habitat Conservation Area,
                  ensure operators take all practicable
                  measures to maintain, protect, and
                  rehabilitate fish and wildlife habitat which
                  may be affected by the operations.
                  When bonding is required, consider (in
                  the estimation of bond amount) the cost
                  of stabilizing, rehabilitating, and
                  reclaiming the areas of operations"
                  (Forest Service 1995a).

               Due to the structure of mineral laws and
               regulations, the Minerals Management
               Programs of the Forest Service and BLM are
               largely responsive in nature. A major part of
               this job is responding to applications and
               proposals submitted from outside these
               agencies. Federal responsibilities for such
               proposals lie  mainly in  providing  reasonable
               surface protection and  reclamation
               requirements with specific time frames and in
               assuring consistency of the same.
               Management implications for the Forest
               Service and BLM  require that mineral
               exploration and development be facilitated on
               federal lands  while accommodating the needs
               and conservation of other resources to the
               fullest extent possible.

               The Forest Plan could not predict specifics as
               to where, when, and what kind of mineral
               development  might be  proposed, nor specific
               needs of that development in terms of
               surface resources.  Since Forest  Plan
               standards and guidelines were developed
               mainly in the  context of typical Forest Service
               projects (timber sales, small recreation
               developments, or mineral exploration), it was
               expected that the intensive surface use
               required for large mineral development
               projects would require  Forest Plan
               amendments  (Forest Service, 1989).

               On National Forest land, a new temporary
               management  prescription, designated as MA
               27, with associated standards  and guidelines,
               would be an integral part of each of the
              action alternatives.  The Forest Service would
               manage the operation according to the
              proposed temporary Management Area 27
              standards and guidelines which are outlined
              in  Chapter 2,  Alternatives Including the
               Proposed Action,  of this EIS.  A decision to
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 1-6
CHAPTER 1 - PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACTION     January 1997
adopt a new MA-27 prescription may also
necessitate the amendment of some "Forest-
Wide" and "Management-Area-Specific"
Standards and Guidelines. Once mining and
milling activities have ceased, the Forest
Service would return the reciaimed areas to
management under the goals and objectives
of the underlying management areas or
replacement management areas in any future
Forest Plan. The goal of reclamation will be
to return the land, as near as practical, to the
underlying management area goals and
objectives.

1.7   SPOKANE DISTRICT RESOURCE
      MANAGEMENT PLAN
      CONSISTENCY

In excess of 16% (between  70 and 197
acres) of the proposed Crown Jewel Project
operations would be located on public lands
administered by the Spokane District of the
BLM,  which are managed by the BLM under
the guidelines described in the Resource
Management Plan (RMP) (BLM, 1985).  The
RMP provides general direction and guidance
on how certain segments of Spokane District
lands  should be administered.  The RMP
recognizes the potential for locatable mineral
development in the general Crown  Jewel
Project area and provides for approval of
proposed mine plans that would not cause
unnecessary and undue degradation of the
environment.

The Crown Jewel Project area is part of the
North Ferry Management Area. The Forest
Management Goal is - "Manage a timber
production base of 7,499 acres. Acquire
permanent access to all public lands to
enhance forest management and multiple
use."  The  Wildlife Habitat Management Goal
is - "Emphasize maintenance or improvement
of key species habitat areas identified
through previous planning, public input,
and/or issues analysis.  Protect and improve
riparian habitat on BLM administered land
along seven miles of perennial streams, and
the Kettle River." The Recreation
Management Goal is - "Emphasize
maintenance or improvement of recreation
opportunities in key areas identified through
previous planning, public input, and/or issues
                             analysis. Designate 13,000 acres open to off-
                             road vehicle use."

                             The Crown Jewel Project is not in-consistent
                             with any of the goals and other provisions of
                             the RMP.

                             1.8   PERMITS AND APPROVALS
                                   NEEDED

                             A number  of federal, state and local permits
                             and approvals would be required for the
                             Crown Jewel Project, as indicated in  Table
                             1.1,  List of Tentative and Potential Permits
                             and Approvals.

                             Preparation of an EIS and the actual
                             permitting  process are related but distinctly
                             separate.  An EIS is designed to explore
                             alternatives, mitigation measures, and to
                             discuss environmental impacts.  At a
                             minimum,  mitigation identified in Chapter 2,
                             Alternatives Including the Proposed Action,
                             would be imposed upon the selected
                             alternative. See Appendix B, Agency
                             Responsibilities (Permits and Approvals), for
                             the details of each permit and approval.

                             SEPA gives state and local government
                             decision-makers the authority, as part of their
                             normal permitting process, to grant individual
                             permit applications with requirements and
                             conditions beyond their normal permit
                             authority.  These requirements and conditions
                             must eliminate and/or mitigate specific
                             adverse environmental impacts which are
                             identified in the  EIS.  Under certain
                             conditions, SEPA also gives the decision-
                             makers the substantive  authority to deny
                             individual permit applications.  To deny a
                             permit using SEPA substantive authority,
                             significant adverse environmental impacts
                             which cannot be reasonably mitigated must
                             be identified in the final EIS.  Also, certain
                             SEPA procedural requirements must be met
                             by the permitting agency. State and local
                             agencies are not required to use this
                             authority.

                             No state permits can be approved until a
                             minimum of seven days after the issuance of
                             the final EIS (Chapter 197-11-WAC).  Forest
                             Service decisions are automatically "stayed"
                             during a 50 day appeal  period after issuance
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 1-7
TABLE 1.1, LIST OF TENTATIVE AND POTENTIAL PERMITS AND APPROVALS
•:, fp?EI^ fCR^BRNMENT
Forest Service
Bureau of Land Management
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Environmental Protection Agency
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
Federal Communications Commission
Treasury Department (Department of Alcohol,
Tobacco, and Firearms)
Mine Safety and Health Administration
•SIVCTiOFWAiWWifSTeiNr ,. :•:;.: •:<:::"
Washington Department of Energy
Washington Department of Natural Resources
Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife
Washington Department of Community Development,
Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation
Washington Department of Health
Washington Department of Labor and Industries
LOCM GOVERNMENT . --.-.... '• \=.. ••"... .
Okanogan County Planning Department
Okanogan County Health District
Okanogan County Public Works Department
Okanogan Public Utility District (PUD)
• Plan of Operations
• Special Use Permits (Right-of-Ways, etc.)
• Plan of Operations
• Special Use Permits (Right-of-Ways, etc.)
• Section 404 Permit - Federal Clean Water Act (Dredge
and Fill)
• Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC)
Plan
• Review of Section 404 Permit
• Notification of Hazardous Waste Activity1
• Threatened and Endangered Species Consultation
(Section 7 Consultation)
• Radio Authorizations
• Explosives User Permit
• Mine Identification Number1
• Legal Identity Report1
• Miner Training Plan Approval

• National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES)/Construction Activities Stormwater General
Permit
• State Waste Discharge Permit
• Water Quality Standards Modification
• Water Quality Certification (Section 401 -Federal Clean
Water Act)
• Dam Safety Permits
• Reservoir Permit
• Permit to Appropriate Public Waters
• Changes to Existing Water Rights
• Notice of Construction Approval (Air Quality)
• Air Contaminant Source Operating Permit
• Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) - (Air
Quality)2
• Dangerous Waste Permit2
• Surface Mine Reclamation Permit
• Forest Practice Application
• Burning Permit (Fire Protection)
• Hydraulic Project Approval
• Historic and Archaeological Review (Section 106
National Historic Preservation Act of 1966)
• Sewage Disposal Permit
• Public Water Supply Approval
• Explosive License
• Safety Regulation Compliance1

• Shoreline Substantial Development Permit
• Conditional Use Permit/Zoning Requirements
• Building Permits
• Maximum Environmental Noise Levels1
• Socioeconomic Impact Analysis Approval (County
Commissioners)
• Growth Management Critical Areas Regulations
• Solid Waste Handling
• Septic Tanks and Drain Field Approval
• Road Construction and/or Realignment
• Power Service Contract
Notes: 1 . Performance standard/requirement - No formal permit necessary.
2. Potential permit - At this time, these permits are not anticipated for the Crown Jewel Project.
            Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 1-8
CHAPTER 1 - PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR A CTION    January 1997
of the Record of Decision and until 15 days
after appeal resolution if an appeal is filed.
Therefore approval of the Plan of Operations
will not occur for at least 50 days. BLM and
Army Corps of Engineers approvals are
immediately effective and are issued at least
30 days after the final EIS is issued or, if
issued with the final EIS, are stayed for 30
days after issuance.  (40 CFR Section
1506.10(b)).  BLM approval of the Plan of
Operations is an appealable decision.

1.8.1    Performance Standards

Besides this final EIS and the various permits
and approvals that are required, there would
be regulatory performance standards that
would apply to the activities at the Crown
Jewel Project.

A performance standard is a government
criterion, generally set by regulation, that
must be observed. Although the EIS and
various permits may discuss performance
standards for the Crown Jewel Project and
set compliance measures, many performance
standards do  not require an individual or
specific permit.

For example, the Crown Jewel Project must
comply with  the Okanogan County Noise
Disturbance Ordinance, and with noise level
limits (performance standards) set forth by
regulations of WADOE, even though specific
permits are not required from either agency.

1.9   SCOPING, PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT,
      AND CONSULTATION WITH THE
      CONFEDERATED TRIBES OF THE
      COLVILLE INDIAN RESERVATION

On January 23, 1992, the Proponent
presented an  initial plan of operations for
mine development to representatives of the
Forest Service, WADOE, and the BLM.
Submittal of  this plan initiated action under
both NEPA and SEPA regulations. This plan
has been supplemented as described in
Section  1.2,  Background, of this EIS
document.

As required by NEPA (CEQ 1501.7) and
SEPA (RCW 43.21 C), the Forest Service and
WADOE have provided for an early and open
                             process to determine the scope of issues to
                             be addressed and the extent of the
                             environmental analysis necessary for an
                             informed decision on the Crown Jewel
                             Project. Elements in the scoping process
                             include the following:

                             •   Publication of a Notice of Intent to
                                 prepare an EIS in the Federal Register,
                                 and updates to that Notice of Intent;

                             •   The description of the purpose and need,
                                 and proposed action including the nature
                                 of the  decisions to be made;

                             •   The identification of potential effects
                                 caused by the Crown Jewel Project;

                             •   The collection of existing data and
                                 information to address the Crown Jewel
                                 Project site and general area;

                             •   The initiation of public and government
                                 participation in the EIS process;

                             •   The determination of the type and extent
                                 of analysis to be used in the preparation
                                 of the  EIS;

                             •   The identification of government agencies
                                 involved and appropriate responsible
                                 officials from the lead and cooperating
                                 agencies; and,

                             •   The plans for the preparation of the EIS,
                                 including selection of a format for the
                                 document and development of a tentative
                                 schedule for EIS completion and
                                 publication.

                             1.9.1    Agency Meetings and Scoping

                             A series of meetings were held by the various
                             federal and state agencies involved with  the
                             Crown Jewel Project EIS. A preliminary
                             coordination meeting was held on December
                             11, 1991  with representatives present from
                             the WADOE, BLM and Forest Service. The
                             purpose of that meeting was to discuss
                             possible jurisdictional procedures and policies
                             should the Proponent file an operational plan
                             for mining and milling activities.  A multitude
                             of additional meetings have been held
                             throughout the development of the EIS
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 1-9
documents involving agency technical and
administrative specialists. These meetings
were dedicated to various aspects of the
proposed Crown Jewel Project EIS including
discussions on issues, alternatives,
environmental baseline data, environmental
consequences, and mitigation and monitoring
measures.

1.9.2    Public Scoping

As required by NEPA (40 CFR Part 1503) and
by SEPA (RCW 43.21 C and WAC 197-11-
360), the general public businesses, special
interest groups, and government agencies
were provided the opportunity to become
informed and comment on the proposed
Crown Jewel Project.  The Forest Service and
WADOE accomplished these goals by holding
agency and public scoping meetings; public
mailings; publishing of Notices of Intent in the
Federal Register; forming an Interdisciplinary
(ID) Team; preparing a scoping document
and, making baseline resource reports
available in public locations and directly to
government agencies.

The formal scoping process began on
February 14, 1992 and was scheduled to end
on March 31, 1992.  Several requests were
received asking for additional detailed
information and to extend the scoping period
to provide adequate response time.  With
concurrence from the Proponent, the lead
agencies extended the formal scoping
comment period until April 24, 1992. The
lead agencies held four public meetings to
allow the general public the opportunity to
ask questions concerning the Crown Jewel
Project. At three of these meetings, formal
oral comments were taken. The fourth
meeting was an open-house.

Throughout the entire EIS process and
following publication of the scoping summary
document, the Forest Service and WADOE
have continued to consider written
statements and comments at public meetings
to help in the preparation of this EIS
document.  Issues and concerns addressed in
this EIS document were raised by the public,
cooperating agencies, other government
agencies, and Forest Service and WADOE
technical specialists.
              Formal public scoping meetings were held on:

              •   February 26, 1992, Okanogan,
                  Washington, PUD Auditorium;

              •   February 27, 1992, Oroville, Washington,
                  The Depot;

              •   April 13, 1992, Oroville, Washington,
                  Oroville Elementary School Gym, (Open
                  House); and,

              •   April 20, 1992, Tonasket, Washington,
                  High School.

              An  additional meeting regarding the Crown
              Jewel Project was held on July 27,  1992 at
              the  Community  Center in Midway, British
              Columbia,  Canada, after interest was
              expressed  by several Canadian citizens.

              The Forest Service and the WADOE also held
              frequent public meetings beginning in
              September 1992 to keep the public  informed
              on the progress of the EIS, to solicit any
              comments or questions regarding the Crown
              Jewel Project, and to highlight specific
              aspects of the Crown Jewel Project. The
              following list identifies the date of the public
              meeting and the special topics discussed at
              the  meeting:

              •   September 21, 1992 - Permitting
                  Requirements;

              •   October 1 5, 1992  - Hydrology and Water
                  Rights;

              •   November 16, 1992 - Mineral Patenting;

              •   December 17, 1992 - Socioeconomics;

              •   January 19, 1993 - Wildlife;

              •   February 17, 1993 - Cyanide;

              •   March  8, 1993 - Reclamation;

              •   April 15, 1993 - Tailings Pond
                  Construction, Cyanide Destruction
                  Techniques, and Dam Safety Division
                  Requirements;

              •   May 19,  1993 - Water Quality;
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 1-10
CHAPTER  1 - PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACTION     January 1997
•   June 1 5, 1993 - Noise and Forest Service
    Showcase Program;

•   July 14, 1993 - Water Rights;

•   August 18, 1993 - Wetlands;

•   October 20, 1993 - EIS Alternatives; and,

•   August 17, 1994 - Project Update, HEP
    (wildlife) and IFIM (fisheries).

These public meetings were held at the
Tonasket Ranger District office or the
Tonasket Elementary School gym in
Tonasket, Washington.

The Forest Service and WADOE provided
speakers to discuss the NEPA and SEPA
processes at additional public interest group
meetings on the Crown Jewel  Project held in
Okanogan County, which were sponsored by
the Columbia River Bio-Regional Educational
Project and partially funded by WADOE  grant
money.

From input at the  public scoping meetings
and from written comments, issues specific
to the proposed Crown  Jewel Project were
summarized and used as part of the  criteria
for completing this EIS document. Issues
were used by the  ID Team for developing and
screening alternatives, and evaluating the
consequences of the  Crown Jewel Project.  A
synopsis of the significant issues identified
for the proposed Crown Jewel Project is set
forth in  Section 1.10, Issues and Concerns,
of this EIS document.

Between July 1992 and October 1996, 12
newsletters were  sent to people on the
Crown Jewel Project mailing list to inform
them on progress of the EIS and provide
relevant technical information.

The Crown Jewel Project draft EIS was filed
with the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) on  June 23, 1995. The  Notice
of Availability of the Crown Jewel Project
draft EIS was printed in the Federal  Register
on June 30, 1995.  A Notice of Opportunity
to Comment was also published in the Omak
- Okanogan County Chronicle on June 28,
 1995 and in the Okanogan Valley Gazette-
Tribune on June 29,  1 995.  The public
review  and comment period for the  Crown
                             Jewel Project draft EIS extended from June
                             30, 1995 to August 29, 1995.

                             The Forest Service and WADOE received
                             4,623 written and oral responses from
                             individuals and government agencies
                             containing over 1 1,500 comments on the
                             Crown Jewel Project draft EIS. The majority
                             of comments were classified in the
                             miscellaneous category, surface/ground
                             water, socioeconomics, and wildlife.

                             A Spanish "Summary" of the Crown Jewel
                             Project draft EIS was prepared  to assist the
                             Spanish-speaking residents of the area.

                             Three public information meetings were held
                             to explain and answer questions on the
                             Crown Jewel draft EIS.  These meetings were
                             as follows:

                             •   July 20, 1995 in Midway,  British
                                 Columbia;

                             •   July 26, 1995 in Oroville, Washington;
                                 and,

                             •   July 27, 1996 in Riverside, Washington.

                             The Forest Service and WADOE hosted two
                             field trips to the Crown Jewel  Project site.
                             These tours were held on July 29,  1995 and
                             August 5, 1995. They were organized  to
                             provide interested individuals the opportunity
                             to observe the site proposed for mining and
                             milling activities and ask questions  of Forest
                             Service, WADOE, and  Proponent staff
                             members.

                             Two formal public hearings were held for
                             interested individuals and organizations to
                             make oral comments and statements on the
                             Crown Jewel  draft EIS. These meetings were
                             as follows:

                             •  August 15, 1995 in Ellensburg,
                                 Washington; and,

                             •  August 17, 1995 in Oroville, Washington.

                             1.9.3   Consultation with the
                                      Confederated Tribes of the
                                      Colville Indian  Reservation

                             Communications with the Colville
                             Confederated Tribes have occurred, or
                Crown Jewel Mine  * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 1-11
continue to occur on different levels:
Government to Government consultation,
includes communications between Forest
Service and tribal officers, and technical
staff, also between the Forest Service and
tribal member-citizens.

Government to Government consultation
recognizes the Colville Confederated Tribes
as distinct, separate, political entities that
have a unique legal relationship with Federal
agencies as a result of a treaty or executive
order with the respective Indian Nation.  The
tribal government, which for the Colville
Confederated Tribes  is called the Tribal
Business Council, speaks for the Tribes as a
whole, similar to a corporate board.  This
consultation is different from scoping with
the general public; however, individual
comments received from  tribal members are
considered in the same manner as comments
received through public scoping.

Consultation is an on-going process
throughout the life of a project, which occurs
officially between the Tribal Business Council
and Forest Service line officers.  Consultation
on  this level has occurred, which has
involved face-to-face meetings between the
Tribal Business Council,  Natural Resources
Committee, and  Forest Service line officers.
Issues and concerns raised are hunting/fishing
rights, water rights,  and Traditional  Cultural
Properties/Practices  (TCP's).

Tribal hunting/fishing rights and water rights
are addressed in this EIS.  Traditional Cultural
Properties are the subject of an MOU
between the Tribes and the Okanogan
National Forest.  An  MOU outlining the
procedures for treatment of accidental
discoveries of American Indian cultural
material is also forthcoming.

Meetings in conjunction with written and
verbal communications have been held
between technical and administrative staff or
departmental specialists of the Tribes, the
Forest Service, the Proponent, and
contractors, since the inception of the Crown
Jewel Project. The products of these
communications are  reflected in pertinent
parts of the EIS, as well as in the various
technical  reports.  Comments received on  the
draft EIS from tribal  department technical
specialists, and individual tribal members,
               resulted in clarification or expansion of the
               effects of the Crown Jewel Project tribal
               concerns in this final EIS.

               1.9.4    Interdisciplinary Team

               Section 102(2)(A) of NEPA requires that
               agencies involved in the preparation of an EIS
               use an interdisciplinary approach to analyze
               the proposed action to ensure the integrated
               use of natural and social sciences and the
               environmental design  arts in planning and
               decision making. The Forest Service,
               WADOE, and the other cooperating agencies
               contributed technical specialists to participate
               on an ID Team to comply with NEPA
               requirements.  These  government specialists
               are listed  in Chapter 5, List of Preparers, of
               this document.  One of the primary purposes
               of bringing these government specialists
               together was to establish the scope of the
               EIS, review Project work by contracted
               technical specialists, provide input into
               alternative development, and review and edit
               the internal working drafts of the EIS
               document.

               1.10 ISSUES AND  CONCERNS

               Scoping for the Crown Jewel Project was
               conducted to focus the EIS on those issues
               considered important  to the public and
               various government agencies. A Scoping
               Summary was  prepared and released to the
               public in July of  1993.

               Issues are areas of discussion, debate, or
               dispute about effects  of proposed activities
               on resources.  Scoping is the procedure used
               to determine the extent of the analysis
               necessary for an informed decision on a
               project proposal.

               The key issues are the issues that come up
               most frequently in  public and agency
               comment and over which there were widely
               differing opinions.  The lead agencies chose
               the key issues  based  on agency and public
               input. The alternatives were designed to
               respond in different ways to these issues.
               The other issues are also important, but do
               not drive  differences in the design of the
               alternatives. They are addressed by
               provisions that would be applied in each of
               the alternatives.
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 1-12
CHAPTER 1 - PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACTION    January 1997
Associated with the issues are "Primary
Comparison Criteria."  These are quantitative
and qualitative measures that reflect an issue,
and indicate how the alternatives respond to
that issue.  For example, the acres of
wetlands impacted under a particular
alternative is one criteria of how that
alternative would respond to the wetlands
issue.  The Primary Comparison  Criteria are
used in Chapter 2,  Alternatives Including  the
Proposed Action, and Chapter 4,
Environmental Consequences, as a means of
comparing the different alternatives and their
environmental effects.

The following list of issues are specifically
addressed in the analyses presented in this
document:

•  Air Quality;

•  Heritage Resources and Native American
   Issues;

•  Geology and Geotechnical (Key Issue);

•  Geochemistry (Key Issue);

•  Energy;

•  Noise;

•  Soils (Key Issue);

•  Surface  Water  and Ground Water (Key
   Issue);

•  Wetlands (Key  Issue);

•  Use of Hazardous Chemicals (Key Issue);

•  Vegetation (Key Issue);

•  Reclamation (Key Issue);

•  Wildlife  (Key Issue);

•  Fish Habitat and Populations;

•  Recreation;

•  Land Use;

•  Socioeconomics (Key Issue);

•   Scenic Resources;
                              •  Health/Safety; and,

                              •  Transportation.

                              1.10.1   Air Quality

                              Identify and minimize the air quality impacts
                              caused by the Crown Jewel Project. Areas
                              of concern include: the effects on air quality
                              from fugitive dust and gaseous emissions; air
                              quality impacts (visibility, depositional) on the
                              Pasayten Wilderness; and, cumulative air
                              quality effects.

                              Primary Comparison Criteria:

                              •  Tons per year/cumulative total suspended
                                 particulates (TSP) created;

                              •  Tons per year/cumulative particles less
                                 than PM-10 created;

                              •  Tons per year/cumulative cyanide gas
                                 released to the atmosphere;

                              •  Tons per year/cumulative nitrogen oxide
                                 emissions released to the atmosphere;
                                 and,

                              •  Changes in visibility model screening
                                 parameters and plume contrast from the
                                 Pasayten Wilderness.

                              1.10.2   Heritage Resources and Native
                                       American Issues

                              Identify cultural resources and minimize
                              disturbance impacts.  Areas of concern
                              include:  effects to historic properties listed or
                              eligible for listing on the National Register of
                              Historic  Places; and, the potential to affect
                              cultural resources, reserved rights, trust
                              issues, and responsibilities to the Colville
                              Confederated Tribes.

                              Primary  Comparison Criteria:

                              •  Number of known historic sites to be
                                 physically disturbed or destroyed by the
                                 Crown Jewel Project;  and,

                              •  Number of acres not available to Colville
                                 Confederated Tribe members.
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 1-13
 1.10.3   Geology and Geotechnical (Key
          Issue)

 Identify geologic hazards on the site and
 minimize the potential for failure of any
 Crown Jewel Project facility. Areas of
 concern include: the potential influence of
 geologic hazards; potential for and
 consequences of failures within waste rock
 disposal area; tailings impoundments, pit
 walls or pond liners; and, the effects of
 blasting on area geology.

 Primary Comparison Criteria:

 •  Safety factors of waste rock slopes and
    tailings embankment;

 •  Acres of potential ground subsidence
    through underground mining;

 •  Potential for rock slides (loose rock areas)
    or exposure of unstable rock sections in
    the pit wall; and,

 •  Proximity of ground water to the bottom
    of the tailings liner.

 1.10.4   Geochemistry (Key Issue)

 Identify the potential for acid-rock drainage
 and metals transport from the mine pit and
 the waste rock  disposal areas. Identify and
 minimize the potential impacts from the
 tailings material. Areas of concern include:
 the down gradient water uses; potential
 short-term and  long-term impacts to humans,
 wildlife, and fish; the potential for acid rock
 drainage; the ability to mitigate acid rock
 drainage if it occurs; possible releases of
 radioactive materials resulting from moving
 large quantities  of earth; and, the  ability  to
 isolate potential pollutants in both the
 short-term and  long-term.

 Primary Comparison Criteria:

 •   Potential  for acid rock drainage from
    waste rock  disposal areas;

•   Potential  for release of radioactive
    materials (alpha and beta emissions);

•   Potential for metals transport; and,
               •  Potential for release of tailings materials
                  or interstitial liquids into ground and
                  surface waters.

               1.10.5   Energy

               Identify the potential impacts to energy
               supplies (i.e. electricity, diesel,  propane, and
               other petroleum based products) and
               minimize the use of nonrenewable energy
               resources. Areas of concern include:  the
               quantity of electricity needed and how it may
               impact the county; and, the quantity of
               diesel, other petroleum based products to be
               used during operations.

               Primary Comparison Criteria:

               •  Gallons of petroleum products used per
                  year/life of the Crown Jewel Project; and,

               •  Kwh of electricity used per  year/life of
                  the Crown Jewel Project.

               1.10.6   Noise

               Identify and minimize noise impacts.  Areas
               of concern include:  worker health and safety;
               and, disruptions to the normal activities of
               adjacent residents/communities and wildlife
               populations.

               Primary Comparison Criteria:

               •  Daytime decibel (dBA) increase at
                  property boundary, communities of
                  Chesaw and Bolster;

               •  Nighttime dBA increase at property
                  boundary, communities of Chesaw and
                  Bolster;

               •  Level of blasting noise able to be heard
                  by the general public;

               •  Noise effects on wildlife; and,

               •  Effects of on-site noise level on worker
                  health and safety.
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 1-14
CHAPTER 1 - PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACTION     January 1997
1.10.7  Soils (Key Issue)

Identify Crown Jewel Project site soil
resources and the adequacy of soil for
reclamation. The expressed concerns
regarding soil include: the identification of
soil resources in terms of quantity and
quality; soil use and adequacy for final
reclamation; and, the potential for any soil
erosion and loss of soil productivity.

Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Percent of soil available for reclamation at
    12-inch and  18-inch depths;

•   Changes in  soil productivity; and,

•   Acres of topsoil removal.

1.10.8  Surface Water and Ground
         Water (Key Issue)

Identify and minimize impacts to water
quality and hydrology to maintain the
integrity of affected watersheds.  Maintain
adequate flows to protect the dependent
resources.  Areas of concern include:  the
potential  to alter existing hydrologic systems
by direct disturbances of stream courses;
increased sediment loads; alteration of
downstream flow rates; alteration of existing
springs and seeps; and, changes  in water
chemistry as a result of mining and milling
operations.  Impacts to water rights on
Toroda Creek and Myers Creek, including
Canadian water rights is another  area of
concern.

Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Changes in stream flow rates within the
    Crown Jewel Project area;

•   Changes in numbers of springs and seeps
    in  the Crown Jewel Project area;

•   Lineal feet of existing stream channels
    impacted (Gold  Bowl drainage, Marias
    Creek,  and Nicholson Creek);

•   Predicted changes to ground  water  and
    surface water chemistry  from pit  water,
    waste rock, and tailings;
                              •  Changes in ground water and surface
                                 water chemistry;

                              •  Predicted increases in stream sediment
                                 loads;

                              •  Estimated annual water use (acre feet);
                                 and,

                              •  Estimated life-of-mine water  use (acre
                                 feet).

                              1.10.9   Wetlands (Key Issue)

                              Identify and minimize impacts to wetlands of
                              the Crown Jewel Project. Areas of concern
                              include: the acres of wetlands lost; the
                              changes in functions and values  of wetlands on-
                               and off-site (as a result of the Crown Jewel
                              Project); and, the potential effects from the
                              creation and dewatering of the pit.

                              Primary Comparison Criteria:

                              •  Acres of wetlands with changed
                                 functions (i.e. stormwater retention,
                                 filtering capability) and values (i.e.
                                 potential habitat diversity, potential
                                 wildlife corridors) due to the Crown Jewel
                                 Project;

                              •  Acres and types of wetlands lost; and,

                              •  Acres and types of new wetlands
                                 created.

                              1.10.10 Use of Hazardous Chemicals
                                       (Key Issue)

                              Address impacts of chemicals, cyanide in
                              particular, used in mining and milling. A
                              number of chemicals would be used that can
                              have toxic effects on humans, wildlife,
                              fisheries, and the general environment. Areas
                              of concern include: the form  these chemicals
                              would be in if released to the environment;
                              the potential of these chemicals  to affect
                              humans, domestic stock, plants  and wildlife;
                              the long-term health effects of the use of
                              these chemicals; the effectiveness and
                              reliability of the detoxification process in
                              removing hazardous chemicals or depositing
                              these chemicals in a stable form in the
                              tailings pond; and, the prevention of
                              contamination at the site.
                Crown Jewel Mine i Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 1-15
Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Estimated annual/total tons used of
    sodium cyanide, cement/lime,  lead
    nitrate, sodium nitrate, ammonium
    nitrate, hydrochloric acid, caustic,  copper
    sulfate, and diesel fuel; and,

•   Transport of key toxic substances.

1.10.11 Vegetation (Key Issue)

Address the impacts to vegetation in the
Crown Jewel Project area.  Areas  of concern
include: the potential effects on threatened,
endangered, or sensitive plants; and, control
of noxious  weeds.

Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Number of threatened and endangered
    plants lost;

•   Number of sensitive plants lost;

•   Timber removed (board feet);  and,

•   Annual/total AUMs (animal unit months)
    of grazing lost.

1.10.12 Reclamation (Key Issue)

Minimize the size of the disturbed  area and
provide for reclamation of all disturbed areas.
Areas of concern include:  the successful
short-term  soil stability and long-term
revegetation to a primarily forested
environment; and, the ability to prevent or
control  damage to the environment.

Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Acres/percentage  of waste rock slopes
    steeper than 2H:1 V, between  2H:1 V to
    3H:1V; and 3H:1V or flatter;

•   Acres/percentage  of south-facing waste
    rock slopes needing reclamation;

•   Acres  of disturbance needing  reclamation;

•   Acres/percentages of slopes which can
    be successfully reclaimed with timber
    (greater than  100, well scattered,  live and
    healthy trees  per acre);
               •   Percentages of slopes which can be
                  successfully reclaimed with grasses and
                  shrubs; and,

               •   Acres to be blasted, filled, or flooded in
                  pit.

               1.10.13 Wildlife (Key Issue)

               Minimize the disruption to wildlife and
               habitats.  Areas of concern include: the
               impacts  to threatened, endangered, or
               sensitive species; impacts to deer habitat;
               impacts  associated with increased  human
               activity;  loss of habitat and habitat
               effectiveness;  wildlife exposure to  toxic
               substances; effects on migratory birds  and
               raptors;  effects on "Management Indicator
               Species" identified in the Forest Plan; and,
               reduction of habitat diversity.

               Primary  Comparison Criteria:

               •   Acres/percent of deer winter range (snow
                  intercept thermal cover and thermal
                  cover) lost;

               •   Acres/percent of existing old growth
                  harvested;

               •   Comparison of the balance of forage,
                  hiding cover, thermal cover, and snow
                  intercept thermal cover;

               •   Comparison of the balance of grasslands,
                  shrub, early successional,  mixed conifer
                  pole, mixed conifer young and  mature,
                  old growth, deciduous, riparian/wetland,
                  agriculture, lake/pond, and disturbed;

               •   Comparison of total  and open road
                  densities;

               •   Acres/percentage  of habitat lost in  the
                  Crown Jewel Project analysis area for key
                  species;

               •   Acres/percent of cover types lost; and,

               •   Loss of other habitat structures such  as
                  snags, down logs, cliffs, caves, and talus
                  slopes.
               Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 1-16
CHAPTER 1 - PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACTION    January 1997
1.10.14 Fish Habitat and Populations

Minimize disruption to fish habitat and fish
populations. Areas of concern include:
decreased flows in Nicholson, Marias, and
Myers Creeks; stream sedimentation; the
impacts of changes in stream chemistry and
temperature on fish; and, the potential for a
toxic chemical release entering Nicholson
Creek, and/or Marias Creek, or other streams.

Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Predicted changes in stream temperature;
    and,

•   Predicted changes in spawning habitat.

1.10.15  Recreation

Minimize disturbance to recreational
opportunities.  Areas of concern include:
disruption to recreational opportunities in the
area, including Jackson Creek and Graphite
Mountain undeveloped areas, caused by
changes in scenery, background sounds,
adjacent traffic, and accessibility. Another
concern is effects to the recreational
experience of fishers and campers at Beth
and Beaver Lakes due to changes in traffic
caused  by transportation of Crown Jewel
Project  materials.

Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Changes in recreational  access;

•   Increases in vehicles, and changes in
    kinds of vehicles, past Beth and Beaver
    Lakes;

•   dBA increase in noise to Graphite
    Mountain; and,

•   Facilities visible from Graphite Mountain.

1.10.16 Land Use

Minimize disturbance by maintaining a
compact operation.  Areas of concern are:
the acreage of total disturbance; the amount
of disturbance on Forest Service, BLM,
WADNR,  and private lands; any changes in
land use; and, the acreage of public lands
which could be patented and converted  to
private  control.
                             Primary Comparison Criteria:

                             •   Acres of disturbance by ownership;

                             •   Changes in land use from existing land
                                 management plans; and,

                             •   Number of acres of public lands which
                                 could be patented and become private
                                 land.

                             1.10.17 Socioeconomics (Key Issue)

                             Address the social, lifestyle, and economic
                             impacts on local residents of Okanogan and
                             Ferry Counties. Areas of concern include:
                             impacts to the nearby communities such as
                             housing, utilities, employment; the influx of
                             workers and their families; the effect of  the
                             Crown Jewel Project on housing demand,
                             public services, community  services, and
                             present lifestyles; and, the effects of
                             temporary and permanent mine shutdown.

                             Primary Comparison Criteria:

                             •   Person-years of employment, annual/life
                                 of the Crown Jewel Project;

                             •   Payroll, annual/life of the Crown Jewel
                                 Project;

                             •   Anticipated population increase, Crown
                                 Jewel Project related/cumulative;

                             •   Anticipated school enrollment effects.
                                 Crown Jewel Project related/cumulative;

                             •   Anticipated permanent housing demand.
                                 Crown Jewel Project related/cumulative;
                                 and,

                             •   Anticipated tax revenues, annual/life of
                                 the Crown Jewel Project.

                             1.10.18 Scenic Resources

                             Minimize the impacts to scenery of the
                             Crown Jewel Project from both surrounding
                             viewpoints and on-site.  The concerns
                             include: impacts to scenery of the mine pit,
                             waste rock disposal areas, tailings
                             impoundment, and other Crown Jewel Project
                             related  facilities (including off-site facilities)
                             during the  Crown Jewel Project and for the
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 1-17
long-term.  Another concern is the impacts
from lights when operating at night.

Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Night visibility of the Crown Jewel
    Project from the Oroville-Toroda Road and
    Canadian Highway 3 west of Rock Creek;
    and,

•   Scenic Quality Objectives met by the
    Crown Jewel Project.

1.10.19 Health/Safety

Protect worker health and safety.  Identify
the emergency response measures that would
be available in the event of chemical spills,
fire, or explosion.  Areas of concerns for
worker health and safety include:  the risks
from the use of chemicals; explosives;
underground operations; and, heavy
equipment. The expressed concerns for the
Crown Jewel Project include the possibility of
an accident that would necessitate an
emergency response and the potential for
chemical spills, fires, or explosions.

Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Likelihood of a chemical spill; and,

•   Predicted number of industrial accidents.

1.10.20 Transportation

Address traffic impacts  created by the Crown
Jewel Project and the potential for accidents.
Areas of concern include: the potential for
accidents and spills of materials in transit, as
well as the risks and advantages of using
particular travel routes for employees and
supplies.

Primary Comparison Criteria:

•   Additional number of vehicles  per day;

•   Percent increase in traffic;

•   Number of accidents involving chemical
    supply vehicles; and,

•   Changes in total number of accidents.
    Crown Jewel Project employee and/or
    supply routes.
              1.11  ISSUES OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF
                    THIS EIS/NO VARIATION
                    BETWEEN ALTERNATIVES

              1.11.1   Wild and Scenic Rivers

              The Crown Jewel Project is not located in or
              adjacent to a corridor of a designated, eligible
              or potentially eligible wild and scenic  river.

              1.11.2   Trails

              There are no effects anticipated on the
              presently maintained trail network.
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 1-18
CHAPTER 1 - PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR ACT/ON    January 1997
                                                                       O
                                                                       O
                                                                       oc
                                                                       LLI

                                                                       111
                                                                       O
                                                                       UJ
                                                                       OC


                                                                       O
            Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
1
1
I
i
I
                                                                                       L EGEND

                                                                                    I   I USFS LANDS
                                                                                        STATE LANDS
                                                                                        BLM LANDS
                                                                                        PRIVATE/FEE LANDS
                                                                                    — — MANAGEMENT AREA BOUNDARY


                                                                                        MINE PIT AREA
                                                                        — — v    '    25-18 US FS MANAGEMENT AREA
                                                                                      U.S.F.S MANAGEMENT AREAS
                                   FIGURE  1.2, LAND STATUS  MAP
                                                                                              \
                                                                                               '
I
1
to

-------
                                 Chapter 2
Alternatives Including The Proposed Action

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-1
             2.0  ALTERNATIVES INCLUDING THE PROPOSED ACTION
The discussion of alternatives is the
foundation of the environmental impact
statement (EIS) process (40 CFR 1502.14
and Chapter 197-11-400 WAC).  This
foundation consists of the development of a
reasonable range of alternatives.  The
agencies have explored and objectively
evaluated numerous Crown Jewel Project
components during the selection and
development of the alternatives which include
the No Action Alternative and the Proposed
Action.  In total, seven alternatives (six
action and the no action) have been
developed for evaluation in this EIS.

This chapter includes reclamation
management, mitigation, and monitoring
measures which are associated with the
implementation of any of the action
alternatives. The environmental
consequences associated with each of the
action alternatives are analyzed in Chapter 4,
Environmental Consequences.

Many engineering, reclamation, and
environmental studies were used in the
development of this EIS document.  Refer to
Appendix A, List of Unpublished Reports, for
a list of engineering, reclamation, and
environmental studies used.  There have been
many visits to the Crown Jewel  Project area
by both agency personnel and the general
public; these visits have facilitated a
familiarity with the area and an insight
regarding the Crown Jewel Project as
proposed, as well as a working understanding
regarding the range of possible alternatives.

Three important terms used in this chapter
are defined below:

Project Components:  the major activities or
facilities which, together, form the Crown
Jewel Project.

Options:  possible location, design,
operational, or reclamation  methods available
for each Crown Jewel Project component.
              Project Alternatives: developed by linking
              groups of options into Crown Jewel Project
              configurations.

              This chapter is organized into sections which
              describe and discuss the process utilized to
              analyze the Crown Jewel Project. These
              sections include:

              •  Formulation of Alternatives;

              •  Project Components and Options;

              •  Project Alternatives;

              •  Reclamation;

              •  Management, Mitigation, and Monitoring;
                 and,

              •  Performance Securities.

              Formulation of Alternatives

              This section describes the process used to
              develop and compare alternatives, including
              the No Action Alternative.  The agencies
              selected various components and options to
              develop alternatives that alter or reduce the
              magnitude of the potential effects of the
              Proposed Action on  local environmental
              conditions.  Section 2.1, Formulation of
              Alternatives, provides detailed discussion of
              the alternative formulation process.

              Project Components and Options

              The description of Crown Jewel Project
              components which were evaluated in detail
              and those which were considered but
              eliminated from further analysis is set forth in
              this section. A number of components and
              options were identified; some were eliminated
              from further consideration if they clearly
              could not meet the proposal objectives or
              address the issues.  However, in response to
              agency and public input, some options were
              retained for further evaluation despite
              questions regarding technical and economic
              feasibility. (See Section 2.2, Project
              Components and Options).
               Crown Jewel Mine  + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-2
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
It is recognized that certain options and
Crown Jewel Project alternatives, because of
their economic and legal implications may not
be considered reasonable alternatives as
specified by 40 CFR 1502.14.  Specific
issues of concern under the federal general
mining laws include:

1) Does the option or alternative meet  the
   purpose and objectives, to protect the
   surface resources while allowing the
   Proponent to  recover available gold
   resources from their claims?

2) Is the option or alternative technically and
   economically  feasible?

3) Does the option or alternative allow the
   claimant full expression of their rights
   granted under the General Mining Laws?

Under SEPA (197-11-440.5(b)), alternatives
are evaluated that reasonably attain or
approximate a proposal's objective, but at a
lower environmental cost or decreased  level
of environmental degradation.

Project Alternatives

Descriptions of the Crown Jewel Project
alternatives which were assembled from the
remaining components and options are
included. (See Section  2.3, Project
Alternatives, through Section 2.10,
Alternative  G). Alternatives Considered but
Eliminated From  Detailed Study are included
in Section 2.3.2.

Reclamation

This section includes discussions that
describe reclamation planning, construction
and interim reclamation, temporary cessation
of operations, final reclamation activities, and
reclamation guarantees. (See Section 2.11,
Reclamation Measures).

Management, Mitigation, and Monitoring

These sections include  an identification of
management requirements and  constraints for
action alternatives. Mitigation measures and
monitoring programs are discussed as
components of the management requirements
                  for the Crown Jewel Project.  (See Section
                  2.12, Management and Mitigation, and
                  Section 2.13, Monitoring Measures).

                  Performance Securities (Bond)

                  This section discusses the reclamation
                  performance security to be required by the
                  U.S.D.A. Forest Service (Forest Service),
                  U.S.D.I. Bureau of Land Management (BLM),
                  and Washington Department of Natural
                  Resources (WADNR), and the environmental
                  protection performance security to be
                  required by Washington Department of
                  Ecology (WADOE).  (See Section  2.14,
                  Performance Securities).

                  2.1   FORMULATION OF ALTERNATIVES

                  Alternatives have  been developed and
                  analyzed to address social and environmental
                  issues, to respond to public and agency
                  concerns and input, and to satisfy regulations
                  of the National Environmental Policy Act
                  (NEPA) and the Washington State
                  Environmental Policy Act (SEPA).  Both
                  federal and state regulations require that an
                  EIS discuss alternatives including the No
                  Action Alternative.  The objective of
                  developing and reviewing the alternatives for
                  the Crown Jewel  Project is to provide various
                  agency decision-makers and the public with a
                  reasonable range of Crown Jewel Project
                  alternatives for consideration.

                  2.1.1    Identification of Project
                           Components

                  The first step in developing alternatives
                  involved identifying  the Project components.
                  Components (facilities or activities) include:

                  • Mining Methods;

                  • Operating Schedule;

                  • Production Schedule;

                  • Waste Rock Disposal;

                  • Ore Processing;

                  • Cyanide Destruction;
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-3
 •  Tailings Disposal;

 •  Tailings Embankment Construction;

 •  Tailings Liner Design;

 •  Employee Transportation;

 •  Supply Transportation;

 •  Water Supply;

 •  Water Storage;

 •  Water Use;

 •  Power Supply;

 •  Fuel Storage;

 •  Sanitary Waste Disposal;

 •  Solid Waste Disposal; and,

 •  Reclamation.

 2.1.2    Development of Options

 The second step in developing alternatives
 consists of describing options for the Crown
 Jewel Project components.  The options
 considered for each facility are based on
 location, design, operation,  or reclamation
 methods, and are discussed further below.

 Location

 Each  Crown Jewel Project facility has
 technical, environmental, and economic
 location criteria which must be considered.
 For example, the locations of waste rock
 disposal areas should minimize impacts to
 sensitive resources, be near the pit, and have
 adequate capacity to hold the waste rock.

 Design

 In any given location, there are often a
number of feasible design alternatives for
facilities.  An example is the various design
methods for construction of a tailings
embankment. Another example involves
placement of fuel storage tanks on the
surface or burying them underground.
              Operation

              Production rates and operating schedule are
              examples of operation options that were
              considered.

              Reclamation

              Reclamation of surface disturbance can take
              many forms.  Examples of different
              alternatives for reclamation of a surface mine
              include creation of a lake in the final mine pit;
              partial pit backfill or complete backfill of the
              pit; and/or revegetation to grassland/shrub/
              steppe or forest habitat.

              2.1.3   Selection of Options

              Numerous meetings were held among various
              federal and state agencies in  1992, 1993,
              1994, and 1995 to discuss the various
              options and to form the alternatives for the
              Crown Jewel Project.  A variety of options
              were identified for each component by
              agency personnel.  As a result of these
              agency meetings, certain options were
              screened, altered,  or eliminated from further
              consideration if they did not produce a
              substantially different environmental response
              to the issues identified for the Crown Jewel
              Project.

              Surviving options were assembled into Crown
              Jewel Project alternatives and compared to
              the  No Action Alternative (Alternative A) and
              the  Proponent's proposal (Alternative B).

              2.1.4    Management, Mitigation, and
                       Monitoring

              From 1 992 to present, there have been
              numerous discussions regarding management,
              mitigation, and monitoring measures for the
              Crown Jewel Project.  Environmental
              management and mitigation guidelines as  well
              as monitoring and control measures must
              ensure that the final actions conform to the
              applicable laws relating to the Crown Jewel
              Project.  The intent of these constraints,
              guidelines, and mitigation measures is  to
              ensure that adverse environmental impacts
              are avoided, minimized or otherwise
              reasonably mitigated during construction,
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-4
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
operation, closure, and post-closure of the
Crown Jewel Project.

Following completion of the NEPA and SEPA
processes, and selection of the Preferred
Alternative, the Proponent must provide final
engineering design and final reclamation and
closure plans for the selected alternative to
the appropriate agencies involved. Also, the
Proponent would be required to modify the
Plan of Operations to incorporate any
stipulations set forth in the Records of
Decision as necessary. Any design,
operational, or reclamation alterations must
meet individual agency permitting regulations
and guidelines. This work would be  required
to secure the necessary permits and
approvals as explained in Chapter 1,  Purpose
of and Need for Action.

Prior to initiating any work involved with an
approved action alternative, the Proponent
must file reclamation and environmental
protection performance securities acceptable
to the  Forest Service,  BLM, WADNR, and
WADOE.  These securities would not be
released until the agencies determine that
adequate reclamation  has been successfully
completed and no other remediation
measures are necessary.

2.1.5    Project Alternative Comparison

Crown Jewel Project alternatives were
developed as a result  of numerous meetings
and discussions amongst federal and state
agencies. These meetings began in  1992 as
scoping comments were received and issues
established.  The issues and comments
received from both the public and
government agencies  formed the basis for the
selection of the Crown Jewel Project
alternatives presented in this EIS.

The Crown Jewel Project alternatives
assembled by the lead agencies (Forest
 Service and WADOE)  are described in this
section.  Table 2.1, Alternative Comparison
Summary, portrays a  comparison of the
 Crown Jewel Project  alternatives. Additional
 details concerning these Crown Jewel Project
 alternatives, including representative figures
 and tables, are found in Section 2.3, Project
                  Alternatives, through Section 2.10,
                  Alternative G, of this EIS document.

                  Alternative A (No Action) and Alternative B
                  (Proposed Action) are required to be analyzed
                  by NEPA and SEPA.  Alternatives C through
                  G were developed by the lead agencies to
                  address issues and concerns identified during
                  the scoping portion of the EIS process and in
                  an effort to alter or reduce the magnitude of
                  the potential effects.

                  All of the action alternatives would require an
                  amendment to the Okanogan Forest Plan
                  which would be part of this NEPA document.

                  Due to the structure of mineral laws and
                  regulations, the Forest Service's and BLM's
                  Minerals Management Programs are largely
                  responsive in nature.  A major part of these
                  programs are responding to applications and
                  proposals submitted from outside the agency.
                  Forest Service and BLM responsibility for
                  such mineral (exploration and mining)
                  proposals lies mainly in providing reasonable
                  surface protection and reclamation
                  requirements within specified time frames
                  and in assuring compliance of the same.
                  Management implications for the Forest
                  Service and BLM require that  mineral
                  exploration and development be facilitated
                  while accommodating the needs and
                  conservation of other resources to the fullest
                  extent possible.

                  To accommodate the proposed mining
                  operation,  if approved, the  Forest Service has
                  decided to develop a new temporary
                  management prescription, designated as
                   MA27, and associated standards and
                  guidelines  for the new management area.
                  The Forest Service would manage the
                  operation according to the proposed
                   Management Area 27 standards and
                   guidelines  outlined in Figure 2.1,
                   Management Prescription 27.

                   The Okanogan National Forest Land and
                   Resource Management Plan (Forest Plan) did
                   not attempt to accommodate potential large
                   mining operations when developing
                   Management Area Standards and Guidelines
                   because of the difficulty in predicting actual
                   locations or kinds of developments. It was
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
1
I
I
I
I
i
TABLE 2.1, ALTERNATIVE COMPARISON SUMMARY

Mining Method
Operating
Schedule
Production
Schedule
Project Life
Employment
Local Hire (%!
Area of
Disturbance
Mill Process
Ore Reserve1
Reserve (oz)
Minable Ounces
Grade (oz/ton)
Mill Recovery (%)
Recovered (oz)
Tailings Location
Waste Rock
Disposal2
Supply Route
Site Reclamation
Alternative
A
Reclamation Only
Daylight hours,
Summer months
Not Applicable
1 year
Const: 0
Oper: 0
Rec: 1
Const: 0
Oper: 0
Rec: ** 4 people
Const: 0
Oper: 0
Rec: 1 00
•=> 55 acres
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Exploration roads
and drill sites
B
Surface (open pit)
Year-Round;
24 hours/day
3,000 tons/day
1 0 years
Const: 1
Oper: 8
Rec: 1
Const: 250 people
Oper: 1 44 people
Rec: 50 people
Const: 40
Oper: 80
Rec: 5
787 acres
Tank Cyanidation
1,678,000
1,678,000
0.18
87
« 1 ,460,000 oz
Marias Creek
54 mm yd3
2 disposal areas: North
(A) and South (B) of Pit
From Wauconda - CR
9495 - CR 9480 - CR
4895 - FS 1 20 - Site
Pit left open; Facilities
removed; Site
re vegetated.
C
Underground
Year-Round;
24 hours/day
3,000 tons/day
6 years
Const: 1
Oper: 4
Rec: 1
Const: 250 people
Oper: 225 people
Rec: 50 people
Const: 25
Oper: 40
Rec: 95
415 acres
Tank Cyanidation
1,355,569
934,300
0.25
89
<= 831, 530 oz
Marias Creek
» 500,000 yd3
1 disposal area:
North of Adits
within Area A
From Oroville CR
9480 - CR 4895 -
FS 1 20 - Site
Possible
subsidence;
Facilities removed;
Site revegetated.
D
Surface (open pit) /
Underground
Year-Round;
24 hours/day
3,000 tons/day
8 years
Const: 1
Oper: 6
Rec: 1
Const: 250 people
Oper: 225 people
Rec: 50 people
Const: 30
Oper: 50
Rec: 95
558 acres
Tank Cyanidation
1,520,149
1,261,600
0.20
88
= 1,1 10,200 oz
Marias Creek
1 9 mm yd3
1 disposal area:
North of Pit within
Area A
From Wauconda - CR
9495 - CR 9480 - CR
4895 - FS 1 20 - Site
Pit left open; Possible
subsidence; Facilities
removed; Site
revegetated.
E
Surface (open pit)
Year-Round;
24 hours/day
3,000 tons/day
1 0 years
Const: 1
Oper: 8
Rec: 1
Const: 250 people
Oper: 144 people
Rec: 50 people
Const: 40
Oper: 80
Rec: 95
928 acres
Tank Cyanidation
1,678,000
1,678,000
0.18
87
= 1, 460,000 oz
Marias Creek
48 mm yd'
2 disposal areas:
North (1) and South (C)
of Pit
From Wauconda - CR
9495 - CR 9480 - CR
4895 - FS 1 20 - Site
Pit partially backfilled;
Facilities removed; Site
revegetated.
F
Surface (open pit)
Year-Round;
Mill 24 hours/day
Mine 1 2 hours/day
1 ,500 tons/day
33 years
Const: 1
Oper: 1 6
Rec: 1 6
Const: 250 people
Oper: 1 25 people
Rec: 75 people
Const: 40
Oper: 80
Rec: 95
817 acres
Tank Cyanidation
1,678,000
1 ,678,000
0.18
87
= 1 ,460,000 oz
Nicholson Creek
54 mm yd3
1 (temp) stockpile:
North (I) of Pit
From Wauconda - CR
9495 - CR 9480 - CR
4895 - FS 1 20 - Site
Pit backfilled; Facilities
removed; Site
revegetated.
Q
Surface (open pit)
Year-Round;
24 hours/day
3,000 tons/day
1 0 years
Const: 1
Oper: 8
Rec: 1
Const: 250 people
Oper: 210 people
Rec: 50 people
Const: 40
Oper: 80
Rec: 95
893 acres
Flotation
1,678,000
1,678,000
0.18
52(flot) + 87(CN)
» 759,000 oz
Nicholson Creek
54 mm yd3
1 disposal area:
North (J) of Pit
From Oroville CR
9480 - CR 4895 -
FS 1 20 - Site
Pit left open;
Facilities removed;
Site revegetated.
Note: 1 • Based on data requested from the Proponent; Battle Mountain Gold Company Crown Jewel Project Draft Alternative: Request For Additional Information, July 7, 1 993. Complete
feasibility studies have not been conducted for all alternatives. Alternatives, B, E, F, and G have differing Crown Jewel Project economics; studies may result in different cut-off
grades and different ore reserves for these alternatives.
2. Refer to Figure 2.2, Waste Rock Disposal Area Options, for general locations.
                                                                                                                                                                                   <0
                                                                                                                                                                                   
-------
Page 2-6
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
expected that such operations involving large,
intensive disturbances would not be able to
meet standards and guidelines developed
principally for low-intensity vegetation
management projects (see page 4-21 of the
Forest Plan).  If an action alternative is
selected, this decision would include a non-
significant amendment of the Forest Plan
which would provide a new temporary
management prescription, designated as
MA27, and associated standards and
guidelines (see Figure 2.1, Management
Prescription 27).  As part of the decision the
following project MA27 standards and
guidelines would be specified:

MA27-8A
   The post-rehabilitation Scenic Quality
   Objective of "maximum modification" shall
   apply following successful revegetation.

MA27-6A
   Cover standards applicable to revegetation
   of disturbed mine lands would be as
   specified in monitoring item 2.13.10,
   Revegetation Monitoring.

MA27-17A
   Road construction and reconstruction
   would be as specified in mitigation
   measures  2.12.14.4, Road Use Permit,
   and 2.12.14.6, Junction Improvement.
   Road closures and management would be
   as specified in mitigation measures
   2.12.14.4, Road Use Permit; 2.12.14.5,
   Road Closure; and 2.12.18.2, Wildlife
   Road Closures. Any  pre-existing roads
   determined to be necessary for long-term
   management of the area would be re-
   established by the Proponent at project
   completion. Forest Road 3575-100 would
   be relocated during reclamation.

MA27-18A
   The  design, placement, construction, and
   closure of all facilities shall be as specified
   in the Selected Alternative, and according
   to applicable state and local laws and
   permits.

MA27-18C
   Facilities to be retained or reconstructed
   after mine closure are specified in  Section
   2.11, Reclamation, and  2.12.7.4,
                     Fencing, or as determined by approved
                     Operating  Plan modifications.

                  MA27-18D
                     Hazardous substances, mining residues
                     and tailings shall be removed, treated, or
                     stored on  site as specified in the Selected
                     Alternative and according to applicable
                     state and  local laws and permits.
                     Management of hazardous substances is
                     specified in Sections 2.11, Reclamation;
                     2.12, Management and Mitigation; and
                     2.13, Monitoring Measures.

                  MA27-18E
                     Solid wastes shall be removed, treated or
                     stored on  site as specified in the Selected
                     Alternative,  Sections 2.11, Reclamation,
                     and 2.12.21, Waste Management, and
                     according  to applicable state and local
                     laws and permits.

                  This decision  amends any Forest Plan Forest-
                  Wide Standards and Guidelines as necessary
                  to be consistent with the preferred
                  alternative.

                  This amendment is non-significant as defined
                  in 36 CFR, Part 219, 219.10, because the
                  amendment would not  result in any
                  substantial changes in overall outputs or
                  effects predicted in the Forest Plan.
                  Although some long-term effects would
                  occur, the mine is a short-term operation, and
                  once reclamation  is completed, management
                  of the lands would revert back to the original
                  Forest Plan management  areas, or
                  replacement management areas specified in
                  future Forest Plan revisions or amendments.

                  If an action alternative  is selected, the
                  boundary of this management area would be
                  the actual fence surrounding the Crown
                  Jewel Project.

                  Alternative A -  No Action

                  This alternative, required by both NEPA and
                  SEPA, would preclude  development of the
                  Crown Jewel Project, but would not change
                  previous decisions regarding mineral
                  exploration.  Reclamation of the Crown Jewel
                  Project site from impacts of previous
                  exploration activities would begin as soon as
                Crown Jewel Mine +  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-7
feasible as described in previous NEPA
documents.  This alternative provides the
basis and existing condition against which
the other action alternatives are compared.
Alternative A is discussed in further detail in
Section 2.4, Alternative A - No Action
Alternative.

Alternative B - Proposed Action

As proposed, this alternative would consist of
an open pit mine  with two waste rock
disposal areas located to the north and south
of the pit area. The facility would operate 24
hours per day,  with an average annual
employment of about 144 people during
operations, and produce an average of 3,000
tons of ore per day.  The life of the operation
would be ten years: one year for
construction, eight years of operation, and
one year for completion of most physical
reclamation.  Crushing would be conducted
below ground level; grinding and milling
would be above ground in an enclosed
building. Gold  extraction would use
conventional  milling with the tank cyanidation
process and carbon-in-leach (CIL) gold
recovery. Residual cyanide in the tailings
would be reduced using the INCO S02/
Air/Oxidation cyanide destruction process.
The tailings would be placed in an engineered
facility at the head of the Marias Creek
drainage.  The final pit would not be
backfilled. The north part of the pit would be
allowed to partially fill with water, and
eventually discharge  to the Nicholson Creek
drainage.  Filling the  lake would be expedited
by using water pumped from the Starrem
Reservoir. This enhanced pit lake filling
would take about five years thus delaying
reclamation of the Starrem Reservoir and
associated facilities for that period. Busing
would be provided for employee transport to
the site from  locations in or near Oroville.
The supply route  would access the Crown
Jewel Project from the south through
Wauconda, Toroda Creek Road, and Beaver
Canyon.  Alternative  B is discussed in further
detail in Section 2.5, Alternative  B - Proposed
Action.
              Alternative C

              This alternative proposes that ore be
              extracted by underground methods. The
              facility would operate 24 hours per day,
              employ 225 people during operations, and
              produce an average of 3,000 tons of ore per
              day.  The life of the operation would be six
              years: one year for construction, four years
              of operation, and one year for the completion
              of most physical reclamation. Crushing,
              grinding, and milling would be conducted
              above ground in an enclosed building.  Gold
              extraction would use conventional milling
              with the tank cyanidation  process and CIL
              gold recovery.  Residual cyanide in the
              tailings  would be reduced using the INCO
              S02/Air/Oxidation  cyanide destruction
              process.  Tailings would be placed in an
              engineered facility at the head of the Marias
              Creek drainage.  Waste rock from
              underground development would be placed
              above ground in a north disposal area
              location.  A surface quarry would be required
              for rock material to construct tailings
              embankments located in the Marias Creek
              drainage and for backfill in the underground
              mine.  Employee busing would be provided to
              the site from locations in or near Oroville.
              Supplies would be hauled from Oroville to
              Chesaw and then via a south access route to
              the Crown Jewel Project site. This
              alternative would produce about 57% of the
              gold compared to the surface (open pit)
              mining proposed by Alternative  B.
              Alternative C is discussed in further detail in
              Section 2.6, Alternative C.

              Alternative D

              This alternative would mine the north portion
              of the ore body by surface mining methods
              and would mine the southern portion of the
              ore body by underground methods. The
              operation would run  24 hours per day,
              employ  about 225 people  during operations,
              and produce an average of 3,000 tons of ore
              per day. The life of the operation would be
              eight years:  one year for construction, six
              years for operation, and one year for the
              completion of most physical reclamation.
              Crushing would be conducted below ground
              level. Grinding and milling would be above
              ground in an enclosed building.  Gold
               Crown Jewel Mine f  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-8
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
extraction would use conventional milling
with the tank cyanidation process and CIL
gold recovery. Residual cyanide in the
tailings would be reduced using the INCO
S02/Air/Oxidation cyanide destruction
process.  The tailings would be placed in an
engineered facility in the Marias Creek
drainage.  Waste rock would be placed in a
north disposal area location. Some waste
rock would be used for backfill in the
underground  mine.  Final reclamation would
include leaving the north part of the ultimate
pit open to partially fill with water, and
eventually discharge to Nicholson Creek via
the Gold  Bowl drainage.  Employee busing
would be provided to the site from locations
in or near Oroville.  The supply route would
access the Crown Jewel Project from the
south through Wauconda, Toroda Creek, and
Beaver Canyon.  This alternative would
recover about 76% of the gold reserve
available  to strictly surface mining.
Alternative D is discussed in further detail in
Section 2.7, Alternative D.

Alternative E

This alternative proposes an open pit mine
with two waste rock disposal areas located  in
the same general areas as Alternative B.  The
disposal areas were reconfigured to have
gentler slopes and to avoid  placement of
waste rock on some steeper slopes.
Although this may limit the Proponent's
operational flexibility, the lead agencies
would require the Proponent to schedule the
operation to completely mine out the north pit
before finishing the south pit so that waste
rock from the south pit could be used to
partially refill the north pit.  Approximately six
million cubic  yards (10.5 million tons) of
waste rock would  be used to partially refill
the north pit  so no permanent  post-mining
lake would be formed.  The operation would
run 24 hours per day, employ approximately
144 people during operation and produce an
average of 3,000 tons of ore per day. The
life of the operation would be ten years: one
year for construction, eight years of
operation, and one year to complete most
physical  reclamation. Crushing would be
conducted below ground level. Grinding and
milling would be above ground in an enclosed
building.  Gold extraction would use
                   conventional milling with the tank cyanidation
                   process and CIL gold recovery. Residual
                   cyanide in the tailings would be reduced
                   using the INCO S02/Air/Oxidation cyanide
                   destruction process. The tailings would be
                   placed in an engineered facility in the Marias
                   Creek drainage.  Final reclamation would
                   include partially backfilling the final pit to
                   achieve drainage and reestablish desirable
                   topography.  Employee busing would be
                   provided to the site from locations in or near
                   Oroville.  The supply route would access the
                   Crown Jewel  Project from the south through
                   Wauconda, Toroda Creek and  Beaver Canyon.
                   Alternative E is discussed in further detail in
                   Section 2.8, Alternative E.

                   Alternative F

                   This alternative consists of an open pit mine
                   with a single temporary waste rock stockpile
                   area located to the north of  the pit area.  The
                   mine would operate one (12 hour) shift per
                   day producing an average of 1,500 tons of
                   ore per shift.  The mill would operate 24
                   hours per day to process the 1,500 tons of
                   ore extracted per day.  The  life of the
                   operation would be 33 years: one year for
                   construction,  16 years of operation, and 16
                   years to  complete physical  reclamation,
                   which would primarily involve backfilling of
                   the mine pit.  About 125 people would be
                   employed during operations. Gold extraction
                   would use conventional milling employing
                   tank cyanidation process and CIL gold
                   recovery. Residual cyanide  in the tailings
                   would be reduced using the INCO
                   S02/Air/Oxidation cyanide destruction
                   process.  The tailings would be placed in an
                   engineered facility in the Nicholson Creek
                   drainage. Final reclamation would include
                   returning about 54 million cubic yards of
                   waste rock to the final pit.   Employee busing
                   would be provided to the site  from locations
                   in  or near Oroville. The supply route would
                   access the Crown Jewel Project from the
                   south through Wauconda, Toroda Creek
                   Road, and Beaver Canyon.

                   This alternative would require a  smaller mill
                   than proposed in Alternatives B, C, D,  and E.
                   Complete backfilling upon the final extraction
                   of gold values would require a considerable
                   investment in equipment and personnel during
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-9
 periods where there will be no monetary
 return from the sale of the gold values.
 There could be substantially increased
 operating costs during gold production years
 to develop a sinking fund  to pay for the
 backfilling activities.  Given economic
 feasibility considerations,  totally different ore
 reserves could result.  Alternative F is
 discussed in further detail in Section 2.9,
 Alternative F.

 Alternative G

 This alternative consists of an open pit mine
 with a single permanent waste rock disposal
 area located to the north of the pit area.  The
 operation would run 24 hours per day,
 employ about 210 people during operations,
 and produce an average of 3,000 tons of ore
 per day. The life of the operation would be
 ten years: one year of construction, eight
 years of operation, and one year to complete
 most physical reclamation. Crushing would
 be conducted below ground level.  Grinding
 and milling would be conducted above ground
 in an  enclosed building. The gold bearing
 material would be  concentrated using a
 flotation process.  The concentrate would be
 transported off-site to undergo cyanidation
 processing to recover the  gold values.  The
 non-concentrate from the  flotation process
 would be placed in an engineered tailings
 impoundment located in the  Nicholson Creek
 drainage.  Final reclamation would include
 leaving the north part of the ultimate pit open
 to partially fill with water,  and eventually
 discharge to Nicholson Creek via the Gold
 Bowl  drainage.  Employee busing would be
 provided to the site from locations in or near
 Oroville.  Supplies  would be  hauled from
 Oroville to Chesaw and then via the south
 access route to the Crown Jewel Project site.

 This alternative would require a different mill
 than proposed in the other action
 alternatives.  Preliminary analytical work
 completed for a flotation process on the
 Crown Jewel mineralized zones indicated that
 approximately 45% of the gold values can be
 recovered versus an estimated 87% recovery
 utilizing conventional cyanidation processing.
This reduction would affect the economic
feasibility of this alternative.  Alternative G is
              discussed in further detail in Section 2.10,
              Alternative G.

              2.2   PROJECT COMPONENTS AND
                     OPTIONS

              The following discussion describes options to
              the various Crown Jewel Project components
              and identifies those options considered in
              detail in the development of one or more of
              the Crown Jewel Project alternatives.  This
              section also presents the rationale for the
              elimination of other options from further
              study. From  these options, Crown Jewel
              Project alternatives were developed and
              evaluated.

              The various Crown Jewel Project components
              are examined in the following sections:

              •   Section 2.2.1, Project Location;

              •   Section 2.2.2, Mining Methods;

              •   Section 2.2.3, Operating Schedule;

              •   Section 2.2.4, Production  Schedule;

              •   Section 2.2.5, Waste Rock Disposal;

              •   Section 2.2.6, Ore Processing - Crushing;

              •  Section 2.2.7, Ore Processing - Grinding;

              •  Section 2.2.8, Ore Processing Methods;

              •  Section 2.2.9, Off-Site Processing;

              •  Section 2.2.10, Gold Recovery;

              •  Section 2.2.11, Cyanide Destruction;

              •  Section 2.2.12, Tailings Disposal;

              •  Section 2.2.13, Tailings Disposal
                 Locations;

              •  Section 2.2.14, Tailings Embankment
                 Design and Construction;

              •  Section 2.2.15, Tailings Liner System
                 Design;

              •  Section 2.2.16, Employee Transportation;
               Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-10
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
•  Section 2.2.17, Supply Transportation;

•  Section 2.2.18, Water Use;

•  Section 2.2.19, Water Supply;

•  Section 2.2.20, Water Storage;

•  Section 2.2.21, Water Balance;

•  Section 2.2.22, Power Supply;

•  Section 2.2.23, Fuel Storage;

•  Section 2.2.24, Sanitary Waste Disposal;

•  Section 2.2.25, Solid Waste Disposal;
   and,

•  Section 2.2.26, Reclamation.

2.2.1     Project Location

There are no feasible locational options for
the proposed mine area. The purpose and
need for this EIS is to respond to the
Proponent's Plan of Operations to develop a
mine at their claims on Buckhorn Mountain.
The location of the defined ore deposit
necessarily controls the location of the mine.
The geology and mineral deposits associated
with the Crown Jewel Project have been
extensively explored and studied since 1988.

2.2.2    Mining Methods

There are three primary methods of mineral
extraction:

•  Open Pit (Surface) Mining;

•  Underground Mining; and,

•  Combination of Surface and Underground
   Mining.

Environmental impacts vary, both positive
and negative, with each mining method.
Each method has various techniques and
combinations of techniques which can be
selected to meet specific site conditions.
Selecting a mining method is a complex
process involving consideration of a number
of factors:
                   • The spatial characteristics of the deposit
                     (size, shape, attitude and depth);

                   • The physical properties of the mineral
                     deposit and the surrounding rock;

                   • Ground water and hydraulic conditions;

                   • Economic factors, including grade of the
                     ore, comparative mining costs, maximum
                     resource recovery and  desired production
                     rates; and,

                   • Environmental factors including air, water,
                     and wildlife impacts, as well as
                     reclamation goals.

                   Of these factors, the spatial characteristics of
                   the deposit, the physical properties of the
                   rock, and the grade of the ore are usually the
                   primary factors in selecting a mining method.

                   Underground mining is usually conducted
                   when the ore occurs in veins or tabular
                   bodies, the grade is  relatively high, and when
                   the deposit is located deeper than can be
                   reached by surface mining methods.

                   Surface mining is generally used for
                   extraction of disseminated type or bulk
                   minable ore deposits that  are irregularly
                   shaped or distributed and  that occur at
                   shallow depth.

                   The Crown Jewel Project  deposit consists of
                   irregularly shaped areas of garnetite ore
                   occurring at or near the surface and
                   magnetite ore at depth. These areas of
                   disseminated ore vary substantially in shape,
                   distribution, grade and depth. As described
                   in the Proponent's Integrated Plan of
                   Operation (BMGC, 1993a), approximately 8.7
                   million tons of ore (ore reserve) estimate has
                   been delineated at a cutoff grade of 0.034
                   ounces/ton.  This ore reserve estimate would
                   be expected to fluctuate based on gold
                   prices. In comments received from the
                   Proponent on the draft EIS,  it was mentioned
                   that recent gold prices have slightly modified
                   their Crown Jewel Project ore reserve
                   estimate from 8.7 to 9.1  million tons.  This
                   change would not result in any changes to
                   the pit configuration, but  could slightly raise
                   the elevation of the tailings dams and
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-11
 increase the size of the tailings facility by one
 to two acres.  This change has been taken
 into consideration  in this EIS document.

 Open Pit (Surface) Mining

 This is a surface mining technique that allows
 the extraction of shallow ores. This method
 uses a sequenced  set of operations to
 maximize the recovery of the ore.

 Initially, a portion of a  bench or level is drilled
 on a pre-set pattern. The cuttings from
 representative blast holes are collected and
 assayed to determine whether the material is
 ore or waste rock.  The blast holes are loaded
 with explosives  and detonated (shot) to
 promote breakup or fracturing of the rock.

 Next, the material  is picked up with an
 excavator, such as a front-end loader or a
 hydraulic shovel, and loaded into a haul truck
 for transport to the ore stockpile or crusher, if
 the material is ore, or to a waste rock
 disposal area if not ore. While this portion of
 the bench is being mined, another portion of
 the bench is being drilled and shot so the
 sequence can continue without interruption.
 This will create a series of benches each
 approximately 15 to 30 feet in height, with a
 maximum bench height of 40 feet, and of
 varying width to maintain  operational safety
 (BMGC, 1993a).

 The overall pit slopes (straight line between
 the top and the bottom of the pit) would
 range between 45° and 55° from horizontal,
 depending on rock stability, haul  road
 placement, and other engineering
 considerations.   Individual bench slopes
 would be steeper, ranging from approximately
 65°  to 75°. The pit slope and bench height
 may vary due to on-site rock properties, ore
 characteristics, and spatial occurrence of
 waste rock and ore.  These properties are
 determined by mechanical testing,
 inspections, and measurements performed
concurrently with actual operations to ensure
pit stability and safe work areas.

 Equipment used  in  the operation would
include truck or track-mounted blast hole drill
rigs,  bulldozers, front-end loaders, hydraulic
excavators, haul trucks, road graders,
              maintenance vehicle, pickup trucks, water
              trucks, and other minor ancillary equipment.

              Underground Mining

              Underground mining was historically used in
              the region to develop mines on Buckhorn
              Mountain.  These underground mines have
              not operated for several decades. Early
              underground operations searched for high
              grade ore veins of gold, copper, and iron (iron
              was also mined from a small open pit).  This
              method of mining is inherently more
              dangerous than surface mining.

              For the purposes of the EIS, an investigation
              of the applicability of extracting the
              mineralized zones by underground methods
              was conducted.  Given the spatial
              characteristics of the deposit, the room and
              pillar method of ore extraction was selected
              as the primary technique for evaluation. It
              was assumed that in ore zones greater  than
              50 feet in width  and 1 5 feet in height,  15
              foot by 15 foot pillars would be left every 35
              feet. Besides room  and pillar, three other
              underground techniques could be applicable
              to certain smaller mineralized zones  of the
              Crown Jewel Project deposit. These
              techniques  include sublevel sloping, breast
              sloping (post and pillar sloping),  and glory
              holing.

              The underground equipment would be
              somewhat similar to equipment used on the
              surface but would be of smaller capacity and
              designed to need less vertical clearance.

              A portion of the ore occurs in isolated, small
              pods (1,500 to 5,000 tons each) scattered
              throughout the deposit.  Some of these
              blocks are too isolated to justify the
              development cost necessary to access them.
              Underground mining would also result in
              leaving gold values in the support pillars.  The
              higher cost of underground mining would
              require that the cutoff grade be increased.
              This  evaluation has been based on a cutoff
              grade of 0.100 ounces/ton (BMGC,  1993d).
              Based on the support requirements and  the
              spatial location of ore pods, it is estimated
              that approximately 43% of the available gold
              would not be mined. Approximately 225
              workers would be required for a 3,000
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-12
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
tons/day operation, including 185 workers
(underground operations) and 40 workers
(milling operations).

Combination of Underground and Surface
Mining

The possibility of combining underground and
surface mining to extract ore reserves was
examined.  For the Crown Jewel Project
deposit, a combination of open pit  mining on
the north portion of the reserve and room and
pillar and breast stoping underground mining
to the south could present a possible
extraction method. A reserve loss of
approximately 24% would be expected given
the spatial distribution of ore pods, support
pillars needed in the underground workings,
and ounces lost due to higher ore cutoff
grades required for underground mining.

Mining Method Options Considered in Detail

•  Open Pit (Surface) Mining

•  Underground Mining

•  Combination Underground and  Surface
   Mining

Mining Method Options Eliminated From
Further Consideration

•  None

2.2.3    Operating Schedule

The operating schedule can be divided into
the following categories:

•  Operating Season; and,

•  Daily Operating Period.

Operating Season

The proposed action would involve operating
the Crown Jewel Project year-round.

An option would be to annually shut the
operation down during the coldest (winter)
and muddiest (spring) portions of the year.  It
is assumed that a seasonal mine would
                  operate for a longer time to remove the same
                  ore reserve.

                  Suspending operations during winter and
                  spring is an option which was eliminated
                  because of logistical problems closing and re-
                  starting a mine, laying off employees,
                  maintaining security and providing
                  environmental  maintenance and monitoring
                  during the suspension periods. Seasonal
                  suspension could lead to a transient, less
                  well-trained, work force which could result in
                  socioeconomic problems for the surrounding
                  communities.  The Proponent should develop
                  a more committed and experienced work
                  force with greater loyalty among the workers
                  by offering year-round employment.

                  Daily Operating Period

                  Under the proposed action, the Crown Jewel
                  Project would  operate on a 24-hour per day,
                  seven day per  week,  365 days per year
                  basis.  At this  rate, the ore would be mined
                  out in approximately  eight years.

                  An option of operating the Crown Jewel
                  Project on a 12-hour  per day basis was
                  examined.  This option was suggested as a
                  basis for eliminating night-time noise,
                  reducing night-time glare, and providing
                  longer-term economic benefits. As with most
                  complex industrial processes, it is technically
                  infeasible and  logistically impossible to start
                  and stop a conventional ore-processing mill
                  every 12 hours.  This is due to the time
                  required to drain or recharge the system and
                  the time necessary to bring the system up to
                  proper operating conditions.

                  Assuming that the mill would operate on a
                  24-hour basis, then production from the mine
                  for a 12-hour  period  would need to be
                  sufficient to supply the 24-hour needs of the
                  mill. For the Crown Jewel Project, this would
                  mean either doubling hourly ore production
                  from 125 tons to 250 tons per hour and a
                  concurrent increase of waste rock production
                  for a milling rate of 3,000 tons per day, or it
                  would be necessary to down-size the mill and
                  reduce the milling rate to 1,500 tons per day,
                  in order to accommodate a 12-hour per day
                  operating schedule.
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-13
In the confines of the open pit proposed, the
increase in ore production to 250 tons per
hour would be difficult due to constraints of
limited working area at mining faces and
increased  loader and truck operations. The
operation  of a mine for only 12 hours per day
would decrease efficiency and would impact
the economic feasibility of the Crown Jewel
Project. However, in response to public and
agency  input, it was decided to consider this
option in detail.

Operating  Schedule Options Considered in
Detail

•  Year Round Operation

•  24-Hour Per Day Operating Period (3,000
   tons of ore per day)

•  12-Hour Per Day Operating Period for the
   Mine (1,500 tons of ore per day)

Operating  Schedule Options Eliminated From
Further  Consideration

•  Seasonal Operation

•  12-Hour Per Day Milling

2.2.4     Production Schedule

The target production rate for the Crown
Jewel Project, in the  proposed action,
averages approximately 1.1 million tons of
ore per year.  This mining and milling
schedule would involve a 24-hour per day,
365 day per year operation.  At this operating
rate, mining would continue for approximately
eight years.

Greater  Production Rate

A 50% faster processing rate was
considered. A faster rate (4,500 tons per
day of ore) would decrease the life of the
operation to about seven years (one year for
construction,  five years for operations, and
one year for most physical reclamation).  The
processing rate would require additional
equipment and personnel.  A larger
processing facility would require a  crusher
operating at 190 tons per hour.  A larger mill
would also be required.
              Although the same total amount of ore would
              be processed as in the proposed action, the
              site plan would be changed to accommodate
              the increased equipment. The increase in
              equipment would result in a larger pit and a
              subsequent increase in waste rock
              production.

              Water requirements and consumption for ore
              processing would increase on a daily basis,
              but would decrease overall due to the
              reduced duration of operations.  Due to a
              higher instantaneous demand for water, it
              would be necessary to increase the
              withdrawal of water from Myers Creek
              drainage or secure additional water sources.
              Daily  electric power and fuel consumption
              would increase over that required for the
              proposed action.

              Anticipated increases in  mine and processing
              equipment would include:

              •  Mining:  Mining equipment requirements
                 (or size) would increase (primarily loaders
                 and haul trucks) due to the increased
                 production requirements. There would be
                 concerns about sufficient working  space
                 at the site.

              •  Crushing: Crushing rates would increase
                 from approximately 125 to 190 tons of
                 ore per hour.

              •  Milling:  Milling rates would increase from
                 3,000 tons of ore per day to over 4,500
                 tons of ore per day.  Equipment capacities
                 would be increased.

              •  Processing:  Although gold recovery rates
                 would remain the same,  a larger
                 processing facility would be required due
                 to the increase in the volume of material
                 being processed hourly.

              Chemical agent, fuel, and explosive
              requirements for ore processing and mining
              would increase  on an average daily basis  as
              compared to the proposed action.  There
              would be increased traffic to deliver such
              supplies.

              Access requirements would be similar to the
              proposed action.  Crown Jewel Project traffic
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-14
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
would be higher than estimated for the
proposed action; however, the duration of
traffic would be reduced to a seven year mine
life.

The increased production and processing  rate
option was eliminated from further study
because it is impractical, inefficient, and
generally increases the inherent impacts of
the Crown Jewel Project.  Negative impacts
would include development of additional
water sources, increased traffic, more land
disturbance, and a greater  number of
employees hired for a shorter period of time.

Reduced Production Rate

A slower rate of production (1,500 tons per
day of ore) would increase the life of the
operation to about 18 years {one year of
construction, 16 years for  operations, and
one year for most physical reclamation),
assuming ore grades were  not affected by the
economics of lengthening the mine life.
However, the reduction in the rate of
production would affect the amount of ore
reserves due to increased unit costs; and,
therefore,  higher ore cutoff grades would be
likely. The reduced processing  rate would
require a decrease in the size of the mill and
the amount of equipment used in the mine.

This option of processing 1,500 tons per  day
of ore would result in a smaller processing
facility with the crusher operating at an
average rate of approximately 60 tons of  ore
per hour.  The personnel requirements for the
mill would not be greatly reduced; the
components would be downsized but would
still require a similar amount  of labor to
operate and maintain.

Because the same total amount of ore and
waste rock would be processed as for the
proposed action, the  site plan would generally
be identical to the proposed action.  The
processing plant would be in the same
location but would disturb slightly less area.

Water requirements for ore processing would
decrease on an average daily basis, but
would increase overall due to the extended
duration of the Crown Jewel Project.  The
increase would be due to greater amounts of
                  water being needed for dust control and
                  increased make-up water to compensate for
                  water lost due to evaporation.

                  If less ore is processed per hour, possible
                  reductions in mine and processing equipment
                  would include:

                  •  Mining: Mining equipment requirements
                     may be reduced, primarily in loaders and
                     haul trucks; however, it is probable that
                     the size of loaders and haul trucks would
                     simply be reduced and their numbers
                     remain the same, thereby requiring the
                     same amount of labor.  Most other
                     support equipment would still be
                     necessary.  Smaller loaders and trucks
                     would cost less to  operate per hour.
                     However, operating cost per ounce of
                     gold produced would increase.

                  •  Crushing:  Crushing rates would decrease
                     from approximately 125 to 60 tons of ore
                     per hour.  Equipment capacities would be
                     reduced and different types of crushers
                     might be used.

                  •  Milling: Milling rates would decrease from
                     3,000 tons of ore per day to  1,500 tons
                     of ore per day.  Equipment capacities
                     would be reduced.

                  •  Processing:  Although gold leaching and
                     recovery rates would remain the same, a
                     smaller processing  facility area would  be
                     needed due to the decrease in the volume
                     of material being processed per hour.

                  Access requirements would be similar to the
                  proposed action.  Chemical agents, fuel, and
                  explosive requirements for ore processing and
                  mining would decrease on an average daily
                  basis, but fuel would increase overall due to
                  the extended Crown Jewel Project duration.
                  There would be less traffic on a  daily basis,
                  the duration of traffic  impacts would be
                  extended to an 18-year mine life.

                  A reduced production  rate  could mean a
                  reduction in personnel.  However, the
                  economics of the operation would be pushed
                  to maximize capital equipment efficiency.  In
                  this case,  the size of mobile equipment might
                  be reduced rather than the number of shifts
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-15
worked. For example, instead of utilizing 85
ton trucks, the operation could use 50 ton
trucks. Yet a driver would still be needed for
the truck, regardless of capacity. Generally,
the administrative, engineering,
environmental, and other support personnel
requirements would remain the same.

Production Rate Options Considered in Detail

• 3,000 tons of ore per day - processing
   rate

• 1,500 tons of ore per day - processing
   rate

Production Rate Option Eliminated From
Further Consideration

• Increase in ore processing rate (4,500
   tons of ore  per day)

2.2.5   Waste Rock Disposal

Waste rock consists of rock material removed
during mining that contains no gold values or
with gold content below the economic cutoff
grade. Waste rock disposal is an integral part
of mining operations and must be carried out
in stable and suitable  sites.  Considering the
topography and stability in the area
surrounding the mining site, several criteria
were used to evaluate alternatives for siting
waste rock disposal areas.

These criteria include:

• Topography and Slope;

• Proximity to Pit;

• Efficiency of Operation;

• Geologic Stability;

• Size;

• Wetland Areas; and,

• Ability to Reclaim.

For all action alternatives,  waste rock would
be moved throughout  the life of the
operation.  Underground mining would
               produce an estimated 500,000 cubic yards of
               waste rock, a combination underground and
               surface mining would result in about 19
               million cubic yards of waste rock, and total
               surface mining would require removal of
               approximately 54 million cubic yards of waste
               rock. Under either of the underground
               alternatives, the volume of waste rock would
               be smaller than any of the surface mine
               alternatives and would be placed within one
               of the footprints of the waste rock disposal
               areas listed below.  Alternative locations
               considered for waste rock disposal areas are
               shown on Figure 2.2, Waste Rock Disposal
               Area Options, and are  listed with their
               approximate capacities as follows:

               Waste Rock Disposal Area A - Upper
               Nicholson (30 million cubic yards), sidehill fill;

               Waste Rock Disposal Area B - Upper Marias
               (24 million cubic yards), sidehill fill;

               Waste Rock Disposal Area C - Upper Marias
               South (11  million cubic yards), sidehill fill;

               Waste Rock Disposal Area D - South Bolster
               (19 million cubic yards), valley fill;

               Waste Rock Disposal Area E - North Bolster
               (54 million cubic yards), valley fill;

               Waste Rock Disposal Area F - Upper South
               Nicholson (30 million cubic yards),
               sidehill/valley fill;

               Waste Rock Disposal Area G - Marias (30
               million cubic yards),  valley fill;

               Waste Rock Disposal Area H - East Marias
               (30 million cubic yards), sidehill fill;

               Waste Rock Disposal Area I  - Upper
               Nicholson Expansion (37 million cubic yards),
               sidehill fill; and.

               Waste Rock Disposal Area J - North
               Nicholson (54 million cubic yards),
               sidehill/valley fill.

               The objective of siting a waste rock disposal
               area requires that one or a combination of
               waste rock disposal areas be capable of
              storing the projected total amount of waste
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-16
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
rock that would be generated by the
operation and that the areas are accessible
via haulage roads and ramps. The disposal
areas should be located as near the pit as
possible, given technical, environmental, and
economical considerations.

Construction of the waste rock disposal
area(s) would be conducted in  levels and
consist of end-dumped lifts,  progressing
horizontally across the waste rock disposal
area. The individual working faces of the
waste rock disposal area would be
maintained at an overall  angle of repose slope
during mine operation. An angle of repose
slope is defined as the steepest slope that
waste rock would conform to naturally.  For
the Crown Jewel Project, the angle of repose
for waste rock would be approximately 36°.
Flatter slopes would be obtained by grading
with a dozer.

Waste Rock Disposal Area A -  Upper
Nicholson

This disposal area would contain
approximately 30 million cubic yards of waste
rock and cover an estimated 161 acres
following reclamation. Although the overall
slope of Disposal Area A would average
2.5H:1 V or flatter at mine closure, there
would be small areas of the final disposal
area configuration where slopes of
approximately 1.5H:1 V  would  tie  into
existing topography.  Disposal Area A would
cover approximately 0.01 acres of wetlands
and 2,025 feet of intermittent stream
channel.

Waste Rock Disposal Area B -  Upper Marias

This disposal area would contain
approximately 24 million cubic yards of waste
rock and cover an estimated 127  acres
following reclamation. At mine closure, the
overall slope of Disposal Area  B would be
 2.51-1:1 V or flatter; however, there would be
 small areas of the final disposal area
 configuration where slopes would be
 approximately  1.5H:1V to tie  into existing
 topography. Disposal Area B  would not
 cover any wetlands or stream channels.
                  Waste Rock Disposal Area C - Upper Marias
                  South

                  This disposal area would contain
                  approximately 11 million cubic yards of waste
                  rock and cover an estimated 94 acres.  This
                  disposal area has been shifted south of
                  Disposal Area B to avoid relatively steep
                  topography above the proposed Marias
                  tailings facility. At mine closure, the overall
                  slope of Disposal Area C would be 3H:1 V.
                  Disposal Area C would not cover any
                  wetlands or stream channels.

                  Waste Rock Disposal Area D - South Bolster

                  This disposal area would contain
                  approximately 19 million cubic yards of waste
                  rock and cover an estimated 81 acres.  At
                  mine closure. Disposal Area D would have
                  slopes at an estimated 1.5H:1 V.  Disposal
                  Area D would not cover any wetlands.
                  Disposal Area D would  be located in an area
                  which has existing slopes approximating  1.5
                  to 2H:1 V.  Disposal Area D is located in the
                  headwaters of the Bolster Creek drainage
                  which is a tributary to Myers Creek. This
                  option would cover approximately 1,700 feet
                  of stream channel.  Reclamation of a waste
                   rock disposal area at 1.5H:1 V overall slopes
                   would be difficult and may take a number of
                   years.  In order to reduce the  potential impact
                   in the Myers Creek drainage and due to the
                   difficulty of revegetation of this steep
                   disposal area, this option was eliminated from
                   further consideration.

                   Waste Rock Disposal Area E - North Bolster

                   This disposal area would contain
                   approximately 54 million cubic yards of waste
                   rock and cover an estimated 200 acres in the
                   North Bolster Creek drainage. It is designed
                   to contain the total waste rock created by the
                   operation.  Given the steep side slopes of
                   Bolster Creek, construction would be
                   relatively difficult; an elaborate haulage
                   system would be adopted to ensure that
                   proper slopes are achieved.  This would
                   require the design of an access road from the
                   mine pit to this area.  At mine closure, the
                   overall slope of Disposal Area E would be
                   31-1:1 V. Disposal Area E would not cover any
                   identified wetlands but would cover
                 Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-17
approximately 3,900 feet of stream channel.
The channel of North Bolster Creek would be
reconstructed under or around the  final
disposal area. This disposal area could
require an extensive underdrain system. In
order to reduce the impacts to the  Myers
Creek drainage, this option was eliminated
from further consideration.

Waste Rock Disposal Area F - Upper South
Nicholson

This disposal area would contain
approximately 30 million cubic yards of waste
rock and cover an estimated 200 acres. Haul
trucks would be subject to a relatively steep
downhill haul from the mine pit.  This would
increase the truck fleet for the operation. At
mine  closure, overall slope of Disposal Area F
would be relatively flat on top with outslopes
of 1.5H:1 V extending into the Nicholson
Creek drainage.  Disposal Area F would cover
approximately 11 acres of wetlands and
5,200 feet of stream channel.  The Nicholson
Creek channel would be routed through or
around the disposal area, and an alternative
location would be found for the proposed mill
site.  This disposal area would require an
extensive underdrain system. Stability of the
loose glacial till as a foundation material could
be an issue.  Given wetlands and stream
disturbance, general logistics, and the fact
that other sites are already available, this site
was eliminated from further consideration.

Waste Rock Disposal Area G - Marias

This disposal area would contain
approximately 30 million cubic yards of waste
rock and cover an estimated 87 acres.
Trucks hauling the waste rock would be
subject to a  long steep downhill haul from the
pit area.  Longer hauls would add greater
road maintenance, increase the number of
trucks, add more personnel, increase air
emissions and noise, and increase the
potential for erosion and sediment generation.
At mine closure, overall slopes of Disposal
Area G would be a relatively gentle 3H:1V in
both the Marias Creek and Nicholson Creek
drainages.  Disposal Area G would  cover
approximately two acres of wetlands and
3,600 feet of perennial stream channel.  If
this location were selected, the Marias Creek
              tailings facility would be relocated to another
              site.  The Marias Creek drainage would be
              routed around the final disposal area.  This
              disposal area would require an extensive
              underdrain system.  The Disposal Area G
              location was eliminated from consideration as
              a waste rock disposal area primarily because
              of the haulage situation. Other sites are
              available,  and this site  did not provide any
              environmental benefits over  other proposed
              waste rock disposal area options.

              Waste Rock Disposal Area H - East Marias

              This disposal area would contain
              approximately 30 million cubic yards of waste
              rock and cover an estimated 190 acres. This
              location is a considerable distance from the
              mine  pit with relatively long  steep downhill
              hauls from the pit.  Longer hauls would
              create similar environmental concerns as
              described for Waste Rock  Disposal Area G
              above. Additional trucks would be required.
              The final overall slope of Disposal Area H
              would be  constructed at 31-1:1 V with the
              margins of the disposal area having slopes
              approximating 1.5H:1V. Disposal Area H
              would not cover any identified wetlands.
              This site does not offer any  unique
              advantages over other  proposed disposal area
              options and, given the  haulage distance and
              haul road  slope, was eliminated from further
              consideration.

              Waste Rock Disposal Area I  - Upper
              Nicholson Expansion

              This disposal area is a variation of Disposal
              Area  A and would contain approximately 37
              million cubic yards of waste rock and cover
              an estimated 285 acres. The final overall
              slope of Disposal Area  I would be constructed
              to 31-1:1 V, with some portion of the disposal
              area having slopes approximating 1.5H:1 V to
              blend with existing topography.  Disposal
              Area  I would cover about .005 acres of
              identified wetlands and  approximately 3,900
              feet of intermittent stream channel.  It would
              also cover a spring and  a small pond created
              as a fire fighting water source.
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-18
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
Waste Rock Disposal Area J - North
Nicholson

This disposal area would contain
approximately 54 million cubic yards of waste
rock and cover an estimated 294 acres.  It is
designed to contain the entire waste rock
volume generated by the mine operation.
The final overall slope of Disposal Area J
would be constructed to 3H:1 V with the
margins of the disposal area having slopes
approximating 1.5H:1V. Disposal Area J
would cover a 1.8 acre wetland area known
locally as the frog pond, as well as
approximately 3,900 feet of intermittent
stream channel, a spring, and another  small
pond.

Waste Rock Disposal Options Considered in
Detail

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area A

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area B

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area C

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area I

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area J

Waste Rock Disposal Options Eliminated from
Further Consideration

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area  D

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area  E

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area  F

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area  G

•   Waste Rock Disposal Area H

The alternatives utilizing underground  mining
techniques (Alternatives C and D) would
generate less waste rock than total surface
mining alternatives.  In the case of the
underground operations, the general locations
listed above would be used for waste  rock
placement, but the "foot-print" of the
disposal area would be reduced.  (See
 Section  2.6, Alternative C, and Section  2.7,
Alternative D).
                  Alternative E, involving partial backfilling of
                  the final pit, would also have less waste rock
                  permanently disposed outside the pit area.
                  The location for this waste rock would be
                  Disposal Areas C and I listed above.  (See
                  Section 2.8, Alternative E).

                  In Alternative F (complete backfilling of mine
                  pit), waste rock would be temporarily
                  stockpiled outside the pit, then returned to
                  the pit once all ore is extracted. The
                  "temporary" stockpile would be located in
                  one of the disposal areas located north of the
                  proposed mine pit. (See Section 2.9,
                  Alternative F).

                  2.2.6    Ore Processing - Crushing

                  The crusher unit would reduce the run-of-
                  mine ore from the pit to a consistent size of
                  six inches or less. The run-of-mine ore would
                  be hauled from the pit and either dumped
                  directly into the crusher or stockpiled near the
                  crusher unit. The stockpiled ore would be
                  fed to the crusher by a front-end loader. The
                  crushed ore would be further reduced in size
                  in the grinding circuit.

                  Two locational options have been considered
                  for analysis:

                   •  Surface Crushing Facilities; and,

                   •  Below Ground Crushing Facilities.

                   Surface Crushing  Facilities

                   The crushing unit would consist of an open
                   top to allow ore to be dumped directly into
                   the crusher.  The  main crusher unit would be
                   enclosed in a building to control dust
                   emissions and noise levels.

                   Below Ground Crushing Facilities

                   Ore would be crushed in a below ground
                   facility as shown  in Figure 2.3, Below Ground
                   Crushing.  This location would also allow for
                   control of dust emissions and noise levels.
                   Discharge from the crusher would feed into
                   an underground live storage area constructed
                   to contain about 8,000 or more tons of
                   crushed ore.  Crushed ore would be
                   transferred from this storage area by feeders
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-19
to a belt conveyor and conveyed to the
surface for further grinding and processing.

Crushing Options Considered in Detail

•   Surface Crushing Facilities

•   Below Ground Crushing Facilities

Crushing Options Eliminated from Further
Consideration

•   None

2.2.7    Ore Processing - Grinding

The crushed six inch ore must undergo
further size reduction to 80% passing 400
mesh (consistency of fine sand) to be
amenable for leaching the gold. The circuit
would be comprised of a semi-autogenous
grinding (SAG) mill operating in closed circuit
with a vibrating screen and an optional cone
crusher and a ball mill operating in closed
circuit with hydrocyclones.  Ore grinding
would be performed wet (slurry).  The ground
material would then be thickened  and
pumped to the cyanidation circuit while
decanted water would be re-used in the
grinding circuit.

Two locational options have been considered
for analysis:

•   Surface Grinding Facilities; and,

•   Below Ground Grinding Facilities.

Surface Grinding Facilities

The grinding circuit would be enclosed in a
steel frame building to reduce noise levels
and to eliminate climatic variations (freezing).
The facility would include an overhead bridge
crane for maintenance.

Below Ground Grinding Facilities

Placement of the grinding facilities
underground would involve excavation of an
area large enough to accommodate the
grinding equipment and mill feed storage near
the crusher. The grinding excavation would
be about 130 feet by 150 by 70 feet. These
               excavations would be interconnected by
               access drifts for personnel transport and
               delivery of supplies and equipment,
               ventilation drifts, and ore passes.

               Because of the space and logistical
               limitations, no environmental benefit, possible
               dewatering requirements,  and worker safety
               concerns of placing the grinding circuit
               underground, this option has been eliminated
               from further consideration.

               Grinding Option Considered  in Detail

               •  Surface Grinding Facilities

               Grinding Options Eliminated  from Further
               Consideration

               •  Below Ground Grinding Facilities

               2.2.8   Ore Processing Methods

               Ore processing, also known  as  milling,  is the
               process of separating precious metal values
               from undesired or non-economic mineral
               matter.

               The use of the  appropriate ore processing
               technique must be tied to the mineralogy and
               economics of the deposit. The  proper
               evaluation  of the technique for ore processing
               is a complicated process.  Therefore, the
               following discussion on ore processing  has
               been simplified.

               Ore processing is a key aspect of any gold
               mining project.  The bottom  line question is:
               "Can this ore be processed economically"?
               The overall cost of a mining  venture is
               extremely sensitive to the milling process
               selected.  The mineral processing technique
               to maximize return is carefully evaluated and
               selected  in the  initial stages  of the
               development of an ore  body. The evolution
               of study  for any gold milling  technique must
               result in a method that is economically
               appropriate, environmentally sound, and that
               optimizes gold recovery.

               The various processing techniques examined
               include:

               •  Gravity Separation;
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-20
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
•  Flotation; and,

•  Lixiviant Leaching.

Under Lixiviant Leaching, the following
chemical agents  (lixiviants) were evaluated:

•  Cyanide;

•  Thiourea;

•  Bromine;

•  Acidified Chlorine;

•  Iodine;

•  Malononitrile; and,

•  Thiosulfate.

In addition, different methods of applying or
using the lixiviants were evaluated.  These
methods include:

•  Heap Leaching;

•  Vat Leaching; and,

•  Tank or Agitation Leaching.

Gravity Separation

This process is a physical separation of the
gold from the ore,  much like early day miners
used in gold panning or sluice box
applications.  This  technique is generally only
feasible in high grade, hard rock deposits and
placer sand and  gravel deposits containing
relatively coarse free gold particles.  Low
grade,  hard rock deposits in which gold
occurs as very fine to microscopic
disseminated particles or compounds, such as
those in the Crown Jewel Project ore body,
are not amenable to gravity separation
techniques because of inadequate gold
recovery. Gravity  separation for the Crown
Jewel Project deposit was thus eliminated
from additional consideration.

Flotation

Flotation is a process in which valuable
minerals or metallics are separated from
                   waste rock to produce a concentrate.
                   Generally,  this concentrate will require further
                   treatment such as smelting and refining, or
                   leaching and recovery to produce a saleable
                   product.

                   Flotation is utilized for the separation of finely
                   divided solids from one another. The
                   separation of dissimilar  solids is achieved by
                   the selective attachment of a gas bubble or
                   liquid to the surface  of a particle selected in
                   the flotation  process. The attachment of the
                   particle to  either the gas bubble or liquid is
                   greatly assisted by the chemical modification
                   of the particle surface by surface active
                   (surfactant) chemicals.

                   Gas bubbles act as "balloons" and provide
                   the necessary buoyancy to carry the selected
                   minerals to the surface  of the flotation pulp
                   allowing it to be skimmed off as a
                   concentrate. Adhesion is obtained between
                   surface coated particles and air bubbles that
                   are rising through the pulp.  Enough
                   buoyancy  must be provided by the bubble to
                   cause the  desired mineral to rise and to form
                   a relatively stable froth  that can be removed
                   by skimming. Concurrently,  materials that
                   have not been preferentially attached to air
                   bubbles remain submerged and exit the
                   process as tailings.

                   The separation of gold from the Crown Jewel
                   Project ore material by the flotation process
                   would be technically complex.  Gold in the
                   Crown Jewel Project ore is typically found
                   associated with magnetite and andesite. The
                   combination of the heavy materials and
                   complicated  metallurgy of the Crown Jewel
                   Project ore would result in poor separation of
                   gold from  waste  rock.

                   Laboratory chemical and metallurgical testing
                   work completed on the Crown Jewel Project
                   ore  indicates that approximately 52% of the
                   gold could be captured  in the concentrate.
                   Actual overall recovery would be
                   approximately 45%,  depending on the post-
                   flotation process chosen. Not only is gold
                   recovery low, with substantial amounts of
                   gold ending up in the tailings, but the average
                   gold grade of the concentrates would be
                   under one ounce per ton of concentrate.
                   Transporting and  smelting a concentrate with
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-21
 less than one ounce of gold per ton would
 not be economically feasible given today's
 gold prices.

 Normally, flotation concentrates, which
 contain higher gold values, are shipped
 directly to a smelter for metal  recovery. For
 example, the flotation concentrates produced
 at the former Asamera Mine near Wenatchee,
 Washington, contained about six ounces of
 gold per ton of concentrate and were shipped
 to Japan for smelting/refinement.

 The alternative to direct smelting of flotation
 concentrates is cyanidation. This would
 require the construction of a cyanide mill, like
 the one proposed by the Proponent, on  or off
 the mine site, or, if available and/or
 compatible, the use of existing facilities
 elsewhere.

 In response to substantial interest expressed
 during scoping and a desire to develop a
 reasonable range of alternatives, the decision
 makers chose to evaluate flotation, with off-
 site cyanidation and smelting as an option for
 the Crown Jewel Project (see Section 2.10,
 Alternative G).

 Lixiviant Leaching

 Leaching is the process  of introducing a
 chemical agent that bonds preferentially and
 dissolves into solution the precious metals in
 an ore.  The easiest ores to leach are those
 that have been  weathered or oxidized,
 liberating the precious metals from the pyrite
 or other encapsulating minerals.  The leaching
 agent (lixiviant) separates and  transports the
 metals from the ore.

 Leaching of gold by a cyanide  lixiviant is
 presently the prevailing leaching technique in
the industry,  and has been for  over 100
years.  There has been research on using
other lixiviant leaching techniques in the
laboratory and at the pilot-scale stage.  Other
lixiviant studies include:  thiourea, bromine,
chlorine, iodine, malononitrile,  and
thiosulfate.

Pressure oxidation was considered as a
method to pretreat ores  before lixiviant
leaching to increase ore  recovery and reduce
              the time of exposure to the lixiviant.
              Pressure oxidation (autoclaving) is a process
              used to pretreat refractory ores. Refractory
              ores are those whose geochemical/
              metallurgical properties impede the recovery
              of their valuable mineral constituents without
              some sort of pre-treatment.  With pressure
              oxidation, the ore is "oxidized" with heat and
              pressure to alter the chemical  makeup of the
              sulfides thereby increasing the ability of
              cyanide, or other lixiviant, to contact and
              dissolve the gold values in the rock. Based
              on metallurgical tests conducted by the
              Proponent, the  Crown Jewel Project ores do
              not require this pre-treatment to recover
              acceptable levels of gold, thus this treatment
              was not further considered.

              Cyanide. Cyanide  (CN-) is a naturally
              occurring organic compound; and, depending
              on the form and concentration, it  can be
              highly toxic.  Some forms of cyanide are not
              highly toxic, including most of its naturally
              occurring forms, which are found in some
              food items such as lima beans, and the pits
              of peaches and seeds of apples. Cigarette
              smoke also contains high levels of cyanide.

              The most hazardous property of cyanide is its
              reaction with acids (less than pH of 7) to
              form lethal hydrogen cyanide gas  (HCN).
              However, in the cyanide leaching  process,
              the pH of the slurry is kept above 10.5
              (alkaline conditions) to ensure  that HCN is not
              formed.  It should be noted that cyanide has
              been used in the gold industry for over 100
              years; and, according to E.I. DuPont
              DeNeMours and Company (DuPont - a major
              supplier of cyanide to the mining industry),
              there have been no recorded accidental
              human deaths in the gold mining industry
              from either the  formation of  hydrogen
              cyanide gas or cyanide ingestion (Whitworth,
              1996).

              Both gold and silver, plus other precious
              metals, can be recovered from ores in the
              leaching processes by using  cyanide.

              The cyanide process for extracting precious
              metals from low grade ores uses aqueous
              solutions of sodium cyanide with oxygen (air)
              to convert the gold to a soluble cyanide
              compound, Na(Au or Ag)CN2, from which the
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-22
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
gold can be recovered either by precipitation
with zinc or aluminum dust, or by carbon
adsorption  and electrowinning.  The stability
of the cyanide leaching solution is controlled
by adding lime to keep the pH above 10.5.
The normal application and consumption rate
is 0.5 to 2  pounds of cyanide per ton of ore.

Thiourea.  Thiourea [CS(NH2>2] is an organic
compound derived from  urea. It is a
carcinogen listed by the  Occupational Safety
and Health  Administration (OSHA).

Thiourea leaching requires a highly acidic
solution (average pH values of approximately
1.4).  At a  pH above 2.0, thiourea is rapidly
oxidized to sulfur.  The intermediate product
of the oxidation is formamidine disulfide (von
Michaelis, 1987), which can coat ore
particles and  retard or prevent leaching.

Because of the requirements to  maintain
highly acidic leaching conditions and to limit
thiourea oxidation (consumption), stringent
and careful management is required  to
accomplish effective leaching (Abt, 1991).
The alkaline components of the Crown Jewel
Project ore would require the addition of large
volumes of acid to maintain the low pH levels
needed for effective leaching.

Laboratory studies have indicated that with
proper control of the leaching environment
and the appropriate ore characteristics, the
thiourea process can proceed quite rapidly
extracting gold values from ore  within about
four hours. Thiourea consumption can be
substantially  reduced by keeping the time of
thiourea contact with the sulfide minerals in
the ore to a minimum.  Gold recovery can be
severely inhibited by the presence of clay and
adsorption to clay particles.  The average
application and consumption rate ranges from
5 to 1 5 pounds of thiourea per ton of ore.

Gold values can be recovered from the
pregnant thiourea solution with the use of
activated carbon (carbon adsorption) or zinc
precipitation.

The thiourea  method will not be considered in
further detail because the use of thiourea as a
lixiviant leachate in the extraction of precious
metals has not been commercially proven.
                   The application and consumption rates of the
                   compound would be relatively high, and the
                   resultant acidic tailings would require
                   treatment.

                   Bromine.  Bromine has been recognized as a
                   lixiviant for gold since 1846.  Bromine
                   leaching may be applicable for oxide ores.
                   Ore containing carbon or sulfides would
                   require oxidative pre-treatment such as
                   roasting, pressure oxidation (autoclave),
                   bioleaching, or some other chemical method.
                   The Crown Jewel Project ore is considered a
                   sulfide ore and would require oxidative pre-
                   treatment prior to leaching.

                   Bromine dissolves gold by a direct chemical
                   oxidation  reaction.  This oxidation
                   characteristic allows bromine to  dissolve not
                   only gold  but all other ore components which
                   are candidates for any kind of oxidation.  The
                   normal application rate for bromine is
                   approximately 14 to 20 pounds of bromine
                   per ton of ore.

                   Bromine dissolves gold under acid conditions,
                   at a pH less than 7, and can be added
                   directly into the discharge pulp after pressure
                   oxidation.  Dissolution of gold with bromine
                   would be expected to be more rapid than
                   with cyanide.

                   Gold recovery from bromine leach solutions
                   can be achieved by carbon adsorption and
                   zinc precipitation methods.  At this time,
                   reagent recycling is problematic, which would
                   result  in high bromine reagent consumption
                   rates in the leaching process. The bromine
                   (hypobromous acid) remaining in the tailings
                   stream should be oxidized quickly; therefore,
                   the environmental hazard  potential appears
                   very low (Hiskey and DeVries, 1991).
                   Bromine can combine with the CH3 radical to
                   become methyl bromide which is a
                   carcinogen (NIOSH,  1990). Furthermore,
                   silver  in the ore can cause difficulties with
                   gold recovery. There are  silver values in the
                   Crown Jewel  Project ore.

                   Bromine can be highly caustic which can
                   pose substantial risks to human  health.
                   Another potential adverse effect of bromine
                   (especially as  methyl bromide) is its potential
                Crown Jewel Mine  * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-23
to impact the earth's high altitude ozone
layer.

This method has not been proven on a
commercial scale; and, combined with the
reasons discussed above, the use of bromine
as a lixiviant leachate for the Crown Jewel
Project ore will not be considered in further
detail.

Acidified Chlorine. There has been some
preliminary research conducted on acidified
chlorine as a lixiviant for precious metal
leaching.  For effective leaching, laboratory
tests reveal that the pH of chlorine leaching
solutions has to be extremely acidic.
Furthermore, the leaching process can be
extremely unstable unless the leaching
solution is very rich in chlorine reagent.

The major drawbacks of chlorine as a
substitute lixiviant to cyanide are: 1) the
required solution acidity can cause substantial
equipment corrosion; 2) the reagent is applied
and consumed at a rate of approximately 60
to 100 pounds per ton of ore processed; 3)
the leaching process is unstable; 4) the
human health danger associated with
chlorine; 5) the tailings would be highly acidic
with high levels of residual chlorine; and 6)
this process has not been proven on a
commercial scale (Greaves, et al., 1990).

The use of acidified chlorine as  an alternative
lixiviant was eliminated from further
consideration.

Iodine.  Iodine and bromine leaching
processes are virtually identical.  Iodine will
leach gold over a wide  pH range although,
like bromine, silver can interfere with gold
recoveries.  In operations similar to cyanide
tank leaching, the reagent consumption is
comparable, but the unit cost of iodine is
substantially higher when  compared to
cyanide.  This method would require a high
degree of oxidation for the Crown Jewel
Project ore.  Also, iodine leaching has not
been proven on a commercial basis.   For
these reasons, the use of iodine as an
alternative lixiviant leaching method  was not
considered in further detail.
               Malononitrile. The use of malononitrile as a
               lixiviant leaching agent is still in the research
               phase, and there are no current commercial
               applications. Although malononitrile
               [CH2(CN)2] can leach gold from oxide ores,
               laboratory testing has shown that it is less
               effective in leaching gold than cyanide except
               when applied to high carbon content ores.
               Malononitrile leaches gold under alkaline
               conditions, pH above 8 with application rates
               ranging from three to five pounds per ton of
               ore. By-products of the chemical reactions
               are acetamide, which is listed as a
               carcinogen, and HCN (Abt, 1991).

               Due to limited testing, no current commercial
               use, and apparent inapplicability to Crown
               Jewel Project ore, this method was not
               considered in further detail.

               Thiosulfate.  A copper catalyzed thiosulfate
               leaching method was investigated by the U.S.
               Bureau of Mines as a method for heap
               leaching of low-grade oxidized precious metal
               ores (Langhans et al, 1992).  The Crown
               Jewel Project ore is a sulfide ore rather than
               an oxide ore; therefore, this method would
               not be appropriate for gold recovery and was
               not considered in further detail.

               Heap Leaching

               Heap leaching is most ideally applied to oxide
               (oxidized naturally or induced)  ores containing
               submicron gold in a porous host rock;
               however, not all low grade ores can be
               successfully heap leached.  Typically, this
               option generally requires level, open
               topography in proximity to the mine;
               however, in some cases (such as the
               Zortman/Landusky operation in Montana),  ore
               can be filled into valley areas in sequential
               level lifts and then heap leached.

               The Crown Jewel Project ore is not amenable
               to the heap leaching application due to the
               higher grade of the Crown Jewel Project ore
               body and the lower recoveries estimated from
               heap leaching when compared to milling.
               Given the Crown Jewel Project ore
               characteristics, this option is not practical or
               technologically feasible for the Crown Jewel
               Project ore, and was eliminated from
               additional consideration.
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-24
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
Vat Leaching

Vat leaching is a processing technique
suitable for certain types of ore with a narrow
range of metallurgical characteristics.
Generally speaking, vat leaching is only
appropriate for ores which  have a predictable
leaching cycle and which leach very quickly
(i.e., within several days to one week).  The
physical and metallurgical characteristics of
the Crown Jewel Project ore are not
amenable to vat leach techniques because
the Crown Jewel Project ore requires fine
grinding for reasonable recovery and does not
leach rapidly enough to make vat leaching
technically feasible.  This alternative was
eliminated from detailed study.

Tank or Agitation Leaching

This process is proposed in all but one of the
action alternatives for gold extraction. Tank
leaching is used for sulfide ores such as the
Crown Jewel  Project ore.  The process can
be controlled to maximize gold recovery. A
simplified flow chart for the process operation
is set forth in  Figure 2.4, Gold Recovery
Through Carbon Adsorption.

Crushed ore is added to  the grinding circuit
and milled in water or in water and cyanide.
The resultant  slurry is thickened to provide a
proper slurry density for leaching. The slurry
is then introduced into an agitated, aerated
leaching tank(s). In  the leaching tank(s), the
gold dissolves.  The slurry is next introduced
into a series of agitated tanks containing
activated  carbon, whereby the dissolved gold
is adsorbed onto the carbon surface. This is
referred to as the carbon-in-pulp (CIP)
process.  A variation of this process is the
carbon-in-leach  (CIL) process, where the
leaching and carbon adsorption steps are
combined in a single series of tanks.

Ore Processing Methods Considered in Detail

 •  Flotation

 •  Lixiviant Leaching - Cyanide

 •  Tank or Agitation Leaching
                   Ore Processing Methods Eliminated from
                   Further Consideration

                   •  Gravity Separation

                   •  Lixiviant Leaching
                       - Thiourea
                       - Bromine
                       - Chlorine
                       - Iodine
                       - Malononitrile
                       - Thiosulfate

                   •  Heap Leaching

                   •  Vat Leaching

                   2.2.9    Off-Site Processing

                   Processing the ore off-site was considered.
                   To obtain a more desirable site than those
                   already described,  ore would be hauled to
                   some distant location for processing.  The
                   advantages to moving the mill off-site is that
                   all disturbance and potential adverse
                   environmental effects of the ore processing
                   operation would be removed from public
                   (state and federal) lands and put elsewhere,
                   presumably on private lands. This not only
                   includes the direct impacts of the milling
                   operation, but also the transportation of
                   workers, chemical reagents, and fuels. Along
                   with the mill, the tailings impoundment would
                   also be moved, leaving only portions of the
                   mining operation and waste rock disposal
                   areas on public lands.  See Section 2.2.13,
                   Tailings Disposal Locations, subsection "Off-
                   site Upland Disposal," for additional
                   discussion of off-site processing.

                   Possible nearby locations for an off-site
                   facility would be in the Myers Creek drainage
                   where there is relatively flat private land.
                   Further away is the Toroda  Creek valley to
                   the east and the Okanogan River valley to the
                   west.

                   In order to transport the ore, a haul road
                   would be constructed to provide adequate
                   access for about 120 (25 ton) truck loads
                   (round-trips) per day every day of the year to
                   the processing facility.
                 Crown Jewel Mine  * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-25
Another method of ore transport would be via
conveyor or slurry pipeline.  However,
construction and maintenance could cause
major logistical problems. The construction
of a haul road conveyor system or slurry
pipeline to  Myers Creek or beyond could
interfere with public access and would be
highly visible.

There would be increased fugitive dust and
noise levels associated with construction
along with  increased water usage for dust
suppression for the haulage on a road
system.

Hauling or  transporting the ore a greater
distance would increase consumption of
energy/fuel and could result in a large amount
of fugitive  dust emissions. Transport of ore
by road or  via conveyor or pipeline would also
add  substantial capital and operating
expense.

For truck haulage, additional haul trucks
would be required along with road
maintenance equipment such as motor
graders and water trucks. Extra personnel
would be added for the enlarged truck
haulage fleet and road maintenance. There
would be increased supply expenditures,
particularly for fuel.

This option was eliminated because it does
not reduce environmental consequences of
the facilities, nor does it provide appreciable
environmental advantage. It merely transfers
environmental effects, and adds adverse
environmental consequences of a haul road,
conveyor, or pipeline corridor off the site.

Off-Site Processing Options Considered in
Detail

•  None

Off-Site Processing Options Eliminated from
Further Consideration

•  Off-Site Processing

2.2.10  Gold Recovery

There are two basic techniques being used
for actual gold recovery at today's precious
               metal, cyanide leach, processing facilities.
               These methods are:

               •  Zinc Precipitation; and,

               •  Carbon Adsorption.

               Zinc Precipitation Process of Gold Recovery

               The zinc precipitation process for recovering
               gold values from pregnant cyanide solutions
               is known as the Merrill-Crowe Process. In
               simple terms, this process consists of adding
               zinc dust (fine powder) to gold bearing
               cyanide solutions.  The zinc displaces the
               gold from solution and causes it to  precipitate
               as a fine solid. The precipitated gold is then
               recovered by filtration and smelted  on site
               into gold bars known as  "dor6." The Merrill-
               Crowe Process is illustrated in Figure 2.5,
               Gold Recovery Through Zinc Precipitation.

               A more detailed description  of the zinc
               precipitation process follows.

               At the completion of leaching in the tank
               cyanidation circuit, a solid/liquid separation is
               made to recover solubilized  gold values.  This
               separation is normally completed with a
               series of thickeners or with  drum filters.  The
               gold-rich solution is referred to as the
               "pregnant solution."  The pregnant  solution is
               then pumped to clarifiers, which use
               diatomaceous earth as a filter medium.  In the
               clarifiers,  suspended impurities are removed
               resulting in  a clear solution which is pumped
               to a de-aeration tower where air is removed
               from the solution.   After the solution has
               been filtered and de-aerated, it is pumped to
               the precipitate filter presses. Zinc dust is
               added  to the clear pregnant  solution just prior
               to entering the precipitate filter presses.  The
               zinc dust causes the gold to precipitate from
               solution.  After the gold has been
               precipitated, the barren solution from the
               filter presses is re-circulated back to the
               grinding circuit.

               The gold precipitates are periodically removed
               from the filter presses by hand.  Fluxes are
               added  to the precipitate which is then
               smelted in a furnace. The fluxes cause the
               gold to collect in the bottom of the molten
               melt.  The remainder of the  molten melt is
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-26
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
referred to as "slag."  The molten gold is
poured into molds.  The gold bars (dore) are
shipped to an off-site  refinery.  The slag is
poured into separate molds, allowed to cool,
and is then crushed. The crushed slag is
placed in barrels which can be  sent off-site to
a smelter where further residual gold is
recovered, or the slag can be processed on-
site.

The zinc precipitation  process is typically
used for ore deposits that contain more silver
than the Crown Jewel Project.  This option
will not be considered for additional
evaluation because there are no
environmental benefits over carbon
adsorption, and this process is more labor
intensive and less effective at recovering gold
than the carbon adsorption processes for the
particular  ore to be mined  at the Crown
Jewel Project.

Carbon Adsorption Process for Gold Recovery

The carbon adsorption process for gold
recovery is illustrated  in Figure 2.4,  Gold
Recovery  Through Carbon Adsorption.  Two
variations of this method are practiced for
tank cyanidation:

• Carbon-in-Leach (CIL) where gold is
   adsorbed onto activated carbon
   concurrent with cyanide leaching; and,

• Carbon-in-Pulp (CIP) where gold is loaded
   onto activated carbon subsequent to
   cyanide leaching.

For all practical purposes, CIL  and CIP are the
same process.

Carbon adsorption, using the CIL  variation,
involves adding 5 to 30 grams of activated
carbon per liter of slurry to the last leach
tank. This carbon is advanced tank-to-tank,
counter-current to the flow of  the ore slurry.
As the gold values are dissolved by cyanide,
they are adsorbed onto the carbon particles.
As the carbon particles are moved through
the tanks, they become progressively
"loaded" with gold. The loaded carbon is
removed from the circuit by screening and is
then advanced to an acid  wash tank and
                   subsequently to a precious metal stripping
                   circuit.

                   The acid wash step is necessary to remove
                   calcium carbonate scale from the carbon prior
                   to stripping. The stripping process consists
                   of pumping a hot caustic solution through the
                   carbon to strip the precious metal values from
                   the carbon.  The resulting solution is then
                   passed through an electrowinning cell which
                   plates the gold onto a steel wool cathode.
                   Periodically, the gold sludge is collected from
                   the electrowinning cell and smelted in a
                   furnace and cast into dor6 bars. The dor6
                   bars are shipped off-site for final processing.
                   There is little or no slag produced by this
                   process.

                   The stripped carbon is washed and then
                   thermally regenerated in a re-activation kiln
                   before being recycled to the adsorption
                   circuit. The process  is a closed circuit with
                   no process solution being lost or discharged
                   from the circuit.

                   The CIP method is similar to the CIL process,
                   but the carbon adsorption is accomplished in
                   tanks after the cyanide leaching is completed
                   rather than while the leaching is taking place.

                   The CIL variation of carbon adsorption is
                   preferred for the Crown Jewel Project by the
                   Proponent because it would involve fewer
                   tanks, would have a  lower capital cost, and it
                   is more efficient and less labor intensive than
                   zinc precipitation. Neither gold  recovery
                   process has an environmental advantage over
                   the other.

                   Gold Recovery Processes Considered in Detail

                   •  Gold Recovery - Carbon Adsorption, CIL
                      Method

                   Gold Recovery Processes Eliminated From
                   Further Consideration

                   •  Gold Recovery - Zinc Precipitation

                   •  Gold Recovery -  Carbon Adsorption,  CIP
                      Method
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-27
 2.2.11   Cyanide Destruction

 If an action alternative involving tank
 cyanidation is selected, the Proponent would
 be required to meet cyanide limits in the
 tailings effluent.  The Proponent has
 proposed to limit Weak Acid Dissociable
 (WAD) cyanide levels in their tailings water
 pool to less than 10 mg/l.  This level will
 serve as the baseline for evaluation. Levels
 above 10 mg/l in their spent tailings effluent
 would not be considered in the document or
 permitted. The permits issued for the Crown
 Jewel Project would set cyanide limits and fix
 the points of compliance for cyanide
 measurement including frequency of
 measurement and monitoring methodologies.
 This level served as the initial basis for
 evaluation of environmental impacts.

 Tailings effluent which would be designated
 as a dangerous waste under state dangerous
 waste rules may not lawfully be placed in the
 tailings facility. The Proponent has
 conducted laboratory tests on sample tailings
 produced from ore at the proposed  mine site
 which indicate that the tailings effluent will
 not designate as a dangerous waste.  The
 cyanide destruction system must be
 designed, constructed and  operated in a
 manner that assures that no tailings effluent
 will designate as dangerous waste despite
 potential variation in cyanide destruction
 effectiveness.

 Industries using cyanide have developed a
 number of treatment processes for cyanide
 destruction. Additionally, other processes
 have been proposed based  on related
 laboratory investigations but have not been
 utilized in full-scale operations.

 The evaluation and selection of an
 appropriate technology for cyanide
 destruction for any given site requires an
 iterative approach which includes laboratory
 tests and  examination of data from other
 installations.  An understanding of the
 metallurgical process and the chemistry of
the tailings is essential  in selecting the most
effective destruction technique.

Cyanide treatment technology has evolved
and improved over the years.  What may
               have been the best available technology for
               an application a decade ago, may not be the
               best available technology today.  In addition,
               treatment streams vary substantially, and the
               treatment methods and achievable limits
               would also vary according to even slight
               changes in the ore geochemical makeup or
               mill process. Effective treatment processes,
               reliability, and reasonable achievable
               treatment levels would vary in accordance
               with variations in ore geochemistry and  mill
               processes.

               Various options for cyanide destruction
               examined for the  Crown Jewel Project
               include:

               •  Natural Degradation;

               •  INCO S02/Air/Oxidation;

               •  Hydrogen Peroxide Oxidation;

               •  Ferrous Sulfate;

               •  Ultraviolate  Irradiation/Ozone;

               •  Alkaline Chlorination;

               •  Biological Degradation;

               •  Cyanide Recovery; and,

               •  Ion Exchange.

              Natural Degradation

              Natural degradation of cyanide in tailings
              ponds takes place due to the interaction  of
              several processes such as volatilization,
              hydrolysis, photodegradation, dissociation,
              chemical and bacteriological oxidation, and
              precipitation. The main  mechanisms
              controlling the natural degradation of cyanide
              are Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN) volatilization
              and the dissociation of metal cyanide
              complexes.

              Natural degradation is a  simple method to
              decrease the cyanide concentration. Natural
              degradation can be influenced by variables
              such as the species of cyanide, cyanide
              concentrations,  temperature, pH, aeration,
              sunlight, presence of bacteria, pond size,
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-28
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
depth of water, and turbulence. This method
may not be suitable as the solitary treatment
technique if residence time in the pond is
limited,  if wildlife would be endangered by
the projected cyanide levels in the
impoundment, or if regulatory standards
require specific (low) cyanide levels in the
tailings impoundment upon discharge from
the mill.  Major advantages of the natural
degradation process are low capital and
operating costs, and no known formation of
new toxic by-products.

Natural  degradation cannot be demonstrated
to be a reliable primary treatment for the
Crown Jewel Project.  Since most natural
degradation processes are accelerated at a
neutral to acidic pH, the high buffering
(alkaline) characteristics of the tailings would
tend to  inhibit some of these reactions.
Natural  degradation could not be solely relied
upon to meet permit requirements as the
primary cyanide destruction for the Crown
Jewel Project.  However, this process would
occur in combination with whatever
treatment technology is selected.

INCO S02/Air/Oxidation

The INCO S02/Air/Oxidation process was
patented in 1984 and is marketed and
supported by INCO Exploration and Technical
Services,  Inc. The INCO process oxidizes
both free cyanide (CN') and WAD metal-
complexed cyanides to cyanate (CNO).  The
oxidizing agent is a combination of S02 and
oxygen in the presence of a small amount of
soluble copper catalyst. The solution or
slurry to be treated is contacted with the
reagents in a mixing tank. Gaseous or liquid
S02, soluble  sulfites, or metabisulfites may be
used to supply the S02.  Air and/or  oxygen
are added to supply the oxygen.

Temperature is ambient, and the pH range is
between seven and ten.  The best pH range
for cyanide destruction is normally between
8.0 to 8.5.  Slaked lime is added as needed
to neutralize  sulfuric acid generated in the
process and to maintain the desired pH level.
If soluble copper is not present in the tailings
solution as a product of the cyanidation
process, then a small amount is added as
copper sulfate. Retention times vary
                  depending on the solution composition being
                  treated, but generally range from 20 to 180
                  minutes.

                  Cyanidation can also dissolve other metals in
                  the ore to some extent.  Copper, zinc, nickel,
                  and iron are commonly found in cyanidation
                  solutions. Generally, these metals dissolve
                  only slightly. Dissolution of these metals
                  during cyanidation results in the presence of
                  metal cyanogen complexes in the cases of
                  copper, zinc, and nickel; and ferrocyanide in
                  the case of iron, |Fe(CN)e'3). The strong iron-
                  cyanide complexes are not decomposed in
                  the INCO process, but they are removed as
                  an insoluble ferrocyanide precipitate.
                  Ferrocyanide solutions in cyanidation tailings
                  are reduced by S02 in the INCO process to
                  ferrocyanide. The ferrocyanide forms
                  insoluble metallo-ferrocyanide complexes with
                  available metal  ions. Lead nitrate, which is
                  added to the milling  process, to enhance the
                  leaching kinetics, ultimately forms an
                  insoluble, unleachable ultrafine precipitate  in
                  the tailings material (PMET, 1994).

                  Strong, environmentally stable, cyanide
                  complexes such as those that form with
                  mercury and cobalt are not destroyed in the
                  INCO process.

                  Actual operations using the INCO process
                  have seen the ammonium ion stabilize at
                  between 20 mg/l to  50 mg/l in the pond.
                   Most of the remainder is precipitated out as
                  an insoluble ammonium salt.

                  The INCO process requires a mixing tank
                  which provides appropriate retention time  and
                  agitation capabilities and the use of air
                  compressors, if air is being used as an
                   oxygen source. Appropriate S02, oxygen  (if
                   used), and copper sulfate mixing, storage  and
                   distribution equipment are also required.
                   Several instruments continuously monitor
                   process variables such as pH, reagent
                   addition, and possibly dissolved  oxygen.

                   The INCO process has been used effectively
                   in the treatment of cyanide slurries and
                   solutions in nearly 70 mining applications
                   throughout the United States (U.S.) and
                   Canada, including a wide variety of ore types
                   and conditions.  Currently, the INCO process
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-29
 is licensed at 31 operations in Canada and
 nine in the United States (DeVuyst, 1996).

 The Proponent has proposed this technology
 for the Crown Jewel Project and strongly
 believes that the INCO S02/Air/Oxidation
 process is clearly the best available
 technology to use at the Crown Jewel
 Project.

 The effectiveness of cyanide destruction in
 the INCO  S02/Air/Oxidation process depends
 on the appropriate concentrations of reagents
 being maintained relative to the composition
 of the solution of slurry being treated. The
 treated solution composition is variable and is
 determined by ore chemistry and processing
 requirements.  A change in residual cyanide
 concentrations in the solution during
 processing may require appropriate
 adjustment of S02, 02, or other reaction
 variables.  Inappropriate adjustments may
 reduce reaction efficiency or cause an upset
 in the system  of reactions necessary for
 effective cyanide destruction. The system
 must be monitored and managed to maximize
 efficiency  and avoid such upsets.

 Hydrogen  Peroxide Oxidation

 Two processes have been designed and
 patented for cyanide destruction with
 hydrogen  peroxide (H202): DuPont's Kastone
 process and the Degussa process.

 DuPont's  Kastone process uses hydrogen
 peroxide,  formaldehyde, and copper.  The
 formaldehyde  is used to catalyze the
 oxidation  of cyanide, which can reduce
 oxidation  time by up to 40%.

 The Degussa hydrogen peroxide process
 utilizes copper in the form of copper sulfate,
 but without formaldehyde.

 As with the INCO S02/Air/Oxidation process,
 the addition of cupric ion as a catalyst will
 oxidize free cyanide ion to yield  copper
 cyanide complex and cyanate.  Cupric ion will
 also precipitate ferrocyanide as cupric
ferrocyanide.  Cyanate formed by the
 oxidation of cyanide in turn hydrolyses to
ammonia and carbon dioxide.  The process
has an optimum pH range of 9.5 to 10.0.
              The reaction rate accelerates dramatically
              with temperature and with increasing cyanide
              concentration.  Increasing the H202 dosage
              also reduces reaction time.  Any residual
              H202 in the discharge will decompose to yield
              water and oxygen in a reaction catalyzed by
              metals and suspended material.

              Hydrogen peroxide treatment has proven an
              effective cyanide detoxification process on
              clear solutions and some slurry applications.
              Slurry applications have been limited, and
              success is site specific given solid
              constituents that may contribute to excessive
              hydrogen peroxide decomposition.  Lab
              experiments using the hydrogen peroxide
              oxidation treatment method showed that very
              high levels of hydrogen peroxide would be
              required for effective treatment of the Crown
              Jewel Project ore.  According to engineering
              studies, the high hydrogen peroxide demand
              was likely due to certain solids in the slurry
              that caused excessive decomposition of
              hydrogen peroxide.  Crown Jewel Project ore
              contains significant quantities of magnetite,
              which is known to catalyze the
              decomposition of hydrogen peroxide. Due to
              the high consumption of hydrogen peroxide,
              this method would not be reliable or cost-
              effective for treatment of the Crown Jewel
              Project tailings slurry (Knight Piesold, 1993b).

              Ferrous Sulfate

              The addition of ferrous sulfate to solutions of
              free cyanide and the complexed cyanides of
              zinc and copper, at pH 7.5 to 10.5, converts
              most of the cyanide to ferrocyanide. This is
              one of the oldest cyanide destruction
              methods.

              Ferrocyanide salts formed as a  result of this
              reaction will settle to the bottom of the
              tailings pond. Although the iron-cyanide
              complexes are considered stable and non-
              toxic, extensive and rapid photolysis does
              occur upon exposure of dilute solutions to
              direct sunlight, yielding HCN.  Because photo-
              decomposition is slow in deep,  turbid, and
              shaded waters, production of HCN is minimal.
              It has generally not been an effective means
              of preventing wildlife mortality on slurries
              with levels of copper above approximately 30
              mg/l as cyanide-complexed copper. Ferrous
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-30
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA JIVES
January 1997
sulfate adsorption would be ineffective in
treating the Crown Jewel Project slurry due
to the relatively high levels  of copper-cyanide
complexes (Knight Piesold,  1993b).

Ultraviolet Irradiation/Ozone

Ultraviolet (UV) irradiation is able to destroy
the iron cyanide bond and create free cyanide
and precipitate iron hydroxide. UV does not
destroy free cyanide; therefore, it must be
used in  conjunction with another treatment
process such as ozonation.

This method is unproven in the mining
industry; but, in the laboratory, this technique
removes cyanide and heavy metals with high
electrical cost.  There is no  known  full-scale
application of ultraviolet irradiation  in treating
mine tailings.  Thus, the method  was not
considered applicable to the Crown Jewel
Project (Knight Piesold,  1993b).

Alkaline Chlorination

The alkaline chlorination process involves the
destruction of cyanide using hypochlorite ion
at pH values in the range of 10.5 to 11.5.
Hypochlorite may be supplied in the form of
either chlorine gas,  calcium hypochlorite or
sodium  hypochlorite.  Lime  or another caustic
agent is required to maintain pH in  the
alkaline range.  The process involves two
steps: the formation of cyanogen chloride by
the reaction of cyanide ion  and chlorine, and
the hydrolysis of cyanogen  chloride to
cyanate.

The reaction rate is sensitive to pH, with the
optimum pH level being 10.5 to 11.5. The
pH must be maintained between 10.5 to 11.0
to ensure rapid decomposition of toxic CNCI
gas.

Many mining operations are moving away
from the alkaline chlorination process in favor
of the INCO S02/Air/Oxidation and hydrogen
peroxide processes. The alkaline chlorination
process has the concerns associated with
residual chlorine and chlorinated  by-products.

The advantages of the process are favorable
kinetics and the ability to remove
thiocyanate, cyanate, and ammonia.
                   Laboratory tests using sodium hypochlorite
                   with the Crown Jewel Project ore indicate
                   that alkaline chlorination could reduce
                   cyanide, WAD cyanide, and possibly total
                   cyanide to acceptable levels at reasonable
                   reagent consumption.  However, the high
                   concentration of soluble chloride produced by
                   chlorination is toxic to plants. This produces
                   a potential long-term liability which makes
                   alkaline chlorination less attractive than the
                   INCO SOj/Air/Oxidation process (Knight
                   Piesold, 1993b).

                   Biological Degradation

                   The application of biological degradation is
                   limited to site-specific situations where heat
                   is available.  Further treatment is required for
                   other contaminants such as thiocyanate and
                   ammonia, as well as cyanide.

                   Homestake Mining Company in Lead, South
                   Dakota, treats tailings pond decant and mine
                   water in a two-step biological treatment
                   process.  The first step converts cyanide and
                   thiocyanate to ammonia and sulfate by
                   oxidation and hydrolysis. Metals are removed
                   by adsorption on a biological film. This film
                   periodically sloughs off and is removed in the
                   clarification stage.  In the second step of the
                   process, ammonia is oxidized to nitrate by
                   biological nitrification.  The effluent is then
                   clarified and filtered.  Phosphoric acid is
                   added to provide phosphorous as a nutrient
                   for the biological system, while soda ash is
                   added to provide alkalinity, which assists the
                   nitrification process.  A particular advantage
                   at this site is ambient water temperature:
                   untreated water is between 10°Cto 18°C
                   (50° to 64°F) year-round. The  Homestake
                   system removes cyanide, thiocyanate and
                   ammonia and was designed to produce a
                   "non-toxic" effluent for tailings pond decant
                   and mine water.

                   Biological treatment is limited to solution
                   applications and therefore is not applicable to
                   the Crown Jewel Project.  Biological
                   processes require piloting under actual site
                   and process conditions, which is not possible
                   since the Crown Jewel Project is not an
                   existing operation.  Cyanide  concentrations of
                   250 mg/l to 350 mg/l expected  in the  mill
                   tailings exceed the limitations of biological
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-31
 primary treatment, and there is no available
 natural source of warm water on the site
 (Knight Piesold, 1993b).

 Cyanide Recovery

 Several processes have been developed to
 recover and recycle cyanide. The basic
 processes are Acidification, Volatilization,
 Reneutralization (AVR) and ion exchange with
 AVR and electrolytic recovery.

 In the AVR process, barren solution is
 acidified to a pH of 2 to 3 using sulfuric acid
 and passed countercurrent to a stream of air
 in a series of packed towers.  HCN is volatile
 and is stripped from solution.  Low pH is
 essential to dissociate the metal complexes
 and convert the cyanide ion to HCN. HCN in
 the gas stream is absorbed in a caustic
 solution, and the resulting caustic cyanide
 solution is recycled to the cyanidation circuit.
 General acceptance of this technique has
 been slow due to the hazard of acidification,
 handling HCN gas, the initial capital cost, and
 the overall complexity.  Due to the
 importance of reducing pH in the first part of
 the AVR process, cyanide recovery is most
 effective on solutions that have a low
 buffering capacity and a low level of copper
 cyanide complexes.  The Crown Jewel
 Project mill tailings do not meet either of
 these criteria. In the lab, even with high
 sulfuric acid additions, WAD cyanide removal
 was poor (about 62%), thus this method  was
 not considered further (Knight Piesold,
 1993b).

 Ion Exchange

 There are two processes that use ion
 exchange resin for cyanide recovery and
 recycling.  The first process, known as the
 RTA process, patented by Resource
 Technology Associates, has been tested on a
 pilot scale. It involves the adsorption of
 metal-cyanide complexes from barren
 solutions on a weak-base anion  exchange
 resin and concentration of the cyanide by
 eluting with a calcium hydroxide solution,
followed by resin regeneration and cyanide
              recovery via the AVR process, discussed
              previously.

              The second process, known as the
              Cyanosave process, uses a metal-binding
              resin marketed under the name Vitrokele™.
              Vitrokele™ beads are contacted with pulp in
              a series of tanks. The Vitrokele™ resin
              moves counter current to the pulp, and the
              loaded Vitrokele™ is eluted, regenerated, and
              returned to the adsorption step.  Both
              cyanide and metals are recovered.

              The major limitations of  ion exchange
              processes appear to be resin poisoning and
              costs.  Further development work involving
              pilot and full-scale testing will be required
              before these p.rocesses gain acceptance. No
              full-scale application of this technology in
              mine effluent treatment is known.  Thus, this
              method was not considered applicable to the
              Crown Jewel Project.

              Conclusion

              The most common cyanide treatment
              processes utilize an oxidizing agent in
              combination with pH control to eliminate
              cyanide and metal-cyanide complexes from
              solution. The  Homestake Mining Company at
              Lead, South Dakota has  used a biological
              oxidation process for solutions containing
              cyanide.  Other treatment processes utilizing
              ozone,  ultraviolet irradiation, and chlorine
              dioxide have been utilized on a very limited
              basis or only evaluated at the bench and pilot
              scale.

              Several reported  systems rely on physical-
              chemical techniques to remove cyanide, but
              most of these are considered polishing steps.
              Adsorption on  activated carbon, complexing
              with ferrous sulfate to lower solubility, ion
              exchange resins, reverse osmosis,
              electrodialysis, and high pressure oxidation
              are  all processes that have been used for
              specific industrial applications or described  in
              the  literature as being able to treat or destroy
              cyanide.  They have not been widely
              practiced in the mining industry.

              Table 2.2, Summary of Cyanide Treatment
              Processes, presents a graphic view of the
              processes discussed.
               Crown Jewel Mine *  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
                                                                                                                                                                                          I
                                                                                                                                                                                           K)
1
I
I
CD
S1
 o
 •*
 CO
 sr
TABLE 2.2, SUMMARY OF CYANIDE TREATMENT PROCESSES'
Process
Natural Degradation
INCO - SO2/Air/Oxidation
Hydrogen Peroxide
Ferrous Sulfate
UV/Ozone
Alkaline Chlorination
Biological Degredation
Cyanide Recovery
(Acidification/Regeneration)
Ion Exchange
Thlocyanlde
Y
P
N
?
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Total
Cyanide
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Ammonia
Y
Y
N
N/A
N/A
Y
Y
N/A
N/A
Metals
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Comments
Occurs naturally with no addition of chemicals. Requires large shallow pond. Generally
used in combination with another process.
Removes iron complexed cyanide. Heavy metals precipitated. Process evolved in 1984,
design support from INCO.
Several methods of removal are possible if reaction is conducted under alkaline
conditions. Ammonia is generated in the destruction reaction of cyanide. Technical help
is available, but experience is limited in mining applications.
Does not remove free cyanide or heavy metals. Filtration step required to remove colored
precipitate; skilled labor necessary. Process not proven in the mining industry.
Not proven in the mining industry. Removes all forms of cyanide and heavy metals. High
electrical energy costs. High O&M costs if substantial thiocyanide is present. High level
of operator experience required.
High chemical costs when chlorine demand is high (i.e., when large amounts of
thiocyanide, organics, etc. are present). Heavy metals precipitated.
Destroys all forms of cyanide and removes metals. Biological system subject to upset
and requires continuous feed, and relatively warm temperature. Skilled labor required.
Initial experience in mining industry.
Recovers reusable cyanide; heavy metals not removed. May not be cost-effective unless
waste stream has high cyanide levels. Proven for cyanide recovery but not waste
treatment. Metals removal would occur during neutralization with addition of lime.
Recovers both cyanide and metals. Not proven on full-scale. May not be cost effective.
Used in conjunction with cyanide recovery (AVR) process.
Notes: 1 . Presented for illustrative purposes, since there are many variables which effect the performance of a particular treatment process.
Y = Yes, process removes indicated component.
N = No, process does not remove indicated component.
P = Poorly, process not very efficient at removing indicated component.
? = Removal performance was not determined.
N/A = Not applicable.
i
•o
K>
 I
*>
^


1
                                                                                                                                                                                           <0
                                                                                                                                                                                           to
                                                                                                                                                                                           SJ

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-33
The nine ore samples that were run through
the pilot mill and detoxified using the INCO
S02/Air/Oxidation process (Table 2.3, Results
of Treatability Testing), provide a basis for
establishing technology-based effluent limits
for the full scale cyanide treatment system.
There is uncertainty associated with using the
laboratory results to scale up to the
production system. The treatment system
design (Engineering Report, INCO SOJO,
Waste Water Treatment Unit, BMGC,  1996h)
attempts to address the uncertainty by:  1)
Assuming influent CN concentrations is  30%
greater than in the lab; 2) Sizing the reactor
volume at the maximum slurry flow feed rate
and providing twice the laboratory retention
time; 3) Providing 25% greater S02 capacity
than the laboratory-established amount;  and
4) Assuming that only 50% of the 02 feed is
available for reaction.

The NPDES/State Waste Discharge permit
would contain a cyanide destruction limit
consistent with the application of all known
available technology to limit the
concentration of toxic materials in the tailings
facility, as required by the Washington Metal
Mining and Milling Operations Act.  The
mitigation measures described in Section
2.12.13.3, Cyanide Destruction, and Section
2.12.18.12, Wildlife Exposure to Toxic
Substances, to protect wildlife and for the
prevention of a discharge of dangerous waste
into the tailings disposal facility would be
included in and enforced as part of the
NPDES/State Waste Discharge permit.

The proposed use of the INCO
S02/Air/Oxidation process at the Crown
Jewel Project for cyanide destruction of the
mill tailings is a direct result of laboratory
testing work and the desire to use a
technique that has proven performance,
efficiency,  supplier and equipment availability
and reliability, and  simplicity of operation.

Two gold operations in the region utilize the
INCO S02/Air/Oxidation process for cyanide
destruction in their mill tailings. These mines
are the Homestake Nickel Plate Mine (near
Hedley, British Columbia) and the Echo Bay
Kettle River Mine (near Republic,
Washington).  Both report satisfaction with
the process.
              Cyanide Destruction Options Considered in
              Detail

              •  INCO S02/Air/Oxidation (with Natural
                  Degradation)

              Cyanide Destruction Options Eliminated From
              Further Consideration

              •  Natural Degradation (as stand-alone
                  technique)

              •  Hydrogen Peroxide Oxidation

              •  Ferrous Sulfate

              •  Ultraviolate Irradiation/Ozone

              •  Ion Exchange

              •  Alkaline Chlorination

              •  Biological Degradation

              •  Cyanide Recovery

              2.2.12  Tailings Disposal

              Tailings are the finely ground, sand and silt-
              like rock material remaining after the precious
              metal values  have been extracted from the
              ore. Sufficient disposal containment area  is
              required to accommodate the volume of
              tailings resulting from the processing of the
              ore.

              A discussion of these tailings disposal options
              follows:

              •  Conventional Tailings  Disposal-Thick Layer
                  Deposition;

              •  Conventional Tailings  Disposal-Thin Layer
                  Deposition;

              •  Dewatered Tailings Disposal;

              •  Underground Tailings  Disposal;

              •  Disposal of Tailings in Surface Mine; and,

              •  Off-Shore Disposal (Submarine Tailings
                  Disposal).
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-34
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
TABLE 2.3, RESULTS OF TREATABILITY TESTING1
Treatment Method
(ore sample)
Alkaline Chlorination
Hydrogen Peroxide
Ferrous Sulfate
Cyanide Recovery (AVR)
INCO S02/Air/Oxidation
Reagent Consumed
(Ibs/ton ore)
NaOCI 5.0 Ib/t
H202 10. 2 Ib/t
H2O2 20.8 Ib/t
FeS04 3.7 Ib/t
H2S04 1 2.8 Ib/t
H2S04 18. 2 Ib/t
S02 5.0 Ib/t
Final Leach Solution Assays (mg/l)
Total CN
5
179
5
68
194
134
NR2
WADCN
2
171
2
55
95
76
<1
Free CN
NR
14
0.3
13
22
19
NR
Cu
<1
72
<1
59
58
58
3
Fe
2
1
2
40
38
17
<1
Source: Knight Piesold and Company, All Known Available and Reasonable Technology (AKART) evaluation for
Cyanide Detoxification, Battle Mountain Gold Company, Crown Jewel Project, Okanogan County,
Washington, October 1993.
Note: 1 . Influent CN is greater than 200 mg/l in all tests.
2. NR means "No Result."
Conventional Tailings Disposal

Tailings would be transported as a slurry to a
disposal site, using an eight inch diameter
slurry pipeline.  The tailings slurry would
contain approximately 45% to 50% solids  by
weight. Once solids settle out and process
water is drawn through the tailings or ponded
on the surface, process water would be
returned to the mill by pumping. Slurry and
return water pipelines would be constructed
with flexible  pipe resistant to corrosion and
abrasion.

Tailings would be discharged around the
perimeter of  the active tailings areas to form
a beach using either  a managed thick-layer or
thin-layer deposition  technique. Thick layer
deposition is a depositional technique where
slurry is discharged from selected points for
extended  periods of time. This technique
results in  the solids in the slurry settling out
in thick, poorly consolidated layers and does
not allow for efficient recovery and recycling
of water.

Thin-layer deposition is a depositional
technique where slurry is discharged from
selected points for only one to two days
before moving to different discharge points.
Tailings are allowed to consolidate for one to
two weeks between layers.
                   Only the thin-layer method will be considered
                   further because this method would maximize
                   consolidation and would allow reclamation
                   and revegetation of the tailings pond in the
                   shortest time frame.  Since there is no
                   environmental benefit to thick layer
                   deposition, it was eliminated from
                   consideration.

                   Dewatered Tailings Disposal

                   This method of tailings disposal would
                   involve reducing the moisture content in the
                   treated tailings from 40% to 50% to about
                   10%, through the use of filter presses and
                   thermal drying.  Once dried, the tailings
                   material would be hauled or conveyed to the
                   disposal site.

                   Environmental benefits that might be gained
                   from dewatering of mill tailings include
                   reduced likelihood of dam or lining failure,
                   reduced likelihood of introduction into aquatic
                   systems in the event of dam or lining failure,
                   reduced likelihood of ground water
                   contamination and elimination of a tailings
                   pond that could attract birds thus reducing
                   potential bird mortality.

                   Initially a berm would be constructed at the
                   toe of the structure using waste rock.   A
                   compacted till liner and overlying drainage
                   blanket would be constructed covering the
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-35
basal area of the pile.  Dewatered tails would
be placed in shallow lifts and compacted,
with haulage roads constructed of waste rock
placed on 75 foot  to 100 foot increments.
No tailings embankments, except an initial
starter berm would be constructed.
Dewatering and handling costs are typically
double to triple the cost of conventional
placement of tailings using slurry pipelines.

The schedule for placement would be
weather controlled due to the moisture
sensitivity of the tailings material.  During
periods of inclement weather, placement of
dewatered tailings may have  to be suspended
because an increase in moisture  content
would reduce the material density and the
ability to maintain  stability in  the overall pile
(depending on the  grain size and percentage
of slimes associated with the tailings).
Dewatering to acceptable limits may not be
possible under the best of conditions. During
periods of inclement weather, the material
would be placed in covered storage until final
placement was possible.  The covered
storage would need to hold the tailings
expected to be generated over one to two
weeks.  This could amount to approximately
25,000 tons to 50,000 tons.

Surface water would be diverted around the
dewatered tailings  disposal facility, but rain
and snow could provide a source of additional
water in the tailings.  Waste rock would be
used to construct internal drains to channel
water from the tailings. Since it is likely that
runoff from the tailings would contain fine
sediments, a  detention pond would be
constructed downstream of the tailings to
capture water from the tailings and act as a
settling pond. This water would be returned
to the mill for use in the ore processing
operation.

Winds could pick up fine materials from the
surface of the tailings deposit. Standard
reclamation practices would be used to
revegetate the surface of the  tailings during
operation.  Phased reclamation would reduce,
but not eliminate, the amount of  fines
exposed to wind erosion.

As explained  in the preceding, the option of
drying or dewatering tailings was evaluated
               and was determined to have technical
               feasibility and reliability problems; therefore,
               this option was not considered for further
               evaluation.

               Underground Tailings Disposal

               If an underground mining alternative is
               selected for the Crown Jewel Project,
               disposing of tailings into the underground
               voids created  by mining was considered.
               Complete underground disposal of all tailings
               is technically not feasible.  Expansions of
               rock once drilled, blasted, and ground would
               preclude complete backfilling of tailings.
               There is no means of compressing tailings to
               equal original  in-place rock density; therefore,
               excess tailings would still  need to be placed
               in a surface location. Tailings  that could
               potentially be  backfilled at some point during
               the mining schedule would have to  be
               pumped back  to selected underground  areas
               in the form of a slurry or paste.  Power
               consumption would increase to cover
               additional dewatering costs associated with
               backfill  operations.

               Backfilling of tailings underground raises
               several  key technical feasibility issues.  Water
               introduced into the mine would require
               treatment and discharge.  Hydraulically-
               placed tailings backfill would need to be
               cemented,  which would mean  that large
               quantities of cement would need to be
               transported and stored on-site.

               Backfilling of tailings underground creates
               additional practical constraints such as
               available space, physical characteristics of
               the tailings, scheduling limitations, and
               worker safety. Space underground is always
               a consideration, and largely controlled by ore
               geometry; thus, a temporary surface disposal
               area for tailings (along with a permanent
               disposal area for excess tailings) would be
               required. This surface facility for temporary
               storage and permanent disposal of tailings
               would have the same potential to impact
               wetland areas, because they would probably
               be situated in  one of the locations discussed
               in Section 2.2.13, Tailings Disposal
               Locations.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-36
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
Underground mining at the Crown Jewel
Project deposit would proceed from top of
the ore body downward, which  would mean
that only underground mining areas that
could be effectively sealed could be
backfilled; the safety of the miners would be
of paramount importance and might preclude
backfilling of tailings until such time as
mining is progressed to a point where miners
would not be working beneath backfilled
tailings.

The Washington Metal Mining and  Milling
Operations Act requires that mill tailings be
placed in a facility with a properly engineered
liner system that incorporates leak detection
and collection elements.  Placement of the
tailings in any of the underground mine
workings could not meet the  Washington
Metal Mining and Milling Operations Act
requirement.

With the limitation of available underground
space, water treatment considerations,
scheduling limitations,  miner safety, the
remaining need for a permanent surface
disposal facility for tailings, and non-
compliance with the Washington Metal
Mining and Milling Operations Act, backfilling
of tailings in underground workings was
eliminated from further consideration.

Disposal of Tailings in Surface Mine

Backfilling of tailings into the surface mine pit
could only be completed after the conclusion
of mining of the north and/or south pit;
therefore, an out-of-pit disposal area would
have to be constructed and maintained to
store tailings until they could be transported
or pumped to the mined-out pit. This
temporary out-of-pit storage  would have
impacts that were similar to the Nicholson
and Marias Creek tailings disposal  areas.
Once deposited into the surface pit, the
tailings would be subject to ground water and
surface water influences that could require
treatment.  It would  be infeasible to comply
with the Washington  Metal Mining and Milling
Operations Act for an alternative that would
allow the disposal of tailings into a mined-out
surface pit.
                   Backfilling of tailings into the surface mine pit
                   at the Crown Jewel Project was eliminated
                   from further consideration because of long
                   term water  quality considerations, the need
                   to construct an out-of-pit disposal area while
                   mining progressed, and questions of
                   compliance  with the Washington Metal
                   Mining and  Milling Operations Act.

                   Off-Shore Disposal (Submarine Tailings
                   Disposal)

                   The logistics of off-shore tailings disposal
                   dictate that the milling operations would be
                   located near an ocean, a sea,  or large lake.
                   Because the Crown Jewel Project is not
                   situated in this locale, the option of off-shore
                   disposal was eliminated from further
                   consideration.

                   Tailings  Disposal Methods Considered in
                   Detail

                   •  Conventional Tailings Disposal, Thin Layer
                      Deposition

                   Tailings  Disposal Methods  Eliminated From
                   Further Consideration

                   •  Conventional Tailings Disposal, Thick
                      Layer Deposition

                   •  Dewatered Tailings Disposal

                   •  Underground Tailings Disposal

                   •  Disposal of Tailings in Surface Mine

                   •  Off-Shore Disposal (Submarine Tailings
                      Disposal)

                   2.2.13  Tailings Disposal Locations

                   The Proponent plans to mine  and process
                   approximately 3,000 tons  of ore per day to
                   extract  180,000 ounces of gold per year. As
                   a result, over the life of the mine,
                   approximately 9.1 million tons of tailings
                   material would be generated.  This material
                   must be transported to and deposited in a
                   tailings  facility. Although Alternatives C and
                   D would generate less tailings material as a
                   result of less ore extracted by underground
                   mining techniques, the examination of
                Crown Jewel Mine +  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-37
potential tailings disposal locations in this
section focused on sites that were large
enough to contain about 9.1  million tons of
material.

Tailings constitute a solid waste under
Washington State Law.  Generators of solid
waste are responsible for determining
whether the waste is a dangerous waste and
subject to regulation under Chapter 173-303
WAC (the Dangerous Waste Regulations).
The process for determining this is called
dangerous waste designation. Extensive
chemical and bioassay analyses have been
conducted by the Proponent on tailings
samples resulting from bench scale
processing.  Those samples did not designate
as dangerous waste and show that the
Crown Jewel Project is able to produce
tailings that do not require management as
dangerous waste. However,  it has not been
established how variability of the cyanide
destruction process would affect tailings
designation, and additional monitoring and
cyanide detoxification process control
measures are included as mitigation (see
Section 2.12.13.3, Cyanide Destruction) to
ensure that tailings that designate would not
be discharged to the tailings disposal
location.

The Proponent conducted an  evaluation of
tailings disposal sites around  Buckhorn
Mountain and submitted it to the lead
agencies in December 1994.  A tailings  site
selection report was prepared by the WADOE
to meet the requirements of RCW 78.56.090.
The report is included in this  EIS as Appendix
K, Tailings Site Selection Report.  The site
selection process used in preparation of
Appendix K, Tailings Site Selection Report, is
based upon criteria described in RCW
78.56.090.  The  process involved
consideration of the Proponent's objectives,  a
preliminary screening phase, and  a technical
site investigation  phase.

As a result of comments received on the
draft EIS, a further examination of off-site
upland and side-hill tailings disposal was
conducted (TerraMatrix, 1996).  Potential
tailings sites within a ten-mile radius around
the mine were evaluated.
               This section of the EIS describes the tailings
               site evaluation process conducted.  It
               includes all of the sites previously considered
               and new sites that offer the potential for
               side-hill and upland construction.

               Besides a storage capacity of about 9.1
               million tons of tailings material, the evaluation
               for potential tailings disposal sites considered
               the following design criteria and logistical
               considerations:

               •  Topography;

               •  Distance from mine/mill to tailings
                  disposal facility;

               •  Geotechnical  considerations, such as
                  structural geology and slope stability;

               •  Easements, access, and residential
                  displacements;

               •  Power supply and energy requirements;

               •  Project water needs;

               •  Security;

               •  Operational and maintenance
                  requirements;

               •  System  reliability; and,

               •  Environmental effects on soils, vegetation,
                  air quality, wildlife, aquatic resources,
                  socioeconomic conditions, traffic, and
                  visibility.

               As a  generalization for the Crown Jewel
               Project, a tailings facility would consist of
               one or more embankments to impound the
               tailings,  with synthetic liners for leak
               protection and collection measures for
               isolation of the tailings. Depending on its
               ultimate location, the tailings facility would
               require supporting infrastructure, such as
               access roads, borrow sites for embankment
               fill and liner bedding material, excess rock
               disposal sites for material excavated during
               tailings facility construction, and tailings
               slurry and decant-water-return pipelines.
               Given the complex and costly nature of the
               liner design, collection measures, and
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-38
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
supporting infrastructure, only a single
location for disposal of the entire 9.1 million
tons of tailings material is feasible.  Splitting
the 9.1 million tons of tailings material into
smaller units for separate disposal was not
considered to be operationally, technically, or
economically practical.

A remote tailings facility could also involve
the construction of a remote mill, adjacent to
the tailings facility. In this situation, ore
would be hauled, conveyed, or pumped to the
mill. A remote mill and tailings facility would
require the construction and maintenance of a
haul road or conveyor system to physically
transport the ore material to the  remote site.
In  Ferry County, Washington, Echo Bay
Mines, Ltd. hauls (or has hauled) ore from
several underground and surface mines to a
remote mill with an adjacent tailings facility.
Another  option would be to crush, grind and
slurry the ore near the mine site, then pump it
to the remote mill for  actual processing. At
their Mclaughlin Mine near Lower Lake,
California,  Homestake Mining Company
crushes and grinds ore near the  mine pit, then
slurries the ore to a mill facility located
several miles away from the mine.

If the mill would remain in the location
proposed by the Proponent, tailings material
would require pumping  or gravitation flow
piping to the remote tailings facility.  As a
result of pipe abrasion and maintenance
requirements,  at least three tailings pipelines
and two return water pipelines would be
required  from the mill to the off-site disposal
site.  A long, isolated pipeline would present
a high risk for vandalism and an increased
probability for accidental release of tailings.
These risks would be higher than for any of
the on-site tailings facility alternatives. As a
result, additional personnel would be required
to monitor the pipelines on a 24 hour per day,
seven day per week, 365 day per year
schedule.  To prevent uneven  wear by
abrasion, the tailings pipelines would require
frequent rotation.  Extensive leak detection
monitoring systems would be installed and
maintained along the length of the tailings,
ore, or return water pipelines to  any remote
tailings disposal site.  An emergency
response plan would be developed in the case
of a rupture of a pipeline, and protective
                   measures would necessitate the construction
                   of lined ditches and ponds along the right-of-
                   way.  These structures would be sized to
                   contain a pre-determined volume of tailings
                   material and tailings effluent. An all-weather
                   road would be constructed and maintained
                   adjacent to the pipeline right-of-way and the
                   associated ditches and ponds for use in the
                   event of an ore, tailings, or return water
                   pipeline rupture. The pipeline right-of-way,
                   and the associated ditches, ponds, and all-
                   weather road would be fenced to exclude
                   livestock, wildlife, and the public.

                   It was determined that the practical study
                   area for identification of potential tailings
                   disposal locations was a ten-mile radius
                   around Buckhorn Mountain (TerraMatrix,
                   1996). Various political barriers (i.e.,  the
                   U.S.-Canada border) and physical barriers
                   (e.g.,  major drainages) effectively reduced the
                   study area boundary to a five-mile radius
                   (TerraMatrix, 1996). The five-mile radius
                   study area was further truncated to the north
                   by the Canadian border, which represented a
                   political  barrier; disposing of tailings in
                   Canada from a U.S. mining operation was  not
                   considered as a practical alternative.  Myers
                   Creek, Toroda Creek, and Beaver Creek are
                   main drainages in the area and would
                   represent general physical  barriers to off-site
                   tailings disposal.  Topographic changes
                   associated with major drainages would entail
                   significant additional infrastructure, power,
                   maintenance, and monitoring requirements for
                   pumping of ore, tailings, and return water.
                   The rugged topography, along with the
                   undeveloped conditions maintained by the
                   Forest Service in the Cedar and Jackson
                   Creek watersheds, further add to physical
                   and political barriers to the northeast of
                   Buckhorn Mountain.

                   In the search for potential  tailings disposal
                   sites within the study area, no distinction
                   was made between private and public
                   property.  Because the Proponent does not
                   have the power of condemnation to acquire
                   private lands for a tailings  disposal facility,
                   there  is  some uncertainty as to  whether
                   private lands could actually be acquired by
                   the Proponent. The Proponent currently
                   proposes to construct, operate, and reclaim a
                   tailings disposal facility on land  administered
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-39
 by the Forest Service, with a small portion of
 the proposed facility on private land.  It
 should be recognized that any proposal to
 construct a tailings disposal facility on private
 property outside the control of the Proponent
 would necessitate acquiring control of the
 private property and, in some locations,
 would necessitate residential displacement.

 The operational features of any tailings
 disposal facility for the Crown Jewel Project
 would consist of a  recovery solution
 collection pond, leak detection system,
 topsoil stockpile(s), borrow site(s), access
 and haul roads, slurry and  reclaim solution
 (return water) pipelines, perimeter fencing,
 diversion ditches, and monitoring wells.

 The tailings disposal facilities would be
 designed and constructed to  allow existing
 surface or ground water to freely flow under
 the facilities.  If cyanide and/or other
 contaminants are detected in the leak
 detection  system installed between the two
 synthetic  liners, water from the underflow
 would likely be captured as a precaution,
 sampled, treated (if necessary), and released;
 or captured and routed into the recovery
 solution collection pond to be returned to the
 mill to be  used as process water.

 As necessary, runoff would be routed around
 the tailings facility.  The diversion structures
 would be  designed  to safely pass the 24-hour
 (100-year) intensity and volume event
 (predicted 2.7 inches).  If such diversion
 structures are temporary, they would be
 reclaimed  at the conclusion of operations.

 Closure of a tailings facility would involve
 allowing process water to evaporate.  The
 impoundment area would be covered with a
 three foot layer of rock material (preferably
 glacial material)  and 12 inches of soil, then
 revegetated with grasses, shrubs, and trees.
 Permanent drainage channels, around and/or
 through the tailings facility and over the
 embankment, would be designed and
 constructed to safely route runoff from the
 72-hour (30,000-year) intensity and volume
 event (predicted 9.05 inches).

 Review of the embankment designs for any
tailings facility would be conducted by the
               Forest Service and by the Dam Safety
               Division of the WADOE. The final design
               approval must be provided by these agencies.

               The investigation for potential tailings
               disposal sites within the study area focused
               on the following general areas:

               •  Valley floor sites in the Nicholson and
                  Marias Creek drainages within the
                  immediate vicinity of the Crown Jewel
                  mine site;

               •  Off-site valley floor disposal sites in the
                  lower Nicholson, lower Marias, Myers,
                  Toroda, Gold, Bolster, Lime, and Ethel
                  Creek drainages;

               •  Upland sites with relatively level
                  topography; and,

               •  Side-hill site in the Marias Creek drainage.

               Valley Floor Sites in Immediate Vicinity

               The potential tailings disposal sites identified
               in the Nicholson and Marias Creek drainages
               in the immediate vicinity of the Crown Jewel
               Project mine site are as follows:

               •  North Nicholson;

               •  Upper South Nicholson;

               •  South Nicholson;

               •  Lower South Nicholson; and,

               •  Marias Creek.

               These locations are illustrated in Figure 2.6,
               Tailings Disposal Facility Options.

               North Nicholson.  This tailings site would be
               located in the  north branch of the Nicholson
               Creek drainage as illustrated on Figure 2.6,
               Tailings Disposal Facility Options.

              The North Nicholson tailings disposal site is
              located  in a partially forested area (Nicholson
              Salvage Two,  Unit 13) approximately 3,600
              feet upstream  of the confluence with the
              South Fork of  Nicholson Creek. Nicholson
                Crown Jewel Mine i Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-40
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
Creek is perennial in this reach.  The stream
channel gradient is approximately 10%2 and
valley side slopes range from 2.5H:1 V to
6H:1V.  The upstream drainage  area is
approximately 745 acres.

Location of the tailings disposal  facility at this
site would require construction of an
embankment spanning the valley, with a crest
length of about 2,100 feet and toe-to-crest
height of about 320 feet. The final
embankment crest would be at an elevation
380 feet below the proposed mill site.

Construction of the embankment would
require a borrow area for some of the
construction materials. Other operational
components would include a topsoil
stockpile, recovery solution collection pond,
approximately four miles of access and haul
roads, approximately 1.5 miles of slurry and
reclaim solution pipelines, perimeter fencing,
diversion ditches, and monitoring wells.

The facility would disturb approximately 95
acres, including filling  of about 1.6 acres of
wetlands identified on a National Wetlands
Inventory map of the area.  Approximately
3,750 linear feet of stream channel along
Nicholson Creek would be filled.

Because of the site's distance from the mill
and the length of the tailings solution
pipelines, there would be an increased risk of
pipeline failure and pollutant release to
surface and ground water.  A ridge lying
between the mill and the tailings disposal  site
would create pumping requirements for
transporting the tailings to the facility.
Pumping of tailings over this distance would
entail more infrastructure, land disturbance,
and cost than  a gravity flow system.

During operations of the tailings facility,
runoff from the upstream catchment area
would require  a structure sized to divert flows
from a 24-hour,  100-year storm event to the
existing stream channel downgradient of the
tailings facility during operations.  The size of
the catchment area, steepness of terrain,  and
high embankment would  place engineering
constraints on the diversion system.
                   Closure of the facility would require
                   construction of a spillway to channel flows
                   from a 72-hour, 30,000-year storm event to
                   the valley floor downstream of the
                   embankment. The high embankment and
                   steep terrain would require flows to travel
                   through a protected channel and drop the
                   320 feet from the top of the embankment to
                   the stream below in a relatively short
                   distance.  The relatively large volume of flow
                   and high flow velocities created by the steep
                   spillway slope would increase the risk of
                   erosion and potential for spillway failure. The
                   need for channel drop structures or other
                   protective devices would substantially
                   increase closure construction and post-
                   closure maintenance costs.

                   The North Nicholson tailings disposal site was
                   considered to have few environmental
                   advantages  over other locations, and was
                   eliminated from  further study because:

                   •  It would require a large, complex
                      infrastructure as a result of topography
                      and the site's distance from the  proposed
                      mill.

                   •  It would directly impact about 1.6  acres
                      of wetlands and 3,750 feet of stream
                      channel.

                   •  It poses  an increased probability of
                      pollutant release and erosion and risk of
                      impact to downstream aquatic
                      ecosystems as compared to the  Marias
                      Creek  site.

                   •  Construction, operation, and closure costs
                      would be high. Construction costs
                      (approximately $24,000,000) alone would
                      be approximately three times the cost of
                      the Marias Creek facility, as proposed by
                      the Proponent.

                   Upper South Nicholson.  This site is located
                   in the upper reaches of the South Fork of
                   Nicholson Creek as shown on Figure 2.6,
                   Tailings Disposal Facility Options. This site is
                   favorably situated for possible tailings
                   disposal because of its location in relationship
                   to the proposed mill facilities and is less
                   heavily wooded than the other proposed
                   locations.  The stream gradient is
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-41
 approximately 6% and valley side slopes
 range from 2.5H:1 V to 7.5H:1 V.  The
 upstream drainage area is approximately 435
 acres.

 Location of the tailings disposal facility at this
 site would require construction of three
 embankments.  The main embankment would
 span the valley from north to south and have
 a crest length of about 2,600 feet. The toe-
 to-crest height would be 320 feet. The final
 embankment crest would be at an elevation
 100 feet below the mill.  The secondary
 embankments would be located north and
 south of the main embankment.  The north
 embankment would have a crest length of
 approximately 600 feet; the south
 embankment would confine the tailings north
 of Marias Creek and have a crest length of
 approximately 1,200 feet.  Construction of
 the three embankments would require one or
 more borrow sites for construction materials.
 Other operational components would include
 topsoil stockpile(s), recovery solution
 collection pond, access and haul roads, slurry
 and reclaim solution pipelines, perimeter
 fencing, diversion ditches, and monitoring
 wells.  Because this facility would require
 construction of three relatively large
 embankments and excavation of loose glacial
 till, construction costs would be high.

 The facility would disturb approximately 178
 acres, including filling of over nine acres of
 wetlands. Approximately 2,250 linear feet of
 stream channel would be filled. Owing to the
 nine acres of wetlands, the site is considered
 to be a sensitive or unique ecosystem.

 The Roosevelt adit drains directly into the
 area.  These flows (approximately 57 gpm),
 and flows from the upstream catchment,
 would require construction of diversion
 structures. However, given the relatively
 small catchment area and moderate
 topography, diverting upgradient flows would
 not be difficult at  this location.

 Although the site  is close to the mill, the risk
 of pollutant release to surface or ground
 waters is increased by its location at the head
 of two drainages and by the presence of a
thick surficial layer of unconsolidated glacial
deposits.  These deposits are considered to
              be an unsuitable foundation for a tailings
              disposal facility, as it could provide a conduit
              to ground water beneath the facility.  Up to
              85 feet of excavation would be necessary to
              construct this facility due to the poor quality
              of the foundation materials.

              The Upper South Nicholson tailings disposal
              site was considered to  be impracticable, have
              substantial impacts to wetlands, and was
              eliminated from further study because:

              • Approximately nine  acres of wetlands
                 would be directly impacted;

              • Foundation materials are unsuitable for a
                 tailings impoundment; and

              • Construction costs (approximately
                 $24,000,000) would  be approximately
                 three times the cost of the Marias Creek
                 facility, as proposed by the Proponent.

              South Nicholson. This  site would be down
              stream of the Upper South Nicholson tailings
              facility as shown on Figure 2.6, Tailings
              Disposal Facility Options. The South
              Nicholson tailings disposal site is located in a
              mostly harvested area along the South Fork
              of Nicholson Creek. The stream is perennial
              in this reach. The stream channel gradient is
              approximately 8%, and valley side slopes
              range from 2.5H:1V to 6H:1 V. The upstream
              drainage area is approximately 625 acres.

              A facility at  this site would require
              construction of a large embankment spanning
              the valley, with a crest  length of 2,300 feet
              and a toe-to-crest height  of 315 feet.  The
              final embankment crest would be at an
              elevation 350 feet below the mill.
              Construction of the embankment would
              require a borrow area for some of the
              construction materials.  Other operational
              components would include a topsoil
              stockpile, recovery solution  collection pond,
              approximately four miles of access and haul
              roads, slightly less than 1.6 miles of slurry
              and reclaim solution pipelines, perimeter
              fencing, diversion ditches, and monitoring
              wells.

              The facility would disturb approximately 137
              acres, including filling of approximately 2.52
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-42
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
acres of wetlands. Approximately 3,500
linear feet of stream channel along Nicholson
Creek would be filled. Construction cost
would be approximately $14,000,000,
almost twice the cost of the Marias Creek
facility, as proposed by the Proponent.

The South Nicholson facility would not
require a large tailings pumping system, as
tailings transport could be achieved primarily
through gravity flow.  The upstream
catchment area is approximately 740 acres
and would require structures to divert flows
from a 24-hour, 100-year storm event to the
existing stream channel downgradient of the
tailings facility during operation. Closure of
the facility would be accomplished with a
spillway structure to channel flows from a
72-hour, 30,000-year storm event
downstream of the embankment.

Lower South  Nicholson. This site would be
further downstream, with the toe of the
embankment located just above the
confluence with North Nicholson Creek  as
illustrated on Figure 2.6,  Tailings Disposal
Facility Options.  The Lower South Nicholson
site is located in a moderately forested area
along the South Fork of Nicholson Creek,
which is perennial in this reach. The stream
channel gradient is approximately 9% and the
valley side slopes range from  1.9H:1 V to
8.9H:1V. The upstream drainage area is
approximately 950 acres.
Location of the tailings disposal facility  at this
site would require construction of an
embankment spanning the valley, with a crest
length of about 1,900 feet, and a toe-to-crest
height of 370 feet.  The final embankment
crest would be at an elevation 545 feet
below the mill. Construction of the
embankment would require a  borrow site for
some of the construction materials.  Other
operational components would include topsoil
stockpile(s), recovery solution collection
pond, approximately four miles of access and
haul roads, 3.4 miles of slurry and reclaim
solution pipelines, perimeter fencing,
diversion ditches, and monitoring.

The facility would disturb approximately 157
acres, including filling of about 0.22 acres of
wetlands.  Approximately 5,000 linear feet of
stream channel would  be filled.
                  The Roosevelt adit drains into the area. The
                  upstream catchment is approximately 950
                  acres, and a large structure would be needed
                  to divert surface flows from a 24-hour, 100-
                  year storm event and flow from the adit
                  (approximately 57 gpm) to the existing
                  stream channel downgradient of the tailings
                  facility during operations.  The size of the
                  catchment area, steepness of terrain, and
                  high embankment would place severe
                  engineering constraints on the diversion
                  system.

                  Closure of the facility  would require the
                  construction of a spillway to channel flows
                  from  a 72-hour, 30,000-year storm event to
                  the valley floor downstream of the
                  embankment.  The high embankment would
                  require flows to travel through a protected
                  channel and drop the 400 feet from the top
                  of the embankment to the stream below in a
                  short distance limited  by the close proximity
                  to the confluence of the North and South
                  Nicholson tributaries.  The large volume of
                  flow  and very high flow velocities created by
                  the steep spillway slope increase the risk of
                  erosion and potential for spillway failure.  The
                  need for channel drop structures or other
                  protective devices  would increase closure
                  construction and post-closure maintenance
                  costs.

                  Marias Tailings Facility. The proposed action
                  is to  construct a tailings disposal facility
                  within the upper reaches of Marias Creek.
                  Except for the perimeter fence, the facility
                  would be entirely confined to the Marias
                  Creek drainage and is located in a mostly
                  forested area in the upper reaches of Marias
                  Creek.  The valley topography is gentle with
                  a gradient of approximately 5%.  Side slopes
                  range from 1.9H:1V to 3.31-1:1 V, and average
                  3H:1V.  The upstream drainage area is
                  approximately 280 acres. This facility would
                   require the construction of two
                  embankments, a primary on the south and a
                   secondary on  the north.

                   At the conclusion of milling activities, the
                   primary embankment  would be approximately
                   240  feet high (downstream toe to crest at an
                   elevation of approximately 4,400 feet) with a
                   crest length of approximately 1,500 feet.
                   This  embankment  would be constructed
                Crown Jewel Mine  * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-43
 across the Marias Creek drainage.  The
 primary embankment would begin with a
 starter embankment and have scheduled
 raises added to reach the final crest elevation
 at 4,400 feet.  The secondary embankment
 would have a crest length of approximately
 1,200 feet and would be constructed near
 the saddle that divides Marias Creek from
 Nicholson Creek.  At the conclusion of milling
 activities, the secondary embankment would
 be about 95 feet high, thereby locating the
 disposal area completely in the Marias Creek
 drainage.  The secondary embankment would
 be constructed in scheduled raises to a final
 crest elevation of approximately 4,390 feet.
 Approximately 3,650 linear feet of stream
 channel would be filled. Total surface
 disturbance associated with this disposal site
 would be approximately 101  acres, with 2.46
 acres of wetlands being filled.

 Approximately 1.5 miles of access and haul
 roads, and an estimated 0.5 mile of piping to
 transport tailings and return water, would be
 required for this facility. Tailings would  be
 transported by gravity, except for a short
 time near the end of the life of the facility.

 Runoff from the west side of the tailings
 facility would be diverted around the
 impoundment area during operations.  This
 diversion would be constructed prior to use
 of the tailings facility.  Runoff from the east
 side is expected to be minor and would be
 collected by the tailings pipeline access road
 ditch or the tailings facility.

 Construction cost is estimated at
 $8,489,299. Reclamation/closure cost is
 estimated  at $643,711. Wildlife mitigation
 cost is estimated  at $242,755.  Aquatic
 resource mitigation cost is estimated at
 $645,664 (Parametrix, 1996a). Cost
 estimates in Section  2.2.13, Tailings Disposal
 Locations, were provided by Parametrix,  Inc.
to the Corps of Engineers. Costs are for
comparative purposes only.

Other operational aspects of this tailings
impoundment would consist of a reclaim
solution collection pond, access roads, a
slurry pipeline, a return water pipeline, and
monitoring wells.  Total surface disturbance
              associated with this disposal site would be
              approximately 101 acres.

              Closure of the tailings impoundment would
              involve allowing process water to evaporate.
              The area would be revegetated with grasses,
              shrubs and trees. Permanent drainage
              channels would be constructed, as
              necessary, to route the runoff from the site.
              These channels would be designed to safely
              pass the 72-hour, 30,000-year intensity and
              volume event.

              Off-Site Valley Floor Disposal

              Disposal of mill tailings remote from the
              Crown Jewel Project mine site was
              considered for off-site (downstream) drainage
              or valley floor areas.

              The objective was to locate any areas that
              offered more topographically or
              environmentally advantageous sites than
              those in the upper Marias and Nicholson
              Creek drainages. The search focused on
              downstream stretches of Marias and
              Nicholson Creeks, as well as in the Myers
              Creek tributaries of Gold Creek, Bolster
              Creek, Lime Creek, and Ethel Creek. No such
              areas were identified that offered topographic
              or environmental advantages over the sites in
              upper Marias and Nicholson Creek drainages.
              Because of steep gradients and side slopes,
              placement of tailings material in any of the
              Myers Creek tributary drainages (Gold,
              Bolster, Lime, and/or Ethel Creeks) could only
              be possible with substantial excavation
              coupled with the construction of high tailings
              embankments. Tailings placement further
              downstream in Marias and Nicholson Creek
              locations or in Millard Creek would be
              complicated by a more complex infrastructure
              due to distance from the mill, and is
              considered to be impracticable as a result of
              the need to route perennial stream flow
              around such a tailings facility, and the
              increased potential for direct impact to
              aquatic resources, and the removal of
              existing fishery habitat in downstream areas.

              There would be an increase in water use in
              off-site valley floor tailings disposal.  Pumping
              of tailings to more remote sites would require
              that the solids content of the tailings material
               Crown Jewel Mine +  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-44
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
be reduced by the addition of water, and road
watering requirements for the road system
between the mine and the remote tailings
facility would be substantially increased. The
availability of water is perceived to be limited
on the Crown Jewel Project, so any increase
in water requirements would cause a
substantial impact.

Many potential off-site valley floor tailings
disposal sites are located on private land.
These include areas in Myers and Toroda
Creeks, as well as downstream stretches of
Marias, Nicholson, Gold,  Bolster, Lime and
Ethel Creeks.  Because the Proponent does
not have the power of condemnation  to
acquire lands for a tailings disposal facility,
there is some uncertainty as to whether these
lands could actually be acquired.  Remote
placement of tailings material in off-site valley
floor locations could also cause displacement
of private residences and disruption to
property owners.

The Strawberry Lake area, located in  Section
8, Township 40 North, Range  30 East,
offered another possible off-site valley-floor
location for tailings disposal.  The Strawberry
Lake site is located on private  property, and
its location is illustrated in Figure 2.6, Tailings
Disposal Facility Options. This site was
eliminated from further consideration because
the facility would impact at least 15 acres of
wetland and riparian habitats.

Sites for alternative tailings locations were
also sought in the  main stem drainages of
Toroda Creek and Myers Creek.  In these
main drainages, an examination was  made for
areas of relatively flat surface  where  non
cross-valley tailings storage sites could be
constructed.  The construction of a cross-
valley tailings facility in these  drainages was
not considered due to construction
difficulties, potential impacts to aquatic
ecosystems, fishery impacts, and hydrologic
concerns. There would also be property and
ownership considerations for the construction
of any  remote tailings disposal area in the
Toroda or Myers Creek drainages as  most of
the ownership in these drainages is private
and not owned or controlled by the
 Proponent.
                  Toroda Creek is located more than five miles
                  from the proposed Crown Jewel Project mine
                  and mill. To access a tailings disposal site in
                  the Toroda Creek drainage, ore would have to
                  be hauled, conveyed, or pumped to a mill  in
                  the area; or, if the mill remained in the
                  location proposed by the Proponent, tailings
                  and return water pipelines and associated
                  roads, power lines, and leak control
                  structures would be installed in either the
                  Marias and Nicholson Creek drainages.

                  Myers Creek is located more than three miles
                  from the proposed Crown Jewel Project mine
                  and mill. Similar to the Toroda Creek
                  drainage, ore or tailings material would have
                  to be hauled, conveyed, or pumped to any
                  site.  Depending on the location of a tailings
                  facility in the Myers Creek "valley," haul
                  roads, conveyor systems, pipelines (tailings
                  and return water), all-weather access roads,
                  power lines, and associated leak control
                  structures would be necessary in the Myers
                  Creek tributary drainages of Gold Creek,
                  Bolster Creek, Lime Creek, Ethel Creek, or the
                  unnamed drainage adjacent to County Road
                  4895.

                  Given the relatively steep slopes in the area,
                  the construction of a tailings-return water
                  pipeline corridor with associated all-weather
                  access road, power line and leak
                  detection/control structures would involve a
                  sectional disturbance of approximately 170 to
                   560 feet wide to accommodate the cuts and
                  fills necessary for the required infrastructure
                   (TerraMatrix, 1996).  For every mile of this
                   corridor, there  would be approximately 21 to
                   68 acres of actual physical disturbance.  If
                   the tailings  facility is  located five miles from
                   the mill, the estimated additional  disturbance
                   would be approximately 105 to 340 acres.

                   The alluvial material in the Toroda and Myers
                   Creek drainages contains ground water that
                   feeds a number of domestic and agricultural
                   wells in these main north-south valleys.  Any
                   construction of a tailings facility in the Toroda
                   or Myers Creek drainages would  need to
                   consider the requirement for extensive
                   dewatering systems and monitoring schemes
                   to protect adjacent and downstream water
                   users. These schemes exist,  but they would
                   be very expensive to operate  and monitor. A
                Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-45
tailings facility in either the Toroda or Myers
Creek drainages would impact aquatic
ecosystems (wetlands), and would place the
facilities immediately adjacent to fish habitat.

Given the complex infrastructure, additional
disturbance, extensive monitoring
requirements, and the added construction,
operational and liability costs with no added
environmental benefit,  off-site valley-floor
tailings disposal sites were eliminated from
further consideration.

Off-Site Upland Disposal

Most upland areas within the vicinity of the
Crown Jewel Project area are quite steep as
shown on Figure 2.7, Slope Study Area. In
an attempt to locate suitable upland disposal
sites, the study area was divided into three
general slope categories:

• Areas greater than 30% slopes;

• Areas with slopes between 10% and
   30%; and,

• Areas less than 10% slopes.

The search for upland off-site tailings disposal
locations revealed a band of relatively flat
terrain in Sections 3, 4, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
and 14 of Township 39 North, Range 30 East
(TerraMatrix, 1996). This band of terrain is
shown on Figure 2.7, Slope Study Area, and
is relatively flat in comparison with the steep
topography in the area, but nonetheless
slopes are approximately 10% to 15%.  The
construction of upland  tailings facilities on
slopes exceeding 10%  is not considered to
be practicable.  (See discussion in this
section on side-hill construction.)

The areas with slopes less than 10% were
divided into "valley" and "upland" areas.

Only a small portion of the area within the
slope study area have slopes less than  10%,
and some of these areas with less than 10%
slopes are located along ridge tops where
construction of the tailings facility would be
undesirable given visibility considerations,
geotechnical concerns over embankment
stability, and the large amount of material
               needed to construct embankments. Likewise,
               there is limited room for construction on the
               ridge tops in the area within and surrounding
               the Crown Jewel Project.  No areas of  100
               acres in size with slopes less than 10% were
               found on ridgetops.  For purposes of siting an
               upland tailings facility, locations were sought
               that were a minimum of 100 feet from  any
               perennial stream channel with a level area of
               approximately 100 acres.

               Slopes in the study area are typically greater
               than 30%, severely constraining opportunities
               for upland (out of drainage) tailings disposal.

               The potential off-site upland tailings disposal
               sites identified in the vicinity of the Crown
               Jewel Project site are as follows:

               •  Site A: Beaver Creek Canyon

               •  Site B: Pontiac Ridge

               •  Site C: Pine Chee Meadow

               These locations are illustrated in Figure 2.6,
               Tailings Disposal Facility Options, and Figure
               2.7, Slope Study Area.

               Site A: Beaver Creek Canyon. This potential
               tailings  facility site is located in Section 14,
               Township 39 North, Range 30 East, on a
               gently sloping bench area above and parallel
               to Beaver Creek Canyon as shown on Figure
               2.6, Tailings Disposal Facility Options.  The
               location of this possible facility  had to be
               shifted to the west of the relatively level side-
               slope of Millard Creek to avoid covering a
               wetland area similar  in size to the frog pond.
               Most of this site would drain to Beaver  Creek
               to the west, but a portion of the site would
               also drain to  Millard Creek.

               The embankment for the Beaver Creek
               Canyon tailings facility would have a toe-to-
               crest height of approximately 180 feet.  A
               conceptual layout for a tailings facility in this
               area indicates that approximately 100 acres
               would be needed for placement of the
               impoundment/embankment.  It is estimated
               that about six million cubic yards of fill  would
               be needed to construct the embankment at
              this site, but  only approximately three million
               cubic yards would be excavated to construct
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-46
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
the facility.  As such, a 40 to 50 acre
material borrow source (quarry) would be
required to provide the remaining
embankment fill material.

Construction of the facility at this site would
remove approximately 50 acres of young
mature forest.  This would result in  additional
loss of deer winter range and important
habitat for goshawk (federal species of
concern),  black bear,  pileated woodpecker
(state candidate species), fisher, and other
wildlife.  Full replacement  of this habitat on
the site would not be expected to occur until
60 to 100 years after reclamation is
completed.  Because suitable sites for
mitigation of this  type of habitat impact are
uncommon in the area, mitigation for this
impact would be difficult and mitigation costs
would be  increased.

The operational support logistics for the
Beaver Creek Canyon tailings disposal facility
would require a tailings pipeline corridor, ore
slurry pipeline corridor, or haul road corridor
for ore (or dry tailings) haulage by trucks.
Other ore haulage techniques could involve
the use of a conveyor system or railroad.
Both a conveyor and a railroad system would
involve disturbance similar or greater than
that proposed by a pipeline or haul  road, and
the construction of a conveyor or railroad
system would probably necessitate greater
capital expense than either a slurry  pipeline or
a haul road  system. Therefore, the use of a
conveyor or railroad system was not
considered to be  a practical alternative for ore
haulage to the  Beaver Creek Canyon tailings
disposal facility.

If the mill remained in an area adjacent to the
proposed mining  area, then the Beaver Creek
Canyon tailings disposal facility would be
supported via a tailings and return water
pipeline corridor. Such a  pipeline corridor
would contain  multiple tailings and  return
water pipelines, along with an associated all-
weather access road, power line, and leak
detection/control structures. The pipeline
corridor would involve sectional disturbance
wide enough to accommodate the cuts and
fills necessary  for the required infrastructure.
Given the relatively steep slopes in the area,
the construction  of a tailings-return water
                   pipeline would involve a sectional disturbance
                   approximately 170 feet to 460 feet wide
                   (TerraMatrix, 1996). Since the Beaver Creek
                   Canyon tailings disposal facility would require
                   a pipeline corridor approximately 25,000 feet
                   in length, the estimated  disturbance
                   associated with the pipeline corridor would
                   range from 98 acres to 264 acres. The
                   pipeline corridor would traverse through pole
                   and young mature forest and cross several
                   drainages and associated riparian habitat.
                   The 25,000-foot pipeline right-of-way, and
                   the associated ditches, ponds, and all
                   weather road would be fenced to exclude
                   livestock, wildlife, and the public.  This fence
                   would function as a barrier to livestock and
                   wildlife movement, and  would displace
                   livestock and wildlife from habitat inside the
                   corridor.

                   Because of the site's distance from the mill
                   and the length of tailings and return-water
                   pipelines, there would be an elevated
                   probability of pipeline failure and risk of
                   pollutant release to ground and surface
                   water.

                   Extensive leak detection monitoring systems
                   would need  to be installed and  maintained
                   along the length of the tailings  (or ore)
                   pipelines.  A contingency plan would be
                   developed in the case of a rupture of an ore,
                   tailings, or water-return pipeline, which would
                   require the construction of lined ditches and
                   ponds along the right-of-way.  These
                   structures would be sized to contain a pre-
                   determined  volume of tailings material and
                   tailings effluent. An all-weather road  would
                   be constructed and maintained adjacent to
                   the pipeline  right-of-way and the associated
                   ditches and  pond for use in the event of a
                   pipeline rupture. The location of the facilities
                   remote from the Crown Jewel Project site
                   would increase emergency response time
                   from the mine site in the event of an
                   accidental release.  A surge pond located
                   near the mill facility would be required to
                   contain tailings entrained in the mill circuit in
                   the event of a shutdown caused by pipeline
                   rupture.

                   Release of tailings or return water through a
                   pipeline rupture could cause adverse
                   environmental impacts to aquatic ecosystems
                Crown Jewel Mine  + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-47
 in Marias,  Millard, or Beaver Creeks and could
 potentially affect water wells used by
 residents along the pipeline route. Although
 the risks of a release from the tailings
 disposal facility is small, this site's proximity
 to Beaver Creek,  Beth Lake, and Beaver Lake
 considerably increases the potential for
 contamination of these  waterbodies.  Beaver
 Creek and  associated lakes and marshes
 provide important habitat for a variety of
 waterbirds, including common loon (state
 candidate species) and black tern (state
 monitor species).  Waterbodies near Beaver
 Creek have been  designated as priority
 habitat by  the WADFW.

 Portions of the 25,000-foot length of the
 pipeline corridor would be lighted to allow for
 on-going night-time operational and
 maintenance requirements.  Such lighting
 could potentially interfere with wildlife
 movement and nocturnal wildlife behavior.

 Serious concerns with system reliability and
 security would create the need for additional
 personnel and round-the-clock monitoring.

 The construction  and maintenance of the
 pipeline corridor would increase the air quality
 impacts of the Crown Jewel Project. Fugitive
 dust and gaseous emissions from earth
 moving equipment would  be greater than
 those generated by the activities from an on-
 site proposal. The traffic  on the all-weather
 road paralleling the pipeline would generate
 additional dust and gaseous emissions, as
 well as increase the fuel consumption for
 operational and maintenance vehicles and
 equipment.  Extra  electric power would be
 needed for tailings and return water pumping,
 as well as any lighting installed along the
 pipeline corridor.

 Additional water would be required to control
 dust emissions on the increased footage of
 project roads. Water demand could also
 increase with the  need to  reduce the solids
 content of the tailings for  efficient pumping
 over the distance  from the mill (approximately
 25,000 feet).  The water supply reservoir
proposed for Starrem Creek might have to be
moved to a location in Beaver Creek or upper
Myers Creek drainages to  support dust
control and pumping needs for the Beaver
               Creek Canyon tailings disposal facility and
               associated pipeline corridor.

               Another option considered for the Beaver
               Creek Canyon tailings disposal facility would
               be to truck the ore from the mine to an on-
               site crushing and grinding facility, from which
               the ore would be slurried via a pipeline to a
               remote mill located adjacent to the Beaver
               Creek Canyon tailings facility.  This option
               would be  similar to the operation  employed
               by the Homestake Mining Company at the
               McLaughlin Gold  Mine in California. The
               disturbances and impacts associated with the
               slurry pipeline would be similar to those
               associated with a tailings pipeline.

               Another option would be trucking the ore (or
               dry tailings) from the mine to the  Beaver
               Creek Canyon site where both a mill (if ore is
               hauled) and tailings disposal facility could be
               constructed.  Under this option, a haul road
               corridor would be constructed; this corridor
               would be  similar to that of the tailings/ore
               slurry pipeline, but the actual sectional
               disturbance would be slightly greater, ranging
               in width from 1 90 feet to  560 feet
               (TerraMatrix, 1996).  Assuming that the haul
               road would be approximately 25,000 feet in
               length, the estimated disturbance  associated
               with a haul road corridor from the mine to the
               off-site mill would range from 131 acres to
               386 acres.

              An estimated 3,000 tons of  ore would be
               hauled from the mine to the  off-site  mill on a
              daily basis. Such ore haulage would greatly
              increase noise and impacts to air quality.
              Traffic impacts would depend primarily on the
              type of vehicle selected for transporting the
              ore.

              If 85-ton mine haulage trucks were used, ore
              transportation from the mine to the off-site
              mill would require an  estimated 35 round
              trips  per day, on a 24-hour per day basis.
              The length of the haul would likely preclude
              use of 85-ton trucks however, as these
              vehicles are not designed nor generally used
              for haulage distances exceeding four to five
              miles. If the length of haul necessitated the
              use of 25-ton highway trucks, it is estimated
              that ore haulage would entail 120  trips per
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-48
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
day on a 24-hour basis (five round trips per
hour).

Additional vehicles would be required for road
watering and maintenance,  and for handling
of stockpiled ore at the mill. If 85-ton trucks
were used for the approximate five mile haul,
it is estimated that an additional 60 to 70
tons of fugitive dust would  be generated
during each year of mining. This estimate
does not consider air quality impacts from
dumping, stockpiling,  and loading of ore at
the processing site. If highway trucks were
used for haulage, it is estimated that an
additional 200 to 240 tons  of fugitive dust
would be generated during  each year of
mining.

Extra water (estimated at 6 acre feet to 10
acre feet per year) would be required for dust
control.  Additional personnel (estimated to
be 8 to 12) would be  employed for the ore
haulage. The haul road right-of-way would
be fenced to exclude livestock, wildlife, and
the public.  Appropriate drainage and
sediment control mechanisms would be
installed and maintained, but there would be
an increased potential for sedimentation to
Marias, Millard, and Beaver Creeks, especially
during construction.  Use of haul trucks and
the associated traffic  (water truck, grader,
supervisors' pick-up trucks, etc.) would
increase the noise from the Project over the
Proponent's proposal. The construction and
use of a 25,000 foot-long haul road corridor
to a remote mill would add to the capital,
operational, and reclamation expenditures for
the Crown Jewel Project.

The Beaver Creek Canyon tailings disposal
facility site was considered to be
impracticable and was eliminated from further
study for the following  reasons:

•  It would require a large, complex
    infrastructure as a result of topography
    and the site's distance from the mining
    operation;

 •  Water, power, and fuel  requirements
    would be increased;

 •  It poses serious security and liability
    concerns; and,
                   •  Construction costs (estimated at about
                      $32,649,000), at approximately five times
                      the cost of the Marias Creek facility,
                      would be unreasonably expensive.
                      Operation, maintenance, and
                      reclamation/closure costs (approximately
                      $3,063,404) would be higher, and
                      mitigation costs (approximately
                      $1,155,360) for wildlife habitat impacts
                      would increase.

                   In addition, construction and operation of a
                   tailings disposal facility at this site would
                   have other adverse environmental
                   consequences, including;

                   •  A substantially increased probability of
                      pollutant release and  risk of impact to
                      downstream aquatic ecosystems, adjacent
                      priority wildlife habitats, and nearby public
                      water supplies;  and,

                   •  Additional impacts to vegetation, wildlife,
                      air quality, noise, traffic, visual aesthetics,
                      cattle movement, and grazing. Additional
                      areas of soil would be compacted.

                   Site B: Pontiac Ridge. This potential tailings
                   facility site is located in the southern portion
                   of Section 3, Township 39  North, Range 30
                   East, and the northern portion of Section 10,
                   Township 39 North, Range 30 East, as
                   shown on Figure 2.6, Tailings Disposal
                   Facility Options. This area is drained by an
                   unnamed tributary to Beaver Creek and is
                   located adjacent to the Pontiac Ridge Road.

                   The embankment for the Pontiac Ridge
                   tailings facility would have a toe-to-crest
                   height of approximately  80 feet. A
                   conceptual layout for a tailings facility in this
                   area indicates that approximately 170 acres
                   would be needed for placement of the
                   impoundment/embankment (this does  not
                   include ancillary facilities and structures).  To
                   provide sufficient storage room for the
                   projected 9.1 million tons of tailings, it is
                   estimated that approximately 3.5 million
                   cubic yards of material would be excavated
                   from the site, and  of that, about 1.5 million
                   cubic yards would be needed to construct the
                   tailings embankment. The  remaining two
                   million cubic yards would be placed in a
                   permanent waste rock disposal area adjacent
                Crown Jewel Mine *  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-49
 to the site.  To contain this material, a 40
 acre to 50 acre permanent waste rock
 disposal site would be needed.

 A review of habitat maps produced in
 conjunction with the wildlife HEP analysis
 (WADFW,  1995} indicates that construction
 of the facility at this site would remove
 approximately 30 acres  of riparian and wet
 meadow habitat.  A perennial stream and
 associated springs in the northern portions of
 the site could be impacted.

 The operational logistics, system reliability,
 infrastructure needs, security,  overall
 disturbance,  and environmental impacts
 associated with a Pontiac Ridge tailings
 disposal facility and a pipeline/haul road
 corridor would be similar to those associated
 with the Beaver Creek Canyon facility,  except
 that pipeline  or haul road corridor would be
 about 20,000 feet in length. Accordingly the
 disturbance for a tailings or ore slurry pipeline
 would range  from 78 acres to  211 acres,
 while the disturbance for a haul road corridor
 would range  from 109 acres to 321 acres
 (TerraMatrix, 1996).  In addition,
 construction  and operation of a tailings
 facility in this area would entail the
 displacement of families' residing year-round
 in five homes located immediately adjacent to
 the site.

 The Pontiac Ridge tailings disposal site was
 considered to be impracticable and was
 eliminated from further study for the
 following reasons:

 •  It would require  a large, complex
   infrastructure as a result of topography
   and the site's distance from the mining
   operation;

 •  Water, power, and fuel requirements
   would be  increased;

•  It poses security and liability concerns;
   and,

•  Construction costs (approximately
   $30,560,663) at four to five times the
   cost of the Marias Creek facility, would be
   unreasonably expensive.  Operation,
   maintenance, and reclamation/closure
                  costs (approximately $2,878,544} would
                  be higher, and mitigations costs
                  (approximately $1,085,640) for wildlife
                  habitat impacts would increase.

               In addition, construction and operation of a
               tailings disposal facility at this site would
               have other adverse environmental
               consequences, including:

               •  A substantially increased probability of
                  pollutant release and risk of impact to
                  downstream aquatic systems, adjacent
                  priority wildlife habitats, and nearby public
                  water supplies;

               •  Removal of approximately 30 acres of
                  riparian and wet meadow habitat; and,

               •  Additional impacts to vegetation, wildlife,
                  air quality,  noise, traffic,  visual aesthetics,
                  cattle movement, and grazing.  Additional
                  areas of soil would  be compacted.

               Site C: Pine Chee Meadow.  This site is
               located in Section 4, Township 39 North,
               Range 30 E, as shown on Figure 2.6,  Tailings
               Disposal Facility Options. This site is
               characterized as a relatively flat to gently
               sloping pasture area that forms a drainage
               divide between Myers Creek and Beaver
               Creek.

               A conceptual layout for a tailings facility in
               this area indicates that approximately 11 5
               acres would be needed for placement of the
              tailings impoundment and embankment. It is
               estimated  that about seven million cubic
              yards of material would be needed to
              construct the embankment.  A "ring dike"
              type of tailings  facility construction would be
              used for this site. The toe-to-crest height of
              the dike would  vary in elevation from
              approximately 60 feet to approximately 120
              feet.  A borrow source (quarry) would be
              needed adjacent to the facility to  supply the
              entire seven million cubic yards, needed for
              tailings embankment fill. To  obtain this
              material, an approximate 80 acre  to 120 acre
              borrow source (quarry) would be  developed,
              with the rock material crushed  and screened
              for the appropriate size and consistency for a
              tailings facility  embankment.
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-50
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A T/VES
January 1997
The operational logistics, system reliability,
infrastructure needs, security, overall
disturbance, and environmental impacts
associated with a Pine Chee Meadow tailings
disposal facility and a pipeline/haul road
corridor would be similar to those associated
with the Beaver Creek Canyon facility.  There
would be greater air quality impacts primarily
because of the larger embankment size and
the quarry (with its crushing and screening
activities).  The pipeline and haul road
corridor would traverse through pole and
young mature forest and cross several
drainages and associated wetland and riparian
habitat. The actual presence of wetlands at
the Pine Chee Meadow site has not been
verified.  The pipeline right-of-way, and the
associated ditches, ponds, and all-weather
road would be fenced to exclude livestock,
wildlife, and the public.  This fence would
function as a barrier to livestock and wildlife
movement, and would displace livestock and
wildlife from habitat inside the corridor.

The potential presence of highly permeable
glacial deposits and alluvial sediments on the
site increase the potential for release from the
facility to enter Myers and Beaver Creeks. A
release into either  stream has the potential to
impact the brook and rainbow trout fisheries
in that stream and the great blue herons that
feed and nest along Myers  Creek.
Construction and operation of a tailings
facility at this location would entail displacing
residents  of a home located immediately
adjacent to the site, and the displacement of
property owners who use the Pine Chee
Meadow site on a seasonal basis.

The Pine Chee Meadow tailings disposal
facility site was considered to be
impracticable and  was eliminated from further
study for the following reasons:

•  It would require a large, complex
    infrastructure as a result of topography
    and the site's distance from the mining
    operation;

•  Water, power,  and fuel  requirements
    would be increased;

•  It poses serious security and liability
    concerns; and,
                   •  Construction costs (approximately
                      $31,580,648) at approximately five times
                      the cost of the Marias Creek facility,
                      would be unreasonably expensive.
                      Operation, maintenance, and
                      reclamation/closure costs (approximately
                      $3,393,512) would be higher, and
                      mitigation costs (approximately
                      $1,279,860) for wildlife habitat impacts
                      would increase.

                   In addition, construction and operation of a
                   tailings disposal facility at this site would
                   have other adverse environmental
                   consequences, including:

                   •  A substantially increased probability of
                      pollutant release and risk of impact to
                      downstream aquatic ecosystems, priority
                      wildlife habitats, and public water
                      supplies; and,

                   •  Additional impacts to  soils, vegetation,
                      wildlife, air quality, noise, traffic, visual
                      aesthetics, cattle movement,  and grazing.
                      Additional areas of soil would be
                      compacted.

                   Side-Hill Construction

                   As a result of comments received on the
                   draft EIS, a further examination of the side-
                   hill tailings disposal method was conducted
                   (TerraMatrix, 1996).   This type of
                   construction would be hindered by the
                   topography surrounding Buckhorn Mountain.
                   To represent slopes typical of the area
                   adjacent to the proposed Crown Jewel
                   Project, an area identified as Site D: Marias
                   Side Hill, as shown on Figure 2.6, Tailings
                   Disposal Facility Options, was selected. The
                   layout of Site D indicates that the side-hill
                   tailings facility would  involve a disturbance of
                   about 580 acres and directly impact eight
                   springs/seeps and three wetlands
                   (approximately two acres). The Site D side-
                   hill tailings facility would be approximately
                   8,000 feet in length and vary in width from
                   2,500 feet to 4,200 feet (TerraMatrix, 1996).

                   Construction of a side-hill facility at the site
                   would eliminate the possibility of using the
                   south waste rock disposal area.  All waste
                   would be placed north of the pit. Impacts
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-51
from placing all waste north of the pit (Waste
Rock Disposal Area J) would include covering
of the  1.8 acre wetland called the frog pond.

An estimated 38 million cubic yards of
material would be excavated, and 36 million
cubic yards would be needed to construct the
tailings embankment. The remaining two
million cubic yards of material would be
placed in a permanent waste rock disposal
area adjacent to the site. This waste rock
disposal area would cover an area of
approximately 25 acres to 40 acres,
depending on its configuration and
placement.

Construction of the facility at this site would
nearly  double the amount of wildlife habitat
impacted by the entire  project, and over five
times as much  habitat as the proposed tailing
disposal facility. Habitats on the site include
young  mature and mature forest; full
replacement of this habitat on the site would
not occur until  100 or more  years after
reclamation is completed. Wildlife mitigation
costs for impacts from this facility are
estimated to cost about $1,598,580.

Site D  is located south of the proposed
Crown Jewel Project, and the logistics of
tailings delivery would be similar to those
planned for  the Marias  Creek tailings facility.
The mill could be located in the same area as
proposed by the Proponent and a tailings
pipeline corridor would run approximately
1,000  feet from the mill to the tailings
disposal area.  However, in order to deliver
tailings material to the side-hill facility, the
tailings pipeline would have to encircle the
side-hill tailings facility, an estimated length
of 17,000 feet to 18,000 feet.

Construction of a side-hill facility would
involve cutting  into the side-hill to provide
sufficient area for the tailings disposal and
would  result in a relatively high tailings
embankment that would parallel the Marias
Creek drainage. This structure would be
visible  from  a number of locations and would
not meet the scenic quality objective of
maximum modification  in the short- or long-
term.  This type of tailings disposal would
involve a contour placement of tailings  with a
linear visual  disturbance.
               A side-hill tailings disposal facility would
               present substantial concerns about
               geotechnical stability.  The steepness of the
               terrain would place severe engineering
               constraints on the design and construction of
               such a facility.  An embankment failure would
               cause considerable physical disturbance and
               environmental damage to the wetland,
               riparian and aquatic resources of Marias
               Creek and other drainages down-slope of
               such a facility.  An extensive surface water
               diversion system would be needed above the
               facility to keep water from running into the
               tailings from areas higher on the slopes.
               There would be a potential for erosion on the
               cut and fill slopes of the side-hill facility; such
               erosion could lead to downstream
               sedimentation in Marias Creek, also impacting
               water quality, wetlands, riparian areas, and
               aquatic habitat and resources. Permanent
               drainage channels would be constructed, as
               necessary, to route the runoff from the site.
               These channels would  be designed to safely
               pass the 72-hour, 30,000-year intensity and
               volume event.

               The construction of a side-hill tailings
               disposal facility near the Crown Jewel Project
               area would substantially add to the
               development costs of the Crown Jewel
               Project.  Construction costs would be
               approximately $94,117,125 (12 times the
               cost of  the Marias Creek facility). Moving 38
               million cubic yards of rock material for such a
               facility represents an increase of 60% in the
               total waste rock to be moved during the
               entire eight year life of the Project operations.
               This would cause considerably more fugitive
               dust and gaseous emissions than any of the
               other action alternatives, especially during the
               construction period.  More earthmoving
               equipment would translate to greater noise
               and use of energy products. More
               construction personnel would be needed.
               There would be substantially more employee
               and supply traffic on Washington State,
               Okanogan County, and Forest roads in and
               out of the Crown Jewel Project site during
               construction. Reclamation costs
               (approximately  $4,238,589) would be much
               higher, as would mitigations costs
               (approximately  $1,598,580) for impacts to
               wildlife  habitat.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-52
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
Given the additional area of disturbance,
similar acreage of wetland impacts,
geotechnical stability considerations, and the
added construction, operational, reclamation,
and liability costs with greater environmental
impacts,  side-hill tailings disposal was
considered to be impracticable and was
eliminated from further consideration.

Tailings Disposal Location Options Considered
in Detail

•  South Nicholson Tailings Facility

•  Lower South  Nicholson Tailings Facility

•  Marias Tailings Facility

Tailings Disposal Location Options Eliminated
From Further Consideration

•  Upper South  Nicholson

•  North Nicholson

•  Myers Creek

•  Toroda Creek

•  Lower Marias Creek

•  Lower Nicholson Creek

•  Gold Creek

•  Bolster Creek

•  Lime Creek

•  Ethel  Creek

•  Strawberry Lake

•  Beaver Creek Canyon

•  Pontiac Ridge

•  Pine Chee Meadow

•  Side-Hill Construction
                  2.2.14  Tailings Embankment Design
                           and Construction

                  A number of options exist for the
                  construction of tailings embankments as
                  displayed in Figure 2.8, Tailings Dam
                  Construction Design.  The type of design and
                  construction selected would depend on
                  permit requirements which include technical
                  components, safety considerations, logistical
                  considerations, and economic constraints.
                  The design (construction and operation) of
                  the tailings embankments would require the
                  structure to have sufficient  freeboard to
                  ensure that rainfall events and ground water
                  capture are safely retained,  and do not
                  threaten the integrity of the structure.
                  Requirements related to seismic events and
                  other stability considerations must also be
                  met.

                  The primary embankment design would likely
                  involve a low permeability zone, constructed
                  of fine grained materials borrowed from
                  selected till deposits located within the
                  confines of the impoundment, and an
                  impermeable liner. For subsequent
                  construction phases, fine grained material
                  would be obtained from borrow areas beyond
                  the impoundment footprint. Coarse grained
                  materials from rock and till located within the
                  tailings basin would be used for the
                  embankment shell zones and coarse filter
                  materials, along with select waste rock from
                  the mine.  Some borrow areas would provide
                  fill material. Borrow areas would be located
                  both within  and adjacent, in upland areas, to
                  the tailings basin.

                  Figure 2.8, Tailings Dam Construction
                  Design, depicts three different embankment
                  construction methods all involving the
                  construction of a starter dam adequate to
                  retain the tailings produced during the first
                  year or two of operations.  The methods
                  differ in the approach used  to raise the dam
                  in order to contain the tailings produced in
                  subsequent years.
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-53
Downstream Embankment Construction

In the downstream method, all new
embankment fill material is placed on the
downstream side away from the tailings.
This method requires large volumes of
embankment material and disturbs a relatively
larger area than the other methods but has a
lower risk of failure.  In response to agency
comments, the Proponent has modified their
proposal to include downstream construction
of their tailings embankments.

Upstream Embankment Construction

The upstream method is only appropriate if
the tailings are relatively dense and non-
liquefiable. These conditions can be
accomplished under suitable circumstances
with the thin layer deposition methods
discussed in Section 2.2.12, Tailings
Disposal. In the upstream method, the
strength of the relatively dense, non-
liquefiable tailings is used to support the
raised embankment. This method has  the
advantage of reduced embankment material
requirements, and all subsequent raises of the
embankment are contained within the
footprint of the starter dam.  A disadvantage
of the upstream method is that the tailings
within the embankment foundation section
may have an increased susceptibility to liquify
if they are saturated and in a relatively loose
state, and are then subjected to severe
seismic  ground motions. Colder Associates
work for the Proponent,  concluded that the
tailings may liquify under the design
earthquake (Colder,  1996a).  Another
difficulty is the placement of a liner system
that incorporates leak detection.

Centerline Embankment Construction

The centerline construction technique is
another method of tailings embankment
construction, but is contingent upon
demonstrating that the tailings in  the zone
critical to the structural integrity of the
embankment could be placed and would
remain in an unsaturated state in filling the
lower half of the embankment.  The tailings
could not liquify if they remain in  an
unsaturated state. The centerline
construction method is basically a
              compromise between the upstream and
              downstream methods of construction.

              Tailings Embankment Design and
              Construction Option Considered in Detail

              •  Downstream Embankment

              Tailings Embankment Design and
              Construction Options Eliminated From Further
              Consideration

              •  Upstream Embankment

              •  Centerline Embankment

              Prior to constructing any tailings
              embankment, design and engineering detail
              would  be submitted to the WADOE, Dam
              Safety  Division, and the Forest Service.
              These agencies would be responsible for
              approval of dam design and construction, as
              well as long-term integrity of dams
              constructed on National Forest land.  These
              agencies would be  responsible for deciding
              whether to issue dam construction and
              operating permits.  The Forest Service may
              defer approval of the dam design and
              construction to the Dam Safety Division with
              their greater local technical expertise but
              would conduct spot checks  and yearly safety
              checks of the facility.

              2.2.15  Tailings Liner System Design

              A number of factors must be considered for
              the design of a liner system  for mine tailings.
              These include the following:

              •  Climatic conditions;

              •  Physical and chemical characteristics of
                 the  tailings;

              •  Underlying geologic formations;

              •  Attenuation characteristics of underlying
                 geologic formations;

              •  Hydrogeologic characteristics of the
                 underlying geologic formations;

              •  Ground and surface water characteristics
                 of the site, including the  abundance,
               Crown Jewel Mine  4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-54
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
   quality, proximity, and beneficial uses of
   ground and surface waters;

•  Methods for placement of the tailings;
   and,

•  Ability to detect liner leaks.

There are a variety of liner types or
combinations of liners that can be used to
contain mine tailings.  The basic components
of a liner system include an overdrain, clay or
synthetic barriers, intermediate drains, and
underdrains. The ability of the liner system
to minimize or prevent  seepage  of tailings
leachate depends not only on the inherent
characteristics of the engineered system, but
also on the hydraulic loading conditions,
quality of construction, and the  underlying
natural geologic material. The principal goal
or objective with regard to tailings deposition
should be to provide protection  to the surface
and ground waters of the area from a release
of hazardous or deleterious substances,  both
on a short- and long-term basis.

The proposed liner system design for the
tailings facility has been revised by the
Proponent since the release of the draft  EIS.
The revised system would be a  multi-layer
engineered liner system incorporating two
synthetic  liners with an overdrain system for
tailings dewatering, a leak detection system,
and an underdrain for intercepting ground and
surface water within the footprint of the
facility. The Proponent's liner system is
shown on Figure 2.9, Proposed Conceptual
Liner System Configuration.

The liner system design proposed by the
Proponent would be considered as the design
on which environmental analysis would be
conducted. The tailings liner system design
must meet the  requirements of the
Washington Metals Mining  and  Milling
Operations Act.

The ultimate design of a tailings disposal
facility would be based on a containment
analysis which would  consider all of the site
specific aspects referred to above.  The
objective of the tailings disposal facility
design is to prevent leakage. Ground and
surface water quality monitoring down
                   gradient of the tailings facility would be
                   required. If leakage is detected from the
                   tailings facility, mitigation measures such as
                   pump-back of ground and/or surface water
                   into the tailings facility or other appropriate
                   measures would be taken to stop or mitigate
                   leakage.

                   Tailings Liner System Considered in Detail

                   •  Proposed multi-layer engineered system

                   Tailings Liner Systems Eliminated From
                   Further Consideration

                   •  None

                   2.2.16  Employee Transportation

                   Employees would commute from various
                   locations (Oroville, Tonasket, Omak,
                   Republic, etc.) to the mine site and back
                   every workday.

                   There are three options for employee
                   transportation:

                   •  Individual Transportation;

                   •  Car Pooling; and

                   •  Company Busing and/or Van Pooling.

                   Individual Transportation

                   This option requires the least effort and cost
                   to the Proponent.  It would put the highest
                   volume of traffic on the affected roads and
                   require the most on-site parking. This option
                   was eliminated from detailed consideration
                   for the operations phase since this amount of
                   traffic would negatively affect public safety,
                   increase wildlife mortality, and decrease the
                   enjoyment/convenience of other Forest
                   visitors.  As a result, the  Proponent has
                   agreed to provide company transportation.
                   The magnitude of these adverse impacts
                   would  vary with the access route being used.
                   Employees would be  discouraged from driving
                   personal vehicles to the mine site.
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-55
Car Pooling

Under this option, employees would be
encouraged to car pool to the Crown Jewel
Project. Employees would be free to choose
how they commute, but the Proponent would
offer incentives for carpooling.  This option
has been considered for the construction
phase of the Crown Jewel Project but would
be difficult to enforce, particularly if the
program is voluntary.  Although traffic loads
may be reduced over individual
transportation, this option was eliminated
from further consideration for the operations
phase for similar reasons to individual
transportation.  There would still be effects
on public safety, wildlife, and the enjoyment
and convenience of other Forest visitors.

Company Busing and/or Van Pooling

Busing/van pooling would be provided and
encouraged as primary transportation to the
Crown Jewel Project from locations in or near
Oroville; however, due to management
responsibilities and potential emergency
situations, a limited number of employees
would use individual vehicles and/or car pool
to the Crown Jewel Project site.  This option
would be the most costly and time
consuming to manage for the Proponent, but
would result in the lowest level of employee
traffic.

From Chesaw to the mine site there are two
likely routes that could be followed. These
are:

•  Chesaw and South Route; and,

•  Chesaw and North Route.

Chesaw and South Route

This option would involve the primary
transportation of employees by bus/van from
Oroville.  Bus traffic would be on  County
Road 9480 through  Chesaw to County Road
4895, east on County Road 4895, then north
to the mine site on Forest Road 3575-120.
The location of this route is illustrated on
Figure 2.10, Employee Transport Routes.
              Chesaw and North Route

              This option would involve the primary
              transportation of employees by bus/van from
              Oroville.  Bus traffic would be on County
              Road 9480 to Chesaw, north on County Road
              4883, east on Forest Road 3575, then south
              to the mine site on either Forest Road 3575-
              100 or 150. The location of this route is
              illustrated on Figure  2.10, Employee
              Transport Routes.

              The roads to the north of Chesaw are
              unpaved, less traveled and less frequently
              maintained than the  roads on the south.
              More upgrade and maintenance would be
              required if this route was selected for
              employee traffic.  This option was eliminated
              from further consideration since the southern
              route would require maintaining only one
              route instead of two. The northern route is
              steeper and would be less safe to use; and
              there would be reduced environmental
              impacts on deer winter range from
              disturbance with the use of one access route
              for both supply and employee transportation.

              Employee Transport Options Considered  in
              Detail

              •  Company Busing and/or Van Pooling

              •  Chesaw and  South Route

              •  Car Pooling - Construction Phase

              Employee Transport  Options Eliminated From
              Further Consideration

              •  Individual Transportation

              •  Car Pooling - Operation  Phase

              •  Chesaw and  North Route

              2.2.17   Supply Transportation

              Operational materials, consisting of fuel,
              chemical  reagents, and explosives would be
              delivered, at least weekly,  to the site.  These
              materials  would  be shipped by truck from
              remote sources (Spokane,  Seattle or beyond)
              and, where  possible, from  the Okanogan
              Valley.  At peak production, approximately
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-56
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
27 weekly trips for bulk materials would be
expected.  The high use supplies would have
on-site storage capacity of approximately 42
days.

Listed in Table 2.4, Materials and Supplies.
are the major consumable items that would
be required during operation of the Crown
Jewel Project, as planned for the proposed
action. This list will be similar for all of the
action alternatives, until the start of
reclamation, except Alternative F which
would require about half as many supplies  per
year due to reduced production and
Alternative G which would use different
chemicals  since it proposes to use a different
milling process. Table 2.5, Consumables
Estimate - Underground Mining, lists the
major consumable items that would be
required during the operation of the Crown
Jewel Project, as planned for Alternative C.
                  Three supply transport access route options
                  were considered.  These optional routes are:

                  •  Wauconda to Site;

                  •  Oroville to Chesaw to Site; and,

                  •  Tonasket to Chesaw to Site.

                  Wauconda to Site

                  This is the supply access route used in the
                  proposed action.  Under this option,
                  shipments of operating supplies would be
                  routed through Wauconda via existing year-
                  round State Highway 20.  From Wauconda,
                  trucks would be routed north approximately
                  12 miles on County Road 9495 (Toroda
                  Creek Road) to County Road 9480 (Oroville -
                  Toroda Creek Road), then continue
                  approximately 16.2 miles over County Road
TABLE 2.4, MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES
Consumables
Grinding
Steel Balls
Leaching
Sodium Cyanide
Cement
Flocculent
Lead Nitrate
Oxygen
Recovery
Activated Carbon
Hydrochloric Acid
Caustic
Antiscalant
Steel Wool
Refinery
Silica Sand
Anhydrous Borax
Soda Ash
Sodium Nitrate
Cyanide Destruct4
Sulfur Dioxide
Copper Sulfate
Lime
Oxygen
Blasting
Ammonium Nitrate3
General
Fuel3
Miscellaneous
Totals
Daily Use
(tons)
6.38
4.69
18.75
0.19
0.47
5.0
0.30
0.60
0.57
0.09
0.01
0.02
0.05
0.02
0.01
4.23
0.15
3.15
7.0
8.75
3,300 gal

Annual Use
(tons)
2,327
1,711
6,844
68
171
1,825
110
220
207
34
0.30
8
16
8
3
1,543
53
1,149
2,555
3,194
1,204,500 gal

Physical
Form
solid
solid briquettes
powder
liquid
powder
liquified gas
granules
liquid
liquid
liquid
solid
solid
solid
solid
solid
liquid
solid
powder
liquid
granules
liquid

Truck Shipments1
Weekly
2.3
1.7
6.6
0.1
0.2
1.8
0.1
0.2
0.2

1.5
0.1
1.1
2.5
3.1
4.8
27.2
Yearly2
117
86
343
4
9
92
6
11
11
2
1
These
materials
combined
would require
only two truck
loads per year
78
3
58
128
160
240
48
1,399
Notes: Daily use based on 3,000 tons of ore per day.
1 . Number of truck shipments based on an average payload of 20 tons.
2. Based on an average production rate of usage requirements for 365 days per year.
3. Based on 33,000 tons/day (ore and waste).
4. Design amount is based on conservative cyanide use estimates. The amount is based on bench tests and
projected mill usage. Actual chemical use may be less.
               Crown Jewel Mine  + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-57
TABLE 2.5. CONSUMABLES ESTIMATE - UNDERGROUND MINING
Consumables
Grinding
Steel Balls
Leaching
Sodium Cyanide
Cement
Flocculent
Lead Nitrate
Oxygen
Recovery
Activated Carbon
Hydrochloric Acid
Caustic
Antiscalant
Steel Wool
Refinery
Silica Sand
Anhydrous Borax
Soda Ash
Sodium Nitrate
Cyanide Destruct
Sulfur Dioxide
Copper Sulfate
Lime
Oxygen
Blasting
Ammonium Nitrate'
General
Fuel'
Miscellaneous
Totals
Daily Use
(tons)
6.38
4.69
18.75
0.19
0.47
5.0
0.30
0.60
0.57
0.09
0.01
0.02
0.05
0.02
0.01
4.23
0.15
3.15
7.0
3.0
330 gal

Annual Use
(tons)
2,327
1,711
6,844
68
171
1,825
110
220
207
34
0.30
8
16
8
3
1,543
53
1,149
2,555
1,095
1 20,500 gal

Physical
Form
solid
solid briquettes
powder
liquid
powder
liquified gas
granules
liquid
liquid
liquid
solid
solid
solid
solid
solid
liquid
solid
powder
liquified gas
granules
liquid

Truck Shipments1
Weekly
2.3
1.7
6.8
0.1
0.2
1.8
0.1
0.2
0.2

1.5
0.1
1.1
3
1.1
0.5
2
22.7
Yearly2
117
86
343
4
9
92
6
11
11
2
1
These materials
combined would
require only two
truck loads per
year
78
3
58
128
55
24
100
1,130
Note: Daily use based on 3,000 tons of ore per day.
1 . Number of truck shipments based on maximum payload of 20 tons.
2. Based on usage requirements for 365 days per year.
9480, County Road 4895 and Forest Road
3575-1 20 to the mine site. Trucks carrying
cyanide, fuel, certain chemical reagents, and
explosives would be accompanied by pilot
vehicles from the junction of County Road
9480 and 9495 to the mine site.

Based on current road conditions, this route
has been indicated by Okanogan County as
the best available supply route.

Oroville to Chesaw to Site

Under this option, shipments of operating
supplies would be routed to Oroville via
existing year-round State Highway 97.  From
Oroville, trucks would  be routed east
approximately 25 miles on County Road
9480 to County Road 4895 and Forest Road
3575-120 to the site.  Trucks  would pass
through the community of Chesaw.  Trucks
carrying cyanide, fuel, certain chemical
              reagents, and explosives would be
              accompanied by pilot vehicles through
              Chesaw to the mine site. County Road 9480
              is poorly constructed and has long steep
              grades between Oroville and Chesaw.
              Sections of County Road 9480 (Molson
              Grade) would require major upgrade to handle
              regular heavy truck traffic.

              Tonasket to Chesaw to Site

              Under this option, shipments of operating
              supplies would be routed to Tonasket via
              existing year round State Highway 20 and
              97. From Tonasket, trucks would be routed
              northeast for approximately 22 miles on
              County Road 9467, which would include
              passing through the community of Havillah.
              Trucks would join County Road 9480 (several
              miles west of Hee Hee Rock) and proceed
              through Chesaw to the mine site  via County
              Road 4895 and Forest Road 3575-120.
               Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-58
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
The disadvantages of this route include the
length of travel on county maintained roads
and the need for trucks to pass through the
communities of both Havillah and Chesaw
and past Sitzmark Ski Area with its
associated traffic congestion.  These roads
have long steep grades, are poorly
constructed with inadequate base and would
not stand-up to regular heavy truck haul
especially during the spring break-up. There
is no real advantage for using this route and
several disadvantages; therefore, it was
eliminated from further consideration.

Supply Transport Options Considered in
Detail

•  Wauconda to Site

•  Oroville to Chesaw to Site
Supply Transport Option Eliminated From
Further Consideration

•  Tonasket to Chesaw to Site

2.2.18  Water Use

Water management is  a key component of
the Crown Jewel Project.

The majority use of water at the Crown
Jewel Project would be for milling/ore
processing purposes and dust control/
suppression.  Other uses would be for
potable use and fire protection.

Water would be needed for construction,
operation, and reclamation activities, and
could be needed for replacing reduced or
eliminated flows in surface drainages and
wetlands.  Water use for each alternative is
set forth in Table 2.6, Estimated Water Usage
Requirements.

Approximately one-third of the water use
would be for dust suppression (mainly on
haul roads and at excavation and dumping
sites).
                  Water volumes used for mine road dust
                  suppression could be reduced with the use of
                  dust control chemicals.  Depending on
                  location or use, various dust control
                  chemicals could be considered, including
                  calcium or sodium lignosulfonate, Road-Oyl,
                  Dust-Lock, Cohere,  a combination of Road
                  King and PureWet, Soil Cement, and DO-4 (or
                  the appropriate product for the road surface).
                  When applied properly and maintained, these
                  products would be capable of providing dust
                  control and lessening the amount of water to
                  be used at the operation.

                  The Crown Jewel Project ore processing
                  facility must be operated as a closed circuit
                  facility according to federal regulation (40
                  CFR Part 440, Subpart J). Process water
                  would be  recycled within the process system
                  rather than allowed  to discharge  into the
                  environment.  For example, water from the
                  tailings facility would not be used for dust
                  suppression. Initially, water would be added
                  to the ore in the grinding process. Following
                  grinding and thickening, the  ore would be
                  pumped as a slurry  through a series of
                  leaching tanks. Once the gold is extracted
                  from  the ore, water would be necessary to
                  pump the tailings to the tailings disposal area.

                  The ore processing  facility would be operated
                  in three stages:

                  •  Mill start-up (charging the system);

                  •  Normal operation; and,

                  •  Mill close-down.

                  When the mill is started up,  there would be
                  no water  in the circuit; therefore, the most
                  fresh water would be used during the first
                  several  months of operation. There would be
                  very  little water within the tailings
                  impoundment during mill start up.  At
                  present, the plan is to pump tailings, in a
                  slurry, at  45% to 50% solids to the tailings
                  disposal facility.

                  Approximately a year after start-up, the
                  Crown Jewel  Project mill would attain
                  operation status. At this time, the mill fresh
                  water makeup needs would  stabilize.  More
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
1
Sr
5'
(6
i
                         3.
                         4.
                         5.
                                                              TABLE 2.6, ESTIMATED WATER USAGE REQUIREMENTS1
Alternative
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Construction
(gpm)
0
50- 60
25- 30
50 - 60
50- 60
50 - 60
50- 60
Start-Up
Mine2
(gpm)3
0
112*
60- 90
80- 100
100- 120
80 - 1 00
125-150
Mill
(gpm)
0
268"
2684
268*
2684
1 00 - 200
500 - 1 ,000
Domestic
(gpm)
0
144
15-20
15-20
15
10- 15
15
Normal Operations
Mine2
(gpm)
0
1124
60-90
80 - 100
100- 200
80 - 100
1 25 - 1 50
Mill
(gpm)
0
2911
2914
2914
291"
100- 200
500 - 1 ,000
Domestic
(gpm)
0
15
15-20
15-20
15
10- 15
15
Reclamation
(gpm)
0
50- 60
25- 30
50- 60
50- 60
80- 100
50 - 60
Notes: 1 . Except as noted in (2), water usage requirements estimated by TerraMatrix Inc. The water usage requirements in this table do nc
Estimated Total
Water Usage for
Life-of-Mine6
(acre-feet)
0
5,517 - 5,549°
2,502 - 2,647
3,860-4,134
5,363 - 5,654
7,049 - 10,807
8 420 - 1 5 227
>t include any
                                                                         .
This water usage estimate assumes no chemical dust suppression methods are initiated at the Crown Jewel Project; simply, the estimate in this
table assumes that road dust suppression would be taken care of solely through the application of water. Water volumes used for mine road dust
suppression  could be reduced with the use of dust control chemicals.  Depending on location or use, various dust control chemicals  could be
considered, including calcium or sodium lignosulfonate, Road-Oyl, Dust-Lock, Coheres, a combination of Road  King and PureWet, Soil Cement, and
DO-4 (or the appropriate product for the road surface). When applied properly and maintained, these products would be capable of providing dust
control and lessening the amount of water to be used at the operation.
gpm means gallons per minute.
Estimated Water Usage from the Proponent.
To calculate acre feet for life of mine first calculate acre-fee/year usage for each phase (e.g., gpm x 8.0208 = cu ft/hr) then; (cu ft/hr)  + (43,560
sq ft/acre) x (24 hr/day) x (365 days/year) = acre ft/year. Total Life of Mine Acre-Feet = Construction phase usage x years of construction +
start-up phase usage x years of start-up + normal operations phase usage x years of operation + reclamation phase usage x years of reclamation
and pit filling.
If water is pumped from the Starrem Reservoir to aid in filling the mine pit, an additional estimated 2,768 acre-feet of water would be needed for
the pit lake water to reach  the 4,850 foot elevation. This pit filling would be accomplished by pumping 330 gallons per minute of water from
Starrem Reservoir for 5.2 years.

Alternative
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Estimated Years of Activity
Construction
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
Start-up
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
Normal
Operations
0
7
3
5
7
15
7
Reclamation
0
1
1
1
1
16
1
                                                                                                                                                I
                                                                                                                                                                                 
-------
Page 2-60
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
than half of the total water used in the
process would be continuously recycled
within the mill facility.  However, due to
evaporation and the retention of water within
the tailings, fresh water makeup would still
be needed in the process to maintain the
milling process.

Once sufficient  water volume is attained in
the tailings disposal facility, water would be
returned from the facility area back to the
mill. Although there would always be minor
water losses in  the system such as seasonal
evaporation loss from the facility, fresh water
makeup should  stabilize.  During the tailings
water recycling  phase, seasonal precipitation
would play a role  in determining the amount
of water recycled to the mill.

All ponded water  in the tailings facility would
be removed prior to reclamation of the
tailings impoundment.  As the mill
approaches cessation of operations, more
water would be drawn from the tailings
impoundment and less fresh  water would be
added to the system to reduce the size of the
pond on the tailings impoundment. Any
excess water remaining in the tailings facility
at cessation of operations would be allowed
to evaporate or  would be  made to evaporate
through the use of a sprinkler system.

Water would be necessary for potable use at
the site.  Potable  water would be used at the
mine office, mill and service complex.
Drinking water would likely come from an off-
site source.  Other potable water would come
from an on-site  source.

Capacity must be available in the total
system  for adequate water storage in the
case of  a fire.  The Proponent plans to
construct and maintain two water storage
tanks on-site. Approximately 100,000 or
more gallons of water in the  main water tank
would be dedicated for fire suppression
purposes.

Water at the Crown Jewel Project must be
managed according to its origin, chemical
constituency and  potential use.  Water would
be handled separately for the following:

•  Mining;
                  • Milling and Tailings Disposal; and,

                  • Surface Diversions.

                  Any water encountered during mining
                  activities (e.g. excess water from pit
                  dewatering) would be characterized and
                  pumped to surface detention ponds or used
                  as mill make-up water via the tailings disposal
                  supernate pool.  Any water released from
                  detention ponds must meet the standards of
                  a National Pollutant Discharge  Elimination
                  System (NPDES) Permit.  The Proponent has
                  applied for this permit from the WADOE
                  (BMGC, 1996g).  Settled material (sediment)
                  would be periodically removed from the
                  ponds, characterized,  and placed in the
                  tailings pond, waste rock disposal area, or
                  other appropriate locations.

                  The  Proponent would operate the tailings
                  disposal facility and associated water as a
                  closed-circuit facility as required by federal
                  regulations.  Surface runoff associated  with
                  the mill facilities (roof runoff, parking lots,
                  etc.) would be routed into detention facilities.

                  Runoff from undisturbed areas above the mill
                  facilities and tailings impoundment would be
                  collected by diversion ditches and routed
                  around the area affected by tailings and mill
                  facilities.  Runoff from these areas  above the
                  facilities would be directed back into Marias
                  Creek or Nicholson Creek below disturbed
                  areas.

                  2.2.19  Water Supply

                  The  Crown Jewel Project would require
                  industrial water for construction, ore
                  processing at the mill,  dust suppression,
                  general utility uses, reclamation and fire-
                  fighting reserves. Because of the relatively
                  remote location of the  operation, a water
                  supply system must be developed for the
                  operation of the Crown Jewel  Project.

                  The  Proponent has estimated maximum water
                  requirements for the Crown Jewel  Project and
                  filed applications to the WADOE to obtain use
                  of approximately 675 acre-feet per year for
                  industrial purposes, dust suppression,
                  domestic use, and closure for a period  of
                  eight to ten years.  Water demand  would
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-61
vary during the year, with peak demand being
highest during summer months,  when dust
suppression requirements and evaporation are
greatest. This projected annual  maximum
water requirement would be extended for
another estimated 5.2 years after the
conclusion of mining operations  to provide for
filling the post-mining pit lake. Start-up
water needs for construction are estimated to
be approximately 81.5 acre-feet.

Water rights permits from the WADOE would
be required for each use. The water supply
system must be operated so as not to impair
senior water rights or in-stream  values.  In
assessing the issuance of water rights
permits, WADOE would consider instream
flows, seasonal limitations,  basin/stream
closures, and protection of senior rights. In
the event that a water supply system would
require conveyance  infrastructure in both the
U.S. and Canada; issuance of both  U.S.
water rights permits and Canadian water
licenses may be involved. There is  presently
no international agreement governing cross-
boundary water transportation; such an
agreement would  require U.S. Congressional
action.  Further, in June 1995, the  British
Columbia provincial  legislature enacted the
Water Protection Act, which prohibits the
removal of water from British Columbia
except in packaged  containers smaller than
20 liters. Thus, diversion of water  from the
Kettle River in Canada is not legally
practicable.

The evaluation for a water supply system for
the Crown Jewel Project considered the
following design criteria and logistical
considerations:

•  Capability of supplying 675 acre-feet of
   water per year; and

•  Environmental  effects (instream  flows,
   diversion point disturbance, and
   conveyance infrastructure).

All possible water sources within the locale
of the Crown Jewel Project  were
investigated.  These include:

•  Ground water on Buckhorn Mountain;
              •  Ground water from Myers Creek drainage;

              •  Surface water at the mine site;

              •  Surface water from Toroda Creek;

              •  Surface water from Myers Creek;

              •  Surface water from the Kettle River;

              •  Existing lakes and reservoirs; and,

              •  Combination of surface water and ground
                 water.

              Ground Water on Buckhorn Mountain

              If technically feasible, the preferred water
              source would be ground water at the mine
              site.  Because of the area's topography, all
              other sources of water would require long
              pipelines, storage facilities,  and other features
              which increase capital requirements,
              operating complexity, and the potential for
              environmental impacts.  However,
              geohydrological testing indicates that ground
              water near the  summit of Buckhorn Mountain
              is limited by the small recharge area and
              bedrock that generally has a low effective
              porosity.  Wells completed in bedrock near
              the proposed mine would be expected to
              produce long-term yields between 5 and 15
              gallons  per minute (gpm).  Although such
              yields are not sufficient to satisfy the overall
              water demands of the Crown Jewel Project,
              several  wells completed at the mine site
              could satisfy construction requirements and
              domestic water needs.

              Ground Water From Myers Creek Drainage

              Usable quantities of ground water were
              identified in the Myers Creek drainage, and
              several  test wells were completed in an
              alluvial fan near the lower reaches of  Bolster
              Creek.  Pump tests show that the aquifer is
              capable of producing 200 gpm to 500 gpm
              on a short-term basis, but the aquifer would
              probably not be capable of withstanding
              continuous pumping.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-62
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
Surface Water at the Mine Site

Little surface water is available at the mine
site, as there is a relatively small drainage
area to contribute surface water runoff.

Surface Water From Toroda Creek

The Washington Department of Fish and
Wildlife (WADFW) has recommended closure
of Toroda Creek to further appropriations,
although seasonal diversions may be allowed
during  snowmelt.  Water diverted seasonally
from Toroda Creek could be stored in a
reservoir and pumped to the  mine site for use
throughout the year.  Diversions may also be
possible through purchase of senior water
rights.  Approximately seven miles  of water
transmission pipeline with a pumping capacity
of approximately 1,000 gpm would be
required to deliver water from Toroda Creek
to the mine site. Such delivery would
probably be made through a  pipeline in the
Marias Creek or Nicholson Creek drainages.

Surface Water From Myers Creek

Diversions from Myers Creek could be made
through purchase and transfer of senior water
rights on Myers or Mary Ann Creeks, or junior
water rights that could be exercised during
high flow periods.  A reservoir would be
required to store water for use throughout
the year.  A transmission pipeline with a
pumping capacity of approximately 1,000
gpm would be required to deliver water from
Myers  Creek to the mine site.

Surface Water From Kettle River

Several thousand  gallons per minute could
potentially be pumped from the Kettle River
on a continuous basis; however, it  is unlikely
that the Proponent would get the necessary
U.S. water right permits or Canadian water
licenses to divert water on a 24-hour, year-
round basis since the Kettle River is already
below  desired  summer time flows.  As such,
a reservoir would still be required to store
water for use throughout the year.  A long
pipeline would be needed to  deliver water to
the mine site.  The closest potential diversion
point is in Canada, and would require a
pipeline approximately 8.5 miles long.
                   Permitting such a diversion would not be
                   feasible as previously discussed. The closest
                   diversion point in the U.S. would require a
                   transmission pipeline approximately 13 miles
                   long. Because of the high costs, the
                   potential for surface disturbance associated
                   with such a pipeline, and the remaining
                   necessity for a water-storage reservoir, the
                   Kettle River is not a practicable source of
                   water for the Crown Jewel Project.  Because
                   it is unlikely that a suitable upland location
                   for a  reservoir could be located, this option
                   would not result in any reduction to impacts
                   to the aquatic environment.

                   Existing Lakes and Reservoirs

                   All existing lakes  and reservoirs of significant
                   size are located at least five miles from the
                   Crown Jewel Project site.  Such U. S. lakes
                   and reservoirs located within an approximate
                   ten mile radius of the Crown Jewel site
                   include Beaver Lake, Beth Lake, Lost Lake,
                   Bonaparte Lake, Strawberry Lake, Muskrat
                   Lake, Fields Lake, Teal Lake, Kerwin Lake,
                   Molson Lake, and Sidley Reservoir.
                   Withdrawal  of the quantity of water at the
                   time required for Crown Jewel  Project
                   operations would likely result in impacts to
                   aquatic resources and wildlife habitats
                   through lowering of water levels and
                   elevation of water temperatures. These
                   existing reservoirs and lakes are utilized for
                   recreational and irrigation purposes.  Long
                   pipelines would be needed  to deliver water to
                   the mine site.  Permitting such  a pipeline and
                   acquiring easements necessary for such a
                   pipeline would certainly be complex.

                   Combination of Surface Water and Ground
                   Water

                   Based upon the water supply needs of the
                   Crown Jewel Project and water availability,
                   the Proponent proposes to use a water supply
                   system that would rely upon the utilization of
                   a combination of new and existing surface
                   and ground water sources within the Myers
                   Creek and Toroda Creek watersheds.  Water
                   from the Myers Creek watershed would be
                   stored in a reservoir because of the seasonal
                   availability of water (see Section 2.2.20,
                   Water Storage). The tailings disposal facility
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-63
could also provide surge capacity by storing
and recycling water at the mine site.

The Proponent has proposed a system that
includes:

•  Utilization of existing surface and ground
   water irrigation water rights during the
   irrigation season;

•  The diversion of  water under new rights
   from Myers Creek and Starrem Creek
   subject to instream flows on Myers Creek
   being met; and,

•  Utilization of water collected at the mine
   facilities on Buckhorn Mountain.

The Proponent has stated that water
conservation and use efficiencies would be
incorporated into the design and operation of
the Crown Jewel Project.

In simple summary form, the Proponent has
proposed that water would be diverted from
the following sources to fill the Starrem
Reservoir:

•  Runoff from Starrem Creek watershed
   above the proposed reservoir;

•  Diversion of surface water from Myers
   Creek based upon a transfer of existing
   surface water rights (Leslie Ranch
   diversion from Mary Ann and Myers
   Creeks) and new rights when flows meet
   or exceed base flows established by
   WADOE during permitting; and,

•  Ground water from the Lost Creek Well
   based upon a transfer of an existing  right.

The Proponent proposes to collect and use
water from the following mine sources:

•  Sumps and a well to remove and use
   water from the open pit;

•  Domestic ground water well for the
   purposes associated with the office,
   shops, and other facilities; and,

•  Precipitation and runoff incidental to  the
   tailings disposal facility.
              Details on the water right applications and
              change applications for the Myers Creek and
              Toroda Creek watersheds are set forth in the
              following.

              Myers Creek Water Right Applications and
              Change Applications.  The Proponent has
              proposed to construct and utilize a water
              storage reservoir in Starrem Creek, west of
              Myers Creek in Section 3, Township 40
              North, Range 30 East, as shown on Figure
              2.11, Water Supply Plan. As proposed by
              the Proponent, the reservoir would impound
              water covering an area of 29 acres and store
              580 acre-feet of water; the dam for the
              Proponent's reservoir would be an earthen
              structure 62 feet high with a crest width of
              20 feet.  Because the soils underlying the
              reservoir site are relatively permeable sands
              and gravels, the Proponent plans to line the
              reservoir with 40 mil  HOPE geomembrane to
              minimize leakage.  Evaporation from  the
              reservoir at maximum storage levels  is
              estimated at 28 inches per year, or a
              maximum annual evaporative loss of about
              68 acre-feet.

              Water from the reservoir would be pumped
              on demand to a main head tank  at the mine
              site through a buried pipeline with a
              maximum capacity of 800 gpm.   A pump
              station (a building to house the pumps) would
              be constructed adjacent to the Starrem
              Reservoir. Water would be retrieved from the
              reservoir, routed to the pump station, and
              pumped through a  pipeline buried within the
              roadbed of Forest Road 3575 (Gold
              Creek/Nicholson Creek Road), then along the
              side slopes of the Gold Creek drainage to the
              head tank at the proposed mine  site. The
              location of the pump station, the buried
              pipeline, and the head tank are shown on
              Figure  2.11, Water Supply Plan.  It should be
              noted that a power line from the mill would
              also be buried with the water supply pipeline
              to supply electricity to run the pumps and
              other associated facilities located at or near
              the Starrem Reservoir.

              The Proponent has submitted applications to
              the WADOE to change seven existing surface
              water rights in Mary Ann Creek and allow
              this water to flow downstream approximately
              3.5 miles to the proposed diversion on  Myers
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-64
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
Creek. These Mary Ann Creek rights are
presently being  used to irrigate 46 acres.
Transferring the point of diversion
downstream would result in additional water
in the reach between the two diversions
during times when water would be used for
irrigation.  In past years, these rights have
been regulated in favor of a senior water
right,  usually in late July and August. Water
diverted under these rights would be pumped
into Starrem Reservoir during the irrigation
season.

Another of the Proponent's water right
applications requests to change a ground
water certificate presently being used for
irrigation to industrial,  mining, and d"St
control purposes.  The  location of this ground
water source, known as the  Lost Creek Well,
is shown on Figure 2.11, Water Supply Plan.
This existing certificate authorizes the
seasonal use of 400 gpm, or approximately
156 acre-feet per year, for the irrigation of
120 acres; this  certificate has a priority date
of 1974.  This right is also subject to
regulation in favor of senior surface water
rights. The water withdrawn under this right
would be pumped via a buried pipeline to the
Starrem Reservoir during the irrigation
season. This pipeline would be buried in the
roadbed crossing  Myers Creek, then north in
the roadbed of County  Road 4883, east a
short distance under Forest Service Road
3575 (Gold Creek/Nicholson Creek Road),
then north on the west side of Myers Creek
to the Starrem Reservoir.

Applications for new water rights have also
been submitted by the  Proponent for water
from both Myers Creek and Starrem Creek.
The application from Myers Creek requests
six cubic feet per second (cfs) of water to be
withdrawn from Myers Creek during the
spring runoff period known as spring freshet.
This water would be stored in the Starrem
Reservoir  until needed at the mine site.

All authorizations for new water rights along
Myers Creek would be  subject to in-stream
flows on Myers Creek recommended through
the Instream Flow Incremental Methodology
(IFIM) process (see Section 3.12.10, Instream
Flow  Incremental  Methodology (IFIM), and
                  Section 4.11.7, Instream Flow Incremental
                  Methodology (IFIM)).

                  The Proponent has applied for diversion of up
                  to 20 cfs from Starrem Creek since the
                  Starrem Reservoir embankment would block
                  surface water runoff in the Starrem Creek
                  drainage catchment area from reaching Myers
                  Creek. The Proponent has filed for this water
                  quantity based on projected runoff from a
                  major storm event.  This quantity of water
                  does not reflect the normal water flow in
                  Starrem Creek. Again, during Crown Jewel
                  Project construction, operations, and
                  reclamation (including filling of the post-
                  mining pit),  Starrem Creek runoff water
                  would be impounded by Starrem Reservoir
                  until needed at the mine.  When the water is
                  no longer needed for pit filling and other
                  reclamation activities, the Starrem Reservoir
                  would be removed and the site  of the
                  reservoir reclaimed by the Proponent.

                  All authorizations for change  issued by
                  WADOE on Myers  Creek, its tributaries, and
                  other sources would make a determination of
                  the extent and historical use of the water
                  rights to be changed. Authorizations would
                  be limited to water beneficially consumptively
                  used under existing rights.  No  adverse
                  impacts to Myers Creek or impairment to
                  existing water rights would be allowed by
                  WADOE as a result of any change
                  authorization.

                  Toroda Creek Water Right Applications.  The
                  tailings disposal facility as proposed by the
                  Proponent would be located entirely in the
                  Marias Creek drainage, which is tributary to
                  Toroda Creek and would cover  approximately
                  101 acres between two impounding dams.
                  Water would pool above settled tailings
                  material or migrate to the overdrain system.
                  Water would then be recycled to the mill
                  from ponded surface water and via a liner
                  overdrain system that would  be designed to
                  foster the consolidation of the tailings
                  material through the operational process
                  known as thin-layer deposition  (see Section
                  2.2.12, Tailings Disposal).  The tailings
                  facility would be operated to  minimize
                  ponding of water which would  minimize
                  evaporation from the pond of water that
                  would form at the  northern end of the facility.
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-65
 Sufficient water volume would be maintained
 for barge pump operation.

 The tailings disposal facility would also be
 able to store and recycle some water pumped
 from the Starrem Reservoir, water routed to
 the tailings facility from the mine pit
 dewatering system or diversion/collection
 system, or water from runoff in the tailings
 facility disposal area. As explained in Section
 2.2.18, Water  Use, the tailings disposal
 facility would be an integral part of the water
 balance management for the Crown Jewel
 Project. To be conservative and account for
 potential seasonal variations,  the Proponent
 has submitted to WADOE a reservoir
 application for  the tailings disposal facility
 that requests maximum water storage of 360
 acre-feet.

 With Application No. G4-31611, the
 Proponent has  requested up to 400 gpm, or
 approximately 240 acre-feet per  year of
 water  from the mine pit sump and  in-pit
 ditches. The request was submitted to the
 WADOE as a ground water application; but,
 for a short time early in the life of the  mine,
 this water would  be intercepted surface
 water  runoff.  After the mine  pit  intersects
 the ground water table, the water would be
 considered ground water, and the application
 was submitted  as such by the Proponent.
 Water  from the mine pit sumps and in-pit
 ditches would be pumped or routed to the
 tailings facility reservoir for storage and use.
 Water  of suitable quality from the mine pit
 sump and in-pit ditches which is  not needed
 for make-up water purposes for the mill could
 be released to the surface through  approved
 permits.

 With Application No. G4-31612,  the
 Proponent has requested up to 100 gpm, or
 approximately 50 acre-feet per year of water,
 that could be intercepted by an underdrain
 system that would be installed underneath
 the lined tailings disposal facility.  Originally,
 prior to the recent decision by the Proponent
 to install a double synthetic liner  system with
 leak detection, water from the underdrain
 was proposed to be collected  in a lined
 collection pond  or tank system that would be
constructed in Marias Creek down-gradient of
the tailings facility.  The original plan was to
              collect this water and pump it back to the mill
              for make-up water or to the tailings facility
              reservoir for storage.  With the decision to
              install a double synthetic liner system for the
              tailings facility, current plans by the
              Proponent are not to retain this underflow
              water but to allow it to flow down Marias
              Creek. However, with their proposal, the
              option would be available to route this water
              into the collection pond for mill make-up
              water.

              The Plan of Operations would include one
              dewatering well, which would be located
              within the actual confines of the north pit
              area.  The well would be installed  and used
              during construction, then idle until late in the
              operation of the mine pit. The Proponent
              has filed  an application with the WADOE
              requesting 50  gpm from this dewatering
              water and proposed this water to be released
              or to be used for general purposes at the
              mine, such as  dust control, or pumped to the
              tailings disposal facility for storage and use in
              the mill as make-up water.

              The Proponent has also filed an application
              with the WADOE to use up to 25 gpm from a
              well installed near the mill facility for
              domestic, non-potable water.  Bottled
              domestic drinking water may be supplied to
              the Crown Jewel  Project from an off-site
              source.

              Water Supply Options Considered in Detail

              •  Combination of surface water and ground
                 water

              Water Supply Options Eliminated From
              Further Consideration

              •  Ground water on Buckhorn Mountain

              •  Ground water from Myers Creek drainage

              •  Surface water at the mine site

              •  Surface water from Myers Creek

              •  Surface water from the Kettle River

              •  Existing lakes and reservoirs
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-66
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
2.2.20  Water Storage

The Proponent has proposed a water storage
reservoir to store water to provided sufficient
water for operations during periods when no
diversions are taking place and for limited
drought periods. Given the water supply
discussion in Section 2.2.19, Water Supply,
there appears to be no practical alternative to
a water storage reservoir; therefore, this
section examines potential sites for the
purpose of storing  water for the Crown Jewel
Project.

For the purpose of storing water for the
Crown Jewel Project,  all  potential sites in the
locale of the Crown Jewel Project were
investigated. Potential sites were identified
by a review  of USGS topographic maps and
were initially selected  on the basis of
sufficient on/off stream storage of at least
500 acre-feet of water. Technical
considerations for siting included the
proximity to water sources and the Crown
Jewel  Project site, storage capacity, and
suitability of the local  geology for reservoir
construction and operation.  Environmental
concerns focused on the presence of
wetlands and the potential impacts to the
aquatic environment.

The following eight potential water storage
sites (including using the tailings disposal
facility as a  water storage reservoir) were
identified:

•  Site 1 - Starrem Reservoir;

•  Site 2 - County Road 9480;

•  Site 3 - County Road 4887;

•  Site 4 - Strawberry Lake;

*  Site 5 - Forest Land Reservoir;

•  Site 6 - Lower Myers Creek;

•  Site 7 - Upper Myers Creek; and,

•  Site 8 - Tailings Impoundment Reservoir.
                   The location of these potential water storage
                   sites are shown on Figure 2.12, Water
                   Storage Reservoir Locations.

                   The final design and construction of any
                   reservoir would be subject to the regulations
                   of the Dam Safety Division of the WADOE.
                   Requirements related to seismic events and
                   other considerations must be met by the
                   proposed design.  In addition, the water
                   storage reservoir must be designed and
                   constructed to have an emergency spillway
                   and/or sufficient freeboard to ensure that
                   rainfall events are safely retained or passed
                   and do not threaten the integrity of the
                   structure.

                   Site 1 - Starrem Reservoir

                   Site 1 is located in  Section 3, Township 40
                   North, Range  30 East. Located at the
                   southern end  of the Starrem Creek drainage,
                   the topography of this site forms a natural
                   basin. The basin slopes to the south and
                   could provide approximately 580 acre-feet of
                   storage. The Proponent conducted
                   geophysical and geotechnical investigations
                   of this site that indicate the construction of  a
                   reservoir facility is technically feasible,
                   although the presence of permeable outwash
                   deposits near the surface indicates the need
                   for an engineered liner to eliminate excessive
                   reservoir leakage. To supply this facility,  it is
                   proposed to withdraw water  directly from
                   Myers Creek, divert from Starrem Creek and
                   use piped  water from private wells.

                   Any facilities  constructed at this site would
                   impact approximately 0.57 acre of wetlands
                   within the reservoir footprint. An additional
                   temporary impact to  0.08 acre of wetland
                   immediately adjacent to  Myers Creek would
                   be needed to withdraw water from Myers
                   Creek.  A  water delivery pipeline from this
                   reservoir would be routed to the mine site to
                   avoid impacts to wetlands identified along the
                   Gold Creek drainage.  The pipeline would be
                   approximately 24,000 feet long and have a
                   maximum elevation difference of 2,367 feet.
                   The reservoir, topsoil stockpile and water
                   supply pipeline/pumphouse total about 49
                   acres.
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-67
The Starrem Reservoir site is the one
proposed by the Proponent for use on the
Crown Jewel Project.

Site 2 - County Road 9480 Reservoir

Site 2 is located in Section 9, Township 39
North,  Range 30 East, southwest of County
Road 9480.  The site is an open-ended,
northeast trending valley.  A reservoir at this
site would require two dams, one at each end
of the valley. This site would be capable of
storing up to 500 acre-feet of water, and
geologic conditions appear favorable for
reservoir construction.  Water could be
withdrawn from Myers Creek and piped to
the reservoir for storage.

The reservoir and the associated water supply
pump station and pipeline for this option
would  physically disturb approximately 55
acres.  The water supply pipeline from the
reservoir to the mine site would be
approximately 34,000 feet long and have an
estimated maximum elevation difference of
1,420  feet.

Initial investigations revealed that
approximately five acres of wetlands within
the valley would be directly impacted by
reservoir construction.  In addition, a large
number of right-of-way easements would be
required for a water delivery pipeline to the
site.  Because of the greater wetlands impact
and the difficulty in  securing right-of-way
easements, this option was eliminated from
further study.

Site 3 - County Road 4887 Reservoir

Site 3 is located in Section 17, Township 39
North,  Range 30 East, east of Myers Creek
and southwest of County Road 4887.  The
site would be capable of storing at least 500
acre-feet of water. Water  could be
withdrawn from Myers Creek and piped to
the reservoir for storage.

The reservoir and the associated water supply
pump station and pipeline for this option
would  physically disturb approximately 75
acres.  The water supply pipeline from the
reservoir to the mine site would be
approximately 42,000 feet long and have an
              estimated maximum elevation difference of
              1,320 feet.

              A review of the site reveals that
              approximately 30 acres of wetlands would be
              impacted by the construction of the reservoir.
              Additionally, this site is far removed from  the
              Crown Jewel Project site, and would require
              a large number of right-of-way easements for
              the water delivery pipeline. Because of the
              greater wetlands impact and the difficulty in
              securing right-of-way easements, this option
              was eliminated from further study.

              Site 4 - Strawberry Lake Reservoir

              Site 4 is located at Strawberry Lake in
              Section 8, Township 40 North, Range 30
              East. Strawberry Lake lies in a wide,  shallow
              depression and  was formed by the
              construction of an earthen berm. The lake
              could be expanded to hold approximately  550
              acre-feet of water by constructing a new dam
              downstream of the existing structure.  The
              Proponent examined the geologic and
              geophysical characteristics of the site and
              found that the site would be suitable for an
              expanded  reservoir.  Water could be
              withdrawn from Myers Creek, but would
              have to be pumped to the  reservoir for
              storage.

              The reservoir and the associated water supply
              pump station and pipeline for this option
              would physically disturb approximately 55
              acres. The water supply pipeline from the
              reservoir to the mine site would be
              approximately 36,000 feet long and have  an
              estimated maximum elevation difference of
              1,000 feet; however, the delivery pipeline
              would be routed across Myers Creek wherein
              the maximum elevation would be about
              2,300 feet.

              Approximately 15 acres  of wetlands that
              presently occur around the perimeter and  at
              the southern end of Strawberry Lake would
              be inundated  if the level of the lake were
              raised.  Additionally, this site is far removed
              from the Crown  Jewel Project site and would
              require a number of right-of-way easements
              for the water delivery pipeline. Because of
              the greater wetlands impact and the difficulty
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-68
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
in securing right-of-way easements, this
option was eliminated from further study.

Site 5 - Forest Land Reservoir

Site 5 is located in Section 1, Township 40
North, Range 30 East, at the head of a
westward-trending drainage that merges with
Myers Creek.  This site would be capable of
storing 500 acre-feet of water.  The
Proponent examined the geologic and
geophysical characteristics of the site and
found that the site would be suitable for a
reservoir.  Water could be withdrawn from
Myers Creek but would have to be pumped to
the reservoir for storage.

The reservoir and the associated water supply
pump station and pipeline for this  option
would physically disturb approximately 50
acres.  The water supply pipeline from the
reservoir to the mine site would be
approximately 20,000 feet long and have an
estimated maximum elevation difference of
800 feet.

Because of its proximity to the mine site and
favorable geologic conditions, Site 5 was
originally the site  preferred by the Proponent.
However, the site was found to have
approximately five acres of a spruce bog, an
important type of wetland habitat, that would
be directly impacted by the construction of a
reservoir at this location.  Because a larger,
higher quality wetland would be impacted
and no reduction  in environment cost would
be expected, this option was eliminated from
further study.

Site 6 - Upper Myers Creek Reservoir

Site 6 is  located on Myers Creek in Section 5,
Township 39  North, Range 30 East.  A
reservoir could be located at this site by
construction of a dam across Myers Creek.
The reservoir and the associated water supply
pump station and pipeline would physically
disturb approximately 50 acres. The water
supply pipeline from the reservoir to the mine
site would be approximately 46,000 feet long
and have an estimated maximum elevation
difference of 1,620 feet. A dam at this
location would present an obstruction to fish
passage, and  a reservoir at this site would
                   directly impact approximately eight acres of
                   wetlands and more than 0.5 mile of the
                   Myers Creek stream channel.  For these
                   reasons, this option was eliminated from
                   further study.

                   Site 7 - Lower Myers Creek Reservoir

                   Site 7 is located on Myers Creek in Section 3,
                   Township 40 North, Range 30 East.  As with
                   Site 6, a reservoir could be located at this
                   site by construction of a dam across Myers
                   Creek.  The reservoir and the associated
                   water supply pump station and pipeline for
                   this option would physically disturb
                   approximately 55 acres.  The water supply
                   pipeline from the reservoir to the mine  site
                   would be approximately 26,000 feet long and
                   have an estimated maximum  elevation
                   difference of 2,400 feet. Concerns regarding
                   fish passage and direct impacts to
                   approximately 30 acres of wetlands
                   eliminated this option from further study.

                   Site 8 - Tailings Impoundment Reservoir

                   Under this option, the tailings disposal  facility
                   would be used for total process water
                   storage. The logistics, size, and construction
                   requirements to include sufficient volume for
                   water storage above and beyond the storage
                   requirements for tailings and  storm water
                   make this option infeasible.  Additionally, use
                   of the tailings impoundment as a reservoir
                   eliminates the use of thin layer deposition as
                   a tailings disposal method. Part of the reason
                   for a water storage reservoir is to have water
                   available for dust control, domestic and
                   general utility use, and fire fighting reserves;
                   given the closed-circuit requirements (zero
                   discharge) for water used in precious metal
                   milling, such "external" uses of water from a
                   tailings impoundment reservoir would be
                   prohibited.  Given such limitations, a reservoir
                   separate from the tailings impoundment
                   reservoir would still need to be constructed.
                   Therefore, this method was eliminated from
                   further consideration.

                   Water Storage Options Considered in Detail

                   •  Site  1 -  Starrem Reservoir
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-69
 Water Storage Options Eliminated From
 Further Consideration

 •  Site 2 - County Road 9480 Reservoir

 •  Site 3 - County Road 4887 Reservoir

 •  Site 4 - Strawberry Lake Reservoir

 •  Site 5 - Forest Land Reservoir

 •  Site 6 - Upper Myers Creek Reservoir

 •  Site 7 - Lower Myers Creek Reservoir

 •  Site 8 - Tailings Impoundment Reservoir

 2.2.21   Water Balance

 During the operation of the mine and mill, the
 Proponent would manage water that would
 include monitoring of the site's water balance
 to ensure that an adequate supply of water is
 available for milling, dust control, and other
 miscellaneous needs.  Schematic layouts
 depicting the Crown Jewel Project operational
 water balances for dry, average and wet
 years are shown on the following figures:

 •  Figure 2.13, Operational Water Balance
    Schematic - Average Year

 •  Figure 2.14, Operational Water Balance
    Schematic - Dry Year

 •  Figure 2.15, Operational Water Balance
    Schematic - Wet Year

The Proponent has filed water right
applications with the WADOE for mining and
milling use (see Section 2.2.19, Water
Supply).

Water demand at the site would vary
annually, seasonally,  and even daily
throughout the life of the operation.  As such,
one of the important responsibilities for the
Proponent's supervisors and engineers, in
particular the mill supervisor, would be to
continually be aware of the Crown Jewel
Project water balance.  Items that would be
monitored are:

•  Precipitation and evaporation data;
              •  Snow pack water content;

              •  Runoff volumes;

              •  Pumping rates (water from Starrem
                 Reservoir; tailings discharge, tailings
                 return water, etc.);

              •  Level of water in tailings water pool,
                 Starrem Reservoir, and sediment retention
                 ponds;

              •  Water volumes in tailings water pool,
                 Starrem Reservoir, and sediment retention
                 ponds; and,

              •  Tailings slurry densities.

              Two key components of the site's water
              balance would be the Starrem Reservoir and
              the tailings disposal facility. To a lesser
              extent, the main head tank at the mine would
              be an important part of the water balance.

              The Starrem Reservoir would be filled as
              quickly as possible during the spring runoff,
              known as spring freshet, in the Myers Creek
              watershed and would be maintained as full as
              possible under water rights authorized by the
              WADOE. Water demand at the mine and mill
              is expected to exceed the Starrem Reservoir
              inflows beginning in July of each year;
              therefore, the Proponent would begin to
              deplete the stored water.  The net withdrawal
              of water from the Starrem Reservoir would
              continue until the filling cycle begins the
              following year.

              Water withdrawals from the Starrem
              Reservoir for use at the mine and mill would
              vary according to mine and mill operational
              needs, weather, and water conditions at the
              mine site, specifically the re-cycle water
              volumes available from the tailings disposal
              facility for ore processing activities.  For
              example, if Starrem Reservoir water is not
              needed at the mine or mill, then pumping to
              the main head tank could be discontinued.

              The water balance for the tailings disposal
              facility would vary as previously described in
              Section 2.2.18,  Water Use. Water volumes
              in the tailings pond would deviate;  and, as
              such, water recycled from the tailings facility
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-70
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
would be used to minimize the need for water
from the Starrem Reservoir.  Because the
tailings disposal facility would be a closed-
circuit facility, the WADOE would require
excess storage capacity for water during
operations through sufficient embankment
freeboard to handle the water volumes that
would be expected from the precipitation and
associated runoff from major storm events.

The main head tank would function as a
"surge" control for water needed at the mine
and mill. Water for the mill would be drawn
from the mine head tank (this would
supplement decant water from the tailings
disposal facility).  Water for dust suppression
and fire fighting would also be drawn from
the main head tank.

2.2.22  Power Supply

Three options were considered for power
supply:

•  Surface power line from Oroville;

•  Underground  (buried) power line from
   Oroville; and,

•  On-site generators.

Surface Powerline

The Proponent has negotiated a power supply
agreement for the Crown Jewel Project with
Okanogan Public Utility District (PUD).  Part
of the agreement would be to re-construct an
existing distribution/transmission line that
runs from Oroville to Chesaw.  The line from
Oroville to Chesaw would follow an existing
Okanogan PUD right-of-way  (mostly along the
existing powerline). From Chesaw, electric
power would be  brought to the mine  and mill
site via a transmission line constructed up the
Ethel Creek drainage.  Bringing the
transmission  line up Lime Creek was
considered but eliminated because of the
rugged, undeveloped terrain in the Lime Creek
drainage.  There  is an existing road up Ethel
Creek.  The exact alignment of the
transmission  line in Ethel Creek would be
determined as part of the Special Use Permit
from the Okanogan PUD which must be
approved by the  Forest Service.  The line
                  must meet Forest Service scenery standards,
                  and power poles must discourage raptor use
                  and minimize raptor electrocutions.  The
                  power line would be removed from Forest
                  lands and from private lands between
                  Chesaw and the mine site after completion of
                  mining operations and mill decommissioning.

                  Underground (Buried) Powerline

                  Underground construction or buried power
                  lines are frequently used with distribution
                  lines that  operate at 25 kV or less.  At these
                  relatively low voltages, the problems of
                  electrically insulating each phase and of
                  dissipating the heat generated  by the
                  conductors, are typically not a concern.  With
                  lines of greater voltage, such as the Crown
                  Jewel transmission line, the material costs,
                  construction costs, and the heating of the
                  cable become greater concerns.

                  Two types of underground transmission
                  technologies would be available for the
                  Crown Jewel transmission line:

                  • Solid dielectric cables; and,

                  • Pipe type cable system.

                  Solid dielectric underground lines are
                  insulated with polyethylene,  covered with
                  metal foil  and  a Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
                  jacket. Three cables are required, one per
                  phase, and each cable is placed in a plastic
                  duct. No dielectric fluid or gas and,
                  therefore, no pumping plants are required for
                  the solid dielectric cables. However, this
                  type of system has not been used much in
                  the United States, due to the high costs,
                  technological limitations and the relatively
                  short-lived life span of the underground line.

                  With pipe type cable systems,  the three-
                  phase conductors are insulated with oil
                  impregnated paper, which is covered with
                  metal foil, and pulled into a steel pipe filled
                  with insulating and cooling fluid.  Pumps and
                  pressurizing stations are required to circulate
                  either the oil or nitrogen for cooling.

                  The design of underground transmission lines
                  requires that the line be placed in a thermal
                  backfill to transfer the heat generated by the
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-71
 cables in the earth.  The backfill also provides
 a protective bed for the pipe since damage to
 the pipe wold be expensive and time
 consuming to repair. The thermal backfill
 material, must be a very clean sand. The
 typical design for underground  transmission
 lines  would require three feet of thermal
 backfill, which would replace the
 approximately three feet of natural soil
 material  removed from the trench. The
 removed soil material would be placed  either
 on  the right-of-way or transported to a
 designated fill area.  For each one mile of
 line, there would be approximately 1,750
 cubic yards of thermal backfill and excess
 earth.

 Underground construction would require  that
 the easement be  cleared, trenched for cable
 installation, and backfilled.  In the event of
 rupture, the pipe  type cable could leak  oil
 underground and cause damage to land and
 water resources.  Repairs of such ruptures,
 while infrequent,  would require extensive
 excavation and reprocessing of the cable
 system to place the system back in service.
 This represents an environmental risk, not
 associated with above ground construction.

 At  points where an underground line
 connects to overhead lines, and at
 substations, the three phases must be
 attached to a special termination structure.
 These structures  are similar to a conventional
 overhead steel structure, but with a greater
 diameter and with substantial equipment  on
 each  arm. The pipe type system would
 require several pumping and pressurizing
 facilities along the underground right of way.
 The average size for a pumping facility  is 40
 feet in length, ten feet in width, and ten feet
 in height. Additional impacts would result
 from  increased excavation, road construction,
 and the need for continuous clearing along
 the right-of-way.

The right-of-way required for an underground
transmission line is slightly narrower than
that of a  comparable overhead line.
However, the entire right-of-way width  and
the  length of line would be disturbed to
facilitate construction and maintenance of the
underground line. This would impact the
              soils, surface water, vegetation, and wildlife
              habitat.

              Although underground lines are immune to
              the effects of weather or lightning, they are
              susceptible to damage from geologic or
              subsoil instabilities and to mechanical failure
              of their cooling systems. A failure in an
              underground system often results in a power
              outage of several days or even weeks since
              failures are difficult to locate and repair.  The
              life of underground  lines is approximately 30
              years for pipe type cable, as compared to
              more than 70 years for aboveground lines.

              Due to the environmental risk associated with
              oil filled pipes housing  the electrical lines, the
              amount of land disturbance required for
              installation and maintenance considerations,
              this option was eliminated from further study.

              On-site Generators

              The option of using large diesel generators to
              provide electric power to the site was
              considered but eliminated. Any on-site
              generators must be designed to meet the
              electric loads of the mill and other facilities.
              It is estimated that an additional 4,500 to
              5,000 gallons of diesel fuel would need to be
              transported daily to the site to meet
              generator needs.  Air quality limits would
              have to be considered and met. This option
              is not environmentally desirable since the
              Okanogan PUD has  available power, thus it
              was  eliminated from further consideration.

              Power Supply Options Considered in Detail

              •  Surface power line from Oroville

              Power Supply Options Eliminated From
              Further Consideration

              •  Underground (buried) power line from
                 Oroville

              •  On-site generators

              2.2.23   Fuel Storage

              Storage at the Crown Jewel Project site
              would be needed for approximately 190,000
              gallons of diesel fuel and gasoline besides
               Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-72
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
storage for other miscellaneous petroleum
products.  This is enough fuel to operate for
approximately seven weeks.

Fuel storage on-site can be accomplished in
either of two methods:

•  Above Ground Tanks;  or

•  Underground  Tanks.

Above Ground Tanks

All tanks would be enclosed within lined
berms sized to contain the contents of the
largest tank with an added allowance of 10%
in the event of a spill or tank rupture. If an
above ground tank leaked, it would be easier
to correct and clean-up.  Conversely, this
system could be more vulnerable to fire,
explosion, damage or sabotage than  an
underground system.

Underground Tanks

Underground storage tanks have historically
been  subject to corrosion and leakage.  New
laws regulating underground tanks require
corrosion protection and a leak detection
system.  If operated and maintained  properly,
there would be minimal environmental risk.

Both underground and above ground storage
tanks can be installed, operated, and removed
without presenting a large risk of
environmental damage.  Because above
ground tanks were proposed by the
Proponent, they will be the only fuel storage
option considered in this  document.

Fuel Storage Options Considered in Detail

•  Above Ground Tanks

Fuel Storage Options Eliminated From Further
Consideration

•  Underground Tanks

2.2.24   Sanitary Waste Disposal

Two  options were considered for  disposal of
sanitary waste.  They are:
                  •  Septic Tank - Leach Field; or

                  •  Package Sewage Disposal Plant.

                  Septic Tank - Leach Field

                  Sanitary waste would be treated and
                  disposed of through a septic tank-leach field
                  system.  The waste disposal system would
                  be connected to  fixed Crown Jewel Project
                  facilities, such as the mill facility, shop
                  complex, and administration building.
                  Sanitary wastes  from  remote sites would be
                  collected in a system of portable chemical
                  toilets which  would be periodically cleaned by
                  a contractor.  The wastes would be
                  transported off-site for disposal by the
                  contractor.

                  Package Sewage Disposal Plant

                  An option to  a septic tank-leach field system
                  is the use of a package sewage disposal
                  plant.  Package sewage disposal plants are
                  widely used on remote sites unsuited to
                  septic and  leach field systems.  The principal
                  advantages of these systems are that they
                  can treat larger quantities of waste in
                  relatively small areas. They are generally
                  more expensive  to install and operate than
                  septic tank-leach field systems, require a
                  discharge permit, and must be more closely
                  monitored  than a septic tank-leach field
                  system. Because either method of sanitary
                  waste disposal would meet both state and
                  local standards and protect water quality,
                  both were  considered in detail.

                  Sanitary Waste Option Considered in Detail

                   •  Septic Tank - Leach Field System

                   •  Package Sewage Disposal Plant

                   Sanitary Waste Option Eliminated From
                   Further Consideration

                   •  None

                   2.2.25  Solid  Waste Disposal

                   There are two options considered for solid
                   waste disposal.  They are:
                Crown Jewel Mine  + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-73
•  On-Site Solid Waste Disposal; or

•  Off-Site Solid Waste Disposal.

Estimates for solid waste to be generated at
the Crown Jewel Project operation are as
follows:

•  Construction; four to five
   pounds/day/employee;

•  Operations; two to three
   pounds/day/employee; and,

•  Reclamation; 2 to 30
   pounds/day/employee.

Approximately three to four
pounds/day/household individual would be
generated by the newcomers and their
families (Czarnowsky,  1996).

On-Site Solid Waste Disposal

All clean solid waste that is not recyclable,
would be disposed of on-site in a landfill.
The option of disposing of  solid waste on
federal land was considered and eliminated
from study.  This was based on current policy
discouraging such disposal as well as
environmental concerns. Any disposal of
clean solid waste on non-Forest lands would
have to meet appropriate State of
Washington and Okanogan County
regulations.

Off-Site Solid Waste Disposal

At the time of Project decommissioning, all
clean solid waste, except concrete
foundations, that is not recycled, would  be
disposed of in an approved county landfill.

Solid Waste Options Considered in Detail

•  Off-Site Solid Waste Disposal

Solid Waste Options Eliminated From Further
Consideration

•  On-Site Solid Waste Disposal
              2.2.26  Reclamation

              A summary of the reclamation plans for the
              Crown Jewel Project are presented  in Section
              2.11, Reclamation Measures, and are an
              integral part of each action alternative. The
              Proponent's reclamation plan is set  forth in
              the Crown Jewel Joint Venture Project. Battle
              Mountain Gold Company and Crown
              Resources Corporation. Reclamation Plan,
              August 1993, as revised November 1993,
              December 1995, and July 1996.

              It was decided to treat much of the
              reclamation program and techniques as
              management requirements and mitigation
              measures rather than component options for
              the Crown Jewel Project alternatives.

              Various agencies such as the Forest Service,
              BLM, and WADNR would be required, under
              their regulations, to  approve (or deny) the
              reclamation plans for the Crown Jewel
              Project. Each of these agencies (either jointly
              or separately), would require some type of
              reclamation performance security.  (See
              Section 2.14, Performance Securities).

              Reclamation (revegetation) of the tailings
              disposal facility is a  primary consideration of
              the overall reclamation program. Various
              methods and approaches have been
              suggested to provide final reclamation, such
              as:

              •  Cap with impermeable material;

              •  Install a capillary break between  the
                 tailings and the topsoil;

              •  Apply topsoil only;

              •  Reclaim as a grassland;

              •  Plant trees and shrubs randomly in clumps
                 (250 trees/acre); and,

              •  Plant trees randomly over the entire site
                 (250 trees per acre and 400 shrubs per
                 acre).

              Even though the tailings  material has been
              predicted to be suitable for reclamation
              purposes, the Proponent proposes to
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-74
CHAPTER 2 • AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
construct test plots, during operation,
consisting of actual tailings material to
determine what the actual conditions would
be and to provide data to develop a suitable
and successful revegetation program.

The options that are analyzed within this
document involve the final disposition of the
mine pit area and the associated placement
of waste rock.  Items considered include the
following:

•  No Backfilling;

•  Partial Direct Backfilling;

•  Complete Backfilling;

•  Slopes of Waste Rock Disposal Areas;

•  Segmental Reclamation; and,

•  Pit Highwall Blasting.

No Backfilling

The north zone of the mine pit would be left
open after operations and  would be allowed
to fill with water until it overflows into a
tributary of Nicholson Creek through a set of
detention ponds, if necessary.

Partial Direct Backfilling

Backfilling a portion of the north zone of the
mine pit could result in achieving drainage
from the pit area and  eliminating a lake from
forming in the final mine pit.

This option would involve sequencing of
mining such that waste rock produced from
the south part of the pit would  be
sequentially placed or backfilled into the north
portion of the pit that has been mined out.
This technique could reduce the flexibility of
the Proponent in the control of  ore grades
during processing. However, instituting
sequencing would reduce the area of
disturbance needed for waste rock disposal
and eliminate haulback of  backfill (waste
rock) material at the  end of mining. The
option of direct backfilling would require that
the ore in the north zone be completely
extracted while waste rock is still being
                   removed in the south zone. To haul material
                   from the south pit to backfill the north pit, an
                   external haul road would need to be
                   constructed. This would disturb an additional
                   seven to eight acres and increase waste rock
                   handling by about 0.17 million cubic yards.

                   Approximately, six million cubic yards of
                   waste rock would be required for backfill of
                   the north zone of the final  mine pit to achieve
                   post-mining drainage.  Equipment necessary
                   for a partial backfilling operation would
                   remain the same as required for the proposed
                   action.

                   Backfilling the north zone of the final pit may
                   preclude potential future utilization  of
                   currently sub-economic mineralization and
                   any later extraction of possible ore  contained
                   below the present economic reserves.

                   Complete Backfilling

                   As an option to permanent surface waste
                   rock disposal, complete backfilling of the pit
                   area  would reduce the post-mining  scenic and
                   land  use impacts of the pit. Complete
                   backfilling of a mined area  is primarily used at
                   surface coal mines where the mineral exists
                   in relatively well-defined layers.  Waste rock
                   is removed from the active mine area and
                   deposited directly into an adjacent mined-out
                   area, thereby minimizing costly double
                   handling.

                   Hard rock open pit mines,  such as proposed
                   for the Crown Jewel Project, are historically
                   not backfilled for both operational and
                   economic reasons. Surface storage of the
                   waste rock would first be required.
                   Replacement of waste rock in the pit after
                   completion of mining would increase capital
                   costs, fuel use, and substantially extend the
                   life of the operation.

                   Once the waste rock is blasted, loaded, and
                   hauled, there would be an  estimated 35%
                   increase in its volume.  Backfilling with a
                   35% swell factor for waste rock (even with
                   the removal of ore which accounts for about
                   10% of the total rock volume removed)
                   would  cause the overall elevations  of the
                   post-mining topography to be greater than
                   the original pre-mining topography.
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-75
Partial or complete backfill of the open pit
could result in an irretrievable loss of gold
resources.  This loss of gold resources due to
backfilling is based on the assumption that
future mining would not be conducted  in a
backfilled pit due to the economics of
recovering  high strip ratio (ratio of tons of
waste rock to tons of ore) material.

The Proponent has stated that approximately
3.5 million  tons of additional  ore could be
mined provided the market price of gold
reached $800 per ounce.  Should gold prices
rise to a level that mining of this additional
ore would become economical, that proposal
would require a separate  environmental
analysis, since it is not proposed or
reasonably foreseeable at this time.

Slopes of Waste Rock Disposal Areas

The key to  the final approved slope design for
the waste rock disposal areas would be
stability and long-term  revegetation success.
Design options for final slope configurations
include a range of slope angles from angle of
repose (1.5H:1 V) to 3H:1 V or less, linear or
non-rectilinear configurations, continuous
slopes, or slopes with intermediate benches.

A linear configuration at an angle of repose
slope would disturb the least amount of area
but would be more difficult to revegetate.  A
non-rectilinear configuration with a 3H:1 V
slope with intermediate breaks in slopes
(benches) would be more conducive to
revegetation (Richardson, 1984)  and appear
more  natural, but such a configuration would
disturb a greater area.

Segmental Reclamation

This option would schedule and initiate
reclamation activities relatively early in the
life of the Crown Jewel Project.  The goals of
the segmental (or concurrent) reclamation
approach would be to reduce the overall
amount of disturbance  at any one time, to
stabilize and revegetate the site as soon as
possible, and to monitor the success of the
plan during operations and make changes, if
necessary, to minimize environmental
impacts.
               The primary goal would be to begin
               reclaiming the waste rock disposal area(s) as
               soon as possible.  Depending on location and
               configuration of the disposal area, there are
               various ways to accomplish this task:

               •  The disposal area would be constructed
                  from the toe up and final slopes would be
                  established  as the disposal area  increases
                  in height.

               •  The waste rock could be constructed in
                  lifts and selected portions then configured
                  by dozer to achieve final slopes while the
                  disposal area continues to grow in other
                  areas.

               Any number of variations to these
               construction schemes exist.

               Pit Highwall Blasting

               One of the reclamation objectives for the final
               mine pit would be to create a topographic
               feature composed of rock cliffs and talus
               slopes which would incorporate certain
               desirable wildlife habitat.  In conjunction with
               rock fill placement, soil redistribution and
               seeding, pit highwall blasting would be used.

               Selective blasting would be used in  specific
               segments of the pit to create topographic
               diversity, to provide improved wildlife access,
               and to provide  bat and raptor habitat.  The
               blasting of pit benches would create talus
               slopes between some benches and along the
               pit lake shoreline.  Regrading  of blasted
               material would  also be completed to reshape
               pit slopes in certain areas.  These practices
               would interrupt the angular appearance of the
               pit benches and produce  more natural
               appearing topographic features common to
               the surrounding area.

               Natural formation of talus slopes during  and
               after mining would further allow wildlife
               access into and out of the pit and create
               additional irregularities in pit topography.
               Other portions of the pit benches and
               interbench faces would be  left in place upon
               completion of mining.

               Selective pit highwall blasting would
               commence only when all  in-pit work is
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-76
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
completed, and there is no danger to
workers.

Reclamation Options Considered in Detail

•  No Backfilling

•  Partial Direct Backfilling

•  Complete Backfilling

•  Slopes of Waste Rock Disposal Areas

•  Segmental Reclamation

•  Pit Highwall Blasting

Reclamation Options Eliminated From Further
Consideration

•  None

2.3   PROJECT ALTERNATIVES

2.3.1    Project Alternatives Considered
         for Detailed Study

The No Action Alternative, identified as
Alternative A, will be considered, and is
discussed in Section 2.4, Alternative A - No
Action Alternative.  Six additional action
alternatives have been assembled from
screened options for the Crown Jewel
Project.  These action alternatives identified
as B through G, are described in Section 2.5,
Alternative B - Proposed Action through 2.10,
Alternative G, of this document.  Effects of
all Crown Jewel Project alternatives are
analyzed in Chapter 4, Environmental
Consequences.

The following components would be the
same for all action alternatives, except the
No Action Alternative:

•  Employee Transportation;

•  Power Supply;

•  Water Supply;

•  Water Storage;

•  Fuel  Storage;
                  •  Chemical Storage;

                  •  Tailings Embankment Construction;

                  •  Tailings Liner System Design and
                     Construction;

                  •  Cyanide Destruction Techniques;

                  •  Solid Waste Disposal; and,

                  •  Sewage Disposal.

                  The components that vary among the action
                  alternatives include the following:

                  •  Mining Method;

                  •  Operating Schedule;

                  •  Production Schedule;

                  •  Waste Rock Disposal Locations;

                  •  Tailings Disposal Methods and Locations;

                  •  Ore Processing Methods;

                  •  Supply Transportation; and,

                  •  Site Reclamation.

                  2.3.2   Alternatives Considered but
                           Eliminated From Detailed  Study

                  In Section 2.2, Project Components and
                  Options,  a number of options were eliminated
                  from detailed consideration based on obvious
                  technical, environmental, or regulatory
                  constraints. The following alternatives were
                  considered between the draft and final EIS,
                  but they  were eliminated from detailed study
                  in the final EIS for the reasons stated:

                  •  Alternative B - Unmodified;

                  •  Highlands Rural Character Alternative;

                  •  Alternative E - Modified; and,

                  •  EPA's Suggested Alternative.
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-77
Alternative B - Unmodified

In the draft EIS, the Proponent's proposal
was identified as Alternative B. Since the
publication of the draft EIS, the Proponent
has updated its proposal to include additional
operational, reclamation, and mitigation
measures. With these updates, the Forest
Service and WADOE have eliminated the
original Alternative  B (identified here as
Alternative B - Unmodified) from further
detailed consideration in the final EIS.
Alternative B in the final EIS includes the
revisions and updates as submitted by  the
Proponent (see Section 2.5, Alternative B -
Proposed Action).

Highlands Rural Character Alternative

A group of Okanogan Highlands landowners
advertised in the  local newspaper and put
forth  a suggested mining alternative to  be
considered where mining and ore crushing
would shut-down at night. The alternative
was proposed to  be similar to Alternative B
except it would just operate one shift per
day.  It is not technically feasible to only
operate the mill during the day so it was
assumed that the mill would operate 24 hours
per day, but the rest of the operation would
operate a  single day shift.

Because the components of the suggested
alternative have been considered in the other
action alternatives,  it was determined that
the analysis of this  "stand-alone" alternative
was not necessary; therefore, this  suggested
alternative was not  carried forward for
detailed study in the final EIS.

Alternative E - Modified

A modified version of Alternative E was
identified in the draft EIS as the
recommended alternative by the Forest
Service.  Upon further analysis, it was
determined that there were unanticipated
environmental and technical problems with
the implementation  of this alternative. These
had to do  with the environmental impacts of
the longer haul distances on air quality,
economic  costs of the longer haul distances
including additional  fuel consumption, and the
difficulty to place all of the waste rock north
               of the pit without covering the frog pond
               while still achieving mostly 3H:1 V slopes.

               EPA's Suggested Alternative

               In a letter dated August 29, 1995 from
               Richard Parkin (EPA) to Phil Christy (Forest
               Service), the EPA suggested the following:

               Underground/Surface Mining With Backfill.
               This alternative is a variation of Alternative D.
               It would involve extraction of the  ore from
               the north portion of the ore body  by surface
               mining and would mine the southern portion
               of the ore zone by underground methods.
               The operation would run 24 hours per day,
               employ about 225 people during operations,
               and produce an average of 3,000  tons of ore
               per day. The life of the operation would be
               eight years: one year for construction  six
               years for operation, and one year  for the
               completion of most physical reclamation.
               Crushing would be conducted below ground
               level.  Grinding and milling would  be above
               ground.  Gold extraction would use
               conventional milling with the tank cyanidation
               process and CIL gold recovery.  The tailings
               facility would be located entirely in the
               Marias Creek drainage and residual cyanide in
               the tailings would be reduced using the INCO
               cyanide destruction process. Waste rock
               would be placed south of the pit area in
               Waste Rock Stockpiles B and C (as shown in
               Figure 2.2, Waste Rock Stockpile  Options, on
               page 2-14 of the draft EIS). The combination
               of Stockpiles B and C would allow
               approximately 30 million cubic yards of waste
               rock (based on Figure 2.2, Waste  Rock
               Stockpile Options).  Waste rock would be
               used to completely backfill the underground
               mine and north pit.  Backfill of the pit would
               begin immediately after mining of  the pit is
               completed.   Employees would be bused to
               the site from locations in or near Oroville.
              The supply route would access the Crown
              Jewel  Project from the south through
               Wauconda, Toroda Creek, and Beaver
               Canyon.  This alternative would recover
              about 80% of the gold reserve available to
              strictly surface mining. A detailed
              compensatory mitigation plan would be
              provided for the final EIS.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-78
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA T/VES
January 1997
Most of the alternative components
suggested by EPA were included in one or
more of the action alternatives (B through G)
with the exception of placing waste rock in a
disposal area to the  south of the proposed
mine and complete backfill of the
underground mine.  One of the objectives of
the EPA alternative was to avoid impacts in
the Nicholson Creek drainage.

It is not physically possible to place the "30
million cubic yards"  of waste rock into
Disposal Areas B and C. Likewise, complete
backfilling of the underground mining
operation would be difficult given the
proposed extraction techniques required for
the geologic ore configuration.

NEPA and SEPA do  not require an infinite
combination of alternatives  nor the
development of "unreasonable" alternatives.
Development of an alternative that would use
all of the most costly, least environmentally
damaging components with a complete
compensatory mitigation plan would result in
an  alternative that would clearly be
economically infeasible; therefore, it could
not be considered "reasonable" by the NEPA
and SEPA definition.

Each of the action alternatives would provide
specific tradeoffs for different resources.
Alternative components that may be
beneficial for one resource may be harmful
for another resource.  Because most of the
EPA suggested alternative has been included
in the existing action alternatives, the
suggested "stand-alone" alternative was not
carried forward for detailed study.

2.4   ALTERNATIVE A - NO ACTION
       ALTERNATIVE

This alternative serves as a baseline against
which to compare the effects of other
alternatives.  Under this alternative, permits
would not be granted, and approval for the
operation would be denied.  The No Action
Alternative would preclude the  proposed
mining and milling activities.  Complete
reclamation of previous exploration activities
would commence at the first available
opportunity, as already approved in previous
NEPA documents.
                  There would be no additional physical
                  disturbance to the site except what was
                  previously approved as part of the
                  environmental documents prepared for
                  exploration. There would be no need to
                  revise or amend the management
                  prescriptions for the area as outlined in the
                  Okanogan Forest Plan or to create the new
                  Forest Service management area (MA27) for
                  mining and ore processing activities, as
                  discussed in Section 2.1.5, Project
                  Alternative Comparison.

                  Reclamation for exploration activities would
                  consist of plugging and capping existing drill
                  holes,  recontouring drill  pads and access
                  roads, rehabilitating mud and cutting sumps,
                  redistributing topsoil,  revegetation with
                  grasses, shrubs and/or trees of disturbed
                  sites, and monitoring  water quality.

                  2.5   ALTERNATIVE B - PROPOSED
                         ACTION

                  This alternative represents the construction,
                  operation and reclamation of a mining and
                  milling facility as proposed by the Proponent.
                  The Proponent modified the Plan of
                  Operations and Reclamation Plan in response
                  to comments on the draft EIS from regulatory
                  agencies and the general public,  as well as
                  continued refinement by the Proponent.
                  Modifications were received from the
                  Proponent in August  1995,  December 1995,
                  March 1996, and July 1996.  These
                  modifications  included plans for  a double
                  synthetic liner system for the tailings facility
                  with a different leak detection system,
                  downstream construction of the tailings
                  embankment in Marias Creek, reconfiguring
                  the north and south waste  rock disposal
                  areas to reduce post-mining reclaimed slopes,
                   and revisions to the reclamation  plan that
                   involve increased tree plantings and additional
                   revegetation activities in the mine pit area.
                   Alternative B, as discussed or referred to in
                   the final EIS, includes the Proponent's
                   modifications made since the publication of
                   the draft EIS.

                   Alternative B includes an open pit surface
                   mine,  two waste rock disposal areas, a
                   milling facility, a double lined tailings
                   impoundment, an office and maintenance
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-79
 complex, and miscellaneous support facilities
 including haul and access roads, a water
 storage reservoir, a water supply pipeline,
 and an electric power transmission line. At
 full production, the operation would process
 an average of 3,000 tons of ore per day with
 the mine and mill operating 24 hours per day.

 The proposed layout of the facilities for this
 alternative is set forth on Figure 2.16,
 Alternative B - Operational Site Plan. Various
 aspects of this alternative are summarized in
 Table 2.7, Summary of Alternative B.

 2.5.1    Mining Techniques

 This proposed action would include a single
 open pit mine.  Approximately 9.1 million
 tons of ore are planned to be mined and
 processed.  To access the ore, approximately
 54 million cubic yards (97 million tons) of
 waste rock would be removed and placed in
 the two waste rock disposal areas (A and B).

 The mining would be conducted by
 conventional bench highwall techniques.
 Benches would be created as part of ore and
 waste rock extraction.   Benches would be
 drilled and shot with ammonium nitrate and
 fuel oil (ANFO) as blasting agents. Samples
 would be obtained from the cuttings of a
 representative number of blast holes drilled.
 These would be analyzed in an on-site
 laboratory for precious metals content.  Once
 determined, the mine's surveyors would
 stake the blasted benches and flag both ore
 and waste rock locations for the front-end
 loader or shovel operators.  Off-highway
 trucks would be loaded  by front-end loaders
 or shovels.  These trucks would transport the
 ore to the crusher facility and the waste rock
 to the waste rock disposal areas.

 2.5.2   Waste Rock Disposal

 An average of 17,900 cubic yards of waste
 rock per day would be moved during
 operations.  This material would be placed in
 two permanent, side-hill fill, waste rock
 disposal areas (A and B): one located to the
 north of the proposed pit and the other  to the
 south. The north disposal area would be
designed to retain about 30 million cubic
yards of waste rock while the south disposal
              area would be designed to contain
              approximately 24 million cubic yards of waste
              rock.

              At mine closure, the overall slope of the
              reclaimed waste rock disposal areas would be
              approximately 2. 5H: 1V to 3H: 1V.  About ten
              acres of the north waste rock disposal facility
              would be located on land administered by
              WADNR.  The Proponent has proposed this
              land be exchanged for a parcel they own
              located south of the Crown Jewel Project
              site.

              2.5.3    Ore Processing

              Ore from the mine would be transported to a
              surface ore stockpile area from where it
              would be fed into a below surface crushing
              facility. After crushing, the ore would be
              transported by conveyor to a surface mill for
              grinding, processing, and extraction of the
              gold. Conventional milling techniques
              involving tank cyanidation and  CIL recovery
              would be used to extract the gold from the
              ore.

              The final product of milling would be gold
              bars, known as dorg.

              2.5.4   Tailings  Disposal

              The tailings stream, after being subjected to
              the INCO S02/Air/Oxidation cyanide
              destruction process, would be transported via
              a pipeline to a fully lined tailings
              impoundment in the Marias Creek drainage.
              Water used in the ore processing facility,
              including transport of the tailings, would be
              collected and recycled back to the mill for
              reuse. The tailings facility would be designed
              and operated as a closed-circuit (zero
              discharge) facility with respect to water.

              2.5.5   Area of Disturbance

              Approximately 787 acres would be physically
              disturbed, including  the estimated 73 acres of
              disturbance associated with the water
              storage reservoir, the water supply pipeline,
              and the power transmission line right-of-way
              from  Oroville to the site.
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-80                      CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES                  January 1997
                              TABLE 2.7. SUMMARY OF ALTERNATIVE B
  GENERAL COMPONENTS
           Production	3,000 Tons of Ore Per Day
           Mining	Surface/Open Pit
           Waste Rock  	2 Disposal Areas (north and south of pit)
           Crushing 	Below Surface
           Grinding	 Surface
           Milling	Tank Cyanidation with Carbon in Leach
           Tailings Disposal	  Marias Creek
           Cyanide Destruction  	  INCO SO2/Air/Oxidation
           Employee Transportation 	Busing and/or Van Pooling (Oroville to Chesaw and South)
           Supply Transportation  	  Wauconda to Mine Site
           Reclamation	No Pit Backfill; Other Sites Revegetated
  EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS

           Construction and Development
                   Year 1   	145-FTE1"; 250-Peak
           Operations
                   Year 2-9	144
           Decommissioning and Reclamation
                   Year 10	50
  LAND OWNERSHIP/ADMINISTRATION                                                    ACRES  %

           Forest Service	  469  59
           BLM   	  189  24
           WADNR	  13   2
           Private	  116  15

           Total	787 100
   SURFACE AREA DISTURBANCE (acres)

           Waste Rock Disposal Areas  	288
           Tailings Facility	101
           Mill and Ore Processing Facility	  16
           Pit Area	138<2'
           Rock Quarry	0
           Topsoil Stockpiles	  48
           Mine Adits	O
           Ore Stockpile 	6
           Main Access Road	24
           Haul Roads	  48
           Miscellaneous Site Access Roads 	6
           Tailings Slurry Pipeline	4
           Ancillary Facilities, including Soil Borrow Pits	  35
           Water Supply Pipeline/Pump Station  	10
           Water Reservoir  	35
           Topsoil Stockpile (Reservoir)	  4
           Power Line right-of-Way	24

           Total 	787
   Notes:    1.       FTE = Full Time Equivalents (Employees)
            2.       The Proponent's plan of operation included a pit area of 116 acres. A 22 acre safety buffer zone
                    has been added by the lead agencies since an area 100 feet wide around the pit would need to be
                    cleared so trees could not fall into the pit.
 Of the estimated total disturbance, 59% (469        WADNR, and 15% (116 acres) would be on
 acres) would be on National Forest lands,             private lands.
 24% (189 acres) would be on lands
 administered by the BLM, 2% (13 acres)
 would be on lands administered by the
                  Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-81
2.5.6   Project Life

Alternative B has a projected life of about ten
years. Construction accounts for about one
year, operations for approximately eight
years, and the remaining decommissioning/
reclamation, which was not completed during
segmental reclamation, being completed in
another year.  Reclamation of the Starrem
Reservoir would be deferred for
approximately five to six years,  until the final
pit lake filling is complete.  Long-term
monitoring would be conducted as necessary
to meet approved plans and permits.  At least
six years of monitoring for revegetation
success would be required.

2.5.7   Employment

During the peak construction phase,
approximately 225 people for actual
construction of facilities and 25 for initiation
of mining operations would be employed.
This represents a full time workforce of 145
people (145 FTE). The construction work
would be managed by the Proponent, but the
actual work would be completed under
contract to a construction firm specializing in
mining-related construction.  The Proponent
estimated that approximately 40% of the
construction work force would  be hired
locally (Eastern Okanogan County and
Western Ferry County).

Once the mine becomes fully operational,  an
annual average of 144 people would be
employed. Of this total, it is projected that
80% would be hired from the local work
force.

During reclamation, approximately 50 people
would be retained for mill decommissioning,
mine closure and reclamation. It is estimated
that 95% of the reclamation work force
would be local.

2.5.8   Supply Transportation

Operating supplies would be brought to the
mine site through Wauconda via year-round
State Highway 20. From Wauconda, trucks
would be routed north on County Road 9495
(Toroda  Creek Road) to County Road 9480
(Oroville - Toroda Creek Road), then up
              County Road 4895 and Forest Road 3575-
              120 to the site.  The listing and amount of
              supplies brought to the site are set forth in
              Table 2.4, Materials and Supplies.

              2.5.9   Reclamation

              The final pit would be left open.  The
              Proponent plans to use water from the
              Starrem Reservoir to fill the pit and allow the
              creation of a lake in the northern portion of
              the final pit that would eventually discharge
              into the Nicholson Creek drainage. Filling of
              the pit lake would be accelerated by pumping
              of water from the Starrem Reservoir. It is
              estimated to take approximately five to six
              years to artificially fill the pit using Starrem
              Reservoir water versus approximately 25 to
              26 years if the pit was allowed to fill
              naturally. Portions of the pit would be
              revegetated.  The remainder of the disturbed
              areas would be graded, sloped, topsoiled and
              revegetated with grasses, 400 shrubs per
              acre, and a minimum of 250 trees per acre
              for long-term stabilization. Selective blasting
              of the pit walls and backfilling of the benches
              is proposed.  Test plot areas would be
              created during operations to determine the
              best methods of achieving revegetation of the
              site.  The buildings and other temporary
              surface facilities would be dismantled, torn
              down, or otherwise disposed of or hauled off-
              site.  The haul roads  would be eliminated by
              recontouring. Figure 2.17, Alternative B -
              Proponent's Proposed Postmining Plan,
              shows the  Proponent's proposed topography
              and plant communities.

              2.5.10  Ore Recovery

              It is estimated that approximately 1.46 million
              ounces of gold would be recovered under this
              alternative.  This is approximately 87%  of the
              ore reserve.

              The Proponent has proposed to extract the
              magnetite ore in  the bottom of the northern
              pit area near the conclusion of mining.  The
              reasoning is that the magnetite ore would not
              need to be as finely ground as the other ore
              in the deposit. This could be accomplished
              operationally and would not require major
              modifications to the miH.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-82
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
2.6   ALTERNATIVE C

This alternative represents the construction,
operation, and reclamation of an underground
mine with production and exploration adits
combined with ventilation and backfill raises,
a single waste rock disposal area, two
surface quarries, a milling facility, a lined
tailings impoundment, and office and
maintenance complex, and miscellaneous
other support facilities including haul and
access roads, a water storage reservoir,
water supply pipeline, and a power
transmission line.  At full production, the
operation would process 3,000 tons of ore
per day.

A complete feasibility analysis might result in
a slightly different underground scenario.
This alternative was developed to portray as
reasonable an underground mining scenario
as possible based upon rough analysis of the
known character and configuration of the
mineral deposit and its ability to produce
approximately 3,000 tons  of ore per day.

The proposed surface facility layout of the
operation is set forth on Figure 2.18,
Alternative C - Operational Site Plan. Various
aspects of this alternative  are summarized in
Table 2.8, Summary of Alternative C.

2.6.1    Underground Mining Techniques

The mine would be accessed by two adits:
one approximately 1,500 feet in length at the
4,850 foot elevation and the  second
approximately 2,500 feet in length at the
4,500 foot elevation.  These  adits would be
used as haulage levels for both ore and
underground development waste rock.

Given the variable spatial geology and
disseminated nature of the ore deposit, four
different types of underground extraction
techniques would be utilized  to mine the
Crown Jewel Project deposit.

These techniques are as follows:

 •  Room and Pillar Mining;

 •  Sublevel Sloping;
                   •  Breast Sloping - Post Pillar Mining; and,

                   •  Glory Hole Mining.

                   Room and Pillar Mining

                   This method involves initially removing ore in
                   a "honey-combed" network of underground
                   rooms approximately 20 feet in width and 15
                   feet to 20 feet in height. Where the ore is
                   thicker than 20 feet, multiple benches would
                   be  required.

                   Interspersed between these rooms is rock
                   material left for roof support.  These areas
                   would be approximately 15 feet by 15 feet
                   and are known as the pillars.  Pillar spacing
                   throughout the mined areas would be on
                   approximately 35 foot centers. These pillars
                   would be necessary to support the rock
                   above the underground  working areas to
                   ensure worker safety.

                   Room and pillar mining  would be the
                   predominant method of underground mining
                   at the Crown Jewel Project site where the
                   ore zones are horizontal and tabular.  It could
                   not be employed in areas where the ore is
                   vertical or steeply dipping.

                   Sublevel Sloping

                   Some isolated  blocks of vertical ore zones at
                   the Crown Jewel Project deposit would be
                   mined by an underground technique known
                   as sublevel  sloping. Although this method is
                   generally used where high  grade ore occurs in
                   steeply dipping wide veins and where ore and
                   surrounding rock are very competent, it
                   probably  has applicability to certain vertical or
                   nearly vertical  ore pockets at the Crown
                   Jewel Project site.  The ore in these areas
                   must be fairly uniform since this method does
                   not lend itself to selective mining.

                   The principal strategy of sublevel sloping
                   would be to mine the isolated vertical areas
                   by ring drilling and blasting from a series of
                   blaslhole drifls located  al various vertical
                   intervals  wilhin Ihe ore zone; Ihese blaslhole
                   drifls are connecled lo  Ihe haulage drifls  by
                   raises or  spiral drifls that are used for
                   ventilation, personnel and equipment access.
                   Once blasted,  the ore would flow  by gravity
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997                      CROWN JEWEL MINE                           Page 2-83
                              TABLE 2.8. SUMMARY OF ALTERNATIVE C
  GENERAL COMPONENTS
           Production	3,000 Tons of Ore Per Day
           Mining	Underground
                   • Room & Pillar
                   • Sublevel Stoping
                   • Post & Pillar
                   • Glory Hole
           Waste Rock  	 1 Disposal Area (north of facilities)
           Crushing 	  Surface
           Grinding	  Surface
           Milling	Tank Cyanidation with Carbon in Leach
           Tailings Disposal	   Marias Creek
           Cyanide Destruction 	 INCO S02/Air/Oxidation
           Employee Transportation	Busing and/or Van Pooling (Oroville to Chesaw and South)
           Supply transportation	  Oroville to Mine Site
           Rock Quarry	  2 Quarries
                   • Tailings Area
                   •> Backfill Site
           Reclamation	Adits Sealed; Other Sites Revegetated
  EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS

           Construction and Development
                   Year 1  	145-FTE111; 250-Peak
           Operations
                   Year 2-5	225
           Decommissioning and Reclamation
                   Year 6  	50
  LAND OWNERSHIP/ADMINISTRATION                                                   ACRES  %

           Forest Service	  266  64
           BLM  	  70  17
           WADNR	  20   5
           Private	  59  14

           Total	415 100
  SURFACE AREA DISTURBANCE (acres)

           Waste Rock Disposal Area	  26
           Tailings Facility	89
           Mill and Ore Processing Facility	14
           Subsidence Zone	  27
           Rock Quarries	25
           Topsoil Stockpiles	29
           Mine Adits	9
           Ore Stockpile  	12
           Main Access Road	24
           Haul Roads	30
           Miscellaneous Site Access Roads	20
           Tailings Slurry Pipeline   	4
           Ancillary Facilities, including Soil Borrow Pits	33
           Water Supply Pipeline/Pump Station  	10
           Water Reservoir  	35
           Topsoil Stockpile (Reservoir)	4
           Power Line Right-of-Way	24

           Total	415
  Note:     1.       FTE = Full Time Equivalents (Employees)
                                                      Sublevel sloping would be used
to draw points on a haulage level.  The               predominantly in the northern part of the
raises, spiral drifts, and haulage drifts should         Crown Jewel Project ore zone.
be on the footwall side of the stope to be out
of the zone of subsidence that might result           Breast Stoping - Post Pillar Mining
from the sloping activity.
                                                      This underground mining method would be
                                                      used in areas of tabular configuration or
                 Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-84
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
zones dipping at less than the angle of repose
for broken ore but steeper than feasible to
mine with conventional room and pillar
techniques.  This condition is found in the
southwest portion of the Crown Jewel
Project ore zone.

Post pillar mining employs the use of
horizontal slicing of the dipping ore zone.
The general  direction of extraction would be
up-dip.  The down-dip, mined-out areas
would be filled with cemented rock backfill
and used as the foundation for the  continued
up-dip extraction.  Extraction drifts would be
parallel to the strike of the ore zone with ore
haulage and ore passes adjacent to the  areas
of extraction.  Backfill would come from the
surface,  and backfill raises would be bored to
the surface above this extraction area.

The post pillar mining technique might be
compared to a modified cut and fill method of
mining on shallow dipping deposits.

Glory Hole Mining

In the "Gold Bowl"  area of the Crown Jewel
Project deposit, some isolated ore zones
begin at the surface.  Glory hole mining
implies surface depression caused by
underground mining (subsidence).  Ore  is
removed by gravity through  a raise or raises
connecting to underground haulage-ways.  A
classic definition  usually describes  an
operation where ore around  each raise  is
excavated so that it falls into the raise  by
gravity,  resulting in a funnel shaped
depression on the surface.

2.6.2    Underground Development
          Exploration

As part  of the underground work,
development drilling stations would be
constructed along development adits and
drifts to pinpoint the ore targets ahead of the
mining.  These stations would involve the use
of long-hole diamond drills or their equivalent
that would  be used to bore holes into
 potential mineralized zones.  Given the
 disseminated nature of the deposit, continued
 evaluation would be necessary by
 underground planning engineers to determine
 the zones targeted for extraction.
                   2.6.3   General Mine Development

                   Mine development would involve the
                   following:

                   •  Drilling;

                   •  Blasting;

                   •  Mucking (removal of the rock);

                   •  Haulage; and,

                   •  Ground support (as necessary).

                   Trackless underground electric/hydraulic drills
                   would be used to drill a pattern of  blast
                   holes. Once the appropriate area has been
                   drilled, the holes would be loaded with
                   explosives and shot.  Blasting would occur
                   daily, and ANFO would be the primary
                   explosive used.

                   The broken rock would be loaded by
                   underground front-end loaders onto trucks,
                   which would transport the ore or waste rock
                   to the surface.  Underground ore and waste
                   rock passes would be used as appropriate to
                   facilitate the vertical movement of the
                   material.  Underground trucks would be used
                   to haul all ore and waste rock to the surface.
                   Ore would be hauled to a crushing station
                   adjacent to the mill facility.

                   Any mechanical support necessary for rock
                   stability would be installed prior to initiating
                   drilling activities.  Ground control or support
                   would involve a variety of techniques
                   including rock and cable bolting, wire
                   meshing, steel sets, and cribbing.  Such
                   support would depend on the rock conditions
                   encountered in the unique underground
                   settings.

                   The underground mine workings would not be
                   visible from the outside of the mine, except
                   the subsidence and glory holes. The entries
                   to the main workings on the 4,850 foot level
                   and the 4,500 foot level would be visible on
                   the surface.  So would development and
                   exploration adits located in the upper reaches
                   of the deposit. Ventilation shafts  (raises) and
                   mine exhaust fans would be visible near the
                   summit of Buckhorn Mountain.  Over the
                Crown Jewel Mine *  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-85
southwest portion of the ore zones, backfill
shafts (raises) and crushed/screened backfill
rock and cement storage towers would be
visible. All adits and raises would be
interconnected by a surface road system.

2.6.4   Underground Development Rock
         Disposal

Early mine development in the 4,850 and
4,500 foot level adits would involve the
removal of development waste rock. This
waste rock would be hauled to the surface
for placement in a single waste  rock disposal
area to the north of the 4,500 foot level adit.
Waste rock would continue to be produced
throughout the life of the operation as
development drifts, haulage drifts, ventilation
raises, and ore and waste rock passes  are
constructed.  Approximately 500,000  cubic
yards of waste rock would  be generated. At
mine closure, the  overall slopes of the  waste
rock disposal area would be 3H:1 V.

2.6.5   Surface Quarries

As shown on Figure 2.18, Alternative  C -
Operational Site Plan, surface rock quarries
would be required for Alternative C. One site
would be located  in the vicinity  of the  tailings
facility to serve as a material source for the
construction of the tailings  embankments.
Another rock quarry would  be needed  near
the top of Buckhorn Mountain to provide rock
for backfill needed in the mine during
operations. This rock must be sized by
crushing and  screening. It would be
necessary to dump both sand and aggregate
into backfill raises, and combine the material
underground with cement for  use in
backfilling operations.

2.6.6   Mine Ventilation

Mine ventilation is necessary for preservation
of human life during the underground
operations. For the underground operations
contemplated, three exhaust fans would be
located at ventilation raises  constructed
above the mining zones.  These exhaust fans
would draw fresh air into the haulage levels
through the active working  areas and exhaust
the air into the atmosphere.
              2.6.7   Ore Processing

              Ore from the mine would be transported to a
              surface ore stockpile area from where it
              would be discharged into a surface crushing
              facility. After crushing, the ore would be
              transported by conveyor belt to a surface mill
              for grinding, processing, and extraction of the
              gold as proposed in Alternative B.
              Conventional milling techniques involving
              tank cyanidation and CIL recovery would be
              used to extract the gold from the ore.

              The final product of milling would be gold
              bars,  known as dor6.

              2.6.8   Tailings Disposal

              Alternative C would involve construction and
              operation of a tailings facility in the Marias
              Creek drainage as proposed in Alternative B.
              The tailings facility footprint would be smaller
              than the Alternative B tailings facility because
              less ore would be extracted during the life of
              the Crown Jewel Project.

              2.6.9   Area of Disturbance

              Approximately 415 acres would experience
              direct physical disturbance. This would
              include approximately 73 acres for the water
              storage reservoir, water supply pipeline and
              power line corridor. Approximately 64%
              (266 acres) would be on lands administered
              by the Forest Service, 17% (710 acres) on
              lands administered by the BLM, 5% (20
              acres) on lands administered by the WADNR,
              and 14% (59 acres) on private  land.

              2.6.10  Project Life

              Alternative C has a projected life of
              approximately six years. Of that,
              construction accounts for approximately one
              year, operations  are projected for less than
              four years, and the remaining
              decommissioning/reclamation are anticipated
              to take another year. Long-term monitoring
              would be necessary to meet approved plans
              and permits. At  least six years of monitoring
              would be required for revegetation.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-86
CHAPTER 2 - ALTERNATIVES
January 1997
2.6.11   Employment

During the peak construction period,
approximately 250 people would to be
required, 225 for actual construction of
facilities and 25 for initiation of mining
operations. This would be equivalent to a full
time workforce of about 145 people.
Construction work would be managed by the
Proponent, but the actual construction work
would probably be completed under contract
to a construction firm which specializes in
mining related construction.  Underground
development, which would be a part of the
initial construction work, would be conducted
by the Proponent.  Given the specialty of
mine construction, particularly underground
development work, only about 25% of the
construction work force would be local hire.

Once the mine becomes operational, a
maximum of 225  people are expected to be
employed.  Given the specialty of
underground mining, an estimated 40% of
the operational work force would be local  hire
(Eastern Okanogan County and Western Ferry
County).

During reclamation, approximately 50 people
would be employed for decommissioning,
mine closure and  reclamation activities. It is
estimated that 95% of the reclamation work
force would be local hire.

2.6.12  Supply  Transportation

Shipment of operating supplies would be via
year-round highways to Oroville.  From
Oroville, trucks would be routed east on
County Road 9480 through Chesaw (Oroville
- Toroda Creek Road), then up  County Road
4895 and Forest Road 3575-120 to the site.
Given the probable spring haulage restrictions
with this transportation route, approximately
30 days additional storage over the storage
contemplated for  the Wauconda-Toroda
Creek route would be required. With the
exception of ammonium nitrate and fuel, the
listing and amount of supplies brought to the
site in Alternative C would be approximately
the same as those for Alternative B (see
Table 2.5, Consumables Estimate -
Underground Mining).
                  2.6.13  Reclamation

                  The mining adits and ventilation raises would
                  be permanently sealed to eliminate future
                  public access according to applicable state
                  and federal regulations.  To alleviate hydraulic
                  pressure from the build-up of water behind
                  the seal, from mine flooding, the closures to
                  the adits would be designed to accommodate
                  the discharge of water which would be
                  regulated by an NPDES Permit.

                  The remainder of the surface disturbance
                  would be graded, sloped, topsoiled, and
                  vegetated for long-term stability with grasses,
                  400 shrubs per acre, and 250 trees per acre.
                  Test plot areas would be created to
                  determine the best methods of achieving
                  revegetation of the site.

                  The buildings and other temporary surface
                  facilities would be dismantled, torn down, or
                  otherwise disposed of or hauled off-site. The
                  haul roads would be eliminated by
                  recontouring.

                  Due to the lower amount of soil available,
                  gentler slopes would be resoiled to about ten
                  inches in depth instead of 12 inches as
                  described in the  other alternatives, and
                  steeper slopes would be resoiled to about 15
                  inches in depth instead of 18 inches in other
                  alternatives.

                  The surface area over the underground
                  workings would  be susceptible to subsidence
                  activity. This activity is difficult to predict
                  and would not be reclaimed. Fencing  and
                  signage would be used to provide for human
                  safety.

                  2.6.14  Ore Recovery

                  Total underground mining of the Crown Jewel
                  Project  deposit would recover approximately
                  831,000 ounces of gold.  This 43%
                  reduction in minable reserves is due to the
                  roof support pillars that must remain for
                  safety of miners (and equipment), isolated
                  mineralized pockets too small for
                  underground extraction, and loss of reserves
                  due to higher cutoff grades caused by higher
                  operating costs.
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-87
2.7  ALTERNATIVE D

This alternative represents the construction,
operation, and reclamation of a combined
surface and underground mine with an open
pit in the northern portion of the Crown
Jewel Project deposit and an underground
operation on the south side. This alternative
would include production and exploration
adits combined with ventilation and backfill
raises, a single waste rock disposal area to
the north of the mine pit, a milling facility, a
lined tailings impoundment, an office and
maintenance complex, and miscellaneous
other support facilities including haul and
access roads, a water storage reservoir,
water supply pipeline, and a power
transmission line. At full production, the
operation would process approximately 3,000
tons of  ore per day.

A complete feasibility analysis might result in
a slightly different scenario.  This alternative
was developed to portray a combined surface
and underground  mine based upon a rough
analysis of known character and
configuration of the mineral deposit.  The
proposed surface facility layout of the
operation is set forth on Figure 2.19,
Alternative D - Operational Site Plan.  Various
aspects of this alternative are summarized in
Table 2.9, Summary of Alternative D.

2.7.1    Mining Techniques

Alternative D would be a combination of
surface  and underground operations.  The
northern portion of the Crown  Jewel Project
deposit  would be mined by surface means
similar to the open pit techniques  set forth in
Alternative B. Underground mining would be
by the room and pillar, post pillar, and other
methods as described in Alternative C.

2.7.2  Waste Rock Disposal

Approximately 18.5 million cubic yards of
waste rock would be moved during surface
mining operations, while approximately
300,000 cubic yards of waste rock from the
underground operation would  be generated.
This material would  be placed in a single
permanent, side-hill  fill, waste rock disposal
area to the  north of  the proposed pit. At
              mine closure, the overall slope of the waste
              rock disposal area would be 31-1:1 V.

              A portion of the waste rock would be used as
              mine backfill in the post and pillar extraction
              areas in the southwest part of the Crown
              Jewel Project mineralized zone. A surface
              rock quarry would not be required for backfill
              material.  Backfill rock would  be obtained
              from the open pit. This rock  must be sized
              by crushing and screening. It would be
              necessary to use both sand and aggregate for
              underground backfill stability.  This material
              would be combined with cement in an
              underground pug mill for use  in backfilling
              operations.

              2.7.3   Mine Ventilation

              The  underground operations contemplated
              would require mine ventilation. Two exhaust
              fans would be located on the surface
              adjacent to the ventilation  raises  constructed
              above the mining zones. These exhaust fans
              would draw fresh air into the  haulage levels,
              through the active working areas and exhaust
              the air into the atmosphere.

              2.7.4   Ore Processing

              Ore from both the underground workings and
              the surface mine would be transported to a
              surface stockpile area where the  ore would
              be discharged into the below  ground crushing
              facility.  After crushing,  the ore would be
              transported by conveyor to the mill for
              grinding, processing, and extraction of the
              gold. Conventional milling techniques
              involving tank cyanidation  and CIL recovery
              processing facility and transport of the
              tailings would be collected and recycled back
              to the mill for reuse.  The tailings facility
              would be designed and operated as a closed-
              circuit (zero discharge) facility with respect to
              water.

              2.7.5    Tailings Disposal

              The tailings stream, after being subjected to
              the INCO S02/Air/Oxidation destruction
              process,  would be transported via a pipeline
              to a lined tailings impoundment in the Marias
              Creek drainage similar to Alternative B.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-88                      CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES                 January 1997
                             TABLE 2.9, SUMMARY OF ALTERNATIVE D
  GENERAL COMPONENTS

           Production	3,000 Tons of Ore Per Day
           Mining	  Open Pit and Underground
           Waste Rock 	1 Disposal Area (north of open pit)
           Crushing  	Below Surface
           Grinding	Surface
           Milling	 Tank Cyanidation with Carbon in Leach
           Tailings Disposal	Marias Creek
           Cyanide Destruction  	INCO SO2/Air/Oxidation
           Employee Transportation 	Busing and/or Van Pooling (Oroville to Chesaw and South)
           Supply Transportation 	Wauconda to Mine Site
           Reclamation	 No Pit Backfill; Adits Sealed
   EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS

           Construction and Development
                   Year 1  	  145-FTE"1; 250-Peak
           Operations
                   Year 2-7	 225
           Decommissioning and Reclamation
                   Year 8  	 50
   LAND OWNERSHIP/ADMINISTRATION                                                 ACRES  %

           Forest Service	292  52
           BLM	147  26
           WADNR	20  4
           Private	99  18

           Total	  558  100
   SURFACE AREA DISTURBANCE (acres)

           Waste Rock Disposal Area	•	98
           Tailings Facility	  101
           Mill and Ore Processing Facility	 16
           Pit Area	 73
           Rock Quarry	0
           Topsoil Stockpiles	 53
           Mine Adits	8
           Ore Stockpile  	 12
           Main Access Road	 24
           Haul Roads	 35
           Miscellaneous Site Access Roads 	 20
           Tailings Slurry Pipeline  	4
           Ancillary Facilities, including Soil Borrow Pits	 41
           Water Supply Pipeline/Pump Station  	 10
           Water Reservoir  	 35
           Topsoil Stockpile (Reservoir)	4
           Power Line Right-of-Way 	 24

           Total	  558
   Note:    1.       FTE = Full Time Equivalents (Employees)
2.7.6    Area of Disturbance                      Of the estimated total disturbance, 52% (292
                                                     acres) would be on National Forest lands.
Approximately 558 acres would be physically        26%  (147 acres) would be on lands
disturbed, including an estimated  73 acres of        administered by the BLM, 4% (20 acres)
disturbance associated with the water               would be on lands administered by
storage reservoir, the water supply pipeline,          theWADNR, and 18% (99 acres) would
and the power transmission line right-of-way         involve private lands.
from Oroville to the site.
                 Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-89
2.7.7    Project Life

Alternative D has a projected life of eight
years.  Construction accounts for about one
year, operations for approximately six years,
and most decommissioning/reclamation
adding another year.  Long-term monitoring
would be necessary to meet approved  plans
and permits.  At least six years of monitoring
for revegetation  would be required.

2.7.8    Employment

During the  peak construction phase, a
maximum of 250 people would be required,
225 for actual construction of facilities and
25 for initiation of mining operations.  This
would be equivalent to a full time workforce
of about 145 people. The construction work
would be managed by the Proponent, but the
actual work would be completed under
contract to a  construction firm specializing in
mining-related construction.

Underground development work, which
would be part of the  initial construction work,
would be completed by the Proponent. Given
the specialty  of mine construction,
particularly underground development work, it
is estimated that approximately 30% of the
construction work force would be hired
locally.

Once the mine becomes fully operational, a
maximum of 225 people would be employed.
Of this total,  it is projected that  50% would
be hired from the local work force (Eastern
Okanogan and Western Ferry Counties).
Specialized skills would be required of  the
underground  labor force which may  not be
available in the local labor pool.

During reclamation, approximately 50 people
would be retained for mill decommissioning,
mine closure  and reclamation. It is estimated
that 95% of the reclamation work force
would be local hire.

2.7.9    Supply Transportation

Operating supplies would be brought to the
mine site through Wauconda via State
Highway 20.   From Wauconda, trucks  would
be routed north on County Road 9495
              (Toroda Creek Road) to County Road 9480
              (Oroville - Toroda Creek Road), then up
              County Road 4895 and Forest Road 3575-
              120 to the site.  The listing and amount of
              supplies brought to the site would be similar
              to those set forth in Table 2.4, Materials and
              Supplies, except the amounts of ammonium
              nitrate and fuel needed would be less.

              2.7.10  Reclamation

              The final pit in the northern portion of the
              Crown Jewel Project deposit would not be
              backfilled, but would be allowed to fill
              naturally with water and eventually overflow
              into a tributary of Nicholson Creek.  The
              mining adits and ventilation raises would be
              permanently sealed to eliminate future  public
              access according to applicable state and
              federal regulations.  To alleviate hydraulic
              pressure from the build-up of water behind
              the seal from mine flooding, the closures to
              the adits would be designed to allow limited
              discharge of water which would be regulated
              by an NPDES permit.

              The surface of the tailings area would be
              contoured to provide drainage to the north.
              The buildings and other temporary surface
              facilities would be dismantled, torn down, or
              otherwise disposed  of or hauled off-site. The
              haul roads would be eliminated by
              recontouring.

              Disturbed surface areas would be configured
              and final graded prior to topsoiling and
              revegetation with grasses, 400 shrubs per
              acre, and 250 trees per acre for long-term
              stabilization.  Selective blasting  of the pit
              walls to remove benches is proposed.  Test
              plot areas would be created to determine the
              best methods of achieving revegetation of the
              site.

              The surface area over the underground
              workings could be susceptible to subsidence
              activity. Fencing and signage would be
              required to maintain human safety.

              2.7.11  Ore Recovery

              The combination of both surface and
              underground mining of the Crown Jewel
              Project deposit is expected to recover
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-90
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
approximately 1.1 million ounces of gold.
This 24% reduction in minable reserves is
primarily due to the roof support pillars that
must remain in the underground mine for
safety of miners and equipment,  isolated
pockets of mineralization not amenable to
underground extraction, and the loss of
reserves due to higher cutoff grades caused
by higher operating costs.

2.8  ALTERNATIVE  E

This alternative represents the construction,
operation, mining, and  reclamation of a
scenario consisting  of an open pit surface
mine, two waste rock disposal areas, a lined
tailings impoundment, a milling facility, an
office and maintenance complex, and
miscellaneous other support facilities
including haul roads, access roads, a water
storage reservoir, water supply pipeline,  and
a power transmission line.  At full production,
the operation would process approximately
3,000 tons of ore per day.

The proposed surface facility layout of the
operation is set forth on Figure 2.20,
Alternative E - Operational Site Plan.  Various
aspects of this alternative are summarized  in
Table 2.10,  Summary of Alternative E.

2.8.1    Mining Techniques

This alternative would consist of a single
open pit surface mine.  Approximately 9.1
million tons of ore are planned to be mined
and processed. To access the ore,
approximately 48 million cubic yards of waste
rock would be removed and placed in two
waste rock disposal areas.  An additional six
million cubic yards of waste rock would  be
hauled from the south pit and placed in the
north pit so a pit lake would not form.

The mining would be conducted by
conventional bench highwall techniques.
Benches would be created as part of ore and
waste rock extraction.  Benches would be
drilled and shot with ANFO explosives.
Samples would be obtained from the cuttings
of all blast holes drilled and analyzed in an
on-site laboratory for precious metals
content.  Once determined, the mine's
surveyors would stake the blasted benches
                  and flag both ore and waste rock locations
                  for the front-end loader or shovel operators.
                  Off-highway trucks would be loaded by front-
                  end loaders or shovels. These trucks would
                  transport the ore to the crusher facility and
                  the waste rock to the waste rock disposal
                  areas.

                  The pit would be sequentially mined to allow
                  placement of about six million cubic yards of
                  waste material from the southern portion of
                  the pit directly into the completed northern
                  portion of the pit.  The partial backfilling
                  would allow drainage from the total pit area
                  and would eliminate the presence of a
                  surface lake in the north pit area after
                  reclamation.

                  2.8.2   Waste Rock Disposal

                  Approximately 16,700 cubic yards of waste
                  rock per day would be moved during
                  operations.  This material would be placed in
                  two permanent waste rock disposal areas
                  outside the mine pit: one to the north of the
                  proposed pit (Disposal Area I) and the other
                  to the south (Disposal Area C). The north
                  disposal area would be designed to retain
                  about 37  million cubic yards of waste rock,
                  and the south disposal area would be
                  designed to contain approximately 11 million
                  cubic yards of waste  rock. Approximately six
                  million cubic yards of waste rock would be
                  directly backfilled within the north pit.  At
                  mine closure, the overall slope of the waste
                  rock disposal areas would be 3H:1 V.

                  2.8.3    Ore Processing

                  Ore from  the mine would be transported  to a
                  surface ore stockpile  area where  it would be
                  loaded into a below surface crushing facility.
                  After crushing, the ore would be transported
                  by conveyor to a surface mill for grinding,
                  processing, and extraction of the gold.
                  Conventional milling techniques involving
                  tank cyanidation and  CIL recovery would be
                  used to extract the gold from the ore.

                  The final product of milling would be gold
                  bars, known as dor6.
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997                      CROWN JEWEL MINE                          Page 2-91
                             TABLE 2.10, SUMMARY OF ALTERNATIVE E
   GENERAL COMPONENTS

           Production	3,000 Tons of Ore Per Day
           Mining	  Surface/Open Pit
           Waste Rock 	  2 Disposal Areas (north and south of pit)
           Crushing  	Below Surface
           Grinding	Surface
           Milling	  Tank Cyanidation with Carbon in Leach
           Tailings Disposal	Marias Creek
           Cyanide Destruction  	INCO SO2/Air/Oxidation
           Employee Transportation 	  Busing and/or Van Pooling (Oroville to Chesaw and South)
           Supply Transportation	Wauconda to Mine Site
           Reclamation	Partial Pit Backfill to Achieve Drainage from Pit
   EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS

           Construction and Development
                   Year 1  	 145-FTE"1; 250-Peak
           Operations
                   Year 2-9	  144
           Decommissioning and Reclamation
                   Year 10	  50
   LAND OWNERSHIP/ADMINISTRATION                                                  ACRES  %

           Forest Service	575  62
           BLM  	195  21
           WADNR	  47   5
           Private	111  12

           Total	 928 100
   SURFACE AREA DISTURBANCE (acres)

           Waste Rock Disposal Areas 	  379
           Tailings Facility	  101
           Mill and Ore Processing Facility	 16
           Pit Area	  138
           Rock Quarry	0
           Topsoil Stockpiles	 75
           Mine Adits	0
           Ore Stockpile  	 12
           Main Access Road	 24
           Haul Roads	48
           Miscellaneous Site Access Roads	 19
           Tailings Slurry Pipeline  	4
           Ancillary Facilities, including Soil Borrow Pits	 39
           Water Supply Pipeline/Pump Station  	 10
           Water Reservoir 	 35
           Topsoil Stockpile (Reservoir)	4
           Power Line Right-of-Way	 24

           Total	  928
  Note:    1.       FTE = Full Time Equivalents (Employees)
2.8.4    Tailings Disposal                          lined tailings impoundment in the Marias
                                                      Creek drainage.  Water used in the cyanide
The tailings stream, after being subjected to          processing and transport of the tailings would
the INCO S02/Air/Oxidation destruction               be collected and recycled to the mill for reuse
process, would be pumped via a pipeline to a         in the milling process.  The tailings facility
                 Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-92
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
would be designed and operated as a closed-
circuit (zero-discharge) facility with respect to
water.

2.8.5    Area of Disturbance

Approximately 928 acres would be physically
disturbed, including an estimated 73 acres of
disturbance associated with the water
storage reservoir, the water supply pipeline,
and the power transmission line right-of-way
from Oroville to the site.

Of the estimated total disturbance, 62% (575
acres) would be on National Forest lands,
21% (195 acres) would be on lands
administered by the BLM, 5% (47 acres)
would be on lands administered by the
WADNR, and 12% (111  acres) would be on
private lands.

2.8.6    Project Life

Alternative E has a projected life of ten years.
Construction accounts for about one year,
operations for approximately eight years, and
most decommissioning/reclamation adding
another year. Long-term  monitoring would be
necessary to meet approved plans and
permits.  At  least six years of monitoring for
revegetation would be required.

2.8.7    Employment

During the peak construction period, a
maximum of 250 people would be required,
225 for actual construction of facilities and
25 for initiation of mining operations. This
would be equivalent to a full time work force
of about  145 people.  The construction work
would be managed by the Proponent, but the
actual work  would  be completed under
contract to a construction firm specializing  in
mining-related  construction.  It is estimated
that approximately 40% of the construction
force would  be hired  locally (from Eastern
Okanogan or Western Ferry Counties).

Once the mine becomes fully operational, an
annual average of 144 people would be
employed. Of this  total, it is projected that at
least 80% would be hired from the local work
force.
                  During reclamation, approximately 50 people
                  would be retained for year 10. This work
                  force would be responsible for mill
                  decommissioning, completing the partial mine
                  backfill, and reclamation. It is estimated that
                  at least 95% of the reclamation work force
                  would be local.

                  2.8.8   Supply Transportation

                  Operating supplies would be brought to the
                  mine site through Wauconda via State
                  Highway 20. From Wauconda, trucks would
                  be routed north on County Road 9495
                  (Toroda Creek Road) to County Road 9480
                  (Oroville - Toroda Creek Road), then up
                  County Road 4895 and Forest Road 3575-
                  120 to the site.  The listing and amount of
                  supplies brought to the site are set forth in
                  Table 2.4, Materials and Supplies.

                  2.8.9   Reclamation

                  This alternative provides for partial  backfill of
                  waste rock into the final open pit on the
                  north side of the Crown Jewel Project reserve
                  zone. This partial backfill would allow
                  drainage from the total pit area, prevent the
                  formation of a surface lake after reclamation,
                  and allow isolation of potential acid-producing
                  waste rock.

                  The surface of the tailings area would be
                  contoured to provide drainage to the north.
                  The buildings and other temporary surface
                  facilities would be dismantled, torn down, or
                  otherwise disposed of or hauled off-site. The
                  haul roads would be eliminated by
                  recontouring.

                  The remainder of the disturbed areas would
                  be graded, sloped, topsoiled and revegetated
                  with grasses, 400 shrubs per acre, and 250
                  trees per acre for long-term stabilization.
                  Selective blasting of the pit walls to remove
                  benches is proposed. Test plot areas would
                  be created to determine the best methods of
                  achieving  revegetation of the site.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-93
2.8.10  Ore Recovery

Approximately 1.46 million ounces of gold
are estimated to be recoverable under this
alternative.  The sequential partial backfilling
during mining could affect the operational
flexibility and mining economics since the
magnetite ore in the bottom of the northern
pit area would need to be removed earlier so
it would need to be as finely ground as the
other ore in the deposit.

2.9  ALTERNATIVE F

This alternative represents the construction,
operation, and reclamation of a mining and
milling facility consisting of an open pit
surface mine, a waste rock disposal area, a
lined tailings impoundment, a milling facility,
an office and maintenance complex, and
miscellaneous other support facilities
including haul roads, access roads, a water
storage reservoir, water supply pipeline and
an electric power transmission line.  At full
production,  the operation considered by this
alternative would process approximately
1,500 tons of ore per day, or half of the
production  rate proposed for action
Alternatives B, C, D,  E, and G.

The proposed surface facility layout of the
operation is set forth on Figure 2.21,
Alternative F - Operational Site Plan.  Various
aspects of this alternative are summarized in
Table 2.11,  Summary of Alternative F.

2.9.1    Mining  Techniques

This alternative would consist of a single
open pit surface mine.  Approximately 9.1
million tons  of ore are planned to be mined
and processed.  To access the ore,
approximately 54 million cubic yards of waste
rock would be removed and placed in a single
temporary waste  rock disposal area north of
the pit. (Disposal Area I on Figure 2.2,
Waste Rock Disposal Area Options.)

The mining would be conducted by
conventional bench highwall techniques.
Benches would  be created as part of ore and
waste rock extraction.  Benches would be
drilled and shot with ANFO blasting agents.
Samples would  be obtained from the cuttings
              of selected blast holes and analyzed in an on-
              site laboratory for precious metals. Once
              determined, the mine's surveyors would
              stake the blasted benches and flag both ore
              and waste rock locations for the front-end
              loader or shovel operators. Off-highway
              trucks would be loaded by front-end loaders
              or shovels.  These trucks would transport the
              ore to the crusher facility and the waste rock
              to the waste rock disposal areas.

              Mining operations would be conducted for a
              single (12 hour) shift per day, seven days a
              week, 365 days per year with maintenance
              scheduled for the second shift. Milling would
              be conducted two shifts a day, 24 hours per
              day, seven days a week, 365 days per year.

              2.9.2   Waste  Rock Disposal

              A single  temporary waste rock disposal area
              would be constructed north of the proposed
              pit to contain the entire estimated 54 million
              cubic yards  of waste rock material removed
              from the mine pit. At the cessation of
              operations, all the temporarily stockpiled
              waste rock would be returned to the mine pit.

              The final topography of the mine pit area,
              after backfilling, would be higher than the
              topography existing prior to mining given the
              swell factor for the waste rock material.

              2.9.3   Ore Processing

              Ore from the mine would be transported to a
              surface ore stockpile area  where it would be
              loaded into a below surface crushing facility.
              After crushing, the ore would be transported
              by conveyor to a  surface mill for grinding,
              processing,  and extraction of the gold.
              Conventional milling techniques involving
              tank cyanidation and CIL recovery would be
              used to extract the gold from the ore.  The
              mill would be designed for the 1,500 tons per
              day feed.

              The final product  of milling would be gold
              bars,  known as dor£.

              2.9.4   Tailings Disposal

              The tailings stream, after being subjected to
              the INCO S02/Air/Oxidation destruction
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-94                      CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES                 January 1997
                             TABLE 2.11, SUMMARY OF ALTERNATIVE F
  GENERAL COMPONENTS
          Production	1,500 Tons of Ore Per Day
          Mining	Surface/Open Pit
          Waste Rock 	  1 Disposal Area (north of pit)
          Crushing  	Below Surface
          Grinding	  Surface
          Milling	Tank Cyanidation with Carbon in Leach
          Tailings Disposal	  Nicholson Creek
          Cyanide Destruction  	  INCO SO2/Air/Oxidation
          Employee Transportation 	Busing and/or Van Pooling (Oroville to Chesaw and South)
          Supply Transportation	  Wauconda to Mine Site
          Reclamation	  Complete Pit Backfill; No Permanent Waste Rock Disposal Areas
  EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS

          Construction and Development
                   Year 1  	  145-FTE111; 250-Peak
          Operations
                   Year 2-17	125
          Decommissioning and Reclamation
                   Year 18-33  	75
  LAND OWNERSHIP/ADMINISTRATION                                                   ACRES  %

          Forest Service	  527  64
          BLM  	  153  19
          WADNR	  38   5
          Private	  99  12

          Total	817  100
  SURFACE AREA DISTURBANCE (acres)

          Waste Rock Disposal Area (Temporary)	215
          Tailings Facility	157
          Mill and Ore Processing Facility	16
          Pit Area	138
          Rock Quarry	  0
          Topsoil Stockpiles	63
          Mine Adits	  0
          Ore Stockpile 	12
          Main Access Road	   24
          Haul Roads	48
          Miscellaneous Site Access Roads 	   28
          Tailings Slurry Pipeline   	  4
          Ancillary Facilities, including Soil Borrow Pits	39
          Water Supply Pipeline/Pump Station 	10
          Water Reservoir  	35
          Topsoil Stockpile (Reservoir)	4
          Power Line Right-of-Way 	24

          Total	817
  Note:     1.       FTE = Full Time Equivalents (Employees)
process, would be pumped via a pipeline to a        would be designed and operated as a closed-
lined tailings impoundment in the Nicholson          circuit facility with respect to water.
Creek drainage.  Water used in the cyanide
processing and transport of the tailings would        2.9.5    Area of Disturbance
be collected and recycled to the  mill for reuse
in the milling process.  The tailings facility           Approximately 817 acres would be physically
                                                     disturbed, including an estimated 73 acres of
                 Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-95
disturbance associated with the water
storage reservoir, the water supply pipeline,
and the power transmission line right-of-way
from Oroville to the site.

Of the estimated total disturbance, 64% (527
acres) would be on National Forest lands,
19% (153 acres) would be on lands
administered by the BLM, 5% (38 acres)
would be on lands administered by the
WADNR, and 12% (99 acres) would be on
private lands.

2.9.6    Project Life

Alternative F has a projected life of 33 years.
Construction accounts for about one year,
operations for 16 years, and most
decommissioning/reclamation (including the
complete pit backfilling activities) adding
another estimated  16 years.  Long-term
monitoring would be as necessary to  meet
approved plans and permits. At least six
years of monitoring for revegetation would be
required.

2.9.7    Employment

During the peak construction period, a
maximum of 250 people would  be employed,
225 for actual construction of facilities and
25 for initiation of mining operations.  This
represents a full time work force of about
145 people. The construction work would be
managed by the Proponent, but the actual
work would be done under contract to a
construction firm specializing in mining-
related construction.  It is estimated that
approximately 40% of the construction force
would be hired locally (Eastern Okanogan and
Western Ferry Counties).

Once the mine becomes fully operational, an
estimated 125 people would be employed.
Of this total, it is projected that at least 80%
would be hired from the local work force.

During reclamation, an estimated 100 people
would be retained for  the first year of
reclamation work which would include mill
decommissioning, tailings pond reclamation,
and initiation of mine backfill activities. For
the next 15 years, an  estimated 75 people
would be required to continue the mine pit
              backfill operations.  In the last year of
              reclamation, an estimated 25 people would
              be required for topsoil work and
              miscellaneous revegetation activities. It is
              estimated that 95% of the reclamation work
              force would be local.

              2.9.8   Supply Transportation

              Operating supplies would be brought to the
              mine site through Wauconda via State
              Highway 20.  From Wauconda, trucks would
              be routed north on County Road 9495
              (Toroda Creek Road) to County Road 9480
              (Oroville - Toroda Creek Road), then up
              County Road 4895 and Forest Road 3575-
              120 to the site.  The listing and amount of
              supplies brought to the site are about half
              those set forth in Table 2.4, Materials and
              Supplies.

              2.9.9    Reclamation

              This alternative provides for complete backfill
              of waste rock into the final open pit. This
              would allow drainage from the total pit area
              and prevent the formation of a surface lake
              after reclamation.

              Reclamation of the pit area and temporary
              waste rock disposal area sites would begin
              much later than under all other action
              alternatives.

              The surface of the tailings area would be
              contoured to provide drainage to the north.
              The buildings and other temporary surface
              facilities would be dismantled, torn down, or
              otherwise disposed of or hauled off-site.  The
              haul roads would be eliminated by
              recontouring.

              All disturbed areas would be graded, sloped,
              topsoiled  and revegetated with grasses, 400
              shrubs per acre, and 250 trees per acre for
              long-term stabilization. Test plot areas would
              be created to determine the best methods of
              achieving revegetation of the site.

              2.9.10   Ore Recovery

              Approximately 1.46 million ounces of gold
              were estimated to be recovered in the
              implementation of this alternative.  It should
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-96
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
be noted that, when the substantial costs of
complete backfilling are considered, a
substantial decrease in or elimination of
reserves should result in a different mine
equipment utilization and milling economies
of scale.

2.10 ALTERNATIVE G

This alternative represents the construction,
operation, and reclamation of a mining and
milling facility that would include an open pit
surface  mine, a single waste rock disposal
area to the north of the pit, a milling facility
that uses flotation only with no cyanide
processing on-site, a lined tailings
impoundment in Nicholson Creek for flotation
tailings, an office  and  maintenance complex,
and miscellaneous support facilities including
haul and access roads, a water storage
reservoir,  a water supply pipeline, and a
power transmission line.  In this alternative,
flotation concentrates would be hauled off-
site to be subjected to cyanidation and
smelting.  At full production, the operation
would process approximately 3,000 tons of
ore per day.

The proposed layout of the facilities for this
alternative is set forth on Figure 2.22,
Alternative G - Operational Site Plan.  Various
aspects of this alternative are summarized in
Table 2.12, Summary of Alternative G.

2.10.1   Mining Techniques

This proposed action would consist of a
single open pit surface mine.  Approximately
9.1 million tons of ore are planned to be
mined and processed. To access the ore,
approximately 54 million cubic yards of waste
rock would be removed  and placed in a single
waste rock disposal area north of the pit (see
Disposal Area J on Figure 2.2, Waste Rock
Disposal Area Options).

The mining would be conducted by
conventional bench highwall techniques.
Benches would be created as part of ore and
waste rock extraction. Benches would be
drilled and shot with ANFO blasting agents.
Samples would be obtained from the  cuttings
of selected blast holes drilled and would  be
analyzed in an on-site laboratory for precious
                   metals. Once determined, the mine's
                   surveyors would stake the blasted benches
                   and flag both ore and waste rock locations
                   for the front-end loader or shovel operators.
                   Off-highway trucks would be loaded by front
                   end loaders or shovels. These trucks would
                   transport the ore to the crusher facility and
                   the waste rock to the waste rock disposal
                   area.

                   2.10.2  Waste Rock Disposal

                   All waste rock (approximately 54 million
                   cubic yards) would be placed in a single
                   permanent waste rock Disposal Area (J)
                   located to the north of the proposed pit.  This
                   disposal area would cover the 1.8 acre
                   wetland area known locally as the frog pond.
                   At mine closure, the overall slope of the
                   waste rock disposal area would be 3H:1 V.

                   2.10.3  Ore Processing

                   Ore from the mine would be transported to a
                   surface ore stockpile area where it would be
                   loaded into a below surface crushing facility.
                   After crushing, the ore would be transported
                   by conveyor to a surface mill for grinding,
                   processing, and extraction of the gold.
                   Milling would use the flotation process which
                   is a method of concentrating  solid minerals in
                   a relatively finely divided state.  Precious
                   metals (gold) in the ground ore would be
                   recovered as a concentrate in the flotation
                   cell.

                   Chemicals that are projected for use in the
                   flotation process and their estimated
                   consumption rates are presented in Table
                   2.13, Flotation Reagents.

                   2.10.4  Off-Site Shipment of Flotation
                           Concentrates

                   Approximately 10% of the total  processed
                   ore would become the flotation concentrates.
                   This would amount to approximately 300
                   tons per day, if 3,000 tons per day are
                   processed.  Assuming 25 ton haul trucks,
                   there would be 12 trips per day, seven days
                   per week, from the Crown Jewel Project site
                   with trucks hauling flotation concentrates. It
                   is assumed that the concentrates would be
                   hauled to Oroville where the concentrates
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997                      CROWN JEWEL MINE                          Page 2-97
                                TABLE 2.12, SUMMARY OF ALTERNATIVE G
  GENERAL COMPONENTS
           Production	  3,000 Tons of Ore Per Day
           Mining	Surface/Open Pit
           Waste Rock 	1 Disposal Area (north of pit)
           Crushing  	 Below Surface
           Grinding	Surface
           Milling	  Flotation, Off-Site Cyanidation, and Smelting
           Tailings Disposal	Nicholson Creek
           Cyanide Destruction  	 Not Applicable
           Employee Transportation  	  Busing and/or Van Pooling (Oroville to Chesaw and South)
           Supply Transportation 	  Oroville to Mine Site
           Reclamation	No Pit Backfill; Other Sites Revegetated
  EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS

           Construction and Development
                   Year 1  	  145-FTE'"; 250-Peak
           Operations
                   Year 2-9 	210
           Decommissioning and Reclamation
                   Year 10	  50
  LAND OWNERSHIP/ADMINISTRATION                                                        ACRES  %

           Forest Service	 544  61
           BLM  	 197  22
           WADNR	44   5
           Private	 108  12

           Total	893 100
  SURFACE AREA DISTURBANCE (acres)

           Waste Rock Disposal Area	294
           Tailings Facility	137
           Mill and Ore Processing Facility	16
           Pit Area	1 38
           Rock Quarry	  0
           Topsoil Stockpiles	72
           Mine Adits	  0
           Ore Stockpile  	12
           Mam Access Road	  24
           Haul Roads	63
           Miscellaneous Site Access Roads 	  15
           Tailings Slurry  Pipeline  	  4
           Ancillary Facilities, including Soil Borrow Pits	45
           Water Supply Pipeline/Pump Station 	10
           Water Reservoir  	35
           Topsoil Stockpile (Reservoir)	  4
           Power Line Right-of-Way  	24

           Total	893
  Note:     1.       FTE = Full Time Equivalents (Employees)
would be loaded on railroad cars for transport        Nicholson Creek drainage.  Water used in the
to the Seattle or Tacoma area where they            processing and transport of the tailings would
would probably be shipped overseas for             be collected and recycled to the  mill for reuse
cyanidation and final smelting.                       in the milling process. The tailings  facility
                                                     would be designed and operated as a closed
2.10.5   Tailings Disposal                          circuit (zero discharge) facility with  respect to
                                                     water.  There would be no  cyanide
The flotation tailings would be pumped  via a         destruction component to the tailings disposal
pipeline to a lined tailings impoundment in the        circuit.
                 Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-98
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
TABLE 2.13, FLOTATION REAGENTS
Reagent
Potassium Amyl Xanthate
MIBC (Frother)
AP404 (Promotor)
DP-6 (Promotor)
Copper Sulfate (Activator)
Na2S (Sulfidizer)
Approximate
Requirement
Ibs/ton
0.3
0.06
0.25
0.1
0.3
0.3
Container
(shipping & storage)
50 gallon drum
50 gallon drum
50 gallon drum
50 gallon drum
50 gallon drum
50 gallon drum
Approximate Daily1 Use
(Ibs)
900
180
750
300
900
900
Note: 1 . Assumes processing of approximately 3,000 tons of ore per day.
Annual Use
(tons)
164
33
137
55
164
164

2.10.6  Area of Disturbance

Approximately 893 acres would be physically
disturbed, including an estimated 73 acres of
disturbance associated with the water
storage reservoir, the water supply pipeline,
and the power transmission line right-of-way
from Oroville to the site.

Of the estimated total disturbance, 61 % (544
acres) would be on National Forest lands,
22% (197 acres) would be on lands
administered by the BLM, 5% (44 acres)
would be on lands administered by the
WADNR, and 12% (108 acres) would be on
private lands.

2.10.7  Project Life

Alternative G has a projected life of ten
years.  Construction accounts for about one
year, operations for approximately eight
years, and the majority of decommissioning/
reclamation being completed in another year.
Long-term monitoring would be as necessary
to meet approved plans and permits. At least
six years of monitoring for revegetation
would be required.

2.10.8  Employment

During the peak construction phase, a
maximum of 250 people would be required,
225 for actual construction of facilities and
25 for initiation of mining operations.  This
would be equivalent to a full time workforce
of 145 people.  The construction work would
be managed by the Proponent, but the actual
                  work would be done under contract to a
                  construction firm specializing in mining-
                  related construction.  It is estimated that
                  approximately 40% of the construction force
                  could be hired locally (Eastern Okanogan and
                  Western Ferry Counties).

                  Once the mine becomes fully operational, a
                  maximum of 210 people would be employed.
                  Of this total, it is projected that at least 80%
                  would be hired from the local work force.
                  This operational work force would include the
                  30 people (drivers, maintenance,  dewatering,
                  loadout, and administration personnel)
                  necessary for the handling and transportation
                  of flotation concentrates to Oroville.

                  During reclamation, approximately 50 people
                  would be retained for mill decommissioning,
                  mine closure and reclamation. It  is estimated
                  that 95% of the reclamation work force
                  would be local.

                  2.10.9  Supply Transportation

                  Shipment of operating supplies,
                  approximately 11 truck loads per week,
                  would be via year round highways to  Oroville.
                  From Oroville, trucks would be routed east  on
                  County  Road 9480 through Chesaw (Oroville
                  - Toroda Creek Road), then up County Road
                  4895 and Forest Road 3575-120 to the site.
                  Given the probable spring haulage restrictions
                  with this transportation route, approximately
                  30 days additional storage over the storage
                  contemplated for the Wauconda-Toroda
                  Creek route would be required. There would
                  be no transport of chemicals needed for the
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-99
 cyanidation circuit or the cyanide destruction
 circuit.  Flotation chemicals are set forth in
 Table 2.13, Flotation Reagents.

 2.10.10    Reclamation

 The final pit would be left open.  This would
 allow the creation of a lake in the northern
 portion  of the final pit that would eventually
 discharge into the Nicholson Creek drainage.
 The remainder of the disturbed areas would
 be graded, sloped, topsoiled, and revegetated
 with grasses, 400 shrubs per acre, and 250
 trees  per acre for long-term stabilization.
 Selective blasting of the pit walls to remove
 benches is proposed.  Test plot areas would
 be created to determine the best methods of
 achieving revegetation of the site.  The
 buildings and other temporary surface
 facilities would be dismantled, torn down, or
 otherwise disposed of or hauled off-site. The
 haul roads  would be eliminated by
 recontouring.

 2.10.11    Ore Recovery

 The use of flotation would recover  about
 760,000 ounces (45%), versus
 approximately 1.46 million ounces  (87%)
 using  cyanidation, of the gold contained in
 the Crown  Jewel Project ore reserve. This
 reduction is primarily due to the mineralogy of
 the Crown  Jewel Project deposit.

 2.11  RECLAMATION MEASURES

 The purpose of reclamation is to return the
 disturbed areas to a stabilized and productive
 condition following mining and milling
 activities and protect long-term land, water,
 and air resources in the area.  Reclamation
 policies  of the Forest Service, BLM, and
 WADNR are to ensure the return of disturbed
 lands  to productive uses consistent with land
 management policies.

The Proponent submitted a Reclamation Plan
in August 1993  (Revised November 1993,
August  1995, December 1995, March  1996,
and July 1996)  to the Forest Service,
WADOE, BLM, and WADNR. The plan
includes their proposed reclamation measures
and design  for the site.  If an action
alternative is selected, this reclamation plan
              would be modified, as necessary, to include
              any changes or additions as developed
              through the EIS and permitting processes.

              The Plan of Operations approved prior to the
              start-up of  the Crown Jewel Project would
              include a detailed reclamation  plan acceptable
              to the Forest Service, WADOE, BLM,  and
              WADNR. The reclamation plan would
              describe measures to reduce long-term
              impacts with the goal to return the land to a
              productive  state similar to that which existed
              on the site  prior to exploration.  The
              reclamation plan would conform to
              appropriate federal and state statutes and
              regulations.

              All parties understand that reclamation
              practices and technology are changing and
              developing.  It is expected that there would
              be future modifications in the  Operational
              Reclamation Plans as techniques are refined
              or expanded.  Revegetation test plot work
              would be completed during operations and
              would evaluate the results of this work and
              other  reclamation programs in the industry.
              The Proponent would take advantage  of
              opportunities to explore new reclamation
              techniques  and new methods for erosion
              control.  The reclamation plan  would be
              updated at  least once every five years or as
              appropriate using results of test plots  or
              improvements  in reclamation technology.

              As described in Section 2.14,  Performance
              Securities, reclamation and environmental
              protection performance securities would be
              updated on two year intervals  or more
              frequently,  as necessary depending on
              changes in  disturbed areas, modifications of
              plans  or any other alteration of or to the
              condition of the mine that affects the  cost of
              reclamation and/or environmental protection.

              2.11.1  Introduction

              The reclamation program for the Crown
              Jewel Project is designed to reclaim mining
              related disturbance, where conditions  and
              current reclamation technology reasonably
              permit, in compliance with the requirements
              of the appropriate regulatory agencies. The
              following are measures the Proponent would
              take to safeguard the environment through
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-100
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
reclamation of the affected areas when
activities in these areas cease. The
procedures are designed to allow the
Proponent to reclaim affected areas to a
productive post-mining land use that is similar
to pre-mining and pre-exploration land uses.

2.11.2  Reclamation Goals and
         Objectives

The current land use of the site is primarily
for timber management, rangeland for cattle
grazing, wildlife habitat, and dispersed
recreation.  Although most of the area has
previously been harvested for timber, there is
relatively little available, high quality forage
suitable for wildlife use and domestic grazing.
The emphasis of the reclamation plan would
be to  create forested habitats similar to what
existed prior to exploration and future deer
winter range, where appropriate.

The reclamation plan for any of the selected
action alternatives would incorporate the
following basic goals:

•  Establishment of stable surface,
   topographic, and drainage conditions that
   are compatible with the surrounding
   landscape and that control erosion, water
   quality, and air quality  impacts from the
   operation;

•  Establishment of surface soil conditions
   that are conducive to regeneration of a
   stable plant community through removal,
   stockpiling, and  reapplication of suitable
   topsoil and cover soil material;

•  Revegetation of  disturbed  areas using
   species adapted to site conditions and
   approved by the appropriate agencies in
   order to establish a long-term productive,
   self-sustaining, biotic community
   compatible with currently identified future
   land uses and comparable to what
   currently exists on the site;

•  Consideration of public safety including
   posting warning signs, limiting  public
   access, and the  stabilizing or removing of
   structures or landforms created as a result
   of the mining  activities that could
   constitute a public hazard;
                   •  Drain/dewater tailings solids, dewater the
                      tailings pond, cover the tailings with soil
                      and revegetate the tailings facility; and,

                   •  Re-establishment of access routes across
                      the Crown Jewel Project site where
                      desired by the agencies.

                   The post-mining land uses on federal lands
                   would be managed for replacement timber,
                   grazing, wildlife habitat, and  dispersed
                   recreation or land use emphasis developed for
                   the area through Management Plan revisions.

                   2.11.3  Reclamation Schedule

                   Reclamation and closure design  measures
                   would be incorporated into the mine design at
                   the start of the Crown Jewel Project and
                   would be an integral part of the mine
                   permitting and mining operations.
                   Reclamation activities would  be initiated as
                   soon as practical after the mining activities in
                   a particular area are completed,  thus
                   minimizing erosion  and sedimentation
                   problems. This is called segmental or
                   concurrent reclamation.

                   In general, reclamation activities would  be
                   timed to take advantage of optimal climatic
                   conditions. Seedbeds would be prepared and
                   seeding would be completed in order to take
                   advantage of  winter and spring  moisture.
                   Tree and shrub planting would occur in the
                   spring.

                   During the life of the Crown  Jewel Project,
                   interim and segmental reclamation would
                   occur to reduce erosion and the potential for
                   water quality degradation. Interim
                   reclamation refers to reclamation efforts on
                   lands disturbed during the course of a project
                   and is intended to temporarily stabilize an
                   area prior to final reclamation. Interim
                   reclamation would  include revegetation to
                   reduce erosion and sediment during the life of
                   the operation. Topsoil would not be applied
                   to interim revegetated areas.  Mulch would
                   be applied, as appropriate, following seeding.
                   The areas which would require interim
                   reclamation include the temporary road
                   embankments and  topsoil stockpiles.
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-101
Segmental reclamation refers to reclamation
activities which can be carried on at the same
time as ongoing mining activities.  Segmental
(concurrent) reclamation would be used on
disturbed areas that have been graded to final
reclamation topography.  Such areas would
include road outslopes for permanent
roadways, areas disturbed during
construction of the water supply pipeline
routes, power line route, and waste rock
disposal areas at final grade due to staged
construction.

Most reclamation activities would occur at
the time of mine closure and would be
considered final reclamation. The areas to
undergo reclamation at mine closure would
include portions of the mine pit, portions of
the waste rock disposal areas, the tailings
disposal facility, haul roads, mill facilities and
administration building site, borrow areas,
and other ancillary areas. The water storage
reservoir would be reclaimed after
reclamation of the mine site is complete, and
water is no longer needed for reclamation and
pit-filling activities. Final reclamation would
be implemented upon the completion of
mining activities at the Crown Jewel Project
or after a period of shutdown of more than
two years, unless there are circumstances
that allow for longer periods under permit
terms.

Temporary Cessation

Although a temporary cessation of operations
is not planned, circumstances beyond the
control of the Proponent may require a
temporary cessation of operations.  If a
temporary cessation of operations occurs, the
Proponent would implement the following
activities:

•  Seeding and associated revegetation
   practices would be implemented on areas
   not scheduled for additional disturbance;

•  Diversion ditches and sedimentation ponds
   would be inspected periodically to ensure
   that approved design criteria are met and
   that the systems continue to function
   properly after major storm events.
   Cleaning and repairs would be performed
   as necessary; and,
              •  Appropriate sediment management
                 structures would be placed as necessary.

              Monitoring and necessary maintenance would
              be conducted during any temporary cessation
              of operations.

              Under certain circumstances, and 180 days
              after the cessation of operations, the WADNR
              can declare the site abandoned and final
              reclamation would commence.  Similarly, the
              BLM can require  reclamation to start after an
              extended period  of non-operation as defined
              in the 43 CFR  3809 regulations, or as
              otherwise  defined in an approved Plan of
              Operations.

              Permanent Cessation

              In the unlikely  event that operations
              permanently cease prior to the scheduled
              completion of operations, impacts related to
              pit size and depth, underground operations,
              waste rock disposal areas, and tailings
              disposal facilities may be less than proposed.
              The post-operational landform would depend
              on the stage of the operation at cessation
              and cannot be predicted.  If operations cease
              prematurely, the  Proponent would work with
              the appropriate agencies to develop a revised
              reclamation plan  that specifically addresses
              the existing conditions at the time of closure.

              2.11.4  General Reclamation Procedures

              This section includes the general steps to be
              followed in reclaiming each of the disturbance
              areas. Where feasible, Crown Jewel Project
              features to be reclaimed would be designed
              to achieve a topography that blends into the
              surrounding terrain. This would not be fully
              accomplished with the pit area except under
              Alternative F.

              Vegetation Clearing and Seed Collection

              Prior to topsoil salvage, merchantable timber
              would be harvested and removed from the
              site, except what would be needed for "down
              log" reclamation  requirements.  To the extent
              possible, remaining vegetation would be
              removed; however, much of the herbaceous
              vegetation would remain and be salvaged
              during soil removal operations.  Logs that
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-102
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
would be used for replacement of large
woody debris during segmental or final
reclamation would be stockpiled during
operations. Other woody debris including
stumps, limbs, brush, etc. would be chipped
and returned onto the soil prior to actual soil
removal (if the permitting agency jurisdiction
concludes chipping would be available as a
reasonable alternative) or piled and burned in
place.

At least three years prior to the
commencement of segmental and/or final
reclamation, the Proponent would collect
seed from the proper seed zones to reforest
the site with trees and shrubs or reimburse
the agencies for the collection of the seed
and raising of the tree seedlings. This seed
would be made available to the Forest
Service or a private  tree nursery to grow the
necessary seedlings. The seed collection and
plant propagation activities described above
pertain only to the production of tree and
shrub seedlings for mine site reclamation.

As much natural,  local vegetation seed
sources (grasses, forbs, shrubs, and trees)
would be used as feasible.  Seed sources
from sites with similar environments would
be selected to ensure that the plants are
adapted to the elevation, precipitation,
temperature, and  soil conditions present at
the Crown Jewel  Project.  Native seed would
be collected locally as availability allows.
Where not enough seed can be reasonably
collected locally, seed would be purchased
from suppliers in Washington State or from
other suppliers in the Pacific Northwest who
specialize in reclamation. If appropriate seed
is not available commercially, seed would be
collected from appropriate ecotypes, as
required.

Erosion and Sediment Control

Erosion control would be accomplished by
diverting existing flow into engineered
diversion channels,  thus eliminating excessive
surface runoff across disturbed areas.
Sediment detention basins and ponds
designed for catching and storing sediment
from exposed and erodible surfaces would be
built prior to disturbance in an area.
Detention ponds would  have an adequate
                   retention time to allow the sediment to settle
                   out prior to discharge to surface waters.
                   Discharges from detention ponds must meet
                   appropriate state and federal water quality
                   standards.  Sediment traps would be placed
                   in ditches, depending on slope, and below un-
                   revegetated slopes to aid  in  erosion and
                   sediment control.  The size and spacing of
                   such erosion and sediment control structures
                   would be based on site specific design
                   considerations.

                   Best Management Practices  for runoff and
                   sedimentation control include the following
                   measures:

                   • The disturbed area would be kept to a
                     minimum at any given  time through
                     phased disturbance and segmental
                     reclamation.

                   • An underdrain would be  installed beneath
                     the tailings disposal facility. This would
                     allow ground water and springs to flow
                     beneath the facility.

                   • Drainage structures installed as part of the
                     construction of access and haul roads
                     would include channels,  water-bars, cross
                     drains,  culverts, sediment traps, and silt
                     fencing.

                   • Rapidly developing and sod-forming plant
                     species would be planted to promote rapid
                     stabilization.

                   • Seeding and planting would occur in the
                     first appropriate season after topsoil
                     redistribution.

                   • Mulches, with tackifiers  (as needed),
                     would be applied to aid in erosion control
                     and moisture retention.

                   • Access would be minimized by fencing to
                     limit disturbance and promote rapid
                     stabilization.

                   • Grasses, shrubs, and trees would be
                     planted for stabilization.

                   • Interim seeding would be used to stabilize
                     inactive, disturbed areas.
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-103
 •  Roads and water control structures would
    be maintained periodically as needed.

 •  Sediment control structures would be
    maintained until reclamation and
    revegetation efforts are completed and the
    sediment control structures are no longer
    needed.  The sediment control structures
    would then be reclaimed.

 Grading during reclamation would be
 designed and conducted to minimize the
 potential for erosion. Specifically, the
 following measures would be implemented:

 •  Fill slopes and other potential sediment
    sources would be visually inspected
    throughout the operation to allow early
    detection of erosion  and vegetation
    problems.  During critical runoff periods,
    such as spring snow melt, inspection of
    fills and erosive areas would occur on a
    more frequent basis.

 •  Reclaimed slopes would be inspected after
    spring runoff and after major storm events
    for a period of at least six years after the
    completion of reclamation grading or as
    determined by the regulatory agencies.
    Any rills  or gullies greater than six inches
    deep that develop would be stabilized  and
    revegetated.

 Decommissioning of Facilities

 Following permanent closure of the operation,
 salvageable  equipment,  instrumentation,
 furniture, and/or unused reagents would  be
 removed from the site.  The various piping
 and plumbing material associated with the
 mill would be flushed to remove or neutralize
 any reagents or chemicals.

 Removal of Buildings and Structures

 Buildings and structures would be dismantled
 and removed from the site at the permanent
 cessation of operations. Any salvageable
 parts of buildings and structures would be
 sold or transferred to another operation.
 Unsalvageable portions of buildings and
structures, such as foundations, would be
buried on-site or removed and disposed of in
an approved waste disposal facility.  Pads
              would be ripped to alleviate compaction and
              revegetated as part of final closure.  In
              addition, unless needed for some ongoing
              purpose, access and  haul roads would be
              reclaimed to the original topography or ripped
              and seeded, culverts  would be removed, and
              the roads would be "pulled back" and/or
              ripped and  then reseeded.  Power lines and
              power poles would be removed from National
              Forest System lands  except as specified in
              Section 2.12.18, Wildlife and Fish -  Public
              Land Enhancement.

              Grading and Stabilization

              Slopes would be shaped for reclamation
              during material placement, removal,  or upon
              completion of the active life of each  Crown
              Jewel Project component.  Depending on the
              type of material, its erodibility, and the
              practical considerations of the mining
              process, overall final  slope grades would
              vary.

              Upper portions of the mine pit would remain
              essentially as cliffs. Reclamation blasting
              techniques  would be  used  on the upper
              highwall and benches, particularly in the
              upper 200 feet to leave irregular cliffs with
              talus slopes below. Backfilled waste rock in
              the southwest end of the pit and pit  floor
              would be resoiled and reclaimed with
              vegetation, where possible. The southwest
              pit wall would be blasted and/or filled to
              create somewhat continuous slopes that are
              no steeper than the angle of repose
              (1.51-1:1 V) which could  be used for wildlife
              passage in and out of the pit and could
              become revegetated.  Some isolated  raptor
              perches would be left or created high on the
              pit walls. Several portions of the south pit
              floor would be designed to capture water and
              potentially create small, shallow vernal pools.
              The pit outfall and new  channel, down to the
              existing Gold Bowl drainage channel, would
              be constructed and stabilized to prevent
              erosion, and provide aquatic resource
              functions to the degree  that the topography
              would allow.

              Other cut slopes  in bedrock, such as  along
              roads, would be left as  near vertical walls
              during operations to minimize the amount of
              disturbed land.  Material would be placed in
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-104
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
these road cuts during reclamation to return
these, as practical, to the slopes of the
adjacent natural ground.

Final grading of mine facilities, such as waste
rock disposal areas and the tailings
embankment outslopes, would create slopes
that blend with the surrounding undisturbed
topography and generally range from  2.5H:1 V
to flatter than 3H:1 V. Waste rock disposal
areas would be graded to mostly a slope of
3H:1 V or flatter on public lands administered
by the BLM.  Sharp edges would be rounded
and straight lines would be softened to
provide topography which blends with the
surrounding terrain.  Small, irregular swales
would be formed on the outslopes of the
waste rock disposal areas during regrading to
break up constant slopes  and straight lines.
These swales would  provide protected
microsites on south faces for plant growth.

Tailings Disposal Facility

During the last year of tailings placement, the
depositional sequence would be modified by
depositing tailings through selected lines and
spigots in areas necessary to achieve the final
tailings  surface configuration.  The reclaimed
surface would be developed to promote
overall drainage to a  spillway.  The reclaimed
surface would slope at approximately a 2%
to 4% average grade.

The volume of tailings water in the system
would be reduced to the minimum possible
during the immediate period prior to closure.
Water would be reduced by limiting the
addition of make-up water and, if necessary,
spray evaporation of ponded water within the
tailings area.  By reducing the system water,
the free water pool area could be minimized
to allow for access to a large portion  of the
disposal area upon closure.

As the remaining areas of the tailings
consolidate, equipment would be able to
access the facility. The amount of time
required to allow access to the pond  area by
reclamation equipment would depend on the
season  and climactic conditions at the
completion of operations.  However,  by using
the thin layer deposition method for tailings
disposal, the tailings would be expected to
                   dewater quickly and allow reclamation of the
                   surface to be completed within one year of
                   the cessation of deposition.

                   A three foot layer of coarse material, most
                   probably glacial material, would be placed
                   over the tailings. This layer would provide
                   root anchoring  support to trees planted on
                   the tailings surface.  A 12-inch layer of soil
                   would be placed over the coarse material
                   layer, fertilized  (if necessary), and the area
                   seeded and mulched.

                   A drainage channel would be constructed
                   across the facility to facilitate flow to a
                   spillway.  A spillway would be constructed in
                   or adjacent to the tailings embankment and
                   have an outflow channel for control of normal
                   and flood flows. Riparian vegetation would
                   be planted along the drainageway across the
                   tailings surface.

                   Recovery Solution Collection Pond

                   The recovery solution collection pond would
                   remain in service until the tailings facility has
                   been successfully revegetated and until water
                   no longer discharges from the overdrain
                   system or such discharges meet water quality
                   standards either at the discharge or after
                   treatment through an approved treatment
                   system. The recovery solution collection
                   pond would then be regraded, topsoiled,  and
                   revegetated.

                   Starrem Reservoir Reclamation

                   The Starrem Reservoir would be located on
                   private land.  Reclamation activities of this
                   facility would meet the needs of the
                   landowner.

                   No water from  the Starrem Reservoir would
                   be planned for  revegetation irrigation use;
                   however, water could  be used after
                   permanent cessation of mining activities to
                   speed pit lake filling. In this case, the
                   Starrem Reservoir and associated facilities
                   would not be reclaimed until the pit lake is
                   full and final reclamation is completed at the
                   mine.

                   The Starrem Reservoir would be drained by
                   pumping water to the pit lake or releasing
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-105
water in a controlled fashion to Myers Creek.
Following draining, the Starrem Reservoir liner
would be recycled, sold or perforated, folded,
and buried in place.  The reservoir
embankment would be removed by grading it
onto the reservoir surface. Soil would be
redistributed, fertilized (if necessary), and the
area seeded and mulched.

The pipeline right-of-way corridor from the
Starrem Reservoir site to the mine would be
revegetated through concurrent reclamation,
immediately after construction is completed.
Upon final reclamation, the pipeline would be
excavated at certain intervals along its
length;  and, at these intervals, the pipeline
would be perforated and/or segments
removed, and buried in clean gravel.  The
disturbances caused by these activities would
be revegetated.  The purpose of these
activities would be to prevent build-up of
water pressure in remaining pipe segments.
The power cable buried in the pipeline trench
would be disconnected and left in place.

The Starrem Reservoir pumping station would
be dismantled and salvaged upon final
reclamation of the reservoir. The Proponent
proposes to break and bury the concrete
foundations on site.  Soil would be
redistributed, fertilized (if necessary), and the
area seeded and mulched.

Storm Water Facilities

The storm water facilities  would also remain
in service until after the Crown Jewel Project
components which they serve are
successfully reclaimed.  The water diversion
channel to the west of the tailings pond
(which would divert storm runoff from
entering the tailings facility) would be
constructed and  stabilized to prevent erosion
and provide aquatic resource functions to the
degree that topography would allow. When
no longer needed,  detention structures and
other diversion ditches would be regraded,
topsoiled,  and seeded.

Topsoil

Topsoil  and cover soil suitable for
revegetation would be salvaged and
               stockpiled prior to the initiation of site
               preparation and mining operations.

               Topsoil salvage would be conducted using
               dozers, front-end loaders, scrapers, haul
               trucks, and other equipment, as appropriate.
               The salvaged topsoil and cover soil would be
               loaded and hauled to designated stockpiles.
               Stormwater runoff diversions would be
               constructed around each stockpile to
               minimize water erosion. Certified  noxious
               weed free hay  or straw bales, silt fences,
               and/or berms would be used as necessary to
               control erosion from the topsoil stockpiles.
               The topsoil stockpiles would be revegetated
               with an  interim  seed mixture to prevent
               erosion.

               In order to maintain favorable microbial
               conditions of replaced topsoil, the upper two
               to three feet of topsoil stockpiles may be
               temporarily stored near the active  reclamation
               site. This surficial topsoil would be applied
               as the last step in the topsoiling process.
               Gentler slopes  would require less soil than
               steeper slopes  to achieve successful
               revegetation and would be given higher
               priority for replacement of topsoil. The
               stockpiled topsoil would be  periodically tested
               to determine if the spreading of surficial
               topsoil would be necessary.  Rapid microbial
               recolonization of disturbed sites might be
               accomplished through selective placement of
               surficial  topsoil, thereby, avoiding  separate
               stockpiling.

               The Proponent's proposal is to place 12
               inches of soil on gentler slopes and 1 8 inches
               of soil on steeper slopes.

               Fertilization

               Soil testing would be conducted prior to
               seeding  and planting to determine  if fertilizers
               are needed to provide an initial source of
               nutrients for establishment of the plant
               community.  Fertilizer recommendations
               would be based on the nutrient requirements
               of species to be planted, the effectiveness of
               fertilizers on a given soil type, depth of plant
               growth layer, pH and measured nutrient
               deficiencies of the soils. Fertilizer  application
               rates would be approved by the Forest
                Crown Jewel Mine  4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-106
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
Service, BLM, and WADNR prior to
application.

Cultural Treatments

Cultural treatments refer to soil-modification
practices that create more favorable
conditions to facilitate plant growth by:

•  Initiating and maintaining a stable  soil
   system;

•  Reducing erosion of surface soils;

•  Increasing soil moisture and reducing
   evaporative losses;

•  Extending the season of seeding by
   moderating local microclimates;

•  Modifying microenvironments to create a
   more diverse plant community; and,

•  Providing for the restoration of soil
   microbial populations.

Typical cultural treatments that can be used
to facilitate plant community development
include soil ripping, tilling, harrowing,
seedbed preparation, and erosion control
measures.  Mine areas which are compacted
(i.e., roads, level surfaces on waste rock
disposal areas, and mill facilities), would be
ripped to a depth of approximately 18 inches
to loosen the plant rooting zone and create an
adhesive surface for the topsoil application.
Where possible and as needed, ripping on
reclaimed slopes would occur parallel to the
contours. On steeper slopes that have
subsoil compaction, ripping would occur
perpendicular to the contours, as safety
conditions allow, and a chain drag would  be
attached behind the ripper to eliminate
furrows.

Revegetation

Species Selection.  The species mixture
chosen for revegetation would be designed to
provide a stable environment that is capable
of supporting premining land uses of  timber
production, livestock grazing, wildlife habitat,
and dispersed recreation use.  The first
objective of revegetation would be to provide
                   immediate soil stabilization to prevent
                   erosion. The second objective of
                   revegetation would be to establish a self-
                   sustaining, native, biotic community
                   comparable to what currently exists on the
                   site.

                   Seeding and Planting. Seeding activities for
                   grasses, forbs, and shrubs would be
                   conducted in the fall at the conclusion of
                   regrading, placement of topsoil, fertilization,
                   and seedbed preparation to take advantage of
                   winter and spring moisture.  Seeding is most
                   effective when completed prior to the period
                   of peak precipitation.  Planting of tree and
                   shrub seedlings would take place in the
                   spring.   If seeding or planting is unsuccessful,
                   follow-up applications in the  next appropriate
                   season  would occur until revegetation  meets
                   release  criteria established  by the agencies.

                   The surface of the prepared seedbed would
                   be  left relatively rough to create microsites to
                   facilitate burial of seed and establishment of
                   seedlings.  Grass, forb, and shrub seed would
                   be  broadcast with a cyclone-type broadcaster
                   where possible and, if necessary, inaccessible
                   slopes would be hydroseeded. Broadcast
                   seeding  techniques would be used to create a
                   more natural-appearing plant community. If
                   necessary, the seedbed would be harrowed
                   or dragged following  seeding to ensure proper
                   seed  burial.

                   Tree  and shrub seedlings would be planted
                   randomly over the entire site at approximately
                   250 trees and 400 shrubs per acre.  Tree and
                   shrub seedlings  would be planted from
                   containerized stock.

                   Mulch Application.  Mulch  would be applied
                   to seeded areas after seeding to facilitate
                   plant establishment and to  protect the  seeded
                   areas from wind and  water erosion until the
                   plants have stabilized the soil.

                   Cattle Exclusion. Fencing would be used to
                   exclude  cattle from reclaimed areas for an
                   estimated six years or until the revegetation
                   success standards have been attained.

                   Noxious Weeds  Control. Necessary control
                   measures utilizing various mechanical,
                   biological, cultural,  and chemical control
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-107
techniques would be implemented to prevent
and restrict the spread of noxious weeds on
all reclamation areas, topsoil stockpiles,
temporary roads, soil exposed areas, and
during temporary cessation of operations.
The definition of noxious weeds and control
measures is currently identified by
Washington State law Chapter 16-750 WAC
and the Okanogan National Forest, Tonasket
Ranger District, Okanogan County Integrated
Weed Management "IWM" Plan effective
1990, as provided for by  Forest Service
Manual  Interim  Directive 2080-94-1,
"Noxious Weed Management" reissued
February 18, 1994 in accordance with the
1990 Farm Bill amendment of the 1974
Noxious Weed Act.

Revegetation Success Monitoring. A
revegetation monitoring plan is proposed to
evaluate the success of revegetation
activities. Monitoring would begin the first
growing season following planting and
continue until successful revegetation criteria
have been met. Revegetation would be
considered successful when herbaceous
cover and production values, as well as
woody plant densities and tree seedling
survival rates, meet or exceed proposed
success criteria. (See Section 2.13.9,
Reclamation Monitoring, and Section
2.13.10, Revegetation Monitoring).

2.11.5  Reclamation  and Environmental
         Protection Performance
         Securities

The statutory and regulatory authority of the
Forest Service, BLM, WADOE, and WADNR
would require the Proponent to execute
reclamation and environmental protection
financial assurance agreements as part of any
permit and plan approvals from these
agencies.  The agreements would ensure that
sufficient monies are available to properly
reclaim areas disturbed and/or to conduct
monitoring and other measures to prevent or
control long-term environmental impacts at
the Crown Jewel Project in the event that the
Proponent would be unable to meet its
reclamation and environmental protection
obligations.
              No construction, mining, or milling operations
              can commence without approval of the Plans
              of Operations, appropriate permits by the
              previously mentioned agencies and the
              execution of financial assurance agreements
              for sufficient reclamation and environmental
              protection funds to the agencies responsible
              for decommissioning and reclamation of the
              Crown Jewel Project.

              Additional information about reclamation and
              environmental protection financial assurances
              is set forth in Section 2.14, Performance
              Securities, Section 2.12.9, Permitting and
              Financial Assurances  (Performance
              Securities), and Table 2.14, Potential
              Environmental Protection and Reclamation
              Activity and  Calculation Methods.

              2.12 MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION

              Management and mitigation practices at the
              proposed Crown Jewel Project would be
              based on federal, state, and local laws and
              regulations, current technology, best
              management practices, and company
              policies. The purpose of these practices
              would be to reduce or avoid adverse impacts
              to the environment and to reclaim disturbed
              areas.  Implementation of management and
              mitigation measures would primarily be the
              responsibility of the Proponent.  Enforcement
              of management and mitigation measures
              would be the responsibility of the agencies
              issuing permits and approvals for the Crown
              Jewel Project.  This section is a summary of
              management and mitigation practices that
              would be applied based on applicable state
              and federal regulations or agreed to
              previously by the Proponent of the Crown
              Jewel Project under all action alternatives.

              Crown Jewel Project activities would be
              reviewed, controlled, and/or regulated by a
              number of federal, state, and local agencies.
              Each agency enforces laws and regulations
              particular to their mission. A number of
              agencies would  be involved in regulating
              various aspects  of the Crown Jewel Project
              (water discharge, reclamation, air emissions,
              wetlands, etc.).  Some aspects, such as
              wetlands, are regulated or managed by
              multiple agencies (the Corps of Engineers,
              WADOE, Forest Service, EPA, etc.).
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-108
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
TABLE 2.14, POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND RECLAMATION ACTIVITY
AND CALCULATION METHODS
Activity
Calculation Method
RECLAMATION PERFORMANCE SECURITY
Mill Site Reclamation
Tailings Facility Closure
Water Quality Monitoring
Air Quality Monitoring
Waste Disposal Area Reclamation
Open Pit Reclamation
Road Reclamation
Pipeline and Reservoir Reclamation
Other Disturbed Areas
Estimated cost for demolition, site hazard assessment,
cleanup and grading.
Estimated cost based on engineering evaluation to
decommission drain system, cover or cap facility, and
reclaim the surface.
Estimated cost for monitoring stations, sample
collection, lab analysis, and reporting during the closure
and reclamation phase.
Estimated cost for monitoring stations, sample
collection, lab analysis, and reporting during the closure
and reclamation phase.
Estimated cost for earthwork, soil placement, and
revegetation.
Estimated cost for earthwork, soil placement, and
revegetation.
Estimated cost for earthwork, soil placement, and
revegetation.
Estimated cost for earthwork, soil placement, and
revegetation.
Estimated cost for earthwork, soil placement, and
revegetation.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PERFORMANCE SECURITY
Post-Reclamation Tailings Facility O&M
Post-Reclamation Water Quality Monitoring
Water Quality Treatment System Design & Construction
Water Treatment System Operations & Maintenance
Ground Water Remediation
Surface Water Remediation
Estimated cost based on engineering evaluation to
maintain any engineered works associated with the
closure plan.
Estimated cost for monitoring stations, sample
collection, lab analysis, and reporting.
Estimated cost based on an engineering evaluation of
treatment needed to meet water quality criteria.
Treatment system for pH adjustment and metals
removal.
Estimated staffing and equipment needed to maintain
treatment system.
Estimated cost based on:
-Completion of a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility
Study
-Implementation of a Clean-up Action Plan
-Public Participation
-Agency Oversight
-Contingency Fund
Estimated cost based on:
-Completion of a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility
Study
-Implementation of a Clean-up Action Plan
-Public Participation
-Agency Oversight
-Contingency
Management and mitigation measures are
considered in predicting environmental
consequences and assessing Crown Jewel
                Project impacts and are an integral part of
                each alternative.
              Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-109
This section describes measures and
techniques that would be required to lessen
or eliminate impacts of the proposed action
alternatives.  It includes  a discussion of
management requirements that would be
required of the Proponent, assuming that one
of the action alternatives is selected.  In
addition to the management and mitigation
measures described in this section, there are
environmental requirements associated with
various permits, licenses, approvals, and
financial assurances necessary for the Crown
Jewel Project.  Further, many agencies have
environmental performance standards and
guidelines that must be met by the operation
but for which there are no permit or license
requirements.

Environmental management and mitigation
measures are designed to ensure that
environmental impacts are minimized during
the construction and operation of the Crown
Jewel Project. The activities would also be
designed such that the site would  be
reclaimed to a productive use following
closure and decommissioning.
Implementation of these measures would
enhance the Crown Jewel  Project's ability to
operate in an environmentally sound manner.

The effects of the proposed alternatives on
the environment are described in Chapter 4,
Environmental Consequences.  For the action
alternatives, that description  is dependent,  in
part, on the management and mitigation
programs  proposed for the Crown  Jewel
Project. If the No Action Alternative
(Alternative A) is selected, the management
and mitigation outlined here would not be
required.   Instead, the reclamation plans
already approved by the  Forest Service and
BLM for Crown Jewel  Project exploration
activities would be implemented.  If an action
alternative is  selected, the  Proponent must
acquire approved Plans of Operations and the
appropriate permits summarized in Chapter 1,
Purpose of and Need for Action, prior to
initiating Crown Jewel Project construction
and operation.

The management requirements and mitigation
measures  found in this section were either
proposed by the Proponent, required by state
or federal  regulations, or were developed to
              respond to impacts identified in the EIS
              process.

              A rating system, described below and in
              General Water Quality Best Management
              Practices (Forest Service, 1988) was used to
              determine the probable effectiveness in
              achieving the mitigation measures objectives.
              Effectiveness ratings are somewhat
              subjective and may be based on professional
              judgement of how effective the measure
              would be at mitigating and/or compensating
              for the impact.  Goals for each mitigation
              measure have been established.
              Effectiveness is measured against how well
              the mitigation measure meets its  stated goal.

              Effectiveness:

              High: Achieves the desired results more than
                    90% of the time,  and this is
                    documented or obviously so;

              Moderate:   Between 75 and 90% effective,
                          or logic dictates that it is more
                          than  90%  effective,  but no
                          documentation exists; and,

              Low: Effectiveness is unknown or unverified,
                    or is estimated to be effective less than
                    75% of the time.

              2.12.1 Air Quality

              2.12.1.1     Best Available Control
                          Technology

              All applicable state and federal  air quality
              standards  must be met,  which  would require
              BACT (Best Available Control Technology) to
              control emissions  as part of the WADOE
              Notice of Construction Air Quality Permit.
              The operator of a  new toxic air pollutant
              source which is likely to increase  toxic air
              pollutant emissions shall demonstrate that
              emissions  are sufficiently low to protect
              human health and safety from potential
              carcinogenic and/or other toxic effects.  The
              crushing system would be constructed below
              the surface (except in Alternative C)  and
              would be equipped with fugitive dust
              suppression systems at the crushing plant,
              and water sprays at the crushers  and transfer
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-110
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
points.  The ore reclaim feeders would use
baghouse type dust collectors.

Dust collectors would be provided for the
cement and lime bins as well as the refinery
furnace.

Goal:  Control fugitive dust from mill and
      related operations including the tailings
      pond.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.1.2    Dust Suppression Programs

Dust suppression programs would be required
for haul roads which would involve periodic
watering to control fugitive dust generation
and/or if permitted, a chemical treatment. A
mine water truck would run periodically,
wetting the roads to minimize dust.  Roads in
the mining  operation would be maintained
regularly by a motor grader to remove any
rock, silt, or any other debris.  Smooth and
clean road  surfaces are essential for not only
minimizing  dust but also for allowing
efficient, safe and economic use of haulage
equipment.

Goal:  Minimize fugitive dust from roads while
      allowing for efficient, safe, and
      economic use of haulage equipment.

Effectiveness: High

2.12.1.3    Dust Control

The Proponent would control  dust on the
Bolster Creek Road, where necessary, during
Starrem Reservoir construction. The
Proponent  would control dust on the Pontiac
Ridge Road, where necessary, with water or
other chemical treatment approved by the
Okanogan  County Engineer.

Goal:    Minimize fugitive dust from roads
         while allowing for efficient and safe
         utilization.

Effectiveness: Moderate
                  2.12.1.4    Slash Burning

                  The majority of slash from timber harvest
                  would be stockpiled for replacement of large
                  woody debris on reclaimed areas or chipped
                  and utilized as mulch.  Slash burning, during
                  clearing operations, would comply with
                  WADNR burning permit requirements.

                  Goal:    Minimize smoke impacts of slash
                           burning to population centers and
                           Class I airsheds.

                  Effectiveness:  High

                  2.12.1.5    Busing/Van Pooling

                  The Proponent would provide busing or van
                  pooling for employees and otherwise
                  minimize traffic to the site. If 80%
                  participation of workers with busing or van
                  pooling is not achieved on National  Forest
                  roads, the  Proponent would provide
                  incentives to workers to use this system.

                  Goal:  Minimize traffic to the site and
                         attendant impacts.

                  Effectiveness:  Moderate

                  2.12.2  Heritage Resources

                  Heritage resources identified during baseline
                  surveys would be  protected through
                  avoidance, where  possible, and data recovery
                  where it is not possible to avoid identified
                  sites.  Impacts to the Gold Axe site would be
                  mitigated through  data recovery prior to the
                  commencement of activities that would
                  further disturb the site.  If additional heritage
                  resources are identified during Crown Jewel
                  Project activities, the Plans of Operations
                  would require protection and possible  work
                  stoppages until the site can be evaluated and
                  appropriate resource protective measures
                  developed  and implemented per the
                  Memorandum of Agreement between the
                  Washington State Historic Preservation Office
                  and the Forest Service/BLM.

                  Goal:    Insure protection  of sites potentially
                           eligible for the National Register of
                           Historic Places or mitigate effects to
                           such sites.
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-111
Effectiveness: High

2.12.3  Cyanide and Other Chemicals

2.12.3.1    Transportation of Hazardous
            Chemicals

Hazardous chemicals would be transported
via U.S. Department of Transportation
certified containers and transporters.
Transportation of sodium cyanide and other
chemical reagents would comply with
Department  of Transportation, the
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), and Mine Safety and
Health Administration (MSHA) rules and
regulations.

Specific procedures would be used for the
transportation, storage, and handling of
sodium cyanide,  lime, cement, and other
hazardous chemicals.  Personnel transporting
these substances would be trained in
emergency procedures and carry emergency
response plans and equipment during  the
transport. The pilot vehicles would be
equipped with VHP radios for communication.
All handling  and  storage of these chemicals
would occur only in designated and
specifically designed areas.  Personnel
working with sodium cyanide and other
potentially hazardous chemicals would be
specially trained. In addition to alarms and
safety devices, various equipment and
materials necessary to safely handle the
sodium cyanide and other hazardous
chemicals and deal with emergencies would
be maintained on-site by the Proponent.

Goal:    Safe handling of hazardous
         chemicals and minimize the
         potential of  resource damage or
         personnel exposure occurring.

Effectiveness: High

2.12.3.2    Fuel Storage

Fuel  and other petroleum products at the site
would be stored  in above  ground tanks
surrounded by designed and approved
containment structures. The Proponent
would develop a  Spill Prevention Control and
Countermeasure  (SPCC) Plan for the
              operation as required by Federal Oil Spill
              Prevention Regulation (40 CFR 112) of the
              Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

              Goal:   Safe handling of petroleum products
                      and minimize the potential of
                      resource damage from a spill.

              Effectiveness: High

              2.12.4 Spill Prevention, Hazardous
                      Materials, Fire Prevention, and
                      First Aid

              The goal of these measures are intended to
              prevent spills or accidental releases; and, if a
              release occurs, the goal would be to minimize
              the impact with quick responses, trained
              personnel, and appropriate accessible  clean-
              up equipment.

              The Proponent would maintain detailed plans
              for spill prevention and control of hazardous
              materials.  These plans would become part of
              the Forest Service and BLM Plans of
              Operations prior to beginning any transport or
              storage of fuels, flammable liquids,  and
              hazardous or toxic materials.  These plans
              would also describe the toxic or hazardous
              materials to be utilized at the site, how they
              are transported, stored, and used along with
              methods of disposal.  The Proponent would
              describe the emergency procedures,
              equipment, and personnel that would be used
              to respond to an accidental spill on the site.
              It would describe the spill response training
              of appropriate Proponent employees as well
              as subcontractors and their employees.

              These plans would describe the monitoring
              procedures to ensure the following:

              •  Storage and containment facilities meet
                 the prescribed standards;

              •  Emergency first aid and spill response
                 materials are available and stored in the
                 proper place; and,

              •  Communications equipment is in working
                 order.

              Spot inspections of these procedures and
              equipment would be completed throughout
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-112
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
the year by Forest Service and BLM
personnel.

2.12.4.1     Spill and Handling Plans

A minimum of three plans would be prepared
by the Proponent under different regulatory
authorities.  A brief description of these plans
follow:

1.  A Spill Prevention Control and
   Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan, as required
   by the EPA under 40 CFR Part 112, would
   be prepared by the Proponent and address
   design standards including spill
   containment features for fuel and other
   petroleum product storage facilities, and
   appropriate response strategies in the
   event of a fuel or other petroleum product
   spill.

   The SPCC Plan would be prepared in
   accordance with good engineering
   practices and with the full  approval of
   management at a level with authority to
   commit the necessary resources,
   manpower, equipment, and materials.
   The complete SPCC Plan would include a
   discussion of the facility's conformance
   with the appropriate guidelines including:

   •  Where experience indicates a
      reasonable potential for equipment
      failure (such as a tank overflow,
      rupture, or leakage), the plan should
      contain a prediction of the direction,
      rate of flow, and total quantity of
      petroleum which could  be discharged
      from the facility as a  result of each
      major type of failure.

   •  Appropriate containment and/or
      diversionary structures or equipment to
      prevent the discharge of oil from
      reaching a navigable water course
      would be provided.

2. A Hazardous Material Handling Plan would
   be developed with guidance from the
   WADOE. This plan would address
   handling  techniques and emergency
   response strategies for hazardous
   materials (cyanide, cement, lime,  etc.) to
   be used at the Crown Jewel  Project site.
                     This Plan would list potential health hazard
                     materials to be used and stored on the
                     Crown Jewel Project site along with the
                     applicable Material Safety Data Sheets
                     (MSDS) for each substance. On-site
                     handling, storage, and inspection
                     procedures would be documented.
                     Emergency response procedures would be
                     included.

                     The Crown Jewel Project facilities would
                     be developed to have sufficient secondary
                     containment structures in areas where
                     potentially  hazardous materials would be
                     stored or used. All areas of the Crown
                     Jewel Project with process water
                     solutions would be  lined and graded to
                     drain to a lined collection basin.
                     Immediate, temporary containments or
                     berms to prevent the migration of a spill,
                     as well as other means of neutralization or
                     treatment would be used in the event of a
                     spill. If a spill occurs involving process
                     waters escaping the containment facilities,
                     or synthetically lined areas, additional
                     steps outlined in this Plan would be taken.
                     An example of the type  of steps that
                     could be taken is included in the
                     Proponent's Integrated Plan of Operation
                     (BMGC, 1993a).

                   3. A Transportation Spill Response Plan
                     would be required by the Forest Service
                     and BLM for tansport of hazardous
                     materials on Forest and  BLM roads. It
                     would be incorporated into the Forest
                     Service and BLM Road Use Permits which
                     would be required as part of the Forest
                     Service and BLM Plans of Operations for
                     the Crown  Jewel Project.  Under the
                     terms of this Plan, suppliers of hazardous
                     materials would be  required to submit spill
                     response plans to the Proponent which
                     describe the procedures, equipment, and
                     personnel which would be used in case of
                     a spill during transport.  Suppliers of
                     hazardous  materials or petroleum  products
                     would be required to comply with a
                     Transportation Spill Response  Plan insofar
                     as it affects any part of  their activities.

                   Goal:  The goal of these measures are
                         intended to prevent spills/accidental
                         releases; and, if a release occurs,
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-113
      minimize the impact with quick
      responses, trained personnel, and
      appropriate accessible clean up
      equipment.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.4.2    Fire Protection and Suppression
            Plan

A Fire Protection and Suppression Plan would
be maintained for the Crown Jewel Project.
The fire codes and standards of the WADNR
would apply. The Proponent would comply
with Forest Service, BLM, and WADNR
procedures for protecting against starting
wildfires and procedures for assuring
suppression of accidental wildfires.  All
equipment and vehicles would meet fire
preparedness requirements  during the
proclaimed fire season.  This plan would be
included as part of the  Forest Service and
BLM Plans of Operations.

A designated Forest Service/BLM
representative would conduct an annual
inspection plus spot inspections of the
Proponent's fire cache, and mufflers and
spark arresters. This designated
representative would annually review a fire
plan for the Crown Jewel Project to ensure
its appropriateness.

Goal:  Prevent fires; and, if a fire occurs,
      minimize the impact with quick
      responses, trained personnel, and
      appropriate accessible equipment.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.4.3    Pilot Vehicle Escort

A pilot vehicle would be used to escort trucks
carrying hazardous materials and petroleum
products past Beth and Beaver Lakes and
through Beaver Canyon, or through the town
of Chesaw (for Alternatives C and G) to the
Crown Jewel Project site.  The pilot vehicle
would assure that transports stay within the
posted speed limits, provide emergency radio
communication in case  of an accident, and
provide initial response  in case of a spill.
              Pilot vehicles would be identified with
              approved signing and lighting. They would
              be equipped with VHF radios for emergency
              use only and CB or other radios for vehicle to
              vehicle communication.  The VHF radios
              would be capable of communicating with the
              Okanogan County Sheriffs Office or with
              someone who can communicate with the
              Sheriffs Office.

              First aid and appropriate containment
              equipment would be carried  in vehicles
              piloting hazardous materials  and petroleum
              products along with a copy of the most
              recent spill response plan. Pilot vehicle
              drivers would complete spill  response and
              safety training prior to piloting hazardous
              materials and at least once annually
              thereafter.

              Goal:  Minimize accidents and reduce
                     resource impacts if accidents occur.

              Effectiveness:  High

              2.12.4.4   External Spill Response and
                          Materials Handling Training

              The Proponent  would ensure that appropriate
              spill response and materials handling training
              be provided to the local sheriffs departments,
              fire departments, and appropriate
              administering agencies.

              Goal:  Provide local agencies with training in
                     handling  hazardous substances.

              Effectiveness:  High

              2.12.4.5    Review of Storage and
                          Containment Facilities

              Monthly, the Proponent would review:

              •  Storage and containment facilities to
                 ensure they  are maintained to standards
                 adequate to contain spills;

              •  Emergency first aid and spill response
                 materials to  see that they are current and
                 stored in the proper place; and,

              •  Radio communication equipment to see
                 that it is in working order.
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-11'4
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
The Proponent would document the results of
this monthly review in a report to the Forest
Service, WADOE, and Okanogan County
Emergency Services to ensure that
emergency response requirements are being
met.

Goal:  Maintain effectiveness of emergency
      response equipment.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.4.6    School Bus Schedules

The Proponent would provide school bus
schedules to suppliers and/or transporters.

Goal:     Minimize the potential for accidents
         with school buses.

Effectiveness:  Moderate

2.12.4.7    Emergency Response

The Proponent would maintain the necessary
personnel and equipment to respond to fires
and/or medical emergencies at the mine site.

The Proponent would meet with the
appropriate local authorities to discuss
coordinated responses to Crown Jewel
Project related vehicle accidents or other
emergencies on Okanogan County and Forest
roads. The Proponent would designate and
maintain a helicopter landing site at the mine
property.  The Proponent would have its own
security staff to allow for immediate
response, on the Crown Jewel Project site, if
the need for security arises.

Goal:     Provide for safety of personnel and
         facilities.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.5  Geochemistry - Acid or Toxic
         Forming Capability

2.12.5.1    Prevention of Acid Rock
            Drainage

The Proponent would be required to develop
a waste rock management plan as part of
Crown Jewel Project permitting.  This plan
                  would address the potential for formation of
                  acid generating "hot spots" and prevention of
                  acid rock drainage. The plan must be
                  approved by the WADOE, WADNR, BLM, and
                  Forest Service prior to approval of the NPDES
                  permit.  The BLM and Forest Service would
                  require this waste rock management plan
                  prior to  movement of waste rock as part of
                  the Plans of Operations.

                  The purpose of the waste rock management
                  plan would be to describe:

                  •  The field and laboratory procedures and
                     QA/QC measures that  would be used in
                     the waste rock characterization program;

                  •  The criteria used to identify potentially
                     acid  generating waste  rock;

                  •  The procedures that would be used to
                     handle, isolate, encapsulate and/or blend
                     waste rock that exhibits acid generating
                     potential; and,

                  •  The documentation, record keeping and
                     mapping procedures that would be used to
                     track and verify testing, handling, and
                     proper placement of potentially acid
                     generating waste rock.

                  Potentially acid generating rock would be
                  specially handled, with such material being
                  isolated (encapsulation) or blended with non-
                  acid-generating rock. The results of this
                  program would be included in an annual
                  monitoring  report.

                  The Proponent would use only neutral or
                  neutralizing rock materials in the construction
                  of fills and embankments  other than the
                  waste rock disposal areas.  The procedures to
                  identify such material would be included in
                  the waste rock management plan.

                  Goal: Prevent acid rock discharge from waste
                        rock disposal areas, rock fills, and
                        embankments.

                  Effectiveness: High
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-115
2.12.5.2    Water Discharge

Any water discharged from the Crown Jewel
Project site,  including the mine pit or
collection and infiltration ponds, must meet
WADOE water quality permit requirements
and federal water quality standards. If water
quality requirements  are not met, appropriate
water treatment would be  required.  Water
treatment may include, but is not limited to:

•  Precipitation and settling using lime,
   sulfide, ferric ion, and/or flocculents;

•  Filtration;

•  Ion exchange;

•  Reverse osmosis;

•  Electrodialysis;

•  Air stripping;

•  Biological precipitation; or,

•  Passive wetlands.

Water quality problems may also be
addressed by diverting discharges to the
tailings facility (during operations only), or
special cap design and construction on waste
rock disposal areas or tailings pond
embankments.

If water quality problems develop, then
several steps would be taken to achieve
compliance.  These are:

1. Review of environmental impacts with the
   possibility of additional or increased
   frequency of monitoring;

2. Implement an interim (emergency or long
   term)  water management plan to stabilize
   the situation;

3. Develop a conceptual engineering design
   of water  treatment system alternatives
   (WAC  173-240) that would be available to
   remedy the situation and select the most
   appropriate design for more detailed
   engineering;
              4. The Proponent would prepare a detailed
                 engineering design of the selected
                 alternative; the agencies would review and
                 revise, as appropriate, the environmental
                 protection performance security required
                 from the Proponent;

              5. Undertake appropriate permitting of the
                 selected water treatment system (conduct
                 NEPA/SEPA review as appropriate);

              6. Construct the selected water treatment
                 system;

              7. Operate and maintain the water treatment
                 system to meet design goals;

              8. Monitor the water treatment system for
                 compliance; and,

              9. Achieve a demonstrated "clean closure" or
                 maintain long term (permanent) treatment.

              Goal:  Protect ground and surface water
                     quality in case of  unacceptable water
                     discharges.

              Effectiveness: High

              2.12.5.3    Nitrate Contamination

              Potential nitrate contamination from blasting
              would be  minimized by optimizing blast
              conditions to improve oxidation of ANFO or
              other blasting agents.

              Goal:  Minimize nitrates  available to water in
                     the pit and waste rock disposal  areas.

              Effectiveness: Moderate

              2.12.6  Geology and  Geotechnical

              2.12.6.1    Geotechnical Stability

              The waste rock disposal areas, the tailings
              facility, and water reservoir embankment
              would be  required to be maintained in  a
              stable manner, both during  operations and in
              the long-term following  decommissioning and
              reclamation of the Crown Jewel Project. The
              minimum  static safety factor for the waste
              rock disposal areas and  tailings embankments
              would be  determined as part of the permits
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-116
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
and approvals granted by the Forest Service,
BLM, WADOE, and WADNR. As necessary,
slope angles, dumping heights, or crest
advancement would be reduced, or other
measures taken, to increase waste rock
disposal area stability.

Waste rock disposal areas, the  coarse ore
stockpile pad, and other constructed rock fills
would have underdrain systems developed
through natural gravity segregation of
materials during dumping.  When springs are
encountered or in selected drainage bottoms,
designed underdrains may be required by the
Forest Service, BLM, WADNR and/or WADOE
to direct water flow safely through the rock
fill. These underdrains would be  constructed
of durable marble or other acid-neutralizing
rock having an average diameter of 12 inches
or more. The height and width of the drain
would be sufficient to convey the 100-year,
24-hour storm event determined using the
Corps of Engineers' HEC-1 hydrologic model.

The Proponent has evaluated the foundation
conditions and hazards for the waste rock
disposal areas and other important rock fills
based on available site-specific information.
The evaluation considered rock, and soil
types; springs and seeps; slope steepness
and stability; and other foundation hazards.
If previously unknown foundation hazards are
discovered in critical areas of the
construction sites prior to or during
construction, the agencies would be notified
and the Proponent would initiate  one or more
of the following:

•  Verify stability by conducting  re-analysis
   of the waste rock disposal areas or rock
   fills with  the new conditions; and/or,

•  Mitigate by changing the configuration of
   the waste rock disposal areas or rock fills
   or performing foundation stabilization.

Goal:    Assure stability of waste rock
        disposal areas and designed
        embankments.

Effectiveness: High
                  2.12.6.2    Fencing and Warning Signs

                  Fencing and warning signs would be posted
                  around potential surface subsidence features
                  (Alternatives C and  D) during operations and
                  reclamation. These fences would be
                  maintained by the Proponent for at least six
                  years after the completion of reclamation,
                  unless otherwise determined by the agencies.

                  Goal:    Preclude or prevent people from
                           straying into unsafe areas.

                  Effectiveness:  High

                  2.12.7  Land Use

                  2.12.7.1    Land and Vegetation Disturbance

                  The Proponent would minimize disturbance
                  by maintaining a compact operation.
                  Vegetation would be cleared only in those
                  areas necessary for mining and milling
                  activities. Timber and vegetation would be
                  left wherever possible to facilitate habitat
                  connectivity.  Erosion and sediment control
                  measures such as sediment collection ponds,
                  segmental reclamation, and temporary
                  revegetation would  be implemented to
                  prevent downstream impacts.

                  Goal:    Minimize land and vegetation
                           disturbances related to clearing
                           during  construction and  operation.

                  Effectiveness: Moderate

                  2.12.7.2    Livestock Water Source
                              Developments

                  Certain existing water source developments
                  used by livestock would be inside the fenced
                  area surrounding the mining and  milling
                  activities.  Where this occurs, the Proponent
                  would work with the Forest Service, the BLM
                  and the livestock grazing permittees to find
                  and develop replacement water sources for
                  livestock.  For example, on  the Gold
                  Allotment, water developments would be
                  fenced within  the Crown Jewel Project
                  boundary. Water would be piped west and
                  down hill approximately one-quarter to one-
                  half mile to a new trough to be installed by
                  the Proponent. The Crown Jewel Project
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-117
fence would also eliminate livestock water on
the Cedar allotment in the Southeast % of
Section 13 near the Magnetic Mine.
Livestock water would be developed as part
of the water supply line and a trough placed
just north of the fence surrounding the Crown
Jewel Project.

Replacement water sources would be
maintained by the Proponent during the life of
the mine and for at least six years after the
commencement of reclamation unless
otherwise determined by the agencies.
Replacement water troughs would be placed
away from the water source and water
sources would be protected with cattle
barriers to prevent trampling.

Goal: Compensate grazing permittees for lost
      water sources.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.7.3   Stock Trails

A stock trail would be created around the
eastern side of the Crown Jewel Project site
to the natural stock gathering area south of
the site.  The stock trail would follow a route
that would avoid sensitive plant populations.
This would require small changes in existing
fencing, slash  pile barriers and road closure
barriers to prevent livestock from trampling of
sensitive plant populations.

A directional drift fence would be erected
east of monitoring well MW-8, along the
cattle driveway, so that cattle do not get
down into the  deep canyon and scatter.

Goal: Allow proper livestock movement from
      pasture  to pasture and compensate for
      lost ability to move cattle through the
      Crown Jewel Project area.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.7.4   Livestock Fencing

Fences would  be constructed and maintained
around the entire area to be disturbed.
Fences would  be constructed to exclude
livestock from  the Crown Jewel Project area
using a standard Forest Service four strand
              barbed wire fence. This fencing would be
              designed to allow the movement of wildlife
              through the area and laid out with livestock
              movement in mind.

              Physical locations of fences should consider
              existing travel corridors, game trails, livestock
              movement, and swales.

              Because of the cumulative impacts on the
              Cedar Allotment of fencing livestock out of
              the Crown Jewel Project area, plus livestock
              exclusion for wetlands mitigation in the Bear
              Trap Canyon, Nicholson Creek headwaters,
              and the frog pond, a pasture division fence
              would be constructed that would divide the
              north pasture into two units to improve
              riparian health and reduce wetlands impacts.

              These fences would be maintained by the
              Proponent during the operational and
              reclamation phases of the Crown Jewel
              Project plus approximately six years
              thereafter unless otherwise determined by the
              agencies.  Prior to removal of the Crown
              Jewel Project area fences,  allotment
              boundary fences damaged  or removed by the
              Project would be repaired or replaced.

              Controlled grazing inside the fences may be
              permitted to reduce competition between
              grasses and planted trees.

              Goal: Exclude cattle and people (visitors)
                   from the Crown Jewel Project area and
                    provide safety zones.

              Effectiveness:  Moderate

              2.12.7.5   Equipment

              Before entering the National Forest and BLM-
              managed land, all used earth moving and mill
              equipment would be cleaned (washed) of soil
              and noxious weed seeds prior to bringing the
              equipment onto the Crown Jewel Project site.

              Goal: Prevent the establishment of new and
                   potential invader noxious weeds from
                   entering the Crown Jewel Project area
                   as a result of Project construction.

              Effectiveness:  High
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-118
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
2.12.8  Noise

2.12.8.1    Health and Safety Requirements

The Proponent would comply with all
Washington State and Okanogan County
health and safety requirements pertaining to
noise generation. Mine Safety and Health
Administration (MSHA) governs  worker health
and safety which includes requiring hearing
protection for workers in high noise areas.

Goal: Protect employees from noise.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.8.2    Starrem Reservoir

Minimize noise impacts to surrounding
residences from the construction of the
Starrem Reservoir through construction
practices that limit most noise-making
operations to daylight hours while allowing
flexibility for a reasonable work schedule.

Goal: Minimize noise impacts on surrounding
      residences from reservoir  construction.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.9  Permitting and Financial
         Assurances (Performance
         Securities)

2.12.9.1    Permit Acquisition

Federal mining laws authorize mineral
exploration and development on federal lands.
State and federal environmental  laws are
designed and implemented to minimize
adverse impacts and to promote reclamation
such that future  long-term productivity of the
surface resources is maintained  to the extent
practicable.

The  Proponent must obtain any  required
approvals and permits from the federal, state,
and  local agencies.  Approval of a Plan of
Operations must be obtained from the Forest
Service and BLM prior to beginning any
exploration, mining, milling, or other surface
disturbing activities covered by the Plan and
located on federal lands.
                  The Proponent would prepare and submit
                  comprehensive mine site design and
                  reclamation plans as part of the Plans of
                  Operations.  These plans, at a minimum,
                  would describe, show, and elaborate on the
                  details of measures presented in the final EIS
                  for the preferred alternative, including mine
                  layout; dimensions of the buildings and other
                  structures; volumes and cross sections of
                  cuts and fills; location and dimensions of the
                  tailings impoundment; water storage ponds;
                  sediment catchment channels and ponds;
                  fence lines; road ingress and egress; waste
                  rock disposal areas, reclamation methods and
                  schedule;  and other details as needed.  The
                  Plans of Operations would also include a
                  waste rock management plan, reclamation
                  monitoring plans, operational and post-closure
                  water monitoring plans, details of all
                  measures  presented  in Section 2.11,
                  Reclamation Measures, Section  2.12,
                  Management and Mitigation, Section 2.13,
                  Monitoring Measures, and Section 2.14,
                  Performance Securities, and the performance
                  securities  cost estimates.

                  Compliance with the approved Plans of
                  Operations would be conditioned upon
                  compliance with the terms of the other
                  federal and state permits which govern the
                  proposed  actions of the Crown Jewel Project
                  mining and milling.

                  Goal: Assure the Proponent designs the
                        mining operation in  compliance with
                        applicable laws and regulations.

                  Effectiveness: High

                  2.12.9.2    Performance Securities

                  The Proponent would be required to post
                  reclamation and environmental protection
                  performance securities before construction,
                  mining, and milling operations could begin.
                  (Refer to Section 2.14, Performance
                  Securities.)  The regulations of the Forest
                  Service, BLM and WADNR require that the
                  Proponent submit a reclamation performance
                  security to ensure that adequate reclamation
                  and restoration of the land is achieved
                  following  exploration, mining, and milling
                  activities. The reclamation performance
                  security, likely held by the WADNR so it
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-119
would not need to be transferred if patenting
took place, would provide the government
with sufficient funds to reclaim and
revegetate the site, should the Proponent fail
to do so.

The WADOE would require an  environmental
protection performance security. RCW 78.56
requires the Proponent to  provide financial
assurance that would support long-term
monitoring for water quality following mine
closure and  for clean up of potential problems
revealed during or after closure.  This
environmental protection performance
security would be designed to  protect the
public from financial liability related to long-
term impacts to the environment or water
quality, from failures of Crown Jewel Project
facilities or their operating systems.   Post-
closure monitoring, water treatment,  and
other measures to prevent or control  long-
term environmental impacts can also  be
required by the Forest Service  (36 CFR 228A)
and BLM's "Cyanide and Acid Rock Drainage
Policies" for activities authorized under 43
CFR 3809 regulations.  These regulations
also authorize collection of performance
securities to assure such measures are
implemented.

The performance  securities would not be
released without the consent of the WADOE,
WADNR, Forest Service, and BLM.

Goal:    To ensure that adequate
        reclamation, restoration, and
        remediation of the land are achieved
        following mining and  milling
        activities or unforeseen events
        related thereto.

Effectiveness: Moderate

2.12.10    Recreation

2.12.10.1   Traffic  Restrictions

Only authorized travel would be allowed into
the Crown Jewel  Project.  No unauthorized
vehicles, personnel, or firearms would be
permitted on the site.  Plans would be
implemented to control public access  such as
fencing and posting to prohibit unauthorized
entry to hazardous areas.  However, these
              plans would provide for administrative traffic,
              as well as access for Forest permittees,
              contractors, or operators.  Public and
              administrative access on the closed portions
              of Forest Service and BLM roads would be
              reestablished, as directed, after the Crown
              Jewel Project has been completed.

              Goal:    Minimize unauthorized vehicles and
                       personnel on the Crown Jewel
                       Project site.

              Effectiveness: High

              2.12.10.2   Hunting and Fishing Restrictions

              There would  be no hunting or fishing during
              mine operation within the fenced boundary.
              The possession of firearms, the discharging
              of firearms, and  hunting would be prohibited
              within the areas  fenced around the mine area
              and facilities.

              Goal: Control hunting and fishing for the
                    security of the mine and safety of
                    employees and the public.

              Effectiveness: High

              2.12.11    Socioeconomics

              The Proponent would work with local
              educational institutions to help provide local
              employees trained to work at the Crown
              Jewel Project. The Proponent would
              maximize local hiring, as practicable, by
              employing local contractors and workers,
              using the local job  service center and only
              going outside the local area to hire  if an
              adequate pool of candidates cannot be
              generated.

              Goal:    Provide local  employment
                       opportunities and minimize negative
                       effects  to the local, social
                       infrastructure.

              Effectiveness: Moderate
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-120
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
2.12.12    Soils

2.12.12.1   Soil Removal

Soil material would be removed from the
areas of Crown Jewel Project disturbance in
sufficient quantities to achieve the
reclamation plan objectives.  The soil removal
plans would be subject to the reclamation
plan approvals from the Forest Service, BLM,
and WADNR.  Soil material, up to 5% of total
volume, could be augmented through the
addition of wood chips from land clearing or
the use of bio-solids. Additions of nitrogen
fertilizer may be needed (as determined from
test plots) to replace nitrogen that is tied up
by addition of carbon from the wood chips.

Goal: Recover sufficient soil to reclaim the
      mine site.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.12.2   Soil Inoculation

Microbial activity would be measured in
topsoil prior to redistribution. Topsoil would
be inoculated if needed.

Goal:    Reestablish mycorrihizal fungi for
         those plants that need them in the
         soil spread onto the site during
         reclamation.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.12.3   Soil Salvage and Handling Plan

A soil salvage and handling plan would be
developed which would include the salvage
and reapplication of all suitable soil materials.
Appropriate seed and planting mixtures and
mulching would be used for stabilization of
the site.  Revegetation test plots, which
would include grasses, forbs, shrubs and
trees, would be installed at the proposed
waste rock disposal areas and tailings
facilities to determine appropriate soil
replacement depths and vegetation species.
If test plot results indicate that the chemical
or physical nature of the tailings  or waste
rock material promotes the degradation of
applied soil, or reduces the potential for
revegetation success, techniques would be
                   developed to address this problem during
                   segmental reclamation.

                   Goal: Assure distribution of topsoil across
                        the site at depths adequate for
                        successful  revegetation to a forested
                        environment and determine key factors
                        for successful revegetation.

                   Effectiveness:  Moderate for redistribution of
                            soils.  High for on-site test
                            plots as the way to determine
                            successful revegetation.

                   2.12.12.4  Soil Removal From
                              Miscellaneous Facilities

                   As appropriate, suitable soils from quarries,
                   borrow areas, power line, access  roads,
                   diversion ditches,  water pipelines, and the
                   tailings slurry pipeline would be windrowed
                   and stabilized adjacent to each disturbance
                   area until reclamation operations for these
                   disturbances begins.

                   Goal: Stabilize disturbed areas from loss of
                        soil.

                   Effectiveness:  High

                   2.12.13   Surface Water and Ground
                              Water - Quality and Quantity

                   2.12.13.1   Erosion and Sediment Control

                   Surface water control and handling would be
                   an important part of the Crown Jewel
                   Project. Special care would be taken to
                   minimize or eliminate erosion and subsequent
                   downstream sedimentation.

                   The Forest Service would require "best
                   management practices" for erosion and
                   sediment control  (Forest Service,  1988).
                   Similarly, the BLM regulations require
                   prevention of unnecessary or undue
                   degradation of federal lands, both on-site and
                   off-site. Maintenance of diversion structures
                   and sediment traps would be conducted by
                   the Proponent to ensure short and long-term
                   effectiveness of the erosion and sediment
                   control facilities.
                Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-121
The following techniques would be used to
minimize erosion and sedimentation:

•  Vegetation would be removed only from
   those areas to be directly affected by
   Crown Jewel Project activities.  Other
   areas would not be cleared.

•  Primary soil removal activities would be
   scheduled for the dry months to reduce
   the potential for erosion and high soil
   losses.

•  Cut and fill slopes for service and access
   roads would be designed to prevent soil
   erosion.  Drainage ditches with cross
   drains would be constructed where
   necessary.  Disturbed slopes would be
   revegetated, mulched, or otherwise
   stabilized to minimize erosion as soon as
   practicable following construction.

•  Road embankment slopes would be graded
   and revegetated to prevent erosion, as
   practicable.

•  Runoff from roads, buildings, and other
   structures would be handled through best
   management practices, including sediment
   traps, settling ponds, berms, sediment
   filter fabric, etc. Design of these features
   would be based upon an analysis of local
   hydrologic conditions.

•  Off-road vehicle travel would be avoided.

•  The number of stream crossings would be
   kept to a minimum.

•  During tailings impoundment construction
   and operation, diversions  would be
   constructed around affected areas to
   minimize erosion.

•  The tailings pipeline berms would be
   revegetated after pipeline installation.

•  Incidental precipitation falling on disturbed
   areas would be collected in  infiltration
   basins or sediment traps.

•  A number of management practices
   including check dams, dispersion terraces,
   and filter fences would  be used during the
                 construction and operational phases of the
                 Crown Jewel Project.

              •  Unless otherwise approved, waste rock
                 surfaces would be  left rough; machine
                 ripping, harrowing, disking, or drilling
                 would be done on contour; where only
                 downslope dozer tracking is possible,
                 blade gouges at a minimum of six inches
                 deep and 50 feet apart would be placed
                 across the slope, with an alternating
                 gouge sequence for adjacent passes;
                 deep, downslope tread ruts or channels
                 would be avoided;  water collection and
                 diversion benches near contour would be
                 placed on unbroken slopes longer than
                 300 feet; and, coarse rock (greater than
                 three-quarter inch)  fragment content of
                 soils placed on 21-1:1 V or steeper slopes
                 would be at least 20%.

              •  Permanent diversion channels would be
                 designed for long-term stability.

              •  Reclamation and revegetation would be
                 implemented as soon as practical for long
                 term stability.

              If substantial sedimentation occurs,
              construction and operational activities
              responsible for the sedimentation would be
              suspended or modified, and additional
              actions, as described above, would be
              implemented to reduce sediment delivery.
              See Section 2.13.1, Water Resources
              Monitoring.

              Goal: Control  surface water flow to minimize
                    erosion and downstream sedimentation
                    and implement corrective actions
                    quickly to minimize impacts from
                    sedimentation problems.

              Effectiveness:  High

              2.12.13.2   Diversion Ditches and Sediment
                          Traps

              As part of construction, operations, and
              reclamation activities,  the Proponent would
              construct and  maintain diversion ditches and
              sediment traps.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-122
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
Diversion ditches would be installed to collect
runoff from disturbed and cleared areas, and
direct such runoff into the sediment traps.
Diversion ditches would also be constructed
as necessary to prevent runoff onto the
tailings facility and other disturbed and
cleared areas.  Diversion ditches would
collect seepage from the toe of waste rock
disposal areas and also any discharge from
french drains located beneath the waste rock
disposal areas.  Newly constructed diversion
channels would be protected after
construction with riprap, or other temporary
or permanent erosional structures, or
revegetated to minimize downstream
sediment loading.  Sediment and infiltration
pond embankments would be stabilized with
vegetation or rock cover as soon as
practicable after construction to provide for
erosion protection.

The sediment traps would be designed and
operated to remove sediment from runoff.
As necessary, the  Proponent would maintain
the flexibility to add treatment for suspended
and dissolved contaminants in the sediment
traps.

Diversion ditches and sediment traps would
be maintained as necessary during the life of
the operation. As  appropriate, sediment
would be removed annually from sediment
traps. Such sediment would be deposited in
the waste rock disposal areas, the tailings
facility, topsoil stockpiles, or other
appropriate location.

Goal:  Minimize soil erosion, sedimentation
      into the sediment traps, and stream
      sedimentation.

Effectiveness:  Moderate for on-site, high for
          off-site.

2.12.13.3   Cyanide Destruction

The Proponent must assure that the
hazardous constituent concentration in
tailings effluent at  the outfall would not result
in:

•  Mortality of migratory waterfowl attracted
   to pooled water at the facility; or,
                   •  Designation of tailings effluent as
                      dangerous waste under state dangerous
                      waste regulations.

                   The cyanide destruction system must be
                   designed and operated in order to assure that
                   no tailings effluent would designate at the
                   outfall to the tailings facility as dangerous
                   waste, according to a representative sampling
                   protocol, despite potential variation in cyanide
                   destruction effectiveness.  Assurance of no
                   discharge of dangerous waste would involve
                   the following:

                   1.  The determination of the designation
                   threshold.  The designation threshold is the
                   WAD cyanide concentration in the tailings
                   effluent  at which it designates as dangerous
                   waste, based on fish bioassay testing.

                   2.  The establishment of operational trigger
                   thresholds. The trigger thresholds would be
                   the WAD cyanide concentration and duration
                   thresholds in the tailings effluent that would
                   trigger operational adjustments to the cyanide
                   destruction system in order to avoid
                   generation of tailings effluent that would
                   designate as a dangerous waste. The
                   duration threshold would take into account
                   the lag times between  a given adjustment
                   and measured changes in the WAD cyanide
                   concentration and the variability of the
                   cyanide  detoxification process. The WAD
                   cyanide  concentration trigger must be lower
                   than the designation threshold.

                   3.  The institution of process monitoring and
                   control measures. Process monitoring and
                   control measures would provide for:

                   a)  Monitoring and adjusting the reagent and
                      catalyst additions to optimize cyanide
                      destruction; and,

                   b)  Identification of operational adjustments to
                      the cyanide destruction system in
                      response to exceedances of trigger
                      thresholds.

                   4.  The establishment of operational response
                   measures or system design elements to
                   prevent  placement of tailings effluent that
                   would designate as dangerous waste  using a
                   representative sampling protocol. Operational
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-123
response measures or system design
elements would consist of the following:

a) A response measure that requires
   cessation of the tailings effluent discharge
   (from the INCO S02/Air/ Oxidation reactor
   vessel), with corresponding cessation of
   mill feed, in order to respond to
   exceedance of the established trigger
   thresholds; or, alternatively,

b) System design elements providing for the
   capture, containment, and/or adequate
   cyanide destruction and reagent
   dissipation of tailings effluent that would
   designate as a dangerous waste, before it
   could be discharged to the tailings
   disposal facility.

5. The institution of compliance monitoring.
Compliance monitoring would provide for
representative sampling of treated tailings
effluent prior to placement in the tailings
facility to determine hazardous constituent
concentration and enable assessment with
regard to established threshold
concentrations.

The concentration of cyanide in the effluent
discharged at the outfall to the tailings
impoundment would be stipulated  as part of
the NPDES Permit that would be issued by
WADOE, but the level would be no greater
than 40 mg/l WAD cyanide without the
implementation of mitigation measures
described in Section 2.12.18.12, Wildlife
Exposure to Toxic Substances.

Goal: Minimize exposure of people and
      wildlife to cyanide levels greater than
      40 mg/l WAD.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.13.4  Tailings Disposal Facility

The tailings disposal facility would be
designed and operated as a closed circuit
(zero-discharge) system consisting of a
geomembrane double lined impoundment,
leak detection system, low permeability
bedding material, and a lined recovery
solution collection pond in compliance with
the Washington Metal Mining and Milling
              Operations Act.  The tailings disposal facility
              would be drained using a basin drain layer to
              minimize head on the liners.

              The Proponent would maintain a water
              balance to account for water inputs, outputs,
              and changes in storage.

              The Proponent would maintain a number of
              safeguards with  regard to the tailings disposal
              facility. These would include a leak detection
              system as part of the facility design, an
              underdrain  system, and a series of
              downstream ground and surface water
              monitoring  stations.  If water quality
              problems are detected by any of the
              safeguard systems, then steps would be
              taken to achieve compliance.  These include:

              1.  Review  of environmental impacts with the
                  possibility of  additional or increased
                  frequency of  monitoring;

              2.  Implement  an interim (emergency or long
                  term) water management plan to stabilize
                  the situation;

              3.  Develop a conceptual engineering design
                  of water treatment system alternatives
                  (WAC 173-240) that would be available to
                  remedy  the situation and select the most
                  appropriate design for more detailed
                  engineering;

              4.  The Proponent would prepare a detailed
                  engineering design of the selected
                  alternative; the agencies would review and
                  revise, as appropriate, the environmental
                  protection performance security required
                  from the Proponent;

              5.  Undertake appropriate permitting of the
                  selected water treatment system (conduct
                  NEPA/SEPA review as appropriate);

              6.  Construct the selected water treatment
                  system;

              7.  Operate and maintain the water treatment
                  system to meet design goals;

              8.  Monitor the water treatment system for
                  compliance; and,
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-124
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
9. Achieve demonstrated "clean closure" or
   maintain long term (permanent) treatment.

The primary safeguard for the tailings
disposal facility would be a leak detection
system installed between the two synthetic
liners.  If water develops in the leak detection
system, this water would be sampled,
analyzed, and characterized.  Any substantial
changes in the amount of water in the leak
detection system would result in a response.
Such a response would include:

•  The immediate sampling and analysis of
   the water;

•  An increase  in the frequency of sampling
   and the components analyzed;

•  An investigation of the cause of the
   "leak";

•  Evaluation of the sample results;

•  Sampling of the underflow drain;

•  Diversion of the underdrain flow to the
   recovery solution collection pond; and,

•  Expansion of monitoring of surrounding
   ground water wells and surface water
   stations downstream of the tailings
   facility.

Similarly, any changes in the chemistry of
water analyzed in the tailings facility
underdrain or downstream ground water
wells and surface water stations would
initiate a response similar to the steps
articulated above.

Goal:  Maintain water quality above federal
      and state water quality standards for
      surface and ground water.

Effectiveness:   High

2.12.13.5  Pit Lake

Water in the pit lake (or underground
workings) that discharges to the Gold Bowl
drainage (Alternatives B, C,  D, and G) or
water discharging from springs and seeps
that develop in the pit backfill (Alternatives E
                  and F) would be required to meet Washington
                  State Aquatic Life Water Quality Standards
                  (WAC 173-201 A) and human health
                  standards (National Toxic Rules: 40 CFR
                  131.36, which considers natural .water
                  quality background levels).

                  Modeling of the pit lake water quality has
                  been completed as discussed in Section
                  4.6.3, Effects Common to All Action
                  Alternatives, subsection "Open Pit or
                  Underground Workings - Water Quality." The
                  modeling employed several assumptions
                  which caused the water quality prediction to
                  be at the upper bounds of  what would be
                  expected. As a result of this approach, the
                  modeling predicts that the  pit lake water
                  quality would fail to meet water quality
                  criteria for certain parameters.

                  If pit lake water quality (or water quality from
                  adits or from seeps and springs that develop
                  in the backfilled pit) is demonstrated through
                  monitoring (see Section 2.13.1, Water
                  Resources Monitoring), to  exceed aquatic life
                  or human health criteria, then several steps
                  would be taken to achieve compliance.
                  These include:

                  1. Review of environmental impacts with the
                     possibility of additional  or increased
                     frequency of monitoring;

                  2. Implement an interim (emergency or long
                     term) water management plan to stabilize
                     the situation;

                  3. Develop a conceptual engineering design
                     of water treatment system alternatives
                     (WAC 173-240) that would be available to
                     remedy the situation and  select the most
                     appropriate design for more detailed
                     engineering;

                  4. The Proponent would prepare a  detailed
                     engineering design of the preferred
                     alternative; the agencies would review and
                     revise, as appropriate, the environmental
                     protection performance security required
                     from the Proponent;

                  5. Undertake appropriate permitting of the
                     selected  water treatment system (conduct
                     NEPA/SEPA review as appropriate);
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-125
 6. Construct the selected water treatment
   system;

 7. Operate and maintain the water treatment
   system to meet design goals;

 8. Monitor the water treatment system for
   compliance; and,

 9. Achieve demonstrated "clean closure"  or
   maintain long term (permanent) treatment.

 As a result of the modeling  results described
 in Section 4.6.3, Effects Common to All
 Action Alternatives, the Proponent must
 prepare a conceptual engineering design of
 water treatment  system alternatives (WAC
 173-240) that would be available to remedy
 the situation as prescribed by modeling. The
 most appropriate design would serve as the
 basis for establishing the environmental
 protection performance security for the pit
 lake discharge.

 Goal: Meet Washington State Aquatic  Life
      Water Quality Standards, human health
      standards, and/or natural water quality
      background levels.

 Effectiveness: Moderate-High

 2.12.14    Transportation

 2.12.14.1   Winter Road Maintenance

 Sufficient storage room, inside safety berms,
 would be provided for snow removal adjacent
 to roadways. Snow would  be removed or
 plowed regularly by the Proponent to
 minimize snow packing and  interference with
 day-to-day activities.  Road  sanding would
 avoid the use of salt to the extent practical.
 If salt is used, it would be preferable to use
 potassium chloride, or a similar product.

The Proponent would work  with Okanogan
County, Forest Service, and WADNR to
complete an agreement for certain year-round
road  maintenance (including dust control) of
portions of County Road 4895 and Forest
Road 3575-120.

Goal:  Maintain road passage safety while
      reducing damage to trees and other
                    resources due to winter road
                    maintenance.

              Effectiveness:  High

              2.12.14.2   Remote Office

              The Proponent would maintain an office,
              away from the mine site, for most personnel
              hiring and most purchasing requirements.

              Goal: Reduce the number of visits to the
                    Crown Jewel Project by vendor and
                    supplier representatives.

              Effectiveness:  Moderate

              2.12.14.3   Supply Deliveries

              Supply deliveries to the Crown Jewel Project
              site would be limited to daylight hours except
              in emergency situations. During spring break
              up, travel may be allowed at night on frozen
              roads to reduce the amount of hazardous
              materials and petroleum products that must
              be stored at  the site.  The Proponent would
              use a pilot vehicle to escort trucks carrying
              hazardous materials and petroleum products
              through Beaver Canyon or through the town
              of Chesaw (Alternatives C and G) to the mine
              site.  A pilot car would assure that transports
              stay  within the posted speed limits.

              Goal:  Increase road safety and reduce the
                    potential for supply vehicle accidents.

              Effectiveness:  High

              2.12.14.4   Road Use Permit

              The Proponent's Forest and  BLM Road Use
              Permits would include the following
              provisions:

              • Any upgrades on Forest roads  for access
                to the Crown Jewel Project site would
                meet Forest Service standards (FSH
                7709.56 Road Preconstruction Handbook)
                specifications for road width, grade,
                alignment, drainage, quality control, gross
                vehicle weights, and signing.  Exceptions
                to these standards may be used only with
                Forest Service and/or BLM approval.
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-126
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A T/VES
January 1997
•  Most mine employees would be bused to
   the site during operations.  A busing plan
   would address participation percentages
   and would discuss personnel that would
   not be bused to the site. There would be
   an effort made to bus the construction
   work force to the site.  Adequate parking
   would not be provided at the site for
   employees to drive their personal vehicles
   during operations.

•  Contractors  would comply with Forest
   Service, BLM, Washington State, and
   Okanogan County rules for oversize and
   overweight loads.

•  Location and design changes for access
   roads on Forest Service or BLM-managed
   lands must receive approval from the
   Forest Service and BLM before any
   ground-disturbing activities take place.

•  The Proponent would be responsible for
   maintaining  all signs, fencing, and other
   features of the mine safety and security
   program.

•  The Proponent would be responsible for
   deposits for deferred (non-routine)
   maintenance or for doing deferred road
   maintenance (such as surface rock,
   culvert, or bridge replacement).  The
   Proponent would be responsible for
   recurrent (grading, cleaning culverts, etc.)
   maintenance as specified in the Forest
   Service and BLM Road  Use Permits.

•  A designated Proponent representative
   and a Forest Service representative would
   periodically  inspect supply transport trucks
   for noxious  weeds, although this is not
   expected to be a problem  as supply trucks
   would be confined to well-maintained
   access  roads. All construction equipment
   moved to the site would be power washed
   to remove dirt and debris  prior to arrival
   on the Crown Jewel Project site to reduce
   the possibility that they are transporting
   noxious weeds.

 Goal: To ensure that the road system is safe
      and  conforms to the natural resource
      management objectives for the area,
      and that financial liabilities created by
                        the Crown Jewel Project roads are
                        borne by the Proponent.

                  Effectiveness: High

                  2.12.14.5  Road Closure

                  For safety considerations, portions of Forest
                  Road 3575-140 would be closed to public
                  access at the intersection with Forest Road
                  3575-120 on the south (see Figure 2-23,
                  Forest Road Closures.

                  Goal: Maintain public safety.

                  Effectiveness: High

                  2.12.14.6  Junction Improvement

                  If County Road 9480 is used for
                  transportation of materials through Beaver
                  Canyon, the road junction with Forest Road
                  32 would be improved to increase safety.
                  This would include increased signing and
                  increased sight distance.  This would include
                  the purchase and placement of three warning
                  signs meeting Forest Service and/or
                  Okanogan County standards, the cutting of
                  approximately five trees,  and the cutting of
                  approximately one acre of brush.

                  Goal: Increased safety on the transportation
                        route.

                   Effectiveness:  High

                  2.12.15   Vegetation

                   2.12.15.1  Timber  Salvage and Sale

                  Timber on areas scheduled for disturbance by
                   mining  operations would be sold (except
                  timber used in mining operations) and cleared
                   in accordance with Forest Service, BLM, and
                   WADNR management requirements for timber
                   harvesting.  Negotiated contracts for timber
                   harvest would be entered into with the
                   appropriate agency.  Timber to be removed
                   would be designated by  the appropriate
                   agency representatives prior to removal.

                   As applicable to the surface ownership, plans
                   for clearing and disposal of vegetation would
                   be submitted prior to beginning operations.
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-127
and each year thereafter for the next year's
clearing requirements. The areas to be
cleared would be delineated on the ground to
facilitate Forest Service, BLM, and WADNR
review, as appropriate. The Forest Service,
BLM, and WADNR would review these plans
and specify the measures that would be
needed to ensure proper utilization of the
timber, disposal of slash, and protection of
the surface resources.

Volume estimation and payment would be
calculated by cruising or scaling. Slash and
unmerchantable timber, not stockpiled for
future use as large woody debris, would be
chipped for blending  with salvaged topsoil (up
to 5% of soil by volume) and/or piled for
burning in locations that would not cause
damage to surrounding vegetation. The
Proponent would burn designated slash piles
as directed by the Forest Service and BLM,
and allowed under smoke management
regulations of the WADNR. The Forest
Service and BLM would designate  brush and
log piles (merchantable logs as needed) to be
left for wildlife habitat or reclamation use.
Debris left from burning would be spread or
buried depending on  the volume of material.

Goal: Ensure proper  utilization  of the timber,
      disposal of slash, and protection of  the
      surface resources.  Provide for wildlife
      habitat by replacing large woody debris
      removed during operations.

Effectiveness: High

2.12.15.2   Noxious Weed-Free Mulch and
            Seed

Certified noxious weed-free mulch and seed
mixtures would be used to promptly reclaim
disturbed areas and control noxious weeds.

Goal: Prevent the establishment of noxious
      weeds.

Effectiveness: Moderate

2.12.15.3   Noxious Weed Control

The Proponent would be responsible for
noxious weed control on federal lands within
the fenced perimeter.  Hand pulling, hand
              digging, biological control, and approved
              herbicides would be used for the control of
              noxious weeds, as discussed in the Noxious
              Weed Management Plan.  Crown Jewel Mine
              (Parametrix, 1996b). Only herbicides having
              Forest Service and BLM approval would be
              used on federal lands.

              Goal: Control, contain and eradicate new and
                    potential invader noxious weeds.

              Effectiveness: High when combined with
                        seeding and monitoring.

              2.12.15.4   Land Disturbance Screening

              Plans would be developed for the final
              location of telephone lines, power lines, and
              roads to minimize the disturbance and provide
              screening of the facilities  from  view.

              Goal: Minimize land disturbance and provide
                    screening of roads, telephone lines,
                    and power lines.

              Effectiveness: Moderate

              2.12.15.5   Interim Revegetation

              Interim revegetation would be required and
              would be designed to stabilize embankments
              or structures  (eg. topsoil stockpiles and road
              cuts and fills) which are expected to remain
              in place until final reclamation.

              Goal: Minimize soil erosion and
                    sedimentation from disturbed sites
                    during operations.

              Effectiveness: Moderate, although when
                        combined with other erosion
                        and sediment control
                        mitigation  measures, the total
                        effectiveness of the  Crown
                        Jewel Project would be high.

              2.12.16   Wetlands

              Existing wetlands would be affected if any of
              the action alternatives are implemented.
              Wetlands and their buffers are regulated
              under the Okanogan County Critical Areas
              Regulations. Wetlands and other Waters of
              the U.S. are regulated under Section 404 of
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-128
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
the Clean Water Act.  All Waters of the U.S.
are accorded the full measure of protection
under the Section 404(b)(1) Guidelines,
including requirements for appropriate
mitigation.  The determination of appropriate
mitigation is based on the functions and
values of the aquatic resource that would be
impacted, with a national goal of no net loss
of wetland function and acreage.  Final
details of wetlands mitigation would be
determined in the Corps of Engineers and
Okanogan County permits in consultation
with the land management agency if on
public land.

After avoidance of wetlands has been fully
considered and implemented where feasible
and reasonable, the overall goal of mitigation
would  be to offset the Crown Jewel Project's
unavoidable adverse impacts to aquatic
resources.  In  addition to the overall goal,
aquatic resource mitigation plans would seek
to:

•   Provide replacement  of in-kind ecological
   functions to the extent possible.

•   Replace degraded areas that are poorly
   functioning or of low value with areas of
    greater function and  higher value.

•   Enhance  riparian vegetation to provide
    improved wildlife habitat.

•   Provide long-term protection to wetland
    and riparian areas such as those that may
    be threatened by development or other
    intensive uses.

•   Conduct  mitigation actions on sites that
    are unlikely to be improved under other
    regulatory programs  or management plans.

•   Focus on protecting, restoring, or
    enhancing aquatic  habitats.

The basic criteria for selecting mitigation sites
would include:

•   Hydrology;

•   Topography;

•   Soils; and,
                   •  Management constraints.

                   Of these, establishing and maintaining the
                   appropriate hydrology is the most critical
                   factor in mitigation success. A reliable water
                   source is essential, and the  site's hydro
                   period (the periodic occurrence of flooding
                   and/or soil saturation) must be thoroughly
                   understood.

                   Topography comes into play where steep
                   terrain or other conditions limit the size of the
                   area that can be adequately wetted, or where
                   a large volume of excavation would be
                   required to shape the site.

                   The soil's potential to pond  or drain water
                   would be a primary consideration, and soil
                   types may affect plant survival and the
                   species that can be grown at the site.

                   Lastly, the ownership and availability of the
                   site, the ability to manage on-site and
                   adjacent land uses, and the ability to ensure
                   the site's long-term protection must be taken
                   into consideration.  Under NEPA, the federal
                   agencies are obligated to consider the most
                   feasible mitigation operations, regardless of
                   land ownership or agency jurisdiction.

                   Buckhorn Mountain and adjacent areas have
                   been investigated to identify potential
                   mitigation sites.  Potential sites within or in
                   the immediate vicinity of the Crown Jewel
                   Project area tend to be limited by the steep
                   terrain and the lack of a reliable source of
                   water, and are unlikely to yield sufficient
                   acreage to adequately mitigate aquatic
                   impacts.  Under current Forest Service and
                   BLM resource management plans, it is not
                   possible to guarantee long-term protection of
                   aquatic mitigation sites located on federal
                   lands in the Buckhorn  Mountain area.
                   Consequently, the primary focus  of this
                   mitigation plan would be to improve privately
                   owned sites that are threatened by
                   development or other intensive uses, but
                   which would offer a high potential for
                   successfully achieving the stated mitigation
                   goals and objectives.

                   The Myers Creek valley offers the potential
                   for mitigation sites in an area where homesite
                   development, agriculture, and other uses
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-129
have impacted or threatened riparian zones
and wetlands. In this semi-arid climate,
wetlands and riparian areas provide flood
control, water quality improvement, fish and
wildlife habitat, and other essential functions.
Mitigation measures would help to restore
wetland and riparian resources and protect
them from the adverse effects of
development and other uses.  Potential
mitigation sites are located at Pine Chee
Springs and along sections of Myers Creek
(Parametrix, 1996a).

2.12.16.1   Pine Chee Springs

The Pine Chee Springs site is a 29-acre parcel
located in a narrow,  northwest-trending valley
adjacent to the Oroville-Toroda Creek Road.
A stream originates from a spring system at
the southern end of the site.  The stream is a
tributary to Myers Creek, although the stream
disappears subsurface 500 feet downstream
of the mitigation site. The site comprises five
acres of forested wetlands, as well as a small
manmade pond less than one acre in size.
The site supports populations of two state-
designated sensitive plant species.  It is
privately owned  and is subject to  grazing and
timber harvest.  Livestock use of the site has
resulted in some bank trampling and
distribution of weedy vegetation.

Potential mitigation actions include
acquisition of the property and its timber
rights,  construction of perimeter fencing, and
planting the site  with additional trees and
shrubs. Livestock would be removed from
the area; the entire parcel would be fenced to
prevent livestock entry;  and, provisions
would be made to maintain the fence in good
condition. An abandoned well and pump
equipment and a small barn, located in the
pasture north of  the pond, would  be
dismantled and removed. Covenants running
with the land to  prohibit consumptive uses
would be recorded with the Okanogan
County Assessor's office. Riparian and
upland plant species  would be planted to
provide a buffer for the open water habitat
which is currently subject to disturbance by
vehicles traveling along the adjacent roads.
Upland species would be planted to provide a
buffer for open water habitat and  in meadows
near the pond. Other actions would include
               weed control and providing interpretive and
               educational opportunities for the public.

               Wildlife Effectiveness:  Moderate

               Wetlands Functions Effectiveness: High

               2.12.16.2  Myers Creek

               Virtually all of the land along Myers Creek is
               privately owned, and many reaches of the
               creek have been affected by agriculture,
               grazing, and residential development.  In
               some areas, reduction or elimination of native
               vegetation, bank erosion, and channel
               incision have resulted in impaired  function of
               riparian areas and fragmented wildlife habitat.
               In stretches al.ong the creek where the
               riparian zone is more or less intact, new
               development and removal of vegetated
               buffers may threaten the ecological function
               of those areas.

               The mitigation goals, proposed by the
               Proponent, at the Myers Creek site are to
               provide diverse, complex, and productive
               habitat for a variety of wildlife species,
               improve the site's ability to perform
               hydrologic functions, and to provide long-
               term protection for a site that is subject to
               intensive agricultural use.

               The Myers Creek mitigation area is located
               immediately south  of the international border
               adjacent to the Starrem Reservoir  site.  It
               comprises approximately 50 acres. The
               parcel  is privately-owned and is currently
               used for grazing and hay production. A
               private access road forms the western
               boundary of the property.

               The site supports approximately ten acres of
               floodplain wetland  adjacent to Myers Creek.
               Woody vegetation has been removed from
               the wetland/riparian area, and the stream is
               actively downcutting in this reach. Channel
               erosion has progressed to the point that the
               water surface in the channel is separated
               from the top of the bank and adjacent
               floodplain by up to four feet.  Riparian
               vegetation  does not appear to be regenerating
               along this stream reach.
               Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-130
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
The mitigation objectives would be met
through property acquisitions, installation of
water-level control structures, planting of
trees and shrubs,  and implementation of a
reed canary grass reduction program. The
property would be fenced to prevent entry of
livestock.  Water levels in the stream and
adjacent areas would be manipulated by
installing a series  of ten structures along the
reach of Myers Creek within the mitigation
site. The structures would consist of an in-
stream rock "step" with rock sills extending
into the floodplain on both sides of the
channel. Because the site is currently
dominated by reed canary grass, a program
to reduce coverage by this species would be
implemented.  This would be accomplished
using a combination of  mulching, mechanical
removal, burning and, if necessary to assure
success, chemical applications.

Approximately six weeks after treatment, the
areas to be planted would be mulched with
polyethylene, fiber or other landscape
textiles, and planted with trees and shrubs.
Planting plans for shrubs and trees and
design of in-stream rock "steps" are
contained in the Crown Jewel Project
Conceptual Wetland Mitigation Plan
(Parametrix, 1996a). The buffer area to this
mitigation site would be planted with upland
vegetation approximately ten feet wide  along
either side of the  stream. The proposed
planting plan  includes upland vegetation in a
buffer zone adjacent to the creek.

Long-term protection would  be secured
through property  purchase, and covenants
running with the land to prohibit consumptive
uses would be recorded with the Okanogan
County Assessor's office.

Wildlife Effectiveness:  Moderate

Wetlands Functions Effectiveness:  Moderate

Three wetland and wildlife mitigation sites
have been  identified for restoration or
improvement on National Forest land:

• Bear Trap Canyon;

• Nicholson Creek headwaters wetland; and,
                   • The frog pond.

                   2.12.16.3  Bear Trap Canyon

                   The stream, within the mitigation site in Bear
                   Trap Canyon, flows approximately 600 feet
                   through an open meadow that was clearcut
                   in the late 1980's. The site is flat  to gently
                   sloping.  Seeps arising at the base  of
                   sideslopes maintain wet and boggy conditions
                   during most of the growing season.  Prior to
                   timber harvest, the area was dominated by
                   Engelmann spruce.  Downstream of the
                   clearcut at the site's eastern boundary, the
                   stream flows into a mature forested riparian
                   habitat.  Clear cutting in the riparian zone has
                   degraded the functional status of the site.

                   Perimeter fencing would be established
                   around the mitigation area and buffer zone
                   and would encompass approximately four
                   acres.  Livestock would be fenced  from the
                   site and an alternative water source would be
                   developed at a nearby upland location.
                   Provisions would be  made by the Proponent
                   to maintain the fencing in good condition for
                   a period  of not less than 16 years. Wetlands
                   and riparian species would be planted along
                   the stream corridor to reestablish native plant
                   community composition and structure,  and
                   upland species would be planted as a buffer
                   to screen the site from disturbance.  Wetland,
                   riparian zones are proposed to be planted
                   with mountain alder, Engelmann spruce,
                   quaking aspen, black cottonwood, red-osier
                   dogwood, black twin-berry,  Nootka rose, and
                   prickly currant.  The Forest buffer  is proposed
                   to be planted with subalpine fir, serviceberry,
                   western  larch, Douglas-fir, lodgepole pine,
                   ponderosa pine, common chokecherry.
                   Wood's rose, mountain ash, and black
                   mountain huckleberry.

                   Wildlife Effectiveness: Moderate

                   Wetlands Functions Effectiveness: Low

                   2.12.16.4  Nicholson Creek Headwaters
                              Wetland (nine acre wetland)

                   Several small wetlands and intermittent
                   stream segments would be impacted by mine-
                   site activities such as road construction, ore
                   stockpiling, and waste rock disposal.  The
                Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-131
functional importance of these areas is limited
to varying degrees by their isolation and
periodic heavy use by cattle.  However, they
do have notable wildlife habitat functions in
that they are reliable sources of water and
harbor sensitive plant species. The proposed
mitigation would consist of restoration of this
wetland community as described below.

A variable buffer zone would be established
around the wetland area,  and the wetland
and buffer would be fenced to exclude
grazing.  As necessary, the Proponent could
augment water to this area during operations
to maintain the wetland area. The fence
constructed to exclude cattle would be
maintained by  the Proponent for a period of
not less than 16 years from the start of the
Crown Jewel Project and then removed.  The
tailings facility, topsoil stockpiles, soil borrow
pits, and tailings pipelines would encroach on
the buffer during operation, but these areas
would be included in the buffer following
reclamation.

A replacement water source  would' be
developed to compensate for the loss of the
water source for cattle grazing and would be
maintained by  the Proponent for a period of
not less than 16 years.

Wildlife Effectiveness:  Moderate

Wetlands Functions Effectiveness:  Low

2.12.16.5   Frog Pond

The frog pond  covers 1.8 acres and was
developed as a livestock watering facility.
This wetland is partially impounded by the
adjacent road and may have been excavated
at sometime in the past.  It is not known
whether it was created from  upland or
wetlands. The pond is shallow, less than
four feet deep, with very  little open water,
and has a diverse emergent plant community.
It is nearly surrounded by mature coniferous
forest except for about 300 feet of the
northern shore, which is an open grassy area
adjacent to a road.  The grassy area is used
both for camping by hunters  and for cattle
grazing. The frog pond is one of the few
open water systems in the Buckhorn
Mountain area.  Functionally, the frog pond is
              limited by periodic cattle use, a structurally
              simple riparian forest, and the predator
              efficiency and human disruption associated
              with the open northern shore area. To
              mitigate impacts to nearby isolated wetlands,
              these impediments to wetland function would
              be corrected as follows:

              •  A buffer zone of variable width, up to 300
                 feet, would be established around the frog
                 pond.  Along the eastern side, the buffer
                 would  extend to the road edge (as close
                 as 50 feet at one  point). The buffer
                 would  be fenced to exclude cattle and
                 dispersed camping use, or combined with
                 the Crown Jewel  Project perimeter fence.
                 The fence constructed to exclude cattle
                 would  be maintained by the Proponent for
                 a period of not less than 16 years from
                 the start of the Crown Jewel Project.

              •  Native  tree and shrub species would be
                 planted in the open northern shore area to
                 improve the  buffer and isolate the open
                 water habitat from disturbance and create
                 a forested perimeter completely around
                 the pond.  Shrub species would be planted
                 under the existing forest canopy around
                 the remainder of the pond. No trees or
                 shrubs would be planted within  ten feet of
                 the pond's edge because spotted frogs
                 appear to prefer non-woody plant
                 communities (Leonard, et al.  1993).  The
                 pond edge and north shore is proposed to
                 be planted with mountain alder,
                 Engelmann spruce, quaking aspen, black
                 cottonwood, red-osier dogwood, black
                 twin-berry, Nootka rose, snowberry, and
                 prickly  currant.  The Forest buffer is
                 proposed to  be planted with Douglas
                 maple,  subalpine fir, ponderosa pine,
                 thimble berry, swamp gooseberry, and
                 snowberry.

              •  Up to 18 trees in the existing buffer zone
                 forest would be girdled to create snags
                 and promote development of a more
                 complex and diverse understory. Larch
                 trees, greater than 20 inches in diameter
                 would be utilized,  if this size exists. If
                 larch trees do not exist, Douglas fir trees
                 greater than  20 inches in diameter, or the
                 next largest  size available, would be
                 selected.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-132
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
•  Two replacement water sources would be
   developed to compensate for the loss of
   this water source for cattle grazing and
   would be maintained by the Proponent for
   a period of not less than 16 years. One is
   located northeast of the frog pond, and
   the other is along Forest Road 3575-125
   near the borrow pit.

Additional mitigation would be undertaken if
the frog pond is covered with waste rock as
described for Alternative G.

Wildlife  Effectiveness:   Moderate

Wetlands Functions Effectiveness:  Low

2.12.17    Scenic Resources

2.12.17.1   General Scenic Mitigation
            Measures

The following scenic resource mitigation
measures would be utilized:

•  Retain vegetation and trees wherever
   possible to screen facilities and maintain a
   forested appearance to the extent
   possible;

•  To the extent possible, locate facilities
   where they can be screened;

•  Plant native  species to screen facilities;

•  Design cuts, fills, and clearings to blend in
   with the surrounding topography; and,
•  All buildings and other features would use
   non-reflective earth-tone paints.

Goal: Minimize visual impacts of Crown
      Jewel Project buildings and structures.

Effectiveness:  Moderate

2.12.17.2   Exterior Lighting

Exterior lighting would  be kept to the
minimum required for safety and security
purposes.  Lights would be directed down
towards the interior of  the Crown Jewel
Project  site.  Permanently mounted lights
should be sodium or a type of equal spectrum
and intensity.
                  Goal: Minimize lighting impacts of the Crown
                        Jewel Project from surrounding
                        viewpoints.

                  Effectiveness:  Moderate

                  2.12.18    Wildlife and Fish - Public Land
                              Enhancement

                  A series of wildlife mitigation and
                  management practices are required to
                  minimize disturbance and adverse impacts on
                  wildlife.  Where possible, the goals of wildlife
                  mitigation are:

                  • Avoid impacts to wildlife and sensitive
                     habitats;

                  • Minimize impacts to wildlife when impacts
                     cannot be avoided;

                  • Compensate for unavoidable impacts to
                     habitats from the Crown Jewel Project;

                  • Maintain viable fish and wildlife habitats in
                     the vicinity of the Crown Jewel Project;

                  • Protect and  enhance, both during and
                     after mine operations, the diversity,
                     abundance,  and distribution of fish and
                     wildlife and  their habitats on the
                     Okanogan Highlands and in proximity to
                     the Crown Jewel Mine; and,

                  • Reestablish  and improve habitats impacted
                     by the Crown Jewel  Project to conditions
                     nearly the same as those that existed
                     before the Project.

                  These goals would be approached through
                  mitigation on public and private lands that
                  strive to replace habitat functions and values
                  and  provide a mix of habitats similar to that
                  impacted by the Crown  Jewel Project.  This
                  would include reclaiming the mine site,
                  enhancing federal  lands surrounding the mine,
                  and  acquiring, protecting, and enhancing
                  privately-owned lands near the mine. Most
                  of the mine site would be reclaimed.
                  Reclamation measures are described in
                  Section 2.11, Reclamation Measures.
                  Habitat conditions similar to those that
                  existed on the  site prior to exploration should
                  become re-established within 60 to 100 years
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-133
after cessation of mining activities with the
exception of late mature and old-growth
structure with associated components of
large diameter trees and snags.  In the
interim, the reclaimed lands would provide
habitat for numerous wildlife species that
favor or use early and mid successional forest
habitats.  Habitat enhancement would also
occur on public and private lands to partially
compensate for the loss of wildlife habitat
values from the Crown Jewel Project.

2.12.18.1   Fencing for Deer Movement

The perimeter fence would be designed to
keep cattle out while allowing for deer
passage in either direction. Special
modifications would be used at obvious deer
crossing sites. These modifications could
include slight fence realignment or
constructing pole fences for short distances.

Goal: Facilitate movement of deer where
      game trails and the perimeter fence
      intersect.

Effectiveness: High

2.12.18.2  Wildlife Road  Closures

Effective road closures are proposed to
control all access points into the Marias
Creek watershed in order to provide security
habitat for deer and other wildlife.  (See
Figure 2.23, Forest Road Closures.)  Vehicle
access would be limited to administrative  use
during operations and reclamation of the
Crown Jewel Project. If berms installed in
area roads for wildlife mitigation or mine
safety require removal for administrative
uses, the benefitting function would be
responsible for opening and reclosing the road
after use.  The Proponent would be
responsible for maintaining the gates at both
ends of the Marias Creek Road, Forest Road
3550.  Gates on side roads in Marias Creek
would be the responsibility of the Forest
Service to maintain.

Forest Road 3550 would have heavy duty
gates installed to provide administrative
access near the boundary with state land and
about two miles up Marias Creek from Toroda
Creek Road above Bat Canyon Road. Other
              access points from state and private lands
              into the Marias Creek drainage would be
              closed with berms, rocks or tank traps.

              Existing "Special Order" and "Travel Plan"
              closed roads (mostly in the Ethel Creek area)
              would remain in that condition during the life
              of mining related operations.

              Goal: Provide wildlife temporary security
                    habitat to offset disturbance associated
                    with mining activities on Buckhorn
                    Mountain.

              Effectiveness:  Moderate

              2.12.18.3  Tailings Facility Deer Fencing

              A deer proof fence 96 inches above ground
              combined with a mesh fence (or other
              acceptable material) 18 inches above and
              below ground, to exclude small animals,
              would surround the tailings pond to restrict
              access.

              The below ground portion of the fence could
              be installed in an L shape (portion of the
              fence runs horizontal). Proper gate design,
              and operation would prevent access by large
              and small mammals.

              Goal: Design, construct and maintain the
                    tailings facility perimeter fence so that
                    small and large animals (non-flying)
                    would not have access.

              Effectiveness:  High

              2.12.18.4  Blasting

              With the exception of emergencies, blasting
              would occur during daylight hours, at a
              maximum of two times a day.

              Goal: Have regular blasting times so that
                    animals would have the best possibility
                    to acclimate to  blast disturbances.

              Effectiveness:  High

              2.12.18.5  Dogs

              Employee owned dogs would not be allowed
              on the Crown Jewel Project site.
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-134
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
Goal: To minimize disturbance to wildlife
      within the Crown Jewel Project
      perimeter from roaming dogs.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.18.6   Snags

Snags would be created in the Marias Creek,
Nicholson Creek and Ethel Creek watersheds
by topping and inoculation to  compensate for
snags lost during mining activities.  At least
75% of the replacement snags would be 21
inches in diameter (or greater) ponderosa pine
and western larch. If 21 inch diameter trees
do not occur, all snags created would be
greater than 16 inches in  diameter.  The
number of snags created would be 3.5 times
the number of federal acres cleared.

Goal: Replace snag habitat lost with mining
      activities by creating snags on adjacent
      federal lands that would bring levels up
      to  Interim Screening Guidelines.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.18.7   Wildlife Plant Species

At least 15% of the species mix (including
grass, shrubs and small trees), selected to
provide immediate soil stabilization during
reclamation, would be represented by species
with higher palatability to wildlife users such
as browsers and nectarivores.  Success
criteria with specific survival percentages
would be developed as part of the
reclamation plan.  The primary short-term
objective of reclamation would be erosion
control.  A  secondary objective is to provide
a diversity of native plant species that
encourage wildlife recolonization.

Goal: Ensure that the reclamation species
      mix include shrubs  and small trees with
      higher palatability to wildlife.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.18.8   Raptor Electrocution-Proof Power
            Poles

Electric transmission line power poles at the
Crown Jewel Project would be designed and
                  constructed to protect raptors in the area
                  from potential electrocution hazards. Figure
                  2.24, Proposed Power Pole Design, shows
                  the type of poles to be used along various
                  sections of the line on National Forest land
                  from Oroville to the Crown Jewel Project.
                  The Crown Jewel Project would use the two-
                  pole electric transmission design which not
                  only protects raptors, but provides better
                  perches.

                  Goal: Prevent raptor electrocution.

                  Effectiveness: High

                  2.12.18.9   Fish Structures

                  Fifteen fish structures in Marias Creek and 15
                  fish structures in Nicholson Creek would be
                  constructed, using native materials, to create
                  pools in the lower reaches of Nicholson Creek
                  and Marias Creek.  These structures would  be
                  designed to improve fish spawning and
                  rearing habitat, improve movement in the
                  stream and reduce sedimentation in those
                  streams which may receive less flow due to
                  Crown Jewel Project activities.  These
                  structures would be installed  in the first year
                  of the Crown Jewel Project.   These
                  structures are to partially mitigate for
                  probable Crown  Jewel Project related impacts
                  to aquatic resources, as well as trapping
                  sediment.

                  Goal: Reduce possible downstream, off-site
                        impacts, from sedimentation of
                        streams and reductions in flows.

                  Effectiveness: Moderate

                  2.12.18.10 IFIM

                  Implement the IFIM water diversion schedule
                  for new Myers Creek water rights for the
                  diversion period  of February  1 to July 31.
                  These are summarized as minimum instream
                  flows of 6 cfs until April 1. After April 1,
                  minimum instream flow would be increased
                  to 9 cfs when the seven day running average
                  mean temperature meets  or exceeds 6°C.
                  After April  1st, minimum  instream flow would
                  be increased to 12 cfs when the seven day
                  running average  mean temperature meets or
                  exceeds 8°C. Once the 12 cfs instream flow
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-135
requirement is implemented, it will remain the
instream flow requirement until July 31.  The
Proponent could not divert more than their
water right.

Goal: Protect fish populations in Myers Creek
      from the effects of reduced flows.

Effectiveness:  High

2.12.18.11 Fish Kills

If accidental, short-term, water quality
problems from the Crown Jewel Project result
in fish kills, an investigation  based on
American Fishery Society (AFS) standards
would be conducted to determine the reason
for the deaths.  Sampling sites would be
randomly selected and monitored by the
Forest Service prior to Crown Jewel Project
implementation per  AFS guidelines. These
sites would also be monitored in the event of
Crown Jewel Project related fish kills. Based
on the results of the investigation, a
restoration plan to restore habitat or
populations for fish and other species would
be developed based on the Field Manual for
the Investigation of Fish Kills by USDI
(USFWS/Resource Publication #177).  This
provides investigation guidelines and direction
for monetary compensation in the event of a
fish kill.

Goal: To evaluate the magnitude of potential
      fish and aquatic organism mortalities
      from the effects of Crown Jewel
      Project related water quality problems.
      Restore fish populations and other
      aquatic organisms affected by  water
      quality problems. Protect the viability
      and productivity of stream systems.

Effectiveness:  Moderate

2.12.18.12 Wildlife Exposure to Toxic
            Substances

The Proponent would design and operate
facilities that minimize wildlife exposure to
hazardous substances. Effective measures
restricting wildlife access to  the tailings pond
and recovery solution collection pond are
expected. These measures might include
               such things as fences, floating pond covers,
               wildlife use deterrents, or detoxification.

               If cyanide levels exceed 40 ppm WAD in the
               supernatant as it leaves the mill outlet and
               prior to entering the tailings pond, then
               required mitigation would be fully functional;
               that could include exclusion (wildlife hazing
               or covering the supernatant) or additional
               detoxification efforts (such as diluting the
               supernatant with recycled tailings pond
               water).  Mitigation needs to be fully
               functional when the tailings discharge from
               the mill reaches 40 ppm  WAD cyanide.
               Consequently, when the tailings discharge
               monitoring (after INCO S02/Air/Oxidation
               detoxification or end of pipe) reaches 35 ppm
               WAD cyanide^ the proposed mitigation would
               be mobilized,  resulting in fully functional
               mitigation at 40 ppm WAD cyanide at the
               discharge point.

               Goal: To minimize wildlife exposure to toxic
                    substances.

               Effectiveness:  Moderate

               2.12.18.13 Raptor Highwall Nesting

               Twelve recessed cavities providing nesting
               ledges for raptors would be blasted into the
               upper third of the pit wall.  These nesting
               ledges would  be distributed around the north
               half of the pit high walls.

               Goal: Take advantage of potential nesting
                    habitat  provided by the pit wall.

               Effectiveness:  High

               2.12.18.14 Pit Lake

               If a pit lake is created on federal lands, once
               it has filled and if the water quality is
               appropriate, the Proponent would plant the
               lake with native aquatic plant and animal
               species. During reclamation, the Proponent
               would shape the final shoreline of the pit lake
               to facilitate the growth of riparian and
               emergent vegetation, create shallows and
               gradual slope areas along the lake for
               transition zones, and create an  irregular
               shoreline through selective placement of
               waste rock or blasting of pit walls.  If pit lake
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-136
CHAPTER 2 - ALTERNATIVES
January 1997
water is determined to pose a toxic risk to
wildlife species, it would be fenced to keep
terrestrial wildlife out and other methods of
discouraging avian wildlife use would be
considered such as chemical treatment or
exclusion.

Goal: Optimize opportunities to create
      wetlands and aquatic habitat in the pit.
      Minimize wildlife exposure to toxic
      substances.

Effectiveness:  Moderate; based on the
          difficulty of creating wetlands
          in the pit lake environment
          and the potential for water
          quality problems.

2.12.18.15  Raptor Perches

One raptor perch would be erected per 20
acres on reclaimed waste rock disposal areas
(15 perches).  Two power poles, on National
Forest or BLM administered lands, would not
be removed during reclamation.  These poles
would be fitted with raptor nesting platforms.

Goal: To provide raptor perching and nesting
      structures to partially offset structural
      loss.

Effectiveness: Moderate

2.12.18.16  Wildlife Runouts

Wildlife runouts would  be created  (every
quarter mile), on both sides of Crown Jewel
Project roads, when snowbanks along roads
become more than two feet high so animals
that get on haul roads can escape. These
runouts would be planned in conjunction with
escape routes in safety berms along haul
roads.

Goal: To minimize potential wildlife mortality
      on haul roads.

Effectiveness: High

2.12.18.17  Helicopter Flight Paths

With the exception of emergency
evacuations,  Crown Jewel Project-related
helicopter flight paths would avoid areas
                  where golden eagle nests have been
                  identified.

                  Goal: To minimize impacts to eagle nest
                        sites.

                  Effectiveness: High

                  2.12.18.18 Spotted Frog Colonization

                  After replacement wetlands are established
                  providing a suitable food base for spotted
                  frogs, a small population of spotted frogs
                  would be moved from the frog pond to
                  facilitate colonization and increase
                  distribution. Bull  frog populations would be
                  controlled,  if necessary, during the initial
                  spotted frog colonization to allow spotted
                  frog populations to become established and
                  competitive with  bull frogs.

                  Goal:    To take  advantage of the
                           opportunity provided by wetlands
                           creation.

                  Effectiveness: Moderate

                  2.12.18.19 Woody Material Replacement

                  Down woody material would be replaced on
                  reclaimed sites at a rate of seven tons per
                  acre. Less than 10% of this weight could be
                  from stumps.  Large diameter logs would be
                  preferred.

                  Goal: To replace  large woody debris
                        structure lost from the mining
                        operations.

                  Effectiveness: Moderate

                  2.12.19    Wildlife and Fish - Private
                              Land Enhancement

                  In addition to reclamation and enhancement
                  of public lands as discussed in Section
                  2.12.18, Wildlife and Fish - Public Land
                  Enhancement, privately-owned lands would
                  be acquired, protected, enhanced, and
                  managed to compensate for the loss of
                  wildlife habitat values from the Crown Jewel
                  Project.  These would include habitat values
                  that are lost during mine operations,  during
                  the 60 to 100 years until reclaimed lands
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-137
provide similar structure and function as
existing stands, and for lands that cannot be
reclaimed to habitats similar to those
currently on the site (e.g., pit lake).
Mitigation on privately-owned lands, rather
than federal lands, would be favored by the
Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife
(WADFW) because federal lands are managed
for multiple uses and there would be no
guarantee of long-term protection for wildlife
habitat enhancements on federal lands.

Based on the WADFW (1995) study of the
impacts on wildlife from the Crown Jewel
Project, coniferous forest habitat species and
species using several habitat types, such as
deer habitat, found at the proposed mine site
would be most negatively impacted by the
Crown Jewel Project.  Species using wetland,
riparian, open herbaceous, and shrubland
priority habitats would be impacted by the
Crown Jewel Project to a lesser degree.  Loss
of snow intercept thermal (SIT) cover has
been identified as an important concern.
Thus, mitigation on private lands would focus
on acquiring and providing habitat for species
most likely to be impacted by the Crown
Jewel Project (in-kind) and in proximity to the
mine site (near-site) in perpetuity.

The Proponent has documented its proposed
private-land wildlife mitigation in a Crown
Jewel Mine Project Conceptual Fish and
Wildlife Mitigation Plan (ENSR.  1996b).  This
plan, and proposed mitigation enhancements
and land management described in the plan
and below, were developed cooperatively
between the WADFW and the Proponent.  As
described in more detail in the Plan, seven
privately-owned areas have been identified as
sites for wildlife habitat mitigation.  These
are:

•  Pine Chee Springs and Myers Creek Near
   U.S.-Canada Border;

•  Lost Creek Ranch;

•  Cow Camp - Upper Marias Creek;

•  Upper Nicholson Creek;

•  Lower Nicholson Creek; and,
              •  Hungry Hollow.

              The WADFW has determined that these
              parcels would acceptably mitigate the
              impacts to habitat functions and values
              caused by the Crown Jewel Project, and
              would provide a similar mix of habitats as
              those impacted  by the Crown Jewel Project.
              The Proponent is working closely with state
              and federal agencies and private landowners
              to complete the acquisition of these parcels.
              If for  some reason the Proponent is unable to
              obtain an identified parcel, it would, in
              cooperation with the agencies,  identify and
              obtain a replacement parcel providing similar
              habitat functions and values.

              In addition to these sites, the Proponent has
              applied for patents and private ownership of
              most  federally-managed lands impacted by
              the Crown Jewel Project. If  patenting is
              approved, these lands would become
              privately-owned and available for long-term
              protection and management for wildlife.

              2.12.19.1   Pine Chee Springs and Myers
                          Creek Near U.S. - Canada Border

              The existing conditions and proposed
              mitigation and enhancement at Pine  Chee
              Springs and along Myers Creek near the U.S.
              - Canada border are  described in Section
              2.12.16, Wetlands.  These sites would  be
              managed to mitigate for impacts to wetlands
              from the Project and to provide habitat for
              fish and wildlife. In  addition  to wetland
              mitigation features described in Section
              2.12.16 Wetlands, upland forest stands at
              Pine Chee Springs would be managed to
              develop a  multi-layered forest canopy for
              wildlife. Existing snags would be preserved
              and new snags  would  be created, if  needed,
              by artificial methods.

              Mitigation proposed  for Myers Creek would
              benefit fish and  wildlife. Pools and wet areas
              would be created along Myers Creek. Shrubs
              and trees would be planted near the  creek.
              Cattle would be excluded from grasslands
              and grasslands would be managed to provide
              food and cover for wildlife and habitat for
              nesting birds and small mammals.  Nest
              boxes would be installed on fence posts.
              Protection of these lands would help preserve
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-138
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
portions of a wildlife corridor that follows
Myers Creek.

2.12.19.2   Lost Creek Ranch

The Lost Creek Ranch is two miles north of
Chesaw and adjacent to Myers Creek and
Bolster Creek.  The privately-owned  ranch is
primarily used  for farming and provides deer
winter range.  The Proponent has the option
to purchase approximately 166 acres for
mitigation.  Mitigation would focus on
reestablishing  native grassland and shrubland
communities and improving the condition of
degraded wetland/riparian areas near the
creeks.  Protection of the property would help
to maintain native cover to provide
connectivity for wildlife traveling between
National Forest lands to the east and
WADFW lands to the west.  Potential actions
could include:

•  Controlling weeds in pasture land and
   grass lands;

•  Channel stabilization and enhancement of
   riparian vegetation along Myers Creek and
   Bolster Creek to benefit fish;

•  Fencing to  exclude livestock,  improve
   natural regeneration of vegetation favored
   by grassland and shrubland wildlife, and to
   prevent degradation of riparian habitat
   along the creeks;

•  Plantings of native shrubs and grasses to
   provide food and cover for wildlife and
   shelter for  deer using winter range on the
   parcel;

•  Providing habitat for cavity nesting birds
   and bats by installing bird nest boxes and
   bat houses; and,

•  Developing sharecropping agreements by
   which a portion of crops, such as alfalfa,
   produced on the property would  be made
   available for use by wildlife.

2.12.19.3   Cow Camp - Upper  Marias Creek

The Proponent owns approximately  70 acres
adjacent to the proposed South Waste Rock
Disposal Area and near the headwaters of
                   Marias Creek. Of this, about 65 acres would
                   be available for mitigation, including the:

                   • Protection and enhancement of about 57
                     acres of existing forest and eight acres of
                     shrubland habitats;

                   • Elimination of wildlife habitat degradation;

                   • Development of SIT cover for deer; and,

                   • Development of suitable forest cover for
                     wildlife traveling between National Forest
                     lands, lower Marias Creek and the
                     reclaimed mine site.

                   Potential mitigation actions could include:

                   • Fencing of the property to exclude
                     livestock and improve natural regeneration
                     of vegetation favored by wildlife and
                     prevent degradation of riparian habitat on
                     the eastern portion of the site;

                   • Protecting existing forest stands and
                     management of stands by plantings/
                     thinnings to improve tree spacing and
                     growth capabilities, develop and maintain
                     shrubs for wildlife in the understory, and
                     develop a multi-storied canopy of young
                     mature and mature forest providing winter
                     range for deer and other wildlife; and,

                   • Providing habitat for cavity nesting birds
                     and bats and protecting and creating
                     snags to provide  one or two snags per
                     acre.

                   2.12.19.4   Upper Nicholson Creek

                   The Proponent proposes to acquire 40 acres
                   of State-owned lands managed by the
                   WADNR near Nicholson Creek. About 20
                   acres would become part of the North Waste
                   Rock Disposal Area, while 20 acres would be
                   available for wildlife mitigation.  The
                   mitigation parcel consists of about nine acres
                   of shrubland and grassland, and 11 acres of
                   pole and young mature forest.  The objectives
                   of mitigation would be to protect and
                   enhance wildlife habitats on a site currently
                   managed for timber  production and recreation
                   and protect a block of habitat for wildlife that
                   is surrounded by federal lands managed for
                Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-139
multiple resources including wildlife.
Potential actions could include:

•  Fencing the parcel to exclude livestock
   and, if agreeable with federal agencies,
   close and reclaim roads on the parcel to
   improve habitat for wildlife;

•  Protecting existing forest stands to allow
   them to develop into a multi-storied
   canopy young mature and mature forest
   habitat that provides SIT cover for deer
   and other wildlife; and,

•  Managing stands by thinning some trees
   as they mature and felling diseased trees
   to encourage growth of the understory,
   and protecting and creating snags for
   wildlife.

2.12.19.5   Lower Nicholson Creek

The Proponent has the option to purchase
132 acres along lower Nicholson Creek. The
site is on the south side of Nicholson Creek
adjacent to National Forest lands. Elevations
range from 2,300 feet to 3,000 feet above
mean sea level.  The site consists of natural
steep grassland (25 acres), sapling conifer
forest (six acres), and pole conifer forest
(101 acres) and could potentially provide
habitat connectivity for wildlife moving along
Nicholson Creek and onto federal lands.

The goal of mitigation would be to protect
and enhance diverse productive wildlife
habitats on a site that is used for timber
production, is  impacted by grazing, and may
be developed for residential uses. Potential
mitigation actions could include:

•  Acquiring the parcel to protect about 107
   acres of forestland and 25 acres of
   grassland habitat;

•  Repairing fences to reduce intrusion onto
   the property by livestock and degradation
   of upland and riparian habitats by
   livestock;

•  Protecting the parcel from  future timber
   harvesting and allowing sapling and  pole
   stands to develop into multi-storied
   canopy young mature and  mature forest
                 that will provide food and cover for forest-
                 dwelling wildlife and SIT cover and winter
                 range for deer;

               • Thinning portions of stands as they
                 mature to provide openings within forests
                 and enhance herbaceous and shrub
                 vegetation for wildlife; and,

               • Protecting  existing snags and  creating
                 additional snags in suitable trees by
                 girdling, explosives, or inoculating trees
                 with fungus, to provide one to two snags
                 per acre.

               2.12.19.6  Hungry Hollow

               The Proponent proposes to purchase 200
               acres of upland and riparian forest and natural
               steppe  shrublands and grasslands in Sections
               2, 3, 10, and  11  in Township 39 North,
               Range 29 East, about one mile northeast of
               Muskrat Lake  and five miles southwest of the
               proposed  mine site.  The site consists of
               approximately two acres of steppe grassland,
               57 acres of steppe shrubland, 28 acres of
               riparian deciduous forest, 11  acres of pole
               conifer forest, and 102 acres of young
               mature and mature conifer forest. The site is
               surrounded by private lands.

               The  goal of mitigation would be to protect
               and  enhance diverse productive wildlife
               habitats on a site that is  used for timber
               production and is impacted by grazing.
               Potential mitigation actions include:

               • Acquiring the parcel to protect about 141
                 acres of forest land and 59 acres of
                 grassland and shrubland habitat;

               • Fencing of the site to exclude  livestock;

               • Protecting the parcel from future timber
                 harvesting  and allowing pole and young
                 mature stands to develop into  multi-
                 storied canopy young mature and mature
                 forest that would provide food and cover
                 for forest-dwelling wildlife and winter
                 range for deer;

               • Controlling weeds and monitoring forest
                 stands for bug infestation and  disease;
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-140
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
•  Thinning portions of stands as they
   mature to provide openings within forests
   and enhance herbaceous and shrub
   vegetation for wildlife;

•  Protecting existing snags and  creating
   additional snags in suitable trees by
   girding,  explosives, or inoculating trees
   with fungus, to provide one to two snags
   per acre; and,

•  Stimulating the  development of aspen
   regeneration in  riparian habitats  and
   preserve water  birch to provide winter
   habitat for sharp-tailed grouse.

2.12.19.7   Land Ownership Agreements,
            Maintenance, and Monitoring

Long-term protection of private lands
acquired for wildlife mitigation would  be
secured through property purchase,
conservation easements, placement of deed
restrictions, transfer to a conservation
organization or state or federal conservation
agency, establishment of a non-profit
maintenance corporation, patents, or by other
means.  The Proponent would work with
state and federal agencies overseeing the
Crown Jewel Project to ensure the  long-term
protection of private lands for fish and
wildlife and to develop funding mechanisms
for the purchase of lands and maintenance
and operations.

Upon  approval of the Conceptual Wildlife
Mitigation Plan for  fish and wildlife  habitat
management activities on private lands, the
Proponent would prepare a detailed Wildlife
Habitat Mitigation Plan, Standards for
Operations  and Procedures, and Detailed
Schedule of Activities in consultation  with
the WADFW, Forest Service, USFWS, and
WADOE. These documents would  outline
management and monitoring procedures to be
used on each privately-owned parcel and a
schedule of activities. A summary of
activities and status of habitats on lands
owned by the Proponent would be prepared
annually and submitted to the WADFW and
made  available at the request of other local,
state, and federal agencies. These  reports
would be prepared by the Proponent during
the life of the mine, or until the transfer of
                  ownership of lands held by the Proponent to
                  another owner or land-management entity.

                  2.12.20    Employee Training

                  The Proponent would initiate a
                  comprehensive program of training and
                  education for employees as needed.  A major
                  portion of training and education would
                  involve the health and safety aspects of the
                  construction and operation.  The Proponent
                  would include environmental considerations in
                  this training.

                  Environmental lessons would generally outline
                  major rules and regulations which dictate key
                  aspects of the operation.  Events leading to
                  their origin,  rationale, objectives, and
                  compliance would be reviewed.
                  Environmental training and education would
                  explain the "hows" and the "whys" to the
                  individuals with the most potential to
                  positively affect the outcome - the mine
                  employees.

                  Pilot vehicle drivers would complete spill
                  response and safety  training, at least once
                  annually prior to piloting hazardous materials.

                  Wildlife impact identification and mitigation
                  measures would be a key component of
                  environmental training and education. Items
                  including, but not limited to the following,
                  would be discussed in the training:

                  •   Hunting prohibition on mine property;

                  •   Firearm prohibition;

                  •   Traffic speed limits on roads;

                  •   Proper handling of chemicals;

                  •   Measures to prevent wildlife harassment;

                  •   Hunting and fishing regulations;

                  •   Notification procedures in the event of
                      road kill of deer and sensitive species;

                  •   Importance of habitat conservation and
                      reclamation;
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-141
 •  Identification of threatened and
    endangered species; and,

 •  Likely deer concentration areas along
    roads.

 Goal:  Provide health, safety and
       environmental training for employees to
       assure knowledge of important issues.
 Effectiveness:  High

 2.12.21   Solid Waste (Garbage)
            Management

 2.12.21.1   Construction Waste

 During construction,  garbage would be
 contained and hauled off-site as appropriate.
 Facilities such as portable toilets would  be
 used to handle sanitary wastes. Spills of oil,
 fuel, grease, and other  materials would  be
 cleaned up immediately.

 Goal:  To meet existing local, state and
       federal laws and  regulations.

 Effectiveness:  High

 2.12.21.2   Operations and Reclamation
            Waste

 Open burning of garbage and refuse would be
 prohibited at the mine site.  All garbage
 would be hauled to state-approved sanitary
 landfills. The Proponent would store any
 garbage collected on-site in containers prior
 to removal.  Wood and  inert wastes such as
 concrete could, during reclamation, be buried
 on-site in selected areas in accordance with
 applicable county, state and federal
 regulations or approvals and with the
 landowners approval.

 Goal: To meet existing  local, state and
      federal laws  and  regulations.

 Effectiveness:  High

 2.12.22   Showcase Agreement

The Proponent entered a "Showcase
Agreement" with the  Forest Service in
 December 1992. This agreement has
currently expired. Part of this agreement was
              to involve the closure of certain roads remote
              to the site and enhancement of off-site
              resources to promote wildlife use, to improve
              recreation sites, or to enhance wetland areas.

              2.13 MONITORING MEASURES

              Environmental monitoring programs that meet
              the requirements of the WADOE, BLM, and
              Forest Service would be implemented as part
              of any action alternative and would be
              included in the Plan of Operations.
              Monitoring programs would be designed to
              quantify any measurable environmental
              impacts accompanying construction,
              operation, reclamation  and  post-closure
              condition of the Crown Jewel Project with
              reference to pre-operational data obtained
              during baseline monitoring. Impacts that
              result in violations of regulatory stipulations
              would require alterations of Crown Jewel
              Project operations or additional mitigation
              actions. Any exceedances  of monitoring
              criteria would be brought to the attention of
              the WADNR, BLM, and Forest Service within
              seven days of discovery unless other
              timeframes are required by  permit, law, or the
              Record of Decision.

              Periodic review of monitoring data would be
              required to assess the possible presence of
              short- or long-term impacts resulting from the
              Crown Jewel Project.

              The Proponent would prepare an annual
              report for monitoring studies. The Proponent
              would submit the annual report, to the
              agencies listed below by March  15th, and
              there would be a meeting with the agencies
              to review the monitoring results and plan.
              Personnel from the Forest Service, BLM,
              WADNR, WADOE, Corps of Engineers, and
              the Proponent and their representatives
              would be  invited to this meeting. All
              monitoring data provided to the WADOE in
              compliance with State permits or a summary
              of that data would be provided to the above
              agencies,  at the request of the agencies by
              the Proponent.  If requested by the agency, a
              complete copy of the data would also be
              provided by the Proponent.  Data or a
              summary of that data would be provided in
              the same format as provided to WADOE.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-142
                             CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
                           January 1997
The agencies would maintain jurisdiction for
monitoring the Crown Jewel  Project through
approvals and permits issued to the
Proponent.

As part of the protocol for each
environmental monitoring plan, the Proponent
would develop Quality Assurance/Quality
Control (QA/QC) procedures for each of these
areas.  These procedures would collectively
comprise a QA/QC plan, the overall goal of
which would be to ensure the reliability and
accuracy of  monitoring  information as it is
acquired. Internal elements might include
procedures for redundant sampling such as
random blind splits or other replication
schemes, chain of custody documentation,
data logging, and error checking.  External
procedures might include audits and data
analyses  by  outside specialists, and oversight
monitoring and data checking conducted by
various regulatory agencies.

Monitoring plans must be developed prior to
final Crown  Jewel Project approval or permit
issuance and would be  part of the Plans of
Operations.

Monitoring objectives and measures are
discussed in the following sections for the
various resource areas:

• Section 2.13.1, Water Resources
   Monitoring;
 • Section 2.13,

 • Section 2.13

 • Section 2.13

 • Section 2.13
   Monitoring;
               2, Air Quality Monitoring;

               3, Geotechnical Monitoring;

               4, Geochemical Monitoring;

               5, Wildlife and Fish
 •  Section 2.13.6, Timber Monitoring;

               .7, Noxious Weed
•  Section 2.13.
   Monitoring;

•  Section 2.13
   Monitoring;
                8, Transportation
 •  Section 2.13.9, Reclamation Monitoring;
•  Section 2.13.10, Revegetation Monitoring;

•  Section 2.13.11, Molybdenum Uptake in
   Tailings Reclamation Vegetation Cover
   Monitoring;

•  Section 2.13.12, Soil Replacement
   Monitoring;

•  Section 2.13.13, Soil Storage Monitoring;

•  Section 2.13.14, Wetlands Monitoring;
   and,

•  Section 2.13.15, Reporting.

2.13.1  Water Resources Monitoring

A ground water and surface water monitoring
program would be established to assess:

•  Compliance with state and federal
   permits;

•  Operational performance;

•  Long term changes in water quality;

•  Closure and reclamation success; and,

•  Magnitude and extent of unanticipated
   releases of regulated substances.

The monitoring program would include water
quality, flows, and levels.  The water quality
monitoring program would involve collection
and analysis of key parameters necessary to
assess each phase of the Crown Jewel
Project. Some examples of the  key
parameters include pH, sulfate, nitrate, and
heavy metals. Water samples would be
collected at many locations, including the
tailings disposal facility, waste rock disposal
areas, the mine workings,  stormwater
sediment traps, seeps and springs, and
wetlands. Surface water flows and  ground
water levels would be included.

Some data would be obtained directly in the
field for reporting.  For example, pH, water
temperature, and conductivity may be
measured directly at a monitoring station
using calibrated instruments.  Samples
collected for other monitoring parameters,
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-143
 such as metals and other chemical
 parameters, must be analyzed at a laboratory-
 Permit related chemical analysis must be
 conducted by a WADOE accredited
 laboratory.  The Proponent would prepare a
 hydrologic monitoring plan.  The plan would
 include the location of the permanent
 monitoring stations, the frequency of
 monitoring, the required parameters for field
 and laboratory analysis, and a quality
 assurance and quality control plan.

 Water quality samples are generally collected
 by the Proponent. Chapter 78.56 RCW
 includes a provision that allows for citizen
 observation and verification of the field
 collection of the monitoring data.  State
 agencies have full access to the facility and
 are required to inspect mining and milling
 facilities for permit compliance, including
 associated monitoring programs or other
 aspects of the operation, at least quarterly.
 Federal agencies have similar authority to
 inspect mining  operations and associated
 monitoring programs.  Field data and
 chemical analyses, collected in compliance
 with permits, are public records and available
 upon written request.

 Water monitoring for the Crown Jewel
 Project would focus in these areas:

 •  Operational  Monitoring;

 •  Closure and Post-Closure Monitoring; and,

 •  Contingency Monitoring.

 2.13.1.1    Operational Monitoring

 Operational monitoring would be conducted
 to assess compliance with state and federal
 permits; assess operational performance of
 Crown Jewel Project BMPs, treatment
 systems, water management systems, waste
 rock disposal areas, tailings detoxification,
 and tailings facility integrity; and assess long-
 term changes in water quality. This would be
 accomplished through a network of surface
 water sampling sites, ground water
 monitoring wells, and process monitoring
locations throughout the Project area where
physical, chemical, and biological parameters
would be measured.
              Surface water quality monitoring stations
              would be established in streams, springs, and
              seeps that have the potential to be impacted
              by the Crown Jewel Project, as described in
              Chapter 4, Environmental Consequences.
              Sampling would also be conducted at
              discharge locations, such as the proposed
              sediment traps. Water at these stations
              would be sampled and analyzed for physical
              and chemical parameters.  The exact
              locations, parameters, and frequencies would
              be established in the NPDES operating permit.

              A benthic macroinvertebrate survey program
              has been designed and implemented as a part
              of the baseline monitoring program. It is
              intended to detect changes in the distribution
              and number  of small organisms that inhabit
              streams in the vicinity of the operation.
              Some long term changes in water chemistry
              may not be detected by quantitative chemical
              analytical monitoring because the analytical
              methods do  not allow detection of a
              constituent at very low concentrations.
              However, such a scenario may have an
              impact on the distribution and type of small
              organisms that inhabit the stream.  The
              benthic macro-invertebrate monitoring
              program would be continued.

              Ground water monitoring wells would be
              located as close to the potential source of
              contamination as physically or reasonably
              possible.  The list  of ground water monitoring
              parameters would be similar to parameters
              developed for the  surface water monitoring
              program. The existing baseline monitoring
              network would be preserved to the extent
              possible.  The exact locations, parameters,
              and frequencies would be established in the
              NPDES operating permit.

              Sampling and analysis of water discharged
              from the tailings underdrain, leak detection
              layer, and overdrain would be conducted.
              Monitoring in the underdrain would be on a
              less frequent basis and for fewer parameters
              than the overdrain, unless a leak was
              detected in the leak detection layer.
              Monitoring of the solids, liquids, and slurry
              toxicity of tailings  discharged into the tailings
              disposal facility would be performed.
              Sampling would also be conducted in the
              supernatant pond and the interstitial pores in
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-1'44
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
the tailings.  The exact locations, parameters,
and frequencies would be established in the
NPDES operating permit and the Forest
Service and BLM Plans of Operations.

The Proponent would be required to install,
maintain, and record measurements from
devices for measuring precipitation,
temperature, wind speed and direction, and
the depth and water content of the snowpack
at the site.

The Proponent would be required to install
and maintain measuring devices, and record
measurements when diverting water from
Myers Creek. Water temperature would also
be monitored for instream flow regulation.

The frog pond would be monitored on a
seasonal basis (spring and fall) for water
levels. Water chemistry sampling and
analysis would be included in the surface
water monitoring program.

2.13.1.2    Closure and Post-Closure
            Monitoring

Closure monitoring would be conducted to
determine the success of site reclamation,
storm water management system
performance, and tailings facility closure
success. The focus of monitoring during the
early stages of closure and reclamation would
be on TSS (total suspended solids) and the
quantity and quality of drainage from the
tailings disposal facility.  Most of the
elements of the operational monitoring
program would continue, but some may be at
a  reduced frequency.  Some elements related
to mill and mine operations would be
eliminated.

Post-closure monitoring would be
accomplished through a network of surface
water sampling sites and ground water
monitoring wells where physical, chemical,
and biological parameters would be
measured. The focus of this monitoring
program would be long-term water quality
effects including those potentially due to acid
rock drainage (waste rock facilities and
exposed, potentially acid generating rock in
the pit), dissolved metals, and nutrients. The
pit lake and its outflow would be monitored
                  at a frequency adequate to document
                  changes in water quality and to compare to
                  model predictions described in Chapter 4,
                  Environmental Consequences.  The post-
                  closure  monitoring program would be
                  comparable to the closure monitoring
                  program.  Post-closure monitoring could last
                  from 20 to 50 years, or longer, depending on
                  monitoring results.

                  2.13.1.3    Contingency Monitoring

                  Contingency monitoring would be conducted
                  to assess the magnitude and extent of
                  unanticipated release of regulated substances
                  to surface water or ground water.  The
                  monitoring network would be designed,
                  constructed, and maintained to support a
                  series of specific actions (See Section
                  2.12.13, Surface and Ground Water - Quality
                  and Quantity) to assess and  respond to a
                  release  of one or more regulated  substances.
                  This would be accomplished through a
                  network of surface water sampling sites,
                  ground  water monitoring wells, and process
                  monitoring locations, as appropriate, where
                  physical, chemical, or biological parameters
                  would be measured. Contingency monitoring
                  could be triggered at any time during project
                  construction, operation, closure,  or post-
                  closure.

                  2.13.2 Air Quality Monitoring

                  Air quality monitoring would be conducted
                  according to MSHA requirements for miner
                  health and safety.

                  The Proponent would install, operate, and
                  maintain two air quality monitoring sites, one
                  in the vicinity of the Crown Jewel Project and
                  one at a site chosen to represent background
                  concentrations to monitor particulates.  The
                  locations of the monitoring sites  would meet
                  all siting requirements of the EPA Quality
                  Assurance Manual including revisions, and 40
                   CFR Parts 53  and 58.

                  The Proponent has commenced air monitoring
                   on land that they control above the proposed
                   pit.  Monitoring would continue through
                   construction,  and  paniculate monitoring
                   would continue for at least one year after
                   normal  production is achieved. The air
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-145
quality monitoring data would be reviewed by
the Forest Service, BLM, and WADOE to
determine if continued monitoring or
additional monitoring is warranted.  The
Proponent would submit quarterly reports
within 60 days after the  end of the  calendar
quarter and an annual data report.   It is
proposed to monitor particulates on a
sampling frequency of once every six days.

WADOE could apply additional monitoring
requirements  as part of their air quality permit
(Notice of Construction Approval).

2.13.3  Geotechnical Monitoring

The objectives of geotechnical monitoring at
the Crown Jewel Project would be to:

•  Assure that the tailings and water
   reservoir structures are constructed
   according  to design;

•  Assure that the tailings and water
   reservoir structures are maintained in a
   stable condition over  the short- and long-
   term;

•  Assure that waste  rock disposal areas are
   stable over the short- and long-term; and,

•  Assure that mine pit highwalls are stable
   over the short-term.

A QA/QC program would be implemented for
mine construction in cooperation with the
WADOE, WADNR, BLM, and Forest Service.
The QA/QC inspections,  performed  by the
Proponent, would be designed to monitor
compliance with the final approved  Plans of
Operations and state permits. Prior to
submittal to the WADOE, WADNR,  Forest
Service, and BLM, the inspection reports
would be prepared by a licensed professional
engineer  with current registration in
Washington engaged by  the Proponent for
such work.

Tailings Facility

During operations, the Proponent would be
required to make regularly scheduled, at least
weekly, visual observations of the tailings
disposal facilities to check the condition of
              the embankment, the impoundment,
              pipelines, recovery solution collection pond,
              and water control facilities. Observations
              would be recorded in a field diary and/or on
              standard forms approved by WADOE and the
              Forest Service.

              Observations would include any scour and
              erosion, vegetation growth abnormalities,
              plugged pipelines or drains, and the ongoing
              operation of any monitoring instrumentation.

              A series of wells would be established in the
              embankment structure to measure the pore
              pressure conditions.  These wells would  be
              located on the crest or downstream face of
              the embankment.

              In addition to the wells, instrumentation
              (piezometers, settlement gages, etc.) would
              be installed on the crest and external slope of
              the structure to monitor the stability of the
              embankment.  This instrumentation would be
              checked according to WADOE requirements
              and recordings made in a field diary. Visual
              and instrumentational monitoring would be
              conducted by the Proponent's operations
              personnel.  A record of such data would be
              maintained on-site.

              Similar inspections and monitoring would be
              conducted for the water storage reservoir.

              The actual routine and emergency reporting
              requirements would be defined in a Dam
              Safety Permit approved by WADOE and in
              the Plan of Operations approved by the Forest
              Service.

              Waste Rock Storage

              The Proponent would include a monitoring
              program in the Plans of Operations with
              periodic reports to the Forest Service, BLM,
              WADNR, and WADOE. The Proponent would
              make routine visual inspections of waste rock
              disposal areas for settling,  development of
              cracks or fissures, slumping, and erosion.
              Recurring minor events or  large failures would
              be reported to the WADOE, Forest Service,
              WADNR, and BLM.

              Under-drain systems beneath waste rock
              disposal areas would be monitored during
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-146
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
construction. The size and durability of drain
material would be evaluated visually and
documented in inspection reports using
photographs, other visual aids, and narrative
descriptions. The inspection reports would
be prepared by a licensed professional
engineer with current Washington registration
engaged by the Proponent for that work.

The condition of active haul roads and  access
roads would be monitored during mine
operations self-inspections, and appropriate
corrective actions would be taken as
necessary.  This self-monitoring by the
Proponent would be in addition to normal
agency monitoring of the Crown Jewel
Project area.

Mine Pit

MSHA would inspect highwalls as part of
their ground control regulations.

2.13.4  Geochemical Monitoring

The Proponent must provide  the Forest
Service, BLM, WADOE, and WADNR with
descriptions of a geochemical characterization
monitoring  and handling plan for waste rock
and tailings.  These plans would be included
as part of the Plans of Operations/
Reclamation Plan. These plans would verify
the waste characterization program, identify
action limits or thresholds of concern, and
feasible methods of neutralizing, blending, or
isolating materials which exceed these limits.

The goal of these programs and plans would
be to minimize the potential for "hot-spots"
and ensure an effluent quality that is non-
toxic and non-acid generating over the long-
term. One  of the plans developed would be
for monitoring waste rock produced from the
mining operation. Another plan would
monitor water quality  downgradient from the
waste rock and tailings disposal areas.

The Proponent shall monitor  cyanide and
other parameters at the outfall of the tailings
pipe before entering into the  tailings pond on
a regular basis.  Details of the method,
parameters, and schedule would  be set forth
in the NPDES permit and Forest Service and
BLM Plans  of Operations.
                   During operations, the Proponent would
                   conduct geochemJcal analyses of water and
                   tailings discharged into the tailings
                   impoundment and water in the tailings
                   seepage collection system. During closure,
                   the Proponent would collect geochemical
                   samples of interstitial pore fluid within the
                   tailings for comparison with geochemical
                   baseline studies and operational analyses.

                   2.13.5  Wildlife and Fish Monitoring

                   The agencies would meet with the Proponent
                   annually to discuss the need for supplements
                   or modifications to the Plans of Operation as
                   necessary to address wildlife and fish issues.

                   Monitoring requirements would include:

                   • Wildlife mortality (birds, mammals) noted
                     within the Crown Jewel Project area
                     would be reported to the Forest Service,
                     Washington Department of Fish and
                     Wildlife (WADFW), and U.S. Fish and
                     Wildlife Service (USFWS) on each day
                     they are located.

                   • The tailings pond area would  be monitored
                     daily for the presence of the following
                     groups of fauna - waterfowl, shorebirds,
                     songbirds, raptors, small mammals
                     (including bats), and amphibians.
                     Monitoring would begin with release of
                     milling effluents into the tailings pond and
                     continue for one year.  At that point, the
                     need for continued monitoring would be
                     evaluated.  Sightings and estimates of
                     numbers would be recorded in a daily log
                     while walking  the perimeter of the tailings
                     pond, among other techniques, and sent
                     to agency biologists on a monthly basis.
                     The purpose is to maintain a record of
                     fauna within the tailings facility fenced
                     perimeter which would assist in evaluating
                     the safety of the tailings environment.

                   • There would be daily visual observations
                     of the tailings  facility for any  wildlife
                     mortalities (birds, mammals, amphibians)
                     in the first year of the Crown Jewel
                     Project.  At that point the  frequency of
                     continued monitoring would be evaluated.
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-147
•  If dead migratory birds are found, an effort
   would be made to determine the reason of
   death.  If migratory bird deaths occur in
   the tailings facility, measures would be
   taken to discourage use.  These measures
   might include hazing, covering the ponds,
   etc.  The tailings impoundment and
   tailings facility perimeter fencing would be
   monitored for breaks  and proper function
   when monitoring for wildlife presence and
   for possible wildlife mortalities in the
   tailings facility. Breaks would be repaired
   that same day.

•  The frog pond would  be  monitored by the
   Forest Service or by the  Proponent under
   a Showcase Agreement, using chorus
   surveys on an annual basis.  If populations
   experience a substantial  decrease that can
   be attributed to the mining activities,
   mitigation measures would be
   implemented to stop this decline.

•  The Forest Service would monitor the
   golden eagle and black tern nests and loon
   activity in the wildlife analysis area to
   document presence/absence of the birds,
   and continued nesting on a yearly basis.
   If changes in presence/absence are noted,
   the Forest Service would try to identify
   the cause.  Mitigation measures may be
   implemented to stop or reduce the impact
   causing these changes.

•  The Proponent would conduct validation
   monitoring of the level of lead in the
   tailings pond to ensure that it is below
   1,000 ppm. If levels  above 1,000 ppm
   are found, mitigation  measures would be
   implemented, or operations would be
   changed to reduce the availability of lead
   to fauna.

•  Freshwater aquatic habitat trends would
   be determined through twice yearly
   benthic macroinvertebrate data collection.
   If important changes in populations,
   diversity, or distribution are noted, an
   effort would be made to  determine the
   cause.  Mitigation measures may be
   implemented to stop or reduce the
   factor(s) causing these changes.
              •  Fish populations in Marias and Nicholson
                 Creeks would be monitored on an annual
                 basis by the Forest Service, or the
                 Proponent under a Showcase Agreement.
                 If fish populations experience a major drop
                 in population numbers and change in
                 species diversity that can be attributed to
                 the mining activities, additional mitigation
                 measures would be  considered to stop this
                 decline.

              •  Road closures proposed for wildlife
                 mitigation would be checked on a monthly
                 basis, to assure they are intact.

              2.13.6  Timber Monitoring

              Clearing, harvest and slash disposal would be
              monitored by the Forest Service, BLM and
              WADNR to ensure compliance with Plans of
              Operation,  Timber Sale Contracts, and
              resource protection  measures.

              2.13.7  Noxious Weed Monitoring

              Because noxious weeds occur in the area, it
              is possible  that weed infestation could occur
              on disturbed and newly reclaimed areas.  The
              Proponent  would monitor disturbed and
              reclaimed sites for noxious weeds and, as
              necessary,  would implement weed control
              measures to eliminate noxious weeds during
              mining and for a period of time after the
              completion of initial reclamation until native
              revegetation criteria have been met
              successfully.

              2.13.8  Transportation Monitoring

              The Forest Service and BLM  would meet with
              the Proponent annually to  review
              transportation and related  safety issues.  An
              inspection schedule, acceptable to the
              responsible agencies, for all construction and
              reconstruction of mine  access roads, would
              be developed by the Proponent.  Roads on
              Forest and  BLM-managed lands  must be
              constructed and maintained according to
              Forest and  BLM Road standards respectively.
              In addition, the Forest Service would require
              the Proponent to inspect all access roads on
              National Forest land used by the Proponent
              during and  after spring  runoff, and prior to
              winter operations.  The purpose of these
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-148
               CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
                            January 1997
inspections would be to certify that drainage
features are functioning as designed, and/or
to identify any needed improvements or
changes.

2.13.9  Reclamation Monitoring

The Proponent would monitor for reclamation
success according to the plans and permits
that are approved by the Forest Service,
BLM, WADOE, and WADNR.  Areas to be
monitored would include soil placement,
revegetation success, presence of soil
erosion, etc.  Inspections would be
conducted by the above agencies to verify
reclamation success criteria.

2.13.10    Revegetation Monitoring

The vegetation cover, species composition,
and tree planting success would be evaluated
by the  Proponent during the first, third, and
fifth year following seeding or planting.  Tree
planting success would be  measured against
the following standards:
   First year, >
   distributed;
90% trees alive and well
•  Third year,  > 75% trees alive, well
   distributed, and in fair or better condition;
   and,

•  Fifth year, at least 250 trees per acre,
   134 well-distributed crop trees.

Shrub planting success would be measured
against the following standards:

•  First year, > 50% shrubs alive,  > 200
   shrubs/acre; and,

•  Third and fifth year, > 35% shrubs alive,
   > 140 shrubs per acre.

There would be a minimum of at least five
shrub species present, each representing at
least 8% of the total population or a
minimum of ten species present, each
representing at least 5% of the total
population.

Grass seeding success will be measured
against the following standards:
•  First year, > 30% ground cover; and,

•  Third year,  > 60% ground cover.

In areas where these standards are not met,
replanting would take place until they are
met.

The Forest Service would annually monitor
populations of the sensitive plants (Listera
borealis and  Platanthera obtusata) for the life
of the Crown Jewel  Project.  Monitoring
would include survival, reproduction,
flowering, and height to see if mine activities
have impacted populations. A population in a
drainage receiving flow from the mine and a
population in a drainage not receiving flow
from the mine  would be monitored. If
important changes in populations are noted,
an effort would be made to determine the
cause of the change. The Forest Service
and/or BLM may implement mitigation
measures to stop or reduce factor(s) causing
these changes, if they can be determined.

2.13.11    Molybdenum Uptake in
            Tailings Reclamation
            Vegetation Cover Monitoring

Molybdenum uptake in herbaceous plants
would be studied in  tailings facility
revegetation test plots proposed by the
Proponent. Representative samples of
grasses and  legumes would be collected from
the test plots prior to tailings pond
reclamation. Molybdenum concentrations  in
the above-ground portions of these two
groups would be determined on a  dry-weight
basis.  Should  potentially toxic concentrations
be detected in  either group (>10 mg/kg
extractable Mo) and these concentrations
exceed levels in adjacent, undisturbed
populations, a  risk analysis examining the
expected affects to ruminant livestock and
wildlife would  be prepared. Based upon this
risk analysis, modification to the final
reclamation plan may be required to prevent
molybdenum toxicity in these animals.

2.13.12    Soil Replacement Monitoring

Soil treatment  uniformity would be
determined by surveying on a 100 foot by
100 foot grid across the slope after slope
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-149
reduction and placement of cover soil prior to
planting or seeding. Actual measured
thickness of replaced soil cover would be
determined in soil sample excavations located
within the grid.

Treatments would be deemed to  be
successful if the measured depth of cover
material meets all of the following criteria
after appropriately compensating for soil
swell:

•  At least 60%, or more, of the sampling
   sites or transect locations must have
   90%, or more, of the design thickness;

•  At least 90%, or more, of the sampling
   sites or transect locations must have
   75%, or more, of the design thickness;

•  No  sampling site may have less than 60%
   of design cover soil thickness. (Minimum
   acceptable design thickness is 7.2 inches
   on the 12 inch sites, and 10.8 inches on
   the 18 inch sites); and,

•  The average soil depth (applied for
   reclamation purposes)  over each reclaimed
   site shall be  100% of the design
   thickness.

The swell factor for re-applied soil at the
Crown Jewel Project site would be
determined by the Proponent using methods
approved by the Forest Service, BLM, and
WADNR.

These percentages for sampling are intended
to ensure that an adequate thickness of either
the target 12 inches or  18 inches of growth
medium is applied relatively consistently over
the entire reclamation area while recognizing
that equipment limitations and micro-
landscape subtleties would result in some
variations (either greater or lesser) of the
targeted amounts desired.  Alternative C and
D target soil depths would be shallower due
to available "soil for salvage."

2.13.13   Soil Storage Monitoring

A joint inspection by the Proponent and
appropriate agencies (BLM, WADNR, and
Forest Service) would follow removal of
              salvageable soil from a site (i.e. mill complex,
              pit, roads, tailings pond, water storage
              reservoirs, waste dump areas, etc.) and prior
              to the placement of waste rock on a site to
              determine that all salvageable soil had been
              removed.

              If additional salvageable soil is encountered,
              above and beyond any amounts originally
              anticipated, on any of the removal sites, this
              material would be removed and stored in case
              other salvageable soil removal sites have
              lower volumes than originally anticipated.
              Additional volumes would not exceed 10% of
              the estimated amounts from the entire Crown
              Jewel Project site.

              All stored salvageable soil that is in excess of
              what is needed for reclamation would be
              reused and applied evenly to reclaimed  sites,
              or as approved by the agencies, regardless of
              whether the amount stored exceeds the
              design amounts needed on any given site.

              2.13.14   Wetlands Monitoring

              Some wetlands, on and adjacent to the
              Crown Jewel  Project site, would be
              monitored for changes in wetland types,
              functions, and area. In particular, the frog
              pond and the  Nicholson Creek headwaters
              wetland (nine acre wetland) would be
              monitored on  a seasonal basis (spring and
              fall) for water levels (frog pond only) and
              wetland types, functions and acreage.  If a
              drop in the level of the open water of the frog
              pond wetland or a reduction in flow into the
              Nicholson Creek headwater wetland (nine
              acre wetland) is determined to substantially
              affect their wetland functions, mitigation
              measures, including possible water
              augmentation, would  be implemented.

              Wetland mitigation sites would be monitored
              per the 404 permit document.

              2.13.15   Reporting

              The Proponent would comply with the
              reporting requirements of the federal, state
              and local government authorities.  Such
              reporting would occur on forms provided by
              or in a report format approved by those
              agencies. Likewise, the timing of  reporting
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-150
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
would correspond to the stipulations set forth
in various permit and plan approvals.

2.14 PERFORMANCE SECURITIES

The statutory and regulatory authority of the
Forest Service, BLM, WADNR, and WADOE
would require the Proponent to execute
financial assurance agreements as part of any
plan  and  permit approvals from these
agencies.  These financial assurances would
be in the form of reclamation and
environmental protection performance
securities to ensure that sufficient funds
would be available to the agencies to properly
reclaim the areas disturbed at the Crown
Jewel Project in the event that the  Proponent
would be unable or unwilling to meet
reclamation and post-closure obligations
under the terms and conditions of the plan
and permit approvals issued by the previously
mentioned agencies.

The environmental protection performance
security is a requirement of the Washington
Metal Mining and Milling Operations Act
(Chapter 78.56 RCW) and would provide
sufficient funding to the WADOE for
monitoring and cleanup of potential problems
revealed  during and after closure of the
Crown Jewel Project in the event the
Proponent failed to meet various WADOE
permit commitments.  Post-closure
monitoring, water treatment, and other
measures to prevent or control long-term
environmental impacts can also be required
by the Forest Service (36 CFR 228a) and
BLM's "Cyanide and Acid Rock Drainage
Policies" for activities authorized under 43
CFR 3809 regulations. These regulations
also authorize collection of performance
securities to assure such measures are
implemented.

The  Washington Metal Mining and  Milling
Operations Act provides for the possibility of
combining the reclamation and environmental
protection performance securities into one
held security.

No mining or milling activities or other
operations can commence without approval
of the  Plans of Operations and  appropriate
permits required by the Forest Service, BLM,
                  WADNR, and WADOE, and the execution of
                  financial assurance agreements for sufficient
                  reclamation and environmental protection
                  funds to the agencies responsible for the
                  regulation of the construction, operation,
                  decommissioning, reclamation, and post-
                  closure monitoring of the Crown Jewel
                  Project.

                  2.14.1   Reclamation Performance
                           Security

                  This section includes a general discussion on
                  the various aspects of the reclamation
                  performance security for the Crown Jewel
                  Project.

                  Regulatory Authority

                  The requirement for reclamation performance
                  securities is a fundamental component of the
                  Forest Service, BLM, and WADNR regulations
                  that govern mining operations.  The Corps of
                  Engineers also has the regulatory capability to
                  require a mining and milling operator to
                  provide a reclamation performance security
                  for 404(b)(1) permit mitigation prior to
                  issuance of their permit approvals.

                  The Forest  Service authority is presented in
                  36 CFR Part 228 - Minerals, Section 228.51,
                  Bonding. The BLM authority is stated in 43
                  CFR Part 3809 - Mining Claims Under The
                  General Mining Laws, Subpart 3809 - Surface
                  Management, Section 3809,  1-9, Bonding
                  Requirements. The WADNR authority for
                  reclamation performance securities for
                  surface mining in  Washington State is cited
                  under RCW 78.44.087, Performance Security
                  and WAC 332-18-120, Bonds.

                  Coordination Amongst Agencies

                  The Forest  Service,  BLM,  WADNR, and
                  WADOE have discussed the logistics and
                  methodologies for determining a reclamation
                  performance security for the  Crown Jewel
                  Project.  The agencies plan to develop and
                  execute an agreement amongst themselves to
                  facilitate agency coordination and to allow
                  the Proponent to develop  a single, all-
                  inclusive reclamation performance security,
                  which would be held separately by the
                  WADNR. In the event that an agreement for
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-151
a single reclamation security is not reached,
reclamation securities would be held
individually by WADNR and the federal
agencies.

Calculation of Reclamation Performance
Security

The amount of the reclamation performance
security must be approved by the Forest
Service, BLM, WADOE, and WADNR based
on the reclamation requirements established
for the Crown Jewel Project selected
alternative as conditioned by stipulations
under appropriate federal and state permit
approvals.  The reclamation performance
security must be sufficient to assure
completion of the reclamation if such work
had to be performed by the regulatory
agencies in the event of forfeiture by the
Proponent.

The calculation of a reclamation cost estimate
for the Crown Jewel Project reclamation
performance security would include labor,
equipment, and material costs for items such
as earthwork including recontouring and
retopsoiling, site stabilization and
revegetation, facility decommissioning,
structure demolition and removal, equipment
removal, and monitoring during closure and
reclamation.  The reclamation cost estimate
would include costs for an independent
contractor to complete site reclamation in the
event that mining and milling operations
cease and the Proponent is unable or
unwilling to fulfill reclamation requirements.
As  such, the  reclamation cost estimate would
include estimates for contractor equipment
mobilization and  de-mobilization, agency
management  and overhead, contractor profit
and overhead, and a contingency.

A listing of reclamation  activities and a
proposed cost calculation for the activities is
shown on  Table 2.14, Potential
Environmental Protection and Reclamation
Activity and Calculations Methods.

Adequacy and Review of Reclamation
Performance Security

The adequacy of the reclamation cost
estimate for the reclamation performance
              security for the Crown Jewel Project would
              be assessed and approved by the Forest
              Service, BLM, WADOE, and WADNR prior to
              issuance of their approvals and permits for
              the construction and operation of the Crown
              Jewel Project.  These agencies may refuse
              any reclamation performance security deemed
              inadequate.  The Plan of Operations would
              not be approved without an acceptable
              security.

              The reclamation performance security would
              be reviewed at least every two years,
              although a change or alteration in the Crown
              Jewel Project operations or significant
              inflation (or deflation) could  result in a more
              frequent review.  The agencies, through
              mutual agreement, may increase or decrease
              the amount of the reclamation performance
              security to compensate for any changes to
              the Plan of Operations or Reclamation Plans.

              The amount of the performance security
              would be determined by WADNR in
              cooperation with the Forest  Service, BLM,
              and WADOE. The amount would be based
              upon estimated costs of completing
              reclamation according to the approved
              reclamation plan or minimum standards and
              related overhead for the area to be mined
              during (a) the next 12 month period,  (b) the
              following 24 month period, and (c) any
              previously disturbed area on which
              reclamation has not been satisfactorily
              completed and  approved. If held by WADNR,
              the performance security would not be
              released without consent from the Forest
              Service, BLM, and WADOE.

              Type of Reclamation Performance Security

              The Forest Service, BLM, and WADNR would
              allow a variety  of reclamation performance
              securities including the following:

              •  Bank letters of credit;

              •  A cash deposit;

              •  Negotiable securities;

              •  An assignment of a savings account;
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-152
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
•  A savings certificate in a Washington
   bank; or,

•  A corporate surety bond executed in the
   favor of WADNR.

Effects of Patenting on Reclamation
Performance Security

In the event that all or certain parts of the
Proponent's mining claims are patented (as
addressed in Section 3.19.8, Patenting of
Crown Jewel Project Mining Claims), the
Forest Service and the BLM would release the
Proponent from that portion of the
reclamation performance security that applied
to the operation and reclamation within the
boundaries of the patented  land.  However, in
the event of patenting, the WADNR would
retain control of the reclamation performance
security and would be responsible for the
administration and regulation of closure and
reclamation for the patented area.

Release of Reclamation Performance Security

Upon successful completion of reclamation of
a portion or all of the Crown Jewel Project,
the Proponent may apply for the release  of a
part or  all of the reclamation performance
security.  Reclamation success would be
addressed by Proponent compliance with the
standards and performance criteria specified
in the reclamation plans and permits approved
by the Forest Service, BLM, and WADNR.

A synopsis of reclamation objectives and
procedures applicable for any of the action
alternatives for the Crown Jewel Project is
set forth in Section 2.11, Reclamation
Measures.  The success of the reclamation
and the eventual  release of all or a portion of
the reclamation performance security,  would
be measured and evaluated by the post-
closure monitoring programs outlined in
Section 2.13, Monitoring Measures.

The release of all or a part  of the reclamation
performance security would only be made by
the appropriate agencies after the
 Proponent's request was reviewed for
 completeness and compliance with the
 predetermined reclamation release criteria and
 post-closure monitoring data, and
                  representatives from these agencies had
                  conducted a field examination of the
                  requested bond release area(s) to ensure that
                  reclamation activities had indeed been
                  successfully implemented. A decision may
                  be made to release all, a portion, or none of
                  the reclamation performance security sought
                  by the Proponent.

                  Current Reclamation Performance Securities
                  at Mining Operations

                  The specific amount of the reclamation
                  performance security for the Crown Jewel
                  Project would  be determined for the selected
                  alternative and its detailed Plans of
                  Operations and Reclamation  Plan.  As such,
                  this amount would be determined as part of
                  the permit and plan approval processes of the
                  Forest Service, BLM, and WADNR.

                  The Proponent currently maintains  a
                  $500,000 reclamation performance security
                  with the Forest Service for their exploration
                  activities at the Crown Jewel Project site.
                  This performance security would provide
                  sufficient funds to reclaim the areas disturbed
                  during exploration in the event that the
                  Proponent failed to meet their reclamation
                  obligations under the Forest Service approvals
                  for exploration operations.

                  Example Metals Mine Reclamation
                  Performance Security Comparisons for Crown
                  Jewel Project

                  To provide the EIS reviewer an idea on the
                   relative amounts of reclamation performance
                   securities that mining companies have posted
                  for operations, the following list shows the
                   approximate reclamation performance
                   security amounts currently in place for certain
                   western U.S.  precious metal mining
                   operations:

                   Operation Name: San Luis Mine
                   Operator: Battle Mountain Gold Company
                   Location: Colorado
                   Reclamation Security: $6,400,000
                   Comment: Surface Mine, Milling with Tailings
                   Facility; Disturbed Area of Approximately 500
                   acres; (Approximately  $3,000,000 of the
                   total amount  has been set aside for pit
                   backfilling purposes.)
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-153
Operation Name:  Cripple Creek Mine
Operator: Pikes Peak Mining Company
Location: Colorado
Reclamation Security:  $21,000,000
Comment:  Surface Mine, Heap Leach, Milling
and Tailings Facility; Disturbed Area of
Approximately 700 Acres

Operation Name:  Hayden Hill Mine
Operator: AMAX Gold Company
Location: California
Reclamation Security:  $5,900,000
Comment:  Surface Mine, Heap Leach, Milling
and Tailings Facility; Disturbed Area of
Approximately 950 Acres.

Operation Name:  McLaughlin Mine
Operator: Homestake Mining Company
Location: California
Reclamation Security:  $11,000,000
Comment:  Surface Mine, Milling and Tailings
Facility; Disturbed Area of Approximately 700
Acres

Operation Name: Delamar Mine
Operator: Kinross Mining Company
Location: Idaho
Reclamation Security:  $10,100,000
Comment:  Surface Mine, Heap Leach, Mill
and Tailings Facility; Disturbed Area of
Approximately 1,071 Acres

Operation Name:  Stone Cabin Mine
Operator: Kinross Mining Company
Location: Idaho
Reclamation Security:  $730,000
Comment:  Surface Mine (Remote Mill or Ore
Processing); Disturbed Area  of Approximately
395 Acres

Operation Name:  Stibnite Mine
Operator: Stibnite Mine, Inc.
Location:  Idaho
Reclamation Security:  $500,000
Comment:  Surface Mine, Heap Leach;
Disturbed Area of Approximately 100 Acres

Operation Name:  Goldstrike Mine
Operator: Barrick Mining Company
Location: Nevada
Reclamation Security:  $33,900,000
Comment:  Surface Mine, Heap Leach, Milling
with Tailings Facility; Disturbed Area of
Approximately 2,000 Acres
              Operation Name: Rosebud Project
              Operator: Hecla Mining Company
              Location: Nevada
              Reclamation Security:  $720,000
              Comment: Underground Mine, Mill with
              Tailings Facility; Disturbed Area of
              Approximately 150 Acres

              Operation Name: Key West/Key East Mine
              Operator: Echo Bay Mining Company
              Location: Washington
              Reclamation Security:  $400,000
              Comment: Surface Mine (Remote Mill);
              Disturbed Area of Approximately 20 Acres (It
              should be noted that the reclamation
              performance security originally included the
              Key East Mine and associated waste rock
              disposal areas.)

              Operation Name: Kettle River Mill & Tailings
              Facility
              Operator: Echo Bay Mining Company
              Location: Washington
              Reclamation Security:  $ 1,000,000
              Comment: Mill & Tailings  Facility (Remote
              Mines); Disturbed Area of Approximately 100
              Acres

              Operation Name: Beartrack Mine
              Operator: FMC Corporation
              Location: Idaho
              Reclamation Security:  $5,000,000
              Comment: Surface Mine, Heap  Leach;
              Disturbed Area of Approximately 600 Acres

              Operation Name:  Grouse Creek Mine
              Operator: Hecla Mining Company
              Location:  Idaho
              Reclamation Security:  $4,600,000
              Comment: Surface Mine, Mill with Tailings
              Facility; Disturbed Area of  Approximately 500
              Acres

              Operation Name:  Zortman/Landusky Mines
              Operator: Pegasus Mining Company
              Location:  Montana
              Reclamation Security: $25,000,000
              Comment: Surface Mine, Mill with Tailings
              Facility; Disturbed Area of Approximately
              1,400 Acres

              Operation Name:  Montana Tunnels Mine
              Operator:  Pegasus Mining Company
              Location:  Montana
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-154
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
Reclamation Security: $11,000,000
Comment:  Surface Mine, Mill with Tailings
Facility; Disturbed Area of Approximately
1,100 Acres

Operation Name:  Beal Mine
Operator:  Pegasus Mining Company
Location: Montana
Reclamation Security:  $6,500,000
Comment:  Surface Mine, Heap Leach;
Disturbed Area of Approximately 500 Acres

It should be mentioned that no mining
operations are alike. The physical, biological,
and social aspects of mining operations are
unique to the individual sites; therefore, the
reclamation performance securities (listed
above) are presented for illustrative purposes
only and would  not necessarily represent the
reclamation performance security amounts
that would  be imposed on the Proponent for
the Crown Jewel Project.

2.14.2  Environmental Protection
         Performance Security

Washington State Regulatory Authority

Chapter 78.56 RCW requires that all new
metals mining and milling facilities in the
State of Washington deposit an
environmental protection performance
security with the WADOE.  The performance
security is intended to assure faithful
performance of  an operator to the following:

•  Comply  with the laws of the State of
   Washington  pertaining to metals mining
   and milling facilities and related rules and
   permit conditions established by state and
   local government;

•  Perform post closure environmental
   monitoring; and,

•  Provide sufficient funding  for cleanup of
   potential problems revealed during or after
   closure.

Federal Regulatory Authority

Post-closure monitoring, water treatment, and
other measures to prevent or control long-
term environmental impacts can  be required
                  by the Forest Service (36 CFR 228A) and
                  BLM's "Cyanide and Acid Rock Drainage
                  Policies" for activities authorized under 43
                  CFR 3809 regulations.  These regulations
                  also authorize collection of performance
                  securities to assure such measures are
                  implemented.

                  Determination of Environmental Protection
                  Performance Security Amount

                  When determining the acceptability of the
                  environmental protection performance
                  security submitted to WADOE for the Crown
                  Jewel Project, acceptability would be
                  determined by the agencies (WADOE,
                  WADNR, Forest Service, and BLM) through
                  considerations of, among others, factors set
                  forth in Chapter 78.56 RCW, 36 CFR 228A,
                  and 43 CFR 3809, and the estimated cost of
                  accomplishing the following tasks:

                  •  Long-term water quality monitoring
                     following reclamation of the site;

                  •  Operations and maintenance required to
                     ensure long-term functionality of the
                     tailings embankments, leak detection and
                     collection system, and water treatment
                     systems that may be put into place during
                     or after mine closure;

                  •  Design, construction, and permitting of a
                     water quality treatment system capable of
                     pH adjustment and removal of dissolved
                     metals;

                  •  Remedial investigations and feasibility
                     studies necessary to develop a clean-up
                     action plan to respond to a release
                     detected by the post closure monitoring
                     programs;

                  •  Implementation of a clean-up action plan
                     to remediate a ground or surface water
                     release;

                  •  Involvement of adequate agency oversight
                     and public participation in the
                     development and implementation  of the
                     cleanup action plan; and,

                  •  Provisions for a contingency fund.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-155
A listing of remediation activities and a
proposed cost calculation method for
environmental protection activities is shown
on Table 2.14, Potential Environmental
Protection and Reclamation Activity and
Calculation Methods.

Adequacy and Review of Environmental
Protection Performance Security

The Washington Metal Mining and Milling
Operations Act requires that the applicant for
a permit deposit an environmental  protection
performance security which is acceptable to
the WADOE prior to issuance of permits.  The
Washington Metal Mining and Milling
Operations Act, as well as Forest Service and
BLM regulations, allows for a variety of
securities that the WADOE, WADNR, Forest
Service, and BLM may consider including:

•  Bank letters of credit;

•  A cash deposit;

•  Negotiable securities;

•  An assignment of a savings account;

•  A savings certificate in  a Washington
   bank; or,

•  A corporate surety bond executed in favor
   of the WADOE.

The WADOE, Forest Service, and BLM  may
refuse any environmental protection
performance security deemed inadequate.
The performance security would be reviewed
at two year intervals, although  a change or
alteration in the operations or significant
inflation (or deflation) could result  in more
frequent review. The WADOE, Forest
Service, and BLM may increase or decrease
the amount of the environmental protection
performance security to compensate for any
changes to the Plan of Operations  or
Remediation Plans.

As a result of the pit lake water quality
modeling results described in Section 4.6.3,
Effects Common to All Action Alternatives,
the Proponent must prepare a conceptual
engineering design of water treatment system
              alternatives (WAC 173-240) that would be
              available to remedy the situation as
              prescribed by modeling. The most
              appropriate design would serve as the basis
              for establishing the environmental protection
              performance security for the pit lake
              discharge.

              Release of Environmental Protection
              Performance Security

              Release of all or part of the performance
              security would be addressed through
              performance criteria tied to the post-
              reclamation monitoring program.  The process
              would be initiated by Proponent request,
              followed by WADOE, Forest Service, and
              BLM review of the request and its supporting
              data. WADOE, Forest Service, and BLM
              review would consist of an evaluation of the
              post-reclamation monitoring data and site
              evaluation data, coupled with  a comparison
              to predetermined release criteria.  A decision
              would then be made to release all, a portion,
              or none of the environmental protection
              performance security sought by the
              Proponent. The performance security would
              not be released without consent from the
              WADOE, Forest Service, and BLM.

              2.15 COMPARISON OF ALTERNATIVES

              This section summarizes the impacts of the
              alternatives.  Environmental consequences of
              each alternative are described in detail in
              Chapter 4, Environmental Consequences.
              Table 2.15, Summary of Impacts by
              Alternative for Each Issue, compares
              alternatives to the issues that drove
              alternative development and those issues
              identified as being important to assess the
              impacts of the alternatives. These issues  are
              identified in Chapter 1, Purpose of and Need
              for Action.

              When reviewing specific alternative actions in
              acres and volumes, please note there may be
              some minor differences. These differences
              are due to rounding and are not important to
              the descriptions of the actions or their
              effects.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
I
if
I
5-
(0
I

S1
I
 o
 •*
 C/J
TABLE 2.15, SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BY ALTERNATIVE FOR EACH ISSUE
ISSUE/CONCERN
Alternative
A
B
C
D
AIR QUALITY
Tons of TSP produced: Yearly
(Operation Phase) Total
Tons of PM10 produced: Yearly
(Operation Phase) Total
Tons of HCN produced: Yearly
(Operation Phase) Total
Tons of NO, produced: Yearly
(Operation Phase) Total
Changes in visibility screening parameters
None From
Project
None From
Project
None
None
None From
Project
Minor
403
2,689
188
1,224
0.203
1.21
369
3,546
Substantial
under worst
case conditions
109
478
55
218
0.203
0.61
150
763
< B
247
1,364
117
612
0.203
0.91
190
1,483
< B
E
F

403
2,689
188
1,224
0.203
1.21
369
3,546
Similar to B
ENERGY
Gallons of petroleum products Annual
Total
kWh of electricity used Annual
Total
< 1,000 gal
< 1,000 gal
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
1,200,000 gal
9,600,000 gal
63 million
504 million
700,000 gal
2,800,000 gal
63 million
252 million
1,000,000 gal
5.800.000 gal
63 million
378 million
1,20O,OOO gal
9,6OO,OOO gal
63 million
504 million
212
5,428
99
2,469
0.174
2.08
185
5,665
Similar to B

600,000 gal
19,000,000 gal
42 million
672 million
FISH HABITAT AND POPULATIONS
Predicted changes in spawning habitat
Predicted changes in stream temperature
None
None
Minor Decrease
Negligible
Minor Decrease
Negligible
Minor Decrease
Negligible
Minor Decrease
Negligible
Minor Decrease
Negligible
GEOCHEMISTRY (Key Issue)
Potential for acid rock drainage from waste rock
disposal areas
Potential for release of radioactive materials
(alpha and beta emissions)
Potential for metals transport
Potential for release of tailings materials or
interstitial liquids into ground/surface waters
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Low
(5-15%)
Low
Low
Low
Low-Moderate
(25-29%)
Low
Low
Low
Low-Moderate
(16%)
Low
Low
Low
Low
(5-15%)
Low
Low
Low
Low
(5-15%)
Low
Low
Low
Q

442
2.919
206
1,329
0
0
370
3,558
Similar to B

2,400,000
gal
1 9,000,000 gal
63 million
504 million

Minor Decrease
Negligible

Low
(5-15%)
Low
Low
Low
GEOLOGY AND GEOTECHNICAL (Key Issue)
Safety Factors(static) Waste Rock Slopes
Tailings Embankment
Pit Walls(operations)
Acres of potential ground subsidence through
underground mining
Potential for rock slides or unstable pit wall
conditions
after mining
Not Applicable
None
Not Applicable
>1.3
2.7
1.2
None
Moderate
2.7
2.7
No Pit
27
No Pit
2.7
2.7
1.2
3
Moderate
2.7
2.7
1.2
None
Moderate
2.7
2.7
1.2
None
No pit walls left
exposed
2.7
2.7
1.2
None
Moderate
                                                                                                                                                                                                      I
                                                                                                                                                                                                       K>
                                                                                                                                                                                                       ••*
                                                                                                                                                                                                       8
i

i
Ki
Ik
r-


1
                                                                                                                                                                                                       }0

                                                                                                                                                                                                       <0

                                                                                                                                                                                                       S4

-------
 I
I
I
I
o
»»
to
TABLE 2.15, SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BY ALTERNATIVE FOR EACH ISSUE
ISSUE/CONCERN
Alternative
A
B
C
D
f.
F
Q
HEALTH/SAFETY
Likelihood of a chemical spill
Predicted number of industrial accidents
Negligible
Negligible
Greater than
C, O, G
Less than F
Low, Less than
C, D, F, G
Greater than G
Less than
B, D, E, F
Greater than
B, D, E, F, G
Greater than
C&F
Less than
B, E, G
Greater than
B, E, F, G
Less than C
Greater than
C, D, G
Less than F
Low, Less than
C, D, F, G
Greater than
B, C, D, E, G
Low, Greater
than
B, E. G
Less than C & D
Less than
B, C, D, E, F
Low,
Greater than
B&E
Less than
C, D, E
HERITAGE RESOURCES AND NATIVE AMERICAN ISSUES
No. of known historic sites impacted
Acres not available to Native Americans
None
None
6
•= 2,000
LAND USE
Acres Disturbed (total)
Acres disturbed by ownership Forest Service
(acres/%) BLM
State of Washington
Private
Number of acres of public lands possible to put
under patent application
>58
54.6
3.3
0
No Record
Not Applicable
787
469/59
189/24
13/2
116/15
925
6
= 1,500
6
•» 2.OOO
7
» 2.0OO

415
266/64
70/17
20/5
59/14
<925
NOISE
Summertime noise levels (Leq) Chesaw
(Prevailing Condition, nighttime.
west wind) Bolster
Wintertime noise levels (Leq) Chesaw
(prevailing Condition, nighttime,
east wind) Bolster
Noise levels of blasting (L-02)
(winter east wind) Bolster
Chesaw
Pine Chee
Noise effects on wildlife
Noise effects to worker health and safety
39 (background)
37 (background)
32 (background)
31 (background)
54 (background)
57 (background)
62 (background)
Negligible
None
RECREATION
Changes in recreational access
None
39
37
38
41
59
59
62
Greater than
C, D, G
Less than F
None

Yes
=> 8,000 acres
39
37
43
Not Modeled
54
57
62
Less than
B, E, F & G
None
558
292/52
147/26
20/4
99/18
<925
928
575/62
195/21
47/5
111/12
>925

39
37
38
41
59
59
62
Less than
B, E, F, G
None

Yes
=• 7,500 acres
Yes
= 8,000 acres
39
37
38
41
59
59
62
Greater than
C, D, G
Less than F
None
7
- 2,000

817
527/64
153/19
38/5
99/12
>925

39
37
32
31
59
59
62
High due to
duration of
impacts (33
years)
None

Yes
= 8.OOO acres
Yes
=• 8,000 acres
7
- 2,000

893
544/61
197/22
44/5
108/12
>925

39
37
38
41
59
59
62
Less than
B, E, F
None

Yes
= 8.0OO acres
                                                                                                                                                                                           JO
                                                                                                                                                                                           (O
                                                                                                                                                                                           SJ
                                                                                                                                                                                           s
                                                                                                                                                                                           O
                                                                                                                                                                                           I
                                                                                                                                                                                           SB
                                                                                                                                                                                          "8
                                                                                                                                                                                           KJ
                                                                                                                                                                                           01
                                                                                                                                                                                           SI

-------
?
1
I
5
5-
ST


I
o

GO
sr

i
TABLE 2.15, SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BY ALTERNATIVE FOR EACH ISSUE
ISSUE/CONCERN
Traffic past Beth and Beaver Lakes
(during operations phase)
Increase in daily traffic
Types of Traffic
Noise level increase to Graphite Mountain
Facilities visible from Graphite Mountain
RECLAMATION (Key Issue)
Percentage of final reclaimed waste rock slopes
that are:
Steeper than 2H:1V
Between 2H:1 V and 3H:1 V
3H: 1V or flatter
Acres/percentage of south facing waste rock
slopes needing reclamation (reclaimed mainly to
grass)
Acres of disturbance needing reclamation
Acres/percentage of slopes which can be
successfully reclaimed with > 1 00, well
scattered, live and healthy trees per acre
Acres/percentage of slopes which will only be
reclaimed with grasses and shrubs, and
scattered trees « 1 00 per acre)
Acres/percentage blasted, flooded or filled in pit
Alternative
A
None
None
No
B
18
Supply trucks,
pilot vehicles
None
Yes
C
None
None
Yes
D
18
Supply trucks,
pilot vehicles
None
Yes

Not applicable,
areas to be
reclaimed are
roads.
None
55
55 (100%)
0 (0%)
0 (0%)
10%
43%
47%
1 8 ac (3%)
787
502 (64%)
188 (24%)
97 (12%)
< 10%
20-40%
> 50%
0 ac (0%)
415
349 (84%)
55 (13%)
11 (3%)
< 10%
20-40%
> 50%
9 ac (2%)
558
386 (69%)
112 (20%)
60 (1 1 %)
SCENIC RESOURCES
No. of high-powered lights visible at night from:
Oroville-Toroda Creek Road
B.C. Highway 3
Visual Quality Objectives met by Project
Short-term
Long-term
0
0
Yes
Yes
Vary from 0 to
3, not visible on
continual basis.
No
(Waste areas)
Yes
0
0
Yes
Yes
Vary from 0 to
3, not visible on
continual basis.
Yes
Yes
SOCIOECONOMICS (Key Issue)
Project annual employment during operations
Project related (direct)
Total (direct plus indirect)
Project multi-year employment (in person-years)
Project related (direct)
Total (direct plus indirect)
<5
<5
<5
<5
144
254
1,350
2,310
225
395
1,100
1,860
225
395
1,550
2,650
E
18
Supply trucks,
pilot vehicles
None
Yes

< 10%
20-40%
> 50%
9 ac (1 %)
928
631 (68%)
220 (24%)
77 (8%)

Vary from 0 to
3, not visible
on continual
basis.
No
(Waste Areas)
Yes

144
254
1,350
2,310

f
11
Supply trucks,
pilot vehicles
None
Yes

< 10%
2O-40%
> 50%
0 ac (0%)
817
596 (73%)
221 (27%)
0 (0%)

0
0
No
(Waste Area)
Yes

125
225
3,430
6,030

Q
None
None
Yes

< 10%
20-40%
> 50%
16ac (2%)
893
615 (69%)
181 (20%)
97 (11%)

Vary from 0 to
3, not visible on
continual basis.
No
(Waste Area)
Yes

210
370
1.880
3,240
                                                                                                                                                                                             S3
                                                                                                                                                                                             00
                                                                                                                                                                                             i
                                                                                                                                                                                             t>

                                                                                                                                                                                             3
                                                                                                                                                                                             I
                                                                                                                                                                                             CO
                                                                                                                                                                                              If
                                                                                                                                                                                              5°
                                                                                                                                                                                              
-------
1
fe-
I
S1
I
o
"*
CO
TABLE 2.15, SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BY ALTERNATIVE FOR EACH ISSUE
ISSUE/CONCERN
Projected annual employment payroll during
operations
Project related (direct) (xOOO)
Total (direct plus indirect) (xOOO)
Projected multi-year employment payroll
Project related (direct) (xOOO)
Total (direct plus indirect) (xOOO)
Anticipated peak population increase during
operations
Project related (direct)
Total (direct plus indirect)
Anticipated peak new school enrollment during
operations
Project related (direct)
Total (direct plus indirect)
Anticipated permanent new housing during
operations
Project related (direct)
Total (direct plus indirect)
Anticipated multi-year tax revenues after
expenditures
Project related (direct)
Total (direct plus indirect)
Alternative
A
Not Projected
Not Projected
Not Projected
Not Projected
0
0
0
0
0
0
Not Projected
B
$ 5,871
$ 7,456
$56,434
570,367
81
157
21
40
29
56
$20.1 mm
$31.4 mm
C
$ 9,042
$11,483
$45,623
$56,637
379
497
100
131
135
177
$14.3 mm
$23.3 mm
D
$ 9,042
$11,483
$63,707
$79,603
315
433
83
114
112
154
$19.4 mm
$31.1 mm
E
$ 5,871
$ 7,456
$56,434
$70,367
81
157
21
40
29
56
$19.2 mm
$30.1 mm
F
$ 5,210
$ 6,617
$144,162
$181,792
70
140
19
38
25
50
$41,0 mm
$64.1 mm
SOILS (Key Issue)
Acres of topsoil removal
Percent of soil available for reclamation at 1 2"
and 18" depths
Changes in soil productivity predicted
55
Not Applicable
Yes
665
105%
Yes
388
94%
Yes
460
113%
Yes
812
108%
Yes
775
112%
Yes
SURFACE AND GROUND WATER (Key Issue)
Number of springs/seeps affected
direct
indirect
Lineal feet of existing stream channels
impacted
Gold Bowl Drainage
Marias Creek
Nicholson Creek
Starrem Creek
Total
1
0
None
None
None
None
0
8
11
2,300
4,200
2,025
2,200
10,725
4
14
1,350
3,550
None
2,200
7,100
8
11
1,550
4,200
550
2,200
8,460
8
12
1,500
4,200
3,900
2,200
11,800
6
11
1,500
None
8,525
2,200
12,226
Q
$ 8,168
$10,373
$74,715
$93,582
118
230
31
60
42
82
$21.0 mm
$33.9 mm

741
121%
Yes

7
10
1,500
None
8,300
2,200
12,000
                                                                                                                                                                                       I
                                                                                                                                                                                       5°
                                                                                                                                                                                       (o
I

I

is

i
                                                                                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                                                                                       01
                                                                                                                                                                                       <0

-------
I
I
I
I
o
•*
GO
5?
TABLE 2.15, SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BY ALTERNATIVE FOR EACH ISSUE
ISSUE/CONCERN
Decreases in area stream flows at average
annual precipitation of 20 inches (during
operations)
Nicholson Creek (confluence with
Toroda Creek)
Marias Creek (confluence with Toroda Creek)
Bolster Creek (confluence with Myers Creek)
Gold Creek (confluence with Myers Creek)
Changes to ground and surface water chemistry
Increase in stream sediment loads
Estimated water use
(acre feet) Annual
Life-of-mine
TRANSPORTATION
Additional number of vehicles per day
Construction (93% of Employees Car Pool)
Operations (75% of Employees Bused)
Reclamation (75% of Employees Bused)
Percent increase in traffic during operations
phase
Oroville-Toroda Creek Road (County Road
9480)
Pontiac Ridge Road (County Road 4895)
Number of accidents involving hazardous
chemical supply vehicles
Alternative
A
None
None
None
None
Negligible
Negligible
None
B
1.3%
<0.1%
3.0%
0.7%
Negligible
Minor
674
8,728-8,760
(including pit
lake
augmentation of
2,768 acre-feet)

0
0
12
4%
240%
Negligible
305
108
41
20-31 %
2160%
Greater than
C, D, G
Less than F
(8, 128 truck
loads)
C
1.3%
<0.1%
3.0%
0.7%
Negligible
Minor
590-647
2,502-2,647
D
1.3%
<0.1%
3.0%
0.7%
Negligible
Minor
623-663
3,860-4,134
E
1.3%
<0.1%
3.0%
0.7%
Negligible
Minor
655-687
5,363-5,654

305
151
41
58%
3020%
Greater than G
Less than
B, D, E, F
(4,544 truck
loads)
305
154
41
20-53%
3080%
Greater than
C&F
Less than
B, E, G
(6,126 truck
loads)
305
108
41
20-35%
2160%
Greater than
C, D, G
Less than F
(8, 128 truck
loads)
F
1.3%
<0.1%
3.0%
0.7%
Negligible
Minor
3O6-5O8
7,049-10,807

305
89
53
1 2-30%
1780%
Greater than
B, C, D, E, G
(9,952 truck
loads)
USE OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS (Key Issue)
Estimated Annual/total use of:
Sodium cyanide (ton)
Cement/lime (ton)
Lead nitrate (ton)
Sodium nitrate (ton)
Ammonium nitrate (ton)
Hydrochloric acid (ton)
Caustic (ton)
Copper sulfate (ton)
Diesel fuel (gal) (Annual/Total)
Transport of key toxic substances
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
1 ,000/1 ,000
No
1,710/13,680
6,000/64,000
170/ 1,360
3/ 24
3,200/25,600
220/ 1,760
207/ 1 ,660
53/ 424
1.2 mm/9.6 mm
Yes
1,710/6,840
8,000/32,000
1 70/ 680
31 12
1,100/4,400
220/ 880
207/ 830
53/ 210
.7mm/2.8mm
Yes
1,710/10,260
8,000/48,000
1 70/ 1 ,020
3/ 18
3,200/19,200
22O/ 1,320
207/ 1,240
53/ 320
1 mm/5. 8mm
Yes
1,710/13,680
8,000/64,000
170/ 1,360
3/ 24
3,200/25,600
220/ 1,760
207/ 1 ,660
53/ 424
1.2mm/9.6mm
Yes
VEGETATION (Key Issue)
Number of T&E plants lost
0
0
0
0
0
855/1 3,680
4,000/64,000
85/ 1,360
1.5/ 24
1 ,600/25,600
110/ 1,760
103/ 1,660
26/ 424
.6mm/19mm
Yes

0
Q
1.3%
<0.1%
3.0%
0.7%
Negligible
Minor
1,032-1,879
8,420-15,227

305
160
41
62%
320O%
Less than
B, C, D, E, F
(3,528 truck
loads)

None
None
None
None
3,200/25,600
None
None
None
2.4mm/19mm
Yes

0
                                                                                                                                                                                                 I
                                                                                                                                                                                                  K)
                                                                                                                                                                                                  ••»
                                                                                                                                                                                                  8
I
•o
a
1
3
§
                                                                                                                                                                                                  5°
                                                                                                                                                                                                  
-------
1
SB-
I
I
to
TABLE 2.15, SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BY ALTERNATIVE FOR EACH ISSUE
ISSUE/CONCERN
Number of sensitive plants lost (direct &
indirect)
Timber removed (MMBF)
Estimated annual AUM's (animal unit months)
of grazing lost
WETLANDS (Key Issue)
Acres of wetlands lost
Number of wetlands indirectly impacted
(possible probable)
Alternative
A
0
0
0

0.01
0
B
2,616
5.3
84

3.40
13
C
2,582
3.1
72

3.40
12
D
2,593
4.1
77

3.41
14
E
2,616
7
106

3.43
14
F
378
6.2
89

0.90
14
Q
378
6.8
93

5.40
13
                                                                                                                                                                                                            I
                                                                                                                                                                                                            CO
                                                                                                                                                                                                            (o
                                                                                                                                                                                                            S4
                                                                                                                                                                                                            i
                                                                                                                                                                                                            i
i
§
i
Co
sr
•*
i

-------
1
I
I
t
I
TABLE 2.15, SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BY ALTERNATIVE FOR EACH ISSUE
IMPACTS TO HABITAT WITHIN THE CORE AREA BY SELECTED WILDLIFE SPECIES AND ALTERNATIVE3
WHdHfe Specie, and Habitat
Mule and White-Tailed Deer suitable
non-winter cover1
•now-intercept/thermal'
thermal1
hiding1
Black Bear suitable
Mountain Lion suitable prey habitat
Pine Marten suitable
habitat with coarse woody debris
Bobcat suitable
Hairy Woodpecker suitable
Plleated Woodpecker suitable
Ruffed Qrouse suitable
Blue Grouse winter
summer & breeding
Golden Eagle foraging
Barred Owl nesting
Great Gray Owl nesting
foraging
Grizzly Bear potential
Gray Wolf potential
Existing Conditions
Acres
(unless
specified)
10,819
4452
240
438
3552
10363
10363
1543
133
6685
8485
7541
7676
707
135
2334
1190
1190
3836
10363
10363
Percent
of Core
Area
99
41
2
4
33
95
95
14
1
60
78
69
70
6
1
21
11
11
35
95
95
Alternative B
Acres
Impacted
1174
617
47
53
539
1174
1174
311
3
668
1107
899
907
216
10
234
272
272
404
1174
1174
Percent
Change
(+ 01 -I
(11)
(14)
(20)
(12)
(15)
(11)
(11)
(20)
(2)
(10)
(13)
(12)
(12)
(31)
(7)
(10)
123)
(22)
(9)
(11)
(11)
Alternative C
Acres
Impacted
990
366
31
42
343
990
990
239
2
478
866
684
693
16O
9
214
211
211
321
990
990
Percent
Change
(+ or -)
(9)
(8)
(13)
(10)
(10)
(10)
(10)
(IB)
(2)
(7)
(10)
(9)
(9)
(23)
(7)
(9)
(18)
(18)
(8)
(10)
(10)
Alternative 0
Acres
Impacted
1076
401
31
49
4O4
1076
1076
226
2
584
9oo
748
758
169
10
211
195
195
318
1076
1076
Percent
Change
(+ or-l
(10)
(9)
(13)
111)
(11)
(10)
(10)
(15)
(2)
(9)
111)
(10)
(10)
(24)
(7)
(9)
(16)
(16)
(8)
(10)
(10)
Alternative E
Acres
Impacted
1440
592
65
73
693
1440
1440
301
4
840
1249
1004
1023
246
19
269
270
270
463
1440
1440
Percent
Change
(+ or -1
(13)
(13)
(23)
(17)
(17)
(14)
(14)
(20)
(3)
(13)
(15)
(13)
(13)
(35)
(14)
(12)
(23)
(23)
(12)
(14)
(14)
Alternative F
Acres
Impacted
1366
602
37
77
471
1366
1366
214
44
856
1216
944
963
169
9
240
159
159
432
1366
1366
Percent
Change
(+ or -I
(13)
(11)
(15)
(17)
(13)
(13)
(13)
(14)
(33)
(13)
114)
(12)
(12)
(24)
(7)
(10)
113)
(13)
(11)
(13)
(13)
Alternative 0
Acres
Impacted
1415
496
28
70
492
1415
1415
199
54
896
1242
948
957
174
9
263
142
142
460
1415
1415
Percent
Change
(+ or-)
(13)
(11)
(12)
(16)
(14)
(14)
(14)
(13)
(41)
(14)
(15
(12)
(12)
(25)
17)
(11)
(12)
(12)
(12)
(14)
(14)
                                                                                                                                                                                                 K)

                                                                                                                                                                                                 •*

                                                                                                                                                                                                 p>

                                                                                                                                                                                                 K>
i
I
                                                                                                                                                                                                I
                                                                                                                                                                                                ••»
                                                                                                                                                                                                to
                                                                                                                                                                                                (o
                                                                                                                                                                                                SJ

-------
i
1
I
I-
§
I
TABLE 2.15, SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BY ALTERNATIVE FOR EACH ISSUE
IMPACTS TO HABITAT WITHIN THE CORE AREA BY SELECTED WILDLIFE SPECIES AND ALTERNATIVE3
WWdHfe Species and Habitat
Pacific FMier potential
preferred
avoided
California Wolverine suitable
North American Lynx travel2
foraging2
denning2
non-cover2
Townsend's Big-Eared Bat foraging
potential roost tree*
Northern Goshawk nesting
potential post-fledging/family araa
foraging
Existing Conditions
Acres
(unless
specified)
5O66
1388
794
4479
3607
264
13
2873
6664
3538
614
2491
5065
Percent
of Core
Area
46
13
7
41
33
2
<1
26
61
NA
6
23
46
Alternative B
Acres
Impacted
778
320
570
650
489
3E
4
448
789
493
143
435
778
Percent
Change
(+ or -)
(16)
(23)
172)
(15)
(14)
(14)
(30)
(16)
(12)
(14)
(23)
(17)
(15)
Alternative C
Acres
Impacted
565
216
418
501
322
17
3
306
602
351
146
271
565
Percent
Change
(+ or -1
(11)
(16)
(53)
(11)
(9)
(7)
(23)
(11)
(9)
(10)
(24)
(11)
(11)
Alternative D
Acres
Impacted
691
203
794
524
386
3O
3
272
656
359
139
310
591
Percent
Change
(+ or-l
(12)
(15)
(100)
(12)
(11)
(12)
(23)
(13)
(10)
(10)
(23)
(12)
(12)
Alternative E
Acres
Impacted
794
278
663
7O8
533
40
3
518
889
649
146
476
833
Percent
Change
(+ or-)
(16)
(20)
(84)
(16)
(16)
(16)
(23)
(18)
(13)
(16)
(24)
(19)
(16)
Alternative F
Acres
Impacted
728
162
722
639
616
48
3
626
826
363
102
420
728
Percent
Change
(+ or-l
(14)
(12)
(91)
(14)
(14)
(19)
(23)
(18)
(12)
(10)
(17)
(17)
(14)
Alternative Q
Acres
Impacted
721
146
734
626
647
55
3
658
821
424
79
429
722
Percent
Change
(+ or-l
(14)
(10)
(92)
(14)
(15)
(22)
(23)
(20)
(12)
(12)
(13)
(17)
(14)
Notee: 1 . Based on TWHIP data.
2. Based on habitat above 4,000 feet in the core area.
3. Percentages rounded to nearest 1 % core area = 10,925. Percent loss of area indicated by ().
                                                                                                                                                                                    JO
                                                                                                                                                                                    <0
                                                                                                                                                                                    SJ
                                                                                                                                                                                    I
                                                                                                                                                                                    I
13
S
                                                                                                                                                                                    I
                                                                                                                                                                                    rO
                                                                                                                                                                                    0)
                                                                                                                                                                                    CO

-------
t?
I
I
t
i
Co
sr
s
TABLE 2.15, SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BY ALTERNATIVE FOR EACH ISSUE
SUMMARY OF FOREST PLAN COMPLIANCE BY ALTERNATIVE ON NATIONAL FOREST LANDS
Element
SUCCESSIONAL STAGE DIVERSITY:
T4ON R31E: Grass/Forb
Seedling /Sapling
Pole
Young Mature
Mature
T4ON R30E: Grass/Forb
Seed ling /Sapling
Pole
Young Mature
Mature
OLD-GROWTH:
T4ON R31E: Existing
Replacement
Total
T40N R3OE: Existing
Replacement
Total
ROAD DENSITY
MA14-16
MAI 4-1 7
MA14-18
MA14-19
MA25-18
MA26-13
MA26-15
Forest Plan
Standard |
5%
10%
10%
5%
5%
5%
10%
10%
5%
5%
>5%
no threshold
>5%
925 acres
a5%
no threshold
£5%
203 acres
2.0 mi/mi2
2.0 mi/mi2
2.0 mi/mi2
2.0 mi/mi2
3.0 mi/mi2
1 .0 mi/mi2
1 .0 mi/mi2
Values1 || Status1-2
Existing
Condition
3%
7%
10%
40%
29%
14%
9%
12%
35%
26%
12%
0
12%
1,823
4%
1 %/54
4%
149
2.1
2.5
4.1
37.3
2.7
4.3
3.2
Alternative
A
3%
7%
10%
40%
29%
14%
9%
12%
35%
26%
12%
0
12%
1,823
4%
1%
4%
149
2.1
2.5
4.1
3.0
2.5
4.3
3.2
B
3%
7%
10%
40%
29%
13%
9%
11%
33%
23%
12%
0
12%
1,823
3%
1%
3%
125
2.1
2.5
4.1
0.0
2.3
4.3
3.2
C
3%
7%
10%
40%
29%
17%
9%
11%
34%
24%
12%
0
12%
1,823
4%
1%
4%
149
2.1
2.5
4.1
0.0
2.4
4.3
3.2
D
3%
7%
10%
40%
29%
17%
9%
11%
34%
24%
12%
0
12%
1,823
4%
1%
4%
149
2.1
2.5
4.1
0.6
2.3
4.3
3.2
E
4%
6%
10%
39%
29%
18%
9%
11%
33%
23%
12%
0
12%
1,823
2%
1%
2%
99
2.1
2.5
4.1
0.0
2.2
4.3
3.2
f
4%
6%
10%
39%
28%
14%
9%
11%
34%
26%
11%
0
11%
1,767
4%
1%
4%
149
2.1
2.5
4.1
1.9
2.2
4.3
3.2
Q
4%
6%
10%
39%
28%
15%
9%
11%
34%
25%
12%
0
12%
1,802
4%
1%
4%
149
2.1
2.5
4.1
0.6
2.2
4.3
3.2
Existing
Condition
BELOW
BELOW
MEETS
MEETS
MEETS
MEETS
BELOW
MEETS
MEETS
MEETS


MEETS


BELOW
BELOW
BELOW
BELOW
BELOW
MEETS
BELOW
BELOW
Alternative
A
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC


NC

NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
C +
A +
NC
NC
B
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
A-
NC

A-
A-


NC


C-
NC
NC
NC
B +
A +
NC
NC
C
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
A +
NC

A-
A-


NC


NC
NC
NC
NC
B +
A+
NC
NC
D
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
A +
NC

A-
A-


NC


NC
NC
NC
NC
B +
A +
NC
NC
E
c+
c-
NC
A-
NC
A-t-
NC

A-
A-


NC


C-
NC
NC
NC
B +
A +
NC
NC
F
C-t-
c-
NC
A-
A-
NC
NC

A-
NC


A


NC
NC
NC
NC
B +
A +
NC
NC
Q
C +
c-
NC
A-
A-
A +
NC

A-
A-


A-


NC
NC
NC
NC
8 +
A +
NC
NC
Notes: 1 . Shaded cells indicate a change from existing conditions. Bolding indicates the element would be reduced from existing conditions.
2. A- indicates that the element currently meets standards and guidelines, would be reduced, but would still meet standards and guidelines; B- indicates that the element
currently meets standards and guidelines but would be reduced below standards and guidelines (i.e., goes below the threshold); C- indicates the element is cun-ently
below minimum standards and guidelines and would be reduced further; A+ indicates that the element currently meets standards and guidelines and value would
increase; B+ indicates the element is below standards and guidelines, value would increase and would meet standards and guidelines; C+ indicates the element is
cun-ently below standards and guidelines, would increases in value but not meet standards and guidelines (i.e., value would increase but status would not); NC indicates
no change from existing conditions; NA indicates habitat cannot be assessed relative to a threshold (bolding indicates the element would be reduced). B- and C- represent
noncompliance.
                                                                                                                                                                                                        K)

                                                                                                                                                                                                        ••»

                                                                                                                                                                                                        8
                                                                                                                                                                                                        i
ro
 I
^
r-




1
                                                                                                                                                                                                        5°
                                                                                                                                                                                                        
-------
January 1997                   CROWN JEWEL MINE                     Page 2-165
2.16 IDENTIFICATION OF THE
     PREFERRED ALTERNATIVE

The Forest Service and BLM Preferred
Alternative is Alternative B, the Proposed
Action, as presented in this document
including the reclamation, mitigation,
monitoring and performance guarantee
measures described in Sections 2.11,
Reclamation Measures, 2.12,  Management
and Mitigation, 2.13, Monitoring  Measures,
and 2.14, Performance Securities.

WADOE has chosen not to select a Preferred
Alternative in the final EIS. WADOE selection
of an alternative would be made as part of
WADOE permit decisions.
              Crown Jewel Mine  4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-166
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
                          FIGURE  2.1, MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTION 27
 GOAL STATEMENT:  Provide for minerals development, intensive minerals exploration activities, and site rehabilitation
 while protecting other resource values to the extent reasonable and feasible.

 DESCRIPTION:  This applies to Management Area 27.  The area allocated to this use includes only the specific areas of
 minerals development or intensive exploration.

 DESIRED FUTURE CONDITION:  Minerals development and intensive minerals exploration activities are limited to the area
 necessary for their efficient, economic, and orderly progression.  The activities are carried out so that any effects on other
 resources are minimized to the extent reasonable and feasible, and all legal resource protection requirements are met.
 Other resources uses and activities may be permitted where activities are compatible with public safety and efficient and
 safe mining and related operations.  Sites will be rehabilitated following exploration or development to provide geomorphic
 and hydrologic stability, habitat values, scenic values, and other uses of the National Forest. The goal of rehabilitation will
 be to allow the return of the land to the former management emphasis.
     Activity
                                                    Standards and Guideline*
  Recreation     MA27-8A The scenic quality objectives may not be met during mineral operations. The SQO will be
                determined by the Project NEPA decision document, with a long-term or post-rehabilitation goal of
                achieving a visual quality objective that considers the goals and objectives of the former management
                emphasis.

                MA27-8B Roaded modified recreation opportunities may be provided where compatible with public safety
                and efficient and safe mining operations.
  Wildlife        MA27-6A Cover standards applicable to discrete MA27 shall be determined in the Project NEPA decision
                document.
  Range         MA27-11A Manage commercial livestock to reduce conflicts with mineral activities.

                MA27-11B Revegetation activities during site rehabilitation shall be designated to reestablish vegetation
                having long-term stability.  Use locally adapted native species where ever feasible.

  Timber        MA27-20A Scheduled timber harvest shall not occur.

                MA27-20B Unscheduled timber harvest activities may occur when necessary for mineral  exploration and
                development, and when necessary to prevent the spread of disease or insects to adjacent areas and
                ownerships, or meet other resource needs.

                MA27-20C Reforestation of formerly forested sites shall occur with locally adapted native species and
                seed sources to the extent feasible.
  Minerals       MA27-15A NEPA analysis and decision documents shall address site rehabilitation and reclamation
                activities.
  Access        MA27-17A Roads shall be constructed or reconstructed to appropriate standards where necessary to
                provide access for minerals exploration and development.  Public use of roads may be restricted or
                prohibited for reasons of safety, or to avoid conflict with mining operations.  Project NEPA Decision
                Documents shall provide for road management, and reclamation requirements for roads at the close of
                operations.
  Facilities       MA27-18A Facilities necessary to mineral operations are allowed. Design, placement, construction, and
                closure of all facilities shall be in accordance with the Project NEPA Decision Documents.

                MA27-18B Facilities shall be designed, constructed, and operated to contain hazardous substances.
                Facilities shall be designed and operated to  minimize human, wildlife, or domestic livestock exposure to
                hazardous substances.

                MA27-18C With the exception of facilities identified in the NEPA Decision Document for  retention,
                facilities shall be removed  or dismantled upon completion of intended use, and evidence of their presence
                shall be obliterated during  rehabilitation of the site.

                MA27-18D Hazardous substances, mining residues and tailings shall be removed from the site and/or
                appropriately treated and left on-site in accordance with the NEPA Decision Document and  applicable
                state and local laws and regulations.

                MA27-18E Solid wastes produced incidentally to the management of mineral exploration or development
                shall be disposed of in accordance with direction in the NEPA Decision Document and applicable state and
                local laws and regulations.

  Fire Protection MA27-19A the preferred suppression strategy is control.

                MA27-19B Permittees shall assume  responsibility for securing fire protection of structures and mining
                facilities from structural fires.
                   Crown Jewel Mine  •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-167
                                fo;fe#aH
                                      /   w  i
        LEGEND
   FIGURE  2.2, WASTE ROCK DISPOSAL AREA OPTIONS
          Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
I
I
(D
a
£

f
CO

             APPROXIMATE
              8,000 TON
             UNDERGROUND
            STORAGE AREA
               FOR  ORE
                 CONVEYOR
                                     3-SIDED ENCLOSURE
                                       CRUSHER AREA
                                                              CONCEPTUAL  LAYOUT
                                                                     NOT TO SCALE
                                                                                                  GO
                                                                       TO MILL BUILDING
                       UNDERGROUND ADIT
                           (TUNNEL)
                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                  K>
                                                                                                  1
                                                                                                  *>
                                                                                                  r-

                                                                                                  1
                             FIGURE 2.3, BELOW  GROUND  CRUSHING
                                                                                                 I
                                                                                                 -*
                                                                                                 to
                                                                                                 CO
     ENAME CJF2-3DWG

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-169
                                                                         O
                                                                         H-
                                                                         Q.
                                                                         QC
                                                                         O
                                                                         CO
                                                                         O
                                                                         O
                                                                         CO
                                                                         CC
                                                                         <
                                                                         O

                                                                         X
                                                                         O

                                                                         O
                                                                         cc
                                                                         QC
                                                                         LU

                                                                         O
                                                                         O
                                                                         HI
                                                                         QC
                                                                         O
                                                                         O
                                                                         cv

                                                                         HI
                                                                         QC
                                                                         D
                                                                         O
                                                                         LL
             Crown Jewel Mine * ffoa/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------








p

s
3
TO
$

^
^
3s
•
s3
1
onmen
St
•5.
g.
g
0
CO
<£
(6















ZINC
DUST
FEEDER
_. RETURN TO























































































































ZINC
GOLD
RECOVERY
CIRCUIT
LEACH CIRCUIT FLOWMETER
PRE

CIPITATION 1
PRESSES \ r



n x"^^.
TTT1 FI 1 1 ^ ' f %
Illlllll Fj 	

— ™«

PUMP — /" ~^ 	
9 ~~t r
.-_-_-_-
BARREN
1 	 ' SOLUTION »/^^ 	
BARREN SAMPLER

Illlllll - v
IIIIIIIIH
Wtr (_y
11111111 j L~4.
^^^ 'FEED" •(
n PUMP 1
Illlllll ' VAP


	 »•



^^



UUM
MD





--*-"*'*





SOLUTION . 	 ,_ ri_ •V
TANK Hj-1""' "-1"" „ 1
FLOWMETER , rLUX
.A,
• ' " 	 "
r
i
DORE'
BULLION



SLAG











^*"



— DE-AER/



Ml



UN





































TOWER





— '










CLARIFIED


















|
..








|
..








|
•L





PRESSURE
PREGNANT













S












DLUTION T












AN












K










































PREGNA




MT 	 —
SOLUTION
FROM

FILTRATION
OR
CIP CIRCUIT


PUMPS
CLARIFIERS








































































































PREGNANT












SOLUTION
TANK






































FIGURE 2.5, GOLD RECOVERY THROUGH ZINC PRECIPITATION
FILENAME CJF2-5DWG

















2?

•H
KJ
1
r*
1
•<
^r
rn
Co






S-
u>
3
c
0)
<0


-------
  January 1997
     CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-171
                                            LOWER SOUTH
                                         NICHOLSON TAILINGS
       STRAWBERRY
           LAKE
         TAILINGS
            UPPER SOUTH
                                    NICHOLSON
                                     TAILINGS
                                       NORTH
                                     NICHOLSON
                                       TAILINGS
                                                      SOUTH NICHOLSON
                                                          TAILINGS
                      SITE D: MARIAS
                        SIDE  HILL
                         TAILINGS
139';
  SITE C; PINE
 CHEE MEADOW
   TAILINGS
"**•«. »:«.
                                   SITE B:
                                PONTIAC RIDGE
                                   TAILINGS
             SITE A: BEAVER
             CREEK CANYON
                TAILINGS
        L EGEND
       MINE PIT AREA


      .
      I TAILINGS DISPOSAL AREA OPTION BOUNDARY
    *"'
    FIGURE  2.6,  TAILINGS  DISPOSAL FACILITY OPTIONS
             Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-172
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
               If    '
               «A _
               / V«7v   * i
               ', /^7«*\ 8 ''/•
                f^/^'-'-.-S^^XK' "
        X.. ^-^  CT/ 1  ^f ^-z^M IJ5*^
        -^  ^ i:-.,sf fl
        •^:::.,^im^
         f"  -«sL'"53Ei •  i'Ji'uf I  i 1.1
          * }\ •  / (A.-JA  ,JV^ I
          *^x-> J-f •»•      I
           •V7'-- pn '4-S  ^

           Crown Jewel Mine 4 F/na/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
 CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-173
                        CANADA
                 >•&£&
STATES o
      ^
              ?r so
                                           I ,-
-------
Page 2-174
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
                      HEADER
           LOW PERMEABILITY
               ZONE
             STARTER
               DAM
            UPSTREAM
                                   SPIGOT
                               UNDERDRAWS
                HEADER
              STARTER
               DAM
                        -UNOERDRAINS
             DOWNSTREAM
                                       LOW PERMEABILITY
                                           ZONE
                 HEADER
                 UNDERDRAWS-/
            CENTERLINE
                                            LOW PERMEABILITY
                                                ZONE
   FIGURE  2.8,  TAILINGS DAM CONSTRUCTION  DESIGN
           Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-175
                        PLAN VIEW
  CONCEPTUAL LINER SYSTEM A
          CONCEPTUAL  LINER SYSTEM B
  CONCEPTUAL LINER SYSTEM C    CONCEPTUAL LINER SYSTEM D
       FIGURE 2.9, PROPOSED CONCEPTUAL LINER
                 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
         Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-176
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
                                                              January 1997
           Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-177
             Crown Jewel Mine • F/na/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
                                                                               L EGEND
                                                                            A  WATER STORAGE OPTION
                                                                                LOCATION
   SITE 4
 STRAWBERRY
LAKE RESERVOIR
        SITE 6
    UPPER MYERS CREEK
       RESERVOIR
             SITE 2
         COUNTY ROAD 9480
            RESERVOIR
        SITE 3
   COUNTY ROAD 4887
      RESERVOIR
           FIGURE 2.12,  WATER STORAGE  RESERVOIR LOCATIONS

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-179
                                                                              UJ
                                                                              <
                                                                              CC
                                                                              LJJ

                                                                              <
                                                                              O

                                                                              <

                                                                              111

                                                                              o
                                                                              <
                                                                              00

                                                                              LJJ
                                                                              QC
                                                                              LJJ

                                                                              O


                                                                              CO

                                                                              CM'
              Crown Jewel Mine t  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement
SOURCES
^ 	 ^ SEP-1
PR- 4
0
00
PIT AND WELL \ \
DEWATERING ^ — £l_^
0
RESERVOIR ^ 	 :1-^
Pfl-3
G
^ 	 ^ p/?-2
G^ '
pp-1
G





PIT AND WELL
DEWATERING


MILL AREA


SOUTH
WASTE ROCK

NORTH
WASTE ROCK



AUG-1
PL-1
PL 3
PL -2







SEPTIC
" SYblhM



/T\f~\ ^ "~ ^ I

ORE CRUSHING/GRINDING/ DISPOS
MILLING, LEACHING GOLD 	 \----v FACILI
/~\ RECOVERY PROCESSES Z 	 ' f~\

2 	 L^
....Tr^l'-.i.x / — \
FR2 	 \^/ HAUL ROAD DUST
• / ":° *- " SUPPRESSION

FtRE^ 	 s FIRE <; 	 x
? °° / " SUPPRESSION Z-JL°_>
. x J
C^i(~^> i
DIVERSION SEDIME
UIICHbb " TRAP 3
L J_
. r_ v
^f^ifT}
DIVERSION SEDIME
DITCHES " TRAP
L J_

DIVERSION SEDIME
DIICHtS ' TRAP
1 -1
DISCHARGES
SEP-1 ^ 	 ^
AUG-1 ^ 	 v
d>
(D
	 1 TOP 1A , ^ — '
	 ^ 543 > EVAPORATION
>S TDF-1B ^ 	 - 	 s
Y Z± 0
	 ' I TDF-2 	 ,
0
FR2 ^ 	 v
n 0
B

\n ) sr-3 x ,,. x
(A)
ST-3A ,- 	 x
2 — L_^ u
w
NT ST-2 ^ 	 ^
2 fT^
ST-2A ^ 	 v
2 	 ^CJAP«H,,TIUH, IHFILTfi^TI^H
MT '''—^ ST-I ^ 	 x
M>
ST-1A ^ 	 s ^-^
NOTES 0
(T) VALUES FOR PRECIPITATION AND EVAPORATION/ NFILTRATION ARE SUMS OF PROJECTED MONTHLY LEGEND NPDES/STATE WASTE DISCHARGE PERMIT APPLICATION
ACCUMULATION FOR 12 MONTHS UNDER THE SPECIFIED CONDITIONS BASED ON HISTORICAL RAINFALL
DATA AND ANTICIPATED SURFACE AREAS AND CONDITIONS VALUES ARE FROM REVISED SEDIMENT TRAP
WATER BALANCE BY COLDER ASSOCIATES, SED-BAL1 XLS SUMMARY, DATED 22 MAY 1996 	 > 15 ° > — WATER FLOW RATE IN GPM
(T) DEWATERING WELL TO BE USED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND THE LATTER PHASES OF THE OPERATION PR-? FLOW STREAM DESIGNATION
MAKEUP WATER WILL BE TRANSFERRED FROM THE RESERVOIR AT STARREM CREEK
Cl) VALUES BASED ON BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY CROWN JEWEL PROJECT WATER BALANCE FLOWSHEET BY
M3 ENGINEERING 8. TECHNOLOGY, INC DRAWING OOO-FL-009 JOBE M3-PN96025, DATED 8 APRIL 1996
(T) CALCULATED OR INTERPOLATED VALUE
(^) VALUE PROJECTED BY BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY THE VALUE FOR THE TAILINGS EVAPORATION INCREASES
THROUGH THE LIFE OF THE PROJECT THE VALUE USED, 543 GPM, IS AVERAGED OVER THE LIFE OF THE MINE
FIGURE 2.14, OPERATIONAL WATER BALANCE SCHEMATIC - DRY YEAR
FILENAME CJF2-14 DWG SOURCE AGRA EARTH 8 ENVIRONMENTAL (June I996)
Page 2- 180 CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES January 1997

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-181
                                                           z
                                                           o
                                                           C3
                                                           IT
                                                           o
                                                           W
                                                           o
                                                           Q
                                                           2^

                                                           LU
                             1- O :
                             O t- :
                             LU (/) [

                             o*.
                                                           o. £ LU <
                                                           00^
                                                                 Q LU


                                                                 Q CO

                                                                 UJ ~Z.
                                                                 W <

                                                                 ^> o:
                                                                         to >
                                                                         w o
                                                                 1*
                                                                             or
                                                                             <
                                                                             "J
                                                                             O
                                                                             LU


                                                                             O
                                                                             CO

                                                                             LU
                                                                             00
                                                                             LU
                                                                             LU
                                                                             a
                                              CM


                                              LU
                                                           8   8  8  88
              Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-182
                         CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIMES
January 1997
                                 R 30 E  R 31 E
                       LEGEND
                               ORE STOCKPILE AREA

                               TAILINGS. SURFACE FACILITIES AND
                                SEDIMENT POND AREAS
|	I WASTE ROCK DISPOSAL AREA A  |	
      (Upper Nicholson!           I—
[    | WASTE ROCK DISPOSAL AREA B
      (Upper Marias)
j	1 TOPSOIL STOCKPILE AREA     	FACILITY AREA BOUNDARY

r~  1 SOIL BORROW PIT AREA
                  FIGURE  2.16,  ALTERNATIVE  B
                    OPERATIONAL  SITE PLAN
            Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-183
                             R 30 E R 31 E
                                        SHOP, AND
                                      ORE PROCESSING
                                         FACILITY
   26,
        | FS3575-120|r—s^
                            LEGEND
                        cm '•-* '••-•
                FIGURE  2.17, ALTERNATIVE B
        PROPONENTS PROPOSED POSTMINING PLAN
           Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-184
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA T/VES
January 1997
                                   R 30 E  R 31 E
                                         DIVERSION DITCH) 19
                                            n
                                            RECOVERY
                                            SOLUTION
                                            COLLECTION
                                              POND
                         LEGEND
      UNDERGROUND DEVELOPMENT
        WASTE ROCK DISPOSAL AREA
      QUARRY AREA

      TOPSOIL STOCKPILE AREA

      SOIL BORROW PIT AREA
     	| ORE STOCKPILE AREA

       [ TAILINGS, SURFACE FACILITIES AND
         SEDIMENT POND AREAS

  	• — FACILITY AREA BOUNDARY

    9)   POTENTIAL SUBSIDENCE ZONE
                   FIGURE  2.18,  ALTERNATIVE  C
                      OPERATIONAL  SITE  PLAN
            Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-185
                                    R 30 E R 31 E
                                                   SEDIMENT PONDI
                                                [DIVERSION PITCH!
          IWATER STORAGE^
         /n   t     "~
               OFFICE, WAREHOUSE
               AND SHOP COMPLEX
        '(CRUSHER
              /
                 DIVERSION DITCH[--19
                                             MILL AND ORE
                                              PROCESSING
    PRODUCTION
       ADIT
               DIVERSION
                 DITCH
                    EXPLORATION
  VENTILATION
     RAISE
                                              EMBANKMENT
   POWERLINE  ,
                       SEDIMENT
                        POND
                RECOVERY
                 SOLUTION
                COLLECTION
                  POND
                                ACCESS
                                ROAD
                          LEGEND
 I	j WASTE ROCK DISPOSAL AREA
        (Upper Nicholson)

 |   ""j TOPSOIL STOCKPILE AREA

 \    [ SOIL BORROW PIT AREA
	j  ORE STOCKPILE AREA

   |  TAILINGS. SURFACE FACILITIES AND
      SEDIMENT POND AREAS

— • — FACILITY AREA BOUNDARY

 (t)    POTENTIAL SUBSIDENCE ZONE
                    FIGURE  2.19,  ALTERNATIVE D
                       OPERATIONAL  SITE  PLAN
              Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-186
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
                                   R 30 E R 31 E
                                                      DIVERSION PITCH! I

                                                     _^_\    (
                                                     HAUL ROADJ   ',
                                               OFFICE. WAREHOUSE
                                               ANP SHOP COMPLEX
      WASTE ROCK DISPOSAL AREA I
       (Upper Nicholson)
      WASTE ROCK DISPOSAL AREA C
       (Upper Marias South)
      TOPSOIL STOCKPILE  AREA

      SOIL BORROW PIT AREA
       TAILINGS. SURFACE FACILITIES AND
         SEDIMENT POND AREAS

 	• —  FACILITY AREA BOUNDARY
                   FIGURE  2.20, ALTERNATIVE  E
                     OPERATIONAL SITE  PLAN
            Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-187
                                 R 30 E R 31 E
                    WATER
                    SUPPLY
                    PIPELINE
                                         WAREHOUSE
                                          AND SHOP
                                          COMPLEX
                       LEGEND
     WASTE ROCK STOCKPILE I
      (Upper Nicholson)
     TOPSOIL STOCKPILE AREA
     SOIL BORROW PIT AREA
   ORE STOCKPILE AREA

   TAILINGS, SURFACE FACILITIES AND
    SEDIMENT POND AREAS
                         — — • — FACILITY AREA BOUNDARY
                  FIGURE  2.21,  ALTERNATIVE  F
                    OPERATIONAL  SITE PLAN
             Crown Jewel Mine • /=»ia/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-188
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERN A TIVES
January 1997
                                R 30 E  R 31 E
                                                             SOLUTION
                                                            COLLECTION
                                                              POND
MILL AND ORE
PROCESSING
FACILITY
1
0
i^
OFFICE.
WAREHOUSE
AND SHOP
COMPLEX
                                                    30
                                                    ci
                                                    •>
                                                    4
                                                    \
-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 2-189
                                                                          CO
                                                                          UJ
                                                                          oc
                                                                          D
                                                                          CO
                                                                          o
                                                                          _l
                                                                          o

                                                                          o
                                                                          <
                                                                          o
                                                                          oc
                                                                          CO
                                                                          UJ
                                                                          oc
                                                                          o
                                                                          CO
                                                                          CSI
                                                                          CM

                                                                          UJ
                                                                          oc

                                                                          o
             Crown Jewel Mine • F/V?a/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 2-190
CHAPTER 2 - AL TERNA TIVES
January 1997
                                           n-

                                           »=
                                        V
                                                g

                                                CO
                                                u
                                                Q

                                                U
                                                _l
                                                o
                                                Q.

                                                CC,
                                                U


                                                O
                                                Q.

                                                O
                                                UJ
                                                CO
                                                O
                                                Q.
                                                O
                                                QC
                                                O.

                                                ^"
                                                CVI
                                                                          UJ
                                                                          QC
                                                                          z>
                                                                          o
              Crown Jewel Mine • F/na/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------

-------

-------
            Chapter 3
Affected Environment

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
                         Page 3-1
                            3.0  AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
This chapter describes the existing condition
of the Crown Jewel Project study area, and is
presented primarily to assist the reviewer in
understanding the environmental
consequences presented for each resource in
Chapter 4, Environmental Consequences.
Resource descriptions focus on areas which
would likely be affected by the proposed
mining and milling activities. As  an example,
there is minimal focus on the silvicultural
priority of the timber to be harvested since
there is only a limited amount of  variation in
where certain facilities can be located.

The current attributes and conditions of the
Project area are described in this document
by resource specialists who have completed
intensive surveys of the area or lab studies of
mineral materials or water samples. This
section presents the  relevant physical,
biological, and social conditions for this area.
The relationship between resources and
resource users is of critical importance and
requires careful attention.

This chapter is organized by environmental
component such as air quality, geology,
geochemistry, water resources, noise,
wildlife, etc.  Whenever possible, the basic
dynamics of forest ecosystems are described
as they occur in their pre-project state.  This
establishes the mutual dependence of
elements in the natural environment, a reality
which is sometimes obscured when resources
are considered individually. It provides  a
baseline for measuring the effects of the
proposed mining activities.

For certain resources, such as soils and
cultural resources, the study area was
considered to essentially be the area of
potential direct disturbance.  For  other
resources such  as wildlife, scenery, and
socioeconomics, a broader study area was
utilized to  encompass the potential off-site
aspects of issues related to these resource
categories.

For clarification purposes, the following
definitions apply throughout this document.
              Project Area. The specific area within which
              all surface disturbance and development
              activities would occur.

              Study Area, Analysis Area. A larger
              peripheral zone around the Crown Jewel
              Project area within which most potential
              direct and indirect effects to a specific
              resource would be expected to occur.

              Core Area.  The specific area within which all
              surface disturbance and development
              activities would occur plus a specified buffer,
              up to a mile outside the Project area.

              Environmental studies have been conducted
              on the site since 1990. Background and
              baseline studies have  been completed by a
              number of contractors for a number of
              resource areas. These studies are listed in
              Appendix A, List of Unpublished Reports, and
              are available for review at locations  as
              identified in Appendix A, List of Unpublished
              Reports.

              Because many of the documents and
              analyses used in the preparation of the EIS
              are lengthy and technical in detail, the results
              are often only summarized in this EIS.
              Further information can be found in  source
              documents listed  in Appendix A, List of
              Unpublished Reports.
              3.1
AIR QUALITY/CLIMATE
              3.1.1    Introduction

              The air quality and climate at the proposed
              Crown Jewel Project site are influenced by
              the rugged topography, the prevailing
              westerly winds, and weather fronts from the
              Pacific Ocean and the Arctic. The site is over
              six miles from any other industrial activities
              so background  pollutant levels are expected
              to be low.

              3.1.2    Air Quality

              Background air pollutant concentrations at
              the mine site are low due to the lack of any
              major industrial activity or residential areas in
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-2
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
the vicinity.  The small amount of air quality
monitoring data that has been collected at
the Crown Jewel site to date confirms this.
The closest industrial activity is the lumber
mill in Rock Creek, Canada about six miles
north of the Crown Jewel Project area. EPA
designates non-attainment areas where air
pollution has been demonstrated to exceed
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS). No such non-attainment areas
have been designated in Okanogan County.
This indication that air quality is good must
be tempered with the knowledge that air
quality monitoring conducted to date in
Okanogan County has been limited.

The Proponent, after discussions with
Washington Department of Ecology
(WADOE), developed a baseline data
collection approach.  As a result of this
interaction, the Proponent determined that
baseline ambient air quality monitoring was
not required to support the application for the
Notice of Construction Air Quality Permit.
WADOE typically requires pre-construction
on-site ambient air quality monitoring for
sources which require Prevention of
Significant Deterioration (PSD) permits, but
typically does not require pre-construction
ambient monitoring for sources which do not
require the PSD permit.  Nonfugitive
emissions in excess of  250 tons per year of a
regulated pollutant would have necessitated a
PSD permit.  An emissions inventory
submitted to WADOE by the Proponent
indicates that the nonfugitive emissions
would be approximately 5.7  tons per year
which is below the 250 ton per year limit.

The Washington Metal  Mining and Milling
Operations Act requires that "...the applicant
shall provide baseline data adequate to
document the premining conditions at the
proposed site..." Since the passage of the
Washington Metal Mining and Milling
Operations Act, WADOE has not changed its
previous methods of determining what
constitutes adequate baseline data.  As
described above, those methods do  not
require pre-construction ambient air  quality
monitoring for every project.  For some
projects, WADOE has accepted monitoring at
locations in the same geographic area, but
 not on the Project site.
                        Three sets of existing air quality monitoring
                        data were considered for use by the
                        Proponent as baseline data.  Each of the
                        three sets had at least one drawback when
                        considered for use as baseline data for the
                        Crown Jewel Project. The three sets of
                        existing paniculate data which were
                        considered for use include historical
                        paniculate data from Northport, Mazama and
                        Okanogan.  The Northport data has the
                        drawbacks of being from a populated area
                        (unlike the proposed mine site) and being
                        sited for the purpose of measuring impacts
                        caused by a smelter in Trail, British Columbia,
                        Canada.  The Mazama data has the drawback
                        of being near a highway. The station at
                        Okanogan has the drawback of being near
                        populated areas and several  industrial
                        sources.

                        Ultimately, the Proponent decided to conduct
                        on-site ambient PM-10 monitoring beginning
                        in January, 1996. While the on-site
                        monitoring conducted by the Proponent was
                        judged to be superior to any of these for
                        determining the PM-10 background level
                        itself, the Northport data was used to
                        estimate the ratio of PM-10  to Total
                        Suspended Particulates (TSP).

                        The first six months of that  data are
                        summarized here.

                        The highest 24-hour background PM-10
                        (paniculate matter smaller than ten microns)
                        concentration measured at the mine site
                        during the period January-April 1996 was 8.1
                        micrograms per cubic meter. The background
                        TSP was calculated to be 13.1 micrograms
                        per cubic meter. For the gaseous air
                        pollutants S02,  N02/ and CO, background
                        levels were assumed to be 25% of the
                        applicable standard.  These background
                        concentrations were used in the air quality
                        modeling completed by the Proponent for the
                        Notice of Construction Air Quality Permit
                        application (BMGC, 1996b).  The results of
                        that modeling are described in Section  4.1,
                        Air Quality, of this document.

                        For the pollutant lead, the background
                        concentration may be approximated by
                        multiplying the fraction of lead measured in
                        the rock of the area times the total
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-3
suspended paniculate background level.  This
gives an estimated lead background
concentration for the Crown Jewel Project
site of less than 0.002 micrograms per cubic
meter which is much less than the National
Ambient Air Quality standard of 1.5
micrograms per cubic meter averaged over a
calendar quarter.

The background for the pollutant ozone at the
Crown Jewel Project site has been assumed
to be .04 ppm, which is one-third of the
National Ambient Air Quality Standard of
0.12 ppm for an hourly average.

3.1.3   Climate

The Proponent installed a meteorological
station at the mine site in 1991 and has
operated electronic monitors for temperature,
wind speed, and wind direction.  In August
1993, an automated precipitation gage was
added to the meteorological station. The
location of the on-site weather station is
shown in Figure 3.1.1, Location of On-Site
Weather Station.

The annual and monthly-average
meteorological conditions at the mine site
were calculated based on two to three years
of data collected at the mine site, which were
correlated against historical data at other
existing meteorological stations in the  region
to ensure that the on-site data  had not been
inadvertently collected during unusual
weather conditions.  The details of the
meteorological data assessment are given in a
separate report (ENSR, 1996a). The results
of the meteorological assessment are
summarized in Table 3.1.1, Weather Data.
The methodologies used to develop the mine
site data are described below.

The calculated monthly temperature profiles
at the mine site are shown in Table 3.1.1,
Weather Data. Two years of daily-average
temperature readings at the mine site were
correlated against simultaneous data
collected by the National Weather Service at
Republic, Washington.  The correlation
showed that the mine site temperature was
between 2°F to 5°F cooler than Republic.
The correlations were then used to adjust the
long-term average Republic data to calculate
              the mine site monthly temperatures.

              The calculated monthly precipitation at the
              mine site are shown in Table 3.1.1, Weather
              Data.  Twenty-eight months of precipitation
              data from the mine site were correlated with
              simultaneous precipitation data from Molson
              and Republic. The correlations showed that
              during the 28 months of data collection the
              mine site experienced 43% more precipitation
              than Molson, and 28% more precipitation
              than Republic.  Based on those correlations,
              the annual precipitation at the  mine site was
              calculated to be 20.0  inches per year. The
              monthly-average precipitation at the mine site
              was estimated by distributing the 20.0 inches
              per year annual total according to monthly
              profiles from four local weather stations:
              Republic, Molson,  Chesaw, and Irene
              Mountain.  Based on that distribution, the
              wettest months at the mine site are May and
              June with monthly precipitation of 2.3 inches
              and 2.4 inches respectively, and  the driest
              months at the mine site are September and
              October with monthly precipitation of  1.2
              inches.

              For purposes of modeling the hydrological
              impacts to ground water flow, stream flow
              and wetlands, two sets of wet year and dry
              year precipitation values were  derived by
              inspecting the historical wet/dry cycles at the
              Molson weather station.  Based on the
              patterns at Molson, the extreme wet year at
              the mine site is estimated to be 31.7 inches
              per year (which  corresponds to an  86-year
              recurrence interval). The extreme dry year at
              the mine site is estimated to be 14.2 inches
              per year (which  corresponds to a 13-year
              recurrence interval).

              The monthly average snowfall  at the mine
              site was estimated by inspecting the daily-
              average temperature and  precipitation data
              that were collected for 28 months  at the
              mine site. It was assumed that all
              precipitation that occurred on a day where
              the average  temperature was below freezing
              fell as  snow. The resulting snowfall
              calculations  are shown in Table 3.1.1,
              Weather Data.  The calculated annual
              average snowfall at the mine site is 7.1
              inches per year of water equivalent.
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
                                                                                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                                                                                  (o
1
fe-
I
S'
(b
I
o
•*

Co
TABLE 3.1.1, WEATHER DATA
Month
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Annual Total
Mean Minimum
Temperature
(°F)
15
20
23
29
37
44
47
47
40
31
25
16
..
Mean Maximum
Temperature
<°F)
26
33
42
52
59
67
73
74
62
50
34
26
—
Monthly Average
Temperature
<°F)
21
27
33
41
48
56
60
61
51
41
30
21
-
Lowest
Daily-Average
Temperature'
(°F)
10
-2.2
5.0
21
28
32
38
38
32
16
-7.6
-5.8
-
Highest
Daily-Average
Temperature1
(°F)
43
45
59
59
72
75
88
82
79
66
39
37
-
Total
Precipitation2
(inches)
1.7
1.3
1.3
1.6
2.3
2.4
1.4
1.7
1.2
1.2
1.8
2.1
20.0
Snowfall Water
Equivalent
(inches)
1.1
1.0
0.3
0.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.4
1.8
1.8
7.1
Pan
Evaporation
(inches)
0.2
0.6
1.5
4.0
5.5
6.8
7.3
6.0
3.9
1.8
0.7
0.3
38.6
Notes: 1. Period of Record: September 1993 - October 1996
2. Mine site values adjusted by correlating with historical Republic data and Molson data.
i
                                                                                                                                                                                  CO
                                                                                                                                                                                  3!
                                                                                                                                                                                  §
i
                                                                                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                                                                                  Jo
                                                                                                                                                                                  (o

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
                         Page 3-5
The Proponent established staff gages, to
measure snow depth, at four locations in the
vicinity of the Project:

•   Chesaw;

•   Gold Bowl near the existing weather
    station;

•   "Overlook"  near the southeast rim of
    Gold Bowl;  and,

•   Proposed mill site.

Snow depth observations have been collected
on a monthly basis over the past two
winters.  Future observations/measurements
could be used to estimate/verify water
equivalent for average annual snowfall.

No  reliable pan evaporation data have been
taken at the mine site.  Pan evaporation rates
at the mine site were therefore calculated by
adjusting historical data that were available
from Republic, and accounting  for the
difference in temperature, wind speed and
humidity at the  mine  site compared to
Republic.  A Monte Carlo statistical
adjustment was made between the  Republic
site and the mine  site to account for
uncertainty in the temperature, wind speed
and humidity  data. The evaporation data
shown in Table 3.1.1, Weather Data,
represent the median calculated values.  The
average annual pan evaporation at the mine
site was estimated to be 38.6 inches (ENSR,
1996a).

Table 3.1.2, Predicted Rainfall Intensities.
summarizes the predicted rainfall intensities
that were used to design the surface runoff
facilities and the tailings facility.
              Figure 3.1.2, Wind Roses From On-Site
              Weather Station, shows the seasonal wind
              direction and speed, derived from the on-site
              weather station during the period January
              1991 through April 1992.  During the winter
              the wind direction was generally from the
              east. During the summer,  spring, and
              autumn, the prevailing wind direction was
              generally from the west. The meteorological
              tower at the Crown Jewel  Project is located
              in the proposed mine pit area. The tower
              was installed according to  EPA guidelines and
              was situated as far as practical from trees
              that might affect the  measured wind
              direction. Two  performance audits of the
              wind speed and wind direction sensors were
              performed by the Proponent's contractor
              during the 15 months of primary data
              collection used to support  the air quality
              permit application.  The results of those
              audits were reviewed by WADOE staff and
              were found to be acceptable.  The audits
              indicated that the wind speed and wind
              direction sensors and data  loggers were
              calibrated to within EPA's  specifications for
              meteorological equipment.
              3.2
TOPOGRAPHY/PHYSIOGRAPHY
              The Crown Jewel Project is located in north
              central Washington State, approximately
              three miles south of the Canadian border.
              The topography of the general region ranges
              from steep to relatively flat.

              Elevations in the general region range from
              slightly over 900 feet in the Okanogan  River
              valley near the town of Oroville to 5,602 feet
              at the summit of Buckhorn Mountain. The
              elevations in the actual Crown Jewel Project
              area range from about 4,120 feet in the
              Marias Creek drainage to  the 5,602 foot
TABLE 3.1.2, PREDICTED RAINFALL INTENSITIES
Storm Duration
24-Hour Storm
1 0-year recurrence
25-year recurrence
1 00-year recurrence
Source:
NOAA, 1973
Precipitation
(inches)
2.0
2.4
2.7

               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-6
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
summit of Buckhorn Mountain. The elevation
of the town of Chesaw and the Myers Creek
drainage is slightly less than 3,000 feet.

The Crown Jewel Project area is drained by
Nicholson Creek and Marias Creek which flow
generally east to Toroda Creek; and, Ethel
Creek, Thorp Creek, Bolster Creek, and Gold
Creek which flow generally west to Myers
Creek. Myers Creek is approximately three
miles to the west  of the proposed  Crown
Jewel Project and flows north into Canada,
eventually emptying into the Kettle River.
Toroda Creek is about five miles southeast of
the proposed Crown Jewel Project and flows
northeast, then east to the Kettle River.

3.3     GEOLOGY/GEOCHEMISTRY

3.3.1   Introduction

The characteristics of  the mineral deposit aid
in determining the most economical mining
and milling applications.  Geologic data and
interpretations form the basis for mine
evaluation and mine production by providing
ore reserve and waste rock estimates,
geologic structure data (such  as faults and
fracture zones), metallurgical characteristics
of the ore, and geochemistry information for
environmental analyses.

Geochemistry is the study of the distribution
and amounts of chemical elements in ore,
waste rock, and tailings material.  One of the
fundamental functions of geochemical
analyses is to evaluate the fate of the rock
material over time, in  particular, to assess the
potential for the rock material to develop acid
or liberate toxic elements to the environment.

3.3.2   Site Geology

The geology of north-central Okanogan
County is a complex association of igneous,
metamorphic,  and sedimentary rocks. The
larger valleys of the region contain surface
materials of alluvium and glacial deposits.

In recent geologic time, large continental
glaciers covered most of the Okanogan
Highlands and are responsible for the general
surface topography of much of north central
Okanogan County.  Patches of glacially
                        deposited material remain scattered
                        throughout the region.

                        The Crown Jewel Project site lies within a
                        complex structural setting, located on the
                        western margin of the Eocene-aged Toroda
                        Creek Graben.  Northeast trending,  southeast
                        dipping sinuous shear zones and brittle faults
                        locally cut all rock types.  The most
                        prominent of these faults is the North
                        Lookout Fault,  which has a normal
                        displacement measured at 150 feet to 200
                        feet in the southern  portion of the Crown
                        Jewel Project deposit. Faulting is generally
                        thought to be related to the development of
                        the Toroda Creek Graben.

                        The Crown Jewel Project orebody is hosted
                        by a skarn deposit found in a sequence of
                        complexly folded and faulted volcanic and
                        volcaniclastic rocks, shallow-to-deep-marine
                        clastic sedimentary rocks, and carbonate
                        rocks. The term skarn refers to coarse-
                        grained calc-silicates which replace
                        carbonate-rich  rocks during regional or
                        contact metamorphism.  In more  specific
                        terms, a skarn deposit is one of lime-bearing
                        silicates derived from the reaction of
                        hydrothermal fluids  with limestones and/or
                        dolomites or the reaction of limestones with
                        intruding magmas, or a combination of the
                        two.  Skarns may contain substantial
                        quantities of ore minerals and their bulk
                        composition bears no simple relation to the
                        enclosing rocks (BMGC, 1995b).

                        Figure 3.3.1, Geologic Map of the Proposed
                        Crown Jewel Project Site, presents the
                        geology of the proposed Crown Jewel Project
                        area as determined by the Proponent through
                        surface and subsurface investigations.

                        The  orebody is a gold deposit confined to the
                        skarn and locally is  erratically distributed.
                        Gold mineralization  is associated  with skarn
                        alteration and includes magnetite-dominant,
                        garnet-dominant, and pyroxene-dominant
                        skarn zones which reflect the varied
                        hydrothermal fluid reaction with host rocks.
                        The gold occurs as  fine-grained
                        disseminations varying in grade within the
                        skarn mineral assemblages. The geology of
                        the deposit is based on the detailed analysis
                        and. interpretation of approximately 280,000
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-7
 feet of reverse circulation drilling and 80,000
 feet of core drilling conducted by the
 Proponent.

 3.3.3   Geochemistry

 Introduction

 The geochemical behavior of the rock
 materials to be mined and processed at the
 proposed Crown Jewel Project are described
 below.  Understanding the geochemical
 behavior of these materials is important in
 assessing potential impacts from mining on
 the surrounding environment. Geochemical
 impacts from mining operations can include
 the formation of acid rock drainage (ARD)
 and mine leachates that contain metals
 and/or radionuclides.  ARD, also commonly
 referred to as acid mine drainage (AMD), can
 be defined as follows (American Geologic
 Institute, 1987 and  BMGC, 1995b):

    Drainage with a pH of less than  4.5 from
    sulfur-bearing rock materials. Acid rock
    drainage is predominantly present when
    these rocks have been exposed to air and
    water through natural (i.e., landslide) or
    man-induced (i.e., mining) processes.
    The reaction with air and water over time
    can produce sulfuric acid and sulfate
    salts. Sulfuric acid can also dissolve
    metals, if present in the rock, and release
    the metals into the environment.

 For rock  materials to generate ARD and/or
 leach contaminants, several conditions must
 be present:

 •   There must be pathways for oxygen and
    water to come into contact with sulfide
    minerals, particularly iron sulfides.
    Sulfides form under anoxic (oxygen-poor)
    conditions and, when exposed to an oxic
    (oxygen-rich) environment as a result of
    natural erosion, mining or processing, can
    become unstable and break down
    chemically.  This can result in the
    production of acidity.

•   The rock materials must include minerals
    that contain metals or other  substances
    that can be leached under the
    environmental conditions present at the
                  mine. At the Crown Jewel Project site,
                  these minerals include arsenopyrite
                  (arsenic), chalcopyrite (copper),
                  molybdenite (molybdenum), pyrite and
                  pyrrhotite (iron) and sphalerite (zinc).

              •   Radionuclides, such as uranium, thorium,
                  and radium  may also be present in some
                  ore deposits and can be leached under
                  certain conditions.

              •   A mechanism must be present to
                  transport the acidity and contaminants
                  away from the source material and into
                  the surrounding environment.  This is
                  usually accomplished  by water.

              Geologic Materials of Concern

              Testing programs were implemented to
              evaluate the geochemical  behavior of mined
              and processed materials at the Crown Jewel
              Project. Three material types were examined:

              •   Waste rock;

              •   Ore and  low grade ore; and,

              •   Tailings (solids and liquid).

              Initial sample selection was performed by the
              Proponent's  geochemist and  geologists based
              on their knowledge of the rock type
              (lithology) and mineralogy of the orebody and
              the anticipated geochemical variability of the
              materials. In total, the lithology in
              approximately 360,000 feet of drill holes has
              been logged  (geological description), of which
              80,000 feet  was from  core drilling and
              280,000  feet was from reverse circulation
              drilling.  Core samples  were used in the
              Proponent's  geochemical and metallurgical
              testing programs. Samples were not
              composited.  The location of  core holes used
              for geochemical  testing is  presented in Figure
              3.3.2, Location of Drill Holes Used for
              Geochemical Testing.

              Summary results from the geochemical
              testing programs are presented in this
              section. More detailed discussion of these
              results can be found in the following reports:
               Crown Jewel Mine  4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-8
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
•   Report on the Waste Rock Geochemical
    Testing Program. Crown Jewel Project.
    prepared by Kea Pacific Holdings Inc. in
    association with Golder Associates Inc.
    for the Proponent (Kea Pacific, 1993a);

•   Report on the Waste Rock Geochemical
    Testing Program, Crown Jewel Project.
    Responses to Agency Comments,
    prepared by Kea Pacific Holdings Inc. in
    association with Golder Associates Inc.
    for the Proponent (Kea Pacific, 1993b);

•   Report on Geochemical Testing of: Ore
    and Low Grade Ore. Crown Jewel
    Project prepared by Kea Pacific Holdings
    Inc. in association with Golder Associates
    Inc. for the Proponent (Kea Pacific,
    1993c);

•   Tailings Geochemical Testing Program:
    Crown Jewel Project, Okanogan County,
    Washington, prepared by the Proponent
    with assistance from Kea Pacific Holdings
    Inc. (BMGC,  1994a);

•   Tailings Geochemical Testing Program:
    Crown Jewel Project. Okanogan County,
    Washington, Addendum 1. prepared by
    the Proponent with assistance from
    Geochemica, Inc. and Golder Associates
    Inc. (BMGCetal, 1996a);

•   Final Summary Report, Confirmation
    Geochemistry Program, Crown Jewel
    Project prepared by TerraMatrix Inc. for
    the Forest Service and WADOE
    (TerraMatrix,  1995a); and,

•   Report on Waste Rock Geochemical
    Testing Program, Crown Jewel Project.
    Phase IV. Additional Humidity Cell Tests,
    prepared by Geochimica, Inc. for the
    Proponent (Geochimica, 1996).

Waste Rock.  It is estimated that between
500,000 cubic yards and 54,000,000 cubic
yards of waste rock (development rock)
would be associated with the Crown Jewel
Project alternatives. Nine waste rock groups
were identified in the proposed mine area
based on differences in lithology and degrees
of alteration and mineralization.  The waste
rock groups include:
                        •  Altered andesite;

                        •  Unaltered andesite;

                        •  Garnet skarn;

                        •  Magnetite skarn;

                        •  Undifferentiated skarn;

                        •  Altered elastics;

                        •  Unaltered elastics;

                        •  Marble; and,

                        •  Intrusives.

                        Table 3.3.1,  Waste Rock Percentages for the
                        EIS Alternatives, lists the total waste rock
                        volume for the various EIS alternatives.

                        The number of waste rock samples selected
                        for testing was based,  in part, on the
                        estimated rock volumes and common ranges
                        of sulfide content observed during core
                        logging. An  effort was also made to select
                        and test samples with higher sulfide
                        contents, as  these would have a. greater
                        potential to generate acid and leach metals.
                        For reference. Appendix E,  Geochemistry (E-
                        1, Geochemical Samples Analyzed), lists the
                        89 waste rock samples originally tested by
                        the Proponent and the type of analyses
                        performed on these samples.

                        To confirm that the samples selected by the
                        Proponent were representative of the waste
                        rock material to  be generated and stockpiled
                        during mining, the EIS Project team selected
                        an additional 278 waste rock samples for
                        geochemical  testing. These confirmation
                        samples were selected from 17 core drill
                        holes and 36 reverse circulation drill holes
                        and analyzed for total sulfur and acid
                        neutralization potential. The location of these
                        drill holes are shown on Figure 3.3.2,
                        Location of Drill Holes  Used for Geochemical
                        Jesting.

                        The drill holes used for confirmation testing
                        satisfied the  following  general criteria:
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-9
TABLE 3.3.1. WASTE ROCK PERCENTAGES FOR THE EIS ALTERNATIVES
Waste Rock Group
Altered Andesite
Unaltered Andesite
Garnet Skarn
Magnetite Skarn
Undifferentiated Skarn
Altered Clastics
Unaltered Clastics
Marble
Intrusive
Total Waste Rock Volume
(in million cubic yards)
Alternative
B
6.5
52.3
9.5
1.5
8.8
0.7
13.0
5.5
2.2
54
C
2
1
28
4
36
<0.7
18
3
8
0.5
D
2
14
24
9
6
<0.7
37
3
5
18.5
E
6.5
52.3
9.5
1.5
8.8
0.7
13.0
5.5
2.2
54
F
6.5
52.3
9.5
1.5
8.8
0.7
13.0
5.5
2.2
54
G
6.5
52.3
9.5
1.5
8.8
0.7
13.0
5.5
2.2
54
Note: The waste rock percentages were estimated by the Proponent using site drill data and
block model program. (Schumacher, 1994, 1995)
•   Were not analyzed in the Proponent's
    testing program;

•   Provided area coverage of the proposed
    mine pit; and,

•   Were drilled to a total depth at least as
    deep as the projected base of the
    proposed mine pit.

To determine the number of confirmation
samples to be tested, a five-foot sample
interval was randomly selected from every
50-feet of drill hole.  An additional sample
was selected from each hole at the projected
intersection with the limit of the proposed
mine pit. If ore material or mixed waste rock
lithologies were included in the sample
interval, the sample was not analyzed.  A
listing of the confirmation samples by rock
type is also presented in Appendix E,
Geochemistry {E-1, Geochemical Samples
Analyzed).

The Proponent performed additional
geochemical testing (humidity cell) on 17 of
the confirmation samples selected by the EIS
project team. These samples are noted in
Appendix E,  Geochemistry (E-1, Geochemical
Samples Analyzed).
              Ore and Low Grade Ore. The following ore
              types were identified at the Crown Jewel
              Project and were used to prepare test
              samples:

              •   Andesite/garnetite skarn;

              •   Magnetite skarn;  and,

              •   "Southwest" ore  (undifferentiated skarn).

              The southwest ore type is comprised
              primarily of pyroxene and amphibole and
              occurs in the southern portion of the deposit.
              It is estimated by the Proponent that this
              material and the andesite/garnetite ore type
              would each comprise about 45% of the total
              ore processed. The remaining 10% of the
              ore would consist of magnetite skarn.

              A total of ten unprocessed  ore samples were
              analyzed by the Proponent  and  are listed in
              Appendix E, Geochemistry  (E-1, Geochemical
              Samples Analyzed).  The samples were
              analyzed because ore would be temporarily
              stockpiled before being fed into the crusher
              for processing, and this mineralized material
              represents different material than the waste
              rock and processed ore.  The ten samples
              selected for testing are representative of the
              range of ore material expected to be mined
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-10
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
and processed (BMGC, 1993c).

Tailings.  Tailings samples were prepared for
geochemical testing by passing ore grade
material through "bench-scale" milling
processes in the laboratory.  Information
regarding the boreholes and borehole intervals
used to prepare the tailings samples  is
presented in the Proponent's NPDES/State
Waste Discharge Permit Application and the
Engineering Report: INCO SOJO, Wastewater
Treatment Unit (BMGC 1996g and 1996h).
After bench-scale processing was completed
and before proceeding with geochemical
testing, tailings samples were treated to
reduce their cyanide levels using the INCO
S02/Air/Oxidation process.

All action alternatives, except G, would use
the INCO SO2/Air/Oxidation cyanide
detoxification process during operations to
satisfy regulatory requirements. The
Proponent's original Plan of Operations
specified a detoxification level of less than 40
ppm WAD cyanide. Three of the tailings
samples initially tested were  detoxified to a
WAD cyanide level of less than 40 ppm.
Upon further consideration, the Proponent
revised its detoxification level to less than 10
ppm WAD cyanide and eight  additional
tailings samples were prepared and treated  to
this level.

Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-1, Geochemical
Samples Analyzed), contains  a  list of the
tailings samples analyzed, the ore type(s)
used to prepare the samples, the level of
cyanide detoxification achieved, and  what
analyses were performed.  Four of the eight
tailings samples, detoxified to less than 10
ppm WAD cyanide, were prepared specifically
to determine whether tailings material at the
Crown Jewel Project would characterize as a
dangerous waste.  Results from these
characterization tests are presented in
Appendix F, Dangerous Waste.
Characterization Results for Detoxified
Tailings, and are not  included in Appendix E,
Geochemistry.
                        Testing Methods

                        Various testing methods were employed to
                        determine the potential for formation of acid
                        rock drainage and the creation of leachates
                        containing metals and/or radionuclides from
                        the ore and low grade ore, tailings, or waste
                        rock.  Testing was performed by Core
                        Laboratories of Aurora, Colorado and included
                        the following analyses:

                        •  Total metals (X-ray Fluorescence or XRF)
                           and whole rock radionuclide analyses;

                        •  Leachability tests (EPA Method 1312);

                        •  Tailings Liquid Analysis;

                        •  Acid-base accounting  (ABA); and,

                        •  Humidity cell tests (HCT).

                        A detailed description of each testing method
                        used and procedures to interpret the test data
                        are summarized in Appendix E, Geochemistry,
                        and further  discussed in the referenced
                        reports.  Sample results are summarized
                        below.

                        Waste Rock Analyses

                        The Proponent's waste rock testing program
                        consisted of the analysis of 89 samples.  A
                        subsequent confirmation sampling program
                        was undertaken at the direction of the EIS
                        Project team.  This program consisted of
                        selection of an additional 278 samples for
                        ABA testing to verify the results of the
                        original program.

                        The analyses for the waste rock testing
                        programs are summarized  in the following:

                        •  Total metals analysis (XRF) and whole
                           rock radionuclide analysis;

                        •  Leachability tests (EPA Method 1312);

                        •  Acid-base accounting  (ABA); and,

                        •  Humidity cell tests  (HCT).

                        Total Metal and Whole Rock Radionuclide
                        Analyses.  Results from the XRF analyses
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-11
indicate the presence of several trace metals
in the waste rock samples including arsenic,
chromium, cobalt copper, lead, molybdenum,
nickel, strontium, thorium, tin,  vanadium, and
zinc.  Detection of these metals is common in
metallic ore deposits.  XRF data for the waste
rock samples tested are summarized in
Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-2, XRF and
Whole Rock Radionuclide Analysis Summary).

To evaluate the occurrence of radionuclides in
the mineral deposit, 25 waste rock samples
were tested  for natural uranium and thorium.
Results of these analyses are included in
Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-2, XRF and
Whole Rock Radionuclide Analysis).  The
results indicate that thorium occurred in all
samples tested at concentrations below 1 5
ppm (as Th). Twenty-three of  the 25
samples tested also had uranium
concentrations below 0.1 ppm  (as U308).
Two samples contained uranium at levels of
0.8 ppm (as U308), which is equivalent to
0.55 ppm as U.  These values  are below
average natural background levels for
uranium in soils and rocks (Kea Pacific,
1993a).

Leachability Tests.   Prediction of teachability
is based on an EPA  testing procedure (EPA
Method 1312) developed to assess the effect
of short-term leaching of large-volume wastes
by precipitation. This procedure was
performed on 77 waste rock samples to
determine the teachability of metals and
radionuclides identified by XRF and whole
rock analyses.  Test results are discussed
below and summarized in Appendix E,
Geochemistry (E-3,  Leachability Test Results).

Results from the teachability tests indicate
that the sample leachates were typically
alkaline and  calcium-rich,  with  pH  values
varying between 8 and 10 and metal
concentrations at or below analytical
detection limits. Several metals of potential
concern in neutral to alkaline solutions were
typically also below detection,  including
arsenic, mercury, molybdenum and selenium.
Exceptions are described below:

•  Arsenic was detected in leachates from a
    clastic waste rock sample (7-711) and an
    altered andesite waste rock sample (1-
                  114-A) at concentrations of 0.10 mg/l
                  and 0.24 mg/l, respectively.  The
                  detection of teachable arsenic in these
                  samples appears to be an anomalous
                  occurrence as it was not detected during
                  humidity cell testing of either sample.
                  Arsenic concentrations in the other waste
                  rock sample leachates were at or less
                  than the detection level of 0.05 mg/l.
                  Arsenic was detected in  bench-scale
                  tailings liquid at concentrations ranging
                  from <0.05 mg/l to 0.34 mg/l and in
                  leachates from bench-scale tailings solids
                  at concentrations ranging from  <0.05
                  mg/l to 0.24 mg/l.

               •  Molybdenum was detected in a single
                  sample leachate (7-709)  at an anomalous
                  concentration of 0.18 mg/l and was
                  below detection levels (0.05 mg/l) in all
                  other sample leachates.

               •  A relatively low pH (4.07) leachate was
                  measured from altered elastics waste
                  rock sample 7-710.  Leachate from this
                  sample also contained several trace
                  metals at concentrations above detection
                  including cobalt (0.13 mg/l), iron (23.2
                  mg/l), manganese (0.21  mg/l), nickel
                  (0.32 mg/l), and zinc (0.26 mg/l). The
                  acid producing properties of this sample
                  were verified during subsequent humidity
                  cell tests.

               •  Iron was detected in 13 other sample
                  leachates at low levels (0.04 mg/l to
                  0.05 mg/l).

               Waste rock leachates were analyzed for
               radionuclides. All of the samples tested  had
               gross alpha and gross beta activities below
               regulatory criteria; and, in most cases, the
               activities were below laboratory detection
               limits.

               Acid-Base Accounting (ABA). ABA results
               for the waste rock samples are summarized in
               Table 3.3.2, Average and Range of ABA
               Values for Waste Rock.  To allow
               comparison, results from the initial and
               confirmation testing programs are shown in
               this table.  A listing of ABA results for
               individual waste rock samples is provided in
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-12
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997









§
E

>
g
IL
tu
3
1

IL
O
C9
Z
Q
111
}.2, AVERAG
m
to
$











\,
1
I
1
S




!]


H
o
Jl
I
0.



o
51
i-
i
i



il





n \
Tj


f
I1
f
*

&




!
i


I


!



!

1
1
?
<

c
f



!J
II






































i

?s

to —
o +
0) ^

1 —
§1
0.48 to 373.3
10.76 to >312)


r^ E


o
ss
CN 0
So


o".
*co

D).3 to 66.9
<0.3 to 130)

"> co
d —
^^
CN| 2
o «-
*^o



=
M

|| Altered

?5

ri«
+ ^
o +
CN O

. —
si
<0.1 to 124.7
10.32 to 330)


CD"
Co !T
coS


en "^
00)
5
-S
s!
oS
** ,_
o°
d°


a
co


o
ID
"J«7

CO
n 	
IDO
01 OD

22
2s
1 -
d —
0.07 to 2.39
(0.19 to 10)


ii


s£

00 ">.

u

o2

°8
"'-
!?§
rri"
o2
CO
,J O


o
ID

|| Magnetite

s?

00
00
o»
1*- O

. —
si
"8
^ A
o o
** **
d"
v^.


il


CO S*
CD"?
CO •-
- 0

d".
\j cn

i°

<0.3 to 122
«0.3 to 0.9)

^5
d2
gs
m°
o2
*"* ,_
iS9



CD
M
?
Undlfferentiat





































s!

w ^
2®
^ o
"S

il
2.64 to 3633
(26010 >3060)


CM _
il


Srt
fO M
*- O)
O O

«£

°>.s-

<0.3 to 83.1
«0.3to3.1)

"S
dS
to "
CO .
o 2
~ r.
o9



s
LO

1 i
O V
S> a

•* 1-5
s. is
i It
! 4
1 |°
sting program. Ni
Total Sulfur.
tGP ratios greater
gtven because onl
-•;! |||
S 2 ej'g2
ll ii!
Iff ?"l
» o_ o "B ' »
» c ^ 2 S *t
8 .2 N °- •£ c
|||ll!
°;-ssz| S
« < < o!. ct J
isssJl
2<«tZZ I

•- O4 CO ** ID CO
            Crown Jewel Mine • F/Vra/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-13
Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-4, ABA Results
for Waste Rock Samples).

The following criteria were used to interpret
the ABA results:

•   If the ratio of Acid Neutralization Potential
    (ANP) to Acid Generation Potential (AGP)
    is greater than 3:1, there is low risk for
    acid rock drainage to develop; or,

•   If the difference between the AGP and
    ANP (net APP) is less than -20 tons of
    calcium carbonate pr 1,000 tons of rock
    (TCaC02/KT), there is also low risk for
    acid  rock drainage to develop.

These criteria are presented in an EPA
technical document on acid mine drainage
prediction (EPA, 1994).

ABA results were analyzed to determine the
potential of each waste rock type, as a
whole, to become acid generating and the
distribution of potentially acid generating
(PAG) rock within each rock type. Review of
the average ABA values shows good
agreement  between the initial and
confirmation testing programs with respect to
waste rock types as a whole. Both testing
programs determined that seven of the nine
waste rock groups (altered andesite,
unaltered andesite, garnet  skarn,
undifferentiated skarn, marble, unaltered
elastics,  and intrusives) are not potentially
acid generating.  For these rock types,
average ANP:AGP ratios were substantially
greater than three and net Acid Producing
Potentials (APP) were less than approximately
-20 TCaCGyKT.

Both testing programs also determined that
the magnetite skarn waste rock group was
potentially acid generating with an average
ANP:AGP ratio of 0.7 to 1.6 and an average
net APP of -12 to 73 TCaC03/KT. Similarly,
the altered  elastics waste rock group was
determined by both testing programs to be
potentially acid generating with an average
ANP:AGP ratio of 1  to 3.4 and an average
net APP of -20 to 26 TCaC03/KT. Humidity
cell testing verified that these waste rock
groups have a marginal (magnetite skarn) to
strong (altered elastics) tendency to generate
              acid.  As shown in Table 3.3.1, Waste Rock
              Percentages for the EIS Alternatives,
              magnetite skarn and altered elastics would
              comprise less than 10% of the total waste
              rock volume generated under any of the EIS
              alternatives.

              Test results indicate a relatively small volume
              of PAG waste rock compared to the volume
              of acid neutralizing rock under all alternatives.
              It should be possible to use the large volume
              of waste rock with acid neutralization
              capability in such a  manner that would
              minimize the potential for generation of acid
              leachate.  This would  be accomplished by
              mixing and/or encapsulating acid generating
              material with acid neutralizing waste rock, so
              that any acid generation which did  potentially
              occur would be neutralized by the much
              larger volume of surrounding acid neutralizing
              rock. The excess neutralization potential
              necessary to support such a mixing plan can
              be evaluated for the bulk waste rock by
              considering the average ABA characteristics
              of the total waste rock volume.

              Table 3.3.3, Average  Total Waste Rock ABA
              Values for the Crown  Jewel Project, lists the
              average net APP value and average ANP:AGP
              ratio for the total waste rock volume
              generated under each Project alternative.
              These values were calculated by multiplying
              the average ABA values for a given waste
              rock group by its percentage of the total
              waste rock volume and summing for each
              alternative.  The table indicates that the total
              waste rock volume generated under each
              Crown Jewel Project alternative would, on
              average, not be potentially acid generating,
              and there would be relatively little difference
              between the various waste rock alternatives
              for net APP and ANP:AGP ratios.  These
              averages should not be interpreted to suggest
              that materials in the waste rock dumps would
              be homogeneous and  that there would be no
              zones with ABA values that would be
              potentially higher or lower than the averages.

              Histograms that illustrate the distribution of
              ABA results for each waste rock group based
              on confirmation testing are presented in
              Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-5, Histograms
              of Waste Rock ABA Results). The
              histograms show that the  waste rock ABA
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-14
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.
3.3. AVERAGE TOTAL WASTE ROCK ABA VALUES
FOR THE CROWN JEWEL PROJECT
Alternative
B
C
D
E
F
G
Notes: 1 .
2.






Net APP
(as TCaCO3/KT)
-74 (-75)
-75 (-66)
-64 (-62)
-74 (-75)
-74 (-75)
-74 (-75)
ANP/AGP Ratio
135 (126)
183 (130)
163 (116)
135 (126)
135 (126)
135 (126)
Numbers in parentheses are based on ABA data from the
Proponent's testing program. Numbers outside parentheses
are based on ABA data from the EIS confirmation testing
program.
Net APP values less than -20 TCaC03/KT and ANP:AGP ratios
greater than three are considered representative of non acid
generating material.
results are not uniformly distributed and
typically cluster around relatively high
ANP:AGP ratios or low net APP values.  This
observation supports the conclusion that the
majority of waste rock generated at the
Crown Jewel Project would not be potentially
acid generating.  The histograms also suggest
that some portion of all the waste rock types,
except marble and altered andesite, may be
potentially acid generating. Finally, the
histograms provide the basis for an
independent evaluation of PAG waste rock as
presented in Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-9,
Analysis of Confirmation Geochemical Data).
That analysis used the above described ABA
criteria to calculate an  initial estimate of PAG
material by rock type.  This estimate was
then refined based on humidity cell testing as
described below in subsection entitled
"Confirmation Testing  Analysis of Acid
Generating Waste Rock."

As  part of the confirmation testing program,
the EIS Project team included waste rock
samples from the expected limits of the mine
pit  proposed under Alternative B.  ABA tests
were performed on these samples to initially
assess the potential for waste rock exposed
in the final pit walls to generate acid. Results
for  these samples are listed separately in
Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-6, ABA Results
for  Pit Wall Samples).  A map showing  the
                        waste rock types that would be exposed in
                        the final pit and the location of the pit wall
                        samples is presented in Figure 3.3.3, Waste
                        Rock Types Exposed in Final Pit Walls
                        (Alternatives B and G).

                        Of the 44 pit wall samples analyzed:

                        •  Ten samples were marble (zero samples
                           PAG);

                        •  Nine samples were unaltered clastic
                           (three samples PAG);

                        •  Seven samples were garnet skarn (four
                           samples PAG);

                        •  Six samples unaltered andesite (three
                           samples PAG);

                        •  Five samples were undifferentiated skarn
                           (two samples PAG);

                        •  Five samples were intrusive (two samples
                           PAG); and,

                        •  Two samples were magnetite skarn (two
                           samples PAG).

                        The 44 pit wall samples had, on average, an
                        ANP:AGP ratio of 354 and a net APP of -160
                        TCaC03/KT, indicating a low potential to
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-15
generate acid. Twenty-eight of the 44 pit
wall samples tested (64%) either had
ANP:AGP ratios greater than three or net APP
values less than -20 TCaC03/KT, also
indicating a low potential to generate acid.

To account for the different areas of waste
rock exposed in the proposed mine pit and
predict whether this exposed material would
impact the quality of ground and surface
waters after both hydrologic and geochemical
process are considered, a pit water quality
study was performed.  Results from this
study are presented in Section 4.6, Ground
Water, Springs and Seeps.

For purposes of verification, the EIS Project
team selected eight waste rock samples
previously tested by the Proponent and re-
analyzed the  net APP and ANP:AGP ratio.
These "duplicate" samples were prepared
from separate halves of the same core
intervals used by the Proponent.   Duplicate
sample results from the Proponent's and
confirmation testing programs produced
similar conclusions regarding potential to
predict acid generation by AGP:ANP ratios in
five out of the eight cases (63%) for the
waste rock units. Comparing duplicate net
APP values, similar conclusions regarding
potential to predict acid generation also
occurred in five of  the eight cases (63%).
The differences observed in the duplicate
sample results are largely attributed to natural
variability in the core used for testing and the
fact that the samples were prepared from
separate halves of the same core interval.

For reference, a listing of the duplicate
sample results is presented in Appendix E,
Geochemistry (E-8, Results of Waste Rock
Duplicate Analysis).  This appendix also
summarizes a study performed to evaluate
whether the duplicate sample  results were
statistically different.  Results of the study
indicated that ABA values for the duplicate
samples were not statistically different.

Humidity Cell Tests (HCT).  The HOT is the
most widely used test to  mimic natural
oxidation reactions of the field setting.  The
HCT was designed to enhance or accelerate
the rate of acid generation in sulfide-bearing
materials.  HCTs also better evaluate
              variables such as reaction rates and the
              availability of neutralizing alkalinity at mid-
              range pHs than ABA. Consequently, they are
              useful in determining whether materials
              having uncertain ABA acid generating status
              (ANP:AGP ratios between 3:1 and 1:1  or net
              APP values between -20 and 20 TCaC03/KT)
              are likely to generate acid.

              Like all laboratory geochemical testing
              methods, HCTs only provide a rough
              approximation of actual field conditions. As a
              result, in some instances, the test may not
              generate leachate that is identical to the
              actual leachate produced from waste rock in
              the field. The procedure is regarded as  useful
              in identifying the long-term potential of waste
              rock to produce leachate for prediction of
              water quality and comparison to established
              water-quality standards under the
              accelerated-weathering conditions and
              limitations inherent to the test, as stated in
              Technical Document Acid Mine Drainage
              Prediction (EPA, 1994):

                  "The (kinetic) test provides insight  on the
                  rate of acid production and the water
                  quality potentially produced and is used
                  to evaluate treatment and control
                  measures."

              HCT sample selection was based on the
              results from the ABA testing program.
              Generally only waste rock samples that did
              not satisfy the EPA criteria for classification
              as non-acid generating (i.e., samples that had
              an ANP:AGP ratio of less than 3:1, or that
              had a difference between AGP and ANP more
              than -20 TCaC03/KT) were submitted for
              humidity cell testing. A total of 45 waste
              rock samples representing the full range of
              sulfide classes discovered in the confirmation
              testing program were tested in humidity cells.
              Humidity cell test results are summarized  in
              Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-7,  Summary of
              Humidity Cell Tests Results).  A discussion of
              the humidity cell testing procedure including
              the length of testing and the effects of
              bacteria on the rate of acid generation is
              provided in Appendix E, Geochemistry.

              Twelve of the 45 waste rock samples tested
              in humidity cells were shown to be acid
              generating to varying degrees as described in
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-16
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
the following:

•   Two unaltered andesite samples (2-209-B
    and 2-214-B) were found to generate
    acid. These samples appear to represent
    a subgroup of the unaltered andesite and
    are characterized by "large" open
    fractures containing  sulfides,  moderate to
    high total sulfur contents (greater than
    0.5%), low ANP:AGP ratios (less than
    2:1), and low net APP (less than ten
    TCaC03/KT).  Humidity cell testing of
    three other samples  from this potential
    subgroup did not exhibit acid generating
    properties.  Review of the confirmation
    waste rock data indicates that less than
    5% of the unaltered andesite samples
    tested had total sulfur contents and ABA
    values characteristic of this material.

•   Four altered clastic samples (7-708-A, 7-
    710-A, 7-715-A and 7-716-A) were also
    found to generate acid.  This subgroup
    was identified after initial humidity cell
    testing of the elastics and is
    characterized by banded hornfels
    material. It is estimated that altered
    elastics would comprise less  than 1 % of
    the total waste rock volume depending
    on the alternative selected.

•   Three of the six garnet  skarn samples
    tested in humidity cells (302  [395 to 400
    foot interval], 302 [445 to 450 foot
    interval] and 306 [375 to 380 foot
    interval]) were found to be potentially
    acid generating.  Garnet skarn would
    comprise approximately 10% to 28%  of
    the total waste rock volume depending
    on the alternative selected.

•   One magnetite skarn sample  (4-405-B)
    exhibited a marginal tendency to generate
    acid.  Nine magnetite skarn waste rock
    samples were tested in humidity cells, all
    of which were determined  from ABA
    testing to  be potentially acid  generating.
    The HCT results, however, suggested
    that sulfides in this waste rock are
    generally not readily oxidizable.
    Magnetite skarns would comprise
    approximately 2% to 9% of the total
    waste rock volume depending on the
    alternative selected.
                        •   Two of the three undifferentiated skarn
                            samples tested in humidity cells (221 [20
                            to 25 foot interval] and 306 [325 to 330
                            foot interval]) were found to be acid
                            generating.  Undifferentiated skarn would
                            comprise approximately 6% to 36% of
                            the total waste rock volume depending
                            on the alternative selected.

                        Thirty-three of the 45 waste rock samples
                        tested in humidity cells were found to be
                        non-acid generating.  The samples included:
                        unaltered andesite, altered andesite, unaltered
                        clastic, altered clastic, garnet skarn,
                        magnetite skarn, undifferentiated skarn, and
                        intrusives.  The relationship between humidity
                        cell test and ABA results is illustrated in
                        Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-5, Histogram of
                        Waste Rock ABA Results).

                        In addition  to the analyses described above,
                        the leachates obtained in the  15th week from
                        18 waste rock HCTs were analyzed.  The
                        purpose of  this testing was to evaluate the
                        occurrence of contaminants, particularly trace
                        metals, in leachates formed under both acid
                        and non-acid generating conditions.

                        HCT leachate was tested from six samples
                        that were found  by the HCT to have a
                        marginal to strong tendency to generate acid.
                        The waste  rock types represented by these
                        samples include  unaltered andesite,  altered
                        clastic, and magnetite skarn.  Leachates
                        analyzed from the acid generating samples
                        typically contained low to moderate
                        concentrations of several trace metals
                        including arsenic, antimony,  cadmium,
                        chromium,  copper, iron, manganese, nickel,
                        thallium, and zinc. These metals could
                        potentially  be leached from select waste rock
                        material at  the site. The results from the HCT
                        leachate analyses were also compared to
                        water quality conditions measured in historic
                        mine adits  at the Crown Jewel Project. This
                        discussion  is found in Section 3.8, Ground
                        Water.

                        Twelve of the leachate samples tested were
                        indicated by the HCT to be non-acid
                        generating. The  waste rock types represented
                        by these samples include unaltered andesite,
                        altered andesite, unaltered clastic, garnet
                        skarn, and  magnetite skarn.   Review of data
                Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-17
for the non-acid generating samples indicated
that, with the exception of manganese and
zinc, metal concentrations in HCT leachates
were generally at or below detection levels.
A moderate concentration of manganese
(0.35 mg/l) and zinc (0.13 mg/l) was
detected in leachate from one of the
magnetite skarn samples tested.

Table 3.3.4, Summary of Additional HCT
Leachate Analyses, lists the range of
parameter concentrations detected in the
sample leachates. For comparison, the
samples determined from humidity cell testing
to be acid generating were grouped
separately in Table 3.3.4, Summary of
Additional HCT Leachate Analyses, from the
non-acid generating  samples.

Analysis of Acid Generating Waste Rock

The percentage of acid generating waste rock
that would be mined under Alternative B was
estimated by the Proponent using the
following information:

•   Identification of  potentially acid
    generating waste rock subgroups through
    humidity cell testing (i.e.,  "open fracture"
    unaltered andesite and altered elastics);

•   Occurrence and  distribution of high
    sulfide waste rock material determined to
    be acid generating in humidity cells (i.e.,
    garnet, magnetite, and undifferentiated
    skarns); and,

•   Predicted volume of each  waste rock
    type.

Based on this information, the Proponent
estimated that between  5% to 10% of the
total waste rock mined under  Alternative B
would be acid generating.  This represents
from 2.7 to 5.4 million cubic yards of acid
generating waste rock and from 48.6 to 51.3
million cubic yards of non-acid generating
waste rock.  Further discussion of the
Proponent's analysis of acid generating waste
rock is presented in  Report of Waste Rock
Geochemical Testing Program, Crown Jewel
Project,  Phase IV, Additional Humidity Cell
Tests  (Geochimica, Inc., 1996).
              Confirmation Testing Analysis of Acid
              Generating Waste Rock.  The ABA
              confirmation testing program was used by
              the EIS Project team to provide a second,
              independent analysis of the amount of acid
              generating rock in each waste rock type and
              in total.  The analysis is presented in
              Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-9, Analysis of
              Confirmation Geochemistry Data), and relies
              on the following statistical approach.

              The percentage of potentially acid generating
              (PAG) rock was initially estimated using the
              confirmation ABA results and EPA criteria
              previously described.  The initial estimates
              included  waste rock material with an
              uncertain potential for acid generation (i.e.,
              ANP:AGP ratios between 3:1 and 1:1  or net
              APP values between -20 and 20 TCaC03/KT).
              HCT results were then  used  to refine  these
              estimates.

              Refinements were made for each waste rock
              type within each ANP:AGP ratio class less
              than 3:1  (i.e., 0:1 to 1:1, 1:1 to 2:1, and 2:1
              to 3:1) and within each net APP value class
              greater than -20 TCaC03/KT (-20 to 0, 0 to
              20, 20 to 40, and greater than 40
              TCaC03/KT).  The percentage of HCT
              samples  for a  given ANP ratio or net APP
              value class that was found to be acid
              generating was used to adjust the initial
              estimate  based on ABA results.  If no HCTs
              were run for a given ABA class, no
              adjustment of the initial ABA estimate was
              made. Samples found to be marginally acid
              generating during humidity cell testing were
              treated as acid generating.  These
              assumptions provided a result that is
              expected to overestimate the actual
              percentage of acid generating material.

              Results from the confirmation testing  analysis
              by the EIS Project team indicate that from
              12% to 15% of the waste rock mined under
              Alternative B could be potentially acid
              generating.  This represents from 6.5 to 8.1
              million cubic yards of acid generating  material
              and 47.5 to 45.9 million cubic yards of non-
              acid generating material.  The same
              percentages and volumes of acid generating
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-18
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.3.4, SUMMARY OF ADDITIONAL HCT LEACHATE ANALYSES
Parameter
pH (s.u.)
Calcium
Magnesium
Potassium
Sodium

Sulfate
Chloride
Fluoride
Alkalinity (as CaC03)
Acidity (as CaC03)

Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Mercury
Manganese
Nickel
Selenium
Thallium
Zinc
Range of concentrations
(in mg/l)
Non-Acid Generating
Waste Rock Samples
5.9 -7.4
2.9 - 24.6
0.1 2.2
<5 - 12
<1 - <2

<10-49
0.5 - <1
<0.1 - <0.2
<5 - 21
<10

<0.1 - <0.2
<0.05 - <0.1
<0.01 - <0.02
<0.005 - <0.01
<0.01 - <0.02
<0.01 - <0.02
<0.03 - <0.06
<0.05 - <0.1
<0.002 - <0.008
<0.01 -0.35
<0.04 - <0.08
<0.1 - <0.2
<0.01 - <0.2
<0.1 -0.13
Acid Generating
Waste Rock Samples
2.7 -5.9
22.2 - 190
0.50- 12
<5 - <10
<1 - 21

51 - 2050
<0.5-0.5
<0.1 -0.4
<5
< 1 0 - 1 400

<0.1 -0.4
<0.05- <1
<0.01 - <.2
<0.005 - <0.1
<0.01 -0.74
<0.01 - 16.3
<0.03 -404
<0.05 - <0,2
<0.002
1.1 -6.2
<0.04- 3.4
<0.1 - <2
<0.1 - 1.0
0.07 - 1.32
Notes: 1 . This table summarizes the detailed analyses of leachates from 1 8 of the 45 waste rock
samples tested in humidity cells. Leachates from the 1 5th week of testing were used
for the analyses. See Appendix E, Geochemistry, for a discussion of the adequacy of
the HCT testing period.
2. Differences in detection levels are due to laboratory dilution of samples before analysis.
3. pH, Sulfate, Alkalinity, Acidity, and Iron were measured during original laboratory
testing.
4. HCT leachate data presented in reports by Kea Pacific (1993a).
5. < indicates that the laboratory did not detect the parameter at the reported detection
limit.
waste rock are predicted for Alternatives E,
F, and G.  A larger percentage of acid
generating waste rock is estimated for
Alternatives C and D.  The confirmation
testing analysis indicated that from 25% to
29% of waste rock mined under Alternative
C (approximately 0.1  million cubic yards) and
16% of the waste rock mined under
Alternative D (3.0 million cubic yards) could
                        potentially be acid generating.  The percent
                        contribution of acid generating material by
                        waste rock type and by project alternative is
                        presented in Appendix E, Geochemistry (E-9,
                        Analysis of Confirmation Geochemistry Data).

                        Summary of Analyses.  Results of
                        geochemical testing indicate that the waste
                        rock mined at the Crown Jewel Project would
               Crown Jewel Mine f Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-19
contain detectable concentrations of several
trace metals and low levels of radionuclides.
EPA Method 1312 leachability testing on the
waste rock showed that precipitation would
typically not leach substantial concentrations
of potential contaminants identified in the
XRF analyses.  Using ABA and HCT data and
a phased approach to identify potentially acid
generating waste rock subgroups, the
Proponent estimated that 5% to  10% of the
waste rock generated under Alternative B
would be  acid generating.  An independent
analysis based on a statistical evaluation of
confirmation ABA data, as refined by HCT
results, and the Proponent's knowledge of
the waste rock distribution estimated that
from  12% to 15% of the waste rock
generated under Alternatives B,  E, F, and G
could potentially generate acid and leach
metals. A larger percentage of acid
generating rock is estimated using this
method for Alternative C (25% to 29%)  and
for Alternative D (16%).  Percentages
calculated in the independent analysis are
expected to over estimate the actual
percentage of acid generating material.
Nevertheless, these estimates are used for
the percentage of acid generating waste  rock
in Alternatives C and D.  Potentially acid
generating waste rock in Alternatives B,  E, F,
and G are predicted to range between 5%
and 15%.

Waste rock found to be acid generating
through static  and kinetic testing include a
potential subgroup of the unaltered andesite,
altered elastics, and a percentage of the
garnet, magnetite and undifferentiated skarn.
Metals leached from waste rock samples
under acid generating conditions include
arsenic, antimony, cadmium, chromium,
copper, iron, manganese, nickel,  thallium, and
zinc.  For  the non-acid generating waste  rock,
manganese and zinc were detected in
leachate from one of the magnetite skarn
samples tested.

Ore and Low Grade Ore Analyses

Ten ore samples were selected for
geochemical testing. Sample selection was
performed by the Proponent's geochemist
and geologists based on their knowledge of
the lithology and mineralogy of the orebody
              and the anticipated geochemical variability of
              the materials.

              Ore occurs primarily in three types of skarn:
              andesite/garnetite skarn, magnetite skarn,
              and the southwest ore type.  For testing
              purposes, the Proponent split each of the
              skarns into an ore and low grade ore group
              based on the level  of gold mineralization.
              These materials would be temporarily
              stockpiled for a period of time prior to
              processing.

              Analyses performed on the ore included:

              •   Total metals analysis (XRF);

              •   Leachability tests  (EPA Method 1312);

              •   Acid-base accounting (ABA); and,

              •   Humidity cell tests (HCT).

              Results  for these analyses are presented in
              Appendix E, Geochemistry,  and are
              summarized below.

              Total Metals Analysis. As with the waste
              rock testing  program,  the results of the XRF
              analyses indicate the presence of several
              trace metals in the ore samples including
              arsenic, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead,
              molybdenum, nickel, strontium, thorium, tin,
              vanadium, and zinc.  Detection of these
              metals is common in metallic  ore deposits.
              Alkaline minerals containing calcium and
              magnesium were also  detected in the majority
              of ore samples tested  indicating the material
              has some natural buffering capacity.

              Leachability Tests. Results from leachability
              testing indicate that the pH of sample
              leachates ranged from 8.5 to  10.1  and metal
              concentrations were typically at or below
              detection levels.  Exceptions include the
              detection of barium and aluminum. Barium
              was detected in two of the ten sample
              leachates at concentrations of 0.04 mg/l to
              0.12 mg/l.  Aluminum was detected in seven
              of the ten samples at concentrations of 0.06
              mg/l to 0.60 mg/l.

              Acid-Base Accounting. ABA results for the
              ore and  low grade ore samples are shown in
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-20
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.3.5, ABA RESULTS FOR ORE SAMPLES
Ore Type
Sample
Number
Total Sulfur
Percentage
AGP as
TCaC03/KT
ANPas
TCaC03/KT
ANP/AGP
Ratio
Net APP as
TCaC03/KT
Ore
Undifferentiated Skarn
Garnet Skarn
Garnet Skarn
Magnetic Skarn
12-101
13-101
13-102
14-101
2.66
0.09
0.03
0.06
83.1
2.8
0.9
1.9
570
52.3
65.3
401
6.9:1
19:1
73:1
211:1
-486.9
-49.5
-64.4
-399.1
Low Grade Ore
Undifferentiated Skarn
Undifferentiated Skarn
Garnet Skarn
Garnet Skarn
Magnetite Skarn
Magnetite Skarn
9-101
9-102
10-101
10-102
11-101
11-102
<0.01
4.91
<0.01
0.21
3.63
1.09
<0.3
1.53
<0.3
6.6
113
34.1
36.6
204
71.9
26.9
27.7
29.5
>122:1
1.3:1
> 240:1
4:1
0.25:1
0.87:1
-36.6
-51
-71.9
-20.3
85.3
4.6
Table 3.3.5, ABA Results for Ore Samples.
Based on the ANP:AGP ratios and net APP
values measured, none of the ore samples
tested was potentially acid generating. Three
of the ten ore and low grade ore samples did,
however, exhibit ANP:AGP ratios below 3:1
(9-102,  11-101, and 11-102).

Two of these were magnetite skarns and one
was southwest ore (Undifferentiated skarn).
The low net APP (-51 TCaC03/KT) of the
southwest ore sample makes it unlikely,
however, that this material would generate
acid.  Similarly, the relatively low net APP (5
TCaC03/KT) of  one of the magnetite skarn
samples suggest that any short-term acid
production would be neutralized.  As a
precaution, the  long-term acid generation of
the two magnetite skarn samples (11-101
and 11-102) were tested in humidity cells
and both were found to be non-acid
generating.  Results of these analyses are
further discussed below.

Humidity Cell Tests.  Humidity  cell data for
the two low grade magnetite skarn ore
samples indicated that both were non-acid
generating.  Although low to moderate
sulfate concentrations «10 mg/l to 120
mg/l) were detected in leachates  from Sample
11-102, values remained above 6 pH
throughout the  testing period, acidity and iron
were near or below detection limits, and
alkalinity was available.  HCT leachates from
the other  low grade ore Sample 11-101 had
                        low sulfate levels (18 mg/l to 87 mg/l), with
                        available alkalinity, iron and acidity
                        concentrations near or below detection levels,
                        and values typically above 6 pH. Lower pH
                        values were measured in leachates from this
                        sample during the initial ten weeks of testing,
                        but these stabilized in the range of pH 6 to
                        6.5 during the second ten weeks.

                        Summary of Analyses.  The ore and low
                        grade ore samples tested were found to be
                        non-acid generating. Leachability testing
                        showed that with the exception of barium
                        and aluminum, metal concentrations were at
                        or below detection limits.

                        Tailings Analyses

                        The Proponent initially proposed to detoxify
                        the tailings to a WAD cyanide concentration
                        of 40 ppm. Subsequently, the Proponent
                        conducted a detailed study of treatment
                        technologies to detoxify cyanide in the
                        tailings. Results from the evaluation
                        indicated that tailings from the Crown Jewel
                        Project could be detoxified to a WAD cyanide
                        level of 10 ppm using the INCO
                        S02/Air/Oxidation cyanide destruction
                        process.  As a result, some tailings analyses
                        for the EIS were conducted on samples
                        assuming 40 ppm WAD cyanide
                        detoxification, while later studies were
                        conducted using  10 ppm WAD cyanide
                        tailings. Further  details on the evaluation of
                        cyanide detoxification technologies are
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-21
provided in All Known Available and
Reasonable Technology (AKART) Evaluation
for Cyanide Detoxification (Knight Piesold,
1993b).

Prior to analysis, each tailings sample was
separated into a solid and liquid portion.  The
solids were analyzed for total metals,
teachability, and acid generation potential.
The liquid portion of the tailings was analyzed
for 42 water quality parameters.

Analyses for tailings included:

•   Total metals analysis (XRF);

•   Leachability tests (EPA Method 1312);

•   Acid-base  accounting (ABA);

•   Humidity cell tests (HCT); and,

•   Tailings liquid analysis.

Results for these analyses are presented in
Appendix E, Geochemistry, and Appendix F,
Dangerous Waste Characterization Results for
Detoxified Tailings, and are described below.

Total Metals Analysis.  XRF results for the
tailings solids were not unlike the results for
the waste rock and  ore samples.  Several
trace metals common to the  ore were
detected including arsenic, chromium, cobalt,
copper, lead, molybdenum, nickel, strontium,
thorium, vanadium,  and zinc.

Leachability Tests.  Results from the tailings
teachability tests were similar to the waste
rock and ore samples analyzed. Sample
leachates were alkaline and calcium-rich, with
values varying between  pH 8.5 and 10, and
metal concentrations typically near or below
analytical detection  limits.

Arsenic was detected in leachates from 5 of
the 11 tailings samples. The arsenic levels
detected ranged from 0.09 mg/l to 0.12 mg/l
for the samples detoxified to a WAD cyanide
level of less than  10 ppm and from 0.12 mg/l
to 0.24 mg/l for samples detoxified to WAD
cyanide levels  of less than 40 ppm.  By
comparison, arsenic levels measured in
baseline surface and ground  water have been
              less than 0.05 mg/l.  The occurrence of
              arsenic in the tailings leachates suggests that
              moderate levels of this metal may be leached
              via precipitation from the processed ore
              material.  Several other metals of potential
              concern in neutral to alkaline solutions were
              below detection in leachates, including
              mercury, molybdenum, and selenium.

              Acid-Base Accounting. ABA results for the
              tailings solids are shown in Table 3.3.6, ABA
              Results for Tailings Solids.  Accounting for
              the approximate ratio of ore types that  would
              be processed, analysis of the tailings solids
              indicated that, as a whole, the material would
              not be acid generating  at either level of
              cyanide detoxification.  Average net APP
              values for the tailings ranged from -78 to
              -129  TCaCO3/KT and average ANP:AGP
              ratios ranged from 2.35:1  to 3.6:1.

              Individually, the andesite/garnetite ore tailings
              and magnetite ore tailings had  a marginal  to
              low acid generation potential with ANP:AGP
              ratios ranging from 0.79:1 to 3.4:1  and net
              APPs ranging from -123 to +23 TCaC03/KT.
              ABA  results for tailings prepared from the
              southwest ore type indicated the material
              would not be potentially acid generating with
              ANP:AGP ratios ranging from 2.8:1  to 6.3:1
              and net APPs ranging from -105 to -193
              TCaC03/Kt. Seven of the 11 tailings samples
              were subsequently tested for long-term acid
              generation potential using humidity cells.

              Humidity Cell Tests.  Three samples
              detoxified to WAD cyanide levels  of less than
              40 ppm were tested in humidity cells for 20
              weeks. Four samples detoxified to WAD
              cyanide levels of  less than 10 ppm were
              tested in humidity cells for 52  weeks.

              Review of the HCT data indicate that the
              tailings solids are not acid generating.  For all
              samples tested, iron and acidity
              concentrations remained near or below
              detection limits, values were 6 pH and above,
              and alkalinity was available throughout the
              testing periods.  A pH  of 5.8 was measured
              for Sample CJC-7 2127-74 during the first
              ten weeks of testing but increased to above
              seven for the remainder of the testing.  Also,
              during the first 10 to 15 weeks of testing,
              elevated sulfate levels  (greater than  200
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-22
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.3.6, ABA RESULTS FOR TAILINGS SOLIDS
Sample
Number
Ore Type
Approximate
Ore Ratios
in Tailings
Total
Sulfur
Percentage
AGP as
TCaCOj/KT
ANPas
TCaCO3/KT
ANP/AGP
Ratio
Net APP
as
TCaCOj/KT
Samples Detoxified to WAD Cyanide Level of Less Than 40 ppm
CJC-12 2110-135
CJC-13 2110-135A
CJC-7 2096-99
Weighted Average
Values for
Combined Tailings
Southwest
Andesite/
Gametite
Magnetite Ore

45%
45%
10%
100%
0.93
1.27
2.46
1.24
29
40
77
39
184
52
117
118
6.3:1
1.3:1
1.5:1
3.6:1
-155
-12
-40
-79
Samples Detoxified to WAD Cyanide Level of Less Than 10 ppm
CJC-12 2127-70
CJC-12 2127-71
CJC Blend 2127-73
CJC-7 2127-74
Weighted Average
Values for
Combined Tailings
Southwest Ore
Southwest Ore
Andesite/
Gametite
Magnetite Ore

45%
45%
45%
10%
100%
1.83
1.78
1.53
3.49
1.85
57.3
55.6
47.8
109
57.8
162
169
122
85.8
138
2.8:1
3.O:1
2.6:1
0.79:1
2.55:1
-105
-113
-74
+ 23
-80
Samples Detoxified to WAD Cyanide Level of Less Than 10 ppm Used for Dangerous Waste Characterization
CJTest 217-104
CJTest 2317-105
CJTest 2317-106
CJTest 2317-107
Weighted Average
Values for
Combined Tailings
Southwest Ore
Andesite/
Gametite
Andesite/
Gametite
Magnetite

45%
45%
45%
10%
100%
1.85
1.51
1.64
4.73
2.01
57.8
47.2
51.2
148
63.0
251
94.6
174
185
191.9
4.3:1
2.0:1
3.4.1
1.3:1
3.3:1
-193
-47
-123
-37
-129
Note: To calculate weighted averages, ABA results for Southwest ore samples CJC-12 2127-70 and CJC-12 2127-71 were
averaged and ABA results for andesite/gametite samples CJ Test 2317-105 and CJ Test 2317-106 were averaged.
Also, it was assumed that sample CJC Blend 2127-73 consisted primarily of andesite/garnetite.
mg/l) were detected in all of the sample
leachates.  As proposed during mining
operations, the samples were treated by the
INCO S02/Air/Oxidation process which adds
sulfate to tailings (BMGC, 1994a).  Sulfate
levels declined during the later weeks of
testing with no indications of acid generation,
indicating that much of the  teachable sulfate
in early weeks was derived  from sulfate salts
added to the tailings in the INCO
S02/Air/Oxidation process, rather than from
oxidation of sulfides that might indicate the
potential for acid generation.

Tailings Liquid Analysis. To provide an
estimate of the quality of water that would
pond and be collected from the tailings
impoundment, the liquid portion of ten
tailings samples were tested separately.
Three of the samples were detoxified to a
WAD cyanide level of less than 40 ppm and
seven were detoxified to a WAD cyanide
                        level of less than 10 ppm.  The tailings liquid
                        from these samples were analyzed for a
                        variety of chemical parameters including total
                        and WAD cyanide, major and minor ions,
                        trace metals, and radionuclides.  Results of
                        these analyses for the samples detoxified to a
                        WAD cyanide level of less than 10 ppm are
                        presented in Table 3.3.7, Analysis of Tailings
                        Liquid and Appendix F, Dangerous Waste
                        Characterization Results for Detoxified
                        Tailings.

                        The Proponent evaluated all known available
                        technologies to detoxify cyanide in the
                        tailings to a level both protective of wildlife
                        and appropriate for closure and reclamation
                        of the tailings disposal area after mine
                        operations. Factors considered during
                        evaluation of treatment technologies
                        included:
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-23
•   The method must be well proven in
    actual operation and have a proven
    history of successful process scale-up
    based on laboratory tests;

•   The method must be compatible with the
    chemical and physical characteristics of
    the Crown Jewel Project tailings;

•   The method must not have negative
    environmental factors; and,

•   The method must be cost effective.

Results from the evaluation indicated that
tailings from the Crown Jewel Project could
be detoxified to a WAD cyanide level of 10
ppm using the INCO S02/Air/Oxidation
cyanide destruction process. Further details
on the evaluation of cyanide detoxification
technologies are provided in All  Known
Available and Reasonable Technology
(AKART) Evaluation for Cyanide
Detoxification (Knight Piesold, 1993b).

Based on review of the referenced data, the
following generalizations can be made
regarding the tailings water quality:

•   The INCO S02/Air/Oxidation process
    is effective in reducing WAD cyanide
    concentrations in the tailings water to
    less than 10 ppm and the tailings do
    not characterize as "dangerous
    waste" or "extremely hazardous
    waste."

•   Sodium and calcium were the
    dominant cations and sulfate the
    dominant anion.

•   The tailings water had a relatively
    high total dissolved solids (TDS)
    content, averaging  between  4,240
    mg/l and 5,056 mg/l and ranging
    from 4,020 to 5,860.

•   The solution was alkaline, with an
    average  pH of 7.5 and ranging from
    7.07 to 7.60.

•   Nutrient  levels were elevated in the
    water, with an  average ammonia
    concentration ranging from 93 mg/l
                  to 96 mg/l (as N) and average nitrate
                  concentration of 11  mg/l (as N).

              •   Several trace metals occurred  in the
                  samples, with varying dissolved
                  concentrations,  including:

                  arsenic «0.05  to 0.34 mg/l);
                  barium (0.05 to 0.11 mg/l);
                  boron «0.05 to 0.14 mg/l);
                  cobalt (0.21  to 0.56 mg/l);
                  copper «0.01 to  3.28 mg/l);
                  iron «0.03  to 2.06 mg/l);
                  mercury «0.0002 to 0.0023 mg/l);
                  manganese (0.01 to 0.12 mg/l);
                  molybdenum «0.05 to 0.26 mg/l);
                  selenium «0.1  to 0.2 mg/l);
                  silver «0.01 to 0.02 mg/l);
                  uranium « 0.001 to 0.007 mg/l and 2 to
                  4.8 pCi/l);  and,
                  zinc «0.01  to 0.02 mg/l).

              •   Lead and nickel  occurred at
                  concentrations less than 0.05  mg/l and
                  0.04 mg/l, respectively.

              •   Radionuclide activities were near or
                  below the lower limit of detection.
                  Average values for gross alpha, gross
                  beta, and radium ranged from  <10 to
                  29.9 pCi/l, 60 pCi/l to 82.4 pCi/l and
                  0.3 to 0.4 pCi/l, respectively.

              Actual tailings  water quality conditions at the
              Crown Jewel Project may vary from the
              results presented in  Table 3.3.7, Analysis  of
              Tailings Liquid, and Appendix F, Dangerous
              Waste Characterization Results for Detoxified
              Tailings, due to the effects of seasonal
              dilution of the tailings water from
              precipitation, loss of selected contaminants
              (cyanide in particular) through natural
              degradation, pond evaporation and recycling
              the water through the mill.

              Potential changes in  tailings water quality as
              a result of recycling  water through the mill
              were evaluated by the  Proponent, and it was
              concluded that little variation would occur
              overtime (BMGC, 1995a and INCO, 1995).
              Concentrations of most metals and major ions
              in the reuse water are expected to be
              controlled by one or  more of the following
              processes:
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-24
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997






Q
|
V)

Z
I]
2
LL.

V)
V)
>

<

CO
to
111
ffi












i
o
t-

11
j.'S
2 s

ample Numb
\D Cyanide L

0
•o
o
9
Q









I
oc
c
0
Characteriz
i
>
»
9
£
1
a











5

oc
oc



Weighted
'Average'
3||
Hi
351
N<
-
35?


sN
"**

Weighted
'Average'

S
p g
N ^,

3~
fO

R = .
CJC-Btend/21
(And./Qar
andSW
12/2127-7071
(SW Ore)
" Average '
U
3


*
1
i
8
cn
S


£


00


CM
0



CO
CM





LO
O
LO
cn





|| Bicarbonate (Filt.
V
V
V


V


V


V



V





V
V





|| Carbonate (Filt.)
to
CO
o
CM
S


at


§


CO
8



O
CM
00





CO
CM
U)
cn





|| Chloride (Filt.)
in
o
CM
If)
If)
O
at
LO


o


cn


I
5-



8





8
o




_
|| Conductivity (Filt
CM
If)
d
CM
If)
CM
If)
d


00
to
d


CM
CN
d


CO
tri



CM





to
cn
cn




,j
il
0
'c
(0
o
O
If)
d
«
CM
If)
d


S
d


CM
CM
d


00
00
d



CM
to
d





00
00
d
CO
cn
d



_
a
|| Cyanide, WAD (F
V
V
V


V


V


V



V





V
V





|| Hydroxide (Filt.)
to
at
o
8
!


(0
cn


CM
at


CO
cn



8





8
8


	
LL
.5
|| Nitrogen, Ammon

o
d


d


cn
o
d



o
d





§
d
§
d





a
m
S
5
E
i
< 0.005 |
< 0.005
<0.005


< 0.005


< 0.005


< 0.005



8
d
V





d
V
<0.005




,8
|| Beryllium, Diss. (E
CO
o
d
at
o
d
S
d
V


§
d


00
0
d


CN



d





d
§
d





S
S
5
S
1 900'0>
<0.005
< 0.005


< 0.005


< 0.005


< 0.005



d
V





<0.005
LO
8
d




rS
|| Cadmium, Diss. (
CO
LO
CO
CN
00
CM
If)
CO


cn
in


to
g


g



0
cn





00
to





o
w
to
O
E"
"5
O
o
d
V
CO
o
d
o
d
V


o
d
V


o
d
V


o
d
V



o
d
V





0
d
V
o
d
V



A
o
|| Chromium, Diss.
cn
CM
d
Tt
LO
d
s
d


CM
d


CM
d


o
LO
d



S
d





00
d
to
LO
d





8
s
Q
*•
8
CO
to
d
00
CM
CO
S
d


o
CO


0
d
V


CM
O
d



8
d





o
d
CM
O
d




	
o
u
«9
5
0
a.
D.
<3
CM
d
s
d
CM
CO
d


CO
o
d
V


CM
d


cn
CN



00
cn
d





00
d
to
o
CM





1
8
S
8
d
V
8
d
V
8
d
V


in
o
d
V


S
d
V


8
d
V



8
d
V





S
d
V
S
d
V





to
u
5
TJ
o
d
CM
d
V
:o.ooo2


CO
8
d


0


8
d



cS





d
0.0023




n
I
w
_(0
1
o
00
CM
O
d
cn


CM
CM


to
ifi


CM
CO



Ot
Ifi





CO
CO
q



?
—
|| Magnesium, Diss.
CM
o
d
CM
o
d
CM
o
d


CM
O
d


CM
o
d


CM
0
d



CM
d





o
d
0
d



c
—
|| Manganese, Diss.
00
d
S
d
V
cn
O
d


to
d


to
CM
d


00
d



§
d





CM
d
LO
d


"o~


| Molybdenum, Dis
•C0.04 ||
Tt
O
d
V
S
d
V


<0.04


o
d
V


<0.04 |



<0.04





§
d
V
o
d
V





z
S
a
~n
.a
z
             Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-25
















,_
0
2
O
CO
tn
)F TAILIN(
v-/
CO
CO
_J


^
CO
CO
LU
(Q






























i
o
r-
C
ID
^
K
|i
ft
? >
Sample NumtM
IAD Cyanide Li
S
0
itoxified
w
a


















S
i






B
^
i
e
S
u
1
0
i
M
angeroi
Q













i
cc
t_
 *ffl
S°J
ay
-
«i I
35|

_
i!i
N 5
s


Jfi 1
3s"!

li
fl

S_
r* g
20
go
*» 5
O*
3
to
ri .













a>
00







—
to
to
5
E'
1
eo
£


ci




ci

r
ci
V


CN
ci





d

d
V


d
V





d
V






d
V







to
to
to
5
E"
C
~B
CO

«-
3
d
V



CM
o
d

o
d
V


o
d




o
d
V

o
d
V


o
d
V





o
d
V






o
d
V








1
w
to
s
1
55


i



en


CO
CM
CN


00
CO




01
CN
to

»


o





CO






CO







"to
to
u
5
I
1
en


_



01
CO
CN

CO
-


CO
CO




o
CN

in
CN


co
CN
CN





in
CN






in
CN






-c

CO
Q
1
1
tn

j-
d
V



o
d
V

o
d
V


o
d
V




o
d
V

S
d
V


S
d
V





in
d
V






in
o
d
V







P
to
Q
E
'c
a
P


CO
CO




CO

o
ri


q
CM




CO


8
d
V


8
d





8
d
v






8
6







5
w
u
D
|
i

0
d
V



S
d
V

§
o
V


in
o
d
V




in
O
0
V

s
d
V


<0.05





in
o
d
V






S
d
V







=i
to
5
|
T3
a
c
10

^
d
V



CM
O
d

o
o
V


CM
O
d




o
o
V

o
d


o
d





o
d






o
d
V








"c
S
5
NJ














































inuclides
x
•D
a
DC

O>
a>
CM



to
CM

U)
*


CO
CM




CD
in
CM

0
V


Q





B






Q







«)
09
Q
a
a.
S
O

o
O)
CM



0)
CO
CN

rv
in
CO


o
00
CM




to
CO
CM

CM


01





0)
d
CM






d
CM



-H

1'
O

S
(0
5
to
a.
2
O


s



,v
[O

CO
Tt


in
S




00
in
CO

CM


CM
S





in






•*
ri





9

(0
(0
a
V)
_D.
2
o


CM
CO



o
9)

IV
^


CD
to'
to




«.
S

s


CM





in
in






CO








5
a
£
2
o


5



o
CM
CO

O!
CO


CO
0)
CM




in
00
CM

CO


d





O)
8






00
a*
CM




•H
O
O

8:
5
(0
&
2
o


CM



00
3

to
*


CN




in
01
CO

00


CO
00





CO
oi






00
CO





D
_J

to
to
s
(0
£
2
o


d




d

-
o
V


eo
d




^
d

d


to
d





CO
d






d







8'
5
to"
CM
CM
|
1
tr


d



CM
d

^
o


CM
d




CM
d

d


to
d





d






00
d



•H

error,

8
Q
co"
CM
CM
E
S.


d



CO
d

to
o


d




CO
o'

q


CD
d





01
d






CM





Q
-j

8'
a
CO"
CM
CM
|
S.


i
6
0
•
a.
to
to
a
i
CD
V)
a
s
'~
J
o
9
S
£


CO
o
CO
CM
to
3
C
a
O
p*.
m
tM
•D
Kw


3
3 "§•
o. E
to S
1 l«
••5 -?«
1 -2-?
•o S " ~

« o "c *

t*f|
^ JZ ^
— «B e» «
fl '" -2
•- »J 5 O
w-o • u
^ «3CO

slSfi
= a o *-


^ weo
0
a
i
             Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-26
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
•   Destruction of metal-cyanide complexes
    as a result of continual passage of the
    tailings water through the INCO
    S02/Air/Oxidation system;

•   Precipitation/co-precipitation of metals
    and ions from solution due to the
    elevated pH conditions required during
    milling and the generally low mineral
    solubilities observed in alkaline waters;
    and,

•   Dilution from addition of fresh makeup
    water estimated to  comprise
    approximately 30% to 35% of the total
    process water volume.

For constituents which  do not form
substantial cyanide complexes and/or which
exhibit relatively high solubilities in alkaline
water, some increase in concentration may
occur if dilution does not offset additions
from milling.  Such constituents could include
sodium and chloride.

Based on trout bioassay testing and book
designation results,  tailings  detoxified to less
than 10 ppm WAD cyanide  do not
characterize as "dangerous  waste" or
"extremely hazardous waste" as defined in
Washington Administrative  Code  (WAC) 173-
303-70 and 173-303-100.  Results from the
waste characterization studies are presented
in Appendix F, Dangerous Waste
Characterization Results for Detoxified
Tailings.

Summary of Analyses.  Geochemical testing
indicates that the solids fraction of the
tailings generated at the Crown Jewel Project
would contain several trace metals including
arsenic which could occur in short-term
leachates.  ABA and HCT results  suggest that
the tailings solids would not be acid
generating.

The INCO S02/Air/Oxidation process is
capable of reducing WAD cyanide
concentrations  in the tailings water to less
than 10 ppm.  Tailings  containing less than
10 ppm WAD cyanide do not characterize as
"dangerous waste"  or "extremely hazardous
waste."  The treated tailings water would
contain elevated levels  of total dissolved
                        solids, ammonia, nitrate, and some trace
                        metals.

                        Summary

                        A detailed geochemical testing program was
                        performed for the proposed Crown Jewel
                        Project to assess the potential for waste rock,
                        ore, and tailings materials at the mine to
                        generate ARD and leachate containing metals
                        and radionuclides. A total of 89 waste  rock
                        samples and ten ore and low grade ore
                        samples were tested for the Proponent by
                        Core Laboratories. These samples were
                        selected by the Proponent's geologists and
                        geochemist to represent the range of
                        lithologic and mineralogical differences
                        observed at the site. To confirm that the
                        samples were representative, the EIS  Project
                        team selected an additional 278 waste rock
                        samples for ABA analysis as well as
                        duplicates of eight samples previously tested
                        by the Proponent. To  assess geochemical
                        conditions in the tailings area, the  Proponent
                        also had prepared and  tested 11
                        representative tailings  samples.

                        Based on the geochemical testing that was
                        performed for the Crown Jewel Project, the
                        following conclusions can be drawn:

                        •  Total metals (XRF) and whole rock
                           analyses of all test samples (waste
                           rock, ore, and tailings) showed the
                           occurrence of several common trace
                           metals that potentially could occur in
                           mine leachates.  These metals include
                           arsenic, chromium, cobalt, copper,
                           lead,  molybdenum, nickel, strontium,
                           thorium, tin, vanadium, and zinc.
                           Radionuclides occur in these materials
                           at levels at or below natural
                           background levels  for igneous and
                           sedimentary rocks.

                        •  Leachability tests indicated that the
                           potential is low  for short-term leaching of
                           metals and radionuclides from mine
                           materials.  Arsenic was, however,
                           detected at moderate concentrations (up
                           to 0.34 mg/l) in  leachates from 5 of the
                            11  tailings solid  samples analyzed.  Iron
                           was detected at low concentrations in
                           leachates from 13 of 81 waste rock
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-27
    samples analyzed and at a concentration
    of 2.06 mg/l in leachate from one tailings
    sample.  Aluminum was detected in
    seven of the ten ore leachates tested at
    concentrations of 0.06 mg/l to 0.60 mg/l
    and in 1  of the 11 tailings solids
    leachates at a concentration of 0.10
    mg/l.

•   Analysis of the liquid portion of the
    tailings samples demonstrated that
    when detoxified using the INCO
    S02/Air/Oxidation process, the
    tailings pond water would be slightly
    alkaline and contain elevated levels of
    total dissolved solids and nutrients,
    low to moderate trace metal
    concentrations, and an average WAD
    cyanide concentration of less than 10
    ppm.

•   ABA tests suggest  that the overall
    volumes of waste rock, ore, and
    tailings generated at the site would
    not be acid generating  under the
    different Project alternatives.
    Individually, two of the waste rock
    groups, magnetite skarns and  altered
    elastics,  were found to be potentially
    acid generating based on ABA
    results.  Of the ore samples tested,
    two low grade magnetite skarn
    samples and one undifferentiated
    skarn sample were  also found to have
    a low to marginal potential to
    generate acid.  Tailings samples
    prepared from two  of the three ore
    types were also found to have a
    marginal acid generation  potential
    based on ABA testing.

•   ABA results from the EIS
    confirmation program confirmed  the
    Proponent's findings regarding the
    waste rock characteristics. Also,
    comparison of duplicate results from
    the two testing programs indicated
    similar conclusions  would be drawn
    regarding ability to  predict acid
    producing potential in five of the
    eight samples tested with no
    statistical difference between
    duplicate sample values.
               •  Waste rock samples collected from
                  the walls of the proposed final mine
                  pit were predicted not to be acid
                  generating based on average ABA
                  results.  Pit water quality modeling
                  discussed in Chapter 4,
                  Environmental Consequences,
                  determined that water collected in
                  the proposed pit would not be acidic
                  during or after mining.

               •  Humidity cell tests (HCTs)  were
                  performed to further evaluate samples
                  determined to be potentially acid
                  generating from the ABA tests.
                  Results of these tests indicated 2 of
                  11 unaltered andosite waste  rock
                  samples, three of seven  garnet skarn
                  waste rock samples, one of nine
                  magnetite skarn waste rock samples,
                  two of three undifferentiated skarn
                  waste rock samples, and four of four
                  altered elastics waste rock samples
                  exhibited a  marginal to strong
                  tendency to generate acid. Humidity
                  cell testing  of ore and tailings
                  samples indicated that these
                  materials were not acid generating.

               •  Further analysis of the HCT leachates
                  indicated that those waste rock
                  samples that were  found to generate
                  acid contained detectable levels of
                  several trace metals including
                  antimony, arsenic,  cadmium,
                  chromium, copper, iron,  manganese,
                  nickel, thallium and zinc.

               •  Based on the Proponent's and the
                  confirmation testing analysis program
                  data,  the EIS Project team  estimate that
                  from 5% to 15% of the  total waste rock
                  mined under Alternatives B, E, F, and G
                  would be acid generating.  A larger
                  percentage  of acid  generating waste rock
                  was estimated for Alternative C (25% to
                  29%) and Alternative  D  (16%).

               Laboratory geochemical testing procedures,
               including  HCTs, are inherently  limited in their
               ability to predict geochemical conditions in
               the field.  The laboratory  geochemical testing
               procedures used for the Crown Jewel Project
               are, nevertheless, consistent with current
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-28
                 CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
                            January 1997
industry practice as described in the
Technical Document, Acid Mine Drainage
Prediction (EPA, 1994).  Use of laboratory
geochemical test data to predict geochemical
conditions in the field requires considerable
professional judgement and, as a result, can
be controversial.

The WADOE and Forest Service used the
geochemical test data presented in this
section to predict potential impacts from the
Crown Jewel Project in Chapter 4,
Environmental Consequences.  It is
understood that uncertainties will always
exist in applying laboratory data to predict
field conditions. Due to this uncertainty, and
whenever professional judgement has
allowed, biased data have been selected for
estimating potential geochemical  impacts at
the Crown Jewel Project. The bias in the
data has been toward data that would show
the greatest impacts.

3.4     GEOTECHNICAL
        CONSIDERATIONS

Seismic (or earthquake) activity in central
Washington is low,  (Algermissen et. al.,
1982). Figure 3.4.1, Earthquake Epicenters,
shows the relative activity.  According to the
Uniform Building Code, the Crown Jewel
Project area lies in Zone 2B of the Seismic
Risk Map of the United States (U.S.), as
shown on Figure 3.4.2, Seismic Risk Zone
Map of the United States.  This zone can be
expected to receive moderate damage
corresponding to Intensity VII  of the Modified
Mercalli Intensity Scale of 1931.
3.5
SOILS
3.5.1   Introduction

Baseline information used to characterize
soils was derived from USDA  Soil
Conservation Service (SCS) soil surveys
completed for the Okanogan County Area
(Lenfesty, 1980), surveys completed for the
Okanogan National Forest (Rother, 1977),
and intensive on-site soil surveys completed
in  1992,  1993, and 1995 to provide site-
specific soil data for the proposed Project
area and water storage reservoir alternatives.
Details of site-specific survey  methodologies.
the areas surveyed, and specific survey
results are provided in the technical
memorandums prepared by Cedar Creek
Associates, Inc.  (1992, 1993).

3.5.2   General Soil Properties

Study Area

The study area consists of the mine area, the
Starrem Reservoir site, and  the utility and
road corridors. A variety of soils occur within
the study area.  The soil variability stems
primarily from the presence of a broad
spectrum of parent materials as influenced by
topography, aspect, elevation, and differential
rates of material  weathering.  Fig1 ire 3.5.1,
Soil Map Units -  Mine Area, depicts the 22
soil map units delineated as a result of the
survey. Figure 3.5.2, Soil Map Units -
Starrem Reservoir Site, depicts the soil map
units delineated in the location of the
proposed Starrem Reservoir.  Table 3.5.1,
Soil Characteristics Summary, presents data
for selected properties of the dominant soils
mapped for both areas (Cedar Creek,  1992,
1993).

Mine Area

Soils at higher elevations in the western
portion of the study area are developing  in
residuum, slope wash,  and colluvium  from
igneous rock  parent materials, have moderate
permeabilities, and are well  to somewhat
excessively well-drained. The soils are
typically very shallow to moderately deep
over hard bedrock.  Loam to gravelly  loam
textures typify surface horizons while very to
extremely cobbly loam and sandy loam
textures are characteristic of the subsoils.
Coarse fragment content is  high throughout
the majority of the profiles,  typically ranging
from 35% to  over 60%.  The pH values  of
the profiles range between 5.7 and 6.2 with
the profiles being non-effervescent.
(Effervescence is a chemical reaction
resulting from the addition of hydrochloric
acid to a soil  material.  The  level of
effervescence is  directly related to the free
calcium carbonates in the soil.) Rock
outcrops and  surface rock exposures  are
commonly associated with the more shallow
soils.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
1
SB-
I


I
 o
 ••*
 CO
TABLE 3.5.1, SOIL CHARACTERISTICS SUMMARY
Map Unit
(Slope Percent)
A (5-30)
B (20-40 + )
C (10-35)
D (10-25)
E «10)
F (10-30)
G (10-25)
H (25-40)
I (10-35)
J (25-35 + )
K (10-33)
L (5-33)
M (25-35)
N (50-70)
0 (40-70)
P (25-35)
Q (20-33 + )
R (25-100)
S (50-100)
T (50-75)
U (5-70)
V
Y(10)
Z(<;5)
AA (35-45)
BB (5-35)
CC (£10)
DD
EE
Contrasting Map Unit Inclusion1
5% VSS
5% VSS, SR
10% SR
All similar soils
All similar soils
10% VSS, SR
5% SR
5% SR
10% drainage-way; 5% RO, SR. VSS
5% SR
10% RO, SR; 5% Deeper soils
15% SR, VSS
10% VSS, SR
30% Disturbed; 5% VSS
45% Disturbed; 5% VSS
30% Disturbed; 5% SR
30% Disturbed
30% Deeper soils; 20% RO, Sr, VSS
25% RO, SR; 25% Deeper soils
25% Deeper soils; 15% VSS
40% Deeper soils
Unit V consists entirely of soils previously disturbed to varying
degrees.
50% Disturbed
10% wetlands, 10% high Co. Frag.; 5% RO
10% High Co. Frag.
10% Sr; 5% Mod deep
5% gullies; 5% high Co. Frag.
30% RO; 20% Co. Frag.
10% VSS
Soil Depth2
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Mod Deep - Deep
Shallow - Mod Deep
Deep
Very shallow - Shallow
Very shallow - Shallow
Mod Deep
Mod Deep
Very Shallow - Shallow
Very Shallow - Shallow
Unit T consists of 60% RO,
SR, and VSS
Shallow - Deep
Varies
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
Mod Deep
Primary Soil
Drainage
Well
Well
Well
Well
Very poor
Well
Well
Well
Well
Well
Well
Well
Well
Somewhat excessive
Somewhat excessive
Well
Well
Somewhat excessive
Somewhat excessive
Well
Well
Varies
Well
Well
Well
Well
Well
Well
Well
Soil pH Range
5.9 - 6.8
6.0 - 6.8
6.4 - 6.8
6.2- 6.6
6.4 - 6.6
6.2 - 6.8
5.6- 6.8
6.4 - 6.6
5.6- 6.8
6.2-6.4
5.8- 6.2
5.8- 6.2
5.6- 6.8
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2-6.4
6.0 - 7.0
6.0 - 7.0
6.2- 6.6
No Data
Varies
7.7- 8.0
7.8-8.0
7.2- 7.6
7.2
7.6- 8.2
6.4- 6.7
6.0 - 6.8
Erosion Hazard3
SI - Mod
Mos - Se
SI - Mod
SI - Mod
None - SI
Mod
SI - Mod
Mod - Se
SI - Mod
Mod
SI - Mod
SI - Mod
Mod
Se - VSe
Se - VSe
Mod - Se
Mod
Mod - VSe
Mod - VSe
Se - VSe
Mod - VSe
SI - VSe
SI
Non - SI
Mod - Se
SI - Mod
None - SI
SI - Mod
SI - Mod
Notes: 1. VSS = Very Shallow Soils; SR = Surface Rock Exposures; RO = Rock Outcrops; Co. Frag. = Coarse Fragments.
2. Deep = >40"; Moderately Deep = 20-40"; Shallow = 10-20"; Very Shallow = less than 10".
3. V = Very; SI = Slight; Mod = Moderate; Se = Severe (for exposed soil surface).
                                                                                                                                                                                                           I
                                                                                                                                                                                                           to
                                                                                                                                                                                                           to
                                                                                                                                                                                                            I
                                                                                                                                                                                                            i
                                                                                                                                                                                                            I
                                                                                                                                                                                                            1
                                                                                                                                                                                                            <0

-------
Page 3-30
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Soils at lower elevations in the central and
eastern portion of the study area are forming
primarily in volcanic ash over glacial parent
material. These soils are deep to very deep
with notably high coarse fragment horizons
occurring at depths typically ranging from 15
inches to 30 inches.  Permeability is
moderate to moderately slow, and the soils
are well drained.  Surface textures range from
loams and silt loams to gravelly loams.
Subsoils exhibit a wide variety of textures
from gravelly loams to extremely cobbly
loamy sands.  Coarse fragment content of the
surface horizons ranges from less than 5% to
15%.  Coarse fragment contents ranging
from 40% to  over 70% are typical of
subsoils. Soil pH values range from 5.9 to
6.6, though some deeper horizons exhibit pH
values of 6.8. The soils are non-
effervescent.  An ash layer immediately
below the organic horizon is typical of these
soils.

Soils in the extreme eastern portion of the
study area are forming primarily in volcanic
ash over glacial deposits and have
characteristics similar to the soils described
previously. However, coarse fragment
content of the subsurface horizons is
occasionally lower and may not exceed 25%.

Starrem Reservoir Site

Soils overlying the location of the proposed
water storage reservoir are typically deep and
well drained with moderate to moderately
slow permeabilities.  These soils are forming
in glacial lake deposits and volcanic ash over
alluvial sediments or glacial deposits.  Soil
textures throughout the profiles are
predominantly loams and silt loams. Coarse
fragment contents are highly variable.  Soils
overlying more  level areas typically exhibit
less than 15% gravels throughout the  profile
while more steeply sloping soils
characteristically have coarse fragment
contents ranging from 15% to 70% by
horizon.  Soil pH values range from 7.2 to
8.0. These soils may be non-effervescent to
violently effervescent with lime content
generally increasing with depth. The hazard
for erosion is  predominantly slight to
moderate, though high ratings occur for soils
overlying steeper terrain.
                        Utility and Road Corridors

                        The proposed water supply pipeline route is
                        overlain by a variety of soils ranging from
                        deep soils forming in alluvium and glacial
                        deposits in drainage-ways and along slopes to
                        shallow ridge-top soils developing in granitic
                        residuum. The proposed water pipeline
                        would be buried in an existing road bed for
                        much of its length.  Soils on slopes and in
                        drainage positions typically have sandy loam,
                        silt loam, or loam surface textures with
                        subsurface textures ranging from very
                        gravelly sands to gravelly sandy loams.
                        Coarse fragment content can range from less
                        than 15% to over 60% throughout these
                        profiles.  These soils are typically well
                        drained, moderately rapidly permeable, and
                        non-effervescent with pH values from 6.2 to
                        7.8.  The erosion hazard ranges from slight to
                        very severe depending upon slope. Ridge-top
                        soils typically are somewhat excessively
                        drained  with moderately rapid permeabilities.
                        Surface and subsurface textures range from
                        sandy loams to gravelly loamy sands and
                        sandy loams.  Coarse fragment content
                        ranges from 5% to 50% but is typically high
                        throughout the profile.  These soils are non-
                        effervescent with pH values from 6.0 to  6.9.
                        The erosion hazard is classed as severe to
                        very severe.

                        Soils crossed by the proposed transmission
                        line vary widely in characteristics and range
                        from shallow soils on mountains and ridge-
                        tops to deep soils located in floodplains.
                        Soils along the eastern one-half of the
                        corridor include forest soils on mountainous
                        uplands which were formed in a variety of
                        parent materials including volcanic ash over
                        glacial deposits, outwash, and granite
                        residuum. Soil depths range from very
                        shallow to shallow on knolls and ridges to
                        deep over most other topographic positions.
                        Shallow soils are also associated with rock
                        outcrops common to the mountainous areas.
                        These soils are predominantly well drained,
                        moderately permeable, non-effervescent  to
                        slightly effervescent, and have pH values
                        typically ranging from 6.1 to 7.8. Higher pH
                        values may also occur at depth in soils
                        overlying dissected glacial plains.  Surface
                        textures are typically silt loams and loams,
                        though stony, extremely stony, and
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-31
 extremely gravelly loams also occur.
 Subsurface textures range from silt loams to
 gravelly sandy loams to very gravelly sands.
 The hazard of erosion is highly variable, and
 ranges from slight to severe.

 Soils along the western half of the proposed
 transmission corridor include those of upland
 plains and terraces forming in glacial deposits
 and lacustrine sediments and soils of lowland
 terraces and floodplains with alluvial parent
 materials.  Upland soils are typically deep and
 well drained with permeabilities ranging from
 moderately slow to moderately rapid.
 Surface textures are typically silt loams to
 extremely stony loams with silt loam,  loam,
 and gravelly sandy loam subsurface textures
 being common.  Coarse fragment content
 ranges from less than 15% to 40% in typical
 soil profiles.  These soils are non- to strongly
 effervescent and have pH values ranging from
 6.6 to 9.0.  The hazard of erosion is slight to
 severe as slope increases.

 Lowland soils are forming in glacial deposits,
 outwash, and alluvial parent materials. On
 average, these soils are deep, well drained,
 and moderately permeable.  Surface textures
 range from fine sandy loams to silty clay
 loams and subsurface textures range from
 very gravelly sands to silty  clay loams.
 Coarse fragment contents are typically low
 while subsurface horizons of terrace soils
 may contain as much as 55% coarse
 fragments. Soil pH values range from 6.6 to
 7.3 with higher values  common to some
 floodplain soils.  These soils are typically non-
 to slightly effervescent and have erosion
 hazards classed as slight to moderate.

 From the southern boundary of the study area
 to the town of Chesaw, soils vary from well
 drained soils forming in volcanic ash over
 glacial deposits on uplands  and mountains to
 somewhat poorly to moderately well drained
 bottomland soils forming in alluvial parent
 materials. These soils are typically deep and
 moderately permeable with  silt loam to sandy
 loam surface textures.  Subsurface textures
 range from silt loams and loams to very
 gravelly sands.  Coarse fragment content of
the upper horizons is typically low while
contents of lower horizons may  reach  as high
as 75% on terrace positions. Soil pH values
              range from 6.1 to 8.4 in uplands and from
              7.9 to 8.4 in bottomland soils with a
              corresponding tendency toward
              effervescence. Erosion hazards for upland
              and bottomland soils are classed as moderate
              to very high, and none to slight, respectively.

              3.5.3   Reclamation Suitability of Soils of
                       the Study Area

              Soil suitability for reclamation within the
              study area was determined as a result of an
              analysis of both physical (texture, coarse
              fragment content, shallow depth, depth to
              bedrock, existing disturbances, percent slope,
              moisture regime) and chemical (pH,
              effervescence) characteristics as compared to
              commonly accepted suitability criteria.

              As a result of this analysis, it was determined
              that salvage depths of soils suitable for
              reclamation  ranged from 0 to 28 inches over
              the Crown Jewel Project area depending
              upon individual map unit characteristics. The
              percent of each unit determined to be
              salvageable  ranged from 0% to 100% with
              the range between 85% and 95% being most
              common.

              In the western portion of the Crown Jewel
              Project area, high coarse fragment content,
              shallow depth, and past disturbances were
              the primary  limitations to deeper and/or more
              extensive salvage.

              High coarse  fragment content, slope,  and
              rock outcrops were the primary salvage
              limitations in the central part of the Crown
              Jewel Project area while high soil coarse
              fragment content at depth  was the primary
              limitation in the eastern portion of the Crown
              Jewel Project area.

              Table 3.5.2, Soil Salvage Depth Summary,
              presents  selected information regarding the
              salvage suitability of the soil units mapped
              within the study area.

              3.5.4   Erosion Hazard of Soils of the
                      Study Area

              Table 3.5.1,  Soil Characteristics Summary,
              depicts the erosions hazards estimated for
              the soils mapped within the study area.
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-32
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.5.2. SOIL SALVAGE DEPTH SUMMARY
Map
Unit
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
1
J
K
L
M
N
0
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
Y
Z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
Source:
Salvage
Depth
(inches)
20
28
9
23
60
14
18
18
20
22
22
13
24
0
0
19
21
6
0
0
0
0
60
23
16
14
60
15
32
Percent of
Unit
Salvageable
95
95
90
100
0
90
95
95
95
95
85
95
90
0
0
90
95
60
0
0
0
0
100
95
95
90
90
50
90
Primary Salvage Limitations
Coarse fragment content, soil texture
Coarse fragment content, soil texture
Coarse fragment content, surficial bedrock
Coarse fragment content
Saturated soils, standing water
Coarse fragment content
Coarse fragment content
Coarse fragment content
Coarse fragment content
Coarse fragment content
Coarse fragment content, depth to bedrock
Coarse fragment content
Coarse fragment content, depth to bedrock
Coarse fragment content, depth to bedrock, past disturbances
Coarse fragment content, depth to bedrock, past disturbances
Coarse fragment content, depth to bedrock past disturbances
Coarse fragment content, depth to bedrock, past disturbances
Depth to bedrock, slope, rock outcrops
Slope, depth to bedrock
Slope, rock outcrops and surface rock exposures
Depth to bedrock, slope, coarse fragment content
Opportunistic salvage only
None
Effervescent, rock outcrop
Coarse fragment content, surface stones/boulders
Coarse fragment content, depth, surface stones
Erosion gullies, depth to coarse fragments
Coarse fragment content
Coarse fragment content
1. Soils Technical Memorandum, Crown Jewel Proect, Cedar Creek Associates, Inc., (1992).
2. DD and EE from Okanogan National Forest - Soi Resources Inventory (Rother 1976).
These ratings are based on endemic slope
angles, slope lengths, soil depths, and soil
physical characteristics. The ratings assume
a condition of a bare soil surface devoid of
plant cover or litter similar to that which
could exist following vegetation removal in
preparation for soil salvage operations.  In
general, ratings range from "slight," reflecting
nearly level slopes and good soil infiltration
rates, to "very severe" for shallow soils on
very steep slopes.
                        3.6     SURFACE WATER

                        3.6.1   Introduction

                        The description of existing surface water
                        resources is divided into discussions of water
                        quality and water quantity.  The following
                        sections include a discussion of the regional
                        hydrologic setting, flow characteristics within
                        the surface drainage system, and analysis of
                        the surface water quality.
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-33
3.6.2   Regional Surface Water
        Hydrology

The Crown Jewel Project site is located on
the eastern slope of Buckhorn Mountain.
Surface waters from the eastern flank flow in
an easterly direction in Marias Creek and
Nicholson Creek to join with Toroda Creek.
Toroda Creek flows northeasterly as it
receives flow from Marias Creek. Near the
confluence with  Nicholson Creek, Toroda
Creek turns east for approximately three
miles to its confluence with the Kettle River.
The Kettle River  flows in a southerly and
easterly direction to the town of Curlew,
Washington where it turns northeast and
flows across the Canadian border at Danville,
Washington.  The Kettle River flows back  into
the U.S. at Laurier, Washington where it
flows south to its confluence with the
Columbia River.

Surface waters from the western flank of
Buckhorn Mountain flow from the Ethel
Creek, Thorp Creek, Bolster Creek, and  Gold
Creek drainage basins in a northwesterly
direction to Myers Creek.  Myers Creek flows
north across the Canadian border and is
tributary to the Kettle River in Canada,
approximately ten miles from the U.S. border.

Flow in the Kettle River has been monitored
at several locations in the U.S., as well  as in
Canada.  Figure 3.6.1, Regional Stream
Network, illustrates the course of the Kettle
River as it flows into and out of the U.S.
along the Canadian border.  There is a
Canadian monitoring station (maintained by
Water Survey/Environment Canada), and a
U.S. monitoring  station (maintained by the
U.S. Geological Survey [USGS]) located on
the Kettle River downstream  of the
confluence with  Myers Creek and upstream
of the confluence of Toroda Creek with the
Kettle River.  Three Canadian stations and a
U.S. monitoring  station have been maintained
downstream of the Toroda Creek confluence.
Mean annual discharge in the Kettle River
ranges from 1,314 cubic feet per second
(cfs) at Kettle Valley to 2,895 cfs near
Laurier. Table 3.6.1, Regional Surface Water
Discharge Summary, gives the period of
record, mean annual discharge, and mean
daily extremes for the period of record for
              each of these monitoring stations.

              A monitoring station on Myers Creek at the
              international border has been maintained
              periodically in the past by Water Survey of
              Canada/Environment Canada.  Flow records
              are available for a period of record from 1923
              through 1950 and 1968 through  1977. This
              station was operated to obtain information
              pertaining to flows during the irrigation
              season; and, therefore, winter stream flows
              were not recorded. The drainage area at the
              Myers Creek station is approximately 80
              square miles (207 square kilometers).
              Extremes for the period of record were a
              maximum instantaneous discharge of 109 cfs
              (3.09 cubic meters per second) on June 11,
              1948,  maximum daily discharge of 102 cfs
              (2.89 cubic meters per second) on June 11,
              1948,  and minimum daily flows of 0.0 cfs
              (0.0 cubic meters per second) on July 16,
              1926 and August 13, 1939.  A summary of
              the estimated mean annual flow of Myers
              Creek at the international border is shown on
              Figure 3.6.2, Estimated Monthly Hydrograph
              of Myers Creek (International Boundary).

              In October 1995, another monitoring station
              was installed on Myers Creek approximately
              440 feet south of the previous station, Myers
              Creek at the International Boundary.  This
              continuous recording station referred to as
              "Myers Creek" is operated cooperatively by
              the USGS and the Proponent. The drainage
              area at this station is approximately 77
              square miles (199 square kilometers).  Data  is
              not yet available from this site; however, it is
              planned that the station would be maintained
              until reclamation at the Project site is
              completed.

              A stream flow investigation of Myers Creek
              was completed  near the town of  Myncaster,
              British Columbia (Colder, 1994a). The study
              was conducted to evaluate the hydraulic
              continuity between Myers Creek and the
              shallow ground water system, particularly
              during the peak flow period. The stream
              reach studied was from Myers Creek at the
              international border to approximately 12,000
              feet downstream of the border on Myers
              Creek. The study concluded that Myers
              Creek is losing an average of 1.6 cfs or
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
                                                                                                                                                                                                  I
I

is-
(6

I-
CO
sr
TABLE 3.6.1, REGIONAL SURFACE WATER DISCHARGE SUMMARY
Station Name
Myers Creek at International Boundary
Myers Creek
Kettle River at Kettle Valley
Kettle River near Ferry
Kettle River near Ferry
Kettle River at Carson
Kettle River at Cascade
Kettle River near Laurier
Operated By
Canada
U.S./BMGC
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Canada
Canada
U.S.
Approximate
Drainage Area
mi2
80
77
1,761
-2,200
-2,200
-2,600
3,459
3,800
km2
207
199
4,560
5,750
5,750
6,730
8,960
9,842
Period of
Record
1923-1977
October 1995
1915-1922
1929-1991
1928-1990
1913-1922
1916-1934
1929-1991
Mean Annual Discharge
cfs
Annual mean not
available1
Annual mean not
available
1,314
1,523
1,524
1,500
2,511
2,895
nvVsec
Annual mean not
available
Annual mean not
available
37.2
43.1
43.1
42.5
71.1
82
Note: 1 . Only irrigation season measures.
Sources: 1 985, USGS. Stream Flow Statistics and Drainage-Basin Characteristics for the Southwestern and Eastern Regions, Washington,
Volume II. USGS Open File Report 84-1 45-B.
1991, USGS. Water Resources Data for Washington, 1991.
1992, Environment Canada. Water Survey Records, 1992.
1995, Letter From Ray Smith, USGS to Mr. Jon Winters, BMGC, May 2, 1995, Regarding Cooperative Monitoring Station
Installation at Myers Creek.
i
                                                                                                                                                                                                  CO
§
                                                                                                                                                                                                  }0
                                                                                                                                                                                                  tO
                                                                                                                                                                                                  SI

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-35
approximately 5% to 6% of typical peak flow
(25 to 30 cfs) in this reach. The small
stream flow loss is attributed to the relatively
low permeability and silty nature of the
stream banks and streambed materials.

Additional monitoring of stream flows along
Myers and Toroda Creeks was  initiated in
1995. Four sites were added along Myers
Creek: Site A, Myers Creek at  Chesaw,
Washington; Site B, Myers Creek  at Bolster
Road; Site C, Myers Creek near the
International Border; and Site D, Starrem
Creek near its confluence with  Myers Creek
(Colder, 1996b).  Flow at these sites was
measured using a current meter during
October 1994 and between March and
September 1995. The frequency of
discharge measurements was one to five
times weekly.  The magnitude of flows along
Myers Creek at these sites ranged  from low
flows of 3.9 cfs to 5.1  cfs in October 1994
to high flows of 67.9 cfs to 90.3 cfs in May
1995. Flow in Starrem Creek,  Site D, was
also measured using a current meter. The
drainage area for Starrem Creek near its
confluence with Myers Creek is 4.3 square
miles  (11 square kilometers) at an  elevation
of 2,650 feet. Flow ranged from 0.02 cfs in
October 1994 to 0.78 cfs in May 1995.

Six stream flow monitoring locations were
added on the Toroda Creek side of the Crown
Jewel Project area: Site E, Toroda  Creek
upstream of its confluence with Marias
Creek; Site F, Toroda Creek downstream of
its confluence with Marias Creek; Site G,
Toroda Creek upstream of its confluence with
Nicholson Creek; Site H, Toroda Creek
downstream of its confluence with Nicholson
Creek; Site I, Marias Creek near its
confluence with Toroda Creek;  and Site J,
Nicholson Creek near its confluence with
Toroda Creek. Flow at these sites  was also
measured using a current meter during
October 1994 and between March and
September  1995. The frequency of
discharge measurements was on a  weekly
basis. The magnitude of flows along Toroda
Creek ranged from low flows of 2 cfs to 4.1
cfs, in October 1994 and high flows  of 59.0
cfs to 83.3 cfs, in May 1995.  The drainage
area at Site H, Toroda Creek, downstream of
its confluence with Nicholson Creek,  is 158
              square miles (409 square kilometers) and is
              located at an elevation of 2,120 feet.  Flows
              on Marias Creek and Nicholson Creek at their
              confluence with Toroda Creek ranged from
              0.3 cfs and 0.1 cfs, respectively,  in
              September 1995.  At Marias Creek in April
              1995, flow was measured at 8.5  cfs. At
              Nicholson Creek in May 1995, flow was
              measured at 10.6 cfs. (Colder, 1996b)
              Figure 3.6.3, Surface Water Monitoring
              Stations, shows the locations of these
              monitoring sites.

              3.6.3   Regional Surface Water Quality

              Regional water quality data are available from
              five surface water monitoring stations
              established on  the Kettle River. The locations
              of these stations are shown on Figure 3.6.1,
              Regional Stream Network.

              Three of the Kettle River water quality
              stations (Midway, Carson, and Gilpin) have
              been monitored monthly or semi-monthly by
              Environment Canada from 1979 to the
              present.  The station at Rock Creek was
              generally sampled annually by British
              Columbia (B.C.) Ministry of Environment from
              1965 to 1984  and again in August 1992.
              The U.S. water quality monitoring station on
              the  Kettle River, near Barstow, was sampled
              by WADOE on  a monthly basis from 1960 to
              1990.  Regional water quality data were not
              available for other U.S. Stations.

              Water quality samples collected from the U.
              S. and  Canadian stations on the Kettle River
              have been analyzed for several parameters
              including general and physical characteristics,
              major and minor ions, nutrients, metals,
              cyanide, and coliform bacteria.  A review of
              these data indicates that the Kettle River is
              near neutral to  slightly alkaline, with pH
              values ranging  from 6.6 to 8.7. Specific
              conductivity ranged from 30 to 70
              micromhos per centimeter (//mhos/cm) at
              Rock Creek and from 46 to 249 /ymhos/cm at
              Gilpin.  This increase in specific conductivity
              indicates an increase in the Total Dissolved
              Solids (TDS) content of the Kettle River as it
              flows downstream. Calcium and bicarbonate
              were the dominant cation and anion
              measured in all samples.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-36
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Nutrient levels were generally low along the
Kettle River, with nitrate plus nitrite
concentrations ranging from below detection
limit to about 0.5 mg/l and total phosphorous
concentrations ranging from below detection
to about 0.3 mg/l. There were seasonal
trends in these nutrient levels, with nitrate
plus nitrite concentrations generally
decreasing during the spring runoff, while
total phosphorous concentrations increased
during the same  period.  Concurrent with
these nutrient variations were noticeable
increases in water turbidity, as would be
expected with increased surface water runoff
during the spring.

With the exception of arsenic, the
concentration of trace metals were generally
at or below analytical detection limits.
Arsenic was routinely detected at
concentrations up to 0.004 mg/l.

Cyanide results for the Kettle River are
inconclusive as a result of suspected
contamination of the samples during sample
preservation (Environment Canada, 1992).

Total coliform bacteria were analyzed at one
of the Kettle River stations (Barstow) and
were detected at concentrations up to 800
colonies/100 ml.  Elevated counts could
suggest contamination from septic tanks,
waste water treatment plants, and livestock
grazing or represent background levels
associated with wildlife activity. The
maximum  bacteria counts were measured on
the Kettle  River during the summer months,
when river water temperatures rose and
biologic activity is expected to have
increased.

3.6.4   Project Area Surface Water
        Hydrology

Five drainages that originate near the top of
Buckhorn  Mountain could potentially be
affected by the proposed Crown Jewel
Project.  Nicholson Creek and Marias Creek
are perennial streams with intermittent
sections in the upper reaches.  These streams
drain the eastern slope of Buckhorn
Mountain. Gold  Creek, Bolster Creek, and
Ethel Creek are perennial streams that drain
the western flank of Buckhorn Mountain.  Of
                        these streams, only Nicholson and Marias
                        Creeks form intermittent streams within the
                        area of proposed disturbance. The western
                        boundary of the proposed disturbed area is
                        roughly located along the drainage divide
                        between the east and west flanks of
                        Buckhorn Mountain. Most of the proposed
                        disturbance would occur on the  eastern slope
                        of Buckhorn Mountain.

                        Figure 3.6.3, Surface Water Monitoring
                        Stations, shows the drainage boundaries of
                        these five watersheds and the area of
                        proposed disturbance.  Figure 3.6.4, Site
                        Stream Network, shows the configuration of
                        the  streams as they flow from Buckhorn
                        Mountain, and the stream miles  from their
                        confluence with Toroda Creek on the eastern
                        flank and Myers Creek on the western flank
                        of Buckhorn Mountain.

                        The general runoff regime for watersheds in
                        the  northern border mountain area of eastern
                        Washington  is applicable to the five drainages
                        at the Crown Jewel Project site.  Precipitation
                        in the late fall through early spring is stored
                        as snow and released as snowmelt in the late
                        spring and early summer (Moss and Haushild,
                        1978).

                        Precipitation at the Crown Jewel Project site
                        was estimated from local measurements
                        during the period of August 1993 through
                        December 1995. These data were correlated
                        with precipitation data measured by the
                        National Weather Service at Republic,
                        Washington and a station at Molson,
                        Washington  (ten  miles west - northwest of
                        the  Crown Jewel Project site), for the same
                        period of record.  An average annual
                        precipitation for the Buckhorn Mountain area
                        is estimated to be 20.0 inches per year.  A
                        synthetic long  term annual precipitation
                        record has been established for the proposed
                        mine site.  The record is based on a statistical
                        correlation of two years of mine site
                        precipitation data with long term records from
                        Republic and Molson, Washington.  This
                        correlation was used to estimate a long term
                        average annual precipitation value for the
                        mine site.  The record at Molson,
                        Washington, was used to estimate
                        precipitation values for the Crown Jewel
                        Project site  for the driest year; the dry series
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-37
of years on the lowest three-year moving
average; the wettest year and the wet series
of years on the highest three-year moving
average.  The precipitation values determined
by this procedure were used in the hydrologic
analysis of stream monitoring, and were
estimated for the Crown Jewel Project site as
follows:

•   Driest Year - 14.2 inches;

•   Driest Three-Year Period - 17.4 inches;

•   Annual Average - 20.0 inches;

•   Wettest Three-Year Period - 25.5 inches;
    and,

•   Wettest Year - 31.7 inches.

No reliable pan evaporation data have been
taken at the mine site. Pan evaporation rates
at the mine site were therefore calculated by
adjusting historical data that were available
from Republic, and accounting for the
difference in temperature, wind speed and
humidity at the mine site compared to
Republic.  A Monte Carlo statistical
adjustment was made between the Republic
site and the mine site to account for
uncertainty in the temperature, wind speed,
and humidity data. The evaporation data
shown in Table 3.1.1, Weather Data,
represent the median calculated values.  The
average annual pan evaporation at the  mine
site was estimated to be 38.6 inches (ENSR,
1996a).

Additional discussion describing the
methodology used in estimating mine site
climatological data is found in Section 3.1,
Air Quality/Climate.

Project Area Drainage Characteristics

Drainage information used to characterize the
five drainages at the Crown Jewel Project
site included:

•  Total drainage area;

•  Elevation range;

•  Channel length;
              •  Stream order; and,

              •  Stream classification.

              Total Drainage Area. This is the area of the
              drainage basin to its confluence with the next
              lower stream.

              Elevation Range. The range is determined
              from the highest point in the watershed to
              the elevation at the confluence with the next
              lower stream.

              Channel  Length. This is the total length of
              the stream from its origin to its confluence
              with the next lower stream.

              Stream Order. Stream order is a
              classification of a drainage basin using the
              number of tributaries found within the
              drainage. A first order stream has no
              tributaries. A second order stream is a reach
              downstream of the confluence of at least two
              first order streams.  Ordering  continues in this
              fashion indicating the relative complexity of
              the drainage basin.

              Stream Classifications. Stream classifications
              are defined by both the Forest Service and
              WADOE  for the purpose of establishing water
              quality management goals for streams in the
              State of Washington.  Streams in the Crown
              Jewel Project area  have  been  classified by
              the Forest Service as Class III and IV (Forest
              Service,  1989), and by the WADOE as Class
              AA (WADOE, 1992).  Table 3.6.2,  Stream
              Classification Summary,  describes Forest
              Service and WADOE stream classifications
              and water quality management goals.

              Project Area Drainages

              An overview  of the five drainages at the
              Crown Jewel Project site follows.  The
              drainages include:

              •  Nicholson Creek;

              •  Marias Creek;

              •  Gold Creek;

              •  Bolster Creek; and.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-38                CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT            January 1997
                       TABLE 3.6.2, STREAM CLASSIFICATION SUMMARY
  USDA FOREST SERVICE
  Class I   Perennial or intermittent streams that have one or more of the following characteristics:

              •   Direct Source of domestic water use.
              •   Used by large numbers of fish for spawning or mitigation.
              •   Major flow contributor  to a  Class I stream.

  Highest level of protection
          Water quality will not be changed from the existing or natural condition except for the following
          temporary changes from:

              •   Stream restoration.
              •   Habitat improvement.
              •   Necessary transportation system crossing.
              •   Beneficial use structures.
  Class II  Perennial or intermittent streams that have one or more of the following characteristics:

              •   Used by moderate numbers of fish for spawning or migration.
              •   Moderate flow contributor to the Class I stream or major flow  contributor to a Class II
                  stream.

  High level of protection

          Temporary changes as defined for Class I stream but not including the  following:

              •   Increased water temperatures which take several years for shade reestablishment.
              •   Turbidity from long-term disturbances such as roads or large denuded areas.
  Class III All other perennial streams not meeting higher criteria.

  Normal level of protection

          Water quality will not deteriorate existing established water quality goals for downstream Class I
          and II streams.  Water quality changes may involve the following:

              •   Increased water temperatures and turbidity increase, provided these do not cause Class
                  I and II streams to fall below established goals.
  Class IV Intermittent streams not meeting higher criteria.

  Normal level of protection

          Water quality will not deteriorate below existing established water quality goals for downstream
          Class I and II streams. Water quality changes may involve the following:

              •   Increased water temperatures and turbidity increases, provided these do not cause
                  Class I and II streams to fall below established goals.
  WASHINGTON STATE
  Class AA    All surface waters lying within national parks, national forests, and wilderness areas that are
              not specifically listed under WAC 1 73-301A-1 30.

  Highest level of water quality criteria

              •   Water quality of this class shall markedly  and uniformly exceed the requirements for all
                  or substantially all uses.
              •   No temperature  increases shall exceed 0.3°C due to human activities.
              •   Turbidity increases shall not exceed 10% due to human activities.
 •   Ethel Creek.                                     on Buckhorn Mountain near the Canadian
                                                     border. The drainage basin elevation ranges
 These drainages are shown on Figure 3.6.3,         from 5,602 feet at the headwaters to 2,100
 Surface Water Monitoring Stations.                  feet at its confluence with Toroda Creek
                                                     (USGS, 1988).  Nicholson Creek is a third
 Nicholson Creek.  Nicholson Creek originates         order drainage at its confluence with Toroda
                 Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-39
Creek. The drainage area of Nicholson Creek
is 16.1 square miles, with a channel gradient
of 5.06%.  Nicholson Creek has a total
stream length of approximately 7.6 miles.
Approximately 5.25 miles of the stream are
located on  National Forest lands.  The lower
2.25 mile stream reach to the confluence
with Toroda Creek is on private lands. The
portions of the stream that are located on
National Forest land are Forest Service Class
III and IV streams (or WADOE classification
of AA).

The Roosevelt Mine adit is located very close
to the drainage divide between Nicholson
Creek and Marias Creek.  The adit was
reportedly used to 1911, and again between
1919 and 1920.  As was common practice at
that time, waste rock from the Roosevelt
Mine was dumped outside the adit portal.
Continuous discharges from the adit flow
easterly across and through the dump to exit
as surface and subsurface flows on the forest
floor on the divide between Nicholson and
Marias Creeks.  The divide is located on a flat
area between the two creeks.  Small changes
in the forest floor configuration at this point
could direct flows to either drainage.  The
existence of a small channel near the outlet
indicates that water has flowed into the
Marias Creek drainage in the past.

Forest Service fire records indicate that the
outflow from the Roosevelt adit may have
entered Nicholson Creek prior to 1973, while
timber sale records indicate that the flow may
have been to Marias Creek in 1974.  The
divide between the two drainages is about six
inches, subsequently, the outflow may enter
either drainage at various times.

Flows from the Roosevelt adit were causing
road erosion on Forest Road 3575-122; in
January of  1992, the Forest Service
corrected the situation by constructing a
sediment catch basin and unplugging the
culvert across the road.  Flows exiting the
sediment basin continued into Nicholson
Creek, as they had before the culvert was
unplugged,  as legally required to do.  All
available data and evidence indicates that
when and if a change in stream course came
about, it was a natural occurrence. The
stream course change was possibly affected
              by logging activities that occurred in the area
              with the Bishop timber sale (1974-1978),  as
              the road was built and the culvert installed
              between 1975 and 1977 for the removal of
              logs from the area.  The date on which the
              culvert was plugged sufficiently to allow the
              flow to  divert to a different channel is
              unknown, but can be approximated to some
              time after the closing date of the  Bishop
              timber sale in 1978 (USFS, 1996b).

              There are several wetlands located near the
              divide.  The nine-acre wetland in Nicholson
              Creek (C1A and  C1B) is partially supported
              by Roosevelt adit surface and subsurface
              flows, and the wetlands in Marias Creek
              (C1C and PE or C2) may be partially
              supported by Roosevelt adit subsurface
              flows.  At this time, surface and subsurface
              flows in Nicholson  Creek  includes most of the
              Roosevelt adit flows.
              Another wetland area, called the frog pond, is
              a man-made pond reportedly created in 1924
              for stock watering.  The embankment is
              partially formed by Forest Road 3575-120. It
              fills during the spring snowmelt runoff and
              overflows to the north and east into
              Nicholson Creek.  During the year, the water
              surface is reduced by evapotranspiration,
              seepage, and cattle and wildlife usage. By
              late summer and fall, only a small pool
              remains in the bottom.  The catchment which
              contributes surface water runoff to the frog
              pond is about 50 to 60 acres in extent.
              There is no obvious  evidence of springs
              providing water to the pond during the low
              water period in the fall. These and  other
              wetland areas located within the Crown
              Jewel Project area are described in Section
              3.11,  Wetlands.

              Marias Creek.  Marias Creek also drains
              eastward from its headwaters on Buckhorn
              Mountain. The Marias Creek drainage is
              directly south of the Nicholson Creek
              drainage, ranging in  elevation from 5,602 feet
              to 2,280 feet at its confluence with Toroda
              Creek.  The total drainage area for Marias
              Creek is 12.1  square miles, with a channel
              gradient of 6%. Marias Creek is also a third
              order stream at its confluence with Toroda
              Creek.  It has a total stream length of
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-40
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
approximately 6.8 miles, and all but the lower
0.25 miles are within the Okanogan National
Forest boundary.  The lower 0.25 mile stream
reach, to the confluence with Toroda Creek,
is on private lands. The portions of the
stream that are located on  National Forest
land are Forest Service Class III and IV
streams.

Gold Creek.  Gold Creek drains westward into
Myers Creek from its headwaters located on
Buckhorn Mountain.  The drainage basin
ranges in elevation from 5,410 feet to  2,680
feet at its confluence with  Myers Creek, and
has a total drainage area of 3.6 square miles.
The drainage divide separating  Gold Creek
from Nicholson Creek is the approximate
western boundary of the disturbance area.
Physical disturbance from the proposed
Crown Jewel Project would generally be
limited to the area east of this boundary into
Nicholson Creek.

The channel gradient of Gold Creek, to the
confluence with Myers Creek, is
approximately 10%.  Gold  Creek is a third
order stream at its confluence with Myers
Creek. It flows through Okanogan National
Forest, BLM, Washington State, and private
lands. It has a total stream length of 3.5
miles. The lower 0.86 miles of Gold Creek,
to the confluence with Myers Creek, are not
on National Forest land. The 1.4 miles within
the National Forest Boundary are designated
as a Class III and IV stream reach.

Bolster Creek. Bolster Creek also drains
westward into Myers Creek from Buckhorn
Mountain. The Bolster Creek drainage is
located directly south of the Gold Creek
drainage and has a total area of 2.7 square
miles. The elevation of the drainage ranges
from  5,602 feet at the summit of Buckhorn
Mountain to 2,800 feet at  Myers Creek.  The
channel slope of Bolster Creek, to Myers
Creek, is about 10%.  Bolster Creek has a
total stream length of 2.8 miles and is a
second order stream  at its  confluence with
Myers Creek.  Two upper reaches of the
southern fork of Bolster Creek  (totaling
approximately 0.4 miles in length) are on
National Forest land and are classified  as
Forest Service Class  III and IV  (or the
WADOE classification A A). The remainder of
                        Bolster Creek flows through BLM, state and
                        private lands.

                        Ethel Creek. Ethel Creek drains westward
                        into Myers Creek. The drainage is located
                        south of Bolster Creek and has a total area of
                        3.0 square miles.  The drainage ranges in
                        elevation from 5,496 feet to 2,960 feet at
                        Myers Creek.  Channel slope for the entire
                        Ethel Creek drainage is about 10%. Ethel
                        Creek is a second order stream with a total
                        stream length of 2.9 miles.  The lower 1.4
                        miles of Ethel Creek, to the confluence with
                        Myers Creek, are not on National Forest land.
                        The upper 1.5 miles are designated a Class III
                        and IV stream.

                        Surface Water Monitoring Program

                        The surface water monitoring program for the
                        Crown Jewel Project is described in the draft
                        report entitled Baseline Hydrologic Monitoring
                        Plan (ACZ Inc., 1993). There are 14 surface
                        water monitoring stations within the Project
                        area as shown in Figure 3.6.3, Surface  Water
                        Monitoring Stations.  Baseline data  collection
                        was initiated in October 1990 at three
                        surface water sites located in Nicholson,
                        Marias and Bolster Creeks.  In May 1991,
                        two additional sites were  added; one on Gold
                        Creek and one on Ethel Creek.  In March
                        1992, three more sites were added; one in
                        each of the upper reaches of two tributaries
                        of Nicholson Creek, and one in the  upper
                        reaches of Marias Creek.  In June 1992, six
                        stations were added to the network and one
                        was dropped.  The six stations added were
                        located in the upper reaches of Nicholson
                        Creek in the Gold Bowl area, the upper
                        reaches of Gold Creek, and four stations
                        were added to monitor Bolster Creek; an
                        upper and lower station located on  each of
                        the two tributaries of Bolster Creek. One
                        station located on the main stem of Bolster
                        Creek was replaced with the installation of
                        the stations on the lower  reaches of the two
                        Bolster Creek tributaries.

                        Monthly stream flow data were collected
                        from the initiation of the monitoring network
                        in October 1990 through  June 1992. In July
                        1992, weekly stream flow measurements
                        were initiated.  Table 3.6.3, Flow Monitoring
                        History, lists the monitoring stations and the
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
1
I


C/)
ST
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 I
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3
TABLE 3.6.3, FLOW MONITORING HISTORY
Station
Number
SW-1
SW-2
SW-3
SW-4
SW-5
SW-6
SW-7
SW-8
SW-9
SW-10
SW-112
SW-122
SW-132
SW-142
GW-2
GW-33
GW-43
GW-53
Drainage Basin
Nicholson Creek
Marias Creek
Bolster Creek
Gold Creek
Ethel Creek
Nicholson Creek
Nicholson Creek
Marias Creek
Gold bowl Creek (upper Nicholson Creek)
Gold Creek
Bolster Creek
Bolster Creek
Bolster Creek
Bolster Creek
Marias Creek
Gold Creek
Gold Creek
Marias Creek
Control Structure1
Culvert
Culvert.
Broad Crested Weir
Culvert
Culvert
Sharp Crested Weir
Sharp Crested Weir
Sharp Crested Weir
Culvert
Culvert
Sharp Crested Weir
Sharp Crested Weir
Sharp Crested Weir
Sharp Crested Weir
Sharp Crested Weir
Adit Portal
Discharge Pipe
Adit Portal
Period of Discharge Record
October 1 990 - Present
October 1 990 - Present
October 1990 -May 1992
May 1991 - Present
May 1991 - Present
July 1992 - Present
July 1992 - Present
July 1992 - Present
June 1 992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
July 1 992 - Present
July 1992 - Present
July 1 992 - Present
July 1 992 - Present
September 1 992 - Present
May 1992- Present
July 1 992 - Present
May 1 993 - Present
Notes


Station replaced in June 1 992







Replacement for Station SW-3
Replacement for Station SW-3
Replacement for Station SW-3
Replacement for Station SW-3
Roosevelt Adit
Lower Magnetic Adit
Buckhorn Adit
Gold Axe Adit
Notes: 1 . Discharge was calculated based on flow depth measured in control structure. For comparison, direct discharge measurements are
periodically also made using either a bucket and/or flow meter.
2. Discharges measured at nearby Station SW-3 between October 1990 and May 1992 were determined to be inaccurate.
3. Standing water was observed in the Gold Axe adit; however, there was no surface expression of discharge. Discharge was
observed from the Upper Magnetic adit. This discharge could only be visually estimated due to its low rate of flow. Water flowing
from the Buckhorn adit is directed into a concrete containment basin drained by a steel pipe. A bucket is used to measure discharge
from the pipe.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 i

-------
Page 3-42
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
period of record available for stream flow
measurements.

Flow was measured at the surface water
sites using depth measurements in either
corrugated metal pipe (cmp) culvert road
crossings, or sharp-crested, V-notch weirs.
Direct flow measurements were also
periodically taken to verify the flows
estimated from depth  measurements. Weekly
stream flow monitoring at stations SW-1
through SW-14 began in July 1992 and
continued through December 1994.  The
stream flow monitoring frequency at these
stations returned to monthly in 1995.  Due to
poor site access and/or weather conditions,
there are periods when stream flow data
were not collected from some of the
monitoring stations.

Specific monitoring information collected
through October  1995 is  described for the
following drainages in the Crown Jewel
Project area:

•   Nicholson Creek;

•   Marias Creek;

•   Gold Creek;

•   Bolster Creek; and,

•   Ethel Creek.

Nicholson Creek. There are currently four
surface water stations located on Nicholson
Creek.  SW-1 is  located downstream of the
Crown Jewel Project area.  Stream flow is
estimated from depth  measurements at a 36-
inch cmp culvert road crossing.  Monitoring
at SW-1 was initiated in October 1990.
Stream flow at SW-1  ranged from 0.0 cfs
(December 1990 through February 1991,
when the stream was frozen) to 8.24 cfs
(May 5, 1993).

The north and south forks of upper Nicholson
Creek are monitored by SW-6 and SW-7,
respectively. The monitoring station on the
north fork of upper Nicholson Creek (SW-6) is
a sharp-crested, V-notch weir.  This weir is
located approximately 7,800 feet upstream of
SW-1 and was installed in July 1992.  Flow
                       measured at this station from July 1992
                       through October 1995 ranged from less than
                       0.1 cfs to 0.49  cfs.  Flows less than 0.1 cfs
                       were recorded from August 13, 1992
                       through April 1993, August 26, 1993
                       through February 23,  1994, and October 11,
                       1994 through April 1995.  The peak flow for
                       the period of record (0.49 cfs) was measured
                       on May 5, 1993.

                       The monitoring station located on the south
                       fork of upper Nicholson Creek (SW-7) is also
                       a sharp-crested, V-notch weir. The weir was
                       installed in July  1992. Monitoring station
                       SW-7 is located approximately 7,800 feet
                       upstream of SW-1.  Flow measured at this
                       station from July 1992 to present ranged
                       from 0.04 cfs (August 25, 1995) to 1.30 cfs
                       (May 12, 1993).

                       An additional monitoring station (SW-9) is
                       located at the headwaters of the Nicholson
                       area that was previously logged. Monitoring
                       at SW-9 was initiated in June 1992. Flow  at
                       this site was estimated from depth
                       measurements taken at a 24-inch cmp culvert
                       crossing. Flow  has ranged from 0.0 cfs
                       (November  12, 1992  through March 25,
                       1993, December 7, 1993 through April 14,
                       1994, and August 25, 1994 through April
                       1995) to 0.54 cfs (May 13, 1993).

                       Marias Creek. There are two surface water
                       monitoring stations located on Marias Creek.
                       Lower Marias Creek has been monitored at
                       SW-2 since October 1990. Flow at lower
                       Marias Creek is  estimated from depth
                       measurements taken at a 36-inch culvert
                       crossing. Stream flow at this site ranged
                       from 0.0 cfs when the stream was frozen in
                       December 1990 through February 1991 to
                       2.53 cfs on  May 10,  1993.

                       Stream flow on  upper Marias  Creek is
                       monitored from  a sharp-crested, V-notch weir
                       designated SW-8.  This station is located
                       approximately 6,300 feet upstream of SW-2
                       and was installed in July 1992.  Flow across
                       the weir ranged  from  less than 0.01 cfs
                       (January 6, 1993) to 0.64 cfs (May 17,
                       1995).
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-43
Gold Creek.  Two surface water stations are
located on Gold Creek.  Monitoring station
SW-10 is located at a 24-inch cmp culvert
road crossing that conveys water from a
spring that forms the headwaters of Gold
Creek.  Monitoring at SW-10 was initiated in
June 1992.  Flow at SW-10 ranged from  0.0
cfs (December 28, 1992 through April 7,
1993, December 21, 1993 through March
31, 1994, and December 20, 1994 through
February 1995) to 0.63 cfs (May 13, 1993).

Monitoring station SW-4 is located
approximately 4,400 feet downstream of
SW-10. Monitoring at SW-4 was initiated in
May 1991. Flow is estimated from depth
measurements taken in a 24-inch cmp culvert
road crossing. Stream flow in Gold Creek at
SW-4 ranged  from 0.0 cfs on November 28,
1992 and December 9,  1993 to 2.48 cfs  on
May 11, 1995.

Bolster Creek. There are currently four
operating monitoring stations on Bolster
Creek.  Monitoring station SW-11 is located
near the headwaters of the north fork of
Bolster Creek, and monitoring station SW-14
is located near the headwaters of the south
fork of Bolster Creek. Monitoring stations
SW-12 and SW-13 are located directly
upstream of the confluence of the north and
south forks of Bolster Creek, respectively.
Monitoring station SW-3 was located directly
downstream of the confluence of the
tributaries.  This station was discontinued in
June 1992 and replaced by SW-12 and SW-
13.  Monitoring station SW-3 was initially
monitored in October 1990.  Flow
measurements at this site were  not precise
and have not  been included in the surface
water flow database.  The remaining
monitoring sites are all sharp-crested, V-notch
weirs.  They were installed in July 1992.

Stream flow at monitoring station SW-11, on
the north fork of Bolster Creek,  has ranged
from less than 0.01 cfs (October 1, 1992,
December 1992 through March  1993,
October 27, 1993 through January 18,
1994, and February 17, 1995) to 0.44 cfs on
May 5, 1993.  Monitoring station SW-12,
located approximately 5,700 feet
downstream of SW-11  has had  stream flow
ranging from 0.01 cfs (March 3, 1992) to
              1.30 cfs (May 5, 1993).

              Stream flow at monitoring station SW-14, on
              the south fork of Bolster Creek, have ranged
              from less than 0.01 cfs (January 22 through
              March 18, 1993 and January 18, 1994) to
              1.34 cfs (May 13, 1993). Monitoring station
              SW-13, located approximately 7,300 feet
              downstream of SW-14, has had stream flow
              ranging from 0.02 cfs (October 1, 1992) to
              2.2 cfs (May  15  1995).

              Ethel Creek. Monitoring station SW-5 is
              located on Ethel Creek approximately 6,000
              feet from its confluence with Myers Creek.
              Flow at monitoring station SW-5 is estimated
              from depth measurements made in a 24-inch
              cmp culvert road crossing.  Stream flow
              monitoring was initiated at SW-5 in May
              1991. Stream flow has ranged from 0.01 cfs
              (January 7, 1993 and February 15, 1994) to
              4.9 cfs (April 28, 1993).

              Analysis of Surface Water Monitoring

              The period of record for stream flows
              monitored at the Crown Jewel Project site
              have corresponded to a period of high
              precipitation variability.  During the surface
              water monitoring program, surface flows
              have been collected during a year with
              precipitation slightly below the driest 3-Year
              Period and slightly above the wettest 3-Year
              Period. The precipitation for the driest 3-Year
              Period was 17.4 inches and the precipitation
              during the 1994 Water Year was 16.5
              inches. The precipitation for the wettest 3-
              Year Period was 25.5 inches and the
              precipitation during the 1993 Water Year was
              26.9 inches.  This allows confidence that the
              stream flow data collected have bracketed a
              reasonable range of expected precipitation-
              runoff conditions present at the site.

              Surface water flows measured during the
              monitoring program described above  have
              been plotted in hydrographs for each station
              and each  water year (October-September)
              that the station has been monitored.  Based
              on the hydrographs, a hydrologic water
              balance was prepared.  A hydrologic  water
              balance is an accounting of the components
              of the hydrologic cycle. The hydrologic water
              balance components of surface runoff, base
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-44
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
flow, evapotranspiration, and precipitation
were examined.  Four years of data are
available that have concurrent stream flow
and precipitation monitoring. The
precipitation data set includes two years of
monitored data (1993, 1994) and two years
of synthesized data.

A hydrograph separation analysis was used
to determine the surface and base flow
components of stream runoff. The
hydrographs also showed that the major
component of the stream flow at the Crown
Jewel Project site is base flow.  Surface
runoff occurs predominantly during
snowmelt, approximately mid-April through
June. Table 3.6.4, Summary of Crown Jewel
Project Site Hydrologic Water Balance, shows
the results of the hydrograph analysis.  Total
runoff is the sum of surface and base flow.
The baseflow component of stream flow
represents precipitation that has recharged to
ground water then discharges to the stream.

Based on inspection of the streamflow and
ground water, the ground water aquifer is
assumed to refill each  year. The ground
water discharge to the stream, or base flow,
represents the majority of the recharge to the
ground water system.  The average of the
base flows for the monitoring sites near the
top of Buckhorn  Mountain, for the two to
three year period of record, was used to
estimate the ground water recharge rate.
This average was 2.9  inches.  To this
average was added 0.2 inches to account for
riparian  evapotranspiration in and near stream
beds, and 0.6 inches to account for
subsurface flow  discharging from the system.
The total average annual recharge rate for
this period used for  modeling purposes was
estimated to be 3.7 inches.

Precipitation (in acre-feet) was estimated  over
each watershed area.  The sum of outflows
from the system (total runoff and
evapotranspiration) equal the sum of inflows
to the system (total precipitation).
Throughout the Crown Jewel Project area,
total runoff was  determined to range between
10% and 30% of total precipitation.
                        3.6.5  Site Surface Water Quality

                        Sample Collection and Analysis

                        Baseline surface water quality samples for the
                        Crown Jewel Project were first collected in
                        October 1990 from three monitoring stations:
                        SW-1 (Nicholson Creek), SW-2 (Marias
                        Creek) and SW-3 (Bolster Creek).  Since this
                        initial sampling effort, 11 additional surface
                        water stations (SW-4 through SW-14) have
                        been added to the monitoring network, and
                        water quality samples have been collected
                        every month, weather and access conditions
                        permitting, through June 1995. All of the
                        surface water stations are currently being
                        sampled on a semi-annual basis with the
                        exception of station SW-3, which was
                        discontinued in June 1992, and replaced by
                        stations SW-12 and SW-13.  The monitoring
                        history of the stations is included in Table
                        3.6.5, Water Quality Monitoring History.
                        Note that this table also includes the wells
                        and historic adits where ground water quality
                        samples have been  collected. A discussion
                        of ground water quality conditions at the  site
                        is presented in Section 3.8, Ground Water.
                        The locations of the surface water monitoring
                        stations are shown  on Figure 3.6.3, Surface
                        Water Monitoring Stations.

                        Field analyses of the surface water quality
                        samples include measurement of dissolved
                        oxygen (DO), pH, specific conductance,
                        temperature, and ferrous iron. Laboratory
                        analyses of the  samples are performed  using
                        analytical methods  accepted and approved by
                        WADOE in WADOE accredited laboratories.
                        The following laboratory water quality
                        parameters are measured:

                        •   General and Physical Characteristics;

                        •   Major Ions;

                        •   Nutrients;

                        •   Trace Metals/Elements;

                        •   Radionuclides;  and,

                        •   Cyanide (Total  and WAD).
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 1
 Sir
 I
 I

 ^.

 I

 i


I
 r>

TABLE 3.6.4, SUMMARY OF CROWN JEWEL PROJECT SITE HYDROLOGIC WATER BALANCE
Station Name
Upper NF Nicholson
Upper SF Nicholson
Gold Bowl Drainage
Lower Nicholson
Upper Marias
Lower Marias
Upper Gold
Lower Gold
Upper NF Bolster
Upper SF Bolster
Lower NF bolster
Lower SF Bolster
Ethel
Station
Number
SW-6
SW-7
SW-9
SW-1
SW-8
SW-2
SW-10
SW-4
SW-11
SW-1 4
SW-1 2
SW-1 3
SW-5
Drainage
Area
(acres)
536
479
143
2,222
792
1,381
42
407
72
105
397
743
1,365
Elevation
(ft)
4,000
4,000
4,600
3,200
3,900
3,400
4,600
3,800
4,500
4,600
3,600
3,500
3,500
Dry Year Scenario
Total
Runoff2
(AF)'
45
104
8
352
73
207
8
64
14
17
50
93
307
ET3
(API
590
463
161
2,278
864
1,427
42
417
71
108
420
786
1,308
Notes: 1 . AF is annual flow in acre-feet.
2. Total Runoff includes surface water runoff and baseflow.
used to compute average annual ground water recharge.
3. ET is evapotranspiration.
Dry Year Scenario precipitation = 14.2 inches/year, Average Year
Source: Hydro-Geo, 1996a. Analysis of Stream Depletions Resulting From
Total
Precip.
(AF)
634
567
169
2,629
937
1,634
50
482
85
124
470
879
1,615
Average Year Scenario
Total
Runoff2
(AF)1
63
172
23
593
139
391
13
136
23
56
89
167
501
ET3
(AF)
831
627
216
3,111
1,181
1,910
57
543
97
119
572
1,071
1,775
Total
Precip.
(AF)
893
798
238
3,703
1,320
2,302
70
678
120
175
662
1,238
2,275
Wet Year Scenario
Total
Runoff2
(AF)1
94
271
50
1,055
211
760
23
285
43
139
172
341
796
ET3

-------
Page 3-4-6
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.6.5, WATER QUALITY MONITORING HISTORY
Sampling Site
Period of Record
Monthly Analyses Performed1
Field Parameters2
Monitoring Wells
MW-1
MW-2
MW-3
MW-4
MW-5
MW-6
MW-7
MW-8
MW-9
May 1 992 - Present
May 1 992 - Present
May 1 992 - Present
May 1992 - Present
May 1992 - Present
May 1992 - Present
May 1992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Laboratory Parameters3

V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Surface Water Stations4
SW-1
SW-2
SW-3
SW-4
SW-5
SW-6
SW-7
SW-8
SW-9
SW-10
SW-11
SW-1 2
SW-1 3
SW-1 4
October 1 990 - Present
October 1 990 - Present
October 1990- May 1992
May 1991 - Present
May 1991 - Present
April 1992 - Present
February 1 992 - Present
February 1992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Mine Adits4
GW-26-6
GW-36
GW-48
GW-57
February 1992 - Present
May 1992 - Present
June 1992 - Present
May 1 993 - Present
V
V
V
V
V

V

Flowing Well
GW-1
August 1991 - Present | V

Notes: 1. Beginning in June 1995, the monitoring frequency was changed from monthly to semi-annually. Semi-
annual analyses are currently performed in June and October.
2. Field parameters include pH, temperature, specific conductivity, dissolved oxygen, and ferrous iron.
3. Laboratory parameters are listed in Table 3,6.6, Water Quality Analytical Methods and Standards.
4. During the winter months, surface water stations and mine adits were periodically not sampled due to
either poor site access, no flow observed, or ice cover.
5. From February 1992 to October 1992, field parameters were analyzed at GW-2. Beginning in November
1992, both field and laboratory parameters were monitored.
6. Field and Laboratory parameters were analyzed at GW-2, GW-3, and GW-4 as part of the June 1992
Spring and Seep Survey.
7. Field and laboratory parameters were analyzed at GW-3 and GW-5 during Spring and Seep Surveys in
1992, 1993, 1994, and 1995.
A listing of the surface water quality
parameters, including methods of laboratory
analysis, is provided in Table 3.6.6, Water
Quality Analytical Methods and Standards.
                       Methods used to conduct field analyses and
                       to sample the surface waters are described in
                       the draft report Baseline Hydrologic Water
                       Monitoring Plan (ACZ Inc., 1993).
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
I
I
i

I
o
TABLE 3.6.6, WATER QUALITY ANALYTICAL METHODS AND STANDARDS
Parameter
Laboratory
Method
Detection
Limit1
(in mg/l
unless noted)
Washington
Fresh Water
Acute
Criteria*
(in mg/l)
Washington
Freeh Water
Chronic
Criteria*
(in mg/l)
Washington
Primary
Ground Water
Criteria*
(in mg/l)
Washington
Secondary
Qround Water
Criteria*
(hi mo/1)
Class AA
Surface Water
Criteria*
(as noted)
GENERAL AND PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Specific Conductance
Hardness, Total
pH
Silica7
Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR)
Total Dissolved Solids (IDS)7
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)7
Turbidity
EPA 120.1, Meter
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 150.1, Meter
EPA 200.7, ICP
USGS -11738-78
EPA 160.1, Gravimetric (180C)
EPA 160.2, Gravimetric (105C)
EPA 180.1, Noptholometric
1 (//mhos/cm)
1
0.1 (units)
0.1, 0.2
0.03
2.0, 10
2.0, 5
0.1 (NTU)
CATIONS
Calcium7
Magnesium7
Potassium7
Sodium7
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
1,0.2
1,0.2
1, 0.3
1, 0.3
ANIONS
Alkalinity, Total7
Bicarbonate7
Carbonate7
Chloride
Fluoride
Sulfate
Sulfide
NUTRIENTS
Nitrogen, Ammonia
Nitrogen, Nitrate/Nitrite
Nitrogen, Nitrate
Nitrogen, Nitrite
SM 2320B
SM 2320B
SM 2320B
EPA 325.2, Auto-Ferrocyanide
EPA 340.2, Ion Selective Electrode
EPA 375.3, Gravimetric
SM 427C, Meth. Blue Colometric
1,0.2
1, 0.2
1,0.2
1
0.1
2, 10
0.02

EPA 350. 1 , Auto-Phenate
EPA 353.2, Auto-CD Reduction
EPA 353.2, Auto-CD Reduction
EPA 353.2, Auto-CD Reduction
TRACE METALS/ELEMENTS2
Aluminum7
Antimony7
Arsenic
Barium7
Beryllium7
Bismuth
Boron7
Cadmium7
Chromium
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 204.2, GFAA
EPA 206.2, GFAA
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7 (M).ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
0.05
0.02
0.02
0.01

























860











230




0.10'°




0.06, 0.03
0.001,0.002
0.001
0.01,0.003
0.005, 0.002
0.1
0.02, 0.01
0.005, 0.003
0.01


0.360




0.0074
3.06
0.0210






0.19O




0.0017
0.365








700 (//mhos/cm)

6.6-8.5 (units)


600

1










4




10
10
1


0.006
0.00005
2
0.004


0.006
0.1








260

260


















6.5-8.5 (units)

































                                                                                                                                                                                          8
                                                                                                                                                                                          NJ
i

i
ffi

I


I

-------
8
I
*
i-
TABLE 3.6.6, WATER QUALITY ANALYTICAL METHODS AND STANDARDS
Parameter
Cobalt7
Copper
Iron7
Lead
Manganese7
Mercury3
Molybdenum7
Nickel7
Selenium4
Silver7
Strontium7
Thallium
Vanadium7
Zinc
RADIONUCLIDES
Gross Alpha
Gross Beta
Radium 226 (analyzed if
Gross Alpha results >5 pCi/l)
Radium 226/228 (analyzed if Radium
226 results >3 pCi/ll
Laboratory
Method
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 246.1, AA-Cold Vapor
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 2O0.7, ICP
EPA 270.2, GFAA/SM 3500SeC.
Hydride Generation
EPA 200.7. ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 279.2, GFAA
EPA 200.7, ICP
EPA 200.7, ICP
Detection
Limit1
(in mg/l
unless noted)
0.02, 0.01
0.01
0.02, O.O1
0.02
0.01.0.OO5
0.0001,
0.0002
0.05, 0.01
O.02, O.O1
0.001
0.01.0.0O5
0.02, 0.01
0.002
0.01,0.005
0.01

EPA 9310
EPA 9310
EPA 9315
EPA 9320
1 (pCi/l)
1, 3(pCi/l)
1 (pCi/l)
2, 3 (pCi/L)
CYANIDE AND ORQANICS
Total Organic Carbon (TOC)5
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH)5
Cyanide, Total8
Cyanide, WAD'
EPA 41 5.1
EPA 8015 (M) GC/FID
EPA 335.3, Manual Distillation
SM 4500-CNI
1
0.2
0.002, 0.01
0.002, 0.01
Washington
Fresh Water
Acute
Criteria'
(in mg/l)

0.029

0.136

0.0024

2.42
0.020
0.0071



0.1876
Washington
Fresh Water
Chronic
Criteria*
(in mg/l)

0.018

0.0053

0.000012

O.269
0.005




0.1699









0.022




Washington
Primary
Ground Water
Criteria'
(in mg/l)



0.05

0.002

O.I
0.05
0.1

0.002


Washington
Secondary
Ground Water
Criteria"
(in mg/l)

1
0.3

0.05








5
Class AA
Surface Water
Criteria"
(as noted)















15 (pCi/ll
50 (pCi/l)
3 (pCi/l)
5 (pCi/ll




0.005





















Notes: 1 . Detection limits reported by ACZ Laboratories, Inc. of Steamboat Springs, Colorado and SVL of Kellog, Idaho.
2. Trace metals/elements analyzed in both filtered (dissolved) and unfiltered (total) samples.
3. Mercury detection limit increased from 0.0001 mg/l to 0.0002 mg/l in July 1993 due to a change in instrumentation.
4. In June 1 994, the method to analyze selenium was changed from EPA 270.2 to SM 3500SeC.
5. TOC and TPH only analyzed on ground water samples
6. Cyanide detection limit increased from 0.002 mg/l to 0.01 mg/l in June 1994 due to results from laboratory instrument detection limit studies.
7. Detection limit changed in November 1 994 due to results from laboratory instrument detection limit studies.
8. From WAC 1 73-201 A, Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters ot the State of Washington, November 1 992. Standards for cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, nickel,
silver, and zinc were calculated assuming a hardness of 2000 mg/l (as CaCO,). This hardness value is the approximate baseline average measured in site surface waters.
9. From WAC 173-20O, Water Quality Standards for Ground Waters of the State of Washington, October 1990. These standards have been updated to include amendments to
applicable federal and state rules, as perR. Raforth of WADOE (July 1996).
10. Standards for ammonia were calculated assuming a water temperature of 6.0°C and a pH of 8.0. The water temperature and pH values are the approximate baseline
averages measured in site surface waters.
                                                                                                                                                                             Co
                                                                                                                                                                             fe
                                                                                                                                                                             09
                                                                                                                                                                             i
                                                                                                                                                                             Co
                                                                                                                                                                             3!
                                                                                                                                                                             §

                                                                                                                                                                             i
                                                                                                                                                                             "H
                                                                                                                                                                            {
                                                                                                                                                                             (o
                                                                                                                                                                             SJ

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-49
Summary of Water Quality

Surface water quality data collected at the
Crown Jewel Project site through October
1995 are summarized in Appendix C,
Hydrologic  Summary Statistics, (C-1,
Summary Statistics for Selected Baseline
Surface Water Quality Parameters). A
complete record is maintained in a surface
water quality data base.  For comparative
purposes, data in  this appendix have been
grouped by watersheds and basic statistics
(minimum,  maximum, mean, number of
samples analyzed, and  number of samples
below detection level)  have been calculated.
To calculate mean values, all concentrations
reported below the detection limit were
assumed to equal one-half of the detection
limit value.  This approach was used to
calculate summary statistics for the surface
water, ground water, and spring and seep
quality baseline data.

Due to similarities observed in water quality
conditions, a separate discussion of surface
water quality conditions in each watershed is
not provided  in this section.  Rather, an
overall summary of water quality
characteristics in  the study area is presented.
Information on other water quality
characteristics for each watershed can be
found in Appendix C, Hydrologic Summary
Statistics.

All surface and ground water sampling sites
were monitored for at least a three-year
period that included water years 1993, 1994,
and  1995.  Site precipitation is estimated to
have been  about  138% of average  for the
1 993 water year, 82% of average for the
1 994 water year, and 120% of average for
the 1995 water year.  As described in
Section 3.6.4, Project Area Surface Water
Hydrology, 1993  was a high precipitation
year and 1994 a low precipitation year.

Field analyses indicate  that surface waters at
the Crown  Jewel  Project site are alkaline and
contain measurable oxygen, with field pH
values ranging from 6.9 to 9.3 and DO
ranging from 1.5  mg/l to 13.8 mg/l. Surface
water temperatures vary seasonally, with
measurements ranging from -0.7°C (30.7°F)
in Gold Creek during the  winter to 16.9°C
              (62.5°F) in Nicholson Creek during the
              summer.  Field measurements of ferrous iron
              in site surface waters were negative.

              Laboratory analyses indicate that calcium and
              bicarbonate are the dominant cation and
              anion measured, respectively, in site surface
              waters.  The observed pH range and the
              predominance of calcium and bicarbonate in
              solution indicates that the major-ion
              chemistry and the acid-base conditions of
              surface waters at the Crown Jewel  Project
              site are due to dissolution of carbonate
              minerals.  The presence of bicarbonate
              alkalinity in the surface water also indicates
              the natural system has inherent acid buffering
              capabilities.  One exception  is station SW-10,
              located at the headwaters to Gold Creek. In
              samples from this station, sulfate, rather than
              bicarbonate,  was the dominant anion
              measured.

              Station SW-10 is located downgradient of the
              Lower Magnetic Adit (Station GW-3),
              suggesting that discharge from the adit could
              be affecting surface water quality conditions.
              Comparison of water quality data from the
              two stations, however, showed that the
              average sulfate concentration at SW-10 is
              substantially higher than at GW-3.  This
              would indicate an additional sulfate  source
              between the stations, likely  originating from
              the oxidation of sulfide bearing minerals in
              the native soils and bedrock. Bedrock in this
              area was mapped as a mineralized skarn.
              The alkaline pH values measured at  GW-3
              (7.6 mean) and SW-10 (8.1  mean) indicate
              that sulfide oxidation, if occurring, is not
              resulting in acid drainage.

              The highest TDS  measured in site surface
              waters also occurs at station SW-10, ranging
              from 290 mg/l to 482 mg/l. By comparison,
              TDS levels were lower at the other surface
              stations (62  mg/l to 324 mg/l), including
              Station SW-4, located about one mile
              downgradient of SW-10 on  Gold Creek.  The
              average TDS concentration at SW-4 (228
              mg/l) is about 45% lower than at SW-10
              (416 mg/l), indicating that substantial dilution
              of the surface waters is occurring between
              the two  stations.  Flows measured at SW-4
              have typically been three to five times higher
              than at SW-10 over the monitoring  period.
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-50
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Dissolved trace metal concentrations in site
surface waters were generally at or below
analytical detection limits. Both arsenic and
strontium were frequently detected in all
drainages at levels above detection limits.
Arsenic concentrations ranged from below
detection (less than 0.001 mg/l) to 0.014
mg/l, and averaged 0.002 mg/l.  Strontium
concentrations ranged from below detection
(less than 0.01 mg/l) to 0.77 mg/l and
averaged 0.3 mg/l.  These metals are
commonly detected at trace  levels in natural
waters as a result of the interaction with
sediments and bedrock.

Total concentrations of aluminum and iron
were noticeably higher than  associated
dissolved concentrations at several of the
surface water stations.  This observation is
not uncommon in the analysis of surface
waters and is attributed to the occurrence of
colloidal  material and/or suspended solids in
the water column.  Most colloids and
suspended solids are effectively removed
from the dissolved metal samples by
filtration.

Low nutrient levels were commonly detected
in site  drainages.  Ammonia  concentrations
ranged from below detection (less than 0.05
mg/l) to 0.27 mg/l and averaged less than
0.05 mg/l. Nitrate plus nitrite concentrations
ranged from below detection (less than 0.02
mg/l) to  1.09 mg/l and averaged 0.1 mg/l.
Detection of ammonia, a reduced form of
nitrogen, in site streams may suggest
potential impacts from grazing activities.

Analysis of gross alpha and  gross beta
activities indicates that background
radioactivity in site surface waters is
generally near detection levels.  Gross alpha
activities ranged from less than 1 pico Curie
per liter (pCi/l) to 22 pCi/l and averaged 2
pCi/l.  Gross beta activities ranged from less
than 1  pCi/l to 21  pCi/l and averaged less
than 3 pCi/l.  With one exception, analysis of
Radium 226 in samples with gross alpha
activities greater than 5 pCi/l were at or
below  the detection level of 1 pCi/l. A
radium activity of 1.4 pCi/l was measured for
station SW-2 sampled on October 11, 1993.
                        Total and WAD cyanide concentrations were
                        generally below the analytical detection limit
                        of 0.002 mg/l, although, periodically, these
                        parameters were detected at slightly above
                        detection levels. Total cyanide
                        concentrations ranged from less than 0.002
                        mg/l to 0.029 mg/l and averaged less than
                        0.002 mg/l.  WAD cyanide concentrations
                        ranged from less than 0.002 mg/l to 0.02
                        mg/l and averaged less than 0.002 mg/l.
                        Cyanide does occur naturally in the
                        environment  and its infrequent detection
                        during baseline  monitoring of site surface
                        waters may suggest a natural source.  It
                        should also be noted that measuring cyanide
                        at these relatively low concentrations is
                        difficult and the potential for "false" positives
                        exists.

                        Seasonal Variability in Quality.  Seasonal
                        variability in baseline surface water quality
                        data can occur  as a result of one or more of
                        the following factors:

                        •   Increased stream flow during
                            precipitation events and spring
                            snowmelt;

                        •   Greater ground water contribution
                            during low stream flow (baseflow)
                            conditions;

                        •   Differences in ambient air
                            temperature;

                        •   Elevated  biological activity during
                            warmer months; and,

                        •   Increased surface activities at sites
                            (grazing/logging/exploration/etc.).

                        To assess whether changes in streamflow
                        have caused  seasonal variability in surface
                        water quality data at the Crown Jewel
                        Project site, a simple correlation was
                        performed between monthly discharges, TDS,
                        and total suspended solids (TSS) data.
                        During periods of high streamflow, TDS can
                        be expected to  decrease due to dilution from
                        run-off while TSS should increase because  of
                        increased erosion in or near the stream
                        channel. In contrast,  under low flow
                        conditions, TDS levels would be higher due to
                        a greater ground water contribution to flow
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-51
and less dilution whereas TSS levels may
decrease as a result of reduced erosion. This
scenario would result in a positive correlation
between discharge and TSS values and a
negative correlation between discharge and
TDS values.

The correlation results indicate that increased
stream flows at the site generally are related
to decreased TDS concentrations. The
degree of correlation, as measured by
correlation coefficient values, between
stream flow and TDS,  ranged from weak to
strong across the site.  By contrast, the
correlation between flow and TSS was
typically poor at all of the surface water
stations monitored indicating that increased
flows are not closely related to increases in
sediment concentration.  Several factors may
contribute to this  observation including:

•   Stable stream banks;

•   Site soil and geologic conditions; and,

•   Location near drainage headwaters.

Surface water temperatures demonstrated a
strong seasonal variability. As a result of
ambient air temperature differences, surface
waters typically ranged from 6°C to 17°C
cooler (11 °F to 29°F) during the winter than
the summer.  A month to month comparison
of nutrient levels revealed no clear seasonal
trends.

Sediment Loading.  The sediment load of a
stream is determined by the stream discharge
and sediment concentration of the water.
Sediments in stream water are comprised of
mobile bed material that occurs  near the base
of the water column and suspended material
that occurs throughout the water column.

As part of baseline monitoring at the Crown
Jewel Project site, TSS was measured in
monthly surface water grab samples. TSS
provides a measure of the sediment
concentration of the streams.  Observed
differences in TSS levels between drainage
basins may indicate areas where elevated
erosion is occurring.
              TSS concentrations measured in site streams
              ranged from less than 5 mg/l to 125 mg/l
              and, on average, were about 5 mg/l.  Seven
              stations did exhibit slightly increased TSS
              with average TSS values ranging from 6 mg/l
              to 11 mg/l.  Three of these stations are on
              Nicholson Creek (SW-6, SW-7, and SW-9),
              two on Bolster Creek (SW-3 and SW-11), one
              on  Gold Creek (SW-4),  and one on Ethel
              Creek (SW-5). As described previously,
              station SW-3 was replaced in June 1992 by
              stations SW-12 and SW-13.

              Local increases in the sediment concentration
              of streams can result from a  variety of
              factors including:

              •   Disturbances such as timber removal,
                  slash burning, and road construction;

              •   Differences in vegetation and
                  percentage of surface cover;

              •   Changes in soil types; and,

              •   Differences in the drainage basin
                  shape and slope.

              Over the past 30 years, each of the drainage
              basins in the Crown Jewel Project area has
              been logged to some extent. Recently
              (1992), shelterwood and seedtree harvest
              operations were conducted in Marias Creek
              near stations SW-2 and SW-8.  Also,  in
              1993, three sales occurred in the Nicholson
              and Marias Creek drainages.  The most recent
              logging activities were the Nicholson timber
              sales harvested in 1994 and 1995.

              Review of the TSS data collected during
              baseline monitoring suggests that the recent
              (and historic) logging activities have not
              substantially increased  the TSS of the  site
              streams.  One or a combination of the other
              factors may explain the minor increase in TSS
              values observed at the  four stations.

              The highest individual TSS concentrations
              were measured in April 1992,  1993, and
              1995 at six sites:

              •   SW-3 - 88 mg/l;

              •   SW-4-125  mg/l;
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-52
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
•   SW-9 - 52 mg/l;

•   SW-11  - 52 mg/l;

•   SW-12-62 mg/l; and,

•   SW-14-64 mg/l.

A relatively high TSS concentration of 74
mg/l was also measured at Station SW-6
during September 1995.

The common occurrence of elevated TSS
values in April corresponds with increased
stream discharges that result from spring
snowmelt and suggests a relationship
between increased sediment concentrations
and flows.  However, as described above, a
correlation performed between TSS and flow
for each of the surface water monitoring
stations indicated an overall weak correlation
exists between TSS and flow over the period
of record.

3.7    SPRINGS AND SEEPS

3.7.1  Introduction

A spring and seep survey and sampling
program was initiated in June 1992, with
follow-up sampling conducted in October
1992; June and October 1993; June and
October 1994; and, June and October 1995.
The initial location survey consisted of driving
and walking site drainages to locate springs,
seeps and flowing sections of streams.  The
purpose of the program was to locate springs
and seeps that could be potentially affected
by the proposed Crown Jewel Project and to
collect water samples from the  springs to
determine flow and quality characteristics
during wet and dry seasons.  Figure 3.7.1,
Spring and Seep Locations, shows the
primary study area boundary and the springs
and seeps identified during the  surveys.

Springs and seeps are the discharge points
where ground water pressure gradients  create
water movement. The seeps and springs
occur in a variety of locations, including along
streams or lakes, low areas or depressions,
areas where permeable  soils or bedrock
surface, or zones overlying impermeable
layers.
                        Springs and seeps are part of several
                        ecological functions occurring over the
                        landscape.  Most importantly, they contribute
                        to the overall functions of wetlands and
                        riparian areas by releasing filtered and stored
                        ground water.  Seeps and springs which are
                        not directly associated with streams or lakes
                        are the source of water which supports
                        isolated wetlands or riparian areas. Seeps
                        and springs release water slowly, increasing
                        the quality of water for down stream uses,
                        while increasing the late season stream flow,
                        that can be used for down stream uses.

                        Seeps and springs influence soil and
                        vegetation development.  These situations
                        create habitat for animal and plant
                        communities living within the soil or on the
                        soil surface. The release of cool water,
                        especially during warmer periods, provides
                        relief from extreme temperatures.

                        Springs and seeps were classified in the  field
                        based on flow conditions. To be classified as
                        a seep, a field site had to contain visible
                        water but generally no measurable flow or
                        apparent source.  To be classified as  a spring,
                        there had to be both measurable flow and a
                        distinct source  of water.  Flows determined
                        to be continuations of upstream, surface
                        waters were not classified as springs.
                        Intermittent sections were mapped in the
                        study area where surface waters appeared for
                        a short distance and then disappeared
                        underground for varying distances before
                        resurfacing.

                        3.7.2  Location and Description

                        The spring and seep surveys were performed
                        in the headwaters of five drainages:

                        •  Nicholson Creek;

                        •  Marias Creek;

                        •  Gold Creek;

                        •  Bolster Creek; and,

                        •  Ethel Creek.

                        A total of 30 springs and 18 seeps were
                        identified.  The majority of the springs and
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-53
seeps originated along or near fault zones.
Each of the springs and  seeps are listed in
Table 3.7.1, Spring and Seep Investigation
Summary, and grouped by drainage basin. A
description of the spring and seep locations is
provided below, followed by a discussion of
discharge and water quality measurements.

Nicholson Creek

The Nicholson Creek drainage consists of two
primary tributaries; the South Fork and North
Fork. A total of six springs and eight seeps
were found within this combined drainage
area.

Along the South Fork, three springs (JJ-18,
JJ-20, and JJ-21) and three seeps (JJ-16,
SN-22,  and SN-26) were identified. Three
springs and five seeps were identified along
the North Fork.   The spring locations were
designated SN-3, SN-4, and SN-5 and the
seep locations designated SN-10,  SN-15,  SN-
19, SN-20, and SN-27.  SN-15 is  the location
of a shallow pool, known as the frog pond,
covering approximately two acres.

Marias Creek

Within this drainage, three tributaries were
investigated; the South Fork, the Middle Fork,
and the East Fork.  Five springs  (JJ-6, JJ-6a,
JJ-6b, JJ-7, and JJ-10)  and two seeps (JJ-9
and JJ-34) were identified in the South Fork.
Five springs were also identified in the Middle
Fork (JJ-4, JJ-5, JJ-14,  JJ-15 and JJ-26).
Only one spring (JJ-3) was observed in the
East Fork.

Four springs surveyed in the Marias Creek
drainage have been affected by human
activity  in the area.  Springs JJ-4 and JJ-5
were reportedly first observed after a site
access road was constructed. Spring JJ-14
originates from an uncased boring (92-513)
drilled in 1992 as part of the exploration
program. Attempts to plug this  boring have
been unsuccessful.  Finally, Spring JJ-3
occurs at the location of a flowing well,
developed for stock water.
              Gold Creek

              Two springs (SN-6 and SN-7) and one seep
              (SN-18) were identified in the Gold Creek
              drainage.

              Bolster Creek

              Two primary tributaries were investigated in
              this drainage: south fork and north fork.  Four
              springs were identified in the south fork
              drainage and designated SN-12, SN-14, SN-
              16, and SN-17.

              Ethel Creek

              Three springs and three seeps were identified
              along the main Ethel Creek tributary.  The
              springs were designated JJ-23, JJ-24, and
              JJ-25.  The seeps were designated JJ-22,
              JJ-33, and SN-21.

              Additional Springs and Seeps

              Eight additional springs and seeps were
              identified north and  south of the Crown
              Jewel Project area.  North of Nicholson
              Creek, within the Cedar Creek drainage, five
              sites were identified and designated JJ-27
              through JJ-31.  Of these sites, only JJ-27
              had flowing water and was classified  as a
              spring. A relatively  large, swampy area was
              observed at the site of JJ-28, but no flow
              was detected at this site. The remaining
              sites north of Nicholson Creek were generally
              dry in October 1 992, although there was
              evidence of past  surface moisture.  South of
              Ethel Creek and west of Marias Creek, three
              springs were identified in an unnamed
              drainage. These  springs were designated JJ-
              1, JJ-2 and JJ-32.  Spring JJ-32 was
              determined to be out of the potential area of
              hydrologic effect and was eliminated from the
              sampling program.

              3.7.3   Water Quantity

              Flow rates from springs were measured,
              where possible, using  a section of 1.5-inch
              PVC pipe, a calibrated 2-gallon bucket, and a
              watch.  The pipe was  placed near the spring
              origin and used to direct flow into the bucket.
              The flow was calculated based on the time
              required to fill the bucket.  At some sites, all
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
I
1
I

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
o
Co
sr

I
3
TABLE 3.7.1, SPRING AND SEEP INVESTIGATION SUMMARY
Site
Number
JJ-6a
JJ-6b
JJ-7
JJ-9
JJ-10
JJ-14
JJ-15
JJ-26
JJ-34
SN-6
SN-7
SN-18
SN-12
SN-14
SN-16
SN-17
JJ-22
JJ-23
JJ-24
JJ-25
JJ-33
Drainage Basin
Marias Creek
(South Fork)
Marias Creek
(South Fork)
Marias Creek
(South Fork)
Marias Creek
(South Fork)
Marias Creek
(South Fork)
Marias Creek
(Middle Fork)
Marias Creek
(Middle Fork)
Marias Creek
(Middle Fork)
Marias Creek
(South Fork)
Gold Creek
Gold Creek
Gold Creek
Bolster Creek
(South Fork)
Bolster Creek
(South Fork)
Bolster Creek
(South Fork)
Bolster Creek
(South Fork)
Ethel Creek
Ethel Creek
Ethel Creek
Ethel Creek
Ethel Creek
Classification
Spring
Spring
Spring
Seep
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Seep
Spring
Spring
Seep
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Seep
Spring
Spring
Spring
Seep
Estimated Discharge1
(gpm)
6/92
<0.5
<0.5
<0.5
NF
<0.5
2.75
2.75
Nl
NF
3
5
NF
<0.5
1.5
Nl
Nl
NF
4
5
5
NF
10/92
NM
NM
NM
NM
0.9
3
2
2
NM
2
NM
NM
2
0.2
0.5
1
NF
0.9
5
NM
NM
6/93
NM
NM
NM
NM
2
3
2
6
NM
10
3.8
NM
NM
1.8
NM
0.6
NM
12
4
NM
NM
10/93
NM
NM
NM
NM
1.6
2.5
4
3
NM
5
NF
NM
NM
0.6
NM
1.1
NM
3
NM
NM
NM
6/94
NM
NM
NM
NM
1.5
1.5
4.0
3
NM
6
1
NM
NM
1.
0.7
2
NM
8
6
6
NM
10/94
NM
NM
NM
NM
1.25
1
4
1.5
NM
1
NF
NM
NF
0.5
1
1.5
NM
1.5
2
NF
NM
6/95
NM
NM
NM
NM
3.5
15
12
6
NM
7.5
3
NM
NF
1
2
NF
NM
6
30
4
NM
10/95
NM
NM
NM
NM
1.25
1.5
3
3
NM
3
NF
NM
NF
NF
0.5
1.5
NM
1.5
2
NF
NM
Surface
Geology
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Possible Conditions
of Origin
Located about 50 feet
north of JJ-6
Located about 80 feet
north of JJ-6
Inferred to be continuation
of flow from JJ-6
Occurs above inferred
bedrock fault
Occurs above inferred
bedrock fault
Near bedrock contact,
originates from uncased
drill hole
Occurs above inferred
bedrock fault
Occurs above inferred
bedrock fault
Occurs above inferred
bedrock fault
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
Occurs along or near
bedrock fault
Occurs near fault and
change in bedrock
lithology
Occurs along or near
bedrock fault
Occurs along or near
bedrock fault
Occurs as a pond near
change in bedrock
lithology
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
                                                                                                                                                                                     r
                                                                                                                                                                                     jo
                                                                                                                                                                                     <0
5
O

1

fe

I
                                                                                                                                                                                     s

                                                                                                                                                                                     "8

                                                                                                                                                                                     CO

                                                                                                                                                                                     Ol
                                                                                                                                                                                     01

-------
I
I
<6
S1
I
o
•*
CO
sr
TABLE 3.7.1, SPRING AND SEEP INVESTIGATION SUMMARY
Site
Number
SN-21
JJ-27
JJ-28
JJ-29
JJ-30
JJ-31
JJ-1
JJ-2
JJ-32
Drainage Basin
Ethel Creek
Cedar Creek
Cedar Creek
Cedar Creek
Cedar Creek
Cedar Creek
Unnamed
Unnamed
Unnamed
Classification
Seep
Spring
Seep
Seep
Seep
Seep
Spring
Spring
Spring
Estimated Discharge1
(gpm)
6/92
NF
Nl
Nl
Nl
Nl
Nl
0.4
1.5
Nl
10/92
NM
2
NF
NF
NF
NF
NF
NF
<0/5
6/93
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
6
8
NM
10/93
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
0.6
2.8
NM
6/94
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
3
NM
10/94
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NF
0.75
NM
6/95
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NF
6
NM

10/95
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NF
1.5
NM
Surface
Geology
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Bedrock
Glacial
Sediment
Bedrock
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Glacial
Sediment
Possible Conditions
of Origin
Occurs near change in
bedrock lithology
Unknown
Occurs near change in
bedrock lithology
Occurs near contact with
glacial sediment
Occurs near contact with
bedrock
Occurs near fault and
change in bedrock
lithology
Occurs above inferred
bedrock fault
Occurs near change in
bedrock lithology
Unknown
Note: 1 . NF = No flow observed or too little to measure.
NM = Flow (and water quality) not monitored.
Nl = Not identified.
                                                                                                                                                                                             i
                                                                                                                                                                                             Co
                                                                                                                                                                                            I
                                                                                                                                                                                            3
                                                                                                                                                                                            \
 8
                                                                                                                                                                                             }0

                                                                                                                                                                                             tO
                                                                                                                                                                                             SJ

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-57
of the flow could not be collected and
directed through the pipe. For these springs,
a visual estimate of the total discharge was
made.

Flow measurement data are included in Table
3.7.1, Spring and Seep Investigation
Summary, and are discussed below. In
general, flows were observed to decrease
from June to October, probably as a result of
seasonal variations in precipitation and
ground water levels.

Nicholson Creek

Flows from the springs in the south fork  of
Nicholson Creek ranged from a maximum of
15 gallons per minute (gpm) in June 1995 to
a minimum of 1.5 gpm in June 1994.  In the
north fork of Nicholson Creek, discharges
from three springs ranged from a maximum of
15 gpm in June 1994 to no flow in October
1992, 1994, and 1995.

Marias Creek

Along the south fork of the Marias Creek
drainage, spring discharges ranged from  less
than 0.5 gpm to 3.5 gpm. Generally, minor
changes in flow were observed in this area
between July and October.  Flows were more
variable in the middle fork of Marias Creek,
where discharge values ranged from less than
0.5 gpm to 1 5 gpm. A substantial change in
flow was also observed in one spring (JJ-3)
along the east fork.  Flow at this site has
varied from a maximum of 1 5 gpm in June
1995 to a minimum of 0.2 gpm in October
1992.

Gold Creek

Discharges from the two springs  identified in
this drainage ranged from a maximum of 10
gpm in June 1993 to no  flow in October
1993, 1994, and 1995.

Bolster Creek

In the south fork of Bolster Creek, discharges
from four springs were relatively  low, ranging
from a maximum of 2 gpm in June 1995 to
less than 0.5 gpm in October 1992, October
1994, and June and October  1995.
              Ethel Creek

              Discharges from three springs identified along
              Ethel Creek ranged from a maximum of 30
              gpm in June 1995 to no flow in October
              1994 and 1995.  Spring JJ-24 exhibited the
              greatest seasonal change in discharge,
              decreasing from 30 gpm to 2 gpm during
              1995 (spring to fall).

              Additional Springs

              Flows measured at two springs south of the
              Ethel Creek drainage (JJ-1 and JJ-2) were
              typical  of the seasonal  trends observed at the
              other sites.  Flows ranged from as high as 8
              gpm in June 1993 to no flow in June 1995
              and October 1992,  1994, and 1995.

              A discharge of 2 gpm was measured at
              spring JJ-27, located north of Nicholson
              Creek,  in October 1992.  Spring JJ-32 was
              also measured  once in  October 1992 and had
              a visually estimated flow of less than 0.5
              gpm.

              3.7.4   Water Quality

              Baseline water quality samples were collected
              from springs and seeps in June and October
              of 1992, 1993, 1994,  and 1995.  The spring
              and seep samples were analyzed for either
              field water quality parameters or for both field
              and laboratory  water quality parameters.
              Field analyses included measurement of pH,
              DO, specific conductance, temperature, and
              ferrous iron. Laboratory analyses were
              performed at WADOE accredited laboratories.
              The following laboratory water quality
              parameters  were measured:

              •   General and Physical Characteristics;

              •   Major Ions;

              •   Nutrients;

              •   Trace Metals/Elements;

              •   Radionuclides; and,

              •   Cyanide (Total and WAD).
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-58
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Results of the field and laboratory analyses
are summarized below and presented in
Appendix C, Hydrologic Summary Statistics,
Table C-4, Summary Statistics for Selected
Baseline Seep and Spring Water Quality
Parameters and Table C-5, Baseline Field
Water Quality Data for Additional Seeps and
Springs.

Springs

Field analyses indicated that the springs are
slightly acidic to alkaline, with pH  values
ranging from 5.6 to 9.8.  All field tests for
ferrous iron were negative.  Spring water
temperatures exhibited  seasonal variability,
with values ranging from a high of 24.6°C
(76°F) in June to 1.6°C (35°F) in October.

Laboratory analyses indicate that calcium and
bicarbonate are the dominant  cation and
anion, respectively,  measured in all site
springs.  TDS values averaged 190 mg/l and
ranged from 56 mg/l at SN-3  (Nicholson
Creek drainage) to 350 mg/l at SN-17
(Bolster Creek drainage).

Dissolved trace metal concentrations were
generally at or below analytical detection
limits which are shown in Table 3.6.6, Water
Quality Analytical Methods and Standards.
Arsenic, barium, iron, and strontium  were;
however, frequently measured at levels above
detection limits in the springs. Arsenic
concentrations ranged from below the
detection limit (0.001 mg/l) to 0.009 mg/l
and averaged 0.002 mg/l. Barium
concentrations ranged from below the
detection limit (0.01  mg/l) to 0.03 mg/l and
averaged less than 0.01  mg/l.  Iron
concentrations ranged from below the
detection limit (0.02  mg/l) to 0.22 mg/l and
averaged less than 0.02 mg/l.  Strontium
concentrations ranged from 0.08 mg/l  to
1.71 mg/l and averaged 0.3 mg/l.  Seasonal
trends were not observed in the metal
analyses.

Low levels of nitrate  plus nitrite were also
commonly detected.  Nitrate plus nitrite
concentrations ranged from below the
detection level (0.02 mg/l) to  1.1 mg/l and
averaged 0.14 mg/l.  Ammonia was detected
in seven springs, located across four drainage
                        basins and ranged from 0.05 mg/l to 0.32
                        mg/l.  Seasonal trends were not observed in
                        the nutrient analyses.

                        Hydrogen sulfide was detected in  14 of the
                        30 springs sampled at concentrations ranging
                        from the detection  level of 0.02 mg/l to 0.17
                        mg/l.  Hydrogen sulfide was detected at
                        similar levels in both bedrock and glacial
                        wells. (See Section 3.8, Ground Water).

                        Cyanide concentrations in the springs were
                        typically below the laboratory detection level
                        of 0.002 mg/l.  Low levels of total cyanide
                        were; however, detected at six springs at
                        concentrations ranging from 0.003 mg/l to
                        0.01 mg/l.  WAD cyanide was detected at
                        two springs (JJ-1 and JJ-18) with
                        concentrations of 0.002 mg/l and 0.005
                        mg/l, respectively.

                        Gross alpha activities measured  in the  springs
                        ranged from below the detection level  (1
                        pCi/l) to 22 pCi/l and averaged 3 pCi/l.  Gross
                        beta activities ranged from below the
                        detection level (3 pCi/l) to 11 pCi/l and
                        averaged less than  3 pCi/l. Radium 226 was
                        analyzed in nine springs (JJ-3, JJ-6, JJ-14,
                        JJ-1 5, JJ-18, JJ-20, JJ-25, SN-4, and SN-5)
                        that exhibited gross alpha activities of  5 pCi/l
                        or greater. The radium 226 activities for
                        these  springs  ranged from below the
                        detection level (1 pCi/l) to 3.6 pCi/l.  One  of
                        these  springs  (JJ-14), located in the Marias
                        Creek basin, consistently had gross alpha
                        activities greater than 10 pCi/l and a recorded
                        radium 226 activity of 3.6  pCi/l and a radium
                        226/228 activity of 7.0 pCi/L. The reason
                        for increased radioactivity at this spring is
                        probably related to  differences in local
                        mineralogy.

                        Seeps

                        Water quality  samples were collected from
                        five seeps and analyzed for field parameters
                        (JJ-22, SN-10, SN-26, and SN-27) or field
                        and laboratory parameters (SN-15).  Field
                        analyses  indicated that pH  and DO levels
                        were generally within the range measured in
                        site springs.  Seep temperatures, however,
                        were typically higher than the springs with
                        values ranging from 4.3°C (40°F)  to 17.2°C
                        (63 °F).  The higher seep temperatures
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
                       Page 3-59
measured may be the result of the stagnant
nature of waters sampled at these sites.

Laboratory analysis of samples collected at
SN-15 (the frog pond) generally showed
similar levels of trace metals, nutrients,
cyanide and  radionuclides as the springs.
TDS levels were, however, relatively low
ranging  from 42 mg/l to 156 mg/l.  This
difference suggests that the pond may be
fed, in part,  by direct precipitation.

3.7.5  Origin

Springs and  seeps identified in the area
originate from either glacial sediments or from
bedrock. The extent of glacial sediments in
the study area was determined from review
of site and regional geology maps and is
shown in Figure 3.7.1, Spring and Seep
Locations.  Further inspection of these maps
and available structural data suggest that the
springs  and  seeps  originate under one of the
following conditions:

•   Along or near a bedrock fault or
    fracture  (42%  of the sites);

•   At or near a change in bedrock
    lithology (23% of the sites);

•   At or near the  contact between
    glacial sediments and bedrock (8% of
    the  sites);

•   As a result of human disturbance (6%
    of the sites); or,

•   Unknown (21 % of the sites).

The first three conditions may create local
discontinuities in aquifer properties that can
result in ground water being  forced to the
surface. The fourth condition, as described
previously, has caused springs to form along
a recently completed section of road (JJ-4
and JJ-6), at a flowing manmade well (JJ-3),
and at a flowing uncased exploration boring
(JJ-14). Possible origins for individual springs
and seeps are included in Table 3.7.1, Spring
and Seep Investigation Summary.
              3.8
GROUND WATER
              3.8.1    Introduction

              The description of the existing ground water
              resources includes an analysis of the regional
              and Crown Jewel Project area hydrogeology.
              The discussion includes the flow, hydraulic,
              water quantity, and water quality
              characteristics of the bedrock, shallow glacial
              deposits, and alluvial sediments.

              3.8.2   Regional Hydrogeology

              The general area surrounding the Crown
              Jewel Project consists  of a variety of
              igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks
              of Permian through upper Eocene age.  The
              regional  geology is graphically illustrated on
              Figure 3.8.1, Regional  Geologic Map of
              Northeastern Okanogan County.

              Regional ground water in and around the
              Crown Jewel Project area occurs in  the
              following hydrogeologic systems:

              •  Alluvial sediments;

              •  Glacial deposits; and,

              •  Bedrock.

              Alluvial Sediments

              Alluvial sediments, developed along  major
              regional  drainages, are generally saturated
              where the thickness of the sediments is more
              than approximately ten feet.  Unconsolidated
              sediments along regional streams contain
              alluvial sediments which are typically formed
              by a mixture of clays, silts, sands, and
              gravels.  The alluvial sediments are recharged
              by precipitation and snowmelt, by stream
              flow losses, and by discharge from the
              bedrock ground water system.  The regional
              surface and ground water system is
              interdependent with ground  water
              contributing to stream  baseflows (gaining
              stream)  in some areas and streams
              contributing to ground water recharge (losing
              streams) in other areas.  Seasonal variations
              in this interrelationship are common.
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-60
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Glacial Deposits

Unconsolidated glacial deposits are saturated
with ground water in many areas of the
region, particularly where the deposits are
located in valleys.  The glacial deposits have
primary (intergranular) porosity and
permeability depending principally on the
gradation and clay content.

Bedrock

Ground water is present in varying degrees in
all bedrock in the region.  Ground water flow
direction generally  mirrors topography;
however, preferential flow occurs locally
along fracture systems in the bedrock.
Fracture systems are influenced by structural
episodes of faulting and folding which have
sheared, foliated, or lineated the bedrock.
The general trend of the faults is north-
northeast, parallel to the regional fold axes.

3.8.3  Mine Site Hydrogeology

Several phases of ground water
investigations have been completed for the
Crown Jewel Project.  Ground water
investigations have been conducted on the
mine area, the tailings pond, waste rock
disposal areas and mill areas, and the general
mine site.

A total of nine monitoring wells (MW-1
through MW-9) were installed in the Crown
Jewel Project area to monitor ground  water
quantity and quality. Monitoring wells MW-3,
MW-4, MW-5, MW-7, MW-8, and MW-9
were installed in glacial deposits, and the
other monitoring wells were  installed in
bedrock.  These wells have been monitored
monthly for water  level and water quality
since May and June of 1992. Review of the
site ground water level data  show seasonal
fluctuations in the  water table range from
less than one to two feet to  over 200 feet.
This range of fluctuation indicates a relatively
high recharge potential, and  great variability
in  hydraulic conductivity and storage.

Project area ground water occurs in the
following hydrogeologic systems:

•   Bedrock; and,
                        •   Glacial deposits.

                        Alluvium deposits within the mine site are not
                        a substantial hydrologic unit.

                        Mine Site Bedrock

                        The mine site consists mostly of an upper
                        volcanic unit and lower sedimentary units
                        which were intruded by a granodiorite pluton
                        as shown on Figure 3.3.1, Geologic Map of
                        the Proposed Crown Jewel Project Site.  The
                        upper group is composed mostly of andesite
                        east of the North Lookout Fault, which
                        crosses the proposed mine area from
                        northeast to southwest.  The lower group
                        consists of skarns, marble, hornfels, silicified
                        conglomerate, and silicified volcanoclastics.
                        The Crown Jewel Project orebody is present
                        mostly in the  skarns of the lower group.  The
                        Buckhorn Mountain granodiorite pluton
                        underlies the lower group. Numerous dikes
                        and sills associated with the  pluton intrude
                        the strata of the lower sedimentary units.

                        East of the Crown Jewel Project deposit, a
                        structural transition zone (western edge of
                        the Toroda Creek Graben) separates the
                        Brooklyn Formation from the Toroda Creek
                        volcanics.  The transition zone contains
                        andesite volcanics which have  been clay
                        altered, and highly fractured  and brecciated.
                        The fracturing and  brecciation is well
                        cemented and healed with clay gouge,
                        calcite, and quartz. The Toroda Creek
                        volcanics consist primarily of andesites.

                        The Crown Jewel Project site bedrock has
                        low primary (intergranular) permeability and
                        porosity, and  the ground water flow is
                        governed by fracture  and joint  systems
                        (secondary permeability and  porosity). The
                        ground water flow within the proposed mine
                        area is impacted by the presence of the North
                        Lookout Fault (dipping 60° to 70° to the
                        southeast and striking northeast).  A zone of
                        higher permeability exists along the North
                        Lookout Fault, and low permeability exists
                        perpendicular to the fault.  A shear zone
                        developed along the fault is approximately 75
                        feet wide in the southwest corner of the
                        proposed mine and as much  as 200 feet wide
                        near the northeast margin of the proposed
                        mine.
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-61
The ground water flow east of the proposed
mine pit area may be impacted by the Toroda
Creek structural zone which dips
approximately 45 degrees to the southeast
striking northeast.  The shear zone is
approximately 500 to 700 feet wide.

Hydrogeologic characteristics in the  Crown
Jewel Project area bedrock were determined
by numerous air-lift tests in the  exploration
boreholes, 78 packer permeability tests,
seven field permeability tests, a  pumping test
in the proposed mine area, and  12 packer
tests and nine field permeability tests in the
Marias Creek tailings disposal area.
Locations of boreholes with hydrogeologic
information are shown on Figure 3.8.2,
Hydrogeologic Investigation Map.

Bedrock in the proposed mine area has
hydraulic conductivities ranging  from
2.6X1Q-4 ft/day to 0.8 ft/day (9.0x10'8 to
2.8x10"4 cm/sec).  The pumping test results
indicate a range of average hydraulic
conductivity from 0.1 ft/day to 0.75 ft/day
(3.5x10'B to 2.6 x10'4 cm/sec) (Colder,
1993b).

Testing for permeability of the bedrock in  the
Marias Creek tailings disposal area indicated a
range of hydraulic conductivities from less
than 2.8x10-" ft/day to 1.4 ft/day (1x10'7  to
5.0x10"* cm/sec).  The fractured and
brecciated rock associated with  the structural
transition zone tested within the Marias Creek
tailings disposal area indicated no increase in
permeability over the non-fractured zones
(Knight Piesold, 1993a).

Ground water elevations ranged from the
ground surface (an active artesian discharge
from boreholes 90-303, and GB-220) to a
depth of 380.7 feet from the ground surface
in borehole 90-218.

Ground water level monitoring in the Crown
Jewel Project area bedrock was  initiated in
May 1991.  Monitoring of water levels in the
proposed mine area indicated that seasonal
fluctuation of the depth to ground water level
is highly variable.  Fluctuation of water levels
over the period of record  (1991-1995) ranged
from several feet to 228 feet. The highest
water levels  were observed during spring
              (April through June), and the lowest levels
              were measured through winter (December
              through March). The water level fluctuation
              is much higher east of the North Lookout
              Fault than within the fault zone and west of
              the North Lookout Fault. This may be the
              result of lower permeability and storage
              capacity of the bedrock east of the North
              Lookout  Fault or the Toroda Creek Graben
              Fault (Hydro-Geo, 1993).

              The mine site bedrock is recharged by
              infiltration of precipitation and snowmelt.
              Infiltration from the local streams is minor at
              the proposed mine site due to its location on
              the top of the watershed. The contribution
              to infiltration from the streams is more
              pronounced on the lower reaches of the  local
              streams. The recharge to the ground water
              system was estimated to range from 2.0 to
              5.4 inches per year or 14.1 % (driest year) to
              17% (wettest year) of annual precipitation
              (Hydro-Geo, 1996b).  Colder Associates
              (1993b)  estimated the average annual
              recharge as  10% to 25% of annual
              precipitation. The bedrock water bearing
              strata are mostly under unconfined conditions
              where bedrock outcrops, and under semi-
              confined or confined conditions where the
              bedrock is covered with glacial deposits.  The
              pumping test in the proposed mine area
              indicated storage coefficient values from
              1.3x10-'to 5.0x10'3 (Colder, 1993b), which
              are typical for semi-confined conditions.

              Discharge from bedrock is into springs, adits,
              streams, and unconsolidated sediments.  The
              general ground water flow direction in the
              mine area is toward the east with an
              approximate hydraulic gradient of 0.2 ft/ft.
              This is illustrated with a series  of three
              potentiometric surface maps developed for
              the general Crown Jewel Project and
              proposed tailings disposal area:

              •  Figure 3.8.3, Potentiometric Surface
                  Map, General Project Area, Annual Low
                  Level (February 19931;

              •  Figure 3.8.4, Potentiometric Surface
                  Map, General Project Area, Annual High
                  Level (May  19931; and,
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-62
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
•   Figure 3.8.5, Potentiometric Surface
    Map, Proposed Tailings Disposal Area
    (October/November 1995).

Note that with the exception of some
differences in the mine area; (attributed to
recharge conditions), the direction of ground
water flow changes little from low to high
levels. On  a smaller scale, ground water flow
in the bedrock is likely affected  by the series
of northeast trending faults and also by the
presence of abandoned mine adits penetrating
up to 850 feet into the Buckhorn Mountain.

Mine Site Glacial Deposits

In the area  of the proposed tailings facility  in
Marias Creek, two distinctive glacial deposits
were encountered during drilling. An upper
deposit consists of loose glacial material,
ranging in thickness from 10 feet to 30 feet.
The lower deposit is a dense well graded
glacial material.  Glacial deposits with a
thickness of more than 119 feet were
encountered in monitoring well MW-3.

Packer permeability testing of the loose and
dense glacial deposit horizons indicated
values of hydraulic conductivity from less
than 2.8x103 ft/day to 2.8 ft/day (1.0x10'6
to 9.9x10"4 cm/sec),  respectively (Knight
Piesold, 1993a). The ground water in the
loose glacial material is seasonally present
and is perched in nature. In general, the
ground water in the dense glacial material is
unconfined; however, artesian conditions
(confined) exist locally where low
permeability strata overlies more permeable
saturated zones.  The dense glacial material
forms the upper aquitard above the semi-
confined contact zone between  the glacial
deposits and bedrock.  Seasonal perched
conditions occur in the dense glacial
material/bedrock contact zone.  The glacial
material/bedrock contact has typically higher
permeability than the overlying glacial
material and underlying bedrock. Packer
permeability tests from this zone indicated
hydraulic conductivity values ranging from
less than 1.4x10'3 ft/day to 2.0 ft/day
(5.0x10'7 to 7.0x10-" cm/sec) (Colder,
1996e).
                        Additional geotechnical and hydrogeological
                        investigation for the proposed tailings
                        disposal facility in the Marias Creek drainage
                        was completed by Colder Associates, Inc. in
                        the fall of 1995 (Colder, 1996a).  The results
                        of hydrogeological investigations, based on
                        drilling of boreholes, installation of
                        piezometers, and excavation of test pits,
                        indicated that the tailings disposal site is
                        covered with glacial lodgement material
                        which acts as an aquitard and  perches
                        ground water above the glacial material. The
                        major water bearing strata is formed  by the
                        advanced outwash sediments (located below
                        the low permeable glacial material) and the
                        fractured bedrock. However, an
                        interconnection between shallow water
                        bearing strata in alluvial/colluvial sediments
                        and the outwash/bedrock water bearing
                        strata is possible due to the depositional
                        characteristics of the lodgment glacial
                        material.  The potentiometric surface  for the
                        proposed tailings disposal area is presented
                        as Figure 3.8.5, Potentiometric Surface Map,
                        Proposed Tailings Disposal Area
                        (October/November 1995).

                        The glacial deposits are recharged by
                        precipitation, snowmelt, direct infiltration
                        from the  local streams and inflow of bedrock
                        ground water.  The relationship between
                        ground water systems in the bedrock and
                        glacial  deposits is illustrated on hydrogeologic
                        cross sections in Figure 3.8.6,  Hydrologic
                        Cross-Section A-A', Figure 3.8.7, Hydrologic
                        Cross-Section B-B', and  Figure 3.8.8,
                        Hydrologic Cross-Section C-C'. As described
                        above, ground water flow generally follows
                        the local  topography.  Ground water in the
                        glacial  deposits discharges into springs and
                        seeps and into the surface water streams in
                        the lower reaches of the local drainages.

                        3.8.4   Ground Water Quality

                        Baseline ground water quality samples have
                        been collected from monitoring wells  MW-1
                        through MW-9 since May and June of 1992.
                        Ground water quality samples have also been
                        collected from an  existing flowing well (GW-
                        1) since October 1990, and from five historic
                        mine workings:
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-63
 •  Roosevelt Adit (GW-2);

 •  Upper Magnetic Adit;

 •  Lower Magnetic Adit (GW-3);

 •  Buckhorn Adit (GW-4); and,

 •  Gold Axe Adit (GW-5).

 The ground  water stations have been
 sampled monthly for either field water quality
 analyses or  for both field and laboratory
 water quality analyses.  Beginning in June
 1995, the ground water stations have been
 sampled on  a semi-annual basis.  A summary
 of the ground water quality monitoring
 history at the site is provided in Table  3.6.5,
 Water Quality Monitoring History.

 Field  analyses of  the ground water samples
 are conducted by the Proponent's personnel
 and include  measurement  of DO, pH, specific
 conductivity, temperature, and ferrous iron.
 Laboratory analyses of these samples are
 performed in WADOE accredited  laboratories.
 The following laboratory water quality
 parameters are measured:

 •  General  and Physical Characteristics;

 •  Major Ions;

 •  Nutrients;

 •  Trace Metals/Elements;

 •  Radionuclides;

 •  Cyanide (Total and  WAD);

 •  Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH);
    and,

 •   Total Organic Carbon (TOO.

 At the request of  WADOE, TPH and TOC
 were  added to the monitoring program and
 only analyzed in the well samples. A listing
 of the ground water quality parameters,
 including methods of laboratory analysis, is
 provided  in Table  3.6.6, Water Quality
Analytical Methods and Standards.
              Ground water quality data collected at the
              site through October 1995 are summarized in
              Appendix C, Hydrologic Summary Statistics
              (Table C-3 Summary Statistics for Selected
              Baseline Ground Water Quality Parameters -
              Monitoring Wells).  The complete record is
              maintained in a  water quality data base.

              Bedrock Wells

              Three of the nine monitoring wells are
              completed in bedrock. A listing of the wells
              and associated bedrock units are  provided
              below:

              •   MW-1 - Andesite and/or basalt

              •   MW-2 - Clastics and granodiorite

              •   MW-6 - Undifferentiated skarn, garnet
                  skarn, and diorite

              Field analyses indicate that ground waters
              sampled from the bedrock wells are near
              neutral to moderately alkaline, with values
              ranging from pH 6.2 to 9.2. Ground water
              temperatures in  these wells  ranged from
              4.0°C (39°F) to 7.9°C (46°F) and averaged
              5.8°C (42°F). DO levels ranged from 3.1
              mg/l to 12.3 mg/l, although  these
              measurements may have been affected
              somewhat by entrainment of air in the
              samples during collection. Field tests for
              ferrous iron were negative.

              Laboratory analyses indicated that, with the
              exception of bedrock well MW-1,  calcium and
              bicarbonate were the dominant cation and
              anion, respectively, measured  in all site wells,
              including  the glacial wells. Sodium (rather
              than calcium) was the dominant cation
              measured in  MW-1.  The source of sodium in
              this well may be related to the geologic
              material (andesite and/or basalt) encountered
              during well drilling.  None of the other
              monitoring wells at the site are completed in
              andesite.

              TDS levels in the bedrock wells ranged from
              92 mg/l to 250 mg/l and averaged 152 mg/l.
              By comparison, the average  TDS
              concentration measured in the glacial wells
              was 190 mg/l; TDS concentrations in site
              surface waters averaged 235 mg/l. The
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-64
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
similar IDS levels measured in ground waters
and surface waters at the Crown Jewel
Project site suggest a close interrelationship
exists between these two hydrologic systems
as well as between the bedrock and glacial
aquifers. This observation will be discussed
further in Section 3.8.7, Relation of Ground
Water and Surface Water Systems.

In general, dissolved trace metal
concentrations in the bedrock wells were at
or below analytical detection limits. Three
trace metals (arsenic, barium, and strontium)
were, however, commonly detected at levels
above detection levels.  Dissolved arsenic
concentrations ranged from less than  0.001
mg/l to 0.011 mg/l and averaged 0.004 mg/l.
Dissolved barium concentrations ranged from
less than 0.01 mg/l to 0.03 mg/l and
averaged 0.01 mg/l.  Dissolved strontium
concentrations ranged from 0.09 mg/l to
0.80 mg/l and averaged 0.30 mg/l.

Total trace metal concentrations were
typically higher than associated dissolved
values in both the bedrock and glacial deposit
wells.

Nutrient levels in the bedrock wells were low.
Ammonia concentrations ranged from less
than 0.05 mg/l to 0.12 mg/l and averaged
less than 0.05 mg/l.  Nitrate plus nitrite
concentrations ranged from less than  0.02
mg/l to 3.5 mg/l and averaged 0.94 mg/l.

Concentrations of total organic carbon (TOO
ranged from less than 1 mg/l to 53 mg/l and
averaged 3 mg/l.  Although TOC is not a
direct measure of nutrients, it is often
associated with elevated nutrient levels, as
would be found in waters impacted by
organic  matter. Analyses of ground waters
for total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) were
negative, both in the bedrock and glacial
deposit  wells.

Hydrogen sulfide was detected in the  bedrock
wells at concentrations ranging from less
than 0.02 mg/l to 0.30 mg/l and averaging
0.03 mg/l.

Total and WAD cyanide concentrations in site
ground water were typically below the
detection level of 0.002 mg/l. Cyanide was
                        occasionally detected in both the bedrock and
                        glacial deposit wells, with total
                        concentrations ranging from < 0.002 mg/l to
                        0.03 mg/l and WAD concentrations ranging
                        from < 0.002 mg/l to 0.04 mg/l.  As
                        discussed in Section 3.6, Surface Water,
                        cyanide does occur naturally in the
                        environment, and its infrequent detection
                        during baseline monitoring of site ground
                        water may suggest a natural source. It
                        should also be noted that measuring cyanide
                        at these relatively low concentrations is
                        difficult and  the potential for "false"  positives
                        exists.

                        Analysis of gross alpha and gross beta
                        activities indicates that the background
                        radioactivity of site bedrock ground waters is
                        near detection levels. Gross alpha activities
                        in the bedrock well samples ranged from less
                        than 1  pCi/l  up to 19 pCi/l and averaged 3
                        pCi/l. Gross beta activities for these bedrock
                        well samples ranged from less than 3 pCi/l to
                        22 pCi/l and averaged less than 3 pCi/l.

                        Glacial Deposit Wells

                        In general, water quality data from the
                        bedrock wells and glacial deposit wells (MW-
                        3, MW-4, MW-5, MW-7, MW-8 and MW-9)
                        were similar. Field analyses indicated that
                        ground water in the glacial deposits was also
                        near neutral  to slightly alkaline with pH
                        values ranging from 6.0 to 8.3.  Ground
                        water temperatures in the glacial  deposit
                        wells were slightly higher than the bedrock
                        wells, ranging from 3.1 °C (38°F) to 8.5°C
                        (47°F) and averaging 6.2°C (43°F). DO
                        concentrations ranged from 2.3 mg/l to 13.3
                        mg/l and may have been somewhat affected,
                        as indicated above, by entrainment of air in
                        the  samples during collection. Field  tests for
                        ferrous iron were also negative.

                        Laboratory analyses indicated  that calcium
                        and bicarbonate were the dominant cation
                        and anion, respectively, measured in all
                        ground water samples from the glacial
                        deposit wells. TDS levels ranged from 76
                        mg/l to 344 mg/l and averaged 190 mg/l.

                        The same trace metals were typically
                        detected at levels above detection limits in
                        the  glacial deposit and bedrock wells, except
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-65
for iron and manganese which were below
detection levels in the bedrock wells.  The
occurrence of iron and manganese in the
glacial deposit wells may be unique to this
glacial material.

Arsenic concentrations in the glacial deposit
wells ranged from less than 0.001 mg/l to
0.44 mg/l and averaged  0.006 mg/l. Barium
concentrations ranged from less than 0.01
mg/l to 0.04 mg/l and averaged  0.01 mg/l.
Iron  concentrations ranged from less than
0.02 mg/l to 0.20 mg/l and averaged 0.02
mg/l. Manganese concentrations ranged from
less  than 0.01 mg/l to 0.70 mg/l and
averaged 0.07 mg/l.  Strontium
concentrations ranged from 0.13 mg/l to
0.54 mg/l and averaged  approximately 0.29
mg/l.

Nutrient levels in the glacial deposit wells
were also low.  Ammonia concentrations
ranged from less than 0.05 mg/l to 0.49 mg/l
and averaged 0.06 mg/l, and nitrate plus
nitrite concentrations ranged from less than
0.02 mg/l to 1.53 mg/l and averaged 0.15
mg/l. In general, nitrate  plus nitrite
concentrations in the bedrock wells and adits
were higher than the glacial deposit wells,
ranging from less than 0.02 mg/l to 3.5 mg/l
and averaging 0.94 mg/l. TOC
concentrations in the glacial deposit wells
ranged from less than 1  mg/l to  77 mg/l and
on average were the same as the bedrock
wells (3 mg/l). Analyses of the glacial
deposit wells for TPH were negative.

As with the bedrock wells, hydrogen sulfide
was  detected in the glacial deposit wells.
Sulfide concentrations ranged from less than
0.02 mg/l up to 0.8 mg/l and averaged
approximately 0.06 mg/l.

Background radioactivity of ground water in
the glacial deposits was  similar to that
observed in the bedrock.  Gross  alpha
activities  measured in the glacial deposit
wells ranged from less than 1 pCi/l to 17.4
pCi/l and  averaged 4 pCi/l. Gross beta
activities  in these wells ranged from less than
3 pCi/l to 33 pCi/l and averaged  3  pCi/l.

Radium 226 was measured in both the
bedrock and glacial deposit wells when gross
              alpha activities exceeded 5 pCi/l. Radium
              activities in the ground water samples ranged
              from less than the detection  limit (1 pCi/l) to
              8.6 pCi/l and averaged less than 1 pCi/l.
              Radium activities were above the detection
              limit one or more times in all wells except
              MW-2, MW-3, and MW-9.

              3.8.5  Seasonal Trends In Ground Water
                      Quality

              Review of water quality data from the
              bedrock and glacial deposit wells suggest
              that seasonal trends in ground water quality
              do occur at the Crown Jewel Project site.
              TDS levels typically decrease during the
              spring months and increase to maximum
              values in early to late fall.  Differences
              between spring and fall TDS concentrations
              range from 64 mg/l (MW-1) to greater than
              100 mg/l (MW-8 and MW-9). These
              differences are attributed to recharge  of site
              aquifers during the spring by snowmelt
              waters, which are presumed to be low in
              dissolved solids.  Ground water temperatures
              were found to be  lowest in late fall and  early
              winter and highest in the summer.  Seasonal
              temperature variations ranged from 1.8°C to
              5.3°C (35°F to 42°F).  There appeared to be
              little or no seasonal variability in the levels of
              nutrients, trace metals, or radionuclides in
              site ground waters.

              3.8.6  Influence of Past Mining on
                      Ground Water

              The Buckhorn Mountain area of the Myers
              Creek mining district has been prospected
              and mined for gold, silver, copper, and iron
              for the last 100 years, as described in
              Section 3.19, Land Use.

              Four of the eight historic mine workings in
              the vicinity of Buckhorn Mountain
              encountered ground water.  Table 3.8.1,
              Summary of Historic Mine Workings, lists the
              mine workings and their characteristics.  The
              locations of the mine  workings are shown on
              Figure 3.8.9,  Location of Regional Ground
              Water Monitoring Sites.

              Discharge from the historic mine workings
              has been monitored since June  1992. The
              most substantial discharge, ranging from 5.6
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-66
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.8.1, SUMMARY OF HISTORIC MINE WORKINGS
Name of Mine
or Prospect
Aztec
Buckhorn
Caribou
Gold Axe
Magnetic4
Rainbow
Roosevelt5
Western Star
Portal Location
NE'A, NW'/4
Section 24
T40N, R30E
NW'/4, NW%
Section 24
T40N, R30E
SW'/4, SW/4
Section 13
T40N, R30E
SE'/4, SW'/4
Section 24
T40N, R30E
N'/4, NV4
Section 24
T40N, R30E
SW1/4, SW'/4
Section 13
T40N, R30E
NW'/4, NE'A
Section 25
T40N, R30E
NW'A, NW'/4
Section 24
T40N, R30E
Approximate
Portal Elevation
(feet)
5,250
5,160
4,700 - 4,800
5,280
4,800 - 5,200
5,000
4,450 - 4,750
5,350
Approximate
Length of Drift
(feet)
80
990
90
200
485
100
460
750
NA
Direction of
Main Drift
S 20° E
S 62° E
South
N 34° W
SE
S 30° W
S 65° E
S 25° E
S 80° W
NA
Water
Discharge
(gpm)
Dry1
1.9 to 62
"
Less than 1 2'3
Less than 1 2'3
Less than 12'3
Dry1
Dry1
5. 6 to 1212
Notes: 1. Water discharge as measured on November 12, 1992.
2. Flow monitoring history presented in Table 3.6.3, Flow Monitoring History.
3. No measurable surface discharge, but standing water and for the Upper and Lower
Magnetic adits, visible seepage.
4. Three open pits and two adits.
5. Two adits at different elevations, discharge from the lower adit.
gpm (March 3, 1993) to 121  gpm (June 2,
1993), has been measured from the lower
Roosevelt adit.  The discharge from the
Buckhorn adit ranged from 1.9 gpm to 6
gpm.  Two of the other abandoned mine
adits. Gold Axe and Magnetic, have small
seasonally variable  discharge  and standing
water at the entrances to the adits.  The
standing water observed in the Gold Axe Adit
is believed to have  originated from ceiling
seepage that subsequently pooled along the
base of the adit for an unknown period  of
time.

Although the total discharge from the
Roosevelt adit is relatively small, the
continuous discharge over a period of at least
80 years (Roosevelt Mine was first mined
between  1902 and 1911) has impacted the
natural (pre-mining) ground water system.
                       As part of baseline monitoring for the Crown
                       Jewel Project, water quality samples have
                       been collected and analyzed from five of the
                       historic mine workings:

                       •   Buckhorn adit;

                       •   Gold Axe adit;

                       •   Lower Magnetic adit;

                       •   Upper Magnetic adit; and,

                       •   Roosevelt adit.

                       Water quality data for these adits are
                       discussed below and are summarized in
                       Appendix C, Hydrologic Summary Statistics,
                       (Table C-2, Summary Statistics for Selected
                       Baseline Ground Water Quality Parameters -
                       Historic Mine Workings). The adit data are
                       considered particularly useful in evaluating
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-67
long-term water quality impacts at the
proposed Crown Jewel Project.

Samples of water discharged from the
Buckhorn, Lower Magnetic, and Roosevelt
adits were found to have a similar quality as
samples taken from site monitoring wells.
The following generalizations are made
regarding the water quality conditions in
these adits:

•   WAD and total cyanide
    concentrations were at or below the
    detection level of 0.002 mg/l in all
    samples tested.

•   Calcium and bicarbonate were the
    dominant anion and cation, respectively.

•   The total dissolved solids content
    averaged 228 mg/l and ranged from 156
    mg/l to 400 mg/l.

•   Nitrate plus nitrite concentrations
    averaged 0.5 mg/l and ranged from 0.26
    mg/l to 0.77  mg/l.  Ammonia
    concentrations averaged less than 0.05
    mg/l and ranged from less than 0.05 mg/l
    to 0.16 mg/l.

•   Dissolved trace metal concentrations
    were generally below detection level with
    the exception of arsenic and strontium.

•   Arsenic concentrations ranged from less
    than 0.001 mg/l to 0.004 mg/l for the
    Lower Magnetic and Roosevelt adits to
    0.024 mg/l for the Buckhorn adit.

•   Strontium concentrations averaged 0.16
    mg/l and ranged from 0.08 mg/l to 0.22
    mg/l.

•   Gross alpha activities averaged 2 pCi/l
    and ranged from less than 1 pCi/l to 14
    pCi/l. Gross beta activities averaged less
    than 3 pCi/l and ranged from less than 3
    pCi/l to 8 pCi/l.

•   WAD and total cyanide concentrations
    were at or below the detection level of
    0.002 mg/l in all samples tested.
              Water ponded in the Upper Magnetic and
              Gold Axe adits was found to be chemically
              distinct from the wells and other adits
              sampled and characterized by:

              •   Generally lower field pH values, 6.3
                  in the Gold Axe adit and  7.4 in the
                  Upper Magnetic adit;

              •   Relatively high TDS levels with an
                  average mean value of 545 mg/l;
                  and,

              •   High sulfate concentrations relative to
                  alkalinity.

              Waters analyzed from the  Upper Magnetic
              adit also contained low to moderate levels of
              dissolved iron  (less than 0.02 mg/l to 0.56
              mg/l), manganese (less than 0.01  mg/l to
              0.27 mg/l), copper (less than 0.01 mg/l to
              0.1 mg/l) and zinc (less than 0.01  mg/l to
              0.05 mg/l).  Concentrations of others
              dissolved metals in this adit were typically at
              or below detection levels.

              The Gold Axe adit merits  specific mention
              because of the lower pH values  measured in
              the standing water at the entrance to this
              abandoned adit.  Water samples collected
              from the Gold  Axe adit revealed low to
              moderate levels of several dissolved trace
              metals including aluminum (0.10 mg/l to 0.19
              mg/l), cadmium (0.006 mg/l), cobalt (0.50
              mg/l), copper (0.51  mg/l to 1.18 mg/l), iron
              (less than 0.02 mg/l to 0.1 mg/l),  manganese
              (0.82 mg/l to 1.06 mg/l),  nickel  (0.25 mg/l),
              selenium (0.002  mg/l) and zinc (0.26 mg/l to
              0.49 mg/l).  Field analyses suggest that
              water quality conditions in this adit vary
              seasonally.  During spring  runoff, seepage of
              alkaline waters into the adit appears to result
              in  higher pH values and lower dissolved
              solids. When the seepage decreases, the pH
              of the adit waters declines and TDS rises.
              Water collected at the entrance of the Gold
              Axe and Upper Magnetic Mine adits does not
              flow freely at the surface  and remains in
              contact with waste rock and  ore material
              exposed in the adits and assorted  debris from
              prior mining activities including old
              underground mine car rails. One or more of
              these conditions may affect the  water quality
              conditions observed.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-68
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
The quality of water in each of the adits is
affected to some degree by the rock materials
exposed along the adit floor and walls.
Review of mining reports and data provided
by the Proponent shows that the adits were
driven into several materials:

•   Buckhorn adit - mostly limestone and
    marble with a garnet skarn zone and
    altered elastics near the back of the
    adit;

•   Gold Axe adit - ore-grade skarns
    formed from the alteration of
    andesites;

•   Upper and Lower Magnetic adits -
    primarily magnetite skarn with some
    garnet skarn; and,

•   Roosevelt adit - intrusives, skarns,
    and altered elastics.

The historic mine adits appear to be driven
across two or more rock types.  This makes  it
difficult to directly compare the adit water
quality data to the geochemical properties of
an individual waste rock or ore group. The
water quality data does suggest that
materials historically mined at Crown Jewel
Project are well buffered and not strongly
acid generating.  However, as evidenced  by
elevated sulfate and metal concentrations in
the Gold Axe and Upper Magnetic  adits,
some sulfide oxidation is occurring  locally.

Analysis of a skarn ore sample from the Gold
Axe adit confirmed that the material was
potentially acid generating with a net acid
production potential of + 55 TCaC03/KT  and
ratio of ANP to AGP of 0.1:1. Humidity  cell
testing also confirmed that two rock types
likely  exposed in the Upper Magnetic Mine
and Gold Axe adits (magnetite skarn and the
subgroup  of the unaltered andesite) exhibit a
marginal to strong tendency to generate acid
and leach  metals. Water quality analyses of
the humidity cell leachates show similar trace
metals signatures as the water samples
collected from the two adits.  For example,
manganese, and zinc were detected both in
water samples from the Upper Magnetic  adit
and in humidity cell leachates from a
magnetite skarn sample found to be
                        marginally acid generating. Similarly, five
                        trace metals (copper, iron, manganese,
                        nickel, and zinc) detected in water from the
                        Gold Axe adit were also detected in humidity
                        cell leachates  from two andesite samples
                        determined to be strongly acid generating.

                        The water quality conditions observed in the
                        Upper Magnetic and Gold Axe adits should
                        not, however, be considered representative of
                        the overall conditions expected to occur in
                        the proposed final pit or waste rock dumps.
                        The waste rock types,  determined through
                        humidity cell geochemical testing to have a
                        marginal to  strong potential to generate acid
                        and leach metals, are estimated to make up
                        less than 15% of the waste rock volume
                        generated in Alternatives B, E, F, and G (see
                        Section 3.3.3, Geochemistry).

                        3.8.7   Relation of Ground Water and
                                Surface Water Systems

                        The Crown Jewel Project site is located near
                        the peak of  Buckhorn Mountain and at the
                        headwaters of five drainage basins.  As a
                        result of its  location, the ground water
                        system at the site is generally shallow and
                        most of the recharge occurs locally. The site
                        baseline data confirms  that the ground water
                        and surface water systems are closely
                        related.

                        Stream flows  at the Crown Jewel Project site
                        increase during the spring months in response
                        to snowmelt.  During the same time, a
                        substantial rise in ground water  levels is also
                        observed in wells and piezometers.  It is
                        common in  hydrologic  systems for a lag to
                        exist between peak surface water flows and
                        peak ground water  levels. Typically, ground
                        water levels are found  to rise and peak
                        several weeks to months after peak surface
                        water flows.  The length of the lag period is
                        determined  by the time required for surface
                        infiltration to reach  and recharge the ground
                        water system.

                        At the Crown Jewel Project site, little or no
                        lag was observed between increased surface
                        water flows and  increased ground water
                        levels suggesting the close interaction of the
                        systems. Figure 3.8.10, Comparison of
                        Ground Water Levels and Surface Water
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
                       Page 3-69
Flows in the Proposed Mine Area, shows
hydrographs developed for a surface water
station (SW-9) and bedrock piezometer (90-
272) located along Gold Bowl drainage. Note
that peak surface water flows and ground
water levels occur at approximately the same
time.

A similar trend was observed downgradient
of Gold Bowl drainage at the headwaters of
the south fork of the Nicholson Creek
drainage.  As shown in Figure 3.8.11,
Comparison of Ground Water Levels and
Surface Water Flows Near Nicholson Creek
Headwaters, changes in ground water levels
in a glacial sediment well (MW-7) also
correspond closely to changes in  flow at a
nearby surface station (SW-7).

Due to the shallow, dynamic nature of the
hydrologic systems at the Crown Jewel
Project site, the quality of site ground waters
and surface waters is also similar.

To  compare the surface water and ground
water quality at the site, baseline data were
plotted on a trilinear diagram. Waters of
similar composition and origin will have a
similar chemical signature and plot near the
same position on the diagram.  Figure 3.8.12,
Trilinear Diagram for Crown Jewel Site
Waters, shows the composition of water
quality samples collected from site monitoring
wells, surface water stations, springs and
seeps,  and mine adits.  Review of the figure
confirms the general  similarity in  water
quality at the site.  Calcium and bicarbonate
are typically the dominant cation  and anion
measured in all samples collected.
Differences in quality were observed at the
following sampling sites:

•   Gold Axe and Upper Magnetic adits;

•   Surface water stations SW-4  and
    SW-10; and,

•   Ground water monitoring well MW-1.

As  previously described, waters sampled
from the abandoned Gold Axe and Upper
Magnetic adits are more sulfate-rich than
typically observed at the Crown Jewel Project
site. This is likely the result of the oxidation
              of sulfide minerals exposed in the floor and
              walls of the adits.  Surface water station SW-
              10 is located  directly downgradient of the
              Upper Magnetic Adit and has a similar water
              quality, probably a result of oxidation of
              sulfides in the local bedrock. SW-4 is located
              downgradient of SW-10 and exhibits an
              intermediate sulfate content, suggesting
              mixing with surface waters not affected by
              sulfide oxidation.  Ground water sampled
              from well MW-1  is rich in sodium (rather than
              calcium) and  may be affected by local
              reaction with the andesite bedrock material in
              which the well is completed.

              The  review of site water quality data
              indicates that surface waters and ground
              waters also have similar trace metal
              concentrations, radionuclide activities, total
              dissolved solids, and pH values. This further
              substantiates the close interaction between
              the surface and ground water hydrologic
              systems at the Crown Jewel Project site.
              3.9
WATER SUPPLY RESOURCES
              3.9.1   Introduction

              Individuals living near the Crown Jewel
              Project site obtain their water through private
              ground or surface water sources.  Water in
              the area has historically been used for
              domestic, irrigation, and stock water
              purposes.  Water rights in Washington are
              obtained through and managed by the
              WADOE.  There are over 200 Washington
              State issued certificates of water right in the
              Myers and Toroda watersheds, including 80
              adjudicated certificates.  The Washington
              State adjudication of Myers Creek water
              rights (Decree # 7723 Okanogan County)
              included Canadian water users along Myers
              Creek. In addition to these rights, there are
              over 350 claims from both watersheds that
              have not been adjudicated. Canadian
              authorities have also issued water licenses on
              Myers Creek since the adjudication in 1933.

              The Colville Confederated Tribes have
              interests in water quantity and quality based
              on two federal claims.  By agreement on May
              9, 1891 the Tribe ceded the north half of the
              Colville Indian Reservation (established in
              1872).  In Antoine v.s. Washington, 420 U.S.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 Page 3-70
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
 194 (1975} the court ruled that the 1891
 agreement had reserved hunting and fishing
 rights for the Tribe within the ceded area.
 The Tribe has an additional interest to the
 extent that water resources in the subject
 area, including Toroda and  Myers Creeks,
 may be necessary to satisfy the Tribe's
 federally reserved water rights.  The Tribe's
 federally reserved water rights have not been
 quantified at this time.

 3.9.2    Ground Water

 Ground water at the proposed Crown Jewel
 Project site is limited because of the physical
 location near the top of Buckhorn Mountain
 and the low permeability of the bedrock.
 Pump testing of a well for ground water
 characterization near the proposed mine
 indicated that ground water wells could
 produce about 20 gallons per minute (Colder,
 1993b).

 There are a number of productive wells in the
 Myers Creek basin that utilize ground water
 for irrigation.  Ground water in Myers Creek is
 found in  alluvial fans, in alluvial deposits of
 the Myers Creek floodplain, and in glacial
 deposits that underlie the alluvial deposits.
 Pump testing of an existing irrigation well in
 the Bolster Creek alluvial fan on  the Lost
 Creek Ranch, near the confluence of Bolster
 and Myers Creek, indicated a well yield in the
 range of 200 gpm to 500 gpm (Colder,
 1994b).

 Investigations of the glacial fluvial deposits
 along Myers Creek near the Canadian border
 indicated that the ground water  potential was
 limited in this area since the deposits are
 present as isolated lenses surrounded by low
 permeability glacial material (Colder,  1992b).

 3.9.3   Surface Water

 Myers Creek and Toroda Creek are the two
 main drainages in the area adjacent to the
 proposed Crown Jewel Project site.  Myers
 Creek is located west of the Project site.
Toroda Creek is located southeast of the
 Project site.  Figure 3.6.1, Regional Stream
Network and Figure 3.6.4,  Site Stream
Network, show the relative  locations of
streams in the region.
                        Myers Creek

                        Myers Creek has historically been a water
                        source for irrigation, domestic use and stock
                        water since the late 1800's.  The Myers
                        Creek drainage basin has an area of
                        approximately 89 square miles at  its
                        confluence with the Kettle River in Canada.
                        The elevation ranges from 7,258 feet at Mt.
                        Bonaparte to 1,900 feet at its confluence
                        with the Kettle River in Canada.  Stream flow
                        in Myers Creek was monitored at the
                        international border by Environment Canada
                        (station number 08NN010) from 1923
                        through 1950 and 1968 through 1977 during
                        the irrigation season.  The drainage area of
                        Myers Creek at this station is approximately
                        80 square miles; 77 square miles within the
                        U.S. and three square miles in Canada.
                        Stream flow is highest during the  spring
                        runoff period. The maximum daily discharge
                        recorded during the period of record from
                        1923 through 1950 was 102 cfs on June 11,
                        1948. The  minimum daily discharge for the
                        same period of record was measured as 0 cfs
                        on both July 16, 1926 and August 13,  1939.
                        All diversions from Myers Creek occurring
                        within the U.S. are located upstream of the
                        Myers Creek station so that flows at the
                        gaging station reflect flows in Myers Creek
                        available for water users in Canada.

                        An estimate of mean annual flow based on
                        the Myers Creek streamflow data during the
                        irrigation season and data from similar
                        drainages was calculated by Colder
                        Associates (1994a) as 7 cfs to 8 cfs, or
                        5,000 acre-feet/year to 5,800 acre-feet/year.
                        Daily streamflow varies annually from 40 cfs
                        or more in early spring to less than 5 cfs in
                        the fall and winter months (Colder, 1994c).
                        Figure 3.6.2, Estimated Monthly Hydrograph
                        of Myers Creek (International Boundary),
                        presents the average annual hydrograph for
                        Myers Creek.

                        Stream flow in Myers  Creek will be monitored
                        at the USGS/Proponent cooperative station
                        named Myers Creek. Data collection was
                        initiated in October 1995, and would be
                        maintained until reclamation at the Project
                        site is completed.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-71
The WADOE has historically regulated junior
water rights in Myers Creek. Documentation
requesting regulation have been recorded in
1957,  1964, 1967, 1970, 1977, 1979,
1988,  and 1989.  Myers Creek has not been
administratively closed to further water
appropriations by  Washington Administrative
Code (WAC).

Water  licenses (rights) have been issued on
Myers  Creek in Canada for approximately
530 acre-feet/year for direct flow rights and
1,170  acre-feet for storage rights for a total
of approximately 1,700 acre-feet/year
irrigating approximately 740 acres of land
(Michael, 1993).

Toroda Creek

The Toroda Creek drainage basin has an area
of approximately 135 square miles.  Elevation
of the  drainage ranges from 5,738 feet at
Bodie Mountain to 1,969 feet at the
confluence with the Kettle River. There are
no established monitoring stations on Toroda
Creek.  The mean annual flow estimated
using regression equations ranges from 13
cfs to 35 cfs.  The distance along Toroda
Creek from the Nicholson Creek confluence
to the  Kettle River is approximately 3.4 miles.

In 1953, the Washington Department of
Game (presently Washington Department of
Fish and Wildlife [WADFW]) began
recommending denial of water right
applications for uses other than single
domestic and stock water uses.  At issue are
concerns that any further appropriations
might be serious threats to stream flows
necessary for fish habitat.  Their position has
been that fish populations have already been
depleted and all remaining available flow is
needed to support a reasonable population.

This recommendation has not been formalized
by adoption of a rule closing the basin to
further appropriations, but water right
applications have been denied or partially
denied  based on the lack of available water
for further appropriations.  Numerous
landowners have submitted water right
applications in this watershed and have had
their applications returned with letters
explaining this closure.  However, WADOE
              has always informed them of the option of
              submitting the application for a formal
              decision based on the  merits of their
              application.  Where formal decisions were
              made on surface water applications, all uses
              other than single domestic and stock water
              uses have been denied.  It is also clear from
              information contained  in documents related to
              ground water certificates, that ground water
              in hydraulic continuity with the surface
              waters of Toroda Creek and its tributaries has
              also been considered closed to further
              appropriations other than single domestic and
              stock water uses.

              The WADFW has also  recommended instream
              flows on the Kettle River at the Ferry gage
              station and Laurier Station.  Recommended
              minimum instream flows at the Ferry Station
              are 600 cfs from April through July, and 300
              cfs from August through September.

              3.10   VEGETATION

              3.10.1  Introduction

              The Crown Jewel Project is located in the
              forested area of the  Okanogan Highlands
              physiographic province.  Douglas-fir and
              subalpine fir are the  most common coniferous
              species found in the forest zones.  This
              section focuses on upland plant communities,
              forest resources, noxious weeds, and
              threatened, endangered, and sensitive
              vegetation species.  Wetlands are discussed
              in Section  3.11, Wetlands.

              Disturbance of vegetation from logging, past
              mining and exploration activities, and grazing
              is visibly apparent.  All these forms of past
              and present disturbance have altered the
              region's vegetation to  some degree.

              3.10.2  Upland Plant Communities

              The plant associations for the Crown Jewel
              Project vegetation study area are shown on
              Figure 3.10.1, Plant Association Map.
              Additional  information  on successional stages
              of plant  communities can be found in Section
              3.13.4, Additional Aspects of the Biological
              Environment.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-72
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Of the forested sites in the vegetation study
area, Douglas-fir and subalpine fir form the
major upland closed forest zones.  These
species are particularly common in the forest
areas east of the Okanogan  River.  Western
larch is also common in the  vegetation study
area and is found in a  variety of sites. Low
shrubs such as twinflower, buffalo-berry,
huckleberries, ninebark, and snowberry are
typically the dominant shrub species, with
pinegrass dominating the understory herb
layer.

Natural openings typically consist of dry
shrublands or grassy openings on hillsides,
which are typified by mountain snowberry
with pinegrass or mountain  big sagebrush
with awnless bluebunch wheatgrass.  A
listing of plant associations identified in the
vegetation study area, along with
approximate acreages, is set forth  in Table
3.10.1, Plant Associations in Crown Jewel
Project Vegetation  Study Area.

3.10.3  Forest Resource

Timber stands within the Crown Jewel
Project vegetation study area are composed
primarily of Douglas-fir, western larch,
subalpine fir, with some Engelmann spruce in
the wetter areas, and  scattered lodgepole
pine.  The federal and state lands within the
Crown Jewel Project area have been
                        extensively logged in the past, as discussed
                        in Section 3.19, Land Use. Most of the
                        private lands in the vegetation study area
                        were clearcut many years ago and some
                        regeneration is present. Timber harvest
                        within the Crown Jewel Project area has
                        been mostly selective salvage logging  or
                        shelterwood removal methods, a process
                        which removes most of the trees and  retains
                        6 to 1 5 seed trees per acre for a seed source
                        to provide for natural regeneration.

                        The dominant tree species left on the  federal
                        and state lands within  the Crown Jewel
                        Project area are Douglas-fir and western
                        larch.  Timber harvest  has resulted in  low
                        density canopy cover,  removal of decadent
                        and dead trees,  reduction of large woody
                        debris, and  an increase in grasses and shrubs.
                        Table  3.10.2, Estimated Timber Volume,
                        presents an estimate of the timber volumes
                        by tree species which  are found in the
                        vegetation study area of approximately 1,632
                        acres  prior to harvest from the Nicholson
                        timber sales.

                        The effects of both insects and disease are
                        evident within the vegetation study  area.
                        The occurrence of spruce budworm
                        defoliation and dwarf mistletoe is light to
                        moderate in both the under and overstory.
                        Small, scattered pockets of laminated  root rot
                        were also observed. The
TABLE 3.10.1, PLANT ASSOCIATIONS IN CROWN JEWEL PROJECT
VEGETATION STUDY AREA
Plant Association1
Douglas-Fir/Ninebark (PSME/PHMA)
Subalpine Fir/Twinflower (AGLA 2/LIBOL)
Douglas-Fir/Pinegrass (PSME/CARU)
Douglas-Fir/Huckleberry (PSME/VACCI)
Ponderosa Pine-Douglas-Fir/A wnless
(Bluebunch Wheatgrass) (PIPO-PSME/AGIN)
Subalpine Fir/Pinegrass (ABLA 2/CARU)
Douglas-Fir/Bearberry (PSME/ARUV)
Subalpine Fir/Huckleberry (BLA 2/VACCI)
Douglas-Fir/Mountain Snowberry (PSME/SYOR)
Total
Relative Productivity
(ft3/ac/yr)2
96
73
59
80
25
65
20
55- 93
34

Acres
367
431
360
138
25
21
8
137
145
1,632
Notes: 1 . For plant association locations, see Figure 3. 10. ), Plant Association Map.
2. Source: Forested Plant Associations of the Colville National Forest, USDA Forest
Service; by Clinton K. Williams (Area Ecologist), Terry R. Lillybridge (Associate
Ecologist), Bradley G. Smith (Associate Ecologist); June 1990.
                Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-73
TABLE 3.10.2, ESTIMATED TIMBER VOLUME
Tree Species
Douglas-fir
Western larch
Englemann spruce
Subalpine fir
Lodgepole pine
Total Estimated Volume
Timber Volume1
(thousand board-feet)
3,711
2,472
568
307
83
7,141
Note: 1 . This volume based on a survey of approximately
1,632 acres in and around the Crown Jewel
Project site.
mountain pine beetle has damaged or
destroyed the majority of the lodgepole pine
in the area.  Detailed information about the
timber stands within the Project area can be
found in the document: Timber and
Vegetation Resource Studies, Crown Jewel
Project (A.G. Crook 1993a).

3.10.4 Noxious Weeds

Noxious weeds are undesirable plant species
which invade an area and compete with
native vegetation.  Surveys for noxious
weeds were undertaken  within the vegetation
study area during both the timber resource
and range resource evaluations. The surveys
focused on the following six species of
particular concern to the Forest Service:

•   Bull thistle;

•   Canada thistle;

•   Musk thistle;

•   Hound's tongue;

•   Diffuse knapweed; and,

•   Spotted knapweed.

Bull thistle was the most commonly observed
noxious weed within the vegetation study
area.  It was observed on disturbed sites
such as drill pads, landings, roadsides, and
skid trails.  Canada thistle was  not as
common as bull thistle, but it also occurred
on most sites suitable for bull thistle.  Both
species were found at a variety of elevations,
              and primarily in open, sunny, disturbed sites.
              Musk thistle, a recent invader in the region,
              was found at one site in upper Marias Creek
              and at two sites southwest of Buckhorn
              Mountain in  1 992. In 1 993, 50 to 75 musk
              thistle were  pulled from the vegetation study
              area, mostly from the area of the proposed
              mine (Coppock, 1993).  Hound's tongue was
              most prevalent on the lower east side of the
              vegetation study area.  In June 1995, the
              Proponent observed and removed three
              knapwood plants from the gravel pit west  of
              Forest Road  120 (BMGC, 1995b).

              3.10.5 Threatened, Endangered, and
                      Sensitive Plant Species

              No federally  listed endangered, threatened, or
              proposed plant species are known to occur in
              the vicinity of the Crown Jewel Project;
              however, three species listed on the Region
              6, Regional Forester's sensitive species list
              (Listera borealis, Botrychium crenulatum,
              Platamhera obtusata] do exist in the vicinity
              of the Crown Jewel Project.

              Field reconnaissance was conducted in and
              adjacent to the proposed Crown Jewel
              Project area  during 1991, 1992, 1993, and
              1994  by the  Forest Service and independent
              specialists to locate and identify populations
              of sensitive species (Forest Service, 1996a).

              A total of ten populations of Listera borealis
              were discovered, containing over 2,000
              plants. One  population has approximately
              1,700 plants, while the other nine are much
              smaller.  The plants are situated  along
              riparian areas at a variety of locations
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-74
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
throughout the surveyed area. This species
usually occurs in moist woods, often in moss
along streams.  Most of the plants were
either blooming  or fruiting, which indicates
they are reproducing.

Four populations of Platanthera obtusata,
containing over  800 plants, were located.
One population  has over 700 plants, while
the other three are much smaller. The
populations are  dispersed along riparian and
wet areas.  This species  normally occupies
damp to wet forested areas.  Many of the
plants were either blooming or fruiting during
the surveys, implying they are reproducing.

Three populations of Botrychium crenulatum,
containing over  30 plants, were identified in
the study area,  with one population having
21  plants.  The  plants had produced  spores
indicating reproduction.  They were growing
in or near wet areas, which is normal habitat
for  this species.

3.10.6 Plant Species of Concern

The following plant species of concern for the
Forest Service were  searched for: Botrychium
ascendens, Carex capillaris, Carex
chordorrhiza,  Carex  dioca, Carex tenuiflora,
Carex vallicola,  Carex stenophylla, Carex
xerantica,  Cryptantha interrupta, Eleocharis
rostellata,  Gentiana tenella, Lobelia kalmii,
Salix glauca, and Talinum okanoganense (T.
sediforme).

None were found in  the Crown Jewel Project
area. However, two of them, Carex  capillaris
and Carex dioca are  known on private ground
in the vicinity of the Project.

3.10.7 Range Resource

Three Forest Service grazing allotments are
found around the Crown Jewel Project.
These are the Cedar, Ethel, and Gold grazing
allotments.

Information on range conditions within the
Project area was gathered as part of both the
Timber and Vegetation Resource Studies.
Crown Jewel Project (A.G. Crook, 1993a)
and the Range Resources and Noxious Weed
Surveys, Crown Jewel Project (A.G.  Crook,
                        1992b). Information from these studies
                        shows that a predominance of the understory
                        vegetation in the Crown Jewel Project area is
                        pinegrass (Calamagrostis rubescens).
                        Pinegrass stays green all summer; its
                        abundance makes it an important forage
                        plant.  It is normally the least palatable of the
                        more common native grasses. Seeded
                        domestic grasses are preferred by livestock
                        during the summer months when pinegrass
                        leaf blades become harsh and tough;
                        however, it is often a key summer grass
                        when other grasses are dormant.  The
                        allotments within the Crown Jewel Project
                        area have many  areas which are steep and
                        where water is limited within the area; these
                        factors reduce the suitability of these areas
                        for livestock use. Within the allotments,
                        there are areas which  have been harvested
                        for timber and now provide transitory range
                        value for cattle.  Limited areas of overgrazing
                        and trampling damage are evident, but
                        represent an extremely small portion of the
                        area to be physically disturbed by the Crown
                        Jewel Project.

                        On the Ethel allotment, 62 cows with calves
                        (29 on  National Forest land and 33 on
                        private), are normally permitted to graze from
                        June 1st to August 30th.  These numbers
                        and season have been consistent since 1993.

                        On the Gold allotment, 212 cows with calves
                        (127 on National Forest land and 95 on
                        private and state land), are normally
                        permitted graze from June 16th to September
                        30th.  These numbers and seasons have been
                        consistent since 1987.

                        On the Cedar allotment from 1983 to 1993,
                        489 cows with calves (546 on National
                        Forest land and 43 on private land),  were
                        typically permitted to graze within the
                        allotment.  The season was June 1st to
                        September 30th. In 1992, a rest-rotation
                        system of grazing management was initiated.
                        Now each year,  one of the three pastures is
                        not grazed for an entire season. In  1994,
                        because some permittees went out of
                        business and did not waive their numbers in
                        favor of someone else, the numbers were
                        reduced to 354 cows  with calves on National
                        Forest land.  Because  of the activities
                        associated with  mining exploration on BLM
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-75
land, the private land permit (which accounts
for grazing of livestock on non-National
Forest lands within the Cedar Allotment) was
reduced from 43 to 35 cows with calves.
Overall, this is a reduction of 200 cows with
calves, or 34%, from what  has been run
historically (refer to Forest Service file  2210,
Cedar allotment, at the Tonasket District
Office in Tonasket, Washington.)

3.11     WETLANDS

3.11.1   Introduction

Wetlands are defined as areas that are
inundated or saturated by surface or ground
water at a frequency and duration sufficient
to support, and under normal circumstances
do support,  a prevalence of vegetation
typically adapted for life in saturated soil
conditions.  This type of vegetation, known
as hydrophytic vegetation, is one of the
criteria to determine presence of a wetland.
A second criteria is the presence of hydric
soils.  Generally, hydric soils are those soils
that have developed under anaerobic
conditions due to saturation or inundation by
surface or ground water. A third criteria is
wetland  hydrology, defined as the permanent
or periodic inundation or saturation of the soil
to the surface.

3.11.2  Wetlands Delineation

Field investigations to identify and delineate
wetlands in  the Crown Jewel Project area,
including the proposed water pipeline and
powerline routes, and at the proposed
Starrem  Reservoir site, were started in July
1992 and completed in  May 1993. All field
work was performed in  accordance with the
methodology outlined in the 1987 Corps of
Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual and
the 1989 Federal Manual for Identifying and
Delineating Jurisdictional Wetlands.
Additionally, each wetland was rated
according to the Washington State Wetlands
Rating System for Eastern Washington.

Wetlands totaling 49.26 acres  were identified
in the Crown Jewel Project and adjacent
areas. Wetland plant community types found
during the field investigations include
approximately 26.1 acres of forested broad-
              leafed deciduous wetlands (quaking aspen,
              and sitka alder), and forested needle-leafed
              evergreen wetlands (Engelmann spruce)
              [PSO], 16.07 acres of deciduous scrub/shrub
              wetlands (red osier dogwood, bebb willow,
              prickly currant) [PSS], and 7.09 acres of
              persistent emergent wetlands (reed
              canarygrass, creeping bentgrass, spike rush,
              small winged sedge, cattail, burreed,  bulrush)
              [PEM].  Although larger acres of wetlands
              were identified in the TWHIP and HEP
              processes, the analysis areas were larger and
              included strips along Beaver and Myers
              Creek.  The acreage also includes riparian
              areas and buffers along streams.

              Wetlands were identified at 32 locations
              within the areas surveyed as shown in Figure
              3.11.1, Project Associated Wetlands
              Locations.  Twenty four of these areas are
              ground  water discharge areas. A  summary  of
              wetland acreages, classifications,  and types
              is presented in Table 3.11.1, Summary of
              Wetland Areas. A detailed description of the
              wetlands is found in the delineation reports:
              Wetland Delineation. Crown Jewel Project
              (Pentec, 1993b) and Wetland Delineation
              Report, Crown Jewel Project (A.G. Crook,
              1993c).

              Streams, springs, seeps, and wetlands are
              closely  interrelated. Background information
              on stream hydrology is presented  in Section
              3.6, Surface Water.  Background information
              on aquatic resources is presented in Section
              3.12, Aquatic Resources.  Background
              information on springs and seeps  is presented
              in Section 3.7, Springs and Seeps; water
              quantity for springs and seeps is specifically
              addressed in Subsection 3.7.3, Water
              Quality.

              3.12   AQUATIC RESOURCES

              3.12.1 Introduction

              Stream channel and aquatic habitat
              conditions were assessed, and fisheries
              studies were conducted in drainages on both
              the west and east side of Buckhorn
              Mountain.  On  the west side, studies were
              conducted on Myers Creek, which flows
              north into Canada and  is a tributary to the
              Kettle River, and  limited surveys were
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-76
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.1 1.1, SUMMARY OF WETLAND AREAS
Wetland'
Frog pond
C1
CIA
C1B
C1C
C2 or PE
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
CIO
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
CIS
C19
C20 ABCDE
C21 ABC
A
B
CA/CB
Area
(ft)2
78,408
387,684



75,225
24,300
17,424
30,492
300
53,750
200
1 20,000
200
350
3,600
3,358
98,010
8,276
13,298
12,364
6,560
3,829
1,000
1,000
22,334
5,568
24,780
Class2
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
4
Wetland
Origin1
MM


RC

R

RC
RC


RC

RC

RC


MM
R
R
R






Hydrology
Source'
SM/SW
SP/SW
SP/SW
SP/SW
SP
GW
SM
GW
GW
SP
GW
SM
SM
GW
SP
GW
GW
GW
SWS
GW
GW
S
GW
S
S
S
S
GW
Vegetation
Type3
PEM

PFO/PSS
PSS/PEM/PFO
PSS/PEM
PSS/PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
PSS/PEM
PSS/PEM
PEM
PSS/PEM
PEM
PSS/PEM
PSS/EM
PFO/PSS/PEM
PEM
PEM
PSS/PEM
PSS/PEM
PSS/PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
PSS/PFO
PSS/PFO
PEM
Functions4
WQ.GD,
GR,AD,WH,FA,HD,RS
WQ,FC,GR,GD,WA,HD,RS
WQ,FC,GR,GD,WA,HD,RS
WQ,FC,GR,GD,WA,HD,RS
WQ,FC,GR,GD,WA,RS
SS.WH
WQ,GR,GD,RS,FA
WQ,FC,GR,GD
WQ,FC,GR,GD,WA
WC,FC,GR,GD,WA
Functions limited by
clearcutting & grazing
Functions limited due to
logging & proximity of road
WA.RS.Limited FC.GR.GD
Limited WA,RS,CA-logging
Limited WA.RS.CA-logging
Limited FC,GR,GD,RS,CA,WA-
proximity to road and
trampling
Limitd WA.CA-small size
WQ,FC,GR,GD,AD,WA,FA,
CA.RS
WQ,FC,GR,GD,AD,WA,RS
FA, CA.RS; Limited
WQ,FC,GD,GR,AD-grazing
CA.FA.WA; Limited
WQ,FC,GR,GD,AD-cattle
disturbance
HD.RS; Limited
WQ,FC,GR,GD,AD-cattle
disturbance
Limited
WQ,FC,GR,GD,AD,HD-old skid
roads & cattle disturbance
Limited
WQ,FC,GR,GD,AD,HD-old skid
roads & cattle disturbance
Limited
WQ,FC,GR,GD.AD.HD,RSS-old
skid roads & cattle disturbance
GD.WH
GD
Not currently known if
wetland is performing any
hydrologic functions
            Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-77
                         TABLE 3.11.1, SUMMARY OF WETLAND AREAS
Wetland1
DA/DB
FA/FB
PA
PB
PC
PD
RA
Totals
Area
(ft)2
1,098,923
33,243
3,181
8,802
8,420
2,585
10,474
2,145,719
Class2
2
3
3
3
4
3
4
Wetland
Origin6

R





Hydrology
Source
SW
GW
S
S
S
S
S
Vegetation
Type3
PFO/PSS/PEM
PFO/PSS/PEM
PSS/PFO
PFO/PSS
PSS
PSS
PEM/PSS
(49.26 Acres)
Functions4
FH,WH,BM,FC,WQ,SS
GD.WA
GD,WA,NC,SB
GD.WA
GD.WA
Potential functions:
GD.NC.SR.WH, None of these
observed in the field.
GD.SR

  Notes:    1.   The wetland loctions are shown on Figure 3.11.1, Project Associated Wetland Locations.
           2.   Areas are classified according to the Washington State Wetlands Rating System for Eastern
               Washington.
           3.   Vegetation Type
                   PFO: Forested broad-leafed deciduous wetlands (aspen, alder) and forested needle-leafed
                   evergreen wetlands (spruce).
                   PSS: Deciduous scrub/shrub wetlands (dogwood, willow, currant, alder).
                   PEM:  Persistent emergent wetlands (bentgrass, canarygrass, sedge, rush).
           4.   Wetland Functions
                   AD  = Aquatic diversity
                   SR = Sediment retention/removal
                   FC = Flood control
                   WQ = Water quality improvement
                   BM  = high biomass production
                   NC  = Nutrient cycling
                   GR  = Ground water recharge
                   GD  = Ground water discharge
                   SS = Soil stabilization
               Functions to Wildlife
                   ETS = Refuge for ETS species
                   WH = Wildlife habitat
                   FH = Fisheries habitat
                   HD  = Habitat diversity
                   WA = Water availability
                   FA = Forage availability
                   CA  = Cover availability
                   RS = Roosting/resting sites
                   RSS = Refuge for sensitive species
           5.   Hydrology Source/Origin
                   SP = Spring
                   S = Seep
                   GW - Ground water
                   SM - Snow melt
                   SW = Surface water
                   MM = Man-made
                   RC =  Road construction
                   R = Riparian 	
completed on Gold Creek which flows
into Myers Creek.  On the east side of
Buckhorn Mountain, Nicholson and Marias
Creeks were surveyed. Both Marias and
Nicholson Creeks are tributaries to Toroda
Creek,  which is also tributary to the  Kettle
River.  Figure 3.12.1, Regional Drainages,
shows  the regional drainage relationships.

Anadromous fish species cannot enter the
Kettle River drainage or tributaries due to
                Grand Coulee and Chief Joseph Dams on the
                Columbia River; these dams block fish
                passage.  Steelhead trout (Onchorhynchus
                mykiss) may have become "residualized" at
                some historical point in some waterways
                above the dams. It has not been determined
                if residual steelhead trout live in the Kettle
                River drainage.  The Crown Jewel Project is
                within the historical range of redband trout (a
                subrace of O. mykiss), but none were
                 Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-78
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
identified during Project aquatic resource
analysis.

Most of the areas that would be affected by
direct disturbance from the action alternatives
are situated in either the Marias or Nicholson
Creek drainages; however, the Proponent has
proposed to divert a certain amount of
seasonal peak water flow from Myers Creek
which would  be stored in a water supply
reservoir and  pumped to the mine site via a
water supply  pipeline.

3.12.2 S urvey Methodology

Aquatic habitats were surveyed using both
the 1992 (Version 6.0) and 1993 (Version
7.0)  Forest Service (Region 6) Hankin and
Reeves Stream Inventory Methods (Forest
Service, 1992b, 1993c).  Both Level I and II
Hankin and Reeves survey procedures were
used. Stream surveys were conducted for
portions of Marias and  Nicholson Creeks
(A.G. Crook,  1993b), and Myers and Gold
Creeks (Pentec, 1993a).  Electrofishing
surveys were also conducted to determine
the relative abundance  and species of fish in
Myers, Nicholson, and  Marias Creeks, as well
as to determine the upstream  limits of fish
presence in Marias and Nicholson Creeks.
                        Level I Protocol

                        A literature search was undertaken to assess
                        the general background of the stream system
                        through an investigation of maps,  aerial
                        photos,  and previously collected data.  These
                        materials were used to determine factors
                        such as gradients, sinuosity, tributary
                        confluences, valley types, road crossings,
                        access possibilities,  unique features, and
                        other watershed features.

                        Level II Protocol

                        The actual field inventory work along the
                        streams involved the collection of
                        quantitative characterizations of aquatic (fish
                        and water) conditions  for various habitat
                        types.  The process involved the identification
                        of stream habitat types as set forth in Table
                        3.12.1,  Stream Habitat Units and Description.

                        The relationship amongst stream habitat units
                        (pools, riffles, and glides) generally indicates
                        the health of a stream environment and its
                        ability to support fish productivity. One
                        method used to gauge the habitat potential is
TABLE 3.12.1, STREAM HABITAT UNITS AND DESCRIPTION
Habitat Unit
Type Code
P
R
G
CA
PW
SC
U
B
C
Description
Pool
Riffle
Glide
Cascade
Pocket Water
Side Channel
Special or Unique
Case
Bridge
Culvert
Definition
Deep, slow water, level water surface with downstream
hydraulic control, small substrate (e.g., sand, silt)
Shallow, rapid flow, moderate slope, moderate turbulence,
medium to large substrate (e.g., gravel, cobble)
Shallow, moderate flow, moderate slope, low turbulence,
medium substrate (e.g., gravel)
Shallow with deeper pockets, rapid flow, steep slope, high
turbulence, large substrate (e.g., cobble, boulder)
Deep, slow water, associated with boulders or other
stream obstructions (e.g., root wads)
Secondary high water channel(s) adjacent to the main flow
channel
Unusual habitat features
Bridge crossing
Stream flows through a culvert
                Crown Jewel Mine  4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-79
the pool:riffle:glide (P:R:G) ratio.  In general,
the higher the pool portion of the ratio, the
more productive the stream.

Other information was collected as
appropriate during the stream inventory work
including stream cover types, bank width and
depth, embeddedness of substrates, bank
substrates, bank ground cover class,
floodplain vegetative information, stream
temperatures, percent of pocketwater, stream
shade percent, floodplain width, and stream
gradient.

3.12.3 Myers Creek

Myers Creek  is the largest of the streams in
the area around Buckhorn Mountain.  It flows
northerly through  the Chesaw valley along
the westerly flank of Buckhorn Mountain and
meanders through a broad U-shaped glaciated
valley with moderate to steep side slopes
(30% to 60%) and valley floor widths of
approximately 300 feet to 600 feet.  The
stream crosses into Canada approximately
four miles north of the community of Chesaw
and enters the Kettle River approximately
three miles west of the Canadian community
of Midway, as shown on Figure 3.12.1,
Regional Drainages.

Agriculture is the primary activity along
Myers Creek, consisting mainly of  hay crops
and grazing.  The  land adjacent to  Myers
Creek in the Chesaw valley is private.

Three reaches of Myers Creek were surveyed
as shown  on  Figure 3.12.2, Myers Creek
Stream Survey Locations (Pentec,  1993a).
Reach 1 and 3 displayed a deeply incised
channel while Reach 2 displayed a
moderately incised channel.  Myers Creek
exhibited moderate sinuosity along its
channel course throughout the Chesaw
valley. Channel substrate was dominated by
the following:

•  Reach 1:  sand or silt and small gravel
   material;

•  Reach 2:  small cobble, sand, and gravel
   material; and,

•  Reach 3:  small gravel and sand material.
              Substrate embeddedness for all reaches was
              estimated to range between 30% to 50%, a
              fairly high value.

              Stream canopy cover was less than 20% in
              Reaches 1  and 3 and between 20% and 30%
              in Reach 2.  Both the aquatic and riparian
              zones were dominated by grassland-forb
              vegetation with subdominant vegetation
              cover of either shrub-seedlings or small trees.
              Small trees were the dominant vegetation in
              Reach 2.  The dominant vegetation in the
              upland zones of all three surveyed reaches
              was grassland-forb.  Because of Myers
              Creek's incised meandering nature, undercut
              banks occur predictably at the outcurves of
              channel meanders and overhanging
              vegetation occurs regularly throughout the
              channel course.  Woody debris, turbulence,
              and stream depth provided instream cover in
              lesser amounts (Pentec, 1993a).

              Throughout the length of Myers  Creek,
              beaver activity appeared to be a  dominant
              factor in the ongoing change of the stream
              channel. A total of 31 beaver dams or sites
              of beaver activity were observed as follows:

              •   Reach  1  - 28 beaver dams;

              •   Reach 2 - two sites of beaver activity;
                  and,

              •   Reach 3 - one site of beaver activity.

              The P:R:G ratios of the three surveyed
              reaches of Myers Creek were 28%:29%:33%
              for Reach 1; 3%:82%:1 5% for Reach  2; and
              4%:55%:37% for Reach 3.

              Channel stability is rated as fair in the survey
              segments of Myers Creek.  This rating is the
              result of extensive channel modification
              activity by beavers and human land
              management activities. There is a high
              degree of channel migration with new
              channels being cut as a result of the ponding
              or the failure of ponds behind beaver dams.
              The Myers Creek channel was incised
              throughout most of the surveyed segments
              and showed evidence of substantial sloughing
              of the banks.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-80
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
An electro-fishing survey was conducted to
confirm the presence of rainbow trout and
brook trout and to provide data on species
composition.  Of the total fish surveyed by
electrofishing in Myers Creek, approximately
75% were brook trout and 25% were
rainbow trout. The mean lengths of the fish
examined by electrofishing on Myers Creek
were 111 mm (4.4 inches) for brook trout
and 106 mm (4.2 inches) for rainbow trout
(Pentec, 1993a). Temperatures in Myers
Creek ranged from 32.4°F (November 3,
1994) to 55.8°F (August 22, 1994).

3.12.4 Gold Creek

Gold Creek is a small perennial stream which
flows west, about three miles, from its
source on the north flank of Buckhorn
Mountain to the confluence with Myers
Creek. The Okanogan National Forest
boundary is located about one mile above the
confluence with Myers Creek. Approximately
1,781 feet of Gold Creek were surveyed.
This portion of the stream flows through a
narrow forested valley and displays deep
entrenchment. The channel has a low
sinuosity rating.  Substrates were typically
dominated by cobble and gravel with sand
being subdominate (Pentec,  1993a).

Stream canopy shade was 51 % to 75%.
Both the aquatic  and riparian zones are
dominated by a grassland-forb vegetation.
The forested riparian zone provides a regular
source of small and large woody debris.
Undercut banks provide instream cover in
limited amounts (Pentec, 1993a).

There were visual sighting of fish; however,
an electroshock survey was not conducted
because of low stream flow and marginal
habitat (Pentec, 1993a).

3.12.5 Marias  Creek

Marias Creek is a small stream, with
intermittent flow in the upper reaches and
perennial flow further downstream.  From its
source near Buckhorn Mountain, Marias
Creek flows easterly for approximately seven
miles to its confluence with Toroda Creek as
shown on Figure 3.12.1, Regional Drainages.
All but approximately the last quarter mile of
                        Marias Creek is located in the Okanogan
                        National Forest (A.G. Crook, 1993b).
                        Additional information about Marias Creek
                        and its hydrologic characteristics is set forth
                        in Section 3.6, Surface Water.

                        Marias Creek was surveyed from its
                        confluence with Toroda Creek upstream to its
                        source as shown on Figure 3.12.3, Marias
                        and Nicholson Stream and Fisheries Survey
                        Locations.

                        The upstream portions of Marias Creek are
                        confined in narrow valley topography which
                        broadens as Marias Creek approaches its
                        confluence with Toroda Creek.  Gradients in
                        the Marias Creek drainage average
                        approximately 6% to 7%.  Substrates of
                        Marias Creek were typically gravel and sand
                        with some cobble and small boulders.  The
                        P:R:G of the lower four miles was
                        approximately 2%:97%:1 %. The upper three
                        miles had a P:R:G ratio of approximately
                        0%:94%:6%. Woody debris was plentiful in
                        Marias Creek and appeared to contribute to
                        instream cover and flood plain stability, but
                        not to pool creation.  Overall fish habitat
                        quality is poor because of low pool numbers
                        and lack of instream fish cover.  Spawning
                        gravel was adequate throughout Marias Creek
                        and was estimated to  be generally less than
                        35% embedded, with  some areas being
                        highly embedded with sand and silt.  Stream
                        temperatures during the 1992 and 1993
                        surveys ranged from 45 °F to 60°F, which
                        should not limit salmonid survival (A.G.
                        Crook, 1993b).

                        Some of Marias Creek has been impacted by
                        past timber management practices, roads,
                        and cattle grazing. Impacts include trampled
                        banks, overbrowsed riparian vegetation,
                        roadside erosion, and  reduced canopy cover.
                        Most areas would be rated as having a
                        moderate to low level  of impact from cattle
                        grazing.

                        Both brook trout and rainbow trout were
                        visually observed in Marias Creek.  However,
                        large amounts of slash, undercut root wads,
                        and low streamside vegetation hindered
                        visual fish observations.  Although rainbow
                        trout were visually observed near the  Marias
                        Creek confluence with Toroda Creek,  only
               Crown Jewel Mine  * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-81
three individual rainbow trout were
encountered during the electrofishing survey
work on Marias Creek. Brook trout were the
primary species found during electrofishing
surveys in Marias Creek.

The electrofishing survey determined that the
upper limits of fish presence in Marias Creek
was approximately five miles upstream from
the confluence with Toroda Creek or
approximately half a mile above the culvert
crossing at Forest Road 3550. The location
of the electrofishing surveys and the
approximate limit of fish presence in Marias
Creek are shown on Figure 3.12.3, Marias
and Nicholson Stream and Fisheries Survey
Locations.

3.12.6  Nicholson Creek

Nicholson Creek is a perennial stream. From
its source on the east side of Buckhorn
Mountain, Nicholson Creek flows generally
easterly for approximately eight miles to its
confluence with Toroda Creek as shown on
Figure 3.12.1, Regional Drainages. The lower
2.5 miles of Nicholson Creek (upstream of its
confluence with Toroda Creek) are located on
private and state lands; the rest of the stream
is located on  Okanogan National Forest lands.
Additional information about Nicholson Creek
and  its hydrologic characteristics is set forth
in Section 3.6, Surface Water.

Nicholson Creek flows through a constrained,
moderately V-shaped valley with valley floor
widths generally less than 100 feet.  The
average gradient was moderately steep at
7%.  Substrates of Nicholson Creek are
predominantly gravel and sand with some
cobble present.  The P:R:G was
approximately 3%:85%:12%.  There were an
estimated 2.3 pools per mile with an average
residual depth of approximately 1.7 feet.
Cover values  are low,  ranging from 6% to
20%, with the most cover being provided by
woody debris and undercut banks. Large
woody debris on the floodplain seemed to
contribute to system structure and stability.
Spawning substrates were adequate and
were estimated to be generally less than 35%
embedded with some areas being highly
embedded with sands and silts. Stream
temperatures during the 1992 and 1993
              surveys ranged from 48°F to 55°F, which
              should not limit salmonid survival (A.G.
              Crook, 1993b).

              Like Marias Creek, portions of Nicholson
              Creek have been impacted by past timber
              management practices, roads, and cattle
              grazing.  Impacts include trampled banks,
              overbrowsed riparian vegetation, roadside
              erosion, and reduced canopy cover. Most
              impacts related to grazing have been
              associated with watering areas,  particularly
              wetlands. The number of water troughs in
              the Cedar allotment has been increased from
              3 to 50 to reduce impacts over the last three
              years.

              Both brook trout and rainbow trout were
              visually observed in Nicholson Creek. An
              electrofishing survey was conducted to
              confirm the visual observations,  provide data
              on species composition, and determine the
              upstream limit on fisheries.  Although there
              appeared to be suitable fish habitat in the
              upper reaches  of Nicholson  Creek, no fish
              were observed by either visual or
              electrofishing survey techniques above a
              natural barrier  located  approximately five
              miles upstream of its confluence with Toroda
              Creek (1993b). The barrier consisted of a
              woody debris jam with an incised channel
              below.  The location of the electrofishing
              surveys and the approximate limit of fish
              presence in Nicholson  Creek are  shown on
              Figure 3.12.3, Marias  and Nicholson Stream
              and Fisheries Survey Locations (A.G. Crook,
              1993b).

              3.12.7 North Fork of Nicholson Creek

              The North Fork of Nicholson Creek, a
              tributary to Nicholson  Creek, begins at a
              spring and seep area on the eastern slope of
              Buckhorn Mountain  and intermittently flows
              southeasterly approximately 1.5  miles to its
              confluence with Nicholson Creek as shown
              on Figure 3.12.1, Regional Drainages.  The
              entire length of the Nicholson Creek tributary
              is located on Okanogan National Forest lands.
              Three reaches  of the North Fork  of Nicholson
              Creek were surveyed;  the locations of these
              reaches are shown on  Figure 3.12.3, Marias
              and Nicholson  Stream  and Fisheries Survey
              Locations.
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-82
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
This tributary is located in a narrow V-shaped
valley which is generally less than 50 feet
wide. The average gradient is approximately
9% and channel substrates are predominantly
gravel with sand and cobble present in
subdominant quantities.  Streambank
substrates are sand with subdominant
amounts of cobble.

It was estimated that pools were found in 1 %
to 6% of the North Fork of Nicholson Creek.
There were approximately 21 pools per mile
with an average residual depth of about 0.8
feet. Instream cover values were generally
low ranging from 6% td 20% and were
provided almost entirely by overhanging
vegetation.  Large woody debris was present
that contributed to instream cover and
system stability. Stream temperatures
measured  during the  1993 survey ranged
between 46 °F and 49 °F, which should not
limit fish survival.  There are adequate
spawning  gravels, although  it appeared that
most were embedded greater than 35% (A.G.
Crook, 1993b).

Past timber harvest activities, roads, and
cattle grazing have impacted portions of the
North Fork of Nicholson Creek.  Observed
impacts included trampled banks, degraded
channel, overbrowsed riparian vegetation,
roadside erosion, and reduced canopy cover.

There were no fish present in the North Fork
of Nicholson Creek.

3.12.8 Threatened, Endangered, and
        Sensitive Fish Species

No threatened or endangered fish species
have been documented in Myers, Marias, or
Nicholson Creeks or any of their tributaries.
Likewise,  no anadromous fisheries species
are known to occur in any of these drainages.

Bull trout and redband trout are considered
sensitive species by the Forest Service.  Bull
trout are at this time being considered for
listing under the Endangered Species Act.
None of the drainages in the vicinity of
Buckhorn  Mountain  have bull trout habitat.
No bull trout were found during the visual or
electrofishing surveys.
                        A limited sample of 13 rainbow trout were
                        found and collected during electrofishing
                        surveys in Nicholson Creek (10) and Marias
                        Creek (3) and were submitted to the
                        University of Montana's Wild Trout and
                        Salmon Genetics Laboratory for lactic acid
                        dehydrogenase (LDH) analysis to determine
                        possible redband trout genetics.  No redband
                        trout were identified by this  genetic testing
                        (Leary, 1993).

                        3.12.9  Benthic Macroinvertebrates

                        Benthic macroinvertebrate surveys were
                        conducted in the fall of 1994 and again in the
                        spring and fall of 1995 to provide baseline
                        data on habitat and species abundance and
                        variability in Myers, Nicholson and Marias
                        Creeks (Northwest Management, 1994a,  and
                        EcoAnalysts,  1996).  A total of four stations
                        were sampled; BM1 and  BM2 are located on
                        Myers Creek; BM3 is on  Marias Creek, and;
                        BM4 is on  Nicholson Creek.  See Figure
                        3.12.4, Benthic Macroinvertebrate Monitoring
                        Station Location Map.

                        Several physical habitat variables were
                        measured at each station including; air and
                        water temperature, stream gradient, channel
                        type, percent canopy cover, bank stability
                        assessment, etc. Benthic macroinvertebrates
                        were collected from representative riffle sites
                        to provide a biological assessment. Riffle,
                        pool, margin, and coarse particulate organic
                        matter (CPOM)  were sampled to provide data
                        from all representative habitat types.

                        The results were compared to values
                        representing community  diversity conditions
                        typically found in unimpacted mid-order
                        western streams.  Table  3.12.2, Benthic
                        Macroinvertebrate Biological Integrity
                        Assessment Parameters, shows the
                        parameter and description used in  the survey
                        work.

                        Washington streams are  different in that
                        some parameters (i.e., taxa  richness  and  EPT
                        richness -the ratio of the number of
                        Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera and Trichoptera to
                        the number of Chironomidae) are expected to
                        be lower and the natural disturbance
                        frequency is expected to be greater.
                        Conclusions regarding the richness of streams
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-83
TABLE 3.12.2, BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATE BIOLOGICAL INTEGRITY
ASSESSMENT PARAMETERS
Parameter
Total Abundance
Percent Contribution of Dominant Taxon
Taxa Richness
EPT Richness
Rhyacophilidae Richness
Percent Chironomidae
Percent Oligochaeta
Percent Non-Diptera
EPT/Chironomidae
Percent Shredders
Percent Scrapers
Scraper Richness
Percent Collector-Filterers
Percent Predators
Predator Richness
Margalef's Index
Simpson's Index
Shannon-Weiner Index
Hilsenhoff Biotic Index
Pielou's J
Description
Total number of invertebrates per 0.1 square meter.
Percent of total number of individuals belonging to the most
abundant taxa.
Total number of taxonomic units in a sample.
Total number of taxonomic units in a sample belonging to the
insect orders Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, and Trichoptera.
Total number of taxa in the genus Rhyacophilidae.
Percent of the total number of individuals belonging to the
Diptera family Chironomidae.
Percent of the total number of individuals belonging to the
class Oligochaeta.
Percent of the total number of individuals that are not in the
insect order Diptera.
Ratio of the number of Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, and
Trichoptera to the number of Chironomidae.
Percent of the total number of individuals that are classified as
shredders.
Percent of the total number of individuals that are classified as
scrapers.
Number of taxonomic units in the sample classified as
scrapers.
Percent of the total number of individuals that are classified as
collector-filterers.
Percent of the total number of individuals that are classified as
predators.
Number of taxonomic units in the sample classified as
predators.
Total number of taxa in the sample divided by the log of the
total number of individuals in the sample.
The sum of: (number of individuals in the ith taxon) divided by
(total number of individuals in the sample). This sum,
subtracted from 1 .0 is the value of Simpson's index.
The sum of: the proportion of individuals in the ith taxon
multiplied by the log (In) of the proportion.
A weighted average of the organic tolerance values of all
individuals in the sample.
Shannon's index for the sample divided by the log of the total
number of taxa in the sample.
may need to be adjusted to reflect eastern
Washington differences by using WADOE's
work and other regional studies located closer
to the monitoring sites.

Data collected to date are an initial step in a
longer term process for evaluating trends in
the  instream biological condition in the
Myers, Nicholson, and Marias Creeks
watersheds as reflected by benthic
invertebrate meristics.
              Myers Creek

              Analysis of the physical and biological
              parameters for stations BM1 and BM2
              indicates that the benthic invertebrate
              community has been slightly to moderately
              impacted by  land management activities,
              primarily cattle grazing in the riparian areas as
              shown in Table 3.12.3, Benthic
              Macroinvertebrate Sampling Comparison.
              Myers Creek may also be impacted by
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-84
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997













o
V)
ec

5
o

z
vJ
Q.
V)
LU
<
ffi
LU
LU
^
Z
o
cc
M

O
I

LU
CO
ro

r~
CO
LU
CO













m
1
10








CO
CD
•|
«







CM
5
CO
c
g
to
V)








m
c

in



«
U
0)
x"1
LlJ


II Parameter
K*


T5
u.
Q.

O)
__
(D
U.
LA
y}
(0



IT)
O)
0.
CO
Tf
0)
CO

in
0)
==
u_

cn
a
W


O)

(Q

tn
O)
To

in
c»
0.




LL

?
r






§
in
CO
8
0)



5


M




CNl


CO
in

to
in



to
to
a)
CO



CO
CM

O
s


$



co-
ro


8

A


| Total Abundance


o
CM
CN
SR
cn
CN
*
l«


CN
*—
CN


^
CO
rx
CN

CD
CO
CN

0
CN

^
o>
s


^
in

CO
^
rx
CO
CN





CD




CM



A


s



^f



SR
CO
cn

^
IX
'
cn
^
b
00

^
cn
CO


^
CN
CN
O)
^
^
00

LO
|x


00
00



A


|| % Non-Diptera



CM
CO
in
CM


IX
CM


*-
cn



cn


to
o

in
cn


CM
CO




CO
«fr

in
*

cn
CM


CM
ri



in
A


|| EPT/Chironomidae


c£
in
rx
S
CM

c£
in

35
cn
00



q

IX
CM


to
cn


CM
d


*
CD

*~
"?
CO
CO
CN

cn
o


q
CM
CM

S?
in
A


|| % Shredders


CO

CM
CO
tri

*
CM
CO

#
^
CO


*
rx
CN

^
to
CO


q
in

^
cn
in


*
00
rx
CO
^
IX
CO
CO

rx
to


00
in
CO

o

A


|| % Scrapers


rx
*-
Tt
S
in


CO

CN
cn
CO



rx
to
ui


CO
*

«
in


in




to
*

CO
CO
*

in
in



Ti-


to
A


|| Scraper Richness


<^
in
o
o
*~
M?
CO
o
d

£
CO
0



CN

£
to
0

CO


^
cn
d


J«
tn
CN
CO
^
in
ri
CM

o
in


CO
CM
CM

O

A


|| % Collector-Pilferers


,_
CO
CM
r*.
CN

on
CN

rr

CM


*
CD
in

£
CM
CN

^
CN


in
00



cR
Tj-
"~

$
CN

to
in


b
CN

S?
in
A


|| % Predators


CO
o

rx
CO
CO


en

CM
cn
cn


rx
CO
d


-
*^*

cn
CM
CO


U)
Ti-
ed





"*

in
IX
in

CO
CO
CO


Tfr
in

o

A


| Predator Richness


CO
in
in
CO
in


cn

to
CM
in



CN
in
in



in

00
*


rx
CO
d




to
CO

CM
O
IO

in
CM
t


CO
*

o
in
A


|| Margaleff's Index




o
S
o


d

m
CO
o



CO
00
d

tn
00
o

S
o


co
|x
d



CO
CO
o

£
o

|x
o


s
o

s
o
A


l| Simpson's Index


CO
IX
CN
in
CN

cn
in
CN

IX
in
CM



to
CN

CO
Tt
CM

CN
CO
CM


O
cn



O)

CM

S
CM

cn
cn
*~


CD
CO
CN

in
IX
CM
A

V
l| Shannon-Weiner Ind




CO
CO
cn
*

o
in
CO


cn
CO



CO
00

o
CM
CO

cn
o
*


o
cn



o
00
CO

to
CO
CO

CO
o
in


o
CO

in
CM
V

x
c
|| Hilsenhoff Biotic Ind




d
in
rx
o

to
rx
d

00
IX
O



CM
rx
d

o
|x
o

CD
to
O


§
d



rx
CO
o

fx
o

to
o



0

in
IX
o
A


J
b!
             Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-85
substrate instability and elevated summer
temperatures.

Community diversity, an important attribute
of healthy macroinvertebrate communities,
was low-moderate in Myers Creek, as
indicated by taxa, EPT and Rhyacophila
richness values as well as Margalef, Simpson
and Shannon-Weiner indices.  Measures of
community evenness (percent dominant taxa
and Pielou's J) showed that the benthic
community was dominated by a few, highly
abundant taxa.  These values also indicate
that the communities are under stress when
compared to western Oregon streams.
Adjusting for eastern Washington stream
expectations, measures of community
diversity and evenness would indicate a
moderate disturbance in stream  physical
conditions.

The community trophic structure as indicated
by the percent total fauna show that
scrapers, shredders, and collector-filterer
values are generally above expected values,
while  predator numbers were mostly below
expected values.  Measures of diversity,
however, increased during the fall samples  in
1995, and benthic communities became more
even at both sites. This shift in the fall was
a naturally-occurring phenomenon which
demonstrated the ability of a community to
adapt to natural conditions (i.e., inputs of
leafy material during the fall).

Marias Creek

Analysis of the physical and biological
parameters for station BM3 indicates that the
benthic invertebrate community  may have
been slightly to moderately impacted by
previous land use activities, primarily
sediment loading from timber harvest and
road building.  See Table 3.12.3, Benthic
Macroinvertebrate Sampling Comparison.
Additional physical measurements such as
embeddedness, preferred substrates, or
canopy cover would verify an impacted
condition that was indicated by examining
the biological data.

Data collected indicated that benthic
communities were moderately diverse,  stable,
and generally in healthy condition, although
              the communities are by no means pristine.
              Elevated summer temperatures may have
              limited the number of cold-adapted taxa that
              could occur in Marias Creek. Taxa and EPT
              richness values were good and within the
              range expected for healthy streams similar in
              nature to Marias Creek.  The Margalef,
              Simpson and Shannon-Weiner indices values
              indicated the benthic community was diverse.
              Rhyacophila richness indicated overall habitat
              complexity was moderate.

              In the fall  period of 1995, there was a slight
              increase in community evenness as indicated
              by percent dominance and Pielou's J.  There
              was a shift in trophic status in the fall;
              however,  as collector-gatherers decreased,
              this was followed by an increase in scrapers
              and a subsequent increase in shredders.
              These shifts follow predicted, annual
              patterns, even though overall percentage of
              shredders was lower than expected during
              the fall.

              Nicholson Creek

              Analysis of the physical and biological
              parameters for station BM4 indicates that the
              benthic invertebrate community may have
              been slightly  to moderately impacted by
              previous land use activities, primarily
              sediment loading from timber harvest and
              road building. See Table 3.12.3, Benthic
              Macroinvertebrate Sampling Comparison.

              Data collected indicated that benthic
              communities  were moderately diverse, stable,
              and generally in healthy condition, although
              the communities are by no means pristine.
              Community diversity was good at BM4. Taxa
              and EPT richness values were good and
              within the range expected for healthy streams
              similar in nature to Nicholson Creek. The
              Margalef,  Simpson and Shannon-Weiner
              indices values indicated the benthic
              community was diverse.

              Community evenness was moderate-high at
              BM4, as indicated by percent dominant taxon
              and Pielou's J values; however, analysis of
              community trophic structure indicated that
              the invertebrate community was dominated
              by collector-gatherers and excessive organic
              particles had  settled out in riffles.  Scraper
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-86
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
abundance was also lower than expected for
a stream of this type.

In the fall period of 1995, all measures of
community diversity were higher than
observed in the spring samples of 1995.
Community evenness and trophic structure
were similar to the spring; those minor shifts
which did  occur between sampling seasons
resembled the patterns observed in Marias
Creek.

West Fork Cedar Creek

In the spring of 1995, a  location on the West
Fork Cedar Creek was selected as a potential
control site for the macroinvertebrate
monitoring program.  This creek, however,
proved to  not be an adequate reference for
the test streams due to its small size, which
yielded low densities  of invertebrates as well
as other indices of diversity, which were
depressed.

3.12.10    Instream Flow Incremental
            Methodology

The WADFW, WADOE, British Columbia
Ministry of Fish and the  Environment, and
Canadian Department of Fish and Oceans
requested an  instream flow study in  order to
assess the impacts of the proposed diversion
of water from Myers  Creek to the Starrem
Reservoir on existing fish habitat, and to
determine appropriate habitat protection in
Myers Creek downstream of the proposed
diversion site.

The study method chosen was the Instream
Flow Incremental Methodology (IFIM) (Hovee,
1982); this method, developed by the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), is used in
the western U.S. and Canada. It relies on a
predictive model,  developed from a
combination of site-specific stream channel
measurements and estimates of habitat
preferences of the fish species of concern.

The IFIM study was conducted in accordance
with the Washington State Department of
Wildlife instream flow study guidelines
(WADFW, 1993a). Study objectives were to
predict the relationship between stream
discharge and physical habitat for salmonids
                        to Myers Creek in British Columbia
                        downstream of the proposed intake.  This
                        work provided technical data for evaluating
                        the effects of alternative flow regimes on the
                        salmonid resources of Myers Creek.

                        Both brook trout  (Salvelinus fontinalis) and
                        rainbow trout (Onchorhynchus mykiss) are
                        found in Myers Creek (Pentec, 1993a). The
                        instream flow study focused on the spawning
                        life history stage  of rainbow trout and the
                        spring and winter habitat for both species.
                        New water withdrawals have been proposed
                        in Myers Creek by the Proponent from
                        approximately February 1 to July 31.

                        The overall slope of Myers  Creek, below the
                        point of diversion near the  Canadian border,
                        is approximately  2%.  The  moderately incised
                        stream channel meanders through a wide,  U-
                        shaped glacial valley.  Habitats include long
                        low-gradient glide-riffle complexes and small
                        corner pools with undercut banks. Areas of
                        braided channel are present.  Channel
                        substrates include sand,  silts, and small
                        gravel and cobble. Canopy cover is variable,
                        ranging from grassland vegetation to brush
                        and trees.

                        Based on slope and channel pattern, two
                        study sites were  selected on Myers Creek  as
                        shown on Figure 3.12.5, IFIM Study Sites.

                        Study Site #1  is  immediately upstream of the
                        March Creek confluence and contains five
                        cross-sections (transects).  Study Site #2 is
                        immediately downstream of the international
                        border between the U.S. and Canada and
                        contains six transects.  The transects and
                        habitat descriptions for each study site are
                        shown in Table 3.12.4, IFIM Transects and
                        Habitat Description.  At each study site,
                        information was  gathered at three flow levels
                        (3 cfs, 7 cfs, and 12 cfs), which allowed
                        development of the predictive model over the
                        flow range of interest (2-30 cfs). The model
                        predicts a habitat versus flow relationship  for
                        each site.  This relationship is then combined
                        with estimates of inflow to develop a
                        relationship for the reach of Myers Creek,
                        indexed to a gaging point at or near the
                        diversion, in the  U.S. This relationship is
                        illustrated in Figure 3.12.6, IFIM Final
                        Weighted Useable Area  Versus Flow.
                Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-87
TABLE 3.12.4. IFIM TRANSECTS AND HABITAT DESCRIPTION
Transect
Myers
Habitat Descriptions
Creek Study Site 1
1
2
3
4
5
Myers

Gravelly riffle/glide
Gravelly riffle-glide
Gravelly riffle-glide
Riffle
Glide with overhanging bank and some wood debris
Creek Study Site 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
Note:
Source:

Shallow pool/small wood debris complex
Glide/small wood debris complex
Glide/small wood debris complex
Corner pool, undercut bank
Glide
Gravelly riffle (near gage)
Habitat type descriptions: USDA Forest Service.
Riffle: moderate to fast water velocities, shallow depths, gravel substrate.
Glide: slow to moderate water velocities, U-shaped channel, cobble or gravel
substrate.
Corner pool: pool at a stream bend, often with an undercut bank providing cover
for fish.
Wood debris complex: wood in stream channel, providing cover for fish and
creating small dammed pools at times.
Cascades Environmental Services, 1996
The IFIM study results provide a technical
basis for evaluating different flow regimes
resulting from the proposed water diversion.
The intent is to determine an instream flow to
protect fish  resources in Myers Creek.

Results from the instream flow study are
combined indices of the relationship between
habitat and flow, for each fish  lifestage under
consideration. In this case, a relationship
was developed for rainbow trout spawning as
shown on Figure 3.12.6, IFIM  Final Weighted
Useable Area Versus Flow, and a relationship
for rainbow  trout and brook trout winter
habitat is shown on Figure 3.12.7, Myers
Creek Winter Trout Habitat - Weighted
Useable Area Versus Flow.

3.13   WILDLIFE

3.13.1 introduction

Buckhorn Mountain and surrounding areas
contain a diversity of wildlife species and
habitats that are representative of the
Okanogan Highlands Region. Existing
conditions for wildlife in the area surrounding
              Buckhorn Mountain are presented in the
              following sections:

              •   Habitat Overview;

              •   Land Use Patterns and Human Activities
                  Influencing Wildlife;

              •   Additional Aspects of the Biological
                  Environment;

              •   Wildlife Species Overview;

              •   Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive
                  Species; and,

              •   Habitat Evaluation Procedure (HEP)
                  Analysis.

              The wildlife narrative  initially describes
              habitat components at the large scale
              (analysis area) before narrowing focus down
              to the area where  mine facilities are located
              (core area).  Discussions of habitat, existing
              land use, and human  activities lead into
              descriptions  of wildlife species known or
              suspected to occur in the analysis area,
              including threatened,  endangered, species of
               Crown Jewel Mine +  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-88
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
concern, and sensitive species.  The final
wildlife section introduces the HEP analysis, a
modeling tool assessing the quality and
quantity of habitat in the Buckhorn Mountain
area.  Readers seeking more detail can
request a copy of the Crown Jewel Project,
Wildlife Technical Report (Beak, 1995a).

3.13.2  Habitat Overview

Buckhorn Mountain and the surrounding area
are part of  the Okanogan Highlands - a region
characterized by fairly gentle, well rounded
mountain topography that reflects the impact
of Pleistocene glaciation events.  Wildlife
biologists from the Forest Service,  BLM,
USFWS and WADFW have identified and
delineated the Analysis Area and the Core
Area, Figure 3.13.1, Project Area Map, where
the evaluation of existing wildlife conditions
and expected mine development effects  will
be focused.

The analysis area.  Figure 3.13.2, Land Type
Map, totals approximately 70,752 acres (111
square miles).  It encompasses the core  area
and is bounded by Myers Creek and the
Kettle River to the north, by Toroda Creek to
the east, by Beaver Creek to the south and
southwest, and by Myers Creek to the west
and northwest.  The analysis area
incorporates the broad spatial scale necessary
to evaluate the following:

•  Indirect effects of mine development;

•  Cumulative effects;

•  Impacts on landscape habitat
    connectivity; and,

•  Impacts on species with large home
    ranges.

The core area, Figure 3.13.3, Cover Type
Map, totals approximately 10,925 acres (17
square miles).  It is defined as the area where
direct impacts of the proposed Crown Jewel
Project would occur. The core area
incorporates the mine footprint, mine
facilities, transportation corridors, Starrem
Reservoir,  the alluvial fan on Myers Creek,
the in-coming transmission lines, and  all land
                        within approximately one mile radius around
                        the mine footprint and facilities.

                        Buckhorn Mountain (approximately 5,602
                        feet in elevation) is the highest point in the
                        analysis area, located on a major north-south
                        trending  ridgeline.  Radiating away from this
                        ridgeline  are portions of the upper watersheds
                        for the majority of the larger creeks in the
                        analysis area, including Ethel Creek, Bolster
                        Creek, Gold Creek, Cedar Creek, Nicholson
                        Creek, and Marias Creek. These creeks flow
                        into either Myers Creek or Toroda Creek, the
                        lowest elevations in the analysis area
                        (approximately 2,000 feet elevation).

                        Topographic features (such as elevation,
                        slope and aspect) affect the physical and
                        biotic environment by influencing temperature
                        and moisture availability. The diverse
                        vegetative community in the analysis area is
                        a reflection of the existing diverse
                        topographic relief repeated across the
                        landscape.  Drought tolerant ponderosa pine
                        and upland grasslands  are common along hot
                        dry southern aspects, especially at low and
                        mid elevations.  Increasing moisture levels
                        with higher elevations and on north slopes
                        develop a mixed conifer forest community
                        which includes Douglas fir and western larch.
                        The coldest high elevation environments are
                        dominated by subalpine fir forest
                        communities.

                        The varied topography and  associated
                        vegetative communities provide a range of
                        habitat conditions supporting a diverse fauna
                        in the analysis area.  Wetlands and riparian
                        zones within the analysis area also provide
                        key habitats for wildlife.  For example,
                        wetlands along Myers  Creek contain a great
                        blue heron rookery, black terns and common
                        loons forage in Beth Lake, and spotted frogs
                        occur in  a pond flanking Buckhorn Mountain.

                        Additional  landscape factors influencing
                        wildlife diversity in the analysis area include:
                        the existing pattern of land use allocations,
                        the presence of the Jackson Creek/Graphite
                        Mountain unroaded area, and the proximity to
                        Canadian wildlife sources.  Private
                        landholdings with more intensive and
                        continuous human activity are located
                        primarily on the periphery of the analysis
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-89
area.  Most of the central part of the analysis
area {and part of the periphery) is managed
by the Okanogan National Forest, the Colville
National Forest, Washington Department of
Natural Resources (WADNR), Bureau of Land
Management (BLM), and the Kettle Provincial
Forest in Canada. These lands managed by
agencies generally provide habitat with
reduced disturbances, especially  when tied to
road closures. The Jackson Creek/Graphite
Mountain undeveloped area provides a large
area with high wildlife security in the
northeastern  portion of the  analysis area.
The Cedar Creek/Jackson Creek/Graphite
Mountain area adjoins the Canadian Kettle
Provincial Forest and provides valuable
habitat connections that facilitate movement
of dispersing animals from Canadian source
populations.

Analysis Area

Wildlife habitats in the analysis area are
categorized by land  type, a  habitat definition
based on general vegetation composition and
structure, and on land use.  Land types
represent broader wildlife habitat
classifications in comparison to core area
cover types.  Six different land types
(grassland/shrub, open coniferous/deciduous,
coniferous, riparian/wetland/open water,
agriculture, and disturbed/residential) are
              identified in the analysis area and shown in
              Table 3.13.1, Acreages of Cover Types and
              Land Types in the Crown Jewel Project Core
              and Analysis Areas.  These land  types were
              delineated to a minimum size of five acres,
              see Figure 3.13.2, Land Type Map.  A list of
              species known or expected to occur in  each
              land type is presented in the Crown Jewel
              Project, Wildlife Technical Report (Beak,
              1995a).

              Grassland/Shrub Land. The grassland/shrub
              land type includes those areas with less than
              20% tree cover.  It does not include
              agricultural areas or clearcuts.

              Open Coniferous/Deciduous Land. The open
              coniferous/deciduous land type is classified
              as forested areas with  20% to 60% crown
              closure, including clearcuts, partial cuts,
              shelterwoods, and natural openings not
              capable of  crown closures exceeding 60%.

              Coniferous Land. The  coniferous land type is
              represented by forested areas with more than
              60% crown closure of pole-sized or larger
              trees.

              Riparian/Wetland/Open Water Land. The
              riparian/wetland/open water land type
              consists of all areas within 100 feet of, and
              including, perennial streams, wetlands, lakes,
TABLE 3.13.1, ACREAGES OF COVER TYPES AND LAND TYPES
IN THE CROWN JEWEL PROJECT CORE AND ANALYSIS AREAS
Core Area
Cover Type
Upland Grassland
Bottomland Grassland
Shrub
Early Successional Conifer
Mixed Conifer Pole
Mixed Conifer Mature
Deciduous
Riparian/Wetland
Lake/Pond
Agriculture
Total
Acres
1,675
107
96
905
2,175
4,479
39
887
106
456
10.925
Percent
15.3
1.0
0.9
8.3
19.9
41.0
0.4
8.1
1.0
4.2
100.0
Analysis Area
Land Type
Grassland/Shrub
Open Coniferous/Deciduous
Coniferous
Riparian/Wetland/Open Water
Agriculture
Disturbed/Residential

Total
Acres
15,612
24,023
27,441
635
2,943
98

70,752
Percent
22.1
33.9
38.8
0.9
4.2
0.1

100.0
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-90
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
or ponds; and includes any area within 50
feet of, and including, intermittent streams.

Agriculture Land.  The agriculture land type
includes those lands which have been
cultivated, and includes plowed and planted
land, hay lands, and irrigated pastures.

Disturbed/Residential Land.  The
disturbed/residential land type is classified as
towns, mines, rockpits, home sites, and
parking lots. This land type generally does
not provide good wildlife habitat. However,
certain species adaptable to human
disturbance do use this land type.

Core Area

Wildlife habitat in the core area is categorized
by cover type, a habitat definition based on
successional stage, plant association, and
land  use information derived primarily from
the Tonasket Wildlife Habitat Inventory
Procedures (TWHIP) stand data. Ten cover
types are defined for the core area. These
include upland grassland, bottomland
grassland, shrub, early successional conifer,
mixed conifer pole, mixed conifer, mature
deciduous, riparian/wetland, lake/pond, and
agriculture, see Figure 3.13.3, Cover Type
Map. Cover types were delineated to a
minimum size of one acre through a
combination of areal photo interpretation and
field-checking during habitat surveys.  Cover
type descriptions and amounts shown in
Table 3.13.1, Acreages of Cover Types and
Land Types in the Crown Jewel Project Core
and Analysis Areas, along with a list of
wildlife species known or expected to occur
in each cover type, is presented in  the Crown
Jewel Project Wildlife Technical Report.

All cover types provide wildlife with food,
cover for reproduction and concealment, and
water. In addition, the deciduous,  mixed
conifer pole, and mixed conifer mature cover
types provide wildlife with thermal  cover.

Upland Grassland Cover.  The upland
grassland cover type is defined as naturally
occurring (non-irrigated, non-cultivated, and
non-hayed) grassland areas on slopes and
ridges with less than 20% tree cover and less
than 20% shrub cover. The predominant
                        species of native grasses found in this cover
                        type include bluebunch wheatgrass,
                        Sandberg's bluegrass, and pinegrass.  Non-
                        native seeded and naturalized species include
                        smooth brome, fescues, and other
                        wheatgrasses.

                        Bottomland Grassland Cover. The
                        bottomland grassland cover type describes
                        naturally occurring (i.e., non-irrigated, non-
                        cultivated, and non-hayed) grassland habitats
                        in valley bottoms with less than 20% tree
                        cover and less than 20% shrub cover.
                        Predominant native grasses include bluebunch
                        wheetgrass, bentgrass, and pinegrass.  Non-
                        native seeded and naturalized species include
                        smooth brome and fescues.

                        Shrub Cover. The shrub cover type is
                        represented by areas with less than 20% tree
                        cover,  more than 20%  shrub cover, and not
                        classified as upland grassland, bottomland
                        grassland, early successional conifer, or
                        riparian/wetland habitat. Common shrubs in
                        this cover type include snowberry, ninebark,
                        red-osier dogwood,  sagebrush, currant, and
                        rose.  Other vegetation present includes
                        Idaho fescue, pinegrass, Sandberg's
                        bluegrass, sedges, bluebunch wheat grass,
                        and various forbs.

                        Early Successional Conifer Cover. The early
                        successional conifer cover types consist of
                        typically forested areas currently in a
                        grass/forb or seedling/sapling successional
                        stage (i.e., clearcut, seed tree cut, or
                        shelterwood cut less than 20 years old).
                        Predominant trees present include Douglas-fir,
                        western larch, ponderosa pine, Englemann
                        spruce, and  subalpine fir.  Predominant shrub
                        species include ninebark, bearberry,
                        snowberry, pachistima, huckleberry, red-osier
                        dogwood, and Cascade azalea.

                        Mixed Conifer Pole Cover. The mixed conifer
                        pole cover type includes those stands with
                        trees 5 inches to 9.9 inches diameter at
                        breast height (dbh) that are the dominant
                        class and occupy more than 50% of the area.
                        Trees larger than ten inches dbh occupy less
                        than 20% of the stand. Douglas-fir, western
                        larch, Englemann spruce, subalpine fir, and
                        ponderosa pine are the most abundant trees
                        present.  Common shrub species include
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-91
ninebark, snowberry, bearberry, pachistima,
huckleberry, red-osier dogwood, and Cascade
azalea.

Mixed Conifer Mature Cover.  The mixed
conifer mature cover type is represented by
stands with trees greater than ten inches dbh
occupying more than 20% of the area.  This
cover type includes young mature, mature,
and old growth serai stages.  Dominant trees
species include Douglas fir, western larch,
Englemann spruce, subalpine fir, and
ponderosa pine. Major shrub species include
ninebark, snowberry, bearberry, pachistima,
huckleberry, and cascade azalea.

Deciduous Cover.  The deciduous cover type
is classified as stands with 90% overstory  of
aspen or cottonwood, but not necessarily a
climax deciduous hardwood plant association.
The predominant tree species found in
deciduous forests include quaking aspen and
black cottonwood.  Major shrubs present
include Sitka alder, Douglas maple,
snowberry, red-osier dogwood, willow
huckleberry, serviceberry, and shiny leaf
spirea.

Riparian/Wetland Cover. The riparian/wetland
cover type consists of all areas within 100
feet of a stream, wetland, lake, or pond, and
within 50 feet of a seep or spring.  Subalpine
fir, Englemann spruce, Douglas-fir, western
red cedar, black cottonwood,  and quaking
aspen presents the major trees present.
Predominant shrub species found in
riparian/wetland areas include Sitka alder,
Douglas maple, huckleberry, red-osier
dogwood, bearberry, snowberry, twisted
stalk, arrowleaf groundsel, and bunchberry
dogwood.  Common ferns include lady fern
and oak fern.

Lake/Pond Cover. The lake/pond cover type
includes areas of open water and emergent
vegetation, excluding rivers and streams.
Beth, beaver and Little Beaver Lakes are
mapped as lake/pond cover types. Emergent
vegetation includes cattails, reed canary
grass, creeping bentgrass, spike rush, and
sedges.

Agriculture Cover. The agriculture cover type
represents those areas which  are currently
              being cultivated.  Included are plowed and
              planted land, hay lands, and irrigated
              pastures.

              3.13.3 Land Use Patterns and Human
                      Activities Influencing Wildlife

              Land use, land management, and disturbance
              for human activities may directly affect the
              type, amount, and quality of habitat available
              to wildlife.  Changes in land use may be
              detrimental or beneficial to wildlife.  Wildlife
              response to disturbance is variable and
              dependent upon the type, intensity and
              duration of the disturbance, the activity of
              the individual prior to the disturbance, the
              time of day and/or season, the proximity to
              the sources of the disturbance, previous
              experience with the disturbance, the mobility
              of the species, and sensitivity of the species
              or individual to the type of disturbance.

              The following sections describe human
              activities that may influence wildlife in the
              analysis area.  Added emphasis is placed on
              information pertaining to species highlighted
              later in Section 3.13.5, Wildlife Opecies
              Overview.

              Human  Presence

              Human  presence affects wildlife behavior in
              numerous ways.  Wildlife sensitive to human
              presence may suffer  declines in productivity,
              depressed feeding rates, and avoidance of
              otherwise suitable habitat (Henson and Grant,
              1991).  Ward (1985) noted differential
              response by big game to human presence; elk
              were less tolerant of human activity than
              deer.  Nesting ferruginous hawks flushed
              40% of the time if a  person walked within
              130 yards of the nest (White and Thurow,
              1985).  In contrast, random observations by
              Wedgewood (1992) indicated considerable
              tolerance by sharp-tailed grouse to short-term
              human presence.

              As previously mentioned, most of the central
              part of the analysis area and part of the
              periphery are managed by agencies including:
              the Okanogan National Forest, Colville
              National Forest, BLM, WADNR, and the Kettle
              Provincial Forest. Human presence in these
              areas is relatively low as few permanent
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-92
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
residences occur there.  Seasonal activities
associated with forest management, firewood
cutting, and recreation do increase human
presence during certain times of the year.
The dominant recreational activity is hunting,
primarily in the fall. Other recreational
activities occur mostly during the summer
and include sightseeing, hiking, camping,
berry-picking, and wildlife watching.  Human
presence during the winter is limited by deep
snow conditions.  Principal winter recreational
activities are  cross-country skiing and
snowmobiling. The overall effect on wildlife
of these intermittent seasonal activities is
considered minimal. The lands managed by
agencies generally provide habitat with
reduced disturbances.

Most of the residential development occurs
along the periphery of the analysis area. The
presence of residential development may
have a direct influence on wildlife distribution
and populations.  As development occurs
(i.e., structures, roads, and the conversion of
forest/range to agricultural lands), wildlife are
subjected to the loss and/or  alteration of
habitat and increased disturbance.  Habitat
suitability is reduced for species sensitive to
disturbance.  However, in some situations,
wildlife are attracted to areas of
development. For example,  both mule deer
and white-tailed deer are attracted to forage
provided by agricultural fields in the Toroda
Creek and Myers Creek valleys.

Residential development in the analysis area
is concentrated at Chesaw and at Midway,
British Columbia.  Homes are also located
along Myers  Creek, Toroda Creek, the Kettle
River, lower Nicholson Creek (on Forest Road
3575), and along County Road 4895. In
recent years, several areas have been
subdivided for residences on private land
south and west of Buckhorn Mountain (i.e.,
Pine Chee) providing a potential for greater
residential development.  There has been a
13% increase in the population for the
Chesaw-Oroville subdivision (the closest U.S.
town to the Project site) between 1980 and
1990. However,  with 41 %  of the available
housing in Chesaw-Oroville vacant in 1990
(Section 3.20.3, Housing), extensive
residential development in the analysis area is
                        unlikely in the near future in the absence of
                        mine development.

                        Noise

                        Noise effects on wildlife can be primary
                        (direct physical auditory effects such as
                        temporary or permanent hearing loss, or
                        masking of auditory signals), secondary (non-
                        auditory effects such as stress, elevated
                        metabolism, increased energy costs, or
                        behavioral changes), or tertiary (direct results
                        of primary and secondary effects - e.g.,
                        localized population declines or range
                        reductions) (Janssen, 1980).

                        In general, existing noise levels within the
                        analysis area are relatively low in all but
                        inhabited and farmed areas. The forest
                        vegetation and variable topographic relief act
                        to buffer noises.  Nonetheless, wildlife are
                        subject to intermittent episodes of noise
                        disturbance  primarily from logging, firewood
                        cutting, farm machinery, aircraft, road traffic,
                        and recreational activities including hunting
                        and the use of vehicles (e.g., snowmobiles,
                        motorcycles, all-terrain vehicles).  Within the
                        core area, additional noise disturbance
                        resulted from mineral exploration activities.

                        Existing day time and nighttime ambient noise
                        levels were measured at five locations in the
                        analysis area.  The levels recorded ranged
                        from 35 dBA to 52 dBA (Leq/daytime) and 30
                        dBA to 40 dBA (Leq/nighttime) at two sites
                        outside the Chesaw and Bolster areas (i.e.
                        away from residential lands). Wintertime
                        noise levels are generally less than
                        summertime.  The U.S. Department of
                        Transportation applies a noise abatement
                        criterion of 57  dBA (Leq) for lands where
                        quiet and serenity are of extraordinary
                        importance (USDOE, 1982).  This  level could
                        be used as a reasonable approximation of
                        ambient, where actual measures are not
                        available.

                        Light and Glare

                        The presence of artificial lights has the
                        potential to  affect wildlife in both beneficial
                        and harmful ways. The existing light and
                        glare in the core and analysis areas is minimal
                        based  on the low population density and the
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-93
distance from cities or activities that generate
extensive artificial light.  The greatest
existing light and glare occurs around the
town of Chesaw; along the Kettle River valley
near Midway, British Columbia; from
residences along Myers and Toroda Creeks;
and from residences along the Pontiac Ridge
Road.

Road Density and Road Kills

The presence of road can contribute to death
or injury to wildlife from collisions with
moving vehicles. The principal factors
affecting the incident of wildlife-vehicle
accidents include road condition (gravel or
paved), traffic speed, and road location
relative to wildlife habitat.   In Okanogan
County, wildlife vehicle accidents account for
approximately 14% of the accidents on state
highways (A.G. Crook, 1993d).

Existing road density is relatively low over the
analysts area (2.2 miles per square mile).
Road densities within the core area is higher
(6.1  miles per square mile)  due to past
mineral exploration and timber harvest
activities.  There is no data available on
wildlife related accidents or wildlife road kills
for Forest Roads in the analysis area or
County Roads leading to the Project area.
The road closest to the analysis area where
data on wildlife road kills have been collected
is Highway 20.   There were 22  reported deer
road kills, mostly white-tails, along a ten-mile
stretch of Highway 20 (mile post 280-290)
during a 14 year period from September
1979 through December 1993 (A.C. Crook,
1993d).

Hunting and Trapping

Hunting is the dominant recreational activity
in the core and  analysis areas.   Most hunting
(archery and firearm) is for deer (mule and
white-tail) and black bear,  although there is
some hunting for cougar, coyote, and bobcat
(Swedberg, 1994).  Small  game hunting is
primarily for grouse (blue and ruffed),
snowshoe hare and quail.  The analysis area
is a popular hunting site for both local
residents and out-of-area hunters (1,831 big
game hunter days and 146 small game hunter
days, see Section 3.15.4,  Recreation
              Activities). It is also part of the former North
              Half of the Colville Reservation. The Colville
              tribe retains hunting rights on the North Half
              where tribal members have a separate deer
              season (Murphy, 1994).  Illegal hunting of
              deer also occurs, but is difficult to quantify.

              Recent trapping efforts within the analysis
              area are low, primarily due to low pelt prices
              (Friesz,  1994a). The primary trapping areas
              are along Beaver and Myers Creeks, and to a
              lesser extent Mary Ann and Toroda Creeks.
              The species most frequently trapped are
              beaver and muskrat, with some coyote and
              raccoon taken (Pozzanghera, 1994). An
              important location of bobcat trapping is
              Beaver Canyon. Badgers, weasels,  and
              raccoons are trapped incidentally. One
              registered Canadian trapline (taking  beaver,
              coyote, marten, squirrel, bobcat, raccoon,
              and lynx) is located near the northern border
              of the analysis  area between Rock Creek and
              Midway, British Columbia (Pennoyer, 1994).

              3.13.4 Additional Aspects of the
                      Biological Environment

              Okanogan Forest Plan Management Areas
              and Standards  and  Guidelines

              The Okanogan  National Forest Land and
              Resource Management Plan (Okanogan Forest
              Plan) provides direction for how the national
              forest will be managed including; forest-wide
              standards and guidelines, management area
              standards and guidelines, and desired future
              conditions for the various lands on the
              national forest.  The core area contains three
              management areas: MA14, MA25, and
              MA26 (see Figure 3.13.4, National Forest
              Management Areas in the Core and Analysis
              Areas).  Each management area has its own
              set of goals and objectives, and standards
              and guidelines  (see Section 1.6, Okanogan
              Forest Plan Consistency).  The sections that
              follow will incorporate relevant discussions of
              the Okanogan Forest Plan as it applies to
              wildlife issues in the core and analysis  area.

              Riparian/Wetland Habitat

              Riparian/wetland habitat is  identified in the
              Okanogan Forest Plan as a "limiting habitat"
              that is important to numerous wildlife species
                Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-94
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
such as waterbirds, amphibians and
songbirds.  Wetlands contain a mosaic of
microhabitats which provide a richer amount
and variety of plant and animal food  sources
to support wildlife than when compared to
other systems.  The value of adjacent cover
types to wildlife is enhanced by the presence
of a nearby wetland. Okanogan Forest Plan
standards and guidelines and application of
the Inland Native Fish Strategy serve to
protect riparian/wetland ecosystems  from
physical alteration of damage when activities
occur there. Approximately 340 acres of
riparian/wetland habitat occur on Forest
Service lands within the core area, see Figure
3.13.5, Riparian, Deciduous and Ridgetop
Habitat Map.  The riparian/wetland cover type
consists of all areas within 100 feet  of a
stream, wetland, lake, or pond, and within 50
feet of a seep or spring.  This broad  definition
was used to portray a zone of influence
where species associated with  riparian areas
were more likely to occur.

Successional Stage Diversity

The Okanogan Forest Plan  includes a
standard and guideline for successional stage
diversity to ensure that a variety of forest
stand habitats are available to support a wide
range of wildlife. Successional stage
diversity is  measured on a township  basis.
Successional stage diversity in  Township 40
North, Range 31 East meets Forest Plan
standards and guidelines for pole, young
mature, and mature serai stages, see Figure
3.13.6, Successional Stage Diversity. The
grass/forb and seedling/sapling serai  stages
have less acres than the prescribed minimum
amount.  In Township 40 North, Range 30
East, successional stage diversity meets
Forest Plan standards and guidelines for all
serai stages except seedling/sapling.

Old Growth

The intent of the Okanogan Forest Plan
standards and guidelines for old growth is to
ensure that habitat is available for old
growth-associated species  (e.g., goshawk),
to maintain ecosystem diversity, and to lend
aesthetic qualities to the landscape.  Old
growth is measured on a township basis.
Approximately 1,823 acres of Forest Service
                        lands in Township 40 North, Range 31 East
                        have been designated as old growth,
                        representing 12% of the Forest Service land
                        base suitable for timber production in the
                        township. Designated old growth in
                        Township 40 North, Range 30 East totals
                        149 acres (97 acres in Section 12 and 52
                        acres in Section 25) and represents 4% of
                        the suitable Forest Service land base in the
                        township. The amount of designated old
                        growth in Township 40 North, Range 30 East
                        does not currently meet Forest Plan standards
                        and guidelines, see Figure 3.13.6,
                        Successional Stage Diversity. To comply
                        with the Forest Plan, approximately 54 acres
                        of replacement old growth were  designated
                        by the Forest Service in Ethel Creek in order
                        to reach the required 5% level.

                        Road Density

                        The Okanogan. Forest Plan standards and
                        guidelines for maximum allowable road
                        density are based on the goals of the
                        Management Area and are implemented to
                        limit disturbance to wildlife.  Road densities
                        are lowest and access restrictions greatest in
                        Management Areas which emphasize deer
                        winter range (MA26 and MA14). For
                        example,  in MA26 road densities are limited
                        to one mile of road open to motorized  use per
                        square mile of discrete individual
                        management area, in MA 14 road density is
                        limited to no more than two miles of open
                        roads per square mile,  in contrast to MA25
                        which allows no more than three miles of
                        open roads per square mile.  A discrete
                        Management Area is a block of forest in a
                        particular Management Area (see Figure
                        3.13.4, National Forest Management Areas in
                        the Core and Analysis Areas).

                        Road densities in discrete Management Area
                        25-18 meet Okanogan Forest Plan standards
                        and guidelines.  Road densities in discrete
                        Management Areas 14-16, 14-17,  14-18, 14-
                        19,  26-13,  26-15, and 26-16 exceed Forest
                        Plan Standards and Guidelines.  Discrete
                        Management Areas 14.16, 14.19, 26-13,
                        and 26-15 are closed to motorized  vehicles
                        from December 1 through March 31 to
                        minimize disturbance in deer winter range.
                        All off-road travel is prohibited within the
                        seasonally closed areas.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-95
3.13.5  Wildlife Species Overview

Wildlife emphasized in this document attempt
to represent a broad range of fauna that
highlight those species occurring on priority
habitats, those managed under standards and
guidelines in the Okanogan Forest Plan,
management indicator species, species of
high human value, and species assigned
protective status by state or federal agencies
(i.e., Endangered, Threatened, Forest Service
Sensitive) as shown in Table 3.13.2, Wildlife
Species List.  Several songbirds are included
that occupy and represent avian species
using grassland, shrub and riparian/wetland
habitats. Water birds are discussed as a
group because of the importance of aquatic
habitats in the core and analysis areas.

The species are organized according to the
following categories: large mammals; medium
and small-sized mammals; reptiles and
amphibians; woodpeckers; songbirds;
waterbirds; upland game birds; raptors; and
endangered, threatened, and sensitive
species.  Each species account includes
sufficient life history information to
understand habitat needs and assess the
potential effects of proposed Project
activities. Site-specific information on
occurrences and habitat use in the core and
analysis areas is presented.  Okanogan Forest
Plan management direction which specifically
apply to individual wildlife species (e.g., deer)
are discussed within respective species
sections. The Crown Jewel Project, Wildlife
Technical Report  (Beak, 1995a) provides a
detailed description of life history, habitat
requirements, habitat  suitability, and species
occurrence.

Large Mammals

Large mammals known to occur in the core
and analysis areas include black bear,
mountain lion, mule deer, white-tailed deer,
Rocky Mountain elk, and moose.   California
bighorn sheep,  grizzly bear, and gray wolf are
non documented in the analysis area but are
addressed in the Section 3.13.6, Threatened,
Endangered, and Sensitive Species.  Natural
history, known occurrences, and habitat
assessments are presented in the following
section for deer (mule and white-tailed), black
               bear, and mountain lion.

               Mule and White-Tailed Deer.  Mule deer and
               white-tailed deer are common in the analysis
               area throughout the year, having adapted to
               seasonal differences in availability of
               resources. Deer in the analysis area and
               surrounding Okanogan Highlands are not
               migratory in the traditional sense of moving
               between geographically separated high
               elevation summer range and lower elevation
               winter range.  Rather, they opportunistically
               seek out areas of higher forage quality and
               quantity that occur seasonally at differing
               locations within the surrounding landscape
               mosaic.

               For example, good quality spring range
               provides essential forage to quickly boost
               energy reserves depleted by winter
               conditions.  The earliest spring ranges are
               often located on south facing slopes, where
               the favorable south aspect results in an
               earlier progression from sonwmelt, to  ground
               exposure, and finally growth of succulent
               grasses and forbs containing the higher
               protein and soluble carbohydrate content
               sought out by deer.  However, the south
               aspect also leads to earlier arid conditions.
               Plants become less succulent since there is a
               higher content of less digestible  cellulose and
               lignin. Consequently, deer will shift use and
               follow the "green-up" in the landscape, in
               tune with the forage areas providing higher
               levels of nutrients needed to rebuild energy
               reserves in the spring, support the growth  of
               fawns in the summer, and finally build up to
               peak conditions  in  the fall with adequate fat
               reserves needed to cope with severe winter
               conditions (and the rut for bucks).

               Deer are commonly seen  foraging in
               agricultural fields in Myers Creek and Toroda
               Creek. By late summer and fall,  deer may
               concentrate around wetlands  or
               riparian/wetland areas for succulent forage
               and water (Witmer et al., 1985). Shrubs at
               this time become a  more  important
               component in the diet.  Cover provided by
               vegetation and topography is  utilized by deer
               during non-winter months for summer thermal
               heat regulation and hiding cover.
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-96
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.13.2. WILDLIFE SPECIES LIST
Common Name
Scientific Name
USFS
Status
Large Mammals
Mule deer
White-tailed deer
Black bear
Mountain lion
Odocoileus hem/onus
Odocoileus virgin/anus
Ursus americanus
Felis concolor
MIS
MIS


Medium and Small-sized Mammals
Pine marten
Bobcat
Martes americana
Felis rufus
MIS

Federal
Status
State
Status
Habitat or
Species
Occurrence








PHS Game
PHS Game
Game
Game
Documented
Documented
Documented
Documented

PHS Game
Game
Documented
Documented
Woodpeckers
Hairy woodpecker
Three-toed woodpecker
Pileated woodpecker
Picoides villosus
Picoides tridactylus
Dryocopus pileatus
MIS
MIS
MIS




Monitor
Candidate
Documented
Documented
Documented
Songbirds
Winter wren
Orange-crowned warbler
Vesper sparrow
Troglodytes
Vermivora celata
Pooecetes gramineus






Upland Game Birds
Ruffed grouse
Blue grouse
Bonasa umbel/us
Dendragapus obscurus
MIS






Documented
Documented
Documented

Game
PHS Game
Documented
Documented
Raptors
Golden eagle
Barred owl
Great gray owl
Boreal owl
Aquila chrysaetos
Strix varia
Strix nebu/osa
Aegolius funereus








Candidate
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Documented
Documented
Documented
Documented
Endangered, Threatened, Candidate, and Sensitive Species
California bighorn sheep
Grizzly bear
Gray wolf
Pacific fisher
California wolverine (MIS)
North American lynx (MIS)
Pygmy rabbit
Townsend's big-eared bat
Spotted frog
Loggerhead shrike
Common loon
Long-billed curlew
Black tern
Columbian sharp-tailed
grouse
Northern bald eagle
Northern goshawk
Ferruginous hawk
Peregrine falcon
Ovis canadensis
californiana
Ursus arctos
Cam's lupus
Martes pennant!
Guto luteus
Felis lynx canadensis
Brachylagus idahoensis
Plecotus townsendii
Rene pretiosa
Lanius hidovicianus
Gavia immer
Numenius americanus
Childonias niger
Tympanuchus
phasianelkjs
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
Accipiter gentilis
Buteo regalis
Fako peregrinus
Sensitive
Sensitive
Sensitive

Sensitive
Sensitive
Sensitive
Sensitive


Sensitive
Sensitive

Sensitive
Sensitive

Sensitive
Sensitive
soc
Threatened
Endangered
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC

SOC
SOC
SOC
Threatened
SOC
SOC
Endangered
PHS Game
Endangered
Endangered
Candidate
PHS Monitor
Threatened
Endangered
Candidate
Candidate
Candidate
Candidate
PHS Monitor
PHS Monitor
Candidate
Threatened
Candidate
Threatened
Endangered

Suspected
Suspected

Documented
Documented

Documented
Documented
Suspected
Documented
Suspected
Documented
Suspected
Documented
Documented
Suspected
Suspected
             Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-97
TABLE 3.13.2, WILDLIFE SPECIES LIST
Common Name
Myotis sp.
Little willow flycatcher
Olive-side Flycatcher
Northern spotted owl (MIS)
Scientific Name

Empidonax trailii
Contopus borea/is
Strix occidentals caurina
USFS
Status



Sensitive
Federal
Status
SOC
SOC
SOC
Threatened
State
Status

Candidate
Endangered
Endangered
Habitat or
Species
Occurrence
Documented
Documented
Documented

Notes: MIS = Management Indicator Species
PHS = Priority Habitats and Species Program, Washington
Documented = Known to Occur
Suspected = Likely to Occur or Habitat present
SOC = Species of concern. These species were formally listed as Candidate. Category 2 species by the WAFWS
The spring, summer, and fall are times in the
deer's energy balance when energy gains
exceed losses.  In winter, energy losses
exceed gains.  Deer must cope with the
worst environmental conditions while
consuming the poorest quality food.  Suitable
winter range providing shallow snow,
adequate food, and sufficient shelter help
deer slow the rate  of weight loss during the
winter.

Mule deer are indicator species on the
Okanogan National Forest.  Multi-agency
biologists have identified winter range as the
limiting factor/habitat associated with
maintaining populations of mule deer, and
that snow intercept thermal cover (SIT) is an
essential component of deer winter range and
the major determinant of winter range in  the
Okanogan Highlands.  SIT is defined as multi-
storied stands with at least 12 inches dbh
conifer trees with greater than  60% overstory
canopy closure.  The interlocking crowns
intercept the snow resulting in  lower snow
depths below the trees compared to  adjacent
openings. The multi-story stand component
provides both a windbreak reducing heat loss,
and hiding cover offering security. The best
SIT is associated with mature/old growth
stands with an abundant Douglas fir
component.  These SIT stands also provide
arboreal lichens and conifer needles which
form a substantial portion of the winter diet
(Friesz, 1994b,  Forest Service, 1989).

With the exception of severely  disturbed
lands, all of the cover types in the core area,
and all of the land types in the  analysis area
provide suitable deer habitat at least  part of
the year.  Within the analysis and core area
              are patches of summer thermal and summer
              hiding cover, fawning areas, water sources,
              winter thermal cover, winter hiding cover,
              and SIT. The Okanogan Highlands has a
              history of providing high quality deer hunting
              opportunities (Friesz, 1992). Area biologists
              note that white-tailed deer populations are
              increasing throughout the country, while mule
              deer populations appear to be declining.
              There is speculation that declining mule deer
              numbers are tied to reductions in winter
              range. White-tail deer appear to be more
              versatile and  adaptable to human settlement
              and habitat disturbance.

              The Okanogan Forest Plan goal for
              Management Area 14 (discrete MA 14-6, 14-
              17, 14-18, and 14-19) and Management
              Area  26 (discrete MA 26-13 and 26-15) is  to
              manage for deer winter range.  The standards
              and guidelines for these Management Areas
              outline the deer cover conditions that must
              exist  to meet the Forest Plan's management
              goals unless the Forest Plan is amended. The
              Forest Plan standards and guidelines, and the
              existing condition for each management area
              within the core area are provided in Table
              4.12.6,  Summary of Forest Plan Consistency
              by Alternative.  The TWHIP analysis of deer
              winter cover in the core area indicates that
              SIT cover standards and guidelines are not
              currently being met in these portions of the
              Management Areas.  Minimum requirements
              for winter thermal cover and winter hiding
              cover are met in discrete Management Areas
              14-16 and 26-15.  Discrete Management
              Area  14-17 meets only winter hiding cover
              standards and guidelines, and discrete
              Management Areas 14-18,  14-19, and 26-13
              are below standards and guidelines for all
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-98
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
winter cover components.

Deer are known to spend at least part of the
winter on Buckhorn Mountain (Friesz, 1994a;
Haines, 1993).  Observations of deer use of
the Buckhorn Mountain area during the winter
were documented during the Buckhorn and
Nicholson timber sales. However,
observations suggest that less deer are
utilizing the area with the recent Nicholson
timber sales compared to numbers seen
during the Buckhorn timber sale. It is likely
that current limited deer use of the area is
partially caused by past timber harvests in
the area, including the Marias, Bat, and
Buckhorn timber sales. SIT cover is in short
supply and likely limiting the number of
wintering deer.

Summer cover within the core area portions
of discreet Management Areas 14-16, 14-17,
and 25-18 meet or exceed Forest Plan
standards.  Summer thermal cover conditions
meet Forest Plan standards for discrete
Management Areas 14-18 and 14-19, but
summer hiding cover levels do not meet
standards for these management areas.

Black Bear. The black bear occurs
throughout forested regions of North America
(Banfield, 1947; Penton,  1982). Preferred
habitat is a coniferous forest matrix
interspersed with deciduous forest, open
forest-shrub, shrub, meadow, and
riparian/wetland cover types (Unsworth et al.,
1989). Open areas are typically avoided
(Jonkel and Cowan, 1971; Unsworth et al.,
1989).

The black bear is omnivorous but primarily
vegetarian. Forbs and grasses are consumed
in the spring and a  wide variety of berries
sought in the summer and early fall
(Dalquest, 1948; Banfield,  1974; Unsworth
et al., 1989). Animal matter, especially
insects, make up a small portion of their diet
(Danquest, 1948; Poelker and Hartwell,
1973; Rogers and Allen,  1987). Carrion also
serves as a source of food (Banfeld, 1974).
Habitat use and movements by black bear are
influenced by the availability of food.
Timbered areas are used  throughout the  year
for bedding, travel and escape cover
(Amstrup and Beecham, 1976; Lindzey and
                        Meslow, 1977; Pelton, 1982; Unsworth
                        et.al., 1989).  Bears are most active at lower
                        and middle elevations particularly within
                        small clearings or meadows where grasses,
                        sedges, and forbs are abundant (Amstrup and
                        Beecham, 1976; Unsworth et al., 1989).
                        Higher elevation slopes and ridgetops are
                        used in late summer and fall (Amstrup and
                        Beecham, 1976; Unsworth et al., 1989).

                        Black bears are generally solitary and are
                        most active during the day (Poelker and
                        Hartwell, 1973;  Lindzey and Meslow, 1977).
                        Black bears become dormant in the winter,
                        denning in  late October to November. They
                        emerge from their dens in April or May
                        (Dalquest,  1948; Jonkel and Cowan, 1971).
                        During the  denning period, black bears can be
                        easily aroused and will react to a disturbance
                        (Jonkel and Cowan, 1971). Although
                        adaptable to human presence, bears are most
                        abundant in remote areas (Pelton,  1982;
                        Rogers  and Allen, 1987).

                        Black bears occur within the core area.
                        Several sightings of bear and bear sign (i.e.,
                        tracks,  scat, clawed trees) are  reported from
                        the Nicholson  timber sale wildlife surveys
                        conducted  by  the U.S. Forest  Service in 1990
                        and TWHIP habitat sampling performed by
                        Beak Consultants.  Vegetation  types and
                        foods typically used by black bear are present
                        in the core and analysis areas.
                        Approximately 10,363 acres of the grassland,
                        shrub, early successional conifer, mixed
                        conifer  pole, mixed conifer mature,
                        riparian/wetland, and deciduous cover types
                        may provide suitable habitat for black bears
                        in the core area, as shown on Figure 3.13.3,
                        Cover Type Map. No other bear observations
                        are documented for the analysis area, but one
                        black bear  was observed in July 1994 just
                        outside the analysis area boundary
                        approximately one mile southwest of Beaver
                        Lake (English,  1994).  Suitable habitat within
                        the analysis area is represented by 67,076
                        acres of grassland/shrub, open
                        coniferous/deciduous, and coniferous land
                        types as shown on Figure 3.13.2, Land Type
                        Map.

                        Mountain Lion.  The mountain  lion is a large
                        carnivore which historically ranged
                        throughout North and South America
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-99
(Banfield, 1974; Russell, 1978; Dixon, 1982).
Its current distribution in North America is
limited to areas west of, and including, the
Rocky Mountains (Russell, 1978; Dixon,
1982).  They occur throughout Washington
except for the treeless areas in the eastern
part of the state (Dalquiest, 1948).  Mountain
lions use a wide variety of habitat types.
Preferred habitat includes areas with cliffs
and ledges, rugged terrain and dense cover
(Banfield, 1974; Russell, 1978; Dixon 1982;
Halfpenny and Biesiot, 1986).  Stream
courses and high ridges are favored travel
routes (Russell, 1978). Mountain lions are
solitary (Banfield, 1974).  Estimates of home
range size for the mountain lion vary widely
based on season and gender (Banfield, 1974;
Russell, 1978; Dixon, 1982; Seidensticker et
al., 1973).  Summer and fall ranges are larger
than winter and spring; females without
kittens occupy larger ranges than those with
kittens; and the range of males is larger than
that of females.  Mountain lions feed
primarily upon larger  mammals, birds, and
small amounts of grass (Dixon, 1982;
Seidensticker et al., 1973; Banfield, 1974).
Mountain lions hunt by stalking, prefer fresh
meat, and normally do not scavenge
(Banfield, 1974).

Mountain lions occur in the core area.  One
lion was sighted during TWHIP habitat
sampling by Beak (1995a); A.G. Crook
(1992a) recorded a set of lion tracks during
winter wildlife surveys.  Mountain lions use
the same habitat as deer, their primary prey
species (refer to deer above for habitat
amounts).

Medium and Small-Sized Mammals

Medium and small-sized mammals known to
occur in the core and analysis areas include
shrews, various species of bats, snowshoe
hare, yellow-pine chipmunk,  red squirrel,
beaver, muskrat, western jumping mouse,
porcupine, raccoon, coyote,  pine marten,
mink, California wolverine, North American
lynx, and bobcat.  Species expected to occur
in the area include  Columbian ground  squirrel,
northern pocket gopher, western harvest
mouse, deer mouse, voles, Norway rat, house
mouse, Pacific fisher, and long-tailed weasel,
among others. This group of species inhabits
              a wide range of cover types and habitats.
              Natural history, known occurrences, and
              habitat assessments are presented for pine
              marten, bobcat, and bats in the following
              sections.  Townsend's big-eared bat, pygmy
              rabbit, pacific fisher, California wolverine, and
              North American lynx are addressed below
              and in Section 3.13.6, Threatened,
              Endangered, and Sensitive Species.

              Pine Marten.  The pine marten occurs
              throughout the coniferous forests of Canada,
              Alaska, and the northeastern and western
              U.S. (Banfield, 1974).  Although the marten
              prefers late-successional and old-growth
              forest, they will use a variety  of forest types
              (Koehler and  Hornocker, 1977; Soutiere,
              1979; Stevenson and  Major, 1982; Hargis
              and McCullough,  1984).  The most important
              habitat is  mature spruce/fir forest with
              canopy closures greater than 30% and high
              densities of coarse wood debris (Koehler and
              Hornocker, 1977). Soutiere (1979) found
              that marten numbers declined where mature
              forest habitat was decreased to less than
              25% to 35% of the total forest area.
              Throughout the year,  mesic habitats are
              preferred  and appear to provide the most
              abundant  prey (Koehler and Hornocker,
              1977). Marten are opportunistic and will eat
              a variety of small mammals and plants.
              Population densities are related to quality of
              habitat (Buskirk and McDonald, 1989).

              The  marten is known  to occur in the
              Okanogan Highlands (Rodrick and  Milner,
              1991). Several sets of marten tracks were
              recorded by A.G. Crook during winter wildlife
              surveys, confirming presence in the core
              area.  Marten may use all forest cover types
              within the core area.   Approximately 1,543
              acres of mature and old-growth mixed conifer
              forest (having a canopy closure greater or
              equal to 30%) are present within the core
              area, representing 14% of the total area.
              Preferred  winter habitat (mature and old-
              growth mixed-conifer  forest containing spruce
              and high densities of coarse woody debris) is
              present on 133 acres. The analysis area
              contains 27,441 acres of coniferous land
              type, portions of which provide suitable
              marten habitat as shown on Figure 3.13.2,
              Land Type Map.
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-100
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Bobcat. The bobcat is found throughout
much of the mainland U.S., and is gradually
expanding its range into Canada. Bobcats
were once common within forests of the
Okanogan National Forest and may have been
associated with rocky areas. Due to high pelt
prices in the 1970's,  this species was
intensively pursued during this time by hound
hunters and  trappers.  This harvest pressure,
coupled with increased road access from
intensified logging, likely depressed
populations from former numbers (Friesz,
1994b).  In the northwest, bobcats are most
numerous in logged areas, conifer forests,
and rock outcrops (Larrison, 1976).  Ledges
serve as centers for activities such as
denning,  and provide protection from weather
and harassment. Bobcats also  use brush
piles,  hollow trees, and logs as rest or
denning sites (Gashwiler et al.,  1961).  The
diet of the bobcat includes snowshoe hares,
cottontail rabbits, squirrels,  mice, rats,  and
other rodents,  as well as porcupines, birds,
and occasionally insects, reptiles, vegetation,
livestock and deer. The range of the bobcat
varies by gender and  age.  An area of 4.5
square miles has been recorded  for a female
and as much as 47.4 square miles for male
bobcats (Knick, 1990).

Three bobcat observations were documented
by A.G. Crook (1992a) and three
observations were documented by Beak
personnel.  Beak personnel observed two
kittens in a pole size (8" dbh) Douglas-fir
stand in September 1993.  Bobcat tracks
were also seen by Beak personnel in
November 1993 in two locations.  In August
of 1994, Beak personnel observed one kitten
in a young mature Douglas-fir stand. Tracks
of an8 adulWere seen several days later
within one-quarter mile of the kitten's
location.

Approximately 633 acres of seedling/sapling
serai stage,  2,496 acres of pole serai stage,
and 3,456 acres of young mature serai stage
stands provide potential bobcat habitat in the
core area, see Figure 3.13.7, Successions!
Stage Map.  Early successional conifer stands
provide forage and the conifer pole and
conifer mature stands provide cover for
bobcats.  Important habitat features such as
ledges, rock piles, and down logs are
                        scattered throughout the core area.

                        The analysis area contains approximately
                        27,441 acres of the coniferous forest land
                        type that is potential bobcat habitat.
                        Important habitat features like ledges and
                        rock outcroppings are found along south
                        slopes and ridges of the analysis area (e.g.,
                        ridges between Beaver and Marias Creek, and
                        between Marias and Nicholson Creek).

                        Bats.  As more is learned about bats, it
                        becomes apparent that generalizations within
                        and between species must be made with
                        caution.  Behavior and habitat characteristics
                        of a species may vary widely between
                        different geographic locations, even as close
                        as 100 miles (Perkins,  1994). Refer to the
                        Crown Jewel Project, Wildlife Technical
                        Report for information on  life histories of bats
                        (Beak, 1995a).  Seven species of bats have
                        been observed in the analysis area, mostly at
                        mine adits and ponds.  Occurrences of bats
                        within or near the core and analysis areas are
                        summarized in Table 3.13.3,  Bat Detections
                        in or Near the Analysis Area.

                        Reptiles and Amphibians

                        Several species of reptiles and amphibians are
                        known or expected to occur in the core  and
                        analysis areas. Of the species discussed in
                        this section, only the spotted frog. Pacific
                        chorus frog, and garter snake have been
                        observed in the area where mine operations
                        are proposed on Buckhorn Mountain.
                        Permanent water sources  are important  for a
                        number of these species during one or more
                        of their life  stages. Bullfrogs, spotted frogs,
                        and painted turtles spend  the majority of their
                        lives in or very near perennial water. The
                        terrestrial adults of the tiger salamander, the
                        long-toed salamander, and the western toad
                        may wander some distance from water,  but
                        seasonal or perennial bodies of water are
                        important for certain life stages of all three
                        species.  Pacific chorus frogs may be found
                        in a variety of habitats as  adults, but require
                        shallow, vegetated wetlands  for egg-laying
                        and larval development.

                        Additional species are found  in
                        riparian/wetland habitats,  but may not be
                        dependent on them. Western skinks and
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-101
TABLE 3.13.3. BAT DETECTIONS IN OR NEAR THE ANALYSIS AREA
Common Name
Western small-footed myotis/
California myotis1
Western long-eared myotis
Little brown myotis/Yuma myotis1
Northern long-eared myotis
Fringed myotis
Long-legged myotis
Western red bat
Hoary bat
Silver-haired bat
Big brown bat
Spotted bat
Townsend's big-eared bat
Pallid bat
Western pipistrelle
Scientific Name
Myotis ciliolabrum/
Myotis californicus
Myotis evotis
Myotis lucifugas/
Myotis yumanensis
Myotis septentrionalis
Myotis thysanodes
Myotis volans
Lasiurus blossevillii
Lasiurus cinereus
Lasionycteris noctivagans
Eptesicus fuscus
Euderma maculatum
Plecotus townsendii
Antrozous pallidus
Pipistrellus hesperus
Location
Upper Magnetic Mine
Upper Magnetic Mine
Lower Magnetic Mine
Gold Axe
Lower Magnetic Mine
Upper Nicholson Creek Pond
No Detections Recorded
Approximately 50 Miles Southwest of
Analysis Area
Upper Magnetic Mine
Lower Magnetic Mine
Approximately 1 5 Miles West of
Analysis Area
Approximately 100 Miles South of
Analysis Area
Upper Nicholson Creek Pond/Starrem
Reservoir
Upper Nicholson Creek Pond
Starrem Reservoir
Approximately 10 Miles West of
Analysis Area
Approximately 3 Miles Southeast of
Analysis Area
Myers Creek Valley
Approximately 40 Miles Southwest of
Analysis Area
Approximately 50 miles Southwest of
Analysis Area
Note: 1 . Due to similarities between these species, identification was not definitive (ENSR, 1 994).
Sources: ENSR, 1994, Perkins, 1989, Sarell and McGuinness, 1993.
rubber boas may be found in forested
habitats with  rotting logs, or at rocky streams
near meadows. The rubber boa has been
observed on open slopes at lower elevations
in the core and analysis area.  The common
garter snake and the western terrestrial garter
snake are typically associated with
riparian/wetland zones. The western
terrestrial garter snake is not as aquatic as
the common garter snake, but it spends a
considerable amount of time near water.

The core and  analysis areas contain cover
types which provide habitat characteristics
important for  other species of reptiles and
amphibians. Northern alligator lizards are
frequently found in woodland and forest
habitats hiding under rotting logs, bark, and
other debris.  Racers and  gopher snakes are
              commonly seen in grassland and shrub cover
              types which contain many rocks and logs.
              The racer has been observed on open slopes
              at lower elevations in the core and analysis
              area.  Although the western rattlesnake can
              be found in many habitat types, they are
              typically near rocky streams, rock outcrops,
              and talus slopes.  Western rattlesnakes have
              been observed along dry rocky slopes in arid
              grassland/Ponderosa pine areas of Myers
              Creek and Beaver Canyon.  Short-horned
              lizards are also found in a variety of habitats,
              but are usually associated with the presence
              of at least some pockets of fine, loose soil
              within areas of rocky,  sandy or firm soils.

              Woodpeckers

              Woodpeckers excavate their own cavities in
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-102
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
dead and decayed trees for nesting and
roosting. Most foraging takes place on dead
and decayed wood, including down logs and
stumps.  Woodpeckers occurring in the
Crown Jewel Project analysis area include
norther flicker, Lewis' woodpecker, white-
headed woodpecker, Williamson's sapsucker,
red-breasted sapsucker, red-naped sapsucker,
downy woodpecker, hairy woodpecker, three-
toed woodpecker, black-backed woodpecker,
and pileated woodpecker. Several of these
woodpeckers are migratory, including the
northern flicker, Lewis' woodpecker,  and the
sapsuckers.

Snags are a key component for maintaining
viable populations of woodpeckers (primary
cavity excavators) which in turn provide
cavities for use by other wildlife species. The
Okanogan Forest Plan assigns each
Management Area a level of biological
potential (snag densities capable of
supporting  a given percent of the maximum
population level possible) for primary cavity
excavators  to assure that snags of adequate
sizes are available and well distributed.  Snag
densities in Management Areas 14 and 25
are managed at the 60% level of biological
potential (i.e., snag densities capable of
supporting  60% of the maximum population
possible) and snag densities in Management
Area 26 is managed at the 80% level.  In
addition to  these Management Area
allocations, snag densities in riparian/wetland
management zones and old growth areas are
managed at the 100% level of biological
potential (i.e., snag levels do not limit the
population.

Current snag densities in discrete
Management Areas 14-16, 14-17, 14-18 and
25-18 meet Forest Plan standards and
guidelines for desired number and distribution
of various size snags.  Management Areas
14-17 and  14-18, and all riparian/wetland
areas meet standards and guidelines  for all
snag size classes combined.  Discrete
Management Areas 14-19 and 26-15, and all
old growth areas do not meet the Forest Plan
Standards and Guidelines for small (i.e., 10-
20 inch dbh) snags, but the standards and
guidelines are met for snags greater than 20
inches dbh. The portion of Management Area
26-13 within the core area has no snags and
                        does not meet Forest Plan standards and
                        guidelines.

                        Snag densities meet  Forest Plan standards
                        and guidelines on 1,546 acres but are below
                        the desired level on 2,291 acres (32% and
                        47% of the total area respectively).  Snags
                        are absent on 990 acres (21 % of the total
                        area).  Stands where snag densities meet
                        standards and guidelines are typically large,
                        and are primarily found in the eastern portion
                        of the  core area.

                        Hairy Woodpecker. The hairy woodpecker is
                        a non-migratory cavity nesting species that
                        occurs in all forest types throughout North
                        America (Terres, 1980).  It is a widespread
                        year-round resident in Washington and the
                        Okanogan Valley (Cannings et al., 1987;
                        Jewett et al., 1953). The hairy woodpecker
                        usually excavates cavities in soft decayed
                        wood  of both live and dead standing trees
                        (Brown, 1985).  Cavities  are also used for
                        roosting and  winter cover, as well as for
                        nesting and rearing young (Thomas, 1979).
                        Insects account for most of the hairy
                        woodpecker's annual diet (Ehrlich et al.,
                        1988).

                        Suitable habitat for the hairy woodpecker is
                        present on 8,485 acres of the core area
                        within the riparian/wetland, deciduous, early
                        successional  conifer, mixed conifer pole, and
                        mixed  conifer mature cover types, see Figure
                        3.13.3, Cover Type Map.  About 27,441
                        acres of hairy woodpecker habitat,
                        represented by the coniferous land type, are
                        scattered throughout the analysis area as
                        shown on Figure 3.13.2, Land Type Map.

                        Three-toed Woodpecker.  The three-toed
                        woodpecker  is  a non-migratory species that
                        occurs from  the boreal forests of Canada
                        south  through the mountains of the western
                        U.S. (Terres, 1980),  including Washington
                        (Jewett et al., 1953). The three-toed
                        woodpecker  prefers  mature and old-growth
                        stands of lodgepole pine and Engelmann
                        spruce for nesting and foraging; mixed
                        conifer and aspen  stands are used to a lesser
                        degree (Cannings et  al., 1987; Goggans et
                        al.,  1988). Mixed-conifer stands are selected
                        for roosting (Goggans et  al., 1988). A key
                        habitat component is abundant diseased,
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-103
 dead, and decaying trees which provide
 forage and nest sites (Goggans et al., 1988).
 The three-toed woodpecker feeds on wood-
 boring beetle larvae and adult beetles (Terres,
 1980; Bull et al.,  1986, Goggans et al.,
 1988).  The species requires soft wood for
 excavating cavities and selects trees with
 heartrot (Goggans et al.,  1988).

 The three-toed woodpecker is documented to
 occur in the core  area. Sightings are reported
 from wildlife surveys conducted by A.G.
 Crook and TWHIP habitat sampling performed
 by Beak. Mature and old-growth forest
 stands containing Engelmann spruce, western
 larch and lodgepole pine (1,217 acres)
 provide suitable foraging  habitat. These
 stands may also be used  for nesting by three-
 toed woodpeckers where suitable snags are
 available.  Lodgepole pine, preferred by the
 three-toed woodpecker for nesting, is a
 component of stands totaling 685 acres in
 the core area.   However,  lodgepole pine
 occurs only as  a dominant canopy species
 (i.e., >  50% of stand trees) on 45 acres;
 snags average ten per acre in these stands.
 The analysis area contains 27,441 acres of
 coniferous land type, portions of which may
 provide suitable three-toed woodpecker
 habitat.

 The Okanogan  Forest Plan states that wildlife
 management strategies will design and
 manage habitat conditions for wildlife
 management indicator species and other
 represented wildlife.  The three-toed
 woodpecker is an indicator species for the
 Okanogan National Forest. Three
 management requirement cells providing
 preferred habitat for the three-toed
 woodpecker are identified in the core area.
 The strategy of using management
 requirement cells, on Okanogan National
 Forest lands, is to provide a grid of habitats
 which are limiting to indicator species.  One
 management requirement cell along Forest
 Road 3575-150 totals 113 acres, a
 management requirement cell near the end of
 Forest Road 3550-120 totals 78 acres, and a
 management requirement cell near South
 Bolster Creek totals 75 acres. Two additional
three-toed woodpecker management
requirement cells occur in the analysis area.
              Pileated Woodpeckers.  The pileated
              woodpecker occurs in large tracts of
              contiguous mature and  old-growth forest
              throughout Canada and the U.S. (Terres,
              1980).  It is a year-round resident throughout
              the Okanogan Valley  (Cannings et al., 1987).
              Pileated woodpeckers excavate nest cavities
              in  large diameter (greater than 20 inches)
              snags or live defective trees with heartrot.
              According to Madsen (1986), pileated
              woodpeckers on the Okanogan National
              Forest  prefer large western larch or
              ponderosa pine  snags over other species for
              nesting.  Pileated woodpeckers forage
              primarily on carpenter ants (Aney and
              McClelland,  1990; Bull, 1987). Other wood-
              boring  insects, fruits, and nuts are eaten to a
              lesser extent (Cannings et al., 1987).
              Foraging habitat suitability is a function  of
              canopy closure, and the accessibility and
              abundance of snags and down logs (Aney
              and McClelland,  1990).

              The pileated woodpecker commonly occurs in
              the core area. Suitable  nesting and foraging
              habitat is determined  by an abundance of
              large live trees and snags, presence of larch
              and ponderosa pine snags, moderate canopy
              closure and an abundance of down logs.
              Approximately 7,441  acres of riparian, mixed
              conifer pole, and  mixed conifer mature cover
              types provide suitable habitat within the core
              area (Figure 3.13.3, Cover Type Map).  These
              forested habitats have an average of 0.4
              snags (>20 inches dbh) per acre. The
              predominant snag species is Douglas-fir,
              though larch and ponderosa pine snags are
              also found. About 27,441  acres of pileated
              woodpecker habitat, represented by the
              coniferous land type,  are scattered
              throughout the analysis  area as shown on
              Figure 3.13.2, Land Type Map.

              The pileated  woodpecker is also an indicator
              species on the Okanogan National Forest.
              Four pileated woodpecker management
              requirement cells occur in the analysis area.
              In addition, a portion (150 acres) of a 610
              acre management requirement cell for the
              pileated woodpecker lies within the core area
              near the headwaters of the North Fork of
              Gold Creek.  Pileated woodpecker
              management requirement cells are divided
              into reproductive and feeding areas.
               Crown Jewel Mine  4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-104
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Reproductive areas are 300 acres of mature
or old-growth forest and must contain at least
45 large-diameter snags  (greater than 20
inches) for nesting.  Feeding areas are 300
acres but not required to be mature or old
growth forest.  They must however, contain
a minimum average of two snags per acre
which are greater than ten inches in diameter.
All management requirement cells for pileated
woodpecker meet the minimum size required
by the Forest Plan.

Songbirds

Songbirds (passerines) are a large and diverse
group, and include flycatchers, swallows,
jays, crows, chickadees, wrens, thrushes,
waxwings, vireos, warblers, grosbeaks,
sparrows, blackbirds, tanagers, and finches.
More than 75 species of songbirds have been
observed in the analysis  area.  Songbirds are
found in virtually all available habitats.  The
majority of the songbird  species occurring  in
the analysis  area are migratory; most of these
are neotropical migrants  (i.e., they winter
south of the Tropic of Cancer). The winter
wren, orange-crowned warbler, and the
vesper sparrow were selected as
representative birds for the guilds using
riparian areas, shrubland, and  grasslands
respectively.

Winter Wren. The winter wren is found
throughout North America, Asia, and Europe
and is a widespread year-round resident in
Washington  and the Okanogan Valley
(Cannings et al., 1987; Jewett et al., 1953).
In northeastern Washington, the winter wren
occurs in dense coniferous or  conifer-
hardwood forests along  streams or creeks
(Jewett et al.,  1953; Brown, 1985).

Important habitat features required  by the
winter wren include logs and down material,
and substrate for foraging (Brown,  1985).
Winter wrens usually nest in natural cavities
in or  under trees, stumps, roots of upturned
trees, down logs, rock crevices, and stream
banks (Ehrlich et al., 1988; Terres, 1980;
Headstrom,  1951).  Insects and other
invertebrates account for most of the winter
wren's diet, with some plant material also
consumed (Holmes and Robinson, 1988;
Wiens and Nussbaum, 1975).  The winter
                        wren forages by gleaning and probing bark,
                        foliage, and ground litter (Holmes et al.,
                        1979; Holmes and Robinson, 1988). Almost
                        all foraging occurs within a defended territory
                        (Armstrong, 1956) which is generally up to
                        three acres in size (Brown,  1985; Cody and
                        Cody, 1972a, 1972b; Holmes et al., 1979).

                        Approximately 887 acres (delineated at one-
                        acre resolution) of the riparian/wetland cover
                        type provide suitable nesting and foraging
                        habitat in the core area. Figure 3.13.3, Cover
                        Type Map.

                        Orange-Crowned Warbler.  The orange-
                        crowned warbler is a neotropical migrant that
                        breeds in central Alaska, northwestern and
                        southern Canada, and the western U.S.
                        Orange-crowned warblers use a variety of
                        deciduous and coniferous forests and scrub-
                        shrub and forested wetlands for nesting and
                        foraging (Brown, 1985). The orange-
                        crowned warbler nests in or beneath dense
                        underbrush  or shrubs, usually on or within
                        three feet of the ground (Ehrlich et al.,  1988).
                        The diet of the orange-crowned warblers
                        consists of insects, berries, and plant galls
                        (Ehrlich et al., 1988). They forage by
                        gleaning foliage, mostly on the  lower
                        branches of trees and shrubs, and also feed
                        by flycatching (Brown, 1985).

                        Sightings in the core area are reported in the
                        1993 Curlew Breeding Bird Survey, by the
                        Forest Service, and from TWHIP habitat
                        surveys performed by Beak.  Shrub and early
                        successional cover types provide a total of
                        1,001  acres of suitable habitat  for the
                        orange-crowned warbler in the  core area as
                        shown on Figure 3.13.3, Cover Type Map.
                        About 39,635 acres of grassland/shrub and
                        open coniferous/deciduous land types
                        representing potential orange-crowned
                        warbler habitat occur in the analysis area,
                        Figure 3.13.2, Land Type Map.

                        Vesper Sparrow. The vesper sparrow is a
                        neotropical  migrant that breeds in grassland
                        habitats across southern Canada and the U.S.
                        (Terres, 1980).  In northeastern Washington,
                        the vesper sparrow is a summer resident of
                        sagebrush grasslands, bunchgrass range, and
                        open ponderosa pine forests (Jewett et al.,
                        1953; Larrison and Sonnenberg, 1968).
                Crown Jewel Mine +  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-105
Suitable grassland habitat at elevations above
5,000 feet are sometimes used after nesting
(Jewett et al., 1953).  Vesper sparrows nest
in small excavated depressions on the ground
in grasslands, burned over land, clearcuts,
and agricultural fields. Vesper sparrows feed
by gleaning from the ground.  Their diet
consists of insects and the seeds of grasses
and forbs  (Ehrlich et al.,  1988).  Elevated
perches provided by shrubs or tall vegetation
are an important habitat  feature for vesper
sparrows  (Wiens, 1979). Fence posts and
wires provide important  artificial perches.

Approximately 1,878 acres of bottomland
grassland, upland grassland, and shrub cover
types provide potential suitable habitat for
the vesper sparrow in  the core area, Figure
3.13.3, Cover Type Map.  About 15,612
acres of vesper sparrow habitat represented
by the grassland/shrub land type, occur in the
analysis area, Figure 3.13.2, Land Type Map.

Waterbirds

Waterbirds live part of their life in or around
water, especially the swimming, diving,  and
wading birds (Terres, 1980).  Waterbirds
include loons and grebes, pelicans,
cormorants, wading birds,  waterfowl, rails
and coots, shorebirds, gulls, and terns.
These birds are migratory species that
summer in the area. They require water
bodies such as lakes, ponds, creeks,
marshes, wetlands, and  rivers for breeding,
foraging, brooding, resting, and security.

Loons, grebes, and ducks prefer the open
water of ponds and lakes adjacent to
marshes and wetlands.  Herons select ponds,
creeks, marshes, and rivers near trees large
enough to support their nests.  Rails occupy
dense marshes and emergent wetlands.
Shorebirds prefer marshes, mud flats, and
shores of lakes and ponds.

Water bodies in the core area include the frog
pond, portions of Myers  Creek, the
headwaters of Nicholson and Marias Creeks,
and Beaver Creek.  Riparian habitat along
portions of Myers and Beaver  Creeks provide
excellent waterbird habitat.  The frog pond is
a 1.8 acre emergent wetland located near the
center of the core area.  A sora was observed
              on the frog pond during a summer survey by
              Beak in 1994. Habitat for waterbirds
              provided by Myers Creek consists of standing
              water, marshes, and shrubby wetlands.  Birds
              observed along Myers Creek include mallards,
              sora rails, and great blue herons (A.G. Crook,
              1993d). A great blue heron rookery occurs
              on Myers Creek.

              Water bodies located along Beaver Creek
              include Beth Lake (33.9 acres), Beaver Lake
              (30.9 acres) and Little Beaver Lake (22.4
              acres).  USFWS Breeding Bird Surveys
              conducted in 1993 and 1994 (Stepniewski,
              1993, 1994) recorded  red-necked grebe,
              mallard, blue-winged teal, cinnamon teal,
              ring-necked duck, Barrow's goldeneye, sora,
              American coot, killdeer, and spotted
              sandpiper on and near the lakes on Beaver
              Creek.  Birds such as the pied-billed grebe,
              green-winged teal,  gadwall, and Barrow's
              goldeneye were also observed on these lakes
              (Beak, 1995a). The common loon and black
              tern has been  observed by WADFW personnel
              (Friesz, 1994b; English, 1994).  Bufflehead,
              horned grebe, lesser scaup, merganser,
              wigeon, and wood duck observations have
              also been documented  (English, 1994) on
              these lakes and associated wetlands.
              Downstream from the above mentioned lakes
              are five, two to three acre marshes and
              emergent wetlands with cattails, sedges, and
              rushes. Birds  observed using these wetlands
              include American coot, pied-billed grebe,
              common snipe, and ducks such as the green-
              winged teal, blue-winged teal, gadwall and
              mallard (Beak, 1995a).

              In the analysis area, known water bodies
              include small creeks (e.g.,  Nicholson, Marias)
              as well as the larger Myers Creek, Toroda
              Creek, and the Kettle River.  The smaller
              forested creeks generally receive little use by
              waterbirds because of dense canopies along
              most of their lengths and a lack of open
              water large enough to meet the habitat needs
              of these species. However, the larger creeks
              and the Kettle River,  which forms the eastern
              boundary of the analysis area, provide habitat
              for waterbirds ranging from ducks to great
              blue herons.

              The common loon,  long-billed curlew, and
              black tern are addressed in detail in Section
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-106
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
3.13.6, Threatened, Endangered, and
Sensitive Species.

Upland Game Birds

Upland game birds known to occur in the
core and analysis areas include ruffed grouse,
blue grouse, California quail, and mourning
dove. Occurrences and habitat assessments
are presented below for ruffed and blue
grouse because habitats for those species are
managed under Okanogan Forest Plan
standards and guidelines. The Columbian
sharp-tailed grouse is addressed in the
Threatened, Endangered and Sensitive
Species section.

Ruffed Grouse. The ruffed grouse is a
resident species throughout its range across
Canada and the northern  U.S. In
Washington, ruffed grouse are fairly common
in low to mid-elevation forests (Larrison and
Sonnenberg,  1968).  Preferred habitat is early
and mid-successional deciduous forest,
although mixed and coniferous forests in
some areas also provide winter thermal
habitat, escape cover, and roost sites (Lewis
etal., 1968; Stoll et al., 1977).

The critical components of ruffed grouse
habitat are winter food, and cover during fall,
winter, and spring  (Cade  and Sousa, 1985).
Aspen forests are the preferred winter
habitat, but cottonwood and red alder are
also used.  Deciduous shrubs, deciduous
trees, coniferous trees, or a mixture of these,
are essential for ruffed grouse cover and for
predation avoidance.  Ruffed grouse nests are
usually located at the base of trees and
stumps, or at the edge of brushpiles or slash.
Drumming sites are used by male  ruffed
grouse as part of courtship display and
territoriality.  Ruffed grouse winter forage
consists primarily of buds, twigs,  and flowers
of hardwood trees (primarily aspen, but also
cottonwood, willow, black cherry, birch,
alder, and hazelnut) (Servello and  Kirkpatrick,
1987).

Shrub, mixed conifer pole, mixed conifer
mature, deciduous, and riparian/wetland
cover types provide a total of 7,676 acres of
suitable ruffed grouse habitat in the core
area, Figure 3.13.3, Cover Type Map. About
                        67,711 acres of grassland/shrub, open
                        coniferous/deciduous, coniferous, and
                        riparian/wetland/open water land types
                        provide suitable ruffed grouse habitat in the
                        analysis area, Figure 3.13.2, Land Type Map.

                        Deciduous habitat is identified as a "limiting
                        habitat" on the Okanogan National  Forest.
                        The Forest Plan identifies the ruffed grouse as
                        the management indicator species for this
                        habitat type.  Because dry conditions limit
                        deciduous habitat quantities on the Okanogan
                        National Forest, the Forest Plan includes a
                        standard and guideline to perpetuate
                        hardwoods as  a stand component wherever
                        they occur.  No specific amounts are required
                        to be maintained or managed. There is less
                        than one acre of deciduous  habitat (exclusive
                        of riparian/wetland habitat)  on Forest Service
                        lands within the core area.

                        Blue Grouse. Blue grouse are found
                        throughout the mountainous regions of
                        western North America.  Winter habitat
                        consists of mature conifer stands at higher
                        elevations.  Favored stands are predominately
                        Douglas-fir.  During the summer breeding
                        season, blue grouse are found in open (25%
                        to 50% canopy cover) deciduous and mixed
                        shrub stands at lower elevations  (Schroeder,
                        1984; Stauffer and Peterson, 1985). In the
                        Okanogan Valley, blue grouse winter on ridge
                        tops in open stands of mature Douglas-fir
                        that have live limbs distributed along the
                        entire length of the trunk.  The grouse move
                        to open hillsides at lower elevations following
                        spring snow melt (Cannings et al.,  1987).

                        Male blue grouse utilize both forested and
                        non-forested habitats in close juxtaposition
                        for nesting territories (Martinka, 1972).
                        Hooting and display by males to attract
                        females usually occurs in open areas that are
                        closely associated with woody cover.
                        Clumps of small trees and shrubs are
                        important for nest concealment (Stauffer and
                        Peterson, 1986).  In the Okanogan Valley,
                        nests are typically found in  open woodlands
                        near the base of a tree, log or fence
                        (Cannings et al., 1987).  Important features
                        of brood-rearing habitat include areas of tall
                        herbaceous cover interspersed with open
                        areas used as travel corridors.  In all habitats,
                        trees used for roosting are usually the largest
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-107
Douglas-fir present in a patch of trees
(Stauffer and Peterson, 1986).  The diet of
the blue grouse consists of conifer needles,
large leaf vegetation, seeds, berries, and
insects.

Approximately 707 acres of suitable
wintering habitat is represented by mature
Douglas-fir stands along ridge lines in the
core area, see Figure 3.13.5, Riparian,
Deciduous, and Ridgetop Habitat Map.  Shrub
and deciduous cover types contain potential
summer and breeding habitat.  Within the
core area, about 135 acres of habitat with
these qualities exist.  One block of blue
grouse habitat has been delineated by the
Forest Service (Forest Service, 1984) in the
analysis area.  This area is located near the
southeast boundary of the core area.
Although blue grouse are not a  management
indicator species, the Forest Plan does
include a standard and guideline to maintain
suitable habitat on ridge-tops providing
wintering areas for the species. The standard
and guideline does not require that specific
amounts be managed or maintained.  Suitable
ridge-top wintering areas for blue  grouse
within the core area on Forest Service
managed lands total approximately 426
acres.

Raptors

The following section describes existing
conditions for raptors.  Raptors are large,
carnivorous birds characterized  by large
talons and heavy, hooked bills.  This group of
birds includes vultures, kites, hawks
(accipiters, harriers, and buteos), eagles,
ospreys, falcons, and owls.

Raptors known to occur in the core and
analysis areas include turkey vulture, golden
eagle, northern bald eagle, northern harrier,
sharp-shinned hawk, Cooper's hawk,
northern goshawk, red-tailed hawk, rough-
legged hawk, American kestrel, merlin, short-
eared owl, long-eared owl, great horned owl,
barred owl, great gray owl, northern  pygmy-
owl, northern saw-whet owl, and  boreal owl.
Species known or expected to occur in the
Okanogan Highlands include Swainson's
hawk, ferruginous hawk, osprey, prairie
falcon, peregrine falcon, snowy owl,  western
               screech owl, and flammulated owl. Natural
               history, known occurrences, and habitat
               assessments are presented below for the
               golden eagle, barred owl, great gray owl, and
               boreal owl.  The northern bald eagle, northern
               goshawk, ferruginous hawk, peregrine falcon,
               and northern spotted owl (included in the
               Forest Service Sensitive Species List) are
               addressed in Section 3.13.6, Threatened,
               Endangered and Sensitive Species.

               Five raptor nest sites exist within the core
               area. These nest sites are known to have
               been occupied by red-tailed hawk (two nest
               sites), a Cooper's hawk,  a saw whet owl,
               and a barred owl.  All the nest sites are
               considered to be actively used by raptors.
               Forest Plan  standards and guidelines for nest
               site protection require a primary protection
               zone extending 500 feet  from the nest site
               (an area of approximately 18 acres) and a
               secondary restricted activity zone extending
               up to one-quarter of a mile from the nest (an
               area of approximately 126 acres).  The
               primary and secondary zones for each of the
               five nest sites all lie entirely within the core
               area.

               Golden Eagle. The  golden eagle is common
               in western North America, typically
               associated with  habitats that provide cliffs or
               large trees for nesting and open areas for
               hunting (National Geographic Society, 1987).
               The home range size of golden eagles varies
               depending upon prey and nest site
               availability.  Golden eagles are opportunistic
               foragers, feeding on small mammals, birds,
               reptiles, fish, and carrion (Bent,  1937;
               Collopy,  1983).  Yellow-bellied  marmots are  a
               favored mammalian prey  in the  Okanogan
               Valley (Cannings et al., 1987).  Golden eagles
               typically return to the same nesting territories
               in successive years, but may have more than
               one nest site within a territory (Rodrick and
               Milner, 1991).  In the Okanogan Valley,
               eagles that nest in alpine habitats are
               believed to overwinter at lower elevations
               (Cannings et al., 1987).

               Major causes of golden eagle mortality
               include non-target poisoning, accidental
               capture in traps  set for predators or
               furbearers, electrocution, shooting, and
               collisions (Bortolotti, 1984; Phillips, 1986).
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-108
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Golden eagles seem to tolerate regular
(predictable) activity, such as that associated
with highways and ranches.  Erratic human
disturbance, such as road building, blasting,
and recreational use, is believed to be a major
cause of nest failure (Rodrick and Milner,
1991).  Despite these dangers, golden eagle
populations appear to be relatively stable
throughout most of their range (Phillips,
1986), including the Okanogan Valley
(Cannings et al., 1987).

According to the WADFW, non game
database, there are two golden eagle nesting
territories within the analysis area. One
nesting territory is located east of Chesaw
with two known nests and the second is
located in  Beaver Canyon with at least one
tree nest and three cliff nests.  There may be
other nesting territories in the analysis area
(WADFW, 1994). About 2,334 acres of
golden eagle foraging habitat, represented by
the grassland, shrub and agricultural  cover
types, exists within the core area, Figure
3.13.3, Cover Type Map. Potential foraging
habitat within the analysis area is represented
by 18,555 acres of the grassland/shrub and
agriculture land types, Figure 3.13.2, Land
Type Map.  Between August and October
1994, numerous golden eagle sightings were
reported in the Cedar Creek, Ethel Creek, and
North Fork Beaver Creek drainages within the
analysis area  (WADFW, 1994).

Barred Owl. The barred owl is a year-round
resident of the eastern U.S., southeastern
and central Canada, and southeastern Alaska
to northeastern California (Terres, 1980;
Johnsgard, 1988). Barred owls use  a variety
of forest types, but are most closely
associated with mature deciduous or mixed
deciduous/coniferous forests (Allen,  1987).
Barred owls typically nest in interior portions
of extensive mature forests, requiring some
large trees which provide suitable cavities for
nesting, but often use abandoned hawk or
crow nests (Allen, 1987; Johnsgard,  1988).
The same nest site may be used from year to
year if it remains intact (Johnsgard, 1988).
The, barred owl is primarily nocturnal although
owls with young may hunt during the day
(Terres, 1980; Johnsgard, 1988). Small
mammals are the primary component of the
barred owl's diet, but the species is
                        opportunistic and also preys on birds, fish,
                        reptiles, amphibians, and insects (Allen,
                        1987; Johnsgard,  1988).  Suitable foraging
                        areas provide cover, lack dense understories,
                        and have an abundance of dead trees and
                        downed logs (Johnsgard, 1988).

                        Barred owls were heard during A.G. Crook's
                        winter wildlife survey (A. G. Crook, 1992a)
                        and TWHIP surveys conducted by Beak
                        personnel.  An active nest site was located
                        during wildlife surveys conducted by the
                        Forest Service for the Nicholson timber sales.
                        Barred owls were detected on two occasions
                        during the  1994 field season (Oakerman,
                        1994). Suitable nesting habitat for barred
                        owls in the core area totals 1,190 acres of
                        mixed conifer mature and deciduous forest
                        stands with greater than 60% canopy
                        closure, Figure 3.13.3, Cover Type Map.
                        These stands contain an average of 0.5
                        snags per acre that are greater than 20
                        inches dbh. Allen (1987) estimated that two
                        snags (^ 20" dbh) per acre  meet nesting
                        requirements for barred owls.  Approximately
                        27,441 acres of coniferous forest landtype
                        within the  analysis area could potentially
                        provide areas for nesting; 25,669 acres of
                        the open coniferous forest landtype may
                        provide additional areas for foraging, Figure
                        3.13.2, Land Type Map.

                        Great Gray Owl.  The great gray owl is a
                        year-round resident of the northern forests in
                        Canada and Alaska south to the northern
                        U.S. and mountains of the west (Johnsgard,
                        1988; Bull et al., 1988). The great gray owl
                        nests in mature, over-mature, and old-growth
                        forest stands, but may use young stands  with
                        remnant large overstory trees (Bryan and
                        Forsman,  1987; Bull et al., 1988). It nests in
                        abandoned nests of goshawk and red-tail
                        hawks, large cavities, or broken-topped dead
                        trees (Bryan and Forsman, 1987; Bull and
                        Henjum, 1990). Great gray owls usually
                        forage in open forest stands, use meadow or
                        forest edges, and avoid large clearings having
                        no cover (Bull and Henjum, 1990). They  feed
                        primarily on voles and pocket gophers but are
                        opportunistic and will prey upon other small
                        mammals (Bull et al., 1989;  Bull and Henjum,
                        1990). During winter great gray owls
                        relocate to avoid areas of deep snow which
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-109
reduce the availability of prey (Bull et al.,
1989;  Bull and Henjum, 1990).

Great gray owls have been documented in
the core area.  Suitable nesting habitat for
great gray owls in the core area totals 1,190
acres of mixed conifer mature cover type
with greater than 60% canopy closure;
however,  no nests are known to occur.
Suitable foraging habitat,  represented by
mixed  conifer pole  and mixed conifer mature
cover types with canopy closure between
11 % and  59%, totals 3,836 acres in the core
area.  Within the analysis area, approximately
27,441 acres of the coniferous land type may
potentially provide  suitable areas for nesting
habitat and the open coniferous land type
provides 24,023 acres of suitable foraging
habitat. Figure 3.13.2, Land Type Map.

Boreal Owl.  Boreal owls are found  in
northern forests throughout the northern
hemisphere (Hayward and Verner, 1994).  In
northeastern Washington, they typically
inhabit dense mature to old growth
Engelmann spruce  and subalpine fir forests at
high elevations.  Boreal owls are thought to
breed at higher elevations in the Okanogan
Valley (Cannings et al., 1987) and are
permanent residents  in suitable habitat above
4,500 feet throughout northeastern
Washington  (O'Connell, 1987).  Home ranges
of boreal owls are large (exceeding 2,900
acres), and typically include several core
areas of high use separated by unused forest.
Home  ranges overlap extensively, with
defense typically limited to the immediate
area around  a nest (Hayward et al., 1987;
Hayward et al., 1992; and, Hayward and
Verner, 1994).  The diet of the boreal owl
consists of small mammals, birds, and
insects. Boreal owls are cavity nesters, often
using abandoned pileated woodpecker or
other large woodpecker cavities (Terres,
1980)  in large dead or dying conifers or large
aspen  within mature spruce forests (Forest
Service, 1989). A nest is typically used for
only one season (Hayward et al., 1992).
Individual  boreal owls roost at many different
sites, usually in coniferous trees, distributed
widely throughout  their home range (Hayward
and Verner,  1994).
               Boreal owls are known to occur within the
               core area (A.G. Crook, 1992a), and suitable
               habitat (above 4,500 feet with mature and
               old growth spruce/subalpine fir or Engelmann
               spruce) is present on the east side of
               Buckhorn Mountain (A.G. Crook, 1992a).
               Approximately 148 acres of suitable habitat
               exists within the core area.  Areas above
               4,500 feet elevation in the analysis area total
               4,068 acres; mature spruce/fir stands within
               this area may potentially provide boreal owl
               habitat.

               3.13.6  Threatened, Endangered, and
                       Sensitive Species

               This section describes existing conditions for
               19 endangered, threatened,  candidate, and
               sensitive wildlife species, Table 3.13.2,
               Wildlife Species List, that may be affected by
               the proposed Crown Jewel Project.
               Endangered and threatened species are those
               species federally listed by the USFWS under
               the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as
               amended.  Sensitive species are those
               species found on the Forest Service Regional
               Forester's Sensitive Species List  (FSM 2670,
               Interim Directive No. 90-1,  revised March
               1989 for sensitive animals). Sensitive
               species include federally listed species and
               other species not listed  by the USFWS that
               the Forest Service considers susceptible to
               disturbance or threat. Thirteen of the 19
               species described in this section  were
               selected for consideration based  on their
               status as Forest Service sensitive species.
               As requested by the Forest Service, six
               additional USFWS Species of Concern,
               including the Townsend's big-eared bat, are
               also included.

               NOTE - Some of the sensitive species that
               are discussed in the following sections may
               not occur in the analysis area. However, part
               of the process in  evaluating  the Regional
               Foresters' Sensitive Species list for the
               Okanogan National Forest is to identify
               whether the  Project area is within the
               geographic range of the particular species and
               whether the Crown Jewel Project area
               contains suitable  habitat for the species.
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-110
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
California Bighorn Sheep

The California bighorn sheep occurs as
scattered groups along the eastern slopes of
the Cascade Mountains in British Columbia,
Washington, and Oregon  (Rodrick and Milner,
1991).  Its historic range was once more
widespread across northeastern Washington,
with distribution along the Okanogan and
Columbia River Valleys (Wishart, 1978).
Bighorn sheep inhabit remote areas where
human disturbance is limited (Lawson and
Johnson, 1982).  They forage in open grass
and shrublands and generally avoid areas of
dense, tall vegetation that restricts visibility
(Van Dyke et al., 1983; Wakelyn, 1987).
Precipitous rocky slopes,  ridges, and cliffs or
rugged canyons are important for cover,
escape, and lambing  (Van Dyke et al., 1983;
Wakelyn, 1987; Rodrick and Milner, 1991).

No suitable habitat for the California bighorn
sheep exists in  either the core or analysis
areas.  The few cliffs that occur within  the
analysis area  are not  extensive enough to
provide escape terrain (King, 1994).
California bighorn sheep are found locally on
Mount Hull (20 miles west of the analysis
area) and on Vulcan Mountain (eight miles
east of the analysis area).

Grizzly Bear

The grizzly bear is a generally solitary, wide-
ranging species that presently occurs in the
Selkirk Range 75 miles to the east, in the
North Cascades 50 miles to the west (verified
grizzly tracks were documented in 1989 and
1990 [Almack et al.,  1991]), in the
Monashee  Mountains 40  miles to the north-
northeast, and  in the Cathedral  Park -
Ashnola River Region 50  miles to the
northwest. Essential features contributing to
the overall  quality of  grizzly bear habitat are
space, isolation, sanitation (i.e., the control of
artificial food from human activities), denning,
safety, and most importantly, a variety  of
seasonal foods and mosaic of vegetation
types and habitat conditions (Craighead et  al.,
1982, Almack et al,  1993).  If one item is
missing or  severely depleted, the ability of
the entire ecosystem to sustain a grizzly bear
population  rapidly diminishes.
                        The grizzly bear's diet consists of both plants
                        and animals and, depending on season and
                        region, may include carrion, deer, elk, moose,
                        fish, rodents, insects, roots,  bulbs, fungi,
                        berries, nuts, grasses and sedges.  Optimal
                        habitat conditions for grizzlies are found  in
                        forests that are interspersed  with moist
                        meadows and grasslands (Lowe et al., 1990).
                        Grizzly bears are found in a variety of
                        habitats and generally occupy very large
                        home ranges depending on region, season,
                        gender, and age.  Winter dens are excavated
                        chambers, often supported by tree roots or
                        rock outcrops, or natural caves at high
                        elevations (above 5,800 feet) on slopes with
                        deep snow accumulations (Almack et al.,
                        1993). Isolation of den sites from  humans
                        and other animals is considered the most
                        essential denning criterion (Craighead et  al.,
                        1982). The availability of human-produced
                        artificial food  sources is detrimental to grizzly
                        bears.  Human-caused mortality and
                        competitive use of habitat are a potential
                        threat to the grizzly bear, and are considered
                        a major cause of historical declines in grizzly
                        populations (Craighead and Mitchell, 1982).

                        The core and analysis areas occur at the
                        northern end of the Okanogan Highlands (an
                        area of approximately 4,000 square miles).
                        Approximately 67,076 acres (95%) of the
                        analysis area  (including the core area) is
                        potential grizzly bear habitat, representing the
                        grassland/shrub, open coniferous/deciduous,
                        and coniferous land types, Figure 3.13.2,
                        Land Type Map. About 10,363 acres (95%)
                        of the core area is potential habitat, including
                        the grassland, shrub, early successional
                        conifer, mixed conifer pole, mixed conifer
                        mature, riparian/wetland, and deciduous
                        cover types, Figure 3.13.3, Cover Type Map.
                        Based on known home ranges (Almack,
                        1986; Blanchard and Knight, 1991), and
                        considering space only, the Okanogan
                        Highlands and the analysis area could support
                        grizzly bear.

                        Grizzy bears have not been permanent
                        residents of the Okanogan Highlands for
                        many years, and the  Analysis Area and the
                        Okanogan Highlands  are located  well outside
                        the recovery zones designated for this
                        species (USFWS,  1993).  Grizzly bears
                        presently occur in the Selkirk Range (Selkirks
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January  1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-111
 Recovery Zone) 75 miles east of the Crown
 Jewel Project, the North Cascades 50 miles
 to the west (Northern Cascades Recovery
 Zone), the Monashee Mountains 40 miles to
 the north-northeast,  and the Cathedral Park -
 Ashnola River Region 50 miles to the
 northwest.  The nearest permanent
 population, and potential source of grizzly
 bear immigration, is 40 miles north-northeast
 in the Monashee Mountains of British
 Columbia.  Movement of a grizzly bear from
 the Monashee Mountains to the Okanogan
 Highlands would entail crossing the Kettle
 River Valley and British Columbia Provincial
 Highway 3. The Kettle River Valley from
 Midway to Rock Creek, British Columbia is
 one to two miles wide, and densely occupied
 by continuous farms, houses, and towns (i.e.,
 Midway, Kettle Valley, and Rock Creek). A
 grizzly bear would probably encounter
 humans, but records of bear-human
 encounters are rare (Peatt, 1992), so known
 movements of grizzly bears into the Kettle
 River Valley are rare. Given the inverse
 relation between human presence and grizzly
 bear, it is possible, but not likely that grizzlies
 would cross the Kettle River Valley and move
 south to the analysis area. If a grizzly bear
 did cross this valley,  the Jackson Creek
 unroaded area could  provide isolation for one
 female, but would  be too small for a male
 (based on home range studies cited above).

 The summit of Buckhorn Mountain, the
 highest point within 12 miles, is 5,602 feet.
 The tallest peaks in the northern Okanogan
 Highlands are approximately  7,000 feet, with
 most; however, being 6,000 feet or below.
 The core and analysis areas,  and northern
 Okanogan Highlands, do not provide deep
 soils necessary for digging at elevations
 recently recorded for den sites  in the nearest
 occupied ecosystems (i.e., above 5,800 feet
 in the Northern Cascades and Selkirk
 Mountains) (Almack,  1986; Almack et al.,
 1993).

 More than 50 species of plant foods known
to be used by grizzly  bears in the North
 Cascades (Almack et al., 1993a), Selkirk
 Mountains (Almack, 1986), and in other
occupied grizzly ecosystems (Almack et al.,
 1993) also occur in the analysis area.
              No records of grizzly bear are known for the
              core or analysis areas.  Tonasket Ranger
              District files indicate that a grizzly bear track
              was reported in the Fourth of July Ridge area
              in 1993, approximately 14 miles south-
              southwest of Buckhorn Mountain. Older
              District records indicate that a grizzly bear
              was seen in 1962 in Long Alec Creek,
              approximately 24 miles east of the core area,
              and in 1952 at Palmer Lake, 28 miles west of
              the core area.  The WADFW Nongame Data
              System (WADFW,  1994) contains a  number
              of records for grizzly bear for Okanogan and
              Ferry Counties from 1989 to the present.  All
              of these sightings are more  than 30  miles
              from the analysis area.  The  British Columbia
              Ministry of Environment (Peatt,  1992) has no
              records of grizzly bears within 12 miles  of the
              Canadian-U.S. border since  1984.

              The core and analysis areas contain  some of
              the necessary characteristics for suitable
              grizzly bear habitat (space, vegetation types
              and food); however, other important habitat
              characteristics are less than optimal
              (isolation, sanitation, denning, safety).  As a
              result, it is unlikely that grizzly bears occur in
              the core or analysis areas, although the
              analysis area may provide habitat
              connectivity between recovery zones.

              Gray Wolf

              The gray wolf is a wide-ranging  carnivore
              that was abundant across North America in
              pre-settlement times. The current distribution
              of wolves in North America  is mainly
              confined to the northern half of the continent
              (Paradiso and Nowak, 1982). Gray wolves
              use a wide variety of habitats, from dense
              forest to open tundra.  The key components
              of wolf habitat are a sufficient year-long prey
              base (Carbyn, 1987; Frederick, 1991),
              suitable and  somewhat secluded denning and
              rendezvous sites (Carbyn, 1987; Mech,
              1970), and sufficient space with minimal
              interaction with  humans (Thiel, 1985).
              Wolves are opportunistic predators that feed
              primarily on deer, moose, and small animals
              (Carbyn, 1987; Paradiso and Nowak, 1982).
              Territories range from 40 to  1,000 square
              miles (Peterson, 1986) depending on  pack
              size and prey density. Dens are  usually
              burrows constructed in sandy soil in  well
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-112
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
drained areas near water (Mech, 1970).
Abandoned beaver lodges, hollow trees and
logs, rock caves, and shallow surface beds
are also used for denning.  Pups remain in
semi-open areas next to swamps or beaver
ponds, near forest cover, and away from
human activity while the adults hunt
(Frederick,  1991). Human disturbance and
accessibility to wolf habitats (primarily
through open roads) are the main factors
limiting wolf recovery, and account for the
major sources of wolf mortality in most areas
today (Frederick, 1991; Mech, 1989; Mech
etal., 1988).

Although there are no known viable wolf
populations in Washington, an increasing
number of wolf sightings have been reported
throughout the state (Laufer and Jenkins,
1989).  Almack et al., (1993) document
visual sightings and howling survey
responses of wolf pups in two locations in
the North Cascades, evidence of wolf
denning. There have been 120  reports of
wolf sightings since 1989 in Okanogan and
Ferry Counties (WADFW, 1994). Of these,
four were confirmed sightings (Class 1) and
26 were classified as highly reliable sightings
(Class 2).  The closest confirmed sightings to
the Analysis Area were two wolves killed  in
British Columbia,  one  near Princeton (75
miles northwest of the Core Area) and one
near Grand Forks (23  miles northeast of the
Core Area  (Dyer,  1994).

Several unconfirmed wolf sightings have been
reported on the Tonasket Ranger District,
while numerous wolf sightings have been
reported on the Twisp and Winthrop Districts
of the Okanogan  National Forest and on the
adjacent Republic District of the Colville
National Forest.

Although wolves have not been confirmed on
the Tonasket Ranger District, it is possible
that wolves may  use the Analysis Area as
part of a larger home  range or for dispersal.
A.G. Crook and Tonasket Ranger District
personnel conducted howling surveys and
monitored carcass bait stations in 1992, but
did not elicit any  responses or reveal the
 presence of wolves in the core  or analysis
 areas (A.G. Crook,  1992a).
                        Deer would be the main prey species of a
                        potential wolf population. Winter deer
                        habitat is currently deficient and does not
                        meet Forest Plan Standards and Guidelines in
                        the core area. Winter wildlife surveys
                        conducted by A.G. Crook (1992a) estimated
                        approximately ten deer per square mile within
                        the core area. During the winter of
                        1991/1992, most deer moved from the core
                        area to lower elevation habitats when snow
                        depths reached  12 inches to 16 inches (A.G.
                        Crook, 1992a).

                        It is not known if current deer densities in the
                        core and analysis areas could sustain a viable
                        wolf population.  However, deer, various
                        small animals, and grouse are sufficient to
                        support a dispersing wolf traveling through
                        the core and analysis areas.

                        Road densities in the analysis area (excluding
                        Canadian roads) are  currently 2.2 miles per
                        square mile. Research in Wisconsin,
                        Michigan, and Minnesota has indicated that
                        wolves were most vulnerable to human-
                        caused mortality in areas of high  human
                        density and high open  road density (Frederick
                        1991, Thiel 1985).  However, in  the western
                        United States, two wolf  packs  in Montana
                        have survived in areas with relatively high
                        road densities for at least three years
                        (USFWS, 1994). The Jackson Creek
                        unroaded area, which comprises
                        approximately 14%  of the analysis  area, lies
                        in the eastern portion of the  analysis area.  It
                        is remote and could  possibly serve  as a
                        portion of a wolf population's larger home
                        range or as a travel  corridor for dispersing
                        wolves if retained in a roadless or near-
                        roadless condition.  The Jackson Creek
                        unroaded area has been  allocated to multiple
                        use management by the Okanogan  National
                        Forest Plan and may not remain unroaded in
                        the future. If future road densities  exceed
                        approximately one mile per square  mile then
                        its potential as wolf habitat may  be
                        diminished.

                        Pacific Fisher

                        The Pacific fisher inhabits conifer and mixed
                        conifer habitats throughout Canada and
                        northern portions of the U.S. (Strickland et
                        al., 1982). Preferred foraging, denning, and
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-113
cover habitat is mature forest with a dense
canopy (Powell, 1982) and an abundance of
snags and downed logs (Rodrick and Milner,
1991), although other habitats  may also be
used (Heinemeyer and Jones, 1994).
Coniferous ridges and riparian/wetland areas
are particularly important to fisher (Raine,
1981; Heinemeyer and Jones, 1994).  Areas
with less than 50% canopy closure are
avoided by fisher (Allen, 1983). The fisher is
an opportunistic feeder that preys primarily
on snowshoe hare, but may also feed on
small mammals, grouse, carrion (especially
deer), berries, and nuts (Powell, 1982; Allen,
1983). Allen (1983) determined that no  less
than 100 square miles of suitable contiguous
habitat is required to successfully sustain a
population of fisher.

The core and analysis areas are considered
potential fisher habitat because they are
located within the fisher's historic range
(Heinemeyer and Jones, 1994). Although
fisher have been reported near the analysis
area, no confirmed observations have been
documented. Approximately 5,065 acres
(7.9 square miles) of young mature, mature,
and old-growth forest are present within the
core area as shown on Figure 3.13.7,
Successional Stage Map. Preferred habitat of
mature and old-growth forest with greater
than 50% canopy closure totals 1,388 acres
(2.2 square miles) in the core area. About
794 acres have less than 50%  canopy
closure and would probably be  avoided by
fisher.  The analysis area contains 27,441
acres (42.9 square miles) of coniferous land
type having a canopy cover greater than
60%, Figure 3.13.2, Land Type Map.  Those
portions in young mature, mature and old
growth successional stages would provide
potential fisher habitat, though  these forested
areas are fragmented and do not provide  a
contiguous block of habitat that may be
necessary for the fisher. However, several
blocks of habitat are narrowly linked into a
combined area of 20,205 acres (31.6 square
miles).

California Wolverine

The California wolverine is a wide-ranging
carnivore that inhabits remote mountainous
areas in the western  U.S. (Hash, 1987).
              They prefer extensive areas of moderately
              dense to scattered mature trees and avoid
              large openings created by burns or clearcuts
              (Hornocker and Hash, 1981).  In Washington,
              wolverine habitat consists of Douglas-fir and
              mixed conifer forests (Hash, 1987).  Forests
              interspersed with cliffs, talus slopes,
              marshes, and meadows provide the wolverine
              with cover, a diverse food source, and
              adequate den sites. Wolverine den in snow
              tunnels, among boulders, in caves, and under
              fallen trees (Wilson, 1982). Wolverines feed
              primarily on carrion, but will also prey upon
              snowshoe hare, grouse, squirrels,  mice, and
              voles (Hornocker and Hash, 1981; Hash,
              1987).  High densities of wolverine
              populations have been correlated with large
              and diverse ungulate populations (Hornocker
              and Hash, 1981).  Because of their
              scavenging nature, they tend to have large
              home ranges and frequently travel over long
              distances (Hornocker and Hash, 1981).
              Ruggiero et al., (1994) report  on home range
              sizes of wolverines in Montana. The mean
              home range size of nine adult  males was 163
              square miles. The mean home range size of
              11 females without young was 1 50 square
              miles.  Two adult females with young
              occupied mean home ranges of 39 square
              miles.  The historic decline of  the wolverine
              has been attributed to liberal hunting,
              trapping and habitat degradation (Hash,
              1987).

              No wolverines sightings are documented for
              the core area, though two wolverine sightings
              are reported for the analysis area (Bossier,
              1992; Payton, 1992). Wolverines have been
              documented about 17 miles north  of the
              analysis area (Pennoyer, 1994). The core
              and analysis areas could serve as a portion of
              a larger home range for wolverines.  The core
              area contains approximately 4,479 acres (7.1
              square miles) of mixed conifer mature cover
              type which could  provide suitable  habitat for
              the wolverine (approx. 109 square miles),
              Figure 3.13.3, Cover Type Map. The analysis
              area contains various land types which,
              except for agriculture and disturbed areas,
              provide potential habitat for the wolverine,
              Figure 3.13.2, Land Type Map.  The home
              ranges of wolverines reported by Ruggiero et
              al. (1994) suggest the possibility that the
              analysis area might be large enough to
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-114
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
support an adult female with young.
However,  the fragmented distribution of
mature forest across the analysis area
effectively reduces the amount of suitable
habitat available, and increases the effective
home range size of an animal attempting to
live there.  Road densities for the analysis
area, which could affect wolverine habitat
suitability, are currently at 2.2 miles per
square mile. The Jackson Creek unroaded
area, a 10,218 acre (16 square miles) remote
area in the eastern portion of the analysis
area, could provide security, sources of food,
and denning sites within a small portion of a
wolverine's home range.

North American Lynx

The North American lynx is  a specialized
predator that is adapted to travel in deep
snow (Koehler and Brittell, 1990; Koehler
1990).  Lynx inhabit northern forests of
Canada and Alaska and isolated mountains of
the northwestern U.S. (Koehler and Brittell,
1990).  Within Okanogan County, lynx use
areas above 4,000 feet dominated by
lodgepole  pine,  spruce, and  subalpine fir
(Koehler and Brittell, 1990).

Lynx require a mosaic of forest conditions for
hunting, denning, and travel. The average
home range size in Washington is 24 square
miles  (Brittell et al., 1989).  Dens are
typically within  hollow logs  or stumps, and
beneath large logs, log piles, or root wads
(Jackson,  1961) in mature (greater than 200
years old)  lodgepole pine and
spruce/subalpine fir forests  with a high
density of down logs (Brittell et al., 1989;
Koehler, 1990).  Lynx prey  almost exclusively
on snowshoe hare; however, grouse and
squirrels may also be taken.  Snowshoe hare
abundance, which is dependent on availability
of winter habitat,  is considered the major
limiting factor for the Washington lynx
population (Rodrick and  Milner, 1991).

One lynx sighting is known  from the core
area and two sightings are documented for
the analysis area (Forest Service, 1991 a;
WADFW,  1994; Swedberg,  1994).  Lynx
occur in Canada north of Vulcan Mountain
and in areas north of the analysis area
(Pennoyer, 1994).  The current range of lynx
                        in Washington includes the Vulcan Mountain
                        Zone, seven miles east of the analysis area.
                        Although this zone is considered too small to
                        support a population of lynx, it is important
                        as a travel corridor (WADFW, 1993b).  The
                        Forest Service has identified areas above
                        4,000 feet within the core area as potential
                        lynx habitat (Rose, 1994). This land base
                        encompasses 6,450 acres and includes shrub
                        (96 acres), early successional conifer (756
                        acres), mixed conifer pole (1,265 acres),
                        mixed conifer mature (3,084 acres) and
                        riparian (277 acres) cover types.  The core
                        and analysis areas are at the periphery of lynx
                        range and are not likely to support resident
                        lynx.  Forest vegetation within the core area
                        is dominated by Douglas-fir with a small
                        amount of lodgepole pine present.
                        Approximately 71 % of the core area is
                        potential lynx travel habitat, 2% is identified
                        as potential foraging habitat and hiding cover,
                        and less than 1 % is potential denning habitat.
                        The remaining 26% is non-cover for lynx.  In
                        the analysis area, lands above 4,000 feet
                        extend north to  the Kettle River and south to
                        Beaver Canyon.  Coniferous and open
                        coniferous/deciduous land types above 4,000
                        feet may potentially provide lynx habitat.
                        However, because lynx are known to expand
                        their home range size during  periods of low
                        hare abundance, the core and analysis  areas
                        may serve as an extension of lynx territories
                        north  and east of the analysis area. The core
                        and analysis areas may also serve as a travel
                        area for dispersing juveniles.

                        The lynx is a management indicator species
                        for lodgepole pine forests on the Okanogan
                        National Forest.  It is also included on the
                        Regional Forester's list of sensitive species.
                        Forest Plan standards and guidelines for lynx
                        are specific to Management Area 12, which
                        does not occur in the core or analysis area.
                        No other standards and guidelines are
                        applicable for assessing lynx habitat on
                        Forest Service lands.

                        Pygmy Rabbit

                        The pygmy rabbit is found in southern  Idaho,
                        western Utah, northern Nevada, southeastern
                        Oregon, and eastern Washington  (Ashley,
                        1992a). Although the pygmy rabbit may still
                        occur in Grant and Lincoln counties, its
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-115
known present range in Washington is five
active sites in Douglas County (WADFW,
1993c).  Cover appears to be the critical
habitat component required by the pygmy
rabbit (Green and Flinders, 1980). Pygmy
rabbits inhabit areas which contain sagebrush
(WADFW, 1993c), and they are seldom
found in areas with sparse vegetation
(Ashley, 1992a).  Unlike other species of
native rabbits, pygmy rabbits usually dig their
own burrows in areas where soils are deep,
soft, and cobble free (Ashley, 1992a).
Burrows are usually excavated under big
sagebrush plants and into slopes (WADFW,
1993c).  Sagebrush is a  major food item for
the pygmy rabbit (Green and Flinders, 1980)
and wheatgrass and bluegrass are highly
preferred foods.

The analysis area is outside the historical and
current range of the pygmy rabbit.  No
sightings of the pygmy rabbit are documented
for the core or analysis areas. Extensive
areas of mature sagebrush which could
provide suitable habitat for the pygmy rabbit
do not occur in either the core or analysis
areas.

Townsend's Big-Eared Bat

Townsend's big-eared bats are broadly
distributed in western North America
(Banfield, 1974) at elevations below 3,600
feet (Nagorsen and Brigham, 1993).  They
are permanent residents  throughout
Washington (Kunz and Martin, 1 982)
although occurrence may be restricted by the
availability of suitable sites for winter
hibernation and nighttime roosting (Perkins,
1989). In eastern Washington availability of
suitable undisturbed caves or cave-like
structures is an important habitat feature
(Marshall et al., 1992; Perkins,  1994). Big-
eared bats favor caves and abandoned mine
tunnels for hibernation, nurseries, and
roosting but will use buildings and bridges
(Barbour and Davis, 1969; Perkins,  1987;
Christy and West, 1993). Males and  non-
lactating females sometimes roost in large,
hollow trees (Perkins, 1995). They do not
always use the same roost each night (Maser
et  at., 1981). Their roosting habits make
them particularly vulnerable to human
disturbance. Disturbance during hibernation
              may reduce over-wintering survival of big-
              eared bats (Barbour and Davis, 1969;
              Perkins, 1989).  Big-eared bats normally
              hibernate from mid-October until mid-April
              (Banfield, 1974), typically in caves having
              multiple entrances which allow ventilation
              (Perkins, 1989; Perkins, 1994).  They may
              require cool conditions to maintain low
              metabolic rates and conserve fat reserves
              (Banfield, 1974).  Maternity roosts are almost
              always caves although buildings and bridges
              are known to be used (Perkins, 1989; Christy
              and West, 1993). The maternity colonies
              generally disband by August (Kunz and
              Martin,  1982).  Big-eared bats exhibit a high
              degree of site fidelity and will return to the
              same maternal roost year after year (Kunz
              and Martin, 1982).  The big-eared bat forages
              only after darkness (Barbour and Davis,
              1969).  It is an aerial feeder, feeding
              principally on small moths along forest edges,
              roads, or forest openings (Kunz and Martin,
              1982; Christy and West, 1993).  Open water
              is required for water consumption.

              Two documented occurrences of  big-eared
              bats are reported in the Myers Creek Valley
              (Paulus, 1994).  Other documented
              occurrences of big-eared bats are reported 30
              miles west and within 30 to 60 miles east of
              the Crown Jewel Project site (Perkins,  1989).
              Several  adits in the analysis area could
              provide  suitable habitat for big-eared bats.

              Spotted Frog

              The spotted frog is found from Alaska to
              northern California and eastward to
              Wyoming, Montana, and Utah (Leonard et al.,
              1 993).  They are widespread east of the
              Cascades Mountains in Washington (Rodrick
              and Milner, 1991).   The spotted frog is highly
              aquatic and inhabits the  marshy edges  of
              ponds, lakes,  and streams which contain
              dense vegetation and a thick underwater
              layer of decaying material or thick algal
              growth (Nussbaum et  al., 1983).   Spotted
              frogs hibernate in muddy substrates near
              breeding areas (Rodrick and Milner, 1991).
              Spotted frogs become active February to
              March and breed as soon as the ice melts
              from the breeding sites (Licht, 1971).
              Females deposit egg masses in water only a
              few inches deep. The same communal
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-116
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
breeding sites are typically used in successive
years (Nussbaum et al., 1983).  The larvae
feed on algae, vascular plants, and
scavenged animal material (Rodrick and
Milner, 1991).  Adults feed on a wide variety
of insects (Whittaker et al., 1982).  Juveniles
may move up to two miles, following
watercourses until a permanent source of
water is found (Hayes,  1994).

Spotted frogs are known to occur in the core
and analysis areas. The spotted frog inhabits
Nicholson and Marias Creeks (English,  1994),
Myers Creek, ponds along Beaver Creek, and
the frog pond (Friesz, 1994b). The spotted
frog is also likely to occur in suitable habitat
along Toroda Creek.

Olive-sided Flycatcher

The olive-sided flycatcher is a neotropical
migrant songbird that is widespread in  open,
mature stands of coniferous forest from the
Rocky Mountains westward.  In the
Okanogan Valley, this flycatcher is found in
the wetter subalpine and Columbian forest
more often than in the drier Douglas-fir
forests of the valley (Cannings et al., 1987).
Foraging habitat consists of mature forest in
the Cascades, various-aged stands in the Blue
Mountains, and broken  canopy or openings
with high hunting perches provided by  live
trees or snags (Sharp, 1992). The species is
known to use burns and clearings, including
clearcuts, for foraging.  Olive-sided
flycatchers select older  stands for nesting in
the Blue Mountains, and mature and old-
growth stands in the Cascades (Sharp,
1992).  Diet consists of flying insects
captured by hawking.  Feeding and
advertising behavior is characterized by
conspicuous perching near the top of
dominant trees or snags in the landscape.

Olive-sided flycatchers occur in the  core and
analysis areas.  The species was recorded on
USFWS Breeding Bird Surveys along Beaver
and Toroda Creeks in 1993 and  1994
(Stepniewski, 1993, 1994).  The core area
provides abundant potential habitat
represented  by the mixed  conifer mature
cover type, which is interspersed with natural
and man-made openings,  providing  edge
habitat for foraging. The  analysis area
                        contains suitable habitat in the coniferous
                        land type.

                        Willow Flycatcher

                        The willow flycatcher occurs along wooded
                        stream bottoms and in deciduous thickets
                        and wet shrubby meadows.  East of the
                        Cascades, the species occurs in riparian
                        habitats, and in dry shrubby uplands in
                        eastern Washington (Sharp, 1992).  In the
                        Okanogan Valley, the willow flycatcher
                        prefers to nest in deciduous shrubs  and trees
                        in riparian thickets at lower elevations.
                        However, nests have been recorded in
                        deciduous brush associated  with water at
                        elevations up to 5,500 feet (Cannings et al.,
                        1987). Diet consists of flying insects, seeds
                        and caterpillars. Foraging behavior includes
                        hawking and gleaning. Nests are placed in
                        willows or shrubs usually  near the ground.
                        Studies indicate that willow flycatchers are
                        heavily parasitized by cowbirds in the
                        Okanogan Valley (Cannings et al., 1987).

                        The willow flycatcher occurs in riparian
                        willows along Myers Creek,  Beaver Creek,
                        Toroda Creek, and the lowest reaches of
                        Marias and Nicholson Creeks in the  analysis
                        area.  The willow flycatcher was recorded on
                        USFWS Breeding Bird Surveys along Beaver
                        and Toroda  Creeks  (Stepniewski,  1993,
                        1994). Willow flycatcher habitat is
                        represented by riparian/wetland cover type
                        along  Myers Creek in the core area,  and by
                        riparian/wetland/open water land type in the
                        analysis area.

                        Loggerhead Shrike

                        The loggerhead shrike is a neotropical migrant
                        that nests from southern Canada to Mexico
                        (Terres, 1980).  Shrikes are typically found in
                        the Okanogan Valley between May and late
                        September,  and may occasionally winter in
                        the area (Cannings et al., 1987).

                        The loggerhead shrike prefers short-grass
                        prairie, pasture, and shrub habitats for
                        foraging (Thomas, 1979; Brown,  1985;
                        Brooks and Temple,  1990; Tefler, 1992).
                        Primarily insectivorous, the shrike is a ground-
                        feeding bird which hunts from perches such
                        as fences, posts, unobstructed branches, and
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-117
powerlines (Prescott and Collister, 1993;
Yosef and Grubb, 1993; Brooks and Temple,
1990).  Shrub habitat is preferred for nesting
although the loggerhead shrike will  nest in
deciduous forest stands (Brown, 1985).  The
primary component  of breeding habitat is
dense vegetation for concealing nest sites
(Brooks and Temple, 1990, Gawlik  and
Bildstein 1990).  Loggerhead shrikes
frequently nest near roads and collisions with
vehicles can be a major cause of mortality
(Gawlik and Bildstein,  1990; Tefler, 1992).

There are no observations of loggerhead
shrikes in the analysis area, although
potential habitat is present. The core area is
primarily coniferous forest, Figure 3.13.3,
Cover Type Map, which is not suitable
habitat for the shrike.  However, a 467 acre
block of upland grassland cover type in the
extreme northwest portion of the core area
(Starrem Reservoir site), 2,324 acres of
grassland/shrub landtype  along Myers Creek,
and a large block of grassland/shrub landtype
(2,051 acres) in the eastern portion of the
analysis area along Nicholson and Toroda
Creeks could provide both foraging  and
breeding habitat for the loggerhead  shrike.

Common Loon

The common loon nests in Alaska, Canada,
and the northern U.S.  (Terres,  1980). Loons
typically arrive in Okanogan County from mid-
March to early May  and leave on fall
migration as early as mid-September
(Cannings et al.,  1987). Common loons
inhabit and breed on large wooded lakes
which have healthy  fish populations and may
visit shallow lakes which lack fish to feed on
amphibians, snails, and aquatic insects
(Terres, 1980, Cannings et al.  1987, Rodrick
and Milner, 1991).  Nests are built of matted
grasses, rushes, and twigs within four feet of
the water's edge (Terres,  1980). Islands
appear to be preferred for nesting and loons
may use the same nest site each year
(Rodrick and Milner, 1991).  An adult and a
chick were reported on Beth Lake (English,
1994), and loons have been reported at Beth,
Beaver, and Little Beaver Lakes
(Baumgardner, 1994; Swedberg, 1994)
within the transportation corridor.
              Long-Billed Curlew

              The long-billed curlew is an early spring
              migrant arriving in Okanogan County in late
              March to April (Cannings et al., 1987). They
              are often seen in agricultural fields upon their
              first arrival during spring migration, and will
              stage in these areas prior to fall migration
              (Melland,  1977).  Long-billed curlews prefer
              short grassland cover types for nesting and
              avoid areas of tall, dense cover (Pampush,
              1980).  Curlews forage extensively on
              grasshoppers as well as other insects while
              on the breeding grounds (Melland, 1977;
              Pampush, 1980; Terres, 1980).

              Approximately 467 acres of upland grassland
              cover type in the extreme northwest portion
              of the core area (along Myers Creek) are
              potential nesting habitat for the long-billed
              curlew. In this same area, 263 acres of
              agriculture cover type provides potential
              foraging habitat.  In the analysis area, 2,324
              acres of grassland/shrub and 1,603 acres of
              agriculture land types along Myers Creek
              provide potential nesting and foraging habitat
              for the long-billed curlew.  Limited potential
              habitat also occurs in grassland/shrub
              communities along Nicholson and Toroda
              Creeks. Curlews have  been observed in the
              vicinity of Molson, Washington,
              approximately seven miles west of the
              analysis area  (Friesz, 1994b).

              Black Tern

              The black tern is a neotropical migrant that
              breeds in temperate North America.  It arrives
              in Okanogan County the latter half of May
              and departs by the first week of September
              (Cannings et al., 1987). Marshes and wet
              meadows with standing water and emergent
              vegetation are critical components of black
              tern foraging and nesting habitat.  They are
              known to fly half a mile from the nest site to
              feed (Stern, 1993). Black terns feed on
              aquatic insects, beetles, spiders, juvenile
              frogs, fish, crayfish, and mollusks (Ehrlich et
              al., 1988, Stern, 1993).

              The transportation corridor portion of the  core
              area contains eight bodies of open water
              which are suitable habitat for black terns.   At
              least five breeding pairs are known to occur
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-118
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
on Beaver and Little Beaver Lakes (Friesz,
1994b).

Columbian Sharp-Tailed Grouse

In Eastern Washington, the Columbian sharp-
tailed grouse is a resident upland gamebird
inhabiting northern Douglas, central Lincoln,
and central Okanogan counties (Ashley,
1992b).  Preferred nesting habitat is
grasslands of tall dense grass on flat to rolling
terrain with patches of sagebrush-grassland,
mountain shrub, and riparian/wetland
communities.  They avoid areas heavily
grazed by livestock (Ashley, 1992b).  Most
habitats used throughout the year occur
within two to three miles of leks (mating
display areas)  (Ashley, 1992b). Sharp-tailed
grouse feed  primarily on the leaves and
flowers of grasses and forbs,  insects, buds,
twigs, and fruit from waterbirch, cottonwood,
aspen, willows, serviceberry,  snowberry, and
common chokecherry (Klott and Lindzey,
1 990; Ashley  et al. 1 990;  Ashley 1 992b).
Preferred wintering habitat  is undisturbed
riparian/wetland areas, usually within one
mile of leks  (Ashley,  1992b).  They roost in
snow burrows, trees, and tall shrubs  (Marks
and Marks, 1988;  Ashley,  1992b).

Sharp-tailed grouse are not documented in
the analysis area, though they may have
historically occurred there  (Shroeder,  1994).
Occupied habitat occurs one-half mile west of
Myers Creek (Shroeder,  1994).

Approximately 311 acres of riparian/wetland
and 2,324 acres of the grassland/shrub land
types are present along Myers Creek  within
the analysis area. Figure 3.13.2, Land Type
Map.  This area is within 1.5  miles of known
leks and could provide potential habitat for
local populations of sharp-tailed grouse.

Northern Bald Eagle

The northern bald  eagle is  found throughout
the Pacific Northwest in close association
with freshwater, estuarine, and marine
ecosystems (Watson et al., 1991). In
Washington, breeding territories are located
in mature, coniferous forests  near water.
Bald eagle wintering habitat consists  of day
perches in tall trees close to a food source
                        (primarily fish and waterfowl) and night
                        roosts in forests that provide protection from
                        weather and human disturbance (Rodrick and
                        Milner, 1991).  Bald eagles are opportunistic
                        scavengers and predators, feeding on a
                        variety of prey items including fish, small
                        mammals, waterfowl, seabirds, and carrion
                        (Snow, 1981b; Rodrick and Milner, 1991).
                        Human interference has been shown to
                        adversely affect bald eagles (Stalmaster and
                        Newman, 1978).  The historic decline of the
                        bald eagle has been attributed to the loss of
                        feeding and nesting habitat, shooting,
                        organochloride pesticide residues, poisoning,
                        and electrocution  (Snow, 1981b; USFWS,
                        1986).  The USFWS's Pacific States Bald
                        Eagle Recovery Plan identifies the Kettle
                        River, which forms the northeastern boundary
                        of the analysis area (approximately seven to
                        ten  miles north and northeast of the Crown
                        Jewel Project area) as a  key bald eagle
                        recovery area.

                        There are no documented sightings of bald
                        eagles in the core area.  A bald eagle was
                        observed in the Nicholson Creek drainage in
                        1990, about 0.9 mile east of the core area
                        (Forest Service, 1990).  Bald eagles may
                        opportunistically feed on carrion throughout
                        the  analysis area.  Suitable nesting, foraging,
                        roosting, and winter habitat occurs along the
                        Kettle River, Myers  Creek, and Toroda Creek.
                        Use of these areas by wintering bald eagles
                        occurs from October to April and seems to be
                        increasing (Zender,  1994; USFWS, 1986;
                        Swedberg, 1994). There are no known bald
                        eagle nesting sites along the Kettle River in
                        the  analysis area (WADFW, 1 994). No major
                        eagle migration routes have been identified
                        along the Kettle River (Zender, 1994).

                        Northern Goshawk

                        The northern goshawk breeds in dense
                        mature or old-growth mixed coniferous
                        forests in Canada and the northern and
                        western U.S. and is generally a year-round
                        resident (Terres, 1980).   Goshawks generally
                        arrive at their nesting territories in mid- to
                        late-March (Cannings et al., 1987).  They
                        often use the same nest for several years or
                        alternate between two or more nests within
                        the same territory, which generally
                        encompasses 20 to 25 acres (Reynolds,
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-119
 1983).  Habitat use by adults and fledglings
 is concentrated within a 300 to 600 acre
 post-fledgling family area (Reynolds et al.,
 1992) which provides prey as well as
 protection from predators and weather.  This
 area is used for approximately two months
 before the juveniles disperse (Reynolds et al.,
 1992).  Goshawks typically hunt in dense
 woodlands, clearings, and open fields,
 preying on a variety of birds and mammals
 (Jones, 1979; Reynolds and Meslow, 1984;
 Bull and Hohmann, 1993).

 Eight confirmed goshawk sightings are
 reported for the core area between 1990-
 1994; however, no active goshawk nests are
 known. Approximately 614 acres of suitable
 goshawk nesting habitat  were identified  in
 the core area. Another 2,497 acres were
 identified as potential post-fledgling family
 area habitat. Suitable foraging habitat totals
 approximately 5,065 acres  within the core
 area.  Ten goshawk sightings  have been
 reported for the analysis area  including the
 core area, in addition to three inactive
 goshawk nest sites (A.G. Crook, 1993e;
 Forest Service, 1991 a, 1992a; English,
 1994).  About 2,030 acres of potential
 goshawk nesting habitat  represented by  the
 old growth successional stage is present
 within the analysis area.  Approximately
 27,441  acres of coniferous land type in the
 analysis area (inclusive of the  core area)
 could provide potential post-fledgling family-
 area and foraging habitat for goshawk.

 Ferruginous Hawk

 The ferruginous hawk inhabits shrub-steppe
 and grassland habitats within the semi-arid
 plains region of the U.S. and the southern-
 most portion of the Canadian prairie
 provinces (Snow, 1981 a).  In Washington,
 the ferruginous hawk historically occurred in
 the southeast portion of the state  (Bent,
 1937; Jewett et al., 1953). Ferruginous
 hawks nest in scattered, isolated trees, on
 cliffs and rock outcrops, or  on the ground
 (Snow, 1981 a; Woffinden and Murphy,
 1983).  Ferruginous hawks  are sensitive  to
 human activity and even slight disturbances
 may cause them to abandon nests (White and
Thurow, 1985).  Undisturbed areas are an
important habitat component as  they hunt
              open areas and pastures (Wakeley, 1978;
              Schmutz, 1987; 1989; Woffinden, 1989;
              Bechard et al., 1990).  Ferruginous hawks
              primarily prey upon rabbits, hares, and
              rodents (Evans, 1982).

              No sightings  of the ferruginous hawk are
              documented for the core or analysis areas.
              Although it is likely they occasionally visit the
              Okanogan Valley (approximately 16  miles
              west of the analysis area), there are no
              reports of breeding (Cannings et al., 1987).
              There is no suitable or potential habitat for
              ferruginous hawks within the core and
              analysis areas.

              American Peregrine Falcon

              The American peregrine falcon historically
              occurred throughout North America, and
              currently breeds in western Washington
              (Allen, 1992). Peregrine falcons generally
              nest on sheer cliff  faces (Ehrlich et al., 1988)
              and feed primarily  on birds (Ehrlich et al.,
              1988, Sharp, 1992, Henny and Nelson,
              1981).  Small mammals, insects, and fish are
              occasionally taken  (Sharp, 1992; Pacific
              Coast American Peregrine Falcon Recovery
              Team,  1982). Some adults may remain near
              the nest site year-round while others may
              range widely.  In Washington, intertidal
              mudflats, estuaries, and agricultural  river
              basins are important winter habitats  (Pacific
              Coast American Peregrine Falcon Recovery
              Team, 1982;  Allen, 1992).

              The historic decline of the peregrine  falcon is
              attributed to eggshell thinning, induced  by
              organochlorine pesticides, resulting in
              widespread reproductive failure (Aulman,
              1992; Pacific Coast American Peregrine
              Falcon Recovery Team, 1982). Other
              reasons for decline include the loss and
              degradation of nesting and foraging habitats,
              other pollutants, shooting, and collisions.
              Peregrines are most susceptible to
              disturbance during  courtship and nesting
              activities (Pacific Coast American Peregrine
              Falcon Recovery Team, 1982). Land
              management activities,  low-flying planes, and
              recreational disturbance (e.g., rock climbing,
              hikers, photographers) may induce desertion
              of the nest site or nest failure.
               Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-120
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Currently, 16 breeding pairs of peregrine
falcons are known in Washington (Sharp,
1992).  Peregrine falcons are not known to
occur in or near the core or analysis areas,
although, it is possible that an occasional
peregrine falcon could pass through the area
during migration.  A prey base of birds is
available to foraging falcons throughout the
analysis area.  There are no documented
sightings of peregrines or known peregrine
eyries in the core area (Swedberg, 1994);
however, there are two cliff sites that have
medium potential for peregrine falcon
occupancy just south of Beaver Creek (Pagel,
1992; WADFW,  1994) and near Beth Lake
(Pagel, 1992). There are no documented
sightings of peregrines or known peregrine
eyries in the analysis area. There are;
however, three unique cliff habitats that may
be potential peregrine habitat, located just
north of Beaver Creek, on Porphyry Peak and
east of Chesaw (WADFW, 1 994). The
analysis area is included within a portion of a
management unit in north-central Washington
which has  been identified by the Pacific
Coast American  Peregrine Falcon Recovery
Team (1982) for occupancy by at least  one
breeding pair.

Northern Spotted Owl

The northern spotted owl is resident in
western and central Washington. The
northern spotted owl is typically found in
mature forests; however, they may
sometimes occur in younger forests that
contain  remnant large trees or patches of
large trees from  earlier stands.  In northern
Washington, spotted owls eat a wide variety
of prey but primarily small mammals,
including the northern flying squirrel, bushy-
tailed woodrat, northern pocket gopher, deer
mouse,  hare, and rabbit.

The core and analysis areas are 50  miles east
of the known range of the northern spotted
owl.  Dispersal of spotted owls  to the
analysis area is possible but unlikely due to
the presence of a large expanse of  non-forest
habitat between the  designated range and the
analysis area.
                        3.13.7  HEP Analysis

                        The Habitat Evaluation Procedure (HEP) was a
                        method used to evaluate the impact on
                        wildlife and their habitats from mine
                        exploration and the six proposed mining
                        operation alternatives (B through G)
                        (WADFW, 1995). HEP is an accounting
                        procedure, developed by the USFWS, that
                        measures changes in wildlife habitat quality
                        and quantity over time - expressed as
                        changes in Habitat Units. The HEP compares
                        the analysis  of each "With  Mining Project"
                        alternative to the "Without Project" analysis.
                        The "Without Project" analysis included
                        expected management of the area had the
                        Project (including mine exploration) not
                        occurred.  The With Project/without
                        mitigation analysis contained exploration,
                        proposed mining and reclamation activities.

                        HEP indicator species were chosen  because
                        their habitat requirements would reflect the
                        habitat needs of a variety of species within
                        the Crown Jewel Analysis  Area. Eleven
                        wildlife species/groups were selected
                        including the following: veery, shrub-steppe
                        nesting birds, vesper sparrow, spotted frog,
                        black tern, fisher, pileated  woodpecker,
                        sharp-shinned  hawk, mule  deer winter range,
                        and deer summer range. Each evaluation
                        species is dependent on key habitat
                        components which provide resources and
                        environmental  conditions supporting the
                        animal's survival. These components were
                        identified by the HEP Team and then
                        measured in the field by representatively
                        sampling vegetation cover  classes within the
                        24,000 acre study area around Buckhorn
                        Mountain. The field measurements are then
                        incorporated into models that provide a
                        measure of the quality of the  habitat (Habitat
                        Suitability Index - HSI).

                        The HEP combines measures of the quality
                        (HSI) and quantity (acres) of available habitat
                        for each evaluation species into a single
                        value, termed a Habitat Unit.  Habitat Units
                        are a measure of an area's inherent ability to
                        support wildlife. If either the amount of
                        habitat or the quality of  habitat changes, then
                        the ability of that area to support wildlife will
                        change.
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-121
Habitat Unit production could be measured
for each year and summed for the entire
study period (60 years) to determine total
production of wildlife habitat for an
evaluation species.  This monumental task is
shortened by measuring habitat quality at
times when substantial habitat changes may
occur (target years) and then  averaging the
production between target years. These
estimates of habitat production  between
target years are then totaled.  The five target
years selected by the HEP Team for this
study are: 1) pre-Project, 2) initiation of
exploration, 3) initiation of mining, 4)
completion of mining and milling, and 5) end
of the 60 year evaluation time period.

Total production of Habitat Units can be
averaged over the study time period to
produce Average Annual Habitat Units
(AAHU).  AAHU are a measure  of the average
annual productivity of wildlife habitat for an
area. Habitat Units and AAHU can not be
added or subtracted between different
species.  .Each species was chosen to
represent separate wildlife habitat attributes.

HEP Analysis

HEP has  evaluated the changes in habitat unit
value over the 60 year period of analysis.
However, the following section  describes the
quality of the affected wildlife environment
before exploration occurred.

Habitat quality for each evaluation species is
expressed as an HSI which ranges from 0.0
to 1.0, with 1.0 representing perceived
optimum conditions. To facilitate the
analysis,  the diversity of habitats analyzed for
the Crown Jewel Project has  been grouped
into  four  habitat types:

•   Wetland/deciduous riparian  habitats;

•   Open herbaceous/shrubland  habitats;

•   Coniferous forest habitats; and,

•   Multi-cover type habitats.

Wetland/Deciduous Riparian Habitats

Less than 9% of the study area (_<_ 1,000
               acres) is wetland/deciduous riparian habitat.
               Wetland/deciduous riparian habitats provide
               medium to high quality habitat for wildlife
               species used specifically to evaluate these
               habitats (spotted frog: HSI = 0.46, wetland
               veery: HSI = 0.51; non-wetland veery: HSI
               = 0.67; black tern: HSI  = 0.74).  Water
               fluctuations during the breeding season and
               lack of herbaceous vegetation cover were the
               two most limiting characteristics of these
               habitats.

               Open Herbaceous/Shrubland Habitats

               About 30% of the study area (7,000 acres) is
               comprised of open upland herbaceous/shrub
               dominated habitats. Herbaceous  habitats
               provide high quality habitat for wildlife
               species specifically used to evaluate these
               habitats (vesper sparrow: HSI = 0.50 to
               1.00,  used 0.60). These habitats provide
               medium habitat quality for shrubland
               evaluation wildlife species (shrub  steppe
               breeding birds: HSI = 0.46). Low shrub
               cover  was observed to be the most limiting
               characteristic of these habitats.

               Coniferous Forest Habitat

               Coniferous forests from the pole to old
               growth successional stages currently
               comprise  approximately 67% of the study
               area (16,200 acres).  Coniferous forests
               provide medium to high quality habitat for
               wildlife species used to evaluate these
               habitats.  Evaluation species that  utilize
               younger successional stage forests had more
               habitat and higher quality habitat  (1 5,600 -
               16,200 acres; fisher: HSI = 0.64  to 0.68;
               pileated woodpecker: HSI = 0.31; and sharp-
               shinned hawk:  HSI = 0.77 to 0.78), than
               species that were used to only evaluate the
               more mature evergreen coniferous forests
               (5,300 acres; mule deer  winter range: HSI  =
               0.45).

               The small size (<10" dbh) of the  youngest
               successional stages of coniferous  forest and
               the overall lack of understory layering were
               the most  limiting factors to coniferous forest
               evaluation species. The  nearly complete
               absence of large snags and trees  within
               silviculturally treated forest stands were the
               most limiting factors to the snag evaluation
                Crown Jewel Mine  4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-122
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
species (pileated woodpecker).  The quality of
mule deer winter range within the study area
was limited by low amounts of palatable
forage found in the understory and human
harassment as measured by high road
densities (2.7 - 3.0 miles of road/sq. mile).

Multi-Cover Type Habitat

The summer mule deer habitat model was
used to evaluate the multi-cover type habitat
characteristics of the study area.  The
proximity of cover types that provide forage,
cover and water influences the quality of deer
summer habitat. Most of the study area is
considered deer summer range (23,297
acres). The study area produces medium
quality mule deer summer range (HSI =
0.43). The quality of palatable forage and
human disturbances as measured  by road
densities were observed to be the most
limiting habitat characteristic of the study
area (3.4 miles of road/sq. mile).

3.14    NOISE

3.14.1  Introduction

Noise can be defined as unwanted, disturbing
sound. The impact of a noise source
depends on the levels and characteristics of
the background sound, as well as the
characteristics of the source. Sound is
transmitted through the atmosphere as low-
intensity pressure waves. People can detect
and respond to a wide range of sound
intensities and frequencies.

The logarithmic decibel scale (dB) is used to
indicate the intensity of sound.  To measure
sound on a scale that approximates the way
people hear, more emphasis must be placed
on those sound frequencies (or pitch) that
people hear best.  The EPA recommends the
use of the "A-weighted" sound pressure
levels, expressed as A-weighted decibels or
dBA,  for analyzing community noise issues.
Note that there are other decibel scales other
than the "dBA scale." For example, OSHA
sometimes uses the C-weighted scale to
measure very loud noises at industrial areas.
However, both EPA and WADOE  stipulate the
use of the dBA scale to assess  community
                        noise, so that is the one that is used in this
                        EIS.

                        Figure 3.14.1, Typical Range of Common
                        Sounds, shows the range of dBA sound
                        intensities that are produced by various noise
                        sources. The threshold of human hearing is 0
                        dBA.  Quiet whispers and bird calls produce
                        about 25 to 35 dBA. Chainsaws can produce
                        over 110 dBA.

                        Because decibels are a logarithmic scale, a
                        doubling of the sound pressure corresponds
                        to a noise increase of 3 dBA.  For example, a
                        single bulldozer typically produces about 85
                        dBA of noise at a distance of 50 feet from
                        the bulldozer. Therefore, two identical
                        bulldozers operating side by side (with each
                        bulldozer producing 85 dBA) produce a
                        theoretical noise level of 88 dBA.

                        There are many factors that determine
                        whether an increase in the noise level above
                        the existing background is "audible."  The
                        most important factor is the nature of the
                        new noise source as compared to the nature
                        of the background noise. In the case of the
                        proposed Crown Jewel Project,  the noise
                        caused by the mining equipment would be
                        different from the rural background sounds,
                        so relatively small increases in noise levels
                        caused by the mechanical equipment might
                        be noticeable. During the background noise
                        measurements described in Section 3.14.3,
                        Baseline Noise Levels, the noise from
                        exploratory equipment operating at the site
                        was noticeable even when the equipment
                        caused noise increases as low as 2 dBA.
                        Based on those observations,  it is assumed
                        that the proposed mining activities would
                        probably be noticeable if they are loud
                        enough to cause an increase of  as little as 1
                        dBA above background.

                        3.14.2 Health Effects of Community
                                Noise

                        In the 1970s, the EPA sponsored studies on
                        environmental noise effects on public health
                        and welfare.  In these studies, on the basis of
                        its interpretation of available scientific
                        information, the EPA identified a range of
                        yearly Day-Night Sound Levels sufficient to
                        protect public health and welfare from the
               Crown Jewel Mine f Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-123
effects of environmental noise. This is
summarized in what is referred to as the
"Levels Document" (EPA, 1978). The
identified protective levels are not viewed as
standards, criteria, regulations, or goals by
the EPA, but are a basis for several state and
local agencies' noise regulations.

According to the Levels Document, the basic
premises for diagnosing a health effect from
environmental  noise is a change in individual
hearing level greater than 5 dBA. Changes
smaller than 5  dBA are considered
insignificant. The study concluded that 5
dBA noise-induced hearing damage would
occur with a 24 hour per day equivalent
sound level (Leq) of 70 dBA occurring over  a
40 year period. The daily Leq at the Crown
Jewel Project facility boundary is not
expected to reach any level above  70 dBA,
and the proposed mine would have only a
ten-year operational life.

Noise annoyance is also addressed in the
Levels Document.  For the  purpose of
identifying protective noise levels, annoyance
was quantified by using the percentage of
people who are annoyed by certain noise
levels.  The study concluded that for outdoor
activity the 24 hour per day Leq threshold for
annoyance is 55  dBA. Maintaining daily
average noise levels less than or equal to 55
dBA are sufficient to protect public health
and welfare. Maintaining 55 dBA outdoors
would in turn ensure adequate protection for
indoor living.

3.14.3  Baseline Noise Levels

Three rounds of baseline noise monitoring
were performed in the vicinity of the
proposed mine:

•   A summertime round from August 14 to
    17, 1992;

•   A second summertime  round from June
    19 to 24, 1993; and,

•   A wintertime round from January 10 to
    11, 1994.

The  1992 summertime measurements were
repeated in 1993, because the 1992 daytime
              noise levels at some of the monitoring
              locations were affected by noise-making
              insects, which appeared to be similar to
              locusts.  Insects are part of the natural
              background noise that should normally be
              accounted for in noise assessments.
              However, conversations with local residents
              indicated that the insects are prevalent for
              only a short time during  the mid-to-late
              summer. It was reasonable to assume that
              the noise levels during the rest of the year,
              when the insects are not prevalent would be
              quieter, and therefore represent a more
              conservative measurement of the baseline
              condition. For that reason, the August 1992
              measurements were repeated in June-1993
              when noise-making insects were not as
              active.

              The 1994 wintertime round was performed in
              response to public requests.  The baseline
              monitoring programs were developed to
              address two objectives:  first, to measure the
              daytime and nighttime noise levels at
              representative locations around the proposed
              Crown Jewel Project site; and second, to
              assess the impacts of temperature inversions
              on sound propagation from the mine site to
              surrounding areas.

              The measured sound levels at each of the
              monitoring locations are  summarized in Table
              3.14.1, Measured Background Noise Levels.
              During all three of the survey periods, data-
              logging electronic noise monitors (Larson
              Davis Model 820) were used.  Noise
              monitoring was done at five locations:
              Chesaw townsite; near the Bolster area;
              along Toroda Creek Road near Nicholson
              Creek Road; the Pine Chee area south of
              Chesaw; and, at the undeveloped South
              Corral area near the  southern boundary of the
              Project. The locations of the noise
              monitoring stations are illustrated on Figure
              3.14.2, Noise Monitoring Station Locations,
              and Figure 3.14.3, Noise Source Locations
              and Baseline Monitoring Locations.  The
              measured data shown in Table 3.14.1,
              Measured Background Noise Levels, are
              expressed as the ranges  of daytime and
              nighttime sound levels, and as the statistical
              "L-n sound level," which is the noise level
              that was exceeded "n" percent of the
              monitoring period. The table indicates which
               Crown Jewel Mine  + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
1
I
I
(6
TABLE 3.14.1, MEASURED BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS

Bolster
Chesaw
Pine Chee
Toroda/Nicholson
South Corral
August 1992 Data
Day
Leq
42-45
(insect noise)
50-60
(insect noise)
ND
49-52
(insect noise)
38
Night
Leq
40-60
45-50
ND
28-33
34
June 19-24, 1993 Data
Average Day
Leq
45.3
48.2
52.6
ND
ND
L-25
41.5
43.9
45.7
ND
ND
L-90
32.9
34.0
31.1
ND
ND
Average Night
Leq
36.8
38.9
38.6
ND
ND
L-25
35.5
34.7
32.0
ND
ND
L-90
31.7
30.1
26.1
ND
ND
January 10-11, 1994 Data
Average Day
Leq
35.1
49.4
43.7
ND
36.9
L-25
31.6
36.0
34.5
ND
31.1
L-90
29.6
27.2
30.3
ND
28.3
Average Night
Leq
30.6
31.7
33.0
ND
28.8
L-25
30.2
23.9
31.1
ND
28.9
L-90
29.3
22.5
29.7
ND
28.1
Note: ND = No Data
"Insect noise" indicates that insects were clearly audible during the monitoring.
i
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Co
                                                                                                                                                                                                   a
                                                                                                                                                                                                   s
                                                                                                                                                                                                  I
CO

                                                                                                                                                                                                   <0

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-125
 of the August 1992 readings were affected
 by insect noise.

 The wintertime noise levels were considerably
 quieter than were the summertime levels.  For
 example, the nighttime average Leg (one hour
 equivalent sound level) at Bolster was 36.8
 dBA in the summertime, as compared to 30.6
 dBA in the wintertime.  Similar results were
 found at the other monitoring stations.

 All of the baseline  noise measurements  were
 taken during calm weather, and there was no
 indication that wind noise contributed
 substantially to the background levels.  The
 baseline  measurements therefore represent
 very quiet noise  conditions that can be
 reasonably expected at the monitored site for
 extended periods of time.  Windy conditions
 would be expected to cause increases in the
 background noise levels by as much as  5 dBA
 during the daytime and by as much as 10
 dBA during the nighttime.

 3.14.4  Temperature Inversion  Study

 Temperature inversions at the site could
 enhance  sound propagation, and thereby
 increase  noise impacts in the surrounding
 vicinity.  The on-site meteorological station
 operated by the  Proponent indicated that
 temperature inversions occurred during  the
 evening to early  morning hours on each day
 of the August, 1992 baseline monitoring.
 The potential adverse impacts caused by
 temperature inversions were assessed by
 operating a drill rig at the proposed mine pit
 area, then observing the sound levels at
 various distances from the rig (Hart Crowser,
 1993).

 Sound levels within the existing pine forest
 were measured using handheld monitors at
 distances of 50 and 200 feet from the drill
 rig.  Continuous  data-logged readings were
 taken at a location  about 0.5 miles south of
 the drill rig, at the South Corral area that was
 one mile  from the drill rig, and at Chesaw and
 Bolster.  The test was completed during two
 different  weather conditions: on a  clear
 afternoon when there was no temperature
 inversion, and on a clear morning with a
strong temperature inversion.
              Sound did not travel far during the afternoon,
              when there was no temperature inversion.
              The sound attenuation caused by the pine
              forest within the first 200 feet of distance
              away from the rig was about 12 dBA during
              both the morning and afternoon tests, and
              was therefore not affected by the morning
              temperature inversion.  During the afternoon,
              the noise from the  drill rig was inaudible and
              undetectable by any of the electronic
              monitors, including the monitor that was only
              0.5 miles away from the rig.

              However, sound traveled  much better during
              the morning test run, during a temperature
              inversion.  At that  time, dogs that were
              believed to be about two  miles away were
              clearly audible at the South  Corral.  The drill
              rig was clearly audible at the South Corral
              about one mile away, and the  drill rig caused
              a detectable noise  level increase of about 1.5
              dBA at South Corral when it was cycled on
              and off. Based on  that drill  rig study, it was
              confirmed that temperature  inversions would
              cause increases in  noise levels in the areas
              surrounding the mine.

              It is likely that nighttime and morning
              temperature inversions are frequent at the
              Crown Jewel  Project area. Therefore, it is
              important to consider the  adverse effects
              caused by inversions.  The predictive noise
              impact assessments described in Chapter 4,
              Environmental Consequences,  were
              completed using a  computer model that
              accounts for temperature  inversions.

              3.14.5 Noise  Regulations

              County Noise  Ordinance

              Prevention of public disturbances caused by
              loud, unpleasant, or raucous noise is
              governed by Okanogan County Ordinance 88-
              1.  However, that regulation is not well suited
              to develop limits on routine, continuous
              noises that would originate from the
              proposed mining activities.  Noise from
              industrial operations is best  regulated by the
              WADOE noise regulations, as described
              below.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-126
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Washington State Noise Regulations

Allowable noise levels at existing or potential
residential areas caused by industrial
operations are set by the WADOE regulations,
WAC-173-60, "Maximum Environmental
Noise Levels." That regulation specifies
maximum noise levels at the receiving
property boundary.  Allowable limits are
based on the  "Environmental Designation for
Noise Abatement" (EDNA), classification of
the source and receiving properties. The
allowable limits are based on the EDNA
zoning of the receiving property, the EDNA
zoning of the source property, the time of
day (daytime  versus nighttime),  and the
duration of the noise occurrence.

For this assessment,  it is assumed that all
privately-held property is designated as EDNA
Class A (Residential) regardless  of whether
there are existing full-time homes there,
because such property can potentially be
used for dwellings.  The public lands
immediately adjacent to the proposed facility
boundary are assumed to be EDNA  Class B,
which are not zoned for human  habitation but
require protection against speech
interference, as specified in WAC-173-60-
030:

    (b) Class  B EDNA - Lands involving uses
    requiring  protection against  noise
    interference with speech. Typical Class B
    EDNA will be the following types of
    property:

    (vii)  Recreation and entertainment,
         property not used for human
         habitation....
    (viii) Community services, property not
         used for human habitation....

For noises caused by industrial activity, the
allowable noise levels at residential  (EDNA A)
and non-residential (EDNA B) receiving
properties are listed in Table 3.14.2,
Allowable Noise Levels at Residential and
Non-Residential Receiving Property  for
Industrial Noise Source. The Washington
regulations set limits based on the number of
minutes per hour of allowable exceedance.
For this assessment, the Washington
regulations shown in Table 3.14.2,  Allowable
                        Noise Levels at Residential and Non-
                        Residential Receiving Property for Industrial
                        Noise Source, have been converted to the
                        equivalent "L-n" statistical descriptors.  The
                        following industrial activities are exempt from
                        the WADOE  daytime noise limits, but subject
                        to the nighttime limits:

                        •  Temporary construction activities, such
                           as blasting; and,

                        •  Forest harvesting.

                        The following noise sources are exempt from
                        both the daytime and nighttime noise limits:

                        •  Warning  devices (such as backup alarms)
                           that are operated for less than five
                           minutes  per hour.

                        •  Trucks operated on public roads are
                           exempt from these noise regulations.

                        Haul trucks and mobile construction
                        equipment that are routinely operated on
                        private land are considered as regular
                        industrial equipment, and the noise caused by
                        those haul trucks is subject to the WADOE
                        regulations.

                        EPA  Region  10 EIS Guidance

                        The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
                        has no enforceable noise limits applicable to
                        industrial operations. However, EPA Region
                        10 has published general guidance for noise
                        assessments in EIS documents. According to
                        that guidance, the significance of predicted
                        noise levels is governed by the increase in the
                        Leq above background. The following criteria
                        are recommended to assess noise increases
                        at  existing residences and noise sensitive
                        areas (e.g., hospitals):

                        •  An increase in the Leq of 0 to 5 dBA
                           above existing background constitutes a
                            "slight" impact.

                        •  An increase in the Leq of 5 to 10 dBA
                           above existing background constitutes a
                            "significant"  impact.

                        •  An increase in the Leq exceeding 10 dBA
                           constitutes a "very serious" impact.
               Crown Jewel Mine +  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-127
TABLE 3.14.2, ALLOWABLE NOISE LEVELS AT RESIDENTIAL
AND NON-RESIDENTIAL RECEIVING PROPERTY
FOR INDUSTRIAL NOISE SOURCE
Noise Duration
No more
(L-25)
No more
(L-08)
No more
(L-2.5)
than 1 5 minutes per hour
than 5 minutes per hour
than 1.5 minutes per hour
Allowable Daytime Levels
in dBA From
7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.
60 (Residential)
65 (Non-residential)
65 (Residential)
70 (Non-residential)
70 (Residential)
75 (Non-residential)
Allowable Nighttime Levels
in dBA From
10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.
50 (Residential)
65 (Non-residential)
55 (Residential)
70 (Non-residential)
60 (Residential)
75 (Non-residential)
Forest Service Guidelines for Recreational
Areas

The Forest Service recommends that
recreational noise area impacts caused by
new industrial activity should be limited
based on the recreational classification of the
recreational area (Forest Service,  1980).
Table 3.14.3, Recommended Maximum Noise
Impacts to Recreational Areas,  lists the
recommended allowable noise increase above
existing baseline values.  It is not intended
that these values be used as strict numerical
limits.  Instead, the potential noise impacts in
recreational areas are intended  to be
assessed on a case by case basis, accounting
for factors such as the noise duration and the
time  of day when the noise would occur.

3.15   RECREATION

3.15.1  Introduction

Existing recreational facilities and use
patterns were identified based on a review of
              existing recreation documents, interviews
              with government agencies and private
              organizations involved with recreation, and
              observations during field visits.  Data on
              recreational use at developed Forest Service
              sites were provided by the Forest Service.

              Hunting is an important recreational activity
              in the study area and was estimated by
              taking a prorated share of the harvest data
              provided by the WADFW for the entire game
              management unit, based on the acreage of
              the study area.  The data is presented for
              1994 and  1995, the two most recent
              seasons for which data was available.

              Due to the lack of developed recreation
              facilities in the immediate vicinity of the
              Crown  Jewel  Project, detailed recreation use
              data were  not available for this area; thus,
              the discussion is based primarily on
              information gained during personal interviews
              and on field observations.  Future recreation
              development and recreation use projections
              were also analyzed.
TABLE 3.14.3, RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM NOISE
IMPACTS TO RECREATIONAL AREAS
Recreational Site Classification
Primitive Area
Recommended
Noise Impact
Allowable
in dBA1
1
Semi-primitive Areas
Trail Camps
Undeveloped Roadside Camps
5
10
Semi-modern Areas
Roadside Campgrounds
Highly Developed Campgrounds
20
40
Noise: 1. Increase in dBA above background.
               Crown Jewel Mine  + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-128
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
A primary study are and an analysis area
were delineated for the recreation analysis.
The primary study area includes publicly
owned lands situated between County Roads
(CR) 4883, 9480, 9495, and the Canadian
border.  The purpose of the primary study
area was to determine the direct effect of the
Crown Jewel Project features on existing
resources, and the direct effect on access to
those resources.

The analysis study area includes lands lying
between Molson,  Havillah, Lake Bonaparte,
Beaver and Beth Lakes, Beaver Creek, Toroda
Creek, and Provincial Highway 3, north of the
Canadian Border.  It also includes recreation
facilities within the communities of Tonasket,
Oroville, Republic, and  Curlew.  The purpose
of the analysis area was to look at facilities
that might be indirectly impacted by changes
in population as a result of the Crown Jewel
Project.

3.15.2 Current  Management Direction

The Land and Resource Management Plan for
the Okanogan National  Forest (Forest Service,
1 989) provides an inventory of recreation
opportunities in the National Forest, as well
as current management prescriptions for the
area.  The BLM has not adopted such
recreation management plans for their lands
within the study area; therefore, Forest
Service plans were used to analyze these
lands.

According to the Forest Service inventory,
the west side of Buckhorn Mountain can
provide a "Semi-Primitive,  Non-Motorized"
type of recreation setting,  as shown on
Figure 3.15.1, Recreation  Opportunity
Spectrum Inventory.

This designation indicates  that recreation
opportunities could be provided in a natural
appearing environment, where visitors could
have a high probability  of experiencing
solitude, freedom, closeness to nature,
tranquility, self-reliance, personal enrichment,
challenge, and risk.

The east side of Buckhorn Mountain could
provide a "Roaded Natural" setting, meaning
recreation activities could occur in a mostly
                        natural appearing environment.  Some
                        developed recreation sites are allowed, and
                        access is gained by sedan, trailer, and
                        recreation vehicle.

                        The above designations were used by the
                        Forest Service to describe existing conditions
                        in the forest during development of the Forest
                        Plan.  After developing the inventory,
                        management prescriptions were developed to
                        guide future activities in the area. The plan's
                        management prescriptions designate the
                        Buckhorn area to be managed as a "Roaded
                        Modified"  recreation opportunity.  This means
                        that "recreation opportunities are provided in
                        a substantially modified environment, except
                        for campsites. Roads, landings, slash and
                        debris may dominate the area, except from
                        distant sensitive roads. Access is relatively
                        easy, provided by sedan, trailer, and
                        recreation vehicles"  (Forest Service, 1989).

                        3.15.3 Recreation Resources

                        There are no developed recreation facilities
                        operated by the Forest Service or other
                        agencies within the primary study area.  A
                        number of undeveloped,  dispersed recreation
                        sites have been observed near the Crown
                        Jewel Project site, as shown on Figure
                        3.15.2, Dispersed Recreation Sites - Primary
                        Study Area. These undeveloped, dispersed
                        recreation sites generally consist of
                        undeveloped hunting camps or fire rings.

                        Forest Roads 3575 and 3575-120 are the
                        main gravel  roads traversing the National
                        Forest lands and providing access for
                        dispersed recreation. Additional access is
                        provided by the many  improved (coarse
                        gravel or dirt) or primitive (high clearance)
                        Forest roads in the area. Travel on a large
                        portion of the primary  study area is
                        unrestricted throughout the year but roads
                        are not snow plowed in the winter.
                        The Forest Service topographic maps indicate
                        two trails to the northeast of Buckhorn
                        Mountain, the Denny Trail, and the Fawn's
                        Mill Trail.  These are historic trails used
                        during past mining, logging, and  smuggling
                        activities,  but are not considered system trails
                        by the Forest Service and are not maintained.
               Crown Jewel Mine +  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------OCR error (C:\Conversion\JobRoot\000003VD\tiff\2000CSPT.tif): Unspecified error

-------
Page 3-130
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Although there are no developed campsites in
the primary study area and thus no data on
camping, some dispersed camping does
occur.  This is indicated by the several
hunting camps and campsites observed in the
field, as shown on Figure 3.15.2, Dispersed
Recreation Sites - Primary Study Area. Much
of this  camping is most likely related to
hunting activity.  The greatest amount of
fishing activity in the primary study area is
found along Toroda Creek.  Public access  is
limited along Toroda Creek,  but there is some
public land providing access and private
landowners often  grant access for fishing.
WADFW's goal is to improve the fishery in
the Kettle River by restricting fishing in the
tributaries - including Toroda Creek.  This
would  allow a higher percentage of fish to
spawn over a longer period.  Fish reared in
the tributaries would recruit population into
the Kettle River (Williams, 1992).

Other recreation activities occur in the
primary study area, but on a limited basis  due
to the lack of developed facilities.  Comments
received during the scoping  process mention
rockhounding and ascending the summit of
Buckhorn Mountain as recreation activities.
Field observations indicate that some informal
hiking around or to the summit of Buckhorn
Mountain occurs,  most of which is by local
residents along existing roads or wildlife
trails.

Since Buckhorn Mountain used to have a
lookout tower, many people hiked  up to the
summit in the past (Fry, 1992). It is currently
considered a Class 1 climb by the
Mountaineers club (out of five classes, with
five being the most difficult).  The mountain
has been listed in  a publication as the 103rd
highest peak in Washington with a 2,000-
foot prominence above the ridgeline (Fry,
1991).

Many of the old mines in the area also show
signs of visitation, as does the frog pond
located northeast  of the mountain.  The area
may be used for plant gathering and berry
picking. Most of this takes  place along
existing roads. Local residents in the Chesaw
area also gather plants and  medicinal herbs in
the area (Payton,  1993).
                        Although there is no data to indicate that any
                        formal astronomy activities occur in the area,
                        the scoping comments mention star-gazing as
                        part of the local lifestyle requiring protection.
                        Some use of the area's roads include
                        horseback riding, off-road vehicle four-
                        wheeling, and snowmobiling.  These activities
                        occur on an individual basis.  Cross-country
                        skiing is limited due to the lack of maintained
                        trails and the availability of higher quality
                        trails at Highlands SnoPark and in the
                        Methow Valley in western Okanogan County.

                        Since the Okanogan Highlands, in general, are
                        popular with bird watchers, the primary study
                        area may be used for bird watching.  Due to
                        the primitive roads  and  lack of camping
                        facilities, birdwatching in the primary study
                        area is fairly limited in extent as compared to
                        the Five Lakes area to the south (Friesz,
                        1992).

                        Analysis Area

                        There is considerably more recreational use of
                        the analysis area than the primary study area,
                        due in part to the lake amenities found south
                        of Chesaw, as  set forth in Table 3.15.1,
                        Recreation Use - Forest Service Facilities.
                        The campgrounds in the Five Lakes area
                        receive heavy use on the weekends and
                        moderate use during the week. The most
                        popular site is the Bonaparte Campground
                        with an average of  5,633 recreation
                        occasions a year and 3,279 visitor days. The
                        campgrounds are usually full on weekends,
                        except Beth Lake, which accommodates
                        overflow from the other campgrounds.
                        Although use levels are high, campground
                        use is currently not considered to be at over-
                        capacity (Yenko, 1992). The Johnstone
                        Creek campground  in Canada also tends to fill
                        up on summer  weekends.

                        Trout fishing in the Five Lakes Area is
                        popular.  Fishing in Myers Creek is also
                        popular with local residents.  The U.S.
                        portion of Myers Creek was stocked in the
                        past with brook trout.

                        Snowmobiling is popular around Bonaparte
                        Lake and cross-country skiing  is popular in
                        the Highlands Snopark area used by an
                        average of 600 skiers per year.  Mountain
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-131
TABLE 3.15.1. RECREATION USE - FOREST SERVICE FACILITIES
Recreation Site
Beaver Lake Campground
Beth Lake Campground
Lost Lake Campground
Bonaparte Campground
Mt. Bonaparte Lookout
Highlands Snowpark
Boy Scout Camp
Kiwanis Camp
Lutheran Camp
Big Tree Botanical Area
Bonaparte Recreation
Residences
Recreation Occasions
1995
921
1,026
4,722
5,678
400
NA
NA
NA
NA
400
NA
1994
915 (1993)
1,008
3,197
5,587
400
600
4,505
5,918
3,047
400
467
Recreation Visitor Days
1995
537
599
2,755
3,299
100
NA
NA
NA
NA
100
NA
1994
534 (1993)
588
1,865
3,259
100
150
805
1,604
514
100
285
Notes: Recreation Occasions: A measure of recreation use in which one visits one particular site which
would log one individual.
Recreation Visitor Day: A measure of recreation use in which one RVD equals 12 visitor hours,
which may be aggregated continuously, intermittently, or simultaneously by one or more
person(s).
NA: Not available.
Source: Kirkpatrick, 1996.
biking is popular in the Bonaparte Mountain
area (Payton, 1993).  Motorized dirt bikes, all
terrain vehicles, and horseback riding are also
popular around Bonaparte Lake.  The
Okanogan Highlands,  in general, are popular
with bird watchers. The Five Lakes Area is
popular in particular, due to the water birds,
diverse habitat, and camping facilities  (Friesz,
1992).  Driving for pleasure and viewing
scenery is another recreational activity,
comprising approximately 20% of the  forest's
recreational use (Forest Service, 1989).

Recreation use is considerably higher in the
Okanogan Valley  than the rest of the study
area, since a large number of visitors from
Canada utilize the area. The Oroville Visitor
Center had 22,057 visitors in 1 991.

The Crown Jewel Project is located 45 miles
east of the Pasayten Wilderness and 66 miles
west of the Salmon-Priest Wilderness. There
are no rivers or streams in, or near, the
Crown Jewel Project area that would be
potentially eligible to be classified as a Wild,
Scenic or  Recreational River.
               Past and Current Mining and Timbering
               Activities

               Past mining and timber harvest activities have
               created visual changes in the landscape.
               Those preferring a roadless setting might be
               adversely affected by past mining and timber
               harvest activities.  However, for others, the
               large number of roads used for past
               exploration, mining, and timber harvest has
               improved access to the area. The abandoned
               mines themselves are often an attraction for
               hikers and recreationists.  Some of the old
               mines in the area also provide an opportunity
               for interpretive sites.  These sites have been
               investigated for eligibility to the register of
               National Historic Places. One sight was
               found to be eligible.

               Exploration for the Crown Jewel Project has
               resulted in a number of road closures due to
               drilling and other activities.  Recreationists
               can still traverse the study area via Forest
               Roads 3575-100, 120, 140, and 150, which
               link the Pontiac Ridge Road (CR 4895) to the
               Nicholson  Creek Road (Forest Road 3575)
               north of Buckhorn Mountain.
                Crown Jewel Mine  4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-132
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
3.16   SCENIC RESOURCES

3.16.1  Introduction

Existing scenic resources were analyzed using
the scenic management system developed by
the Forest Service (Forest Service, 1974).
Neither the WADNR nor the BLM have
adopted scenic resource plans for their lands
within the study  area, and thus the Forest
Service management system was used to
analyze these lands.

The analysis began with identification of the
key viewpoints.  Key viewpoints were
selected points in the vicinity of the Crown
Jewel Project that would most likely have
views of the proposed Crown Jewel Project
and thus serve to establish the general
baseline conditions for scenic resources.
They do not include every location with a
possible view of  the Crown Jewel  Project,
but generally the locations were considered
to be of highest use and best views.

Six viewpoints were established through a
detailed map and cross section  analysis and
several visits to the Crown Jewel Project
Area. Cross sections were developed
between the summit of Buckhorn Mountain
and any towns, groups of houses, roads, or
recreation sites from  which the Crown Jewel
Project might be  visible.  This task was
completed to identify the most populated
places that have  the best views of the  Crown
Jewel Project site,  in order to describe the
general scenic quality of the area.  Specific
views of individual Crown Jewel Project
features from these and other locations are
discussed in more detail in Section 4.15,
Scenic Resources.

The scenic resources of the Crown Jewel
Project area were inventoried, as seen from
each viewpoint, based on the Forest Service
system of form,  line, color, and texture.  The
distance of the Crown Jewel Project site from
each viewpoint was determined and classified
in terms of foreground, middleground, or
background.  Five of the six viewpoints
selected were considered background views.

The visual absorption capability from each
viewpoint was determined, which  indicates
                       the ability of the Crown Jewel Project site to
                       absorb change before it begins to degrade the
                       scenic quality of the area.  The scenic quality
                       of the view was also analyzed, based on a
                       number of factors, including the degree of
                       variety in the view and the balance between
                       variety and other factors. The sensitivity of
                       each  viewpoint was also determined, based
                       on the number and types of people exposed
                       to the resource.

                       3.16.2  Scenic Management System

                       The Land and Resource Management Plan for
                       the Okanogan National Forest, completed by
                       the Forest Service in 1989, provides an
                       inventory of existing scenic resources, as
                       well as future management prescriptions for
                       the area.  According to the inventory, much
                       of the west side of Buckhorn  Mountain  has
                       moderate scenic significance.   Most of the
                       mountain's east side is shown as having low
                       scenic significance.

                       A number of scenic viewsheds, or areas
                       which can be seen from relatively populated
                       areas or  highly travelled road  corridors are
                       shown on Figure 3.16.1, Scenic  Viewsheds
                       and Key Viewpoints.  The scenic viewshed
                       closest to the Crown Jewel Project is the
                       Oroville-Chesaw viewshed,  but only the area
                       north of  the Crown Jewel Project area in the
                       North Fork Gold Creek drainage is inventoried
                       as a Sensitivity Level  1 corridor.  Crown
                       Jewel Project activities are only planned for
                       areas outside of Scenic Viewsheds
                       inventoried under the Forest Plan. Under the
                       Forest Plan, the  Scenic Quality Objective of
                       maximum modification applies to these  areas.

                       In areas  classified as "maximum
                       modification," development activities "...may
                       dominate the characteristic landscape.  When
                       viewed as background, scenic characteristics
                       must be  those of natural occurrences within
                       the surrounding  area. When viewed as
                       foreground or middleground, scenic
                       characteristics may not appear to completely
                       borrow from naturally established form, line,
                       color or texture. Alterations may also be out
                       of scale  or contain detail which is incongruent
                       with  natural occurrences as seen in
                       foreground or middleground"  (Forest Service,
                        1989).
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-133
3.16.3 Project Area Description

Characteristic Landscape

Buckhorn Mountain and the surrounding
Okanogan Highlands landscape are
characterized by moderately steep
topography, ranging from rugged,
mountainous terrain to rolling hills.  The
area's hills and mountains are characterized
by broad, rounded summits.  In the higher
elevations, the landscape is forested with
coniferous trees, such as Douglas fir and
western larch. Occasional clearings are
apparent, some of which are natural and
some of which are a result of past or current
logging and exploration operations.  In the
lower elevations, frequent clearings dominate
the landscape, used primarily for agricultural
purposes.  The dominant colors in the higher
elevations include the blues and greens of the
forest vegetation, the light browns in cleared
areas, and the buff, dark brown, and red
colored rock outcroppings (BLM, 1992).  In
the lower elevations, yellows and light greens
predominate, due to the extensive grazing
lands interspersed with coniferous vegetation.

Site Visibility

The hills and ridges surrounding Buckhorn
Mountain obscure the site from much of the
study area.  Views of the site that do exist
generally extend up river valleys and road
corridors.  Based upon a detailed map
analysis, five major corridors and one minor
corridor as well as the summit of Mt.
Bonaparte, located 13  miles to the southwest
were found to have intermittent views of
Buckhorn Mountain as shown on Figure
3.16.1, Scenic Viewsheds and Key
Viewpoints.  The Crown Jewel  Project would
be visible from Mt. Baldy in British Columbia,
but its distance from Buckhorn  Mountain
(approximately 18 miles) would make the
Crown Jewel Project features difficult to
distinguish.

To the west of the Crown Jewel Project, the
Oroville - Toroda Creek Road (CR  9480) has
several viewpoints between the Hee Hee
Stone and MaryAnn Creek of the west side of
Buckhorn Mountain. To the southwest, the
Myers Creek Valley allows views of Buckhorn
              Mountain from portions of the Nealey Road
              corridor (CR 4861). After its intersection
              with CR 4887, the Myers Creek valley is
              screened from most of the Crown Jewel
              Project site by the intervening hills.  The
              steep canyon along Beaver Creek prevents
              views of the Project site from Beth and
              Beaver Lakes.

              On the east, the Crown Jewel Project would
              be visible from several locations along the
              Toroda Creek Road, looking up the Nicholson
              Creek drainage.  The Crown Jewel Project
              site is not visible from Toroda Creek Road
              south of Nicholson Creek, due to the steep
              hills rising immediately above the valley.

              To the north, a portion of the Crown Jewel
              Project would be visible from British Columbia
              Highway 3, as it climbs out of the Kettle
              River Valley, west of Rock Creek.  East of
              Rock Creek, Highway 3 travels along the
              Kettle River Valley, which is too low in
              elevation to provide views of Buckhorn
              Mountain.

              The view from Forest Road 3575-125, is less
              important than the others in terms of the
              amount of traffic, but has the closest and
              thus clearest view of the site.  Forest Road
              3575-125 is a narrow dirt road immediately
              east of Buckhorn  Mountain, which has been
              closed by the Forest Service to vehicle
              access.

              Mt. Bonaparte, located 13 miles to the
              southwest of the  Crown Jewel Project site,
              also provides views of portions of the Crown
              Jewel Project area, but the distance involved
              would make Crown Jewel Project features
              difficult to distinguish.

              The summit of Buckhorn Mountain is not
              visible from Chesaw or the Bolster area, due
              to their proximity to the base of the ridge.
              The Crown Jewel Project site is also not
              visible from the Canadian towns of Midway
              and Rock Creek.  Portions of the Crown
              Jewel Project may be visible from the Byers
              and Latham Ranches located west of
              Chesaw. The ranches are currently operated
              by the WADFW for protecting critical habitat
              of Columbian sharp-tailed grouse, although
              recreation such as hunting and wildlife
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-134
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
observation is allowed. Although the primary
mine facilities would not be visible from any
communities, other Crown Jewel Project
features, such as the transmission line, may
be visible from other areas.

For each road, one location was selected as a
representative view of the site and
designated as the key viewpoint for the
purpose of analyzing existing scenic  quality,
as presented  in Figure 3.16.1, Scenic
Viewsheds and Key Viewpoints.  Each of
these roads and the key viewpoint selected
for each corridor are addressed in more detail
in the following discussion.

3.16.4 Roads and Viewpoints

Oroville - Toroda Creek Road (CR 9480)

Buckhorn Mountain is visible from four
segments of  CR  9480, located between the
Hee-Hee Stone and a point 3.4 miles east of
the stone and totalling 2.6 miles in length.
The key viewpoint selected for this road is
located near the intersection of CR 9480 and
CR 9467, as shown on Figure 3.16.2,
Oroville -  Toroda Creek Road Viewpoint. This
view is dominated by  the horizontal  lines of
the ridgeline  and treeline and the form
created by the Buckhorn Mountain ridgeline.
There is no strong focal point, other than  the
ridgeline.  The actual summit of Buckhorn
Mountain does not provide a strong  focal
point due to  its lack of prominence over the
ridgeline.  The Crown Jewel Project  site is
5.3 miles from this viewpoint and lies within
the background of this view.  The scenic
quality of the view would  be considered
moderately varied, since it is similar to other
views in the  area, and there are no
outstanding physical features or water bodies
to distinguish it.

The Crown Jewel Project area would have a
moderate ability to absorb visual change
(visual absorption capability) from this
viewpoint, due to various physical and
perceptual factors, such as the moderate
slopes, irregular topography, the existing
condition, and the intermittent views of the
site.  Although the Oroville-Toroda Creek
corridor has  been identified in the Forest Plan
as a Sensitivity Level  1 corridor, none of the
                        lands affected by Crown Jewel Project
                        activities are designated as Sensitivity Level
                        1, and have a Scenic Quality Objective of
                        maximum modification. The view currently
                        meets the established objective.

                        Nealey Road (CR4861)

                        Nealey Road is a partly paved and partly
                        graveled road with views of Buckhorn
                        Mountain along approximately 4.5 miles of its
                        length. The key viewpoint selected for this
                        corridor  is approximately one mile south of
                        the  road's intersection with CR 9480 as
                        shown on Figure 3.16.3, Nealey Road
                        Viewpoint.  The view looks up the Ethel
                        Creek drainage and is very similar to the
                        Oroville  - Toroda Creek Road Viewpoint.
                        Most of the mountain is  obscured from view
                        by intervening topography.  The dominant
                        elements of this view are the horizontal lines
                        created by the ridgeline and treeline and the
                        form of the background ridge.  The view does
                        not have a strong  focal point, but the eye is
                        drawn, to some extent, to the converging
                        lines of the Ethel Creek drainage. The
                        summit of Buckhorn  Mountain is
                        approximately 4.2 miles  from this viewpoint
                        and thus within the  background view.

                        The visual absorption capability and the
                        existing visual condition  from the Nealey
                        Road viewpoint would be similar  to that of
                        the Oroville-Toroda Creek road. This site has
                        a low sensitivity level and under the Forest
                        Plan management activities are required to
                        meet the "maximum modification" scenic
                        quality objective.  This view is currently not
                        natural in appearance due to the  large
                        clearcut in the background and agricultural
                        activities in the foreground.

                        Toroda Creek Road  (Ferry CR 502)

                        Three short segments of the Toroda Creek
                         Road, totalling approximately three-quarters
                         of a mile, have views of the Crown Jewel
                         Project site. The  segments are all located
                         east of the road's intersection with the
                         Nicholson Creek Road (Forest Road 3575).
                         The key viewpoint is located approximately
                         one mile west of Toroda, and has the
                         broadest view of the Crown Jewel Project
                         site of the three segments as shown on
                Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental hnpact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-135
 Figure 3.16.4, Toroda Creek Road Viewpoint.
 The Crown Jewel Project site would be
 approximately 9.5 miles from this viewpoint
 and thus is within the background view. The
 dominant elements of this view are the strong
 lines created by the curving road, the treeline,
 and the Buckhorn Mountain ridgeline.
 Buckhorn Mountain is the focal point of this
 view, in spite of its distance, because  of the
 winding road leading towards it and the
 converging middleground hills.  The  scenic
 quality would be considered moderately
 varied, due to the Class B variety level and
 the lack of unique or outstanding features.

 The visual absorption capability of this view
 would be moderate, due primarily to the
 irregular, sloping topography; the height and
 density of existing vegetation;  soil color; and
 the existing openings in the tree cover. The
 Toroda Creek Road has been designated as a
 Level 2 Sensitivity corridor by the Forest
 Service, due to the low traffic volumes.
 Views of any future management activities
 are required to meet the "maximum
 modification" scenic quality objective.

 Canadian  Highway 3

 The Crown Jewel Project site can be viewed
 from Canadian Highway 3, west of Rock
 Creek, as it rises out of the Kettle River
 Valley. The view extends approximately 1.4
 miles west of Rock Creek. The key viewpoint
 for this corridor is located at the western end
 of the corridor, which is the closest point to
 the Crown Jewel Project site, as shown on
 Figure 3.16.5, Highway 3 Viewpoint.  The
 summit of Buckhorn Mountain is about 7.6
 miles from this point and thus within the
 background view. The dominant elements
 from this view are the landforms of the
 background mountains and middleground hills
 and the horizontal lines of the ridgeline and
 treelines.  There is no strong focal point in
 this view.

The Highway 3 view would have a moderate
 visual absorption capacity due to the slope,
existing openings, soil color and vegetation.
The highway receives high traffic volumes
 (2,700 vehicles per day), and a large number
of tourists use the highway.  Although  there
are several existing clearcuts visible that
              contrast with natural form, line and texture, a
              scenic quality objective of maximum
              modification would be met.

              Forest Road 3575-125

              The Crown Jewel Project site is visible from
              portions of the forest in the immediate
              vicinity of the Crown Jewel Project.  Most of
              these areas would be closed to the public
              during Crown Jewel Project operation, but
              could eventually be opened again after Crown
              Jewel Project completion.  For example,
              approximately one mile of Forest Road 3575-
              125 (presently closed to vehicle access)
              would  have a relatively clear and
              unobstructed view of various Crown Jewel
              Project features and thus a key viewpoint
              was designated to assess scenic conditions
              from this area.  The viewpoint is located
              approximately 1.2 miles from the intersection
              of Forest Road 3575-125 and Forest Road
              3575-120, as shown on Figure 3.16.6,
              Forest Road 3575-125 Viewpoint. The
              Crown Jewel Project features would be
              between one-half to two miles from this
              viewpoint, and thus would lie within the
              middleground.  The dominant elements from
              this view are the coarse texture  of the
              foreground trees and the rounded form and
              horizontal  lines created by the background
              ridge. This view does not have a strong focal
              point.  The scenic quality of this view is low
              relative to the other views, because there is
              little variety in terms of color and texture.

              This view has a moderate visual absorption
              capability, due primarily to the topography,
              slope, dense vegetation and existing
              openings.  This viewpoint has a  low
              sensitivity level, and management activities
              must meet the "maximum modification"
              scenic quality objective.  Past management
              activity is evident in the various clearcuts and
              roads seen from this point.

              Mt. Bonaparte

              The proposed Crown Jewel Project site is
              visible from the summit of Mt. Bonaparte, as
              shown on Figure 3.16.7, Mt.  Bonaparte
              Viewpoint,  Located  13 miles southwest of
              the proposed Crown Jewel Project site, Mt.
              Bonaparte has an historic and actively used
               Crown Jewel Mine f Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-136
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
fire lookout tower and a popular trail leading
up to it.  The summit is not accessible by
passenger vehicles.  The view towards
Buckhorn Mountain is dominated by the
parallel horizontal lines of the foreground
treeline and the mountain range in  the
background.  Buckhorn Mountain provides a
focal point in the view, due to its prominence
above ridgeline, although  it is not
substantially higher than surrounding
landforms.  The foreground trees create a
coarse texture and dark green color, which
contrasts with the lighter blues and greens of
the background mountains. The many
clearings and forest openings in the
background also lend a coarse texture to the
view. Although the view from Mt.
Bonaparte, in general, is outstanding, due  to
its panoramic nature, the  view of Buckhorn
Mountain would be considered moderately
varied in quality, since it does not  provide  a
dramatic rise from the surrounding terrain  and
has no other outstanding  feature.  The
proposed Crown Jewel Project site lies within
the background portion of the view from Mt.
Bonaparte.

The Crown Jewel Project area would have a
moderate ability to absorb change  from this
viewpoint, due primarily to its distance,  the
existing number of natural and man-made
openings in the forest, and the irregularly
shaped landforms and forest edges.  The fact
that Buckhorn Mountain is a focal  point from
this viewpoint would lower its  absorption
capability.  Mt. Bonaparte receives
approximately 400 visitors per year. The
scenic quality objective for the Crown Jewel
Project activities would be maximum
modification.  This objective is currently being
met primarily due to the 13 mile distance.
Past management activities viewed from Mt.
Bonaparte appear to borrow from  natural
occurrences.

Other Scenic Conditions

The viewpoints addressed in the preceding
discussion represent views looking into the
Crown Jewel Project site from the
surrounding area. Views of the Crown Jewel
Project within the site should also  be
considered.  Although these areas would be
inaccessible to the public during Crown Jewel
                        Project operation, they would likely be
                        accessible after Crown Jewel Project
                        completion.

                        Most of the proposed mine pit site was
                        clearcut in the late 1980s, prior to the
                        Proponent's exploration program.  To
                        accommodate exploration, a series of roads
                        were constructed as shown on Figure 3.16.8,
                        Existing Conditions Within the Project Site.
                        This area currently does not appear natural,
                        due to its size and straight edges, but it
                        would meet the "maximum modification"
                        scenic quality objectives.

                        Existing scenic conditions along the powerline
                        route from Oroville to Chesaw must also be
                        considered, since the powerline would be
                        upgraded and the alignment changed slightly
                        from the existing route. The view of the
                        eastern portion of the powerline route,
                        between Chesaw and the Crown Jewel
                        Project site, is described under the Nealey
                        Road Viewpoint.  Most of the  western portion
                        of the powerline route, between Oroville and
                        Chesaw, is visible from CR 9480 or 9485.
                        This portion of the powerline runs through
                        open, rolling terrain, used primarily for
                        agriculture. The landscape is characterized
                        by the rounded forms of the hills; the
                        horizontal  lines of the hills, background
                        ridges, and skyline; and the golden-yellow
                        color and relatively fine texture of the grasses
                        in the foreground. The existing powerline is
                        compatible with the surrounding landscape in
                        terms of color and texture, due to the
                        wooden poles. The vertical lines of the
                        poles, however, contrast with the horizontal
                        lines that dominate the landscape.

                        3.16.5 Summary

                        Most of the views of Buckhorn Mountain are
                        background views, and all are required  to
                        meet the scenic quality objective of
                        "maximum modification." The most
                        important  view, primarily due to the high
                        traffic volume, is along Canadian Highway 3,
                        followed by the Mt. Bonaparte and Oroville-
                        Toroda Creek road views.  The views from
                        five of the six sites are considered moderately
                        varied, due to the lack of unique or
                        outstanding physical features, and all six
                        views have a moderate ability to absorb
                Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-137
change.  Forest Road 3575-125, two miles or
less from the Crown Jewel Project site, has
an essentially unvaried existing scenic
condition due to the relative uniformity of
color and texture. In general, additional large
clearings located at the higher elevations
should be minimized, or where necessary,
should borrow as much as possible from
natural forms. Views of any other
modifications, such as structures, roads, or
powerlines, should also have characteristics
compatible with natural features when
viewed as background.

3.17   HERITAGE RESOURCES

3.17.1  Introduction

The heritage resources investigation of the
Crown Jewel Project involved locating,
recording, and evaluating prehistoric and
historic sites within areas that could be
affected by the proposed actions.  Areas of
potential effect associated with the Crown
Jewel Project include the proposed mine,
powerlines, water lines, water reservoir, and
access roads.  The sites documented in the
Crown Jewel Project area were evaluated  for
significance in order to make
recommendations on eligibility to the National
Register of Historic Places (NRHP).  Heritage
resource investigations on the Crown Jewel
Project began  in 1990 (AHS, 1990) and were
completed in 1993 (AHS, 1994).

Work completed as part of the Crown Jewel
Project followed appropriate  laws, rules, and
regulations pertaining to the  protection and
management of heritage resources.  These
compliance procedures are set forth in the
following  regulations, laws, and guidelines:

•  Section 106 of the National Historic
    Preservation Act of 1966, as amended
    (16 USC, Section 470) implemented
    through  regulations at 36 CFR 800
    Protection of Historic and Cultural
    Properties;

•  National Environmental Policy Act of
    1969 (42  USC Sections  4321-4327);

•  American  Indian Religious Freedom Act of
    1978 (PL 95-341);
              •   Archaeological Resources Protection Act
                  of 1979 (16 USC Sections 470a-470m);
                  and,

              •   Native American Graves Protection and
                  Repatriation Act of 1990 (PL 101-601).

              A review of the list of National Historic
              Landmarks, the World Heritage List, the
              National Registry of Natural Landmarks, and
              subsequent addenda indicated no such
              properties are listed in the Crown Jewel
              Project area.  Overviews summarizing the
              heritage resources in the region  include:
              Lyman,  1978; Uebelacker, 1978; Mierendorf
              etal., 1981;  and, Salo, 1987.

              The historian for the Colville Confederated
              Tribes was consulted in regard to areas of
              traditional tribal use.  Consultations with the
              State Historic Preservation Officer of
              Washington,  the Okanogan  National Forest
              Service archaeologist, and the BLM
              archaeologist were completed regarding
              eligibility of sites for the NRHP and for
              findings of effect of the proposed Crown
              Jewel Project prior to consultation with the
              Advisory Council on Historic Preservation.

              3.17.2  Prehistory

              Ethnographic information indicates the Crown
              Jewel Project area was located within the
              traditional territory of the Northern Okanogan
              Indians.  This group utilized the  lower
              Similkameen  River and the section of the
              Okanogan River from the Canadian boundary
              south to Tonasket (Spier, 1936). Teit
              recorded Okanogan village sites at and near
              the mouth of the Similkameen River (Teit,
              1930).

              Salo summarized the prehistoric adaptive
              sequence for the Okanogan region (Salo,
              1987).  He indicates there is little evidence of
              occupation before  6,500 years ago, and the
              populations were probably small and
              dispersed.  Early assemblages seem to occur
              in the vicinity of small lakes, suggesting a
              heavy reliance on fish for subsistence. This
              continued into the Kartar Phase, from about
              6,500 to 5,000 years ago.
                Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-138
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
During the latter part of the phase, from
5,000 to 4,000 years ago, the adaptive
system became strongly central-base
oriented. Populations appear to have
concentrated activities near winter range and
along the larger rivers, where there were a
diverse fauna! assemblage.

During the Hudnut Phase (4,000 to 2,000
years ago), the number of sites increases and
appears to be more diverse.  Use of upland
areas is more frequent and fishing seems to
have become a greater focus of economic
interest.

Late in the phase (2,500 to 2,000 years ago),
there is  a distinct drop in the number of
recorded sites, perhaps as a result of
populations concentrating in larger central
residential bases.

A distinct cultural change appeared during the
Coyote Creek Phase, around 2,000 years
ago. Larger villages appeared and seem to
have been occupied for a long time. There
was considerable expansion in the number of
sites, the bow and arrow was introduced,
and the cultural system in place at the time
of Euro-American contact  (early 1800s) was
established. The introduction of the horse in
the 1700s increased mobility (Salo, 1987),
and is one of two major factors producing
important changes in native  adaptations.  The
second factor is epidemic diseases.

3.17.3 History

Historic events in the region were initially
centered in the Okanogan  River valley and
began in the early 1800s with the Hudson's
Bay Company fur traders and explorers.
Subsequent Euro-American intrusions in the
mid-1800s included Catholic missionaries and
the establishment of the U.S. and Canadian
border in 1846.

Gold was found near the mouth of the
Similkameen River; and, by 1861, the
resultant boom camp had  nearly 3,000
people.  Oroville was incorporated and platted
in 1892 (Kirk and Alexander, 1990). In the
period 1894 to 1896, several placer claims
were located  on the east side of the
Similkameen River in present-day Oroville
                        (U.S. Surveyor General, 1894-1896).

                        The town of Chesaw was named after Chee
                        Saw, a Chinese placer miner who married a
                        native woman, Julia Lumm, and settled down
                        to farm land on Myers Creek. In the 1890s,
                        when the northern half of the Colville
                        Reservation was opened to mining, a
                        boomtown sprang up at "Chee Saw's"
                        stream crossing.  By 1900,  Chesaw's
                        population had grown to about 200.
                        Establishments included two hotels, a bank, a
                        post office, a newspaper office, several
                        saloons,  a millinery shop, and an assay office
                        (Kirk and Alexander, 1990).  Deposits of
                        gold, silver, copper, lead, zinc, and
                        molybdenum were discovered, and the mining
                        districts  of Myers Creek, Bodie, and
                        Wauconda were established.  Many mineral
                        deposits  underwent exploratory and
                        development work, but few deposits proved
                        to be large or rich enough to mine.

                        The first  mine located on Copper Mountain
                        (renamed Buckhorn Mountain by the Forest
                        Service)  was located by Jim  Grant after his
                        stepson Johnnie Louis found ore with copper
                        stains while hunting grouse.  This was named
                        the "Copper Queen" and was located early in
                        the spring of 1895 (Molson et. al., 1962).

                        The early producing mines on Buckhorn
                        Mountain included the Roosevelt, Gold Axe,
                        Western  Star, and Caribou.  Around 1908,
                        large outcrops of magnetite were discovered
                        on the northern slope  of the  mountain, and
                        the area  was soon covered by mining claims.
                        Among these claims was the Neutral, site of
                        the Magnetic iron mine.

                        Sporadic mining activity took place on
                        Buckhorn Mountain during the early 1900's.
                        The presence of copper, gold, and silver on
                        the mountain attracted the attention of the
                        Granby Consolidated Mining, Smelting and
                        Power Co. Ltd.  This company core-drilled the
                        most promising occurrences in 1911 and
                        shipped  around 12 carloads of copper-gold-
                        silver ore from the Roosevelt mine on the
                        eastern slope of Buckhorn Mountain.

                        In 1918, mining of iron ore at the  Magnetic
                        and Roosevelt mines began,  with the first
                        shipments made to Northwest Magnetite
               Crown Jewel Mine  • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-139
Company at Chewelah.  Mining of copper-
gold-silver ore ceased in 1920, but with the
increase in the price of  gold in  1934, small
shipments of gold ore were made from the
Gold Axe and Mother Lode properties until
1942 (Moen, 1980). Mining of magnetite
from the Magnetic Mine assumed importance
during World War II as the magnetite was
used as ship ballast.  Operations ceased at
the Magnetic Mine in 1950.

Since 1951, no mine has operated on
Buckhorn Mountain.  However, gold, silver,
iron, and copper mineralization has continued
to attract the attention  of mining companies
(Moen, 1980).

3.17.4  Known Heritage Resources in
         Crown Jewel  Project Area

Heritage  resources located within the Crown
Jewel Project area include sites previously
recorded with the Office of Archaeology and
Historic Preservation in Olympia, the Forest
Service, and the BLM.  In addition places of
prehistoric or historic importance described
via interpretive signs and/or local histories,
and sites located and described during the
fieldwork completed for the Crown Jewel
Project.  Of the latter, sites were recorded in
two geographically separate locales, in the
mine development area on Buckhorn
Mountain or in off-mountain locations
associated with other mine-related
improvements.  Only historic resources were
recorded on Buckhorn Mountain, while sites
of prehistoric and historic significance were
identified in nearby areas to be affected by
construction of powerlines, water lines, the
water reservoir, or access roads.

Although no prehistoric resources are
presently known in the  Crown  Jewel Project
area, the potential for their presence cannot
be discounted.  Should  future mine
development result in discovery of prehistoric
sites, burials, and/or grave goods, work in the
vicinity would be halted until representatives
of the Colville Confederated Tribes, Office of
Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Forest
Service, and BLM are notified.

Identified heritage resources are summarized
in the following tables:
               •  Table 3.17.1, Buckhorn Mountain Mining
                  Properties Identified by Survey and
                  Historic Research;

               •  Table 3.17.2, Buckhorn Mountain Mining
                  Properties Identified by Historic Research;
                  and,

               •  Table 3.17.3, Heritage Resources
                  Identified by Survey of Powerline Route
                  and Related Construction Features.

               Figure 3.17.1, Locations of Sites and
               Features Along Powerline  Corridor, shows
               results of powerline corridor investigations.
               Figure 3.17.2, Project Area Sites and
               Features, shows sites in and around the
               immediate Crown Jewel Project area.

               As part of the Crown Jewel  Project, heritage
               resource sites within the areas of potential
               effect were  evaluated to make
               recommendations of significance for
               nomination to the NRHP.  Isolated features
               (such as historic rock piles, the slat fence,
               the pole platform, and isolated prospects) and
               sites that have been previously destroyed
               were not evaluated for NRHP significance.

               3.18     TRANSPORTATION

               3.18.1   Introduction

               A transportation analysis of the study area
               was conducted based on location and
               ownership, road standards, traffic load, public
               safety,  environmental safety, and
               maintenance.  The study area and associated
               transportation network for the Crown Jewel
               Project has been defined to include the  major
               transportation routes, the  Crown Jewel
               Project access routes and  the on-site roads.
               The roads in the region are shown  on Figure
               3.18.1, Traffic Counts and Road Systems.
               Traffic loads/traffic counts are identified as
               average daily traffic (ADT). ADT is further
               defined as the measure of traffic over a 24
               hour period  and is determined by counting the
               number of vehicles passing a specific point
               on a particular road from either direction.

               3.18.2  Major Transportation Routes

               The major transportation routes servicing
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-140
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.17.1, BUCKHORN MOUNTAIN MINING PROPERTIES
IDENTIFIED BY SURVEY AND HISTORIC RESEARCH
Complex
Caribou
Gold Axe

Jack Pot
Magnetic
Magnetic
Type
Caribou Claim
Gold Axe
Camp

Gold Axe
Claim
Jack Pot
Aztec Claim
Copper Queen
Camp
Copper Queen
Claim
Magnetic
Camp
Magnetic
Camp
Site
24-79



24-64








24-80


24-86







45OK48H
45OK479H
45OK480H
24-79
24-76
24-76
45OK476H
45OK476H
Feature
No.
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
16
1
2
3
1
2
3
12
13
14
15


1
7
2
3
4
5
6
5
6
7
8
1
2
14
15
16
17
Feature Type
audit
bunker
adit
adit
cabin
cabin
cabin
cabin, shed
privy pit
foundation
foundation,
remains
structure
well
cabin
privy pit,
collapsed
structure
root cellar
structure
adit, lumber
scatter
adits In = 3)
bunker
collapsed
structure
adit
remains of
structure
cuts
adits, prospects
cabin pits
bunker
cabin, can dump
cabin, pit
cabin
root cellar
outhouse
shaft
adit
adit
blacksmith shop
collapsed cabin
adit
can dump, now
destroyed
pit, now
destroyed
pit, now
destroyed
foundation, now
destroyed
NRHP1
Eligibility
no
yes
yes
no
no
no
yes
no
yes


no
no


yes
no
no

no


Dates
1897-1900
1916
1914-1935?
1914-1935?
1911,
1914-1915,
1934, 1935,
1938
1902
1980s, 1911?
1890s?- 1950?

1890s-?

19377-1950
19377-1950
19377-1950
Patent
no
no
no
no
yes
no
no
no
no
no
              Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-141
TABLE 3.17.1, BUCKHORN MOUNTAIN MINING PROPERTIES
IDENTIFIED BY SURVEY AND HISTORIC RESEARCH
Complex
Magnetic
Monterey
Rainbow

Type
Magnetic
Camp
Neutral Claim
Nucleus Claim
Rainbow Claim
Mexico
Fraction
Site
400K476H
45OK477H
24-67
24-68



24-66/86OK50H
(Lower Buckhorn




24-69




Feature
No.
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
1
2
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4

Feature Type
can dump, now
destroyed
pit, now
destroyed
foundation, now
destroyed
pit, now
destroyed
pit, now
destroyed
privy, now
destroyed
springbox, now
destroyed
bridge, now
destroyed
fuel tanks,
loading platform
pond, now
destroyed
bunker
shaft
ramp
(45OK482H
bunker
bunker
(450K481H)
structure
remains
adit
ramp
can dump
large cut,
bunker
blacksmith shop
large cut
adit
buried logs
bunker
adit, trough,
pad
structure
(bunker)?
structure
structure
collapsed
structure, pit
blacksmith shop
log structure
adit
shaft, adit
structure
NRHP'
Eligibility
no











no
yes
no
no
yes
no
Dates
19377-1950











1890s-1911,
1917,
1918-1950
1896,
1898-1911?,
(MS2 673)
1896-1911,
(MS2 1034)
1903, 1911?
Patent
no











no
yes
yes
no
            Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-142
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.17.1, BUCKHORN MOUNTAIN MINING PROPERTIES
IDENTIFIED BY SURVEY AND HISTORIC RESEARCH
Complex
Roosevelt
Western Star
Type
Roosevelt
Camp
Velvet Claim
Western Star
Claim
Site
24-65






24-65
24-65
24-77
24-78
24-87
Feature
No.
1
2
3
6
7
8
9
15
4
5
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
1
2
3
1
1
2
3
4
5
Feature Type
structure
collapsed
structure
collapsed
structure
rock structure
structure
lumber scatter
structure
remains
collapsed
structure
prospect
adit
bunker
adit, shaft
adit
cabin
blacksmith shop
bunker
structure debris
collapsed
structure
adit
shaft
structure
prospect
shaft,
blacksmith shop
adit
shaft
shaft
NRHP1
Eligibility
no
no
no
no
Dates
1901-1920
1901-1920
(MS2 1255)
1901-?
1896-1914,
1915
Patent
no
yes
yes
no
Notes: 1. NRHP = National Register of Historic Places
2. MS = Mineral Survey. On file, BLM, Spokane.
3. Assessment compiled by Archaeological and Historic Services, Eastern Washington University.
 Okanogan County are U.S. Highway 97 (U.S.
 97) and Washington State Route 20 (SR 20).

 U.S. Highway 97 (U.S. 97)

 U.S. 97 is a major U.S. highway which
 traverses the State of Washington from south
 to north.  It serves as a route into southern
 British Columbia.  The northern portion of
 U.S. 97 is a primary route for local residents
 and also serves both tourist and commercial
 traffic between the U.S. and Canada.
                       U.S. 97 is an asphalt, all-weather two-lane
                       highway.  In Okanogan County, the road is
                       within the Okanogan River Valley and has
                       minimal grades. The road passes through the
                       downtown sections of the communities of
                       Tonasket and Oroville. Traffic flow
                       information in 1991 as obtained from the
                       Washington  Department of Transportation
                       (WADOT) shows varying ADT volumes from
                       Omak to the Canadian border. The
                       permanent traffic recorder just north of Omak
                       recorded 4,505 ADT; traffic counts just south
                       of Tonasket  showed 6,100 ADT; traffic
                       counts between Tonasket and Oroville
                       indicated 3,400 ADT; and 2,100 ADT were
               Crown Jewel Mine +  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 I
 Sr

 I

 I
i
05
«*

CO
S



Jack Pot


Nip & Tuck








TABLE 3.17.2, BUCKHORN MOUNTAIN MINING PROPERTIES
IDENTIFIED BY HISTORIC RESEARCH
Type



Iron Horse Claim
Iron King Claim
Iron Mask Claim
No. 9 Claim
Polaris Claim
A & R Claim

Buckhorn Claim





Umatilla Fraction Claim








Double Standard Claim
Elk Claim
Farmington Claim


Ruby Fraction
Sir Robert Fraction
Snowshoe Claim
Feature Type
cuts (n = 2), shafts (n = 2)
cuts (n=4), adit, cabin
open pits, cuts, shafts



discovery cuts (n = 2)
cuts, adits, shaft, cabin
discovery cut, shaft
shaft
discovery cuts (n = 2)
discovery cut, shaft
discovery cut
cuts (n = 2), shafts (n = 2)
discovery cut, shafts (n = 2)
discovery cut
discovery cut
cut, shaft, adits (n = 2)
discovery cut, structures
adit, shaft
cuts (n = 3), shaft
discovery cut, prospects
discovery cut
cuts (n = 3), trench, shaft
discovery cut, prospects
discovery cut
discovery cut, prospects
Comment
1898-1907, (MS' 886)
1901-1902, (MS- 670)
1937-1950
1897, undeveloped (MS' 673)
1899 (MS' 674)
1 896, undeveloped (MS' 673)
1902, undeveloped (MS' 673)
1897, undeveloped (MS' 673)

1896, undeveloped (MS' 673)

1900, undeveloped (MS' 673)
1902, undeveloped MS' 673)
1901, undeveloped (MS' 673)
1902, undeveloped (MS1 1145)
1903-1911, (MS' 1035)
1903-1911, (MS' 1035)
1903, undeveloped (MS' 1255)
ca. 1901, undeveloped
1901, undeveloped (MS' 1255)
ca. 1901, undeveloped
1901, undeveloped (MS' 1255)
ca. 1901, undeveloped
Potential


modern mining

modern mining
modern mining
modern mining
modern mining

modern mining


modern mining


modern mining

modern mining
modern mining
modern mining
modern mining

modern mining

Patent


no
yes

yes
yes
yes

yes








no
yes
no

no

                                                                                                                                                                                                    jo
                                                                                                                                                                                                    to
                                                                                                                                                                                                    sj
i

I

ifi

i
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Co

                                                                                                                                                                                                    «•*
                                                                                                                                                                                                    fe
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Co

-------
                                                                                                                                                                                             Co
I
I
5-
CD
S1
Co
5?

I
TABLE 3.17.3, HERITAGE RESOURCES IDENTIFIED BY SURVEY OF POWER LINE ROUTE
AND RELATED CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
Type
Prehistoric
Historic
Site
45OK361
450K830 (Hee Hee Stone)
24-70 (Erwin Homestead)
24-71 (W&GN Railway)
24-72
24-73
24-74
24-75
24-81 (Thomas Homestead)
24-82 (East Homestead)
Austin Goat Ranch
Buckhorn Mountain Lookout
Bolster
Pole platform
Rock piles
Physical Remains
open camp with burial
Hee Hee Stone locale, sign
orchard, road, structures
railbed, structures, cuts
irrigation flume
structures, remains of same
adits (n = 2), dugouts (n = 2)
burial site
dugouts (n = 2), lumber scatter
granary, hay barn
fence
U.S. Forest Service structure
townsite
pole structure
rock piles (n = 4)
Comment
burials removed
traditional cultural property
ca. 1910-1930s
1907-1932
(near Circle City)
1915-1970
ca. 1900-1940
ca. 1896-1920
burial removed
ca. 1903-1 930s
ca. 1901-1940
1930s
demolished, burned
1899-1939,
no surface remains
built by the Boy Scouts,
1988
historic field clearing
Potential Impact
substation construction
scenic, power line rebuild
power line rebuild
power line rebuild
power line rebuild
power line rebuild
reservoir construction
road construction
power line rebuild
power line rebuild
road construction
modern mining
pumphouse, waterline
road construction, mining
power line rebuild
DOE

X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X





NRHP-Eligible

X


X










Note: DOE = Determination of Eligibility for National Register of Historic Places
NRHP = National Register of Historic Places
i
                                                                                                                                                                                             Co
                                                                                                                                                                                            i
                                                                                                                                                                                            -s
                                                                                                                                                                                             <0
                                                                                                                                                                                             (O

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-145
recorded at the Canadian border. Figure
3.18.1,  Traffic Counts and Road Systems,
shows U.S. 97 and other roads with their
traffic counts and location of counts.

Accident records provided by WADOT show
76 average annual accidents on U.S. 97
between mile post 286 and 336.5 (the
junction of SR 20 at Okanogan and the
Canadian border), from 1988 through 1991.

Of the average 76 accidents, 28 involved
personal injury and 48 were  property damage
only.  During this period, there were two
fatalities (WADOT, 1992).

U.S. 97 is not proximate to streams or rivers
except for the limited locations where there
are bridge crossings.  The term  "proximate,"
as it applies to transportation in this EIS,
means any roads within 100 feet of streams
or rivers.  Most of U.S. 97 from Omak to the
Canadian border is separated from the
Okanogan River by the railroad tracks.

Washington State Route 20 (SR 20)

SR 20 is a scenic route which traverses the
State of Washington from west to east.  SR
20 connects the communities of Tonasket
and Republic. The highway is maintained and
controlled by the State of Washington.

Between Tonasket and Republic, SR 20 is
40.6 miles of asphalt, all-weather two-lane
highway.  SR 20 consists of grades varying
from 0% to 6%  with speed limits ranging
from 20 mph  (school zones)  to 55 mph.  SR
20 climbs from 903 feet elevation at
Tonasket to 4,310 feet elevation at
Wauconda Summit (approximately 26.5 miles
at an overall grade of 2%). SR 20 then
descends for approximately 14 miles into
Republic (elevation 2,600 feet)  at an overall
grade of 2%.  There are an estimated 10.6
miles of grades exceeding 5% on SR 20
between Tonasket and Republic.

According to 1991 traffic flow  information
from WADOT, SR 20 experiences 1,700 ADT
on the east city limits of Tonasket and 3,250
ADT on  the west city limits of Republic.

Accident records provided by WADOT show
              18 average annual accidents between
              Tonasket and Republic from 1988 through
              1990.  Of the average 18 accidents, seven
              involved personal injury and 11 involved
              property damage only. There were two
              fatalities during this reporting period.

              There are approximately 13.5 miles of SR 20
              proximate to streams  (34%). Approximately
              8.8 miles are proximate to Bonaparte Creek,
              and 4.7 miles are proximate to the West Fork
              of Granite Creek.

              3.18.3 Project Access Routes

              As shown on Figure 3.18.1,  Traffic Counts
              and Road Systems, there are five main
              Okanogan County  roads in the region.  These
              are:

              •   CR 9495 (Toroda  Creek Road);

              •   CR 9480 (Oroville - Toroda Creek Road);

              •   CR 9467 (Tonasket - Havillah Road);

              •   CR 4895 (Pontiac Ridge Road);  and,

              •   CR 4883 (Bolster  Road).

              These roads are all rural roads used by a wide
              variety of vehicles  and other forms of
              transportation.

              CR 9495 (Toroda Creek Road)

              CR 9495 is an Okanogan County Road which
              proceeds northeasterly from SR 20 near
              Wauconda to the Okanogan/Ferry County
              line.  CR 9495 is a paved, two-lane road
              which parallels Toroda Creek for the entire
              length of the road.  The portion of interest
              extends for approximately 12 miles  along
              Toroda Creek from SR 20 to the intersection
              with CR 9480.  CR 9495 descends  from
              Wauconda  toward  Toroda at  an overall grade
              of approximately 2%.

              The most current traffic volume data for CR
              9495 was recorded by Okanogan County on
              May 10, 1996 about 0.05 miles north of
              Wauconda  and showed an ADT count of 312
              vehicles. On September 26,  1995,  ten miles
              north of Wauconda, an ADT of  161  was
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-146
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
counted. Accident records provided by
Okanogan County show an average of three
accidents per year between milepost 0 and
1 5.5 (Wauconda and the junction with Forest
Road 3575, Nicholson Creek Road) between
1988 and 1992, while in 1995 there were
two reported accidents.  Approximately 65%
of the accidents were personal injury
accidents.

There are approximately 2.9 miles of road
proximate to streams (Toroda Creek) between
SR 20 and CR 9480 (approximately 24%).

Okanogan County is responsible for
maintenance of  this road. Periodically during
spring thaw, sections of  CR 9495 are closed
to heavy truck traffic to avoid major damage
to the road.  Initiation of road closures
(location and timing) is based on road and
weather conditions and on the experience of
the Okanogan County Department of Public
Works.

With funds from the U.S. Department of
Transportation and WADOT ("Rural Arterial
Program"), there are plans to reconstruct CR
9495 to meet federal highway standards.
This work would involve widening,
straightening certain sections, and  upgrading
bridges.  There  is no connection  between this
reconstruction work and the Crown Jewel
Project. The road upgrade work for CR 9495
was proposed and planned independently of
any mine operation.

CR 9480 (Oroville - Toroda Creek Road)

CR 9480 is an Okanogan County Road that
proceeds east from Oroville to Chesaw then
southeast past Beth and Beaver Lakes and
joins CR 9495.

CR 9480 is a paved, two-lane road with
grades varying from 0% to 6%.  There are an
estimated nine miles of grades exceeding 4%
and an estimated 21.5 miles of speed
restrictions (40 mph or less). A  portion of CR
9480 west of Beth Lake was widened and
paved with asphalt during the summer of
 1993.

The Okanogan County Department of  Public
Works recorded traffic volumes in  1995
                       ranging from 628 ADT, six miles east of
                       Oroville, to 82 ADT at the junction with CR
                       9495.

                       Accident records (1988-1992) provided by
                       Okanogan County show an average of 11
                       accidents per year between Oroville and the
                       junction with Toroda  Creek Road (CR  9495)
                       (33.5 miles).  Approximately  40% of these
                       accidents involved personal injury with one
                       fatality. During 1995, there were four
                       reported accidents in which three had
                       personal injuries.

                       There are approximately ten miles of the total
                       34 miles of CR 9480 proximate to streams
                       (about 29%).

                       Okanogan County is responsible for
                       maintenance of this road. Periodically during
                       spring thaw, sections of CR 9480 are closed
                       to heavy truck traffic to avoid damage to the
                       road.  Initiation of road closures (location and
                       timing) is based on road and  weather
                       conditions and on the experience of the
                       Okanogan County Department of Public
                       Works. The Okanogan County Department of
                       Public Works has indicated that this road has
                       inadequate base and  is in general need of
                       maintenance and has been proposed for
                       "Rural Arterial Program" funding. A portion
                       of this road on Molson Grade has been
                       proposed as a "Hazard Elimination Project."

                       CR 9467 (Tonasket - Havillah Road)

                       CR 9467 is an Okanogan County road that
                       provides access from the Chesaw area
                       southwest to Tonasket. CR 9467 is a paved,
                       two-lane, county road with grades varying
                       from 0% to 7%.  The road consists of 1 2
                       foot lanes from Tonasket to Havillah and then
                       narrows to ten foot lanes to the intersection
                       with CR 9480. In general, the road climbs
                       from 903 feet elevation in Tonasket to
                       approximately 4,440 feet elevation at the
                       Sitzmark ski area (about 19.0 miles at an
                       overall grade of 4%)  and then descends to
                       3,620 feet elevation  at the intersection with
                        CR 9480 (approximately 6.4 miles at  an
                       overall grade of 2%).  There  are numerous
                       sharp  corners on this route.
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-147
There are an estimated 11.2 miles of road
with grades of 4% and greater and
approximately 8.4 miles of speed restricted
road (40 mph or less).

Traffic counts recorded in May 1992 by the
Okanogan County Department of Public
Works show ADT's of 1,035 at the outskirts
of Tonasket, 371 at South Siwash Creek
Road, 242 at North Siwash Creek Road, 179
south of Havillah,  148 at Nealey Road,  74 at
Kipling Road, and 70 at the intersection with
CR 9480 (Oroville - Toroda Creek Road).

Accident records provided by Okanogan
County show an average of six accidents per
year between milepost 0 and 20 between
1988 and 1992. Approximately 32% of
these accident involved personal injury  with
two fatalities.

There are approximately 1.8 miles of CR
9467 proximate to streams or water
(approximately 7%).

Okanogan County is responsible for
maintenance of this road. Periodically during
spring thaw, sections of CR 9467 are closed
to heavy truck traffic to avoid damage to the
road.  Initiation of road closures (location and
timing) is based on road and weather
conditions and on the experience of the
Okanogan County Department of Public
Works. The Okanogan County Department of
Public Works has indicated that this road has
inadequate base and is in general need  of
maintenance.

CR 4895 (Pontiac Ridge Road)

CR 4895 is an Okanogan  County road which
provides access to private and public lands.
The road section that would be most affected
by Crown Jewel Project traffic begins at the
intersection with CR 9480 and proceeds east
to the intersection with Forest Road  3575-
120.  This section of road is approximately
two miles in length.  CR 4895 is a gravel
surfaced road, with varying lane width,
depending on location.  The road contains
steep grades and sharp corners. The overall
condition of this road should be considered as
fair, and it requires frequent maintenance.
              The most recent Okanogan County
              Department of Public Works traffic count
              shows an ADT count of five over an eight
              day period in May of 1992.  There were two
              reported accidents between 1988 and 1992.

              The Proponent conducted a traffic count on
              Forest Road 3575-120 over a two day period
              in 1996.  The count estimated daily usage  by
              20 vehicles of which five were logging trucks
              (BMGC, 1996b).

              The portion of CR 4895 under consideration
              for use by Crown  Jewel Project traffic is
              proximate to a stream for approximately
              1,500 feet (approximately 15%).

              Okanogan County is responsible for the
              maintenance of this road. Periodically during
              spring thaw, sections of CR 4895 could be
              closed to heavy truck traffic to avoid damage
              to the road.  Initiation of road closures
              (location and timing) is based on road and
              weather conditions and on the experience of
              the Okanogan  County Department of Public
              Works.

              CR 4883 (Bolster  Road)

              CR 4883 is an Okanogan  County road which
              provides access to private and public lands.
              The road begins at Chesaw and proceeds
              north along Myers Creek for approximately
              3.2 miles where it joins with Forest Road
              3575 (Gold Creek/Nicholson Creek Road).

              CR 4883 is a narrow two-lane gravel road
              with numerous driveways accessing private
              property.  The sight distance for most of the
              driveways is generally restricted.  There are
              no posted speed  restrictions, but the
              condition of the road surface and the
              restricted sight distances  dictate that
              maximum speeds  should not exceed 35 mph.
              The overall condition of this road should be
              considered as  fair. It needs frequent
              maintenance.  There were two accidents
              reported between 1987 and 1992.

              There are approximately 0.9 miles of CR
              4883 proximate to Myers Creek
              (approximately 28%).
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-148
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Okanogan County is responsible for the
maintenance of this road.  Periodically during
spring thaw, sections of CR 4883 could be
closed to heavy truck traffic to avoid  damage
to the road.  Initiation of road closures
(location and timing) would be based  on road
and weather conditions and on the
experience of the Okanogan County
Department of Public Works.

3.18.4 On-Site Roads

The Crown Jewel Project site is accessed via
Forest Roads from the north, the south and
the east as illustrated on Figure 3.18.2,
Forest Roads.

Access from the north is via Forest Road
3575 to Forest Road 3575-100 (Magnetic
Mine Road) and into the Project area.  Forest
Road 3575-100 provides access through the
Crown Jewel Project area  and connects back
to Forest Road 3575 on the east along
Nicholson Creek.  From Forest Road 3575,
access to the Crown Jewel Project area can
also be via Forest Road 3575-150.

Access to the Crown Jewel Project area from
the south is via Forest Road 3575-120.
Forest Road 3575-140 branches off from
Forest Road 3575-120 south of the Crown
Jewel Project area and proceeds toward the
top of Buckhorn Mountain. Forest Road
3575-120 proceeds through the Crown Jewel
Project area and intersects with Forest Road
3575-100 and Forest Road 3575-150.

Forest Road 3575

Forest Road 3575 provides access from CR
4883 on Myers Creek east to CR 9495 on
Toroda Creek and is located just to the south
of the U.S./Canadian border.  This road
provides service for logging, exploration and
recreation activities.

Forest Road 3575 is a single lane gravel road
with turnouts for passing  oncoming traffic.
The portion of Forest Road 3575 within the
Gold Creek drainage contains continuous 4%
to 6% grades and a switchback.  Overall, the
road is in good condition.
                       The Forest Service has recorded seasonal
                       average daily traffic (SADT) counts at the
                       west Forest  boundary on Forest Road 3575.
                       These counts were 4,031 vehicles over 176
                       days (23 SADT) in 1989 and 3,955 vehicles
                       over 182 days (22 SADT) in 1990.

                       The Forest Service is responsible for the
                       maintenance of roads within the National
                       Forest system.  Forest Road 3575 is
                       maintained on a semi-annual basis (usually
                       grading in the spring and fall).

                       Forest Roads 3575-100, 120, 140 and 150

                       The Forest Service controls access and use of
                       Forest Roads 3575-100, 120, 140, and 150.
                       These roads provide access to the immediate
                       Crown Jewel Project area from the north,
                       east and south, as shown on Figure 3.18.2,
                       Forest Roads. The roads are narrow,
                       primitive, and generally suitable for high
                       clearance vehicles.

                       3.19    LAND USE

                       3.19.1  Introduction

                       Land uses within the region are logging,
                       agriculture,  residential development,
                       recreation, and mineral exploration activities.
                       As discussed in Section 1.4, Proposed
                       Action, mixed land ownership occur within
                       and around  the Crown Jewel Project area.
                       This section describes various land uses
                       which serve multiple purposes  for numerous
                       land owners and the various land users.

                       3.19.2  Crown Jewel Project Exploration
                                Activities

                       Since 1988, Crown Resources Corporation
                       and the Proponent have conducted
                       exploration  activities on claims on or near the
                       summit of Buckhorn Mountain.  These
                       activities involved drilling to delineate the
                       mineralized  zone and evaluate ore grades.
                        Exploration  activities have occurred on Forest
                        System Lands under plans of operations and
                       subsequent amendments approved by the
                        Forest Service. Also, exploration  on BLM
                        Lands has occurred under a notice-of-
                        operations filed with the BLM.  A  chronology
                        of the Proponent's exploration activities as
                Crown Jewel Mine f Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-149
filed with the Forest Service and BLM are set
forth in Table 3.19.1,  Crown Jewel Project
Exploration Summary.

As a result of the Proponent's success during
exploration activities to identify and delineate
what they perceive as an economically
recoverable ore deposit, a proposal for mining
and milling of the Crown Jewel Project was
filed with the Forest Service, WADOE, BLM,
and WADNR.

There has been considerable discussion
regarding the possibility of future additional
and adjacent mining activity in the vicinity of
the proposed Crown Jewel  Project. Although
some limited exploration activities, other than
the Proponent's work  occurred in the late
1980's north of the Crown  Jewel Project
area and in 1993  south of the Crown Jewel
Project area, it is not reasonably foreseeable,
at this time, that any mining or ore
processing (other than the Crown Jewel
Project proposal) would  be proposed or
developed on Buckhorn Mountain since no
proposals for such work currently exist. If
such a mining and ore processing
development is  proposed, it would be subject
to the preparation of an  environmental
analysis as required by NEPA and SEPA (as
applicable) and  related regulatory review.

The location of  past mining  operations in and
around Buckhorn Mountain  are shown on
Figure 3.19.1, Historic Mining Sites and listed
in Table 3.17.1, Buckhorn Mountain Mining
Properties Identified by Survey and Historic
Research.

During the summer of  1993, Consolidated
Ramrod Gold Company conducted exploration
activities on claims controlled by Keystone
Mining Company in an area  adjacent to the
Crown Jewel Project claim block as shown
on Figure 3.19.2, Consolidated Ramrod
Exploration Site. The  Forest Service
approved these  exploration  activities in a
categorical exclusion and a  Decision Memo
dated November 30, 1992.  The Consolidated
Ramrod Gold Company indicated that they
must initiate exploration drilling prior to
reaching any decision regarding development
of a mining and ore processing facility on-
site.  Additional exploration  drilling occurred,
              near the Proponent's proposed south waste
              rock disposal area, in 1993.  There has been
              no indication that further development or
              exploration would occur. In fact, the actual
              extent of the exploration activities were
              substantially less than those approved  by the
              Forest Service.  As of 1996,  Keystone Mining
              Company still controls the claims in question,
              but has optioned them to the Proponent.

              3.19.3 Historic and Present Timber
                      Operations

              Logging has been one of the dominant land
              management uses in the vicinity of the
              Crown Jewel Project, with numerous acres
              being logged as set forth in Table 3.19.2,
              Past Timber Sales in the Crown Jewel Project
              Area. Over the past 35  years,  about 8,000
              acres have been logged in and around the
              vicinity of the proposed  Crown Jewel Project.
              Logging has occurred on public and private
              lands in the general area. Both commercial
              harvests and firewood cutting occur.  The
              location of historic timber sales are shown on
              Figure 3.19.3, Historic Timber Sales; many of
              the areas shown on this map represent the
              planning areas and not solely the actual
              harvest areas.

              Timber has been harvested throughout most
              of the Project area.  Heavy cutting has
              occurred in Sections 13, 23,  24, 25, 26 and
              35 of Township 40 North,  Range 30 East.
              Harvesting has been a combination of
              clearcutting, shelterwood, seedtree, and
              partial removal. The shelterwood and
              seedtree methods remove most of the trees
              in a stand  and leave a few  selected trees to
              either provide seed for natural regeneration
              and/or as shelter for young trees.  The most
              recently selected "leave" trees have been
              western larch and Douglas-fir.

              Approximately 560 acres of timber were
              harvested  during the Buckhorn  Mountain Sale
              which sold in 1979. About 62 acres of this
              Forest Service sale were clearcuts including
              the 38 acres of land in Section  24, Township
              40 North,  Range 30 East where part of the
              proposed mine pit area is located.  The
              remaining area was harvested using
              shelterwood removal methods.
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
I
5.
I
(b
§
I
TABLE 3.19.1, CROWN JEWEL PROJECT EXPLORATION SUMMARY
FOREST SERVICE
Document
Plan of Operations - 8/1 /88
Supplemental Plan of Operations -
9/6/88
Request to Remove Snow - 2/20/89
Winter 1989 Supplemental Plan of
Operations - 2/20/89
Supplemental Plan of Operations -
3/23/90
Plan of Operations Update - 5/1 7/89
Supplemental Plan of Operations -
6/13/89
Supplemental Plan of Operations -
8/22/89
Supplemental Plan of Operations -
11/13/89
Plan of Operations - 4/30/90
1991 Amendment to 1990 Operating
Plan - 3/19/91
Amendment to Crown Jewel Project
1991 Operating Plan - 9/30/91
Remarks
0.68 acres of disturbance requested in
two locations.
Requests disturbance at three additional
sites- Total 1988 disturbance requested
0.86 acres.
Snow removal from roads accessing
Gold Axe, Gold Buck and Double Axe
Mines.
This plan requests 1 .48 acres of
disturbance. Cumulative estimate
disturbance - 1 .85 acres.
Request 0.57 acres of disturbance in
the Double Axe area.
Revised and updated disturbance to
date - 1.64 acres (0.90 miles).
Requests additional 3.24 acres of
disturbance. Total proposed
disturbance - 4.88 acres (2.68 miles).
Only 1 .2 acres of preceding Plan was
disturbed (1.56 miles). Total
disturbance - 2.84 acres (1.56 miles).
This Plan requests an additional 2.01
acres of disturbance.
Request for infill delineation drilling
approximately 7.3 acres. Total
disturbance - 10.2 acres (approximately
5.6 miles). Only about 2.7 acres
outside clearcut.
An EA was completed in June 1990.
Total estimated additional disturbance
4.6 acres (2.8 miles). This is step-out
drilling adjacent to the clearcut. Total
disturbance - 14.8 acres (8.4 miles).
Request 6.4 acres of disturbance.
Total disturbance - 21 .2 acres (11 .9
miles). By letter dated 3/14/91 and
3/19/91.
Requests six additional holes on
existing roads (no additional
disturbance).
BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT
Document
Notice of Intent to Operate - 8/3/88


Notice of Intent to Operate - 3/29/89





Notice of Intent to Operate - 2/27/90
Notice of Intent - 4/22/90

Remarks
0.74 acres of disturbance requested in
one location. (0.3 miles of road)


No additional disturbance requested.
Snow removal only. Approved 4/6/89





No additional disturbance requested,
snow removal only.


                                                                                                                                                                                                         Co
                                                                                                                                                                                                         ••»
                                                                                                                                                                                                         01
                                                                                                                                                                                                         o
i
t)
a
Co
                                                                                                                                                                                                         I
I
                                                                                                                                                                                                        I
                                                                                                                                                                                                         •*
                                                                                                                                                                                                         to

-------
 I
 I
 CD
 I
 31

 i
 8
1
 0)
CO
3
TABLE 3.19.1, CROWN JEWEL PROJECT EXPLORATION SUMMARY
FOREST
Document
Amendment to Crown Jewel Project
1991 Operating Plan - 12/16/91
Amendment to Crown Jewel Project
1991 Operating Plan - 2/6/92
1 992 Exploration Operating Plan -
2/6/92
Crown Jewel Project Data Gathering -
6/15/92
Notice of Modification to 1992
Operating Plan - 6/1 6/92
Addition to 1992 Amendment - 8/4/92
Proposed Reclamation - 10/9/92
Crusher Mill Site Geotechnical
Investigations- 10/13/93
Reclamation Work on Exploration Drill
Roads -09/17/93
Geohydrology Investigation of the
Tailings Basin - 07/06/93
1995 Crown Jewel Project Data
Gathering for Geochemical Analysis
1995 Crown Jewel Project Data
Gathering Tailings Facility Design
SERVICE
Remarks
Estimated surface disturbance 2.7
acres (1 .6 miles). Total disturbance -
23.9 acres 13.5 miles).
Forest Service calculations indicate
1 2.0 acres of disturbance in 1991.
Cumulative total 1988 through 1991 -
37.4 acres (15.5 miles).
Approximately 1,500 feet of old road
would be upgraded (no additional
disturbance).
Request an estimated 7.9 acres of
additional disturbance (3.25 miles)
Total disturbance - 31.8 acres 16.75
miles).
Six temporary trenches, within existing
road disturbance. Not approved.
Would require about 0.75 acres of
additional disturbance (0.3 miles). Not
approved.
Catchment sump in the Gold Bowl.
Reclaimed 1.1 miles of exploration
roads (2.7 acres).
No additional disturbance.
Reclaimed 0.98 miles of exploration
roads (2.4 acres).
Eight well and test pits within existing
disturbance.
1 7 test pits within planned soil borrow
areas, six core holes for geochemical
analyses.
23 drill holes and 25 test pits to
confirm and optimize design of tailings
facilities.
BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT
Document
Reclamation Update - 6/3/91
Notice of Intent to Operate - 12/16/91
Amendment to Notice of Intent dated
12/16/91 -2/5/92
Notice of Intent to Operate - 2/6/92
Amended Notice of Intent to Operate -
4/30/92
Amendment to 1992 Notice of Intent -
6/18/92




Remarks

Requested 0.4 acres of disturbance for
geotech trenches (0.25 miles of road).
Approved 12/24/91.
Request additional 0.15 acres of
disturbance for geotech (0.06 miles).
Approved 2.6.92. Cumulative
disturbance is 0.95 acres (0.6 miles of
road).
Request 3.37 acres of disturbance for
access to 34 drill sites (1 .9 miles of
road). Approved 2/1 1/92
The preceding request revised to
request 1 .8 acres of disturbance to
access 41 drill sites (0.98 miles of
road). Approved 5/12/92. Cumulative
disturbance is 2.75 acres 1.5 miles of
road).
Request additional 0.47 acres for EIS
testing (0.26 miles of road). Approved
7/7/92. Cumulative disturbance is
3.3. acres (1.9 miles of road).




                                                                                                                                                                                                         I
                                                                                                                                                                                                         0)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         JO

                                                                                                                                                                                                         <0
o

1
I
                                                                                                                                                                                                         01

-------
I
is-
(D
5'

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-153
TABLE 3.19.2, PAST TIMBER SALES IN THE CROWN JEWEL PROJECT AREA1
Name of Sale
Date of
Sale
Date
Closed
Location
Township/Range
Section
Estimated
Total Acres
Logged4
USDA Forest Service
Marias (Buyout)
Nick 1 (Resale)(82)
Buckhorn
Nick II
Gold
Bishop
Prince
Marias Creek
Gold Creek
Hoodoo
Upper Nicholson
Cow Camp
High Risk
Ethel Creek
High Risk
Nicholson Creek #2
Nicholson Creek
Pontiac Ridge #2
Bat Resale
Mine
Mine II
Nicholson Salvage II
Nicholson Salvage I
Gold Mine
Beaver Lake High
Risk
Nicholson
Gold Thinning
Salvage
7/08/86
5/06/86
11/15/84
4/23/82
1976
1974
1972
1966
1964
1964
1964
1962
1962
1962
1960
1975
1986
1980
1980
1994
1994
1988
1962
1994
1989
1 /1 6/90
11/15/89
10/18/89
11/04/87
1 980-8 12
1977-782
NA
2/18/72
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1989
1986
1988
open
open
1988
1962
open
1989
T40N/R31E
T39N/R31E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R31E
T39N/R30E
T39N/R31E
T40N/R31E
NA
T40N/R30E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R30E
T39N/R30E
T39N/R31E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R31E
T39N/R30E
T40N/R30E
T40N/R31E
T40N/R30E
29,30,31,32
5,6
25
8,9,16,17,19,
20,21,28
22,23,24,26,27
20,21,27,28,29
1,2,11,12
24,25
17,18,19,20,29,
30,32,33
4,5,6,7,8,17,18

1
4,5,6
31,32
NA
25
18,19
25
26
16,17,18,20,21
18,19,20
36
1
4,5,6,8
11,12
1,12
6,7
17,18,19
7,8,17,18
1,2,11,12
6,7
23,24,25
24,25
6,7,18,19,30
11
810
1,257
560
4643
560
400
NA
NA
585
NA
NA
256
NA
4806
2205
640
697
493
243
155
124
453
NA
350
21
Washington Department of Natural Resources
Park Place 1994
1994
open
T40N/R30E
36
250
Notes: 1. This table represents data available as of May 1996, and may not be a complete list.
2. Closing dates were estimated based on other timber sales in the area of similar size.
3. Acreage estimated from a timber sale map.
4. Total acres logged was assumed to be approximately 70% of the total acreage of sale (Forest Service,
1993d).
5. Acreage estimate from old cutting records.
NA Not available.
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-154
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
In addition to logging on National Forestlands,
the State of Washington and BLM have
harvested their lands within the vicinity of
Buckhorn Mountain using  both shelterwood
and overstory removal methods.

Most private lands around the Crown Jewel
Project area have been harvested at some
time in the  past.  Private sawmills worked in
the area from around the turn of the century
into the 1 950's.  Much of the private lands in
Sections 21, 22 and 28 of Township 40
North, Range 30 East were logged by Biles-
Coleman in the late 1950's.

On January 1 5, 1993, the Forest Service
published an EA for the Nicholson timber
sales. A discussion  of the Crown Jewel
Project,  including issues, alternatives, and
environmental consequences is set forth in
that document.  Timber harvest and other
resource management activities planned with
the Nicholson timber sales are consistent
with direction contained in the Okanogan
National Forest Land  Use Plan.  These sales
were harvested in 1995 and 1996.  All
timber harvest activity has been completed.

The Forest  Service sold and awarded three
sales from within the 4,220 acre Nicholson
Planning Area. The timber sales were known
as the Nicholson timber sale, the Nicholson
Salvage I timber sale, and the Nicholson
Salvage II timber sale. The location is
northeast of Buckhorn Mountain in Sections 6
and 7, 17 through 19 and 30, Township 40
North, Range 31  East and Sections 24 and
25, Township 40 North, Range 30 East.  The
sales consisted of approximately 423 acres of
shelterwood harvest, five  acres of  clearcuts
(for aspen regeneration), 200 acres of
overstory removal, and one acre of road right-
of-way. This represents a total harvest of
629 acres.

In 1994, the WADNR sold a timber sale (Park
Place timber sale) on approximately 250
acres in Section 36, Township 40 North,
Range 30 East. This sale contained about
one million  board feet of timber and was a
selective harvest that removed  50% of the
standing timber volume. Harvest was
completed  in 1996.
                        3.19.4  Proposed Timber Operations

                        The Notice of Intent to prepare an EIS for the
                        Jackson timber sale was cancelled in 1994
                        due to lack of funding.

                        3.19.5  Agricultural Activities

                        Agricultural land uses are more prominent in
                        Okanogan County than in the immediate
                        proposed Crown Jewel Project area.  The
                        area around the Crown Jewel Project is
                        subject to summer livestock grazing under
                        permit from the Forest Service as explained in
                        Section 3.10.7, Range Resource.

                        Agriculture in the Okanogan Highlands
                        involves livestock grazing with small
                        production of hogs, alfalfa hay, barley, oats,
                        and winter and spring wheat. The prominent
                        agriculture in the lower reaches of Okanogan
                        County, namely the Okanogan River valley,
                        involves apple and pear production.

                        3.19.6  Residential Activities

                        Residential development in the immediate
                        vicinity of the Crown Jewel Project area is
                        concentrated at Chesaw, with scattered
                        development along Myers Creek, Gold Creek,
                        Nicholson Creek, Bolster Creek and the
                        Pontiac Ridge south of the Project area.  Two
                        new homes were built in 1992 in Section 35,
                        Township 40 North, Range 30 East in the
                        Ethel Creek drainage.  In recent years, there
                        have been several areas subdivided in 5 to 20
                        acre tracts for residences on private ground
                        south and west of Buckhorn Mountain.
                        Numerous new homes have been built south
                        of the Crown Jewel Project area within the
                        past five years.

                        Residential uses within the  general region are
                        typically concentrated in the nearby existing
                        communities of Oroville, Tonasket,  Omak,
                        Okanogan, Republic, and Curlew.  Residential
                        development and uses are also scattered
                        throughout the rural portions of both
                        Okanogan and  Ferry Counties. See Section
                        3.20, Socioeconomic  Environment.
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-155
3.19.7 Recreation

Recreation is another land use in the area.
Forest Service and BLM-managed lands
surrounding the Crown Jewel Project area are
subject to hunting, fishing, hiking, camping,
sightseeing, and picnicking.  See Section
3.15, Recreation.  Big game  hunting for deer
is the major source of recreation within the
Crown Jewel Project area.

3.19.8 Patenting of Crown Jewel Project
        Mining Claims

As allowed under the General Mining Law
and 43 CFR 3860, Crown Resources
Corporation has made application to the BLM
to patent certain mill site claims and lode
mining claims at the Crown Jewel Project
site. Refer to Section 1.2, Background, for a
discussion of the relationship between Crown
Resources Corporation and the Proponent.
The applications involve 11 unpatented
mining claims covering approximately 195
acres and  11 7 mill site claims covering
approximately 565 acres. The total acreage
subject to the two patent applications is
approximately 760 acres. The location of the
claims for which applications for patent have
been made are shown on Figure 3.19.4,
Claim Patent Application Location Map.

An unpatented mining claim  allows the
claimant the right to extract  and remove
locatable minerals but does not give the
claimant absolute title to the  ground subject
to the claim.  A patented mining claim is one
in which the Federal Government has passed
title to the claimant, giving the applicant
exclusive title to the location minerals, and, in
most cases, the surface and  all resources
except water.  At any time prior to the
issuance of patent, the Federal Government
may challenge the validity of a claim; and, if
successful, the claim can be  cancelled with
all rights forfeited.

The various state directors of the BLM are
authorized to take all actions on mining
claims under the general mining  laws.  The
Chief of the Division of Technical Services,
subordinate to each BLM  state director, is
further authorized to take actions on mining
claims. However, the actual  processing of all
mineral patent applications is handled by
              mining law adjudicators.  These adjudicators
              are responsible for processing all mineral
              applications, regardless of which agency
              manages the surface of the lands.

              There is no specific time period to process a
              patent application.  The specific time period
              depends on many variables such as the
              number of claims, location of claims,
              experience of the applicant or the applicant's
              attorney, necessity  for a mineral  survey, title
              problems, adverse claimants, nature of the
              mineral deposit status of mining activity,
              direction from the BLM State Director or
              Secretary  of the Interior.  Under ideal
              conditions, the entire process may  be
              accomplished within a  couple of  years, but
              more likely the  process will require additional
              time.

              On March 2,  1993, the Secretary of Interior
              issued Order No. 3163, which revoked the
              existing delegations of authority to the BLM
              for the issuance of first half final certificates
              and mineral patents pursuant to the General
              Mining Law.  The Secretary stated  that this
              action  was necessary "to enable the
              Secretary  to assume the review and issuance
              of such documents  and instruments during
              consideration by the 103rd Congress of bills
              which, if adopted, would reform  the mining
              laws and the rights  and obligations
              thereunder."

              It has not  yet been  determined whether
              patents would be granted for the mining and
              mill site claims  subject to the Patent
              Applications. However, a First Half-Mineral
              Entry Final Certificate  has been issued for the
              11  mining claims.  Even if patented, the
              Crown Jewel Project claims would  still be
              subject to the numerous federal,  state and
              local laws and regulations that apply to
              mining operations.  If patented, the federal
              agencies that manage the surface (in the case
              of the Crown Jewel Project, the Forest
              Service and BLM) would no longer  have
              oversight of the reclamation of such lands;
              however, in the case of Crown Jewel Project,
              both WADOE and WADNR would maintain
              oversight for reclamation, and the WADNR
              would  maintain a reclamation surety for such
              reclamation.  On any unpatented claims that
              are part of the operation, the federal agencies
              would  likewise  maintain operations and
              reclamation oversight.  The actual patenting
               Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-156
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
process is not covered by SEPA or NEPA.
The Records of Decision for the Crown Jewel
Project will not make a decision on patenting.

3.20   SOCIOECONOMIC
        ENVIRONMENT

3.20.1  Introduction

Socioeconomic research and data
reconnaissance for the area which would
potentially be affected by the development of
the Crown Jewel Project was first initiated in
the latter half of 1992 and updated to reflect
1996 conditions as presented in the Existing
Socioeconomic Conditions Baseline Report
(1996 Update) - Crown Jewel Project (E.D.
Hovee, 1996b).

The geographic area considered for describing
the affected Socioeconomic environment
consists generally of Okanogan and Ferry
Counties.  A portion of the two-county area
covering northeast Okanogan and western
Ferry Counties represents a more defined
primary study area which  consists of the
following communities plus associated rural
areas:

Okanogan County:
   Chesaw (unincorporated)
   Conconully
   Molson (unincorporated)
   Okanogan
   Omak
   Oroville
   Riverside
   Tonasket

Ferry County:
    Curlew (unincorporated)
   Republic

Location of the Socioeconomic study area
within the State of Washington together with
location of the census subdivisions and
incorporated cities is shown on Figure
3.20.1, Socioeconomic Study Area Location.
The  locations of Chesaw and Molson are
identified although these communities are not
incorporated.

The  study area includes the census
subdivisions of Chesaw/Oroville,
Conconully/Riverside, Curlew,
                       Okanogan/Omak, Republic, and
                       Tonasket/Pine Creek.  The Okanogan/Ferry
                       county subdivisions of Early Winters, Methow
                       Valley, Brewster-Wakefield,  Colville
                       Reservation and Orient-Sherman are not
                       included in this study area.  It is expected
                       that factors of distance and/or length of
                       travel would result in minimal Socioeconomic
                       impacts outside the primary study area.

                       Similarly, Socioeconomic effects on the
                       Canadian side of the border are expected to
                       be relatively minimal.  Hiring restrictions,
                       tariffs and duties would limit Socioeconomic
                       effects of the proposed Crown Jewel Project
                       on the Canadian labor force and expenditures
                       respectively.  Probably the biggest Canadian
                       beneficiary of the Crown Jewel Project would
                       be motels,  hotels, eating establishments and
                       recreation facilities in the town of Osoyoos.

                       3.20.2 Population and Demographics

                       Information on key population and
                       demographic trends in Okanogan and Ferry
                       counties and, more specifically, in the  primary
                       study area  has been compiled from U.S.
                       Censuses for 1970, 1980 and 1990, as set
                       forth in Table 3.20.1,  Population Trends
                       (1970-19951.  Updated 1992 and 1995
                       population  estimates for the  incorporated
                       cities and the two counties are also-available
                       from the Washington Office of Financial
                       Management.

                       As of the  1 990 U.S. Census, Okanogan and
                       Ferry counties had a combined population of
                       39,645 -- representing 0.8% of the
                       population of the state of Washington.
                       Theprimary study area had a population of
                       23,762 -- accounting for almost 60% of the
                       population of the two counties.  As of 1995,
                       population of the two-county area had
                       increased to 44,000, adding 4,355 residents
                       since 1990 which  equates to an  11 %
                       population increase.

                       After experiencing relatively slow rates of
                       growth in the 1980s,  higher rates of
                       population growth are being experienced by
                        Okanogan  and Ferry Counties in the 1990s.
                        Current rates of growth are similar to what
                        was previously experienced in the decade of
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-157
TABLE 3.20.1, POPULATION TRENDS
(1970-1995)
Community
1970
1980
1990
1992
1995
City/Town
Conconully1
Okanogan
Omak
Oroville
Republic
Riverside
Tonasket1
Subtotal Study Area Cities
Subtotal Unincorporated
Study Area
Total Study Area
122
2,015
4,164
1,555
862
228
951
9,897
--
--
157
2,302
4,007
1,483
1,018
243
985
10,195
1 1,460
21,655
174
2,370
4,117
1,505
940
223
900
10,229
13,533
23,762
160
2,395
4,130
1,505
1,040
250
960
10,440
--
--
193
2,410
4,365
1,550
1,100
270
1,025
10,913
--
--
County Subdivisions in Study Area
Chesaw/Oroville
Conconully/Riverside
Curlew
Okanogan/Omak
Republic
Tonasket/Pine Creek
--
--
--
--
--
--
4,974
1,574
1,214
8,628
2,344
2,921
5,726
1,871
1,430
9,072
2,531
3,132
-
-
-
-
-
--
-
--
--
--
-
--
County and State
Okanogan County
Ferry County
Subtotal Okanogan/Ferry
County Area
State of Washington'
25,867
3,655
29,522
3,409,169
30,639
5,811
36,450
4,132,156
33,350
6,295
39,645
4,866,663
34,400
6,700
41,100
5,116,700
36,900
7,100
44,000
5,429,900
Note: 1. Indicates a special Census was conducted and a correction was made to the 1990 Census.
Source: U.S. Census for 1980 and 1990 numbers (Bureau of Census, 1980, 1990). Population numbers for
1992 and 1995 are from the Washington Office of Financial Management (OFM, 1992, 1995) and
are not available for county subdivisions (other than incorporated cities).
the 1970s -- with population again increasing
at rates in excess of 2% per year.

The largest city in the two counties (and in
the study area) is Omak, with 4,365
residents as of 1995. Taken together, the
incorporated cities experienced a 3%  gain in
population between 1980 and 1990,  with a
7% increase in the succeeding years from
1990-1995.

The population of the unincorporated  study
area increased by 18.1% from 1980-1990.
Comparable figures for the unincorporated
portion of the study area are not available for
the period since 1990.  However, as of the
1990 census, the unincorporated portion of
the study area had over 13,500 residents.
              accounting for 57% of study area population,
              while incorporated cities had over 10,200
              residents.

              Updated population estimates for
              incorporated cities and counties are indicated
              for 1992 and 1995 based on data from the
              Washington Office of Financial  Management.
              Between 1990 and 1995, the population  of
              Okanogan County  has increased by an
              estimated 3,550 residents (or by 11 %) to
              36,900 residents as of 1995. The population
              of Ferry County has also increased by 805
              residents (13%) to 7,100 people in 1995.

              From 1990-1995,  Washington  Office of
              Financial Management estimates indicate  that
              the population within the area's incorporated
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-158
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
communities is increasing at a faster rate
than was experienced during the decade of
the 1980s. The rate of population growth for
unincorporated areas within Okanogan and
Ferry Counties has continued to exceed that
of the incorporated cities.

For the two counties combined, the rate of
population growth averaged 2.1 % per year
from 1970-80, then 0.8% annually from
1 980-90, increasing to  1.8% per  year from
1990-1992 (the period covered by the Crown
Jewel Project draft EIS).  From 1992-1995,
the population of the two-county  area has
increased even more rapidly, at an average
rate of 2.3% per year.

As is true throughout the U.S., the median
age of the population in Okanogan and Ferry
counties increased substantially between
1980 and  1990.  This is due to factors such
as increased longevity and lower birth rates.

As of the 1990 census, the median age  of
Okanogan County residents (at 35.0 years)
was above the statewide median  age figure
(33.1) and above that of Ferry County (32.8).
All of the incorporated communities in the
study area have a population that is older
than the statewide median figure.  Median
age of Conconully residents is highest of
these communities at 48.6 years.

The county subdivisions vary greatly.
Population of the Curlew area  (in  Ferry
County) is relatively young (with a median
age of 28.9 years).  Like the towns,  the other
county subdivisions tend to have  populations
with a higher median age than is the case
statewide.

One factor affecting the high median age of
the local population is the relatively high
proportion of retirees living in  the study  area
as well as more generally throughout Ferry
and Okanogan Counties.  Between 1980 and
1990, the proportion of persons age 65 and
over increased from 12.0% to 13.4% of the
two-county population.

As of 1995, persons age 65 and  over
constitute 12.8% of the two-county
population. This represents a decline in the
65 + age proportion of  the population, but
                        remains above the statewide proportion of
                        11.6%.

                        The most rapid growth during the decade of
                        the 1980s and  more recently has been with
                        persons in the age group 35-54. This age
                        group has accounted for 47% of two-county
                        population growth between 1990 and 1995.

                        Overall educational attainment of adult
                        residents in the two counties and the study
                        area tends to be below that of the entire
                        state.  This is typical for rural areas of the
                        state.  The 1990 census indicates that a
                        relatively high proportion of adults in  the
                        Chesaw/Oroville area (almost 31%) have not
                        completed high school.

                        A higher proportion of the population in both
                        counties are Native Americans than is the
                        case statewide. However, the proportion of
                        the population in the study area that is Native
                        American is well  below the proportion of the
                        population that is Native American for the
                        remainder of the two county area.  In large
                        part, this is because the Colville Indian
                        Reservation is located outside the study area.

                        The Hispanic proportion of study area
                        population is above the  statewide figure, but
                        below the proportion for Ferry and Okanogan
                        Counties combined.  Greater proportions of
                        Hispanic residents live in southern Okanogan
                        County, outside the primary study area.

                        3.20.3  Housing

                        The most comprehensive source of
                        information for housing  in Okanogan  and
                        Ferry County is from the U.S. Census.
                        Pertinent  1990 census data for  the
                        Chesaw/Oroville area, the entire study area,
                        Ferry and Okanogan  Counties is presented by
                        Table 3.20.2, 1990 Housing Characteristics.

                        As of 1990, Ferry and Okanogan Counties
                        had a combined total of just under 19,900
                        housing units.  Overall,  a lower proportion of
                        housing units in this two county area are
                        owner occupied (50%) than is the case
                        statewide (58%). In the Chesaw/Oroville
                        area, less than  39% of all housing units are
                        owner occupied on a year-round basis.  A
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-159
TABLE 3.20.2. 1990 HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS
Occupancy and Tenure
Number of
Housing Units
Owner Occupied
Renter Occupied
Chesaw/Oroville
1,452
761
Study
Area
6,182
2,930
Ferry
County
1,568
679
Okanogan
County
8,439
4,215
Washington
State
1,171,580
700,851
Vacant Units
For Sale or Rent
Seasonal'
Other Vacant'
Total Units
Percent Owner Occupied
126
513
908
3,760
38.6%
377
1,084
1,606
12,179
50.8%
107
613
272
3,239
48.4%
586
1,620
1,769
16,629
50.7%
58,784
55,832
45,331
2,032,378
57.6%
Percent Vacant Units
For Sale or Rent
Seasonal
Other Vacant'
Units in Structure
1 unit (detached)
1 (attached to 4 units)
5+ Units
Mobile Homes
Total
Median House Valuation
Median Contract Rent
3.4%
13.6%
24.1%
3.1%
8.9%
13.2%

2,678
213
150
719
3,760
$46,300
$211
8,299
659
531
2,690
12,179
$48,900
$237
3.3%
18.9%
8.4%
3.5%
9.7%
10.6%

2,128
71
74
966
3,239
$50,100
$197
11,281
918
677
3,753
16,629
$50,300
$222
2.9%
2.7%
2.2%

1,272,721
186,871
365,589
207,197
2,032,378
$93,400
$383
Housing Costs as Percent of Income
Owner Occupied
Less than 20%
20-35%
35% +
Not Computed
61.6%
19.2%
16.8%
24%
69.9%
19.4%
9.7%
0.9%
75.8%
15.3%
8.2%
0.7%
70.5%
19.0%
9.8%
0.7%
58.6%
30.3%
10.6%
0.5%
Renter Occupied
Less than 20%
20-35%
35% +
Not Computed
23.3%
33.1%
21.1%
22.5%
35.8%
27.7%
22.0%
14.5%
55.3%
18.3%
14.4%
12.1%
34.4%
27.5%
21.0%
17.1%
31.2%
34.8%
29.0%
5.0%
Note: 1. The U.S. Census distinguishes between units that are vacant on a seasonal basis (as for
vacation or recreational use) versus "other vacant units" (including residences for migrant
workers and units that have been rented or sold but not occupied).
Source: Bureau of Census, 1990.
substantial proportion were identified by the
census as vacant or in seasonal use (41 %).

While 41 % of housing units in the Chesaw/
Oroville area are classified by the 1990
census as vacant,  only just over 3% of the
             units were identified as available for sale or
             rent.

             About  14% of units are indicated as being
             available on a seasonal basis (as for vacation
             use) and over 24% are vacant for other
             reasons (including migrant worker housing).
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-160
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
While the majority of units are single family
detached residences, an important share are
mobile homes. Throughout the study area,
mobile homes account for 22% of all
residential units; they account for 19% in the
Chesaw/Oroville area.

While housing costs have increased
substantially since 1990, as of 1990, home
prices in Ferry and Okanogan Counties were
only 54% of the statewide median house
value.  Prices in the  Chesaw/Oroville area
have been below those of the entire
Okanogan County area, although Oroville is
currently experiencing more rapid
appreciation in values.

As of the 1 990 census, median contract rent
was $237 per month for the study area,
compared to $383 statewide. Recent market
conditions clearly indicate that rents have
increased sharply since 1 990 to reported
levels averaging approximately $340 for a
one bedroom, $440 for two bedroom and
$545 for three bedroom units.

As of the 1990 census, a relatively low
proportion of Ferry and Okanogan County
renters paid 35% or more of their income in
housing costs, as compared to the entire
state.  However, issues of affordability have
become more pronounced in recent years due
to rapid increases in rents.

Between 1990 and 1995, a total of 2,033
new housing units have been added
throughout Okanogan and  Ferry counties.
This represents an increase of 10% in the
housing inventory for the two-county area.

Approximately 82% of the housing
development in Okanogan and Ferry counties
from 1990-1995 has occurred outside of
incorporated communities. Omak has
experienced the most new residential
development ( + 110 units), accounting for
close to one-third of construction in
incorporated cities throughout the two-county
area.

Mobile homes represent 51 % (+ 1,028 units)
of the growth in housing inventory since
1990, followed by single family homes
( + 775 units) and multifamily structures
                        ( + 230 units).

                        Contacts have been made with realtors and
                        property managers throughout the study area
                        to ascertain more recent availability and
                        pricing information regarding for-sale and
                        rental housing. Contacts were made initially
                        in the fall of 1 992 and subsequently in
                        January-February 1996.  In addition,
                        classified advertisements were reviewed for
                        three newspapers in the study area.

                        A total of 200 units were identified as being
                        on the market for sale or rent in the two-
                        county area during the period of January-
                        February 1996.  These 200 units  represent
                        approximately 0.9% of the total housing
                        inventory in the study area.

                        This  1996 vacancy figure of 0.9% compares
                        to a 3.1 % vacancy  rate of units for sale or
                        for rent reported as of the 1990 U.S. Census.
                        This data indicates that the area's housing
                        market is increasingly tight, with recent
                        vacancy rates well below the 1990 level.

                        A 1995 Housing Needs Assessment and
                        Strategies for Okanogan County (Tom Phillips
                        and Associates, 1995) indicates that rents
                        countywide have increased by 60% over a
                        four year period and there are  "virtually no
                        rental vacancies."  Housing prices in the
                        north region of Okanogan County are noted
                        to have increased more rapidly than
                        elsewhere in the County (Tom Phillips and
                        Associates, 1995).

                        Of the 200 identified  available units,  27 units
                        are in Ferry County and 173 are in Okanogan
                        County. A total of  1 52 residences were for
                        sale, with  only 48 rental vacancies (homes
                        and apartments) identified.

                        Based on contacts with area realtors and
                        property managers, residences for rent or
                        purchase are extremely difficult to find
                        throughout the study area. Many properties
                        are rented or sold by  word-of-mouth and so
                        are not captured by this inventory.

                        Residential development is affected by local
                        land  use planning.  Both Okanogan and Ferry
                        counties have planning departments that
                        administer adopted plans and land use
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-161
regulations for housing and other
developments. The incorporated cities in the
two counties also typically have planning
commissions, with staffing services often
provided on a part-time contractual basis.

Services of the Okanogan Office of Planning
and Development include administration of
the comprehensive plan, development and
administration of the zoning code,
administration of the master program for
Okanogan County shoreline management,
building permits, inspections and conditional
use permits.

The current Comprehensive Plan was adopted
in 1964. The Methow Valley (outside the
study area) is subject to a Methow Review
District. Much of the rest of the county
(including the Chesaw/Highlands area) is
zoned as a  Minimum Requirement  District.

While Okanogan  County has not opted to
comply  with all the provisions of the State of
Washington Growth Management Act, the
county is required by the Growth
Management Act to inventory and  manage
critical lands. An extensive planning and
public involvement process was initiated in
1992, coordinated by  a 40 member citizen
advisory committee. Critical land regulations
were adopted by the Okanogan County Board
of Commissioners in February 1994.

As of September 1996, mining activity is a
conditional  use in Okanogan County
(pursuant to the Zoning Code - Title 1 7)
requiring a  conditional  use permit.  Okanogan
County  also is involved in reviewing and
issuing conditional use permits required in the
Minimum Requirement District for explosives
storage, fuel storage, and hazardous
chemicals.

While federal lands are typically exempt from
local jurisdiction planning, zoning and building
requirements, the Forest Service and
Okanogan  County have been considering a
possible memorandum of agreement whereby
Okanogan  County would assume
responsibility for building permitting,
sanitation and garbage on the federal portion
of the Crown Jewel Project site (as well as
private lands used for the Crown Jewel
              Project).  The Proponent has also indicated
              plans to apply to Okanogan County for a
              conditional use permit for the entire Project
              (covering portions on both federal and other
              lands).

              Historically, there have been relatively few
              controls in  place in Okanogan County to
              regulate housing. Most of the rural area
              within the study area is designated as a
              Minimum Requirement District.

              However, the Minimum Requirement District
              does have a variety of controls  in place which
              help to regulate development, including a
              minimum lot size of one acre and density of
              dwelling-unit per acre. Site plans are required
              for each RV park or mobile home park, and
              will not be  approved unless there is
              demonstration of adequate water, roads,
              sewage disposal, etc.

              Every building constructed in the county must
              meet Uniform Building Code requirements,
              and each residential structure must  show
              adequate water before a building permit is
              issued.  Every division of land into lots
              smaller than 20 acres is subject to the
              Okanogan County Subdivision Ordinance 92-
              1 adopted in 1992.

              Availability of water is a particular concern in
              the Chesaw/Molson and greater Okanogan
              Highlands area.  As a result, in  November
              1992, Okanogan County adopted a
              Chesaw/Molson plan overlay. This  overlay
              has the effect of limiting lot size for
              residential use to a minimum of 20 acres,
              except for areas  previously platted.  All
              residential units constructed also must meet
              Okanogan County Health District regulations
              for septic and water development.

              Ferry County's Planning and Building
              Department is responsible for county
              planning, comprehensive plan administration,
              zoning code enforcement, building permit
              issuance, inspection and enforcement.  There
              currently is no zoning in the unincorporated
              area of the  county. However, Ferry County
              has opted to comply with the Growth
              Management Act.  A Comprehensive Plan
              was adopted in September 1995.
               Crown Jewel Mine  + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-162
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
A review of housing potential on a
community-by-community basis indicates that
developing housing throughout the study area
has been problematic. Currently or in recent
years, all of the incorporated communities
have faced some combination of topographic,
water supply, sewer and/or floodplain
constraints.

The Chesaw Highlands rural area is affected
by limitations on securing potable water due
to the difficulty of finding productive
domestic wells. The  majority of wells drilled
in this area reportedly yield an average of
three to seven gallons per minute (gpm).
New state regulations, particularly regarding
water supply, may limit rural area
development, particularly with larger
developments that may be increasingly likely
to occur within or near cities rather than in
rural unincorporated areas.

Most, though not all of the incorporated
communities, appear  to have at least some
capacity near term to accommodate
residential growth based on capacity of
infrastructure and availability of suitable
building lots.  As the  study area's largest
city, Omak appears to be in the best position
to support added development, particularly
with the recent completion of water system
improvements.

Okanogan, Oroville, Republic and  Riverside
have capacity for added  growth, albeit with
some limitations.  Much  of Okanogan County
is located in the 100  year floodplain, and the
sewer system is operating in excess of 85%
of capacity. Oroville's primary  limitations
have been associated with strained school
capacity and limited availability of building
lots, although properties with residential
development potential are being annexed to
the  city and added water service has been
extended to the airport area.

Republic also has limited availability of
building lots and a sewage treatment facility
nearing  capacity, although capacity may be
added.  Riverside is affected by location in
the  100 year floodplain and questions of lot
availability.
                        Two study area cities, Conconully and
                        Tonasket, appear to have less capability of
                        accommodating residential development for
                        at least the near term. Conconully's sewer
                        system exceeds treatment facility capacity in
                        the summer, and few building lots are
                        reportedly available. Tonasket is operating at
                        98% of sewage treatment capacity  (peak
                        flow month), and is in violation of WADOE
                        standards (as of 1995).  Tonasket schools
                        are also close to capacity (even with recent
                        improvements), and buildable lots are in
                        relatively short supply although property
                        being annexed  to the city has  potential for
                        future development.

                        3.20.4 Employment

                        There are major differences in the
                        composition of the  employed labor force in
                        Ferry and Okanogan Counties.  Census data
                        for labor force and  employment are  presented
                        in the following:

                        •   Table 3.20.3, 1990 Labor Force and
                           Employment Data;

                        •  Figure 3.20.2, Employment Distribution
                           for Ferry County; and

                        •  Figure 3.20.3, Employment Distribution
                           for Okanogan County.

                        The Washington State Employment  Security
                        Department also collects employment data on
                        a countywide basis (but not for cities or
                        census subdivisions of a county).
                        Employment Security data differs from
                        census data in three key respects.

                        (1) Employment Security excludes
                           proprietors, the self-employed, members
                           of armed services, and workers  in private
                           households. Census data  covers all types
                           of workers.

                        (2) Employment Security assigns all
                           government workers (including school
                           employees) to the governmental
                           category.  Census data counts only
                           administrative workers in the public
                           administration category; other
                           government workers may be assigned to
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-163
TABLE 3.20.3, 1990 LABOR FORCE AND EMPLOYMENT DATA

Chesaw/Oroville
Study
Area
Ferry
County
Okanogan
County
Washington
State
Labor Force (16 years +)
% in Labor Force
% Unemployed
60.1%
11.4%
60.5%
9.9%
60.3%
16.8%
61.4%
10.2%
66.7%
5.7%
Occupational Status (% of Total)
Managerial, Professional
Technical, Sales, Administrative
Service
Farm, Forestry, Fisheries
Product Craft & Repair
Operators, Fabricators, Laborers
Total
14.6%
21.6%
9.2%
27.1%
8.3%
19.3%
100.0%
19.6%
23.0%
11.7%
16.1%
1 1 .0%
18.6%
100.0%
22.7%
18.5%
13.8%
10.8%
16.6%
17.6%
100.0%
19.1%
22.8%
12.8%
18.6%
9.2%
17.6%
100.0%
27.7%
31.3%
12.8%
3.4%
1 1 .6%
13.2%
100.0%
Industry of Employed Persons (% of Total)
Agriculture
Mining
Construction
Manufacturing
Transportation, Communication,
Public Utilities
Wholesale & Retail Trade
Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
Services
Public Administration1
Total
Total Number Employed
23.9%
1.7%
5.1%
1 1 .0%
6.7%
25.9%
2.6%
18.1%
4.9%
100.0%
2,315
16.1%
3.1%
5.8%
12.4%
5.1%
3.3%
25.4%
6.1%

100.0%
9,745
11.5%
1 1 .4%
9.1%
1 1 .5%
4.0%
3.8%
26.4%
8.2%

100.0%
2,296
19.3%
0.4%
6.1%
1 1 .0%
5.8%
2.8%
25.6%
6.8%

100.0%
13,632
3.7%
0.2%
6.3%
17.5%
7.3%
6.4%
31.8%
4.9%

100.0%
2,293,961
Note: 1 . The Census category of public administration includes some but not all government
workers.
Source: Bureau of Census, 1990. Detailed employment data for county subdivisions is not available.
 other industry sectors, such as services for
 school teachers.

 (3) Employment Security tracks workers by
    their place of work, while the census
    tracks workers by their place of
    residence.

 The composition of 1990 employment for
 Okanogan and Ferry Counties, using U.S.
 Census data, is illustrated on Figure 3.20.2,
 Employment Distribution for Ferry County and
 Figure 3.20.3, Employment Distribution for
 Okanogan County.

 As of the 1990 Census, the percentage of
 those who are age 16 and over  who are in
               the labor force in Ferry and Okanogan
               Counties was below the statewide
               participation rate of 66.7%.  See Table
               3.20.3, 1990 Labor Force and Employment
               Data.  Unemployment rates have also been
               well above the state average, particularly in
               Ferry County, but less so for the study area.

               Relatively high proportions of the Okanogan
               and Ferry County labor force is employed in
               farm, forestry, fishery and operator,
               fabricator and laborer occupations.  By
               industry, relatively high proportions of area
               workers are employed in agriculture, mining,
               construction, and public administration; while
               relatively low proportions are employed in
               manufacturing,  transportation,
                Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-164
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
communications, public utilities, finance,
insurance, real estate and services.

It is noted that the proportion of the labor
force employed in mining and construction
has been appreciably higher for Ferry than
Okanogan County.  As of 1990, mining
represented 11 % of Ferry County, 3% of the
study area and less than 1 % of Okanogan
County employment. Within the
Chesaw/Oroville area, mining has accounted
for less than 2%  of employment by place of
residence.

More recent data on employment and  payroll
is provided by Table 3.20.4, 1994 Covered
Employment and Wages Paid by Sector
(Okanogan and Ferry Counties).  Okanogan
and Ferry Counties  had a combined
employment base of over 20,000 jobs in
1994. The single largest employment sector
is agriculture with close to 5,800 jobs  (or
29% of the employment total). The next
largest sectors are government, retail trade
and services -- which together with
agriculture account for 80% of the two-
county employment base.  With 310
                        employees, mining represents 1.5% of the
                       two-county employment total.

                       Washington State Employment Security data
                       for 1994 indicates that a majority of
                       Okanogan County employment (52%) has
                       been provided by two industries: agriculture
                       (32% of all jobs), followed by government
                       (20%).  In Ferry County, the top three
                       employment sectors account for 66% of total
                       employment: government (at 38%), retail
                       trade (14%) and mining (14%).

                       The State of Washington Employment
                       Security Department also has compiled
                       information  on the characteristics of
                       unemployment claimants for 1994. The data
                       indicates that of 5,303 unemployment claims
                       filed in  Ferry and Okanogan Counties, 3,106
                       (or 59%) were filed by persons living in the
                       study area.  This is similar to the percentage
                       of residents in the two counties who live in
                       the study area (60%).

                       However, the characteristics of
                       unemployment claimants in the study area
                       are different from those of the entire two-
TABLE 3.20.4, 1994 COVERED EMPLOYMENT AND WAGES PAID BY SECTOR
(OKANOGAN AND FERRY COUNTIES)
Employment Sector
Agriculture & Forestry
Mining
Construction
Manufacturing
Transportation, Communication, Public
Utilities
Wholesale Trade
Retail Trade
Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
Services
Government
Federal
State
Local
Not Elsewhere Classified
Total Employment
Employment
5,788
310
450
1,406
319
1,159
2,899
340
2,851
4,458
1,087
355
3,016
38
20,018
Wages Paid
$52,945,894
$12,578,581
$8,713,874
$33,589,714
$7,903,214
$19,458,245
$35,783,323
$5,461,259
$42,770,748
$116,037,657
$40,091,495
$8,953,855
$66,992,307
$636,684
$335,879,193
Wages Per
Employee
$9,148
$40,576
$19,364
$23,890
$24,775
$16,789
$12,343
$16,063
$15,002
$26,029
$36,883
$25,222
$22,212
$16,755
$16,779
Note: Data are provided for employees covered by unemployment insurance.
Source: State of Washington Employment Security Department, 1996.
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-165
county area.  Relatively high proportions of
study area residentemployed in
manufacturing and trade.  Comparatively low
proportions of unemployment claimants have
employment experience in agriculture and
services.

Characteristics of the existing labor force are
important for assessment of local hiring
potentials associated with the Crown Jewel
Project.  For purposes of this EIS, the term
"local hire" is intended to mean persons who
lived in the study area of northeastern
Okanogan County and western Ferry County
prior to hiring and who did not move into the
study area in anticipation of being hired at
the Crown Jewel Project.

3.20.5 Income

A variety of measures and sources can be
used to profile characteristics and trends
related to  income in Okanogan  and Ferry
Counties and in the study area.

Household Income

Household income data for the
Chesaw/Oroville subdivision, entire study
area, Ferry and Okanogan Counties and the
entire state are shown by Table 3.20.5, 1989
Household Income Data.
              As of the 1990 Census, median household
              income for Ferry County residents was
              $25,170 (81% of the state median figure of
              $31,183).  Median income in Okanogan
              County was $20,303 (65% of the statewide
              median).

              Both Okanogan County and the
              Chesaw/Oroville area are at the lower end  of
              median household incomes reported for rural
              (i.e. non-metropolitan) counties in the state of
              Washington.  For 24 non-metropolitan
              counties statewide,  median household
              incomes reported for the 1990 census  (for
              calendar year 1989) range from $20,029 to
              $31,278.

              Between 1979 and 1989, overall household
              incomes increased more rapidly in Ferry
              County ( + 72%) than in Okanogan County
              ( + 47%).  Statewide, median household
              income increased by 70% during the decade
              of the 1980s.  More recent data from the
              Washington State Office of Financial
              Management indicates that, from 1989-1994,
              median household incomes of residents
              increased by 23% and 15% in Okanogan and
              Ferry Counties respectively, compared to a
              24% increase statewide.

              Within the six census subdivisions
              encompassed by the study area, 1989
              median incomes vary considerably (from
TABLE 3.20.5, 1989 HOUSEHOLD INCOME DATA

Median Household Income
% Change 1979-1989
Chesaw/Oroville
$16,134
-
Study
Area
$16,134 to $30,040
-
Ferry
County
$25,170
71.6%
Okanogan
County
$20,303
46.7%
% Distribution of Household Income
Less than $10,000
$10,000 - $24,999
$25,000 - $49,999
$50,000 +
Total
% Below Poverty Level1
31.9%
38.5%
22.8%
6.8%
100.0%
27.8%
24.1%
34.9%
30.1%
10.9%
100.0%
21.5%
20.9%
28.6%
37.3%
13.2%
100.0%
23.7%
23.8%
35.9%
29.6%
10.7%
100.0%
21.5%
Washington
State
$31,183
69.8%

12.9%
26.3%
36.4%
24.3%
100.0%
10.9%
Note: 1 . Poverty levels are based on total 1989 income of the family or a non-family householder, adjusted for
size of family, number of children and age of family householder or unrelated individual for one and two
person households.
Source: Bureau of Census, 1990. Detailed income data from the 1980 Census is not available for county
subdivisions.
              Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-166
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
$ 16,134 to $30,040).  Lowest median
income (of $16,134) is reported for the
Chesaw/Oroville area, which is only 52% of
the statewide median income figure.

Chesaw/Oroville also has had a relatively high
proportion of households (28%) with incomes
that are below poverty level. This proportion
is considerably higher than the statewide
household figure of 11 % with below poverty
level incomes.

Sources of Income

The U.S. Census also provides information
covering sources of household income for
Ferry and Okanogan Counties as well as the
entire state,  as detailed by Table 3.20.6,
 1979 and 1989 Sources of Household
Income.  In 1989, 72% of households in the
two-county area received wage and salary
income, a figure which is below the
statewide proportion of about 78%. In
contrast, relatively high proportions of
households in  the two-county area receive
income from self-employment, social security
and public assistance.

 More recent information regarding sources of
 income is available from the U.S. Bureau of
 Economic Analysis.  As of 1993, 61 %  of
 income in the  two-county area was received
 from earnings versus 69% statewide.
 Investments constitute 14% of income in
 Okanogan and Ferry Counties compared to
 15% statewide, while transfer payments
                       represent 26% and 16% of income for the
                       two-county area and State of Washington
                       respectively.  Between 1989 and 1993,
                       transfer payments increased from 22% to
                       26% of incomes in the Okanogan and Ferry
                       County area.

                       Based on comments made in social values
                       interviews, at a public meeting regarding
                       socioeconomics on December 17, 1992, and
                       in response to the draft EIS, it is noted that
                       reported income data alone does not provide
                       a complete picture of economic activity in the
                       study area. Particularly in the
                       Chesaw/Highlands area, a substantial amount
                       of barter activity has been indicated. As in
                       many rural areas,  other cash income is
                       generated that may go unreported.  For these
                       reasons, the local standard of living may be
                       higher than would be indicated by income
                       data alone.

                       Wage Income

                       A useful indicator of wage-related incomes is
                       provided by Table 3.20.4,  1994 Covered
                       Employment and Wages Paid by Sector
                        (Okanogan and Ferry Counties).

                       As of  1994,  1,896 workers were employed
                        in Ferry County and 18,122 in Okanogan for
                        a total employment in both counties of
                        20,018. Total wages paid in both counties
                        was almost $336 million, averaging out at
                        close to $16,800 per employee.
TABLE 3.20.6, 1979 AND 1989 SOURCES OF HOUSEHOLD INCOME
Source of Income
Wage & Salary Income
Self -employment Income
Investment Income
Social Security Income
Public Assistance Income
Other Income
Total Households
1980 Census (1979 Data)
Okanogan and
Ferry Counties
76.2%
20.6%
32.2%
27.8%
7.0%
29.2%
13,427
Washington
State
79.1%
13.8%
45.1%
23.0%
6.4%
27.2%
1,542,685
1990 Census
Okanogan and
Ferry Counties
72.0%
19.4%
28.6%
29.7%
10.9%
28.5%
15,016
(1989 Data)
Washington
State

15.2%
44.7%
24.0%
6.7%
29.5%
1,875,508
Source: Bureau of Census, 1 990.
                Crown Jewel Mine 4  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-167
 Highest study area wages on a per employee
 basis are paid in mining (approximately
 $40,600 per employee), followed by federal
 government employment  (approximately
 $36,900 per employee), state government,
 and then transportation, communication,
 public utilities employment.  Lowest average
 payrolls are in retail trade (approximately
 $12,300 per employee) and  agriculture (less
 than $9,200).

 Tourism Income

 A key component of the Okanogan County
 economy is tourism. Tourism impacts a
 variety of economic sectors,  notably services
 (such as motels and campgrounds), and retail
 trade (including restaurants,  gas stations, and
 a variety of other store types).  As of 1994,
 Ferry and Okanogan Counties experienced
 over $102  million in travel-related
 expenditures, $89 million of  which is
 attributable to Okanogan County.  The two-
 county area accounts for  1.4% of travel
 expenditures statewide, which exceeds the
 two-county area's 0.8% share of the state's
 population.

 Statistical data related to travel expenditures,
 payroll and employment in Okanogan and
 Ferry Counties and the  entire state is
 provided by Table 3.20.7,  1994 Comparative
 Travel Impacts.

Travel-related employment of 1,740
represents 9% of the total job base and 5%
of the payroll in Ferry and Okanogan
Counties.  Average payroll per employee is
 $10,100.
              The distribution of travel-related expenditures
              between the Ferry/Okanogan County area and
              State of Washington can be compared in two
              ways as noted by Figure 3.20.4, 1994 Travel
              Expenditures by Type of Business, and Figure
              3.20.5, 1994 Travel Expenditures by Type of
              A ccommodation.

              When reviewed by type of business,
              relatively high proportions of total travel
              expenditures in Okanogan and Ferry Counties
              are spent for transportation,
              accommodations,  dining, recreation, and
              groceries as compared to the entire state.
              When viewed by type of accommodation,
              79% of travel-related expenditures in Ferry
              and Okanogan Counties are attributable to
              visitors using  overnight lodging or
              campgrounds and to day travelers.
              Compared to the entire state, relatively high
              proportions of visitors to the two-county area
              (49%)  either use campgrounds or are day
              travelers (with no  overnight stay).

              Of more specific interest to the
              Chesaw/Highlands area  is tourism-related
              activity linked directly to recreation. Section
              3.15, Recreation Activities, identifies
              recreation  in the study area comprising:

              •  A variety of recreation activities including
                 camping, hunting, fishing, snowmobiling,
                 cross-country  skiing, mountain biking,
                 bird watching  and scenic drives are noted
                 as area attractions.

              •  448 large game hunters and  1,831  hunter
                 days annually, based on a four year
                 average.
TABLE 3.20.7, 1994 COMPARATIVE TRAVEL IMPACTS
Geographic
Area
Ferry County
Okanogan County
Ferry and Okanogan
Counties
Washington State Total
Travel
Expenditures
(x $1,000)
$13,010
$89,480
$102,490
$7,529,420
Total Payroll
(x $1,000)
$2,080
$15,510
$17,590
$1,505,430
Total
Employment
(x $1,000)
240
1,500
1,740
96,310
Tax Receipts
(x $1,000)
Local
$90
$750
$840
$104,900
State
$920
$5,990
$6,910
$411,670
Source: Washington State Community, Trade and Economic Development, 1 995.
               Crown Jewel Mine *  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-168
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
•   Recreation use of USDA Forest Service
    facilities averaging 13,1 50 visits and
    7,390 recreation visitor days per year.

•   Persons driving for pleasure  estimated at
    16,470 people and 1,370 visitor days per
    year.

Statewide, the average campground-related
expenditure  per visitor day is just over
$21.83 (WACTED, 1995). Applying this per
visitor day expenditure to the  quantitative
measures of hunting and camping  activity
noted above results in a direct expenditure
estimate just over $0.2 million per year for
the study area. This expenditure represents
less than 1 % of total combined travel-related
expenditures in Ferry and Okanogan
Counties. It is noted that the tourism (i.e.
non-local) portion could be less than the $1.3
million indicated, as some (albeit
undocumented) portion of recreation activity
likely represents use by residents of the study
area.

Summary of Income Analysis

In summary, it is noted that natural resource
based activities have contributed less than a
majority but still a relatively stable proportion
of real income to the Okanogan  and  Ferry
County economy in recent years.  As of
1994, resource based employment in
agriculture,  forestry and mining  accounted for
31 %  of employment and  close to  20% of
total wages paid in the two-county area.
From 1990-1994, mining's share of total
income declined while that of agriculture and
forestry increased.

Other important sources of wage income
include government, services, retail trade and
manufacturing.  Tourism  is important to the
local  economy, with relatively high
expenditures in Okanogan and Ferry Counties
compared with the rest of the State of
Washington.

As has occurred in other non-metropolitan
counties throughout western  states, non-
wage incomes (including sources  such as
retirement,  investment, public assistance and
social security) have come to represent an
increased share of total income. However,
                        earned income continues to account for the
                        majority (61 %) of total income for Okanogan
                        and Ferry Counties.

                        3.20.6  Community and Public Services

                        During the EIS scoping process,  concerns
                        were raised as to the impact of the proposed
                        Crown Jewel Project on community and
                        public services in the area during
                        construction, operations and, ultimately,
                        during decommissioning/reclamation.
                        Assessing community and public services
                        involved contacts first in 1992 for the draft
                        EIS and then more recently in  1996 for the
                        final EIS with the following providers:

                        •   Education;

                        •   Law Enforcement;

                        •   Fire Protection;

                        •   Ambulance Services;

                        •   Hospital and Medical Services;

                        •   Social Services;

                        •   Water Supply;

                        •   Wastewater Treatment;

                        •   Solid Waste; and,

                        •   Electrical Utilities.

                        Education

                        Six public school districts  provide K-12
                        education services within the  study area.
                        The Okanogan, Omak, Oroville and Tonasket
                        districts serve the Okanogan County portion
                        of the study area; and Curlew and  Republic
                        serve the Ferry County portion.

                        Current enrollment statistics for each of the
                        six districts are provided  by Table 3.20.8,
                         1995 School Enrollments by Grade.

                        Total 1995  enrollment of these  six districts is
                        6,474 students. Combined, the Omak,
                        Okanogan, Oroville and Tonasket districts in
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-169
TABLE 3.20.8, 1995 SCHOOL ENROLLMENTS BY GRADE
Grade
K
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Total 1995
Enrollment
Total 1992
Enrollment
Total 1990
Enrollment
Change from
1990-1992
Change from
1992-1995
Change from
1990-1995
Enrollment
Capacity1
Okanogan
83
105
85
81
86
80
109
80
75
99
71
90
58
1,102
989
982
+ 7
+ 113
+ 120
1,652
Omak
199
188
174
165
197
185
178
219
186
209
164
119
128
2,311
2,221
2,141
+ 80
+ 90
+ 170
2,500
Oroville
70
84
70
90
75
79
84
57
60
75
53
50
44
891
885
822
+ 63
+ 6
+ 69
931
Tonasket
81
106
94
89
100
92
126
108
97
102
96
66
53
1,210
1,105
1,107
-2
+ 105
+ 103
1,250
Curlew
29
18
22
24
23
33
25
26
34
43
26
26
30
359
348
331
+ 17
+ 11
+ 28
395/600
Republic
39
47
47
42
46
38
60
50
49
53
51
50
29
601
631
600
+ 31
-30
+ 1
800
Total by
Grade
501
548
492
491
527
507
582
540
501
581
461
401
342
6,474
6,179
5,983
+ 196
+ 295
+ 491
7,528/7,733
Note: 1. Enrollment capacity is as reported by the school district. Figures for Omak, Tonasket and
the upper figure for Curlew represent capacity data provided by the State Superintendent
of Public Instruction.
Source: ESD 101, 1996; North Central ESD, 1996. Reported enrollments are as of October 1995.
Okanogan County account for 85% of study
area enrollment.

Enrollment is relatively consistent across all
grade levels  (in a range of 491 to 582
students per grade) up through grade nine.
Grades 10-12  currently have substantially
smaller class sizes at 461,  401 and 342
students per class, respectively.

Enrollment in the study area districts
increased by 196 students (or by 3.3%)
between the fall of 1990 and 1992.
Enrollment increased  by another 295 students
from 1992-1995, for a  five year gain of 491
students (8.2%) between 1990 and  1995.
              The greatest enrollment gains between 1990
              and 1995 have been experienced in the
              Omak (+ 170 students),  Okanogan (+ 120),
              and Tonasket ( + 103) districts, though the
              greatest percentage increases have been in
              the Okanogan  and Tonasket School Districts.

              Currently, enrollment across all six districts is
              at approximately 85% of reported school
              facility capacity. The Okanogan district
              appears to have the fewest constraints
              (operating at 67% of capacity) while
              enrollment in the Oroville and Tonasket
              districts exceeds 95% of indicated capacity.
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-170
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Two of the six districts (Omak and Curlew)
report that they are facing current or
prospective facility deficiencies as a result of
enrollment growth  and/or levy failures.
Okanogan and Republic have capacity to
handle significant added enrollment growth
currently; Oroville and Tonasket have some,
albeit limited, added capacity as a result of
recent facility improvements.

Oroville  School District reconstructed several
schools  in 1993, providing additional student
capacity of 100 students over grades K-12.
The reconfigured schools were intended to
accommodate growth for 50 students each in
the K-6  and 7-12 facilities.  However, much
of the additional  space is now filled, with
enrollment just 40  students below capacity
as of October  1995.  In addition, the Oroville
School District is constructing a lunch facility
for the 7-12 building.

School construction in the Tonasket School
District  involves Phase I of a new high school
which was completed and occupied as of
October 1 995, except for a music room
which will be completed in Phase II.  Also in
Phase II, an older portion of the high school is
being removed to enable construction of a
new middle school. Occupancy of the new
elementary school  has been completed.
Middle school occupancy (part of Phase II)
was completed in September 1996.

The combined capacity for the Tonasket
district is estimated at 1,250 students.  With
enrollment of 1,210 students as of October
1 995, it appears that these improved
facilities will provide increased capacity for
an estimated  40 additional students.

The north campus  of Wenatchee Valley
College  (Wenatchee)  is located in Omak, as is
the privately-run Heritage College. Enrollment
at Wenatchee Valley  College is at 400 full-
time equivalent students as of 1995.  Current
economic conditions  are leading more
residents to take a course or stay in school
longer to improve job opportunities.
Wenatchee Valley  College also offers adult
basic education in  Tonasket and  Oroville.
Maximum facility capacity is 425 students.
                        While Wenatchee Valley College enrollment is
                        under its maximum enrollment lid, existing
                        facilities are described as overused on
                        weekday evenings, and Saturdays.  The
                        college is increasingly looking to serve a role
                        in job training by both retraining for ex-forest
                        products workers as well as training for new
                        industries to the area.

                        Heritage College (Omak Campus) operates a
                        four year private college with degree
                        programs in education, business, and
                        psychology, and have recently added
                        programs in public administration and
                        gerontology, together with a  masters of
                        social work.  Of the 120 students enrolled
                        (including part-time students), 80% are
                        women and many are single parents.
                        Heritage College has been in the community
                        for 13 years, with an emphasis on quality
                        education for minorities and isolated
                        populations.

                        Law Enforcement

                        Law enforcement services are provided for
                        the rural unincorporated portions of the study
                        area by the Okanogan and Ferry County
                        Sheriff Departments.  Most of the
                        incorporated cities have their own police
                        departments.  However, the City of
                        Okanogan contracts with the Okanogan
                        County Sheriff's Department for law
                        enforcement services.

                        The Okanogan County Sheriff has added two
                        deputies in the north district and one in the
                        south district.  The north district office covers
                        the Chesaw/Molson and Okanogan Highland
                        areas.  Patrols through the Chesaw/Molson
                        area occur approximately two to three times
                        per week.

                        The Okanogan County Sheriff's  Department
                        estimates needing half-time clerical staff at
                        the north district office in Tonasket to enable
                        current deputy staff to adequately cover an
                        expected increase in population  of this
                        district. The office is unstaffed  and not open
                        to the public except when officers are on-site
                        to prepare reports.

                        Conconully has a part-time marshal! with
                        backup provided by the Okanogan Sheriff's
                Crown Jewel Mine i  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-171
Department, and with no local financial
capacity currently to support additional
service.

Since 1992, the Omak police department has
remodeled existing facilities, updated its
vehicle fleet and increased staff by two patrol
officers and one support position, bringing
staff total to 15.

Oroville has an eight person police
department. As of December 31, 1995, the
city discontinued its jail, city court and
dispatch, opting to contract with Okanogan
County for these services.

The Republic police department consists of a
two person operation; the Ferry County
Sheriff provides backup for 24-hour
protection. Ferry County's ability to provide
adequate rural area law enforcement is
reported to be increasingly strained.

Riverside has no paid police but contracts
with the Okanogan County Sheriff's
Department for law enforcement service.
The Washington State  Patrol also provides
informal protection to Riverside.

Tonasket has a five person police department
plus volunteer reserves. However, a need for
added  reserve support  is noted, and plans are
being considered for future construction of a
combined fire and police station.

The Washington State  Patrol has one
sergeant and nine officers assigned to
Okanogan County. Officers are responsible
for patrolling all Washington state highways
in Okanogan County.  In addition, they
provide assistance on secondary county
roads on an "as needed" basis.

There are a total of five Department of Fish
and Wildlife enforcement officers for
Okanogan County (one sergeant and four
officers). The four officers are responsible for
enforcing all game related regulations.

Fire Protection

Fire protection, for the  more populated
portions of the study area, is provided by five
city and eight rural fire districts in Okanogan
               County and by the Curlew district together
               with the City of Republic/Republic district in
               Ferry County.  The cities generally have
               cooperative relationships, including joint
               staffing with the rural districts providing
               funding for adjoining rural areas.

               All of the cities and  fire districts operate  with
               volunteer personnel.  Some of the cities  have
               a paid fire chief.  All cities and most rural fire
               districts have personnel with emergency
               medical treatment and first response
               capability.

               Substantial portions  of the study area are
               outside the boundaries of any fire district.
               However, the Forest Service provides
               coverage  for their holdings.  Most local
               districts provide assistance outside their
               immediate districts through formal or informal
               mutual aid agreements.

               The WADNR provides fire protection for
               state,  BLM and private wildlands throughout
               the county. Interagency agreements between
               the WADNR, the Forest Service and rural fire
               departments provide for initial response,
               mutual aid, and cooperative fire control.

               Ambulance Services

               Ambulance and related emergency transport
               services are provided in a variety of ways in
               Okanogan and  Ferry Counties. Most of the
               city fire departments assist with emergency
               medical services.  The Oroville Emergency
               Medical Services District provides emergency
               transport  services within the northern portion
               of Okanogan County.  Ferry County
               Emergency Medical Services District #1
               provides service from the Canadian border
               south to the Colville Indian Reservation.
               Tonasket  also provides ambulance service.

               Life-Line serves the Omak-Okanogan area
               with a fully-equipped, licensed ambulance
               operated on a 24-hour call basis along  with
               helicopter and fixed  wing  plane transport
               services.

               Air flight transport is also provided  by Life
               Bird helicopter  service to Deaconess Hospital
               and fixed  wing plane service to Sacred Heart
               Hospital.  Both hospitals are located in
                Crown Jewel Mine  f Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-172
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Spokane.

Hospital and Medical Services

Hospitals located within the study area are
the Mid-Valley Hospital in Omak, North Valley
Hospital in Tonasket and Ferry County
Memorial Hospital in Republic.  North Valley
also operates a medical clinic in  Oroville.  All
of the hospitals are  partially tax  supported,
each with its own property tax base.

Combined, the three study area  hospitals
have a total  of 76 acute care beds available.
Hospital occupancy  as of early 1996 ranges
from approximately  25% to less than 45%.

A variety of  other medical and related
services are  located within the study area,
including local clinics, nursing/congregate
care facilities, and general care centers.
There are no medical facilities located in the
immediate Chesaw/Highlands area.

Social Services

As in most urban and rural communities, a
variety of social service programs are
available in both Okanogan and  Ferry
Counties. Comprehensive listings of social
service providers and activities are difficult to
develop because providers include a mix  of
state, federal, county and local agencies;
non-profit organizations ranging  from
churches to  non-profit organizations
contracting with government agencies; and
private providers such as counselors.

The services provided by individual
organizations are constantly changing in
response to  community needs, funding
availability, and volunteer interest.

The major state agency with social service
responsibilities  is the Washington Department
of Social and Health Services. Washington
Department of Social and Health Services has
offices in Omak and Republic.

Within Okanogan  County, the Okanogan
County Community  Action Council serves in
the role of an umbrella  agency and provides
housing, emergency, and other  human service
programs.  In Ferry  County, the Ferry County
                        Community Services Department provides a
                        similar umbrella agency role, as well as
                        serving some clients in eastern Okanogan
                        County.

                        Water Supply

                        Public water supply systems in the study area
                        are currently provided  by a mix of local
                        municipalities and community systems.  With
                        the exception of a few community systems,
                        most rural area residents rely on their own
                        domestic well systems.

                        Curlew and the more immediate Chesaw and
                        Molson areas each have community water
                        systems; the remainder of the rural area
                        depends primarily on private domestic wells.
                        The feasibility of securing water in a rural
                        area for domestic use  is related both to
                        conditions of ground water  availability and
                        regulatory requirements.

                        Domestic wells can draw up to 5,000 gallons
                        per day, including stock water and irrigation,
                        with no permit required, but are subject to
                        health department standards regarding water
                        quality.  Okanogan County currently requires
                        a capacity for 400 gallons per day in order to
                        issue a building permit for a single residential
                        structure with its  own domestic well. Type B
                        community water systems require a minimum
                        of 1,250 gallons per day per connection
                        which includes water for irrigation and
                        domestic use.

                        In the valleys along streams, it has not been
                        difficult to date to obtain adequate flows
                        from domestic wells.  Contacts with realtors
                        suggest that drilling wells with adequate
                        water production  can  be considerably more
                        problematic in upland  and plateau areas.

                        Typically, quantities of water actually
                        appropriated are well below what is allowed
                        with existing water rights.  To date, there
                        have been no reported problems  with
                        excessive water appropriation (WADOE,
                        1996).

                        While most domestic wells  are exempt from
                        the permitting process, domestic water users
                        are not exempt from regulation in favor of
                        senior water rights if the need arises.  It is
                Crown Jewel Mine  * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-173
 possible that future residential development in
 the Highlands area could lead to over-
 appropriation, resulting in subsequent
 limitations on new development.  Emergency
 closures limiting new development have
 occurred,  for example, in the Methow Valley
 area of Okanogan County.

 Irrigation water is provided for many rural
 landowners  in the study area by the Oroville-
 Tonasket, Whitestone, Riverside, Duck Lake,
 and Omak-Okanogan Irrigation Districts.
 Many of these districts have been developed
 or improved through cooperative  efforts with
 the Bureau of Reclamation.

 All of the  incorporated communities in the
 study area have adequate water capacity to
 serve additional development, as  does the
 community system for the unincorporated
 Curlew area.  Conconully is the only
 incorporated community without  a public
 water system, as individual property owners
 use their own wells.

 Omak has obtained an additional  water
 source capable of delivering 2,300 gpm.  In
 the spring of 1 995, the system began
 pumping 1,500 gpm.  This added source is
 expected to  accommodate residential growth
 in Omak over the next  10 to 15 years. Omak
 also has installed water meters and in June
 1995 began billing consumers under a new
 rate structure to encourage consumer
 conservation efforts.

 Wastewater  Treatment

 The only identified sanitary, storm, or related
 wastewater  treatment systems in Okanogan
 and Ferry  Counties are operated by local
 municipalities. The incorporated community
 of Riverside  and  unincorporated areas do not
 provide sewer, as residents typically use on-
 site septic systems.

As of 1995,  wastewater treatment facilities
for Conconully, Okanogan, Tonasket and
Republic are  operating in excess of 85% of
total influent (peak month)  design capacity,
although Republic could potentially
accommodate a doubling of population with
utilization  of alternate sewage treatment
ponds.  Omak and Oroville have capacities
              which would accommodate residential
              development.  Violations of regulatory
              standards are noted for the Tonasket sewage
              treatment facility by the WADOE in 1995.

              Residences in rural areas typically are on
              individual septic systems.  Some of these are
              unapproved septic systems and outhouses,
              especially in the Okanogan Highlands. These
              unapproved facilities have the potential to
              cause water pollution and health problems
              now or in the future.

              Solid Waste

              Okanogan County opened a new landfill one-
              quarter mile south of the Okanogan City
              limits on  January 4, 1994.  The landfill has a
              47 year design life and does not accept
              hazardous or moderate risk waste, but does
              accept asbestos. The landfill diverts wood
              wastes and yard wastes which is used or
              sold for mulch.  The county operates  three
              transfer stations located at: Ellisforde in north
              county; Bridgeport Bar in south county; and
              Twisp located on the west side of Okanogan
              County.

              Operated in conjunction with the landfill is a
              recycling  center which takes newspaper,
              cardboard, office paper, aluminum, and motor
              oil.  The recycling center cannot accept glass,
              tin,  or magazines. Five hundred poplars have
              been planted around the perimeter of  the
              landfill to improve visual aesthetics and serve
              as a wind break.

              The Ferry County landfill closed October 9,
              1993. The transfer  station which served the
              northwest part of Ferry County
              (approximately 4,000 residents) currently
              transfers  solid waste to a Stevens County
              landfill. Duration of  the current arrangement
              with Stevens County is three years, after
              which solid waste will be transported to a
              regional landfill.

              Electrical  Utilities

              Electric power in both the incorporated and
              unincorporated areas of the study area is
              provided by public utility districts operating  in
              Okanogan and Ferry Counties.  Okanogan
              County holds an 8% interest in the Wells
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-174
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Dam hydroelectric facility on the Columbia
River.

Pertinent statistics regarding system
capacities and demand (by residential and all
customers) are provided by Table 3.20.9,
Okanogan and Ferry County Electric Utility
Data.

Electric load growth in Okanogan County has
been increasing at a rate of over 2% per year
with a combined 7% increase in load growth
experienced from 1991-1994.  A major share
of total demand is from residential customers,
followed  by commercial and agricultural
users, including industrial customers (such as
mills and fruit packing operations).

In Ferry County, total kilowatt hours (KWH)
of load decreased by 4% between 1991  and
1994.  Major Ferry County industrial
customers include Vaagen Brothers Lumber
and Echo Bay Mining.  The residential
customer base is increasing slowly, mostly in
the north county/Curlew area.

Extensive discussions have taken place
regarding electrical service to the proposed
Crown Jewel Project.  It is proposed that a
new power transmission line would be
constructed on  Okanogan PUD right-of-way
along an existing powerline from Oroville to
the south of Chesaw.  A new 115 kw
(kilowatt) line would be constructed from
south of Chesaw up the Ethel Creek drainage
                       the mine site, providing power to the Crown
                       Jewel Project from the Okanogan County
                       PUD.

                       The Proponent for the Crown  Jewel Project
                       has already spent funds for purchase of right-
                       of-way and engineering.  Power consumption
                       is estimated to be in the range of ten
                       megawatts per day, representing
                       approximately a 10% increase in the load of
                       the Okanogan PUD. The Proponent would
                       pay incremental cost for power purchased, if
                       the Crown Jewel Project is approved.

                       3.20.7  Fiscal Conditions

                       Current data and trends regarding
                       expenditures and revenues for local county,
                       city and  other public agency service providers
                       have been obtained through direct contacts
                       with the pertinent public and community
                       service providers.

                       Major revenue sources for most local
                       governments include:

                       •  Taxes, including property, sales and use
                           taxes (local option for  cities and
                           counties);

                       •   Licenses, permits and  fees (including user
                           fees as for water and sewer);

                       •   Federal and state grants and
                            reimbursements (i.e. intergovernmental
                            revenue); and,
TABLE 3.20.9, OKANOGAN AND FERRY COUNTY ELECTRIC UTILITY DATA

Total Customer
Residential Customers
Total Kilowatt-Hour Sales (x $1,000)
Residential Kilowatt-Hour Sales
Total Average Revenue Per KWH Sold
Residential Revenue Per KWH Sold
Number of Employees
Okanogan County
PUD#1
18,569
14,488
566,664
261,277
$2.70
$2.73
55
Ferry County
PUD #1
2,752
2,246
113,348
29,269
$4.80
$5.66
15
Miles of Line Owned (34.5 KV and less)
Overhead
Underground
1,227
153
801
16
Source: Washington Public Utilities Source Book Data & Statistics/Resource Directory, 1 994,
and contacts by E.D. Hovee & Company with the Okanogan and Ferry County PUDs.
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-175
 •   Other sources (including beginning cash
     balance, charge for services, fines and
     forfeits, and miscellaneous).

 Consolidated property tax rates in Okanogan
 County range from a low of $9.37 to a high
 of $1 5.91  per $1,000 of tax assessed value.
 Total 1996 levy rate for the Chesaw area is
 $13.92 per $1,000 of tax assessed
 valuation.  Tax rates for Ferry County range
 from a low of $8.64 to a high of $12.39 per
 $1,000 tax assessed  valuation.

 Most properties are assessed every four years
 at 100% of fair market  value, based on
 comparable sales.   Due to increasing property
 values and the time lag  between assessment
 cycles, properties are often assessed at
 below true market value.

 Revenues and expenditures for Okanogan and
 Ferry Counties and for the incorporated cities
 within the primary study area are provided on
 Table 3.20.10, 1994  County Government
 Revenues and Expenditures, Figure 3.20.6,
 County Genera/ Fund Revenues by Source,
 and Figure 3.20. 7,  County General Fund
 Expenditures by Type.

 For 1994, Okanogan County had
 approximately $9.7 million in general fund
 revenues and Ferry County had  $2.9 million.
 When revenues from other funds are added,
 total 1994 revenues increase to over $43.9
 million for Okanogan County and $10.7
 million for Ferry County.

 Other funds include special revenue, debt
 service, capital projects, enterprise fund,
 internal service fund, and trust and agency
 fund. In Okanogan County, other funds
 include a special revenue (50% of other
 funds), an enterprise fund (9%), and an
 internal service fund (41 %).  In Ferry County,
 other funds consist of special revenue (65%),
 debt service (1 %),  capital project fund  (2%),
 enterprise fund (7%), and internal service
 fund (25%).

 In  Okanogan County, 39% of general fund
 revenues are from tax  sources, another 31 %
 constitutes intergovernmental revenues.
Together, tax and intergovernmental sources
account for 15% of Okanogan County total
              revenues (all funds).

              Approximately 51 % of Ferry County general
              fund revenues are from tax sources; 23% of
              income represents intergovernmental
              revenues. Together, tax and
              intergovernmental sources account for 20%
              of Ferry County total revenues (all funds).

              On the expenditure side, general
              governmental services account for 43% of
              Okanogan County and 41 % of Ferry County
              general fund expenditures. Expenditures for
              security of persons and property account for
              35% of the Okanogan  County and 32% of
              the Ferry County general fund budget.  Ferry
              County expends a greater proportion of its
              general fund budget for other expenditures
              (27%) than does Okanogan County (22%).
              Other expenses include funding for planning
              and capital outlay.

              Expenses for Okanogan County have
              increased rapidly over the last several years,
              as indicated by a 71 %  increase in the general
              fund  and 62% increase in total expenditures
              from 1989-1994.  Some of the greatest
              growth (in percentage terms) has  been  in the
              category of physical environment  which
              consists of natural resources, engineering,
              and public utilities (e.g. water, sewer, solid
              waste).

              Ferry County general fund expenditures have
              increased by 65% from 1989-1994, with
              total expenditures increasing by 57%.
              Expenditures for security of persons and
              property have increased by 79% during this
              time period.

              A comparison of expenditures for  the cities
              and towns within the study area is provided
              in the following:

              •   Figure 3.20.8, 1994 Total Expenditures
                 for Study Area Cities; and,

              •   Figure 3.20.9, 1994 Expenditures per
                 Capita for Study Area Cities.

             Figure 3.20.8, 1994 Total Expenditures for
             Study Area Cities, illustrates total
               Crown Jewel Mine  + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-176
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
TABLE 3.20.10, 1994 COUNTY GOVERNMENT REVENUES AND EXPENDITURES
Revenue/Expenditure Item
Ferry
County
Okanogan
County
Comments
General Fund Revenues
Taxes
Intergovernmental Revenue
Other Revenue
General Fund Subtotal
Other Fund Subtotal
Total Revenue (all funds)
$1,476,591
$675,814
$770,873
$2,923,278
$7,796,419
$10,719,697
$3,708,783
$3,035,049
$2,950,017
$9,693,849
$34,084,543
$43,667,392
Ferry County taxes have increased by 40% since
1989; Okanogan County by 36%.
Okanogan County intergovernmental revenues
have increased by 130% since 1989; Ferry
County by 32%.
Since 1989, Okanogan County other general
fund revenues have increased by 78% with
beginning cash balance consisting of 39% in
1994; Ferry County funding has only increased
by 15% with beginning cash balance consisting
of 43% in 1994.
Okanogan County general fund revenues have
increased by 70% since 1989; Ferry by 31%.
Okanogan County other fund revenues have
increased by 64% since 1989; Ferry by 42%.
Okanogan County total revenues have increased
by 66% since 1989; Ferry County by 39%.
General Fund Expenses
General Government Services
Security of Persons & Property
Other Expenditures
General Fund Subtotal
Other Fund Subtotal
Total Expenditures (all funds)
$1,222,010
$926,136
$785,132
$2,933,278
$7,785,426
$10,718,704
$4,189,829
$3,387,034
$2,196,376
$9,773,239
$34,187,802
$43,961,041
Ferry County general governmental services have
increased 43% since 1989; Okanogan by 42%.
Okanogan County Security of persons and
property have increased by 80% since 1989;
Ferry County by 79%.
Since 1989, Okanogan County other
expenditures have increased by 144% with
ending cash balance consisting of 57% in 1994;
Ferry County expenditures have increased by
94% with ending cash balance consisting of
46% in 1994.
Okanogan County general fund expenditures
have increased by 71% since 1989; Ferry
County by 65%.
Okanogan County other fund expenditures have
increased by 60% since 1989; Ferry County by
54%.
Okanogan County total expenditures have
increased by 62% since 1989; Ferry County by
57%.
Source: Washington State Auditor's Office. Revenue and expenditure data are for calendar year 1994.
expenditures, while Figure 3.20.9, 1994
Expenditures per Capita for Study Area
Cities, provides calculations of expenditures
on a per capita basis.

While the City of Omak has  the highest total
budget (including general fund and other
sources), Tonasket appears  to spend the
most on a per capita basis.  Other cities with
relatively high per capita budgets (above
$1,500 per person) are Okanogan, Omak,
Oroville and Republic.  Municipalities with
relatively low budgeted resources (on a per
capita basis) are Conconully and Riverside.
                        3.20.8  Social Values

                        The Existing Socioeconomic Condition
                        Baseline Report Crown Jewei Project (E.D.
                        Hovee, 1994b) included an assessment of
                        quality of life factors in the study area.  This
                        analysis has occurred in two study phases:

                        •   Phase I: Review of existing research for
                            Okanogan/Ferry Counties and the study
                            area (as covered in this preliminary
                            report) plus contacts with
                            community/public service providers.
                Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-177
•   Phase II: Primary research based on a
    more in-depth analysis of current values
    using interviews with a broad cross-
    section of community interests within the
    study area.

Phase I - Review of Existing Research

Current social values of the Okanogan and
Ferry Counties and of the study area have
been examined in the context of longer term
historical social values of the region. Several
factors are particularly important to note in
tracing these linkages:

•   The history of Caucasian settlements in
    Okanogan County dates to the earliest
    days of British and then American
    occupation of the Pacific Northwest.

•   The Colville Indian Reservation was
    created in 1872 and initially extended
    from east of  the Okanogan River, north
    and west from the Columbia River to the
    Canadian border. Subsequently, the
    reservation was reduced  in 1891 to its
    present configuration, in  part due to the
    discovery of  gold and other mineral
    deposits in the northern portions of Ferry
    and Okanogan Counties.

•   From a reported 1861  date of initial gold
    discovery,  mining has played an
    important role in the historical and
    continuing development of both
    Okanogan and Ferry Counties; many of
    the highlands communities such  as
    Chesaw and  Molson were started as
    mining  towns. While precious metal
    mining  in Okanogan  County declined
    sharply in about the  1920s, commercially
    viable precious metal mining activities
    have continued in Ferry County to the
    present.

•   For longer than most areas of the Pacific
    Northwest, Okanogan and Ferry  Counties
    have been culturally  and ethnically
    heterogeneous beginning with the original
    Native American Indian tribes which
    experienced early contact with European
    fur traders and military personnel.
              •   Chinese laborers were brought into the
                  area to work on railroad, mining, and
                  irrigation dam projects. More recently, a
                  Hispanic population has migrated to the
                  area for employment in agricultural and
                  other occupations.

              •   Residents of Okanogan and Ferry
                  Counties have become accustomed to the
                  seasonal and cyclical  ups and downs of a
                  natural resource based economy.

              Changes in Economic Development

              As traditional natural resource based sources
              of employment have declined in recent years,
              more attention has been placed on economic
              development and  diversification activities in
              both Okanogan and Ferry Counties.

              A  clear indication of this change in emphasis
              is  provided by the 1985 formation of the
              Okanogan County Council for Economic
              Development (OCCED).  Ferry County has
              participated over a longer time period in the
              Tri-County Economic Development District
              (TRICO), a three county economic
              development organization recognized by the
              U.S. Economic Development Administration.

              In 1991, a preliminary Economic
              Diversification Strategy for Okanogan County
              was completed as a basis for diversification
              for timber dependent regions in Washington.
              This strategy was revised as a result of local
              jurisdiction input in February 1992.  The
              action plan of the strategy identified "Chesaw
              Mine" Comprehensive Plan and Infrastructure
              funding as a potential priority project.

              Subsequently, OCCED prepared an Overall
              Economic Development Plan for Okanogan
              County: 1992 Update.  This plan identified
              the Crown Jewel  Project as a top priority
              economic development project (tied with
              Oroville Airport Light Industrial Park for top
              rating).

              The Washington State Department of
              Community Development and the TRICO
              Economic Development Board funded the
              preparation of an  Economic Profile, Changes
              in  the Forest Products Industry and
              Community Response in 1991 for Ferry,
               Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-178
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
Stevens, and Pend Oreille Counties. This
document identifies a goal to target
recruitment of diversified industries;
additional mining potentials are noted though
not specifically identified as a priority for
Ferry County.

It is noted that mining remains a part of the
socioeconomic fabric of the study area,
though its relationship to the community
continues to change. The  Hecla mine in
Republic, which ceased operations in 1995,
had been an active mining  site since the turn
of the century, with continuous operations
from  1937 to the recent closure.  Echo Bay
Minerals opened the Kettle River Project in
1989 and expanded operations with the
Lamefoot and Overlook deposits in 1994. As
of 1995, the  WADNR has identified 16
properties in Ferry County  where precious
metals mining or mineral exploration is
underway, and another 17 properties in
Okanogan County.

The major active mining operations have  been
those of Hecla and Echo Bay in Ferry County,
although the Hecla operation ceased in 1995.
Another Ferry County mine is operated by
Seattle Mine Partnership/Sunshine Valley
Minerals.

There is no precious metals mine operating in
Okanogan County, although exploration or
reconnaissance is noted for a number of
properties. There are six active industrial
operations mining limestone, peat  moss,
gypsite and dolomite, of which five are in the
Okanogan County portion of the study area.

Social Values Research

A 1995 survey of attitudes of people living in
100 counties of the interior Columbia River
basin (comprising portions  of Washington,
Oregon, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Utah and
Nevada) reported in Public  Views of Public
Lands (Rudzitis et al., 1995), provides
additional  updated information regarding
broad social values of the basin area.  While
not specific to the two-county region  or study
area,  quantitative findings of this basin-wide
research complement many of the results of
the more qualitative research conducted as
part of Phase II in the Crown Jewel Project
                        study area. The survey produced the
                        following:

                        •   Employment opportunities were cited
                            most frequently (by 34% of respondents)
                            as the reason for moving to or living in
                            the Columbia River basin region; quality
                            of life related factors are cited by the
                            other 66% covering attributes of the
                            social and physical environment including
                            access to family and friends, pace of
                            lifestyle, access to outdoor recreation,
                            the landscape scenery, general
                            environment, climate, cost of living, and
                            low crime rates.

                        •   People in the Columbia River basin feel
                            protection of public lands is very
                            important but also support some degree
                            of commodity production.  Public land
                            uses cited as "important" by a majority of
                            responses are,  in order: water and
                            watershed protection; fish and wildlife
                            habitat; recreation; preservation of
                            wilderness values; protection of
                            ecosystems; timber harvesting; grazing;
                            and ranching. Less than a  majority
                            assign a value of importance to:
                            protection of endangered species and
                            mineral exploration/extraction.  In effect,
                            respondents' answers appear to support
                            what the report terms an "inclusive
                            approach to public land management."

                        •   Migration of people into this 100 county
                            interior Columbia Basin area is expected
                            to continue  unabated, with amenity
                            based considerations attracting in-
                            migrants together with strong preferences
                            for habitat protection strategies involving
                            public land management.

                        Finally, a  report, Economic Well Beino and
                        Environmental Protection in the Pacific
                        Northwest (Pacific Northwest Economists,
                        1995) provides  the results of research
                        involving  30 Pacific Northwest economists.
                        This economic analysis is generally  consistent
                        with results of the above noted public opinion
                        survey. The report concludes that:
                        "Economic growth  in the Pacific Northwest is
                        two to three times the national rate, primarily
                        due to quality of life factors, and
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-179
environmental quality is particularly
important."

Specifically noted is the economic disruption
caused by transition away from natural
resource industries in some rural
communities, but a negative relationship
between extractive industries and economic
performance is also identified.  The report
suggests that future jobs and incomes in the
region would depend more on environmental
protection than degradation.

Phase II - Primary Research

Phase II of the social values analysis for
involved primary research with 27 personal
interviews conducted with a broad cross-
section  of interests who could be affected by
the proposed Crown Jewel Project.
Approximately one-half of the interviews
were with persons who lived within roughly a
ten mile radius of the Project.

The study area  was generally described to
those interviewed as the  Okanogan Valley
from Malott to the Canadian border,
northeastern Okanogan County together with
northwest Ferry County.  Most of this region
(east of the Okanogan River) had been set
aside in 1872 as reservation lands for the
Colville  Confederated Tribes (a combination
of 12 dissimilar tribal bands) until 1891 when
gold was discovered  and the boundary was
truncated to its current borders.

Because of its remoteness, difficult terrain,
harsh weather and dry climate, this area was
one of the last regions of the continental U.S.
to be settled by white men.  Due to the rich
deposits of gold, silver and other minerals,
the area grew quickly when opened up to
white settlement. Towns sprung up
overnight and railroads were built to move
ore, supplies, and people. The construction
of railroads created a demand for timber,
creating a strong timber industry which
survives to this day, although the forest
products industry has declined in recent
years.

A swelled population of  miners, loggers, and
settlers  also created a need for agriculture
and produce. The profuse orchards and
              agricultural economy are a modern legacy of
              that demand, although today agriculture
              products are shipped to wider markets
              nationally and internationally.

              Mining began to vanish almost as quickly as
              it grew once the primary deposits were
              exhausted.  Much of the mineral extraction
              was dwindling by 1920, leaving a number of
              homesteaders/ranchers, loggers, and
              eventually ghost towns. The communities of
              Chesaw, Molson, Havillah, Curlew, while still
              sparsely  populated, are vestiges of once large
              and thriving mining communities.

              The people who stayed in the region after the
              mines were closed fall into several categories:

              Indians.  Many of the original families have
              since moved out  of the area onto the
              reservation or elsewhere. There still are
              some lands owned by enrolled members and
              their relatives; but, more importantly, these
              people have retained hunting, fishing,
              gathering, and heritage rights in this region.

              Farmers/Ranchers.  Many of the original
              homesteading families who stayed in the area
              developed ranches to raise cattle and other
              limited agricultural products.  Many of these
              "old families" still practice their livelihood and
              retain some of their original mining claims and
              patents.

              Orchardists/Farmers.  Primarily  located  in the
              irrigated  "banana belt" of the Okanogan
              Valley, these families became more involved
              in the development of valley communities and
              commodity exchange.  The sons and
              daughters of these early agriculturists became
              the entrepreneurs and the merchants of the
              valley where lumber processing, fruit
              warehousing, and the service industry grew
              and flourished. This is where the vast
              majority  of population growth has occurred in
              Okanogan County.

              These original homesteaders, settlers, and
              their descendants brought and have
              maintained many of the strong  values that
              remain a major influence in the  culture today.
              The personal interviews conducted during
              Phase II  revealed the following  values:
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-180
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
•   Self reliance, independence, self
    confidence, respect of neighbors, and
    recognition of interdependence.

•   Resistance to authority, planning,
    regulation.

•   Strong desire to maintain status quo --
    resistant to change.

•   Appreciation of natural beauty and
    wildness.

•   An orientation that natural resources  are
    given to use  and to be utilized.

•   Hard work and honesty.

•   Quality of lifestyle which is a higher
    priority than  material wealth.

•   Distrust for government and big business.

•   Children and family which are highly
    prioritized.

It would appear that those who have
remained in this  region for a considerable
period of time  embrace these values if they
did not already arrive with them.

However,  major  change is taking place in this
region due to a number of circumstances. A
heavy influx of population has not only put
additional  stress on housing and land use, but
has introduced a wider variety of social
values.  To simply list the categories of
recent immigrants there are:

•   Educated wilderness migrants;

•   Hispanic/migrant workers;

•   Retired middle class migrants; and,

•   Urban refugees.

This region seems to be attractive to these
new "migrants"  because of a number of
factors including the area's natural beauty,
low land costs, sparse population, minimal
land use controls, and low cost of living. The
diverse values of these "new people"
sometimes conflict with the more historic and
                        traditional values of the area.

                        3.20.9 Land Ownership and Values

                        Approximately 77% of the land in Okanogan
                        County (as of 1989) and 82% of Ferry
                        County is owned by the federal government
                        or is part of the Colville Indian Reservation.
                        Reservation lands are located in the south
                        half of both counties, east of the Okanogan
                        River, and managed by  the Colville
                        Confederated Tribes and U.S. Bureau of
                        Indian Affairs.

                        The majority of  non-reservation lands are
                        managed primarily by the Forest Service. The
                        BLM also manages  substantial holdings,
                        particularly at the edges of the Okanogan
                        Valley. The State of Washington also owns a
                        substantial amount of land in the study area,
                        primarily managed by the WADNR or the
                        WADFW.

                        Total assessed valuation of property in
                        Okanogan County approximates $1.3 billion
                        as of 1995.  Assessed  valuation of the
                        County has increased by almost 141 % since
                        1980, equating  to an average annual increase
                        in property valuation of 6%.

                        Total assessed valuation of Ferry County
                        approximates $261  million as of 1995.
                        Assessed valuation has increased by 223%
                        since  1980, for an  average increase of 8%
                        annually in property valuation.  Much of this
                        increase has been attributable to mining
                        activity in Ferry County, particularly the
                        opening of the Echo Bay operation.
                        However, since 1992, total assessed
                        property value of Ferry  County has declined
                        by 5%, reflecting closure of the Hecla mine.

                        Residential property values are continuing to
                        increase throughout the study area,
                        particularly in the Oroville area.  As of early
                        1996, values of building lots ranged from
                        about $6,000 in Chesaw to $25,000 in
                        Oroville.  Rural  acreage with or without
                        water, power and road  access may range
                        from less than $1,400  per acre (20+ acres in
                        Chesaw/Highlands  area) up to $25,000 per
                        acre (Oroville).
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997                   CROWN JEWEL MINE                     Page 3-181
Rural acreage appears to be least expensive
(on a per acre basis) in the highland areas of
northeast Okanogan County (encompassing
the Chesaw, Molson, Toroda Creek,
Wauconda, Havillah, and other nearby areas).
However, assuring availability of water can
be very uncertain unless a well is already on
site or an existing water right (to a stream) is
already in place.
By comparison, building a home or placing a
mobile home/modular home on a smaller (one
to five acre lot) has been more common in
the Okanogan Valley and the Republic area.
High demand has reportedly depleted much of
the supply of buildable  small acreage parcels
in the Okanogan Valley; however, some local
jurisdictions are planning for future
development through annexation of currently
undeveloped property.
              Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-182
           CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                    R. 30 E.  R. 31 E.
                                       WEATHER
                                        STATION
                                       LOCATION
        SOURCE BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY


               NOTE
                                              LEGEND
                 UPON PROJECT DEVELOPMENT THE WEATHER
                 STATION WOULD BE MOVED FROM PRE-MINING
                 LOCATION TO AREA NEAR OFFICE COMPLEX
                                                MINE PIT AREA BOUNDARY


                                                WEATHER STATION LOCATION
 CONTOUR INTERVAL SOFT
'LEMAME  CJF31-1 DWG
                    FIGURE  3.1.1,
LOCATION  OF  ON-SITE  WEATHER  STATION
              Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-183
            WINTER 1992
                  N
                                   E W
                   SPRING 1992
                                                       N
               PEAK DIRECTION =  ENE
               PEAK FREQUENCY  - 18.6%
                        PEAK DIRECTION = W
                        PEAK FREQUENCY - 18.2%
           SUMMER 1992
                  N
                                   E  W
               PEAK DIRECTION =  W
               PEAK FREQUENCY = 23.3%
  1) WIND ROSE DISPLAYS THE DIRECTION FROM WHICH THE WIND IS COMING
  ?) KNOTS [k] x 1151= MILES PER HOUR (mphl
                     AUTUMN 1992

                            N
                        PEAK DIRECTION = W
                        PEAK FREQUENCY  = 29,8%
           FIGURE  3.1.2,  WIND  ROSES  FROM  ON-SITE
                         WEATHER  STATION
FILENAME CJF31-20WG
            Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-184
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
    22
                                                                                    19
                                                                                   30
                       LEGEND
      EOCENE VOLCANICS
      SKARN ilNCUOES GARNET. MAGNETITE
       AND UNDIFFEHENTIATE SKARNI
      ANDESITE VOLCANICS (INCLUDES
       ALTERED AND UNALTERED ANDESITE
      INTRUSIVE DIKES/SILLS
      CLASTIC/VOLCANICIASTIC
      GRANODIORITE
      MARBLE/LIMESTONE
      CLASTICS ("CRYSTAL 8UTTE SEQUENCE"!
      FOOTWALL MYLONITE (APPROXIMATE)
               FAULT/FAULT ZONE (APPROXIMATE)
               FAULT/FAULT ZONE
                  (REASONABLY INFERRED!
               FAULT/FAULT ZONE
                  (TENTATIVELY LOCATED)
               MINE PIT AREA
                  CONTACT SYMBOLS
              	 APPROXIMATE LOCATION
              •  — GRADATIONAL
              	INFERRED
                  HIGHLY TENTATIVE
                                                                        \
                      FIGURE  3.3.1,  GEOLOGIC  MAP
       OF  THE  PROPOSED  CROWN  JEWEL  PROJECT  SITE
               Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
                                                                           Page 3-185
                        LEGEND
       EOCENE VOLCANICS
['•" "I SKARN (INCUDES GARNET, MAGNETITE
      AND UNDIFFERENTIATE SKARN!
|    | ANDESITE VOLCANICS (INCLUDES
      ALTERED AND UNALTERED ANDESITE
     DIOHITE
     INTRUSIVE DIKES/SILLS
|    | CLASTIC/VOLCANICLASTIC
     GRANODIORiTE
     MARBLE/LIMESTONE
     FOOTWALL MYLONITE (APPROXIMATE!
                              D91-119|
                                 463 ±
      FAULT/FAULT ZONE (APPROXIMATE!
      FAULT/FAULT ZONE
         (REASONABLY INFERRED!
      FAULT/FAULT ZONE
         (TENTATIVELY LOCATED]
      MINE PIT AREA
      DRILL HOLES SELECTED FOR
       GEOCHEMICAL TESTING BY
       BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
      DRILL HOLES SELECTED FOR CONFIRMATION
       GEOCHEMICAL TESTING BY EIS TEAM
      CONTACT SYMBOLS
      APPROXIMATE LOCATION
      GRADATIONAL
      INFERRED
      HIGHLY TENTATIVE
                                                                              \
             FIGURE  3.3.2,  LOCATION  OF  DRILL  HOLES
                  USED FOR  GEOCHEMICAL  TESTING
               Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-186
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
                                      January 1997
      E 2 064 000
                                   R 30 E
                                                     6 2.086 QOO
                                                                        T
                                                                        40
                                                                        N
                              LEGEND
 \  ]  UNALTERED ANOESITE


 [  |  ALTERED ANDESITE


 [  |  GARNET SKARN

 [  |  MAGNETITE SKARN
 |   | UNDIFFERENTIATE SKARN

 |   | UNALTERED CLASTICS
                     DRILL HOLES SELECTED POR CONFIRMATION
                     ABA TESTING THAT INTERSECTED ESTIMATED
                     BASE OF PIT AND WERE SAMPLED
     MARBLE
 CD
INTRUSIVE (INCLUDES DIORITE. GRANODIORITE
 INTRUSIVE DIKES AND SILLS)
       FIGURE  3.3.3,  WASTE  ROCK  TYPES  EXPOSED  IN
            FINAL PIT  WALLS  (ALTERNATIVE B & G)
            Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-187
            *    *
                        *# *
                               *   •
        V ACM I OD! UNKNOWN
        MAGN"Ji:i ;'l
         VIA UM Tim ')!
         VAGNiT,i')t U)
          FIGURE  3.4.1,  EARTHQUAKE  EPICENTERS
            Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-188
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                                    o
                                                                            CO
                                                                            LLJ
                                                                            I-
                                                                            co

                                                                            Q
                                                                            UJ
                                                                            111
                                                                            Q.
                                                                            <
                                                                            LJU
                                                                            Z
                                                                            O
                                                                            N
                                                      CO
                                                      OC

                                                      O
                                                      2
                                                      CO
                                                      UJ
                                                      CO

                                                      CM"
                                                        •
                                                      ^t
                                                      CO

                                                      UJ
                                                      QC

                                                      g
                                                      LL
             Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
             CROWN JEWEL MINE
                                  Page 3-189
                      iO E R
      />T2-'?>7i'Tl  ''/Vc „.
      finrlww $*,
      tsuar \u^C
    S-&&K//T. {» -1 \ 4
   /T/0'X..V-'1-'- ''K''
   V_x
   0 DD
          \   ""*"
                 B
-V ':^>M/lm/Ki
-'X'-^^'K ,V  /
      V-^,-,'—J',
\
. '^
*&

j " ')
                  VuA/
                    v^
                      LEGEND

                 FIGURE 3.5.1
          SOIL MAP UNITS - MINE AREA
        Crown Jewel Mine 4 F//?a/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-190
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
 ki
 ^>
 Uj
         \ co  I
       -. j m  i
                                                    UJ
                                                    K
                                                    CO

                                                    cc

                                                    o

                                                    cc
                                                    UJ
                                                    CO
                                                    UJ
                                                    cc
                                                                         UJ
                                                                         cc
                                                                         cc
                                                                         co

                                                                         CO
                                                                         Q.
                                                                         <
                                                                         o
                                                                         CO

                                                                         of
                                                                         IT)
                                                                         CO

                                                                         UJ
                                                                         cc
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
                CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-191
    //   "
              5   X
             ||  O  U
                                                    UJ  2  Z

                                                    ~>  E  £
                                                    ZOO
                                                    S  t  b O
                                                    O  Z  Z LU

                                                    CC  O  O 5
                                                    O  5  2 D
                                                                            O


                                                                            I—
                                                                            O
                                                                 DC
                                                                 O


                                                                 *-
                                                                 UJ
                                                                 UJ
                                                                 CC
                                                                 o

                                                                 CJ
                                                                 UJ
                                                                 DC



                                                                 CD

                                                                 CO

                                                                 LU
                                                                 OC
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-192
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                                          LL
                                                                          O
                                                   o
                                                   2
                                                                 <
                                                                 LLJ
                                                                 CC ,
                                                                 Si
                                                                 C5 -
                                                                 o;
                                                                 Q:
                                                            05!^ »w
                                                       Uj

                                                                  LU
                                                                 O LU
                                                                 2CC
                                                    0<
                                                    5Z
                                                       DC
                                                    O LU
                                                    LU I-
                                                    COLU
                                                    LU DC
                                                     >O
                                                    CM

                                                    
                                                    DC ^
                                       ip  IS
                                       C ^ LL.  1- __
                                       J S O  w ^
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 /VVia/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-193
                                                                            CO
                                                                            z
                                                                            O
                                                                            H
                                                                            CO

                                                                            O
                                                                            DC
                                                                            O
                                                                            H
                                                                            Z
                                                                            O
                                                                            DC
                                                                            111
                                                                            UJ
                                                                            O
                                                                            <
                                                                            LL
                                                                            DC

                                                                            CO

                                                                            CO
                                                                            (D
                                                                            C*>

                                                                            UJ
                                                                            DC
              Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-194
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                                            QC
                                                                            O


                                                                            H
                                                                            LU
                                                                            UJ
                                                                            oc
                                                                            K
                                                                            co

                                                                            UJ
                                                                            H
                                                                            CO
                                                                           CD

                                                                           CO

                                                                           UJ
                                                                           fiC
                                          -X33UO SU3AW
             Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
                                                                      LEGEND
1
I
51
i
§
sr
f

\
                                                                                    (o
                                                                                    (o
                                                                                    SJ
                                                                                    s
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    1
        I
                       FIGURE 3.7.1, SPRING AND  SEEP LOCATIONS
        CB
        Co
        •«»
        (o

-------
Page 3-196
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                LEGEND
           SURFICIAL DEPOSITS (Qualarnaryl
           undifferentlated
         Alluvium and glacial drill
           VOLCANIC ROCKS Hate Eocene] - Klondike Mountain Formation
           consisting of lithoidal lava flows and pyroclastic breccias
           VOLCANIC ROCKS (middle Eocenel - Dacitic. andesitic. and minor
           trachytic lava flows and hypabyssal intrusive rocks

           EPICLASTIC AND VOLCANICLASTIC ROCKS learly Eocenel - Sandstone.
           graywracke. tuff, conglomerate, and shale  Includes O'Brien
           Creek Formation

           PARAGNEISS. ORTHOGNEISS. AND ASSOCIATED GRANITIC ROCKS OF
           THE OKANOGAN GNEISS DOME - A. paragnelss. B. orthognelss

           GRANITIC ROCKS (Trlssslc to lower Tertiary! - Includes granodionte.
           quartz monzonite  quartz dionte. dtorite. and monzonite

           EUGEOSYNCLINAL DEPOSITS IPerman to Cretaceousl - Greenstone
           greenschist, slate, pnyihte, schist, metawacke. quartzite Imets-
           chen!, limestone  and marble

           CROWN JEWEL PROJECT
                                                    \
              FIGURE  3.8.1,  REGIONAL  GEOLOGIC  MAP
              OF  NORTHEASTERN  OKANOGAN  COUNTY
                Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
 January 1997
                        CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-197
               Z. EGEND
^V* '  MC!N,:-jm\;i Wl .  i'j: AC -A! i,'!
^^ *"V"J'"*.«.. .',:«.*, r,.;   ^   ^ (, , ^ ^
                                                    \
    FIGURE 3.8.2,  HYDROGEOLOGIC INVESTIGATION MAP
            Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-198
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
FIGURE 3.8.3, POTENTIOMETRIC  SURFACE MAP,  GENERAL
 PROJECT AREA, ANNUAL LOW  LEVEL  (FEBRUARY 1993)
          Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-199
  %
  v
                                             "*>
                                                      -J
       	c	
       LEGEND
  •    '•:.,'•« A(,l A'A '(- n • ' A ' ON


  A    GHOuNU WA'IH MON '''/"'N'j W


  •    •• ;. Tfy» •., V>N! A-}"


      ','.(. AV


      , [),,[ Vi "A, ", '. t AM
 FIGURE 3.8.4,  POTENTIOMETRIC  SURFACE MAP, GENERAL
     PROJECT  AREA, ANNUAL HIGH LEVEL (MAY 1993)
          Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-200
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                              L EGEND
                                                V'-N 'OK'NU W L

                                                :< ', 'f>
-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-201
                                U33M NO11VA313
                                                                              o
                                                                              h-
                                                                              O
                                                                              UJ
                                                                              CO

                                                                              CO
                                                                              CO
                                                                              O
                                                                              cc
                                                                              o

                                                                              o

                                                                              o
                                                                              O
                                                                              _l
                                                                              UJ
                                                                              o
                                                                              o
                                                                              DC
                                                                              o

                                                                              X

                                                                              (D
                                                                              00
                                                                              CO

                                                                              UJ
                                                                              oc
                                 (133JI NOIJ.VA313
              Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-202
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
         January 1997
          tr
          O
          z
          =>  CD

          O
          CO
                                                        x g <
                                                        t NJ >
                                                           SOT
                                                          Q UJ
                          1
                          <£
                          kj
                          ^i
                                                    5 o o
5
5
                                                              O
                                                              z
                                                      DO
                                                       i
                                                      CD
                                                                           O
                                                                           UJ
                                                                           CO
                                                                            i
                                                                           CO
                                                                           CO
                                                                           O
                                                                           oc
                                                                           O

                                                                           O
                                                                          UJ
                                                                          O
                                                                          O
                                                                          oc
                                                                          O
                                                                          N.
                                                                          00

                                                                          CO

                                                                          UJ
                                                                          QC


                                                                          C3

                                                                          u.
             Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-203
                                                       8 a
                                                       2! UJ
                                                       3 
-------
Page 3-204
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                        R 30 E R 31 E
   [CARIBOU ADIT
   *" i i i»-	NI	•  .•
                     LOWER MAGNETIC ADIT |
         | AZTEC ADIT \
                       | UPPER MAGNETIC ADIT (GW-31 |
          JBUCKHORN ADIT IGW-41
                    AXE ADIT (GW-51
              | ROOSEVELT ADIT IGW-211
       LEGEND
       ADIT


       PERENNIAL STREAM


       INTERMIT TENT STREAM
  \ \   MARIAS CREEK TAILINGS

  N .    IMPOUNDMENT AREA
                FIGURE  3.8.9,  LOCATION  OF

     REGIONAL  GROUND WATER  MONITORING SITES
                                                                  T

                                                                  40

                                                                  N
           Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
    4950
I
Sr
I

to
sr
i
     4650
                                                                                    - 100
                                                                                     090
                                                                                     0.80
                                                                              0.70 _
                                                                                     060
                                                                              0.40
                                                                                     0,30
                                                                                     020
                                                                                     0.00
      MAY-92
                                                                                SEP-95
LEGEND
     •  PIEZOMETER 90-272

     ®  STATION SW-9
                                                                                    (O
                                                                                    (O
                                                                                    SJ
O
1
                                                                                          I
               FIGURE  3.8.10,  COMPARISON  OF GROUND  WATER  LEVELS AND
                  SURFACE WATER FLOWS  IN  THE  PROPOSED MINE  AREA
   FILENAME CJF3S-10DWG
                                                                                    Co
                                                                                    KJ
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    01

-------
I
I
I
ft)
I
S1
Co
sr
                                                                                         	1,35
MAY-92     SEP-92     JAN-93  '   MAY-93   \  SEP-93     JAN-94     MAY-94  \   SEP-94     JAN-95     MAY-95     SEP-95
    JUL-92     NOV-92     MAR-93     JUL-93     NOV-93     MAR-94     JUL-94     NOV-94     MAR-95     JUL-95     NOV-95
        LEGEND
      m  WELL MW-7


      ©  STATION SW-7
                 FIGURE  3.8.11, COMPARISON OF GROUND WATER LEVELS  AND
               SURFACE  WATER  FLOWS NEAR NICHOLSON  CREEK HEADWATERS
                                                                                                    Ki
                                                                                                    O
                                                                                                    OJ
                                                                                           1
                                                                                           •X)
                                                                                                    Co
                                                                                           I
                                                                                                    i

                                                                                                    I
    FILENAME CJF33-1WWO
                                                                                           I
                                                                                           (O
                                                                                           <0
                                                                                           SI

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-207
                           LEGEND
                                  o
             FIGURE  3.8.12,  TRILINEAR  DIAGRAM
             FOR  CROWN JEWEL SITE WATERS
           Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-208
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                    /. EGEND
  •j   .'-Ml ,.,",.UA '16! 4 ACM' "•




  9   A*I A;/. >;,~, '4306 A":-!*::





  3   ;>->M
-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-209
   1
   <£>
   kj
                 j
                                             CO
                                             z
                                             o
                                             h-
                                             <
                                             O
                                             O
                                                                          CO
                                                                          o
                                                                          z
                                                                          LU


                                                                          Q
                                                                          LU
                                                                          H
                                                                          <

                                                                          O
                                                                          O
                                                                          CO
                                                                          CO
                                                                          I-
                                                                          O
                                                                          LU
                                                                          "0
                                                                          O
                                                                          tr
                                                                          a.
                                                                          co

                                                                          LU
                                                                          DC
                                                                          D
                                                                          O
             Crown Jewel Mine f /v/ia/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-210
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                                          CO
                                                                          UJ
                                                                          o
                                                                          <
                                                                          z
                                                                          <
                                                                          tc
                                                                         z
                                                                         o

                                                                         <5
                                                                         UJ
                                                                         QC
                                                                         CM


                                                                         CO

                                                                         111
                                                                         QC


                                                                         g

                                                                         LL
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 f/na/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-211










f
/
BRITISH COLUMBIA . __ /_ ^>>_ . 	
	 'WASHINGTON * \^

4
/
I-J
r--4-\
u
16 })
fa-

r/.-f Gold^ /
\,y/
^S^

BREACH M-2|
— -^
30
-- I
Creaj,


	 STREAM
	 STREAM REACH SURVEY LOCATIONS
• ELECTROFISHING LOCATIONS
•jf CROWN JEWEL PROJECT



5
	
8
T
40
N
17
^ „
' 	 -. Creek
29
	
I
M











0 2500' 5000'
FIGURE 3.12.2, MYERS CREEK
STREAM SURVEY LOCATIONS
FILENAME CJf3K!OWa
             Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-212
              CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
                                                        January 1997

Uj
  w
  z
  o



<$ O

Q o
                O
                OC
s 2>  O
                ^ O o
                85S
                m w3


                m

                                                                         ui
                                                                         OC
                                                                         zo

                                                                            5
                                                                         o


                                                                         5
                                                                         Q
                                                                         ZOC

                                                                         CO


                                                                         UJ

                                                                         QC
             Crown Jewel Mine • F/na/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-213
             Crown Jewel Mine • /7/na/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-214
              CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                   KETTLE VALLEY
           LEGEND
IFIM
            CROWN JEWEL PROJECT SITE

            MYERS CREEK IFIM STUDY SITE
                           FIGURE  3.12.5,
                         IFIM STUDY SITES
FILENAME CJf 311-5 DWO
            Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-215
                                                         13 Q
                                                         QUJ
                                                         cn !~

                                                         -0
                                                         •guj
                                                         O<:
                                                         CD
                                                         Zc/i
                                                         < UJ
                                                         a: (3
                                                          .c/>


                                                         la
                                                         rx 5
                                                         LU O
                                                              Uj
                                             UJ
                                             _j
                                             CD
                                             <
                                             UJ
                                             CO
                                             D

                                             D
                                             UJ
                                             UJu_

                                                CO
                                             -J Z>
                                             < CO
                                             •Z. tL

                                             t>

                                             2<
                                             LL UJ
                                             — QC
                                             O
                                             T-
                                             co

                                             UJ
                                             QC
                                             D
                                             g
                                             LL
              Crown Jewel Mine  • /v/ia/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
                                                                                   Co
                                                                                   N)
I

I
CO
3-
I
                               MYERS CREEK WINTER REARING VVUA
                                 RAINBOW AND BROOK TROUT
LEGEND
                                                           I
                                                           "XI
                                                           a
                                                           Co
                                                           I
                                                           §
                                                           g
                                                           5

                                                           I
                                                           -H
                      FIGURE 3.12.7,  MYERS  CREEK  WINTER TROUT
                  HABITAT - WEIGHTED USEABLE AREA VERSUS FLOW
                                                           ,
                                                           (o
                                                           VI

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-217
            }\
                                      Uj
                                                                         <
                                                                         UJ
                                                                         QC
                                                                         <
                                                                         O
                                                                         UJ
                                                                         ->
                                                                         O
                                                                         QC
                                                                         a
                                                                         CO

                                                                         co

                                                                         in
                                                                         DC
                                                                     J   o
             Crown Jewel Mine • F/na/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
    Page 3-218
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
FILENAME CJF313-2 DWG
                  Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-219

                                      -  V  ~~
                                         V
                                         .. x*
                                      f
                                      \  y1
                                        v>/
                                          /
                                          I
                                          I
                                          I
                                      ^
                                       \

                                               LEGEND
                                                   CORE AREA BOUNDARY

                                                   ANALYSIS AREA BOUNDARY

                                                   OKANOGAN NATIONAL
                                                   FOREST BOUNDARY

                                                   NATIONAL BORDER

                                                   COUNTY LINE


                                                   MINE PIT AREA
                                          COVER TYPE                 ACRES


                                       |   | GRASSLAND / SHRUB          15.612

                                       |   | OPEN CONIFEROUS / DECIDUOUS    24,023

                                       |   | CONIFEROUS                27.441

                                       |   | AGRICULTURE                2.943

                                       [   | DISTURBED / RESIDENTIAL          98

                                       [   ] RIPARIAN / WETLAND / OPEN WATER   635
                   FIGURE  3.13.2,  LAND TYPE  MAP
              Crown Jewel Mine •  Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-220
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
             Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-221
                               DDDDDDnnnn
        Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
                                                                               re
                                                                               Is)
I
I
I

I
o
"t
CO
sr

I
I x—
                                                                     \
                                                           EGEND
V Nr P " APEA
                                                         V
                                                          CANADIAN DR.VATE .AND
                                                          PR VA'E LAND ''N v, S A ',
                FIGURE 3.13.4, NATIONAL FOREST MANAGEMENT AREAS
                        IN THE CORE  AND ANALYSIS  AREAS
                    i
                    t>
                    \
                                                                               i
                                                                               §
                                                                               i
                    I
                    Jo
                    <0

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-223
             Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-224
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                                        CO

                                                                        O
                                                                        UJ
                                                                          ~
                                                                        OCX

                                                                        1°
                                                                        ^H
                                                                         .Ul
                                                                        LU
                                                                        tr
                                                                        D
                                                                        O

                                                                        LL
                                                                      O
                                                                    Q~Z

                                                                     *5
                                                               z
                                                               ILJ

                                                               UJ
                                                               o

                                                               z

                                                               2
            Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-225
             Crown Jewel Mine f Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-226
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                        LEGEND
                                                           OKANOGAN NATIONAL
                                                           FOREST BOUNDARY

                                                        —  NATIONAL BORDER

                                                        	  COUNTY LINE
                                                           USFS MANAGEMENT AREA
                                                           BOUNDARY

                                                           MINE PIT AREA
                                                         USFS MANAGEMENT AREAS
                                                  CQJtEfi_LYEE            ACRES


                                                     GRASS / FORB        1052


                                                     SEEDLING / SAPLING     1107


                                                     POLE             2027


                                                     YOUNG MATURE        7094


                                                     MATURE            5334


                                                     OLD GROWTH         2037


                                                     NON - FOREST        3897
                                                             \
     FIGURE 3.13.6, SUCCESSIONAL STAGE  DIVERSITY

           Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-227
             Crown Jewel Mine * Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-228
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                                           Q.
                                                                           <
                                                                           UJ
                                                                           O
                                                                           O
                                                                           (ft
                                                                           
                                                                           UJ
                                                                           O
                                                                           O
                                                                           D
                                                                           U)
                                                                           CO

                                                                           CO

                                                                           LU
                                                                           tr

                                                                           O
                                                                           LL
             Crown Jewe/ Mine 4 F/na/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement
FILENAME

\





40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
C
S
D
H
M
H
S
P
T
F
A
A
H
F
V
A
C
U
R

HAIN SAW (1) 	
NOWMOBILE (INCLUDING WIN
IESEL LOCOMOTIVE AT 50 F
EAVY TRUCK AT 50 FT. (2)
OTORCYCLE (1)
ELICOPTER AT 50 FT. ELEV
UBWAY (INCLUDING SCREEC
LEASURE MOTORBOAT (1)
RAIN PASSENGER (1)
OOD DISPOSER (3)
UTOMOBILE AT 50 FT (2)
UTOMOBILE PASSENGER (1)
OME SHOP TOOLS (3)
OOD BLENDER (3)
ACUUM CLEANER (3)
IR CONDITIONER (WINDOW 0
LOTHES DRYER (3)
/ASHING MACHINE (3)
EFRIGERATOR (3)

(11 OPERATOR/PASSENGER
(2) OUTDOORS
(3) IN HOME



D EFFECTS (1)
:T. (2)


<\TION (2) . .
H NOISE) (1)








NITS) (3)



4


























































































































0 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
MAXIMUM A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL IN dB



/

FIGURE 3.14.1, TYPICAL RANGE OF COMMON SOUNDS
CJF3U-1DWG
I

-------
Page 3-230
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
             Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
                    CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-231
      8»HISH COLUMBIA

        WASHINGTON
                                           R31F-
                                                 CANADA

                                               UNITED
                                                                 T40H
                                                                 T39N
                    LEGEND
   ®
   r-
  c r
BASELINE MONITORING STATION

NOISE SOURCE LOCATION

USFS LANDS

STATE LANDS

BLM LANDS

PRIVATE/FEE LANDS

PERIMETER FENCE
(ALTERNATIVE &l
NOISE SOURCES
1
2
3
4
5
- MINE PIT AREA
- NORTH WASTE ROCK AREA
- SOUTH WASTE ROCK AREA
HAUL ROAD
- COARSE ORE MILL AREA
                                                              \
       FIGURE  3.14.3, NOISE  SOURCE  LOCATIONS  AND
               BASELINE MONITORING LOCATIONS
FILENAME CJP3
            Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------

-------
Page 3-232         CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT        January 1997
                                              T
                                   ,- A
                                   i

                             K~ •   •,
                      \     ,. -  ^
                                                ^ /
       /     '        '      '   -     ,
                   D
        CHOWN JfWs-l PHOjiCI S°'l                                  S.





  |  "H  SfMiPH'MUVf NON MOl DH'/f D                                 |




  [^   ']  Sf Ml S'RiMiTiVt MOfOR!/i:l                                   I





  1 . ~" ".]  IfOAOf ,'J «Mri/'*Ai





  "    '  ROAiit;! MOOii 1 I)
                          FIGURE  3.15.1

     RECREATION OPPORTUNITY SPECTRUM  INVENTORY




            Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-233
  WASHINGTON
           \
                                                                     _
                                                                   UNITED STATE
         CROWN JEWd PROJECT

         PAVED ROAD
         AGGREGATE ROAD

         HIGH CLEARANCE
         . TRAIL

         COUNTY ROAD

         FOREST SERVICE COLLECTOR ROAD
         FOREST SERVICE LOCAL ROAO
         ROAD CLOSED TO MOTORIZED
           VEHICLES OCT l - DEC 31
         ROAD OPEN TO MOTORIZED
           VEHICLES IN »N AREA THAT
           IS OTHERWISE RESTRICTED
         DISPERSED RECREATION SITES
                                  \
              FIGURE  3.15.2, DISPERSED RECREATION
                   SITES  -  PRIMARY STUDY AREA
             Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-234
              CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
      LEGEND
f^   CROWN Jf WE i
    WOJ! C'< Slff
                          \
        MS CRtATIOf. S'UDY
        ANAl VSlS AH! A
        > ORf-S' (SOUNDARY

      1  CANADA Pf?OVIVCIA!
        l OW S" I ANDS


        Hi CRi AliON S'lf
                          FIGURE  3.15.3
       EXISTING DEVELOPED RECREATION FACILITIES
           Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997              CROWN JEWEL MINE               Page 3-235
                              V' -^ \'
                                           \
                                              '

                                            l-X
                               24 (  }    S   I  \

                               "^ -\  .,    /  <\
                                               j

                          }-
                 o
                    I    ,. '-  ^

                    ,-..   J /-  C
                         «t , -  ^.——
                         " -•
                             I 17
                         -

                        •Si
             12

           LEGEND
                    0

                    0
                    0
 *  —   A-          FIGURE  3.16.1
       SCENIC VIEWSHEDS AND KEY VIEWPOINTS
          Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-236          CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT	January 1997
                          FIGURE 3.16.2
          OROVILLE-TORODA CREEK ROAD  VIEWPOINT
 FILENAME CJF316-2 DWG
             Crown Jewel Mine + Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-237
          FIGURE  3.16.3,  NEALEY  ROAD VIEWPOINT
FILENAME CJF316.3DWS
            Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-238         CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT        January 1997
     FIGURE  3.16.4,  TORODA  CREEK  ROAD VIEWPOINT
FILENAME CJf316-4 Owe
            Crown Jewel Mine • Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
                                                            Page 3-239
          FIGURE  3.16.5,  HIGHWAY  3 VIEWPOINT
  CJf3<6-5DWQ
          Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-240
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                                          O
                                                                          0.


                                                                          LU
                                                                          in
                                                                          CM
                                                                          T-

                                                                          IO
                                                                          h*
                                                                          LO
                                                                          CO
                                                                          O
                                                                          CC
                                                                          CO
                                                                          UJ
                                                                          CC
                                                                          O
                                                                          LL

                                                                          
-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-241
                                                                            Z
                                                                            o
                                                                            o_

                                                                            UJ
                                                                            HI
                                                                            h-
                                                                            QC
                                                                            <
                                                                            Q.
                                                                            <
                                                                            Z
                                                                            O
                                                                            CD
                                                                            is.
                                                                            (6

                                                                            CO
                                                                            UJ
                                                                            cc
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-242
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                Q
                                                LLJ
                                                CO
                                                o
                                                Q_
                                                O
                                                DC
                                                CL

                                                LL
                                                O

                                                LU
                                                Q
                                                CO
                                                DC
                                                O
                                                O
                                                cr
                                                LL
                                                C/D
                                                CL

                                                LU
                                                Q
                                                LU
                                                
-------
I
I
I
I
CJ
"•»
c/j
i
          450K361
                                   W&GN RAILBED
                                  AND FOUNDATION
                                     POWER LINE
\
LEGEND

    VA.OR H G^WA'*
    COJSTY RQATS
    » Vf-RS

                                                                                     I
                                                                                     I
                                                                                     5°
                                                                                     (o
                                                                                     SI
                                                                                     i
                                                                                     I
                                                                   i
                                                                  ;H  • :\
                          FIGURE  3.17.1,  LOCATIONS OF SITES
                     AND FEATURES ALONG  POWER LINE CORRIDOR
                                                                                     U)

-------
Page 3-244
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
                                                                          CO
                                                                          LU
                                                                          or
                                                                          LU
                                                                          LL
                                                                          CO
                                                                          LU
                                                                          K
                                                                          CO
                                                                          UJ
                                                                          QC
                                                                          O
                                                                          LU
                                                                          -5
                                                                          O
                                                                          QC
                                                                          Q.

                                                                          CM"
                                                                          co

                                                                          LU
                                                                          DC
                                                                          u.
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-245
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-246
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
I
(D
Uj
                                                                          CO
                                                                          o
                                                                          <
                                                                          o
                                                                          cc
                                                 ft
                                                                          CO
                                                                          UJ
                                                                          DC
                                                                          O
                                                                          LJL
           ff
          /  " v
        t ,
                :'iUL
                                                       M t  N
                                                                          00
                                                                          UJ
                                                                          cc
                                                                          15
                                                                          g
                                                                          H
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 F/Via/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-247
                                    LOWER MAGNETIC ADIT
                                                     11
                                       UPPER MAGNETIC ADIT
               BUCKHORN ADIT
               AND WORKINGS
                                      i
                    GOLD AXE ADIT
                                            ROOSEVELT ADIT
                                             AND WORKINGS
                  Z.
          r  vvsie-1 Sin-
                          c,'
                              MINI IT ARf A
                                                                 \
             FIGURE 3.19.1,  HISTORIC  MINING  SITES
            Crown Jewel Mine 4 F/Via/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
I
Sf
I

I
I
E SA W
                                                                           L EGEND


                                                                        I   'I uSf S -ANDS
                                                                           S'A";_ LANDS
                                                                           B..VI : ANDS
                                                                           ns> >
-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-249
                                                                           CO
                                                                           UJ
                                                                           CO

                                                                           oc
                                                                           UJ
                                                                           CO

                                                                           H

                                                                           O
                                                                           oc
                                                                           O
                                                                           H
                                                                           CO
                                                                           <*>
                                                                           O)
                                                                           T-
                                                                           co

                                                                           UJ
                                                                           QC
                                                                           UL
             Crown Jewel Mine 4 /»ia/ Environmental Impact Statement

-------
Page 3-250
CHAPTER 3 - AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
January 1997
    r- •»
   6'
       L EGEND
                                                      \
                         FIGURE  3.19.4
        CLAIM PATENT  APPLICATION LOCATION MAP

           Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
January 1997
CROWN JEWEL MINE
Page 3-251
                                                    o  g
                                                    £  5
                                                    a  o
                       11
                       O  (/)
                                      o H  v a  i
                                                                        o
                                                                        o
                                                                        LLJ
                                                                        CC
                                                                        0
                                                                        o
            Crown Jewel Mine 4 Final Environmental Impact Statement

-------
                                                                                                                        Co

                                                                                                                        K)
                                                                                                                        01
                                                                                                                        Hi
I
!
I
        PUBLIC ADMINISTRATIVE IB 2%)
51
I
r>
~v
CO
                        SERVICES 1264%)
                                            AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY AND FISHING (11.5V.)
                                                                                       MINING (11.4%)
                                                                                          CONSTRUCTION 191%)
FINANCE. INSURANCE
AND REAL ESTATE (38%!
                 WHOLESALE AND
                 RETAIL TRADE 114.1%)
                                                                                 MANUFACTURING (115%l
                                                                     TRANSPORTATION. COMMUNICATIONS,
                                                                     PUBLIC UTILITIES (40%!
                                                                                             i
                                                                                                                        Co
                                                                                                                        8
i
                   FIGURE  3.20.2,  EMPLOYMENT  DISTRIBUTION FOR  FERRY  COUNTY
                                                                                             to
                                                                                             (0
                                                                                             VI

-------
5

••N

It

(6
I
S1
0>
3
                                                                                                                       (o
                                   PUBLIC ADMINISTRATIVE 16.8%)
                        SERVICES (256%)
                        FINANCE, INSURANCE.
                        AND REAL ESTATE (28%)
                                                                           AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY AND FISHING (193%]
                                                                                        MINING (0 4%)



                                                                                         CONSTRUCTION (6 HO
                                                                                       MANUFACTURING M10V.I
                                                                              TRANSPORTATION, COMMUNICATIONS

                                                                              PUBLIC UTILITIES  (58%)
                                            WHOLESALE AND
                                            RETAIL TRADE !22.2%l
               FIGURE  3.20.3,  EMPLOYMENT  DISTRIBUTION FOR  OKANOGAN COUNTY
                                                                                                                       o
                                                                                                                       I
                                                                                                                       is
                                                                                                                       I
                                                                                                                       (Q
                                                                                                                       (D

                                                                                                                       Co

                                                                                                                       K)
                                                                                                                       01
                                                                                                                       Co

-------
1
I
I
(b

I-
I
o
                  FERRY &  OKANOGAN COUNTIES
       j   [ ACCOMMODATIONS )  - j  DINING

       [   ] RECREATION    [   \  RETAIL SALES
                                   STATE OF WASHINGTON
                 GROCERY      \   ] TRANSPORTATION

                 NON-DESTINATION
                                                                                                  I
8
                                                                        I
                                                                        •fc
                                                                        s!
                                                                        Co
                                                                        I
                                                                        3
                                                                        §
                                                                        i
                                                                                                  f
                                                                                                  Q)
                                                                                                  <0
                                                                                                  (O
                                                                                                  SJ
FIGURE  3.20.4 1994 TRAVEL  EXPENDITURES
           BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

-------
I
I
i
I

                   :ERRY & OKAMOGAN COUNTiES
                                 STATE OF WASHINGTON
                                                                                              r
                                                    Jo
                                                    <0
                                                                    i
                                                                    i
                                                                                              i
I
o
§
~*
            LODGING


            CAMPGROUNDS
 PRIVATE HOME


 DAV TRAVEL
UNALLOCATED
FIGURE 3.20.5 1994 TRAVEL EXPENDITURES
       BY TYPE OF ACCOMMODATION
                                                                                              CO

                                                                                              Kj
                                                                                              01
                                                                                              Oi

-------
                      FERRY COUNTY
                                                         OKAMOGAN COUNTY
                                                                                          (31
                                                                                          O)
(b
I
I
I
I
                                                                                          1
                                                                                          t>

                                                                                          a
                                                                                          CO
                                                                                          I
                                                                                          §
                                                                                          I
                                                                                          =0
                                                                                          1
      \   I  TAXES
                      INTERGOVERNMENTAL   \   \ OTHER REVENUE
                           FIGURE 3.20.6 COUNTY GENERAL FUND

                                  REVENUES  BY SOURCE
                                                                                          (o
                                                                                          (o
                                                                                          SI

-------
I
I
I
I
                        FERRY COUNTY
OKANOGAN COUNTY
       [   {  GENERAL GOVERNMENT SERVICES (	] SECURITY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY [   |  OTHER EXPENDITURES

-------
                                                                                Co
                                                                                KJ
                                                                                c«
                                                                                00

S1
i
I
/
                                                                                i
                                                                                Co
                                                                                i
if
!
           FIGURE 3.20.8, 1994 TOTAL EXPENDITURES FOR STUDY AREA CITIES
                                                          CO
                                                          CO
                                                          SI

-------
                                                                                3
                                                                                ••*

                                                                                (0
i
Sr

I
o
0)
£
•*
1
                                                                                s
                                                                                o
                                                                                1
                                                                                I
                                                                                2"
        FIGURE 3.20.9,  1994  EXPENDITURES PER  CAPITA FOR STUDY AREA CITIES
                                                                                to

-------